UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2015

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission file number: 001-09526 Commission file number: 001-31714
BHP BILLITON LIMITED BHP BILLITON PLC
(ABN 49 004 028 077) (REG. NO. 3196209)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA ENGLAND AND WALES
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation) (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

171 COLLINS STREET, MELBOURNE,

VICTORIA 3000 AUSTRALIA

 

NEATHOUSE PLACE, LONDON

UNITED KINGDOM

(Address of principal executive offices) (Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on

which registered

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on

which registered

American Depositary Shares*

 New York Stock Exchange American Depositary Shares* New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary Shares**

 New York Stock Exchange 

Ordinary Shares, nominal

value US$0.50 each**

 New York Stock Exchange

 

*Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each American Depositary Receipt represents two ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, as the case may be.
**Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the applicable American Depositary Shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

   BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

  3,211,691,105  2,136,185,454
   BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

  3,211,691,105  2,112,071,796

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    x

 

Accelerated filer    ¨

 

Non-accelerated filer    ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board  x
  Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Our Charter

We are BHP Billiton,
a leading global resources company.
Our purpose is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.
Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market.
Our Values

Sustainability

Putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting our communities.

Integrity

Doing what is right and doing what we say we will do.

Respect

Embracing openness, trust, teamwork, diversity and relationships that are mutually beneficial.

Performance

Achieving superior business results by stretching our capabilities.

Simplicity

Focusing our efforts on the things that matter most.

Accountability

Defining and accepting responsibility and delivering on our commitments.

We are successful when:
Our people start each day with a sense of purpose and end the day with a sense of accomplishment.
Our communities, customers and suppliers value their relationships with us.
Our asset portfolio is world-class and sustainably developed.
Our operational discipline and financial strength enables our future growth.
Our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment.
LOGO

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

BHP Billiton is a Dual Listed Company comprising BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The two entities continue to exist as separate companies but operate as a combined Group known as BHP Billiton.

The headquarters of BHP Billiton Limited and the global headquarters of the combined BHP Billiton Group are located in Melbourne, Australia. BHP Billiton Plc is located in London, United Kingdom. Both companies have identical Boards of Directors and are run by a unified management team. Throughout this publication, the Boards are referred to collectively as the Board. Shareholders in each company have equivalent economic and voting rights in the BHP Billiton Group as a whole.

Throughout this Annual Report, the terms BHP Billiton, the Company and the Group refer to the combined group, including both BHP Billiton Limited and subsidiary companies and BHP Billiton Plc and subsidiary companies.

i


Contents

 

1  Strategic Report   1  
1.1  Our Company   1  
1.2  BHP Billiton locations   5  
1.3  Chairman’s Review   7  
1.4  Chief Executive Officer’s Report   8  
1.5  Our strategy and business model   9  
1.6  Strategic priorities   16  
1.7  Our management of risk   24  
1.8  Our approach to corporate governance   34  
1.9  Our approach to remuneration   35  
1.10  Key performance indicators   37  
1.11  Summary of consolidated performance   41  
1.12  Our Businesses   46  
1.13  Our people   68  
1.14  Sustainability   72  
1.15  Additional information   86  
2  Our assets   106  
2.1  Businesses overview   106  
2.1.1  Petroleum and Potash Business   106  
2.1.2  Copper Business   122  
2.1.3  Iron Ore Business   130  
2.1.4  Coal Business   140  
2.1.5  Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business   151  
2.1.6  Marketing   165  
2.2  Production   167  
2.3  Reserves   172  
2.4  Major projects   192  
2.5  Business performance   194  
3  Corporate Governance Statement   217  
3.1  Governance at BHP Billiton   217  
3.2  Board of Directors and Group Management Committee   219  
3.3  Shareholder engagement   228  
3.4  Role and responsibilities of the Board   231  
3.5  Board membership   233  
3.6  Chairman   234  
3.7  Senior Independent Director   234  
3.8  Directors skills, experience and attributes   234  
3.9  Director induction, training and development   240  
3.10  Independence   242  
3.11  Board evaluation   245  
3.12  

Board meetings and attendance

   248  
3.13  

Director re-election

   248  
3.14  

Board committees

   249  
3.15  

Risk management governance structure

   266  
3.16  

Management

   267  
3.17  

Business conduct

   269  
3.18  

Diversity and inclusion at BHP Billiton

   270  
3.19  

Market disclosure

   270  
3.20  

Remuneration

   271  
3.21  

Directors’ share ownership

   271  
3.22  

Company secretaries

   271  
3.23  

Conformance with corporate governance standards

   271  

i


3.24  

Additional UK disclosure

   272  
4  

Remuneration Report

   273  
4.1  

Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

   274  
4.2  

Introduction to the Remuneration Report

   276  
4.3  

Remuneration policy report

   278  
4.4  

Annual report on remuneration

   296  
5  

Directors’ Report

   335  
5.1  

Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs

   335  
5.2  

Share capital and buy-back programs

   336  
5.3  

Results, financial instruments and going concern

   337  
5.4  

Directors

   338  
5.5  

Remuneration and share interests

   338  
5.6  

Secretaries

   339  
5.7  

Indemnities and insurance

   339  
5.8  

Employee policies

   340  
5.9  

Corporate governance

   340  
5.10  

Dividends

   340  
5.11  

Auditors

   340  
5.12  

Non-audit services

   341  
5.13  

Political donations

   341  
5.14  

Exploration, research and development

   341  
5.15  

Class order

   341  
5.16  

Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

   341  
5.17  

Directors’ shareholdings

   341  
5.18  

GMC members’ shareholders (other than Directors)

   341  
5.19  

Performance in relation to environmental Regulation

   342  
5.20  

Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

   343  
6  

Legal proceedings

   344  
7  

Financial statements

   346  
8  

Glossary

   347  
8.1  Mining, oil and gas-related terms   347  
8.2  Non-mining, oil and gas terms   351  
8.3  Terms used in reserves and resources   356  
8.4  Units of measure   357  
9  

Shareholder information

   358  
9.1  History and development   358  
9.2  Markets   358  
9.3  Organisational structure   358  
9.4  Material contracts   361  
9.5  Constitution   361  
9.6  Share ownership   367  
9.7  Dividends   371  
9.8  Share price information   372  
9.9  American Depositary Receipts fees and charges   374  
9.10  Taxation   375  
9.11  Government regulations   383  
9.12  Ancillary information for our shareholders   386  
10  

Exhibits

   391  
1  Strategic Report   1  
1.1  Chairman’s Review   1  
1.2  Chief Executive Officer’s Report   2  
1.3  Our Company   3  
1.4  BHP Billiton locations   8  
1.5  Strategy and business model   10  
1.6  Strategic priorities   16  
1.7  Management of risk   23  
1.8  Corporate governance   34  
1.9  Remuneration   36  
1.10  Key performance indicators   37  
1.11  Summary of consolidated performance   41  
1.12  Our Businesses   48  
1.13  Our people   69  
1.14  Sustainability   74  
1.15  Additional information   90  
2  Business overview   110  
2.1  Business Groups   110  
2.2  Production   161  
2.3  Reserves   167  
2.4  Major projects   185  
2.5  Business performance   186  
3  Corporate Governance Statement   207  
3.1  Governance at BHP Billiton   207  
3.2  Board of Directors and Group Management Committee   209  
3.3  Shareholder engagement   217  
3.4  Role and responsibilities of the Board   219  
3.5  Board membership   221  
3.6  Chairman   221  
3.7  Senior Independent Director   222  
3.8  Director skills, experience and attributes   222  
3.9  Director induction, training and development   227  
3.10  Independence   229  
3.11  Board evaluation   232  
3.12  Board meetings and attendance   234  
3.13  Director re-election   235  
3.14  Board committees   235  
3.15  Risk management governance structure   251  
3.16  Management   253  
3.17  Business conduct   254  
3.18  Market disclosure   255  
3.19  Remuneration   256  
3.20  Directors’ share ownership   256  
3.21  Conformance with corporate governance standards   256  
3.22  Additional UK disclosure   257  
4  Remuneration Report   259  
4.1  Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman   260  
4.2  Introduction to the Remuneration Report   262  

 

ii


4.3  Remuneration policy report   263  
4.4  Annual report on remuneration   282  
5  Directors’ Report   324  
5.1  Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs   324  
5.2  Share capital and buy-back programs   326  
5.3  Results, financial instruments and going concern   327  
5.4  Directors   328  
5.5  Remuneration and share interests   328  
5.6  Secretaries   329  
5.7  Indemnities and insurance   329  
5.8  Employee policies   330  
5.9  Corporate governance   330  
5.10  Dividends   330  
5.11  Auditors   331  
5.12  Non-audit services   331  
5.13  Political donations   331  
5.14  Exploration, research and development   331  
5.15  Class order   331  
5.16  Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited   332  
5.17  Directors’ shareholdings   332  
5.18  GMC members’ shareholdings (other than Directors)   332  
5.19  Performance in relation to environmental regulation   333  
5.20  Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information   333  
6  Legal proceedings   335  
7  Financial Statements   337  
8  Glossary   338  
8.1  Mining, oil and gas-related terms   338  
8.2  Non-mining, oil and gas terms   343  
8.3  Terms used in reserves   348  
8.4  Units of measure   349  
9  Shareholder information   350  
9.1  History and development   350  
9.2  Markets   350  
9.3  Organisational structure   350  
9.4  Material contracts   352  
9.5  Constitution   353  
9.6  Share ownership   359  
9.7  Dividends   363  
9.8  Share price information   364  
9.9  American Depositary Receipts fees and charges   366  
9.10  Taxation   367  
9.11  Government regulations   376  
9.12  Ancillary information for our shareholders   379  
10  Exhibits   385  

iii


Form 20-F Cross Reference Table

 

Item Number

 

Description

  

Report section reference

1.

 Identity of directors, senior management and advisors  Not applicable

2.

 Offer statistics and expected timetable  Not applicable

3.

 Key Information  

    A

 Selected financial information  1.1.11

    B

 Capitalisation and indebtedness  Not applicable

    C

 Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds  Not applicable

    D

 Risk factors  1.7

4.

 Information on the company  

    A

 History and development of the company  1.6, 1.12, 2.1, 2.2, 5.1, 9.1 to 9.3 and 9.39.12

    B

 Business overview  1.5 to 1.15, 2.1 to 2.5 and 9.11

    C

 Organisational structure  9.29.3 and Note 2630 to the Financial Statements

    D

 Property, plant and equipment  1.12 and 2.1 to 2.4

4A.

 Unresolved staff comments  None

5.

 Operating and financial review and prospects  

    A

 Operating results  1.10,1.11,1.151.10 to 1.12, 1.15 and 2.5

    B

 Liquidity and capital resources  1.15.4 and 1.15.5

    C

 Research and development, patents and licences etc  1.6.3, 1.12, 1.15.1, 2.1, 2.3 and 5.14

    D

 Trend information  1.5.3, 1.12 and 1.15.1

    E

 Off-balance sheet arrangements  1.15.6 and Notes 2134 and 2235 to the Financial Statements

    F

 Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations  1.15.6 and Notes 2134 and 2235 to the Financial Statements

6.

 Directors, senior management and employees  

    A

 Directors and senior management  3.2

    B

 Compensation  4

    C

 Board practices  3.2, 3,3.14 and 4.2

    D

 Employees  1.141.13 and 5.8

    E

 Share ownership  4, 5.8, 5.17 and 5.18

7.

 Major shareholders and related party transactions  

    A

 Major shareholders  9.6

    B

 Related party transactions  1.15.6 and Note 3233 to the Financial Statements

    C

 Interests of experts and counsel  Not applicable

8.

 Financial information  

    A

 Consolidated statements and other financial information  7, 9.7 and the pages beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report

    B

 Significant changes  1.15.6 and Note 36 to the Financial Statements

9.

 The offer and listing  

    A

 Offer and listing details  9.8

    B

 Plan of distribution  Not applicable

    C

 Markets  9.2

    D

 Selling shareholders  Not applicable

    E

 Dilution  Not applicable

    F

 Expenses of the issue  Not applicable

10.

Additional Information

    A

Share capitalNot applicable

    B

Memorandum and articles of association9.5 and 9.11

    C

Material contracts9.4

 

iiiiv


Item Number

 

Description

  

Report section reference

 

Description

  

Report section reference

10.

 Additional Information  

A

 Share capital  Not applicable

B

 Memorandum and articles of association  9.5 and 9.11

C

 Material contracts  9.4

D

 Exchange controls  9.11.2 Exchange controls  9.11.2

E

 Taxation  9.10 Taxation  9.10

F

 Dividends and paying agents  Not applicable Dividends and paying agents  Not applicable

G

 Statement by experts  Not applicable Statement by experts  Not applicable

H

 Documents on display  9.5.14 Documents on display  9.5.14

I

 Subsidiary information  1.15.6 and Note 26 to the Financial Statements Subsidiary information  1.15.6 and Note 30 to the Financial Statements

11.

 Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk  1.15.6 and Note 29 to the Financial Statements Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk  1.15.6 and Note 23 to the Financial Statements

12.

 Description of securities other than equity securities   Description of securities other than equity securities  

A

 Debt Securities  Not applicable Debt Securities  Not applicable

B

 Warrants and Rights  Not applicable Warrants and Rights  Not applicable

C

 Other Securities  Not applicable Other Securities  Not applicable

D

 American Depositary Shares  9.9 American Depositary Shares  9.9

13.

 Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies  There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies  There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies

14.

 Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds  There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds since our last Annual Report Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds  There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds since our last Annual Report

15.

 Controls and procedures  3.14.1 Controls and procedures  3.14.1

16.

      

A

 Audit committee financial expert  3.2.1 and 3.14.1 Audit committee financial expert  3.2.1 and 3.14.1

B

 Code of ethics  3.17 Code of ethics  3.17

C

 Principal accountant fees and services  3.14.1 and Note 35 to the Financial Statements Principal accountant fees and services  3.14.1 and Note 38 to the Financial Statements

D

 Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees  Not applicable Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees  Not applicable

E

 Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers  5.2 Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers  5.2

F

 Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant  

3.14.1

 Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant  Not applicable

G

 Corporate Governance  3.23 Corporate Governance  3.21

H (proposed)

 Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) Disclosure  The information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. This item is included in Exhibit 95.1

H

 Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) Disclosure  Exhibit 95.1

17.

 Financial statements  Not applicable as Item 18 complied with Financial statements  Not applicable as Item 18 complied with

18.

 Financial statements  The pages beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report, Exhibit 15.1 Financial statements  The pages beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report and Exhibit 15.1

19.

 Exhibits  10 Exhibits  10

 

ivv


1    Strategic Report

1.1    Chairman’s Review

Dear Shareholder

In the past year, we have seen continued growth in the global economy despite significant drops in commodity prices and volatility in currency and financial markets.

At last year’s Annual General Meetings I said, ‘Events this year (FY2014) have been a reminder of how uncertain and volatile politics and economics can be’. This year, those trends have accelerated. While this level of uncertainty in the global economy can be unsettling, for over 130 years your Company has demonstrated the ability to successfully overcome difficult challenges.

Against this backdrop, in FY2015 we set production records across many of our operations. This, combined with a focus on productivity, offset some of the downturn in commodity prices. While our financial performance was impacted by market conditions, continued improvements in operational performance, productivity and higher production produced an Attributable profit of US$1.9 billion and Net operating cash flows of US$19.3 billion. We increased our full-year dividend by two per cent to 124 US cents per share. This is in addition to the pro rata, in-specie distribution of South32 shares to eligible shareholders during the year.

Your Company is in a strong financial position. We have lower debt, a strong balance sheet and solid cash flows. While we are taking an even more focused approach to capital allocation, we continue to invest in those projects that we expect to provide superior long-term returns. The focus on simplification and productivity saw the demerger of South32 in May 2015. This transaction significantly simplified our portfolio, enabling us to focus on generating more value from our large-scale, high-quality assets while allowing shareholders continued ownership of South32’s operations.

Tragically five of our colleagues died at work in FY2015. On behalf of the Board, I extend my deepest sympathy to their families and friends. Your Directors and your management team are committed to a safe workplace.

BHP Billiton is a global company that values our host communities. Our tax payments are just one part of the contribution we make to the communities in which we operate. We paid more than US$7.3 billion to governments worldwide in 2015. BHP Billiton is one of Australia’s largest taxpayers. In addition, we invested more than US$225 million in local communities across the world on projects that include improving access to education and healthcare.

Climate change remains a strategic consideration for your Board. We understand the importance of reducing the Company’s greenhouse gas emissions and ensuring the resilience of our business. Policy measures are also needed to effect reductions in emissions. We are contributing to practical and effective policy development and supporting the efforts of nations to reach a global agreement in Paris in December 2015.

It is with profound sadness that the Board pays tribute to Sir John Buchanan after his passing in July 2015. Sir John served as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton from 2003 up until the time of his death and was the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc. Sir John provided wise counsel to his fellow Directors and to management and we will miss him greatly – both personally and for his invaluable contribution as a Director.

I would also like to thank Keith Rumble and Carlos Cordeiro for their valuable contribution over the years. Keith Rumble retired from the Board in May this year, while Carlos Cordeiro will retire after the Annual General Meetings later this year. In line with our planned approach to Board succession, we appointed Anita Frew to the Board as a Non-executive Director with effect from 15 September 2015. Anita’s depth of experience in strategic and risk management, marketing and governance across a broad range of sectors will enable her to make a significant contribution to the Board. We also announced that Shriti Vadera will assume the role of Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc.

The results you will read about in this Report are due to the efforts of all our employees and contractors, led by Andrew Mackenzie. Through their efforts, your Company contributes to stronger economies and improved living standards around the world. Your Board is confident in the outlook for BHP Billiton and we thank you for your continued support of the Company.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

1.2    Chief Executive Officer’s Report

BHP Billiton delivered a solid set of results in FY2015, based on strong operating performance and improved productivity against a backdrop of a volatile global economy and lower commodity prices.

Our FY2015 safety performance was disappointing. While we improved total recordable injury frequency performance by two per cent to 4.1 injuries per million hours worked, five colleagues died at work. It is with deep sadness that I extend my condolences to their families, friends and workmates. Safety is unquestionably my first priority, as it is for everyone at BHP Billiton. I am working with all the leaders of BHP Billiton and we have implemented a Company-wide program of engagement to make our workplaces safer than ever before.

In FY2015, the focus on best-in-class performance across our operations delivered productivity gains of US$4.1 billion, two years ahead of target. Iron Ore and Metallurgical Coal achieved annual production records, with increases of 14 per cent and 13 per cent respectively, Petroleum production increased by four per cent and Copper production was flat following the unplanned mill outage at Olympic Dam. This resulted in an overall Group production increase of nine per cent on a copper equivalent basis.

Improved operational productivity has generated strong cash flow to fund the progressive dividend, maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating and allow us to continue to invest in growth. Further operational productivity will stretch the capacity of existing operations to safely increase volumes at very low cost, and increased capital productivity will reduce the cost of investments. In FY2015, we reduced capital and exploration expenditure to US$11 billion and expect this to decline to US$8.5 billion in FY2016. We have unique, high-return growth opportunities within the portfolio, and our cash flows and disciplined capital management structure will allow us to progress these when the time is right.

In May 2015, we completed the demerger of South32 to create a more focused portfolio for BHP Billiton. This simpler portfolio of assets, with more similar characteristics, allows a sharper focus on the Businesses that generate the majority of our earnings, and increases the potential for further productivity gains and shareholder value. Post-demerger, BHP Billiton’s strategy remains unchanged and Our Charter values of Sustainability, Integrity, Respect, Performance, Simplicity and Accountability will continue to define and guide us.

Local partnerships continue to be an integral part of our business. In FY2015, we contributed US$225 million to programs that will have a positive impact on the quality of life for people in our host communities. This year, we developed a new BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework to build a stronger linkage between our business and the communities that support and host us. The framework has identified three areas of sustainable development that will form the basis of future investments: governance, environment, and human capability and social inclusion.

Climate change considerations remain central to planning and execution. We are taking action to reduce emissions, build the resilience of our operations and supply chains, and work with others to support effective policy development. We are exploring opportunities to invest in low-emission technologies such as carbon capture and storage and battery storage.

We are proud to have publicly committed our support for the recognition of Australia’s Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples in the nation’s constitution. We have strong relationships with Indigenous peoples in

Australia and around the world. Our support for recognition in Australia’s foundation governance document is consistent with the values underpinning the relationships we seek to have with Indigenous Australians.

Last month marked the 130th anniversary of the establishment of the Broken Hill Proprietary Company. The longevity of BHP Billiton is a tribute to the enduring innovation, passion and commitment that has supported our rise from a single operation on a remote sheep station in western New South Wales, Australia to a Company operating across the globe.

We will build upon this inheritance by making sure we continue to have the very best people working with the best assets in the best commodities. We remain confident that focus on best-in-class performance, unrivalled asset quality, diversification and investment in high-return projects, will create long-term value through the cycle and deliver superior returns to our shareholders.

In everything we do, we are motivated by the knowledge that the commodities we produce are central to global economic growth and development. Every employee of BHP Billiton is proud of the role the Company plays in supporting the supply of the resources necessary to improve living standards and social progress.

I would like to extend my sincere thanks to our suppliers, customers, host communities and shareholders. I would especially like to thank the employees and contractors whose contributions help BHP Billiton reach its potential, and whose commitment to step up and deliver their best makes me very proud to be part of this great Company.

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

1.3     Our Company

1.1.11.3.1    Group overview

We are BHP Billiton, a leading global resources company. We are among the world’s top producers of major commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical coal, copper and energy coal,uranium, and have substantial interests in conventional and unconventional oil and gas copper, aluminium, manganese, uranium, nickel and silver.energy coal.

Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our diversified portfolio of high-quality growth opportunities positions BHP Billitonassets gives us resilience and flexibility to continue to meetenhance value throughout the changing needs of our customers and the resource demands of emerging and developed economies at every stage of their growth.commodity cycle.

We extract and process minerals, oil and gas from our production operations located primarily in Australia and the Americas and southern Africa.Americas. We sell our products globally with sales and marketing taking place principally through Singapore and Houston, United States. In FY2014,As at 30 June 2015, our workforce consisted of approximately 123,80080,000 employees and contractors at 130 locations in 21 countries.contractors.

During FY2015, we demerged a selection of BHP Billiton’s alumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, silver, lead and zinc assets into a new company, South32.

The safety and health of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from fatality, injury or occupational illness or injury.illness.

The long-term nature of our operations allows us to build collaborative community relationships. Our size and scope mean we can make a meaningful contribution to communities in which we operate, while we supportoperate. We aim to maximise the continued developmenteconomic and social benefits of our operations to contribute to global economic growth.development, while minimising our environmental footprint, for example through innovation, productivity and technology.

We have strong governance processes in place, high standards of ethical and responsible behaviour, and we are an active contributor to societal development. We care as much about how results are achieved as we do about the results themselves. Our BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct and specific internal policies prohibit bribery and corruption in all our business dealings regardless of the country or culture within which our people work.

1.1.21.3.2     Our structure

BHP Billiton operates under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure, with two parent companies BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc operated as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and management team. Our headquarters are located in Melbourne, Australia.

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the United Kingdom and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United States.

Our Operating Model describes the way the Company is organised and sets out the relationship between the Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. The Operating Model defines how we work, how we are organised and how we measure performance.

 

Businesses: Our assets, operations and interests are separated into fivefour business units. These Businesses are: Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; Coal; and Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel.Coal. The Operating Model has been designed to ensure that decision-making remains as close to the Businesses as possible.

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

1.3     Our Company

1.3.1    Group Functions: Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee (GMC). Our Group Functions are primarily located in Melbourne, London and Singapore.

Marketing: Marketing is responsible for selling our products and for the purchase of all major raw materials; managing the supply chain from assets to markets and raw materials from suppliers to assets; achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products; managing price risk; and developing a single Company view of the markets.

The core principles of the Operating Model include mandatory performance requirements, common organisational design, common systems and processes, and common planning and reporting.

The Operating Model is designed to deliver a simple and scalable organisation to achieve a sustainable improvement in productivity by providing performance transparency, eliminating duplication of effort and enabling the more rapid identification and deployment of best practice.

1.1.3    Strategic context

The mineral and energy commodities we produce are crucial at all stages of economic development. Emerging economies require construction materials like steel as their populations expand and new cities and heavy industry develop. As economies grow and people become wealthier, a consumer economy emerges and steel intensity slows while demand increases for materials that are used in consumer goods, such as copper. Agricultural demand increases steadily with income.

Access to energy underpins economic development. The most rapid demand growth comes at the earliest stages when people first gain access to modern energy supplies. In the next 20 years, we expect 1.7 billion people to gain access to electricity for the first time. Reliable and affordable energy supports the development of industry and as incomes rise, more people can buy consumer goods, like cars and appliances, further increasing the demand for energy.overview

We are proud thatBHP Billiton, a leading global resources company. We are among the supplyworld’s top producers of our products supports global economic growthmajor commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical coal, copper and development, with the associated reductionuranium, and have substantial interests in povertyconventional and improvement in living standards. Continued global development depends on access to affordableunconventional oil and gas and energy and other critical resources.

Demand for energy is widely expected to increase by more than 30 per cent in the next 20 years, with two thirds of new demand originating from Asia and half from China and India. Africa is expected to see the fastest growth, albeit from a lower base. The way these regions meet their energy needs will significantly influence commodity demand.

Every nation will choose a different mix of energy sources, which balances affordability and security of supply. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the International Energy Agency and others believe that over the next few decades fossil fuels will remain central to the energy mix as their affordability and the scale of existing infrastructure make them hard to practically replace, although their exact percentage varies across a range of scenarios.coal.

Our strategy is tied to economic growthown and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our diversified portfolio of high-quality assets gives us resilience and flexibility to enhance value throughout the commodity cycle.

We extract and process minerals, oil and gas from our production operations located primarily in both emerging and developed economies. Sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. BHP Billiton accepts the IPCC’s assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe that the world must pursue the twin objectives of limiting climate change to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements, while providing access to the affordable energy required to continue the economic growth essential for maintaining living standards and alleviating poverty.

The global challenge of climate change remains a priority for us. Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio managementAustralia and the diversityAmericas. We sell our products globally with sales and marketing taking place principally through Singapore and Houston, United States. As at 30 June 2015, our workforce consisted of our overall portfolio positions us not only to manageapproximately 80,000 employees and respond to changes, but also to capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and working with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. We support development of a long-term policy framework that uses a portfolio of complementary measures, including a price on carbon that addresses competitiveness concerns, support for energy efficiency and low emissions technologies, and measures to build resilience. A price on carbon is an effective measure to drive greenhouse gas emission reductions and technological innovation. To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there must be a significant focus on developing and deploying low-emissions technologies. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contribute to reducing emissions from fossil fuels.contractors.

1.1.4    FY2014 performance highlights

Not required for US reporting. Refer to sections 1.11 and 1.15.

1.1.5    About this Strategic Report

This Strategic Report meets the requirements of the Strategic Reporting required by the UK Companies Act and the Operating and Financial Review required by the Australian Corporations Act.

This Strategic Report provides insight into BHP Billiton’s strategy, operating and business model and objectives. It describes the principal risks the Company faces and how these risks might affect our future prospects. It also gives our perspective on our recent operational and financial performance.

We intend this disclosure to assist shareholders and other stakeholders to understand and interpret the Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) included in this Annual Report. The basis of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements is set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements. To obtain full details of the financial and operational performance of BHP Billiton this Strategic Report should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.

Section 1 of this Annual Report 2014 constitutes our Strategic Report 2014. References to sections beyond section 1 are references to sections in this Annual Report 2014. Shareholders may obtain a hard copy of the Annual Report free of charge by contacting our registrars, whose details are set out in our Corporate Directory at the end of this Annual Report.

All references to websites in this Annual Report are, unless expressly stated otherwise, intended to be inactive textual references for information only and any information contained in or accessible through any such website does not form a part of this Annual Report.

1.1.6    Forward looking statements

This Annual Report contains forward looking statements, including statements regarding trends in commodity prices and currency exchange rates; demand for commodities; production forecasts; plans, strategies and objectives of management; closure or divestment of certain operations or facilities (including associated costs); anticipated production or construction commencement dates; capital costs and scheduling; operating costs; anticipated productive lives of projects, mines and facilities; provisions and contingent liabilities; and tax and regulatory developments.

Forward looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as ‘intend’, ‘aim’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘plan’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘continue’ or similar words. These statements discuss future expectations concerning the results of operations or financial condition, or provide other forward looking statements.

These forward looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements contained in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward looking statements.

For example, our future revenues from our operations, projects or mines described in this Annual Report will be based, in part, upon the market price of the minerals, metals or petroleum products produced, which may vary significantly from current levels. These variations, if materially adverse, may affect the timing or the feasibility of the development of a particular project, the expansion of certain facilities or mines, or the continuation of existing operations.

Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement dates, costs or production output and anticipated lives of operations, mines or facilities include our ability to profitably produce and transport the minerals, petroleum and/or metals extracted to applicable markets; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the market prices of the minerals, petroleum or metalsDuring FY2015, we produce; activities of government authorities in the countries where we are exploring or developing projects, facilities or mines, including increases in taxes, changes in environmental and other regulations and political uncertainty; labour unrest; and other factors identified in the risk factors in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report.

Except as required by applicable regulations or by law, the Group does not undertake to publicly update or review any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future events.

Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance.

1.1.7    Proposed demerger of assets

On 19 August 2014, we announced plans to create an independent global metals and mining company based ondemerged a selection of BHP Billiton’s high-qualityalumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, and silver assets. Separating these assets via a demerger has the potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifying the BHP Billiton Group and creating a new company specifically designed to enhance the performance of its assets.

Once simplified, BHP Billiton will be almost exclusively focused on our large, long-life iron ore, copper, coal, petroleum and potash basins. With fewer assets and a greater upstream focus, we plan to reduce costs and improve the productivity of our largest Businesses more quickly. As a result, our portfolio is expected to generate growth in free cash flow and a superior return on investment.

A final Board decision on the proposed demerger will only be made once the necessary government, taxation, regulatory and other third party approvals are secured on satisfactory terms. Once the necessary approvals are in place, shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on the proposed demerger.

For additional information on the proposed demerger of assets, refer to section 1.6.4 of this Annual Report.

1.2    BHP Billiton locations

LOGO

LOGO

1.3    Chairman’s Review

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to report that your Company delivered strong performance this past financial year. BHP Billiton reported an Attributable profit of US$13.8 billion and Net operating cash flow of US$25.4 billion. These strong results were underpinned by increased production and productivity-led cost efficiencies.

Our balance sheet remains strong and we have maintained our solid ‘A’ credit rating. The full-year progressive base dividend was increased by 4.3 per cent to 121 US cents per share. At the same time, the Company has continued to invest in high-return growth options within the existing portfolio.

Markets for our commodities have been affected by the mixed global economic environment, with solid but moderately slower Chinese growth, underlying momentum in the United States and some positive signs in Japan, while the European Union has remained weak. Overall, demand for our commodities continues to be strong, underpinning the long-term outlook for our portfolio of products.

We continuously review our strategy against changes in the external environment, including climate change. We consider various scenarios and the risks and opportunities facing the natural resources sector and seek to optimise the investments we make on behalf of shareholders.

Our position on climate change is clear. Sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s assessment that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and the physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe that the Board’s approach to strategy, investment decision-making and portfolio management, as well as the diversity of our overall portfolio, positions us to manage and respond to changes and capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time. We believe that the resilience of our portfolio under a range of climate change scenarios is underpinned by its diversity and by the relatively short pay-back periods for most of our present and future investments in fossil fuels production. BHP Billiton is committed to reducing greenhouse gas emissions in its own operations, to actively participating in the development and deployment of low-emissions technologies and to being a leader in our sector on climate change action and advocacy.

Next year marks the 130th anniversary of the founding and stock exchange listing of The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited. Over these years the Company has reshaped its business to maintain its industry leadership. We moved from mining silver, lead and zinc at Broken Hill, to producing steel, and then to petroleum in Bass Strait, iron ore in the Pilbara, metallurgical coal in the Bowen Basin and copper in the Andes.

For the past 10 years we have also been simplifying our portfolio and looking at ways to make your Company simpler and more productive. In the last two years alone we have sold US$6.7 billion of assets at attractive prices. This year, we have proposed another step in our evolution with the demerger of selected aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets. This proposed demerger will allow BHP Billiton to improve the productivity of our largest businesses more quickly and createinto a new global metalscompany, South32.

The safety and mining company specifically designed to enhance the performance of the demerged assets. All BHP Billiton shareholders would retain their existing shares in BHP Billiton and receive shares in the new company pro rata with your BHP Billiton shareholding. Following the demerger, BHP Billiton would seek to steadily increase or at least maintain its dividend per share in US dollar terms – implying a higher payout ratio. Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be completed in the first half of the 2015 calendar year.

Against the backdrop of external and organisational change, we continue to be guided byOur BHP Billiton Charter, which defines our values. Our first Charter value is Sustainability and we maintain a relentless focus on the health and safety of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from fatality, injury or occupational illness.

The long-term nature of our operations allows us to build collaborative community relationships. Our size and scope mean we can make a meaningful contribution to communities in which we operate. This year, we reported a record low total recordable injury frequencyWe aim to maximise the economic and no fatalities at our operated assets during the period. While this is an encouraging result, our efforts to protect the health and safetysocial benefits of our people will be unrelenting.operations to contribute to global economic development, while minimising our environmental footprint, for example through innovation, productivity and technology.

We have strong governance processes in place, high standards of ethical and responsible behaviour, and we are committedan active contributor to making a positive contribution tosocietal development. We care as much about how results are achieved as we do about the communities where we live and conduct our business. This year, we contributed one per cent of pre-tax profit, investing US$242 million across a wide range of programs and activities to support our communities. These funds support local programs, such as the LEAD project which seeks to improve the lives of smallholder farmers in the rural Maputo Province of Mozambique; an innovative education program in Pakistan that has seen 800 children graduate from the program with another 2,000 currently studying in 13 model schools; the ANDA project which addresses the needs of people displaced by conflict and vulnerable communities in the Cordoba District of Colombia to complement poverty reduction efforts by the national government; and Bush Blitz, a unique species discovery program in Australia.results themselves.

1.3.2     Our community programs are in addition to the US$9.9 billion in taxes and royalties we paid to governments and our broader economic contribution in terms of jobs, capital investment and support of local businesses.structure

I would like to take this opportunity to acknowledge David Crawford who will retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014. David has servedoperates under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure, with distinction on the board oftwo parent companies BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton for 20 years. In announcing our plans to create an independent global metals and mining company we said that David would become the new company’s inaugural chairman. His skills and experience make David the right person to guide the new company through its entry into the global resources sector.

In line with our planned approach to Board succession, we have appointed Malcolm Brinded to the BoardPlc operated as a Non-executive Directorsingle economic entity, run by a unified Board and member of the Sustainability Committee. Malcolm’s deep experiencemanagement team. Our headquarters are located in energy, governance and sustainability will make a significant contribution to the Board.Melbourne, Australia.

In summary, a strong management team and over 123,000 talented employees and contractors in 21 countries have improved safety, increased production and delivered more value for shareholders and all our stakeholders. Your company does make a positive difference. BHP Billiton helps lift living standards for people aroundLimited has a primary listing on the world and we work hard to add value to the communities, regions and countries where we live and do business.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

1.4    Chief Executive Officer’s Report

I am pleased to report thatAustralian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton deliveredPlc has a strong set of financial results in FY2014, with improvements in operating performancepremium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and safety supported by a continued focusits ordinary shares are admitted to trading on productivity. This performance was achieved against a background of improving economic conditionsthe London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the United States, Japan and the European Union, solid but slower Chinese economic growthKingdom and a declinesecondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in key commodity pricesSouth Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in a highly competitive global marketplace.the United States.

In a year of record productionOur Operating Model describes the way the Company is organised and sets out the relationship between the Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. The Operating Model defines how we had no fatalities at our operated assets and improved our total recordable injury frequency performance by nine per cent to 4.2 injuries per million hours worked. Whilework, how we are encouraged to have recorded a year without fatalities, we must never rest on past performance. We will continue to relentlessly identify and manage material health and safety risks to protect our people and communities.

Annual production records were achieved at 12 of our operations and across four commodities. Western Australia Iron Ore and Queensland Coal both increased annual production volume by more than 20 per cent as we delivered more tonnes from existing infrastructure and growth projects ahead of schedule. These results were supported by our Onshore US petroleum asset delivering a 73 per cent increase in petroleum liquids production.

Our safety performance improves through our continued focus on accelerating sustainable improvements in productivity by finding more efficient and effective ways of performing day-to-day operations. We delivered more than US$6.6 billion of sustainable productivity-led gains over the last two years. There are more achievements in productivity still to come as our teams continue to innovate and learn from each other, replicating best practice and operating on a common data platform across the organisation.

We continue to invest selectively in those projects that meet our demanding criteria. In FY2014, we reduced our share of exploration and capital expenditure by 32 per cent to US$15.2 billion and expect this to decline to US$14.8 billion in FY2015. This approach has increased internal competition for capital, improved our capital efficiency and provides for long-term, sustainable shareholder value.

In August 2014, we announced a proposal to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a selection of BHP Billiton’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets. Separating these assets via a demerger has the potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifying the BHP Billiton Group and creating two portfolios of complementary assets. Once simplified, BHP Billiton would be almost exclusively focused on our large, long-life iron ore, copper, coal, petroleum and potash basins. With fewer assets and a greater upstream focus, BHP Billiton would be able to reduce costs and improve the productivity of our largest businesses more quickly. The proposed demerger remains subject to the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, final Board approval and shareholder vote.

In addition to our work to simplify BHP Billiton’s portfolio, we continue to support the communities where we operate. We support local economies through employment, infrastructure development, taxes and royalties, as well as purchasing local goods and services. We are part of these communities and we strive to be a positive and active participant in community life. In FY2014, our voluntary community investment amounted to US$242 million.

We are proud that the supply of our products supports global economic growth and development, with the associated reduction in poverty and improvement in living standards. Continued global development depends on access to affordable energy and other critical resources.

Sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s assessment that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear, and physical impacts are unavoidable. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and working with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contribute to reducing emissions from fossil fuels. We view climate change as a critical element in our approach to risk management across our business.

In everything we do, we are guided by Our BHP Billiton Chartervalues of Sustainability, Integrity, Respect, Performance, Simplicity and Accountability. These are the foundation of who we are,organised and how we perform our rolemeasure performance.

Businesses: Our assets, operations and interests are separated into four business units. These Businesses are: Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; and Coal. The Operating Model has been designed to ensure that decision-making remains as an active and engaged corporate citizen. I am honouredclose to be part of a company where we live our values every day.

Finally, I would like to thank all our suppliers, customers, host communities and shareholders for their continued support over the past yearBusinesses as we strive to be a valued partner of choice. I would especially like to thank our employees and contractors whose commitment and contribution is the cornerstone of the success of this Company.possible.

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

1.5    1.3     Our Company

1.3.1    Group overview

We are BHP Billiton, a leading global resources company. We are among the world’s top producers of major commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical coal, copper and uranium, and have substantial interests in conventional and unconventional oil and gas and energy coal.

Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our diversified portfolio of high-quality assets gives us resilience and flexibility to enhance value throughout the commodity cycle.

We extract and process minerals, oil and gas from our production operations located primarily in Australia and the Americas. We sell our products globally with sales and marketing taking place principally through Singapore and Houston, United States. As at 30 June 2015, our workforce consisted of approximately 80,000 employees and contractors.

During FY2015, we demerged a selection of BHP Billiton’s alumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, silver, lead and zinc assets into a new company, South32.

The safety and health of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from fatality, injury or occupational illness.

The long-term nature of our operations allows us to build collaborative community relationships. Our size and scope mean we can make a meaningful contribution to communities in which we operate. We aim to maximise the economic and social benefits of our operations to contribute to global economic development, while minimising our environmental footprint, for example through innovation, productivity and technology.

We have strong governance processes in place, high standards of ethical and responsible behaviour, and we are an active contributor to societal development. We care as much about how results are achieved as we do about the results themselves.

1.3.2     Our structure

BHP Billiton operates under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure, with two parent companies BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc operated as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and management team. Our headquarters are located in Melbourne, Australia.

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the United Kingdom and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United States.

Our Operating Model describes the way the Company is organised and sets out the relationship between the Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. The Operating Model defines how we work, how we are organised and how we measure performance.

Businesses: Our assets, operations and interests are separated into four business units. These Businesses are: Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; and Coal. The Operating Model has been designed to ensure that decision-making remains as close to the Businesses as possible.

Group Functions: Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee (GMC). Our Group Functions are primarily located in Melbourne, London and Singapore.

Marketing: Marketing is responsible for securing sales of our product; realising the full value of our products; managing the supply chain from resources to markets; supporting strategic decision-making through market insights; minimising operating costs and optimising working capital.

The core principles of the Operating Model include mandatory performance requirements, common organisational design, common systems and processes, and common planning and reporting.

The Operating Model is designed to deliver a simple and scalable organisation to achieve a sustainable improvement in productivity by providing performance transparency, eliminating duplication of effort and enabling the more rapid identification and deployment of best practice.

1.3.3    Strategic context

Across the globe, communities are experiencing transformational change – economically, socially, technologically and environmentally. As these accelerate and interconnect, they create opportunities for innovation and improvement. We aim to be at the forefront of these shifts and provide the resources needed to turn change into positive development.

We supply the mineral and energy commodities that are crucial for all stages of economic growth. Emerging economies require construction materials like steel as their populations expand and new cities and heavy industry develop. As economies grow and people become wealthier, a consumer economy emerges and steel intensity slows while demand increases for materials that are used in consumer goods, such as copper. Increased income leads to a demand for agricultural commodities, including potash. The products in our portfolio are the raw materials that fuel change and support an improvement in living standards for people in many parts of the world.

While short-term demand for commodities has moderated, our global energy needs are expected to increase by around 30 per cent in the next 20 years. Around two thirds of new demand will originate from Asia, with the majority from China and India. Sub-Saharan Africa is expected to see the fastest growth, albeit from a lower base.

By 2030, around 50 per cent of newly installed electricity capacity in China and India is expected to be renewable energy. However, even with the strong growth in renewables, the energy supply mix in these two Asian giants is expected to continue to be dominated by oil, coal and gas.

Independent bodies such as the International Energy Agency believe that over the next few decades, fossil fuels will remain central to the energy mix as their affordability and the scale of existing infrastructure often make them hard to practically replace, although their exact percentage varies across a range of scenarios.

We think and plan in decades and generations, and we have long recognised that sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. Responding to climate change is a priority Board governance and strategic issue for our Company. BHP Billiton accepts the IPCC’s assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe that the world must pursue the twin objectives of limiting climate change to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements, while providing access to reliable and affordable energy to support economic development and improved living standards.

Our strategic approach to climate change is underpinned by engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders, including investors, companies and non-government organisations. Industry has a key role to play in climate change policy development by working with governments and other stakeholders to inform the development of an effective, long-term policy framework that delivers a measured transition to a low carbon economy. BHP Billiton believes that any such policy framework should include a complementary set of measures, including a price on carbon, support for low-emissions technologies and measures to build resilience.

1.3.4    FY2015 performance summary

Not required for US reporting. Refer to sections 1.11 and 1.15.

1.3.5    About this Strategic Report

This Strategic Report meets the requirements of the Strategic Reporting required by the UK Companies Act 2006 and the Operating and Financial Review required by the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

This Strategic Report provides insight into BHP Billiton’s strategy, operating and business model and objectives. It describes the principal risks the Company faces and how these risks might affect our future prospects. It also gives our perspective on our recent operational and financial performance.

We intend this disclosure to assist shareholders and other stakeholders to understand and interpret the Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) included in this Annual Report. The basis of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements is set out in note 41 ‘Basis of preparation and measurement’ to the Financial Statements. To obtain full details of the financial and operational performance of BHP Billiton this Strategic Report should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.

Section 1 of this Annual Report 2015 constitutes our Strategic Report 2015. References to sections beyond section 1 are references to sections in this Annual Report 2015. Shareholders may obtain a hard copy of the Annual Report free of charge by contacting our Share Registrars, whose details are set out in our Corporate Directory at the end of this Annual Report.

All references to websites in this Annual Report are, unless expressly stated otherwise, intended to be inactive textual references for information only and any information contained in or accessible through any such website does not form a part of this Annual Report.

1.3.6    Forward looking statements

This Annual Report contains forward looking statements, including statements regarding trends in commodity prices and currency exchange rates; demand for commodities; production forecasts; plans, strategies and objectives of management; closure or divestment of certain operations or facilities (including associated costs); anticipated production or construction commencement dates; capital costs and scheduling; operating costs; anticipated productive lives of projects, mines and facilities; provisions and contingent liabilities; and tax and regulatory developments.

Forward looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as ‘intend’, ‘aim’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘plan’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘continue’ or similar words. These statements discuss future expectations concerning the results of operations or financial conditions, or provide other forward looking information.

These forward looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements contained in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward looking statements.

For example, our future revenues from our operations, projects or mines described in this Annual Report will be based, in part, upon the market price of the minerals, metals or petroleum products produced, which may vary significantly from current levels. These variations, if materially adverse, may affect the timing or the feasibility of the development of a particular project, the expansion of certain facilities or mines, or the continuation of existing operations.

Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement dates, costs or production output and anticipated lives of operations, mines or facilities include our ability to profitably produce and transport the minerals, petroleum and/or metals extracted to applicable markets; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the market prices of the minerals, petroleum or metals we produce; activities of government authorities in the countries where we are exploring or developing projects, facilities or mines, including increases in taxes, changes in environmental and other regulations and political uncertainty; labour unrest; and other factors identified in the risk factors set out in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report.

Except as required by applicable regulations or by law, the Group does not undertake to publicly update or review any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future events.

Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance.

1.3.7    Completed demerger of assets

In August 2014, we announced our intention to create a new company through the demerger of a selection of assets that included BHP Billiton’s interest in its integrated Aluminium business, Energy Coal South Africa, Illawarra metallurgical coal, the Manganese business, the Cerro Matoso nickel operation and the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine. After receiving shareholder approval for the demerger on 6 May 2015 (with approximately 98 per cent of votes cast being in favour), the new company, South32, was listed on the ASX as an independent company on 18 May 2015 and the formal separation of South32 from BHP Billiton was completed on 25 May 2015. Eligible BHP Billiton Limited and Plc shareholders received shares in South32 in the demerger through a pro rata, in-specie distribution, as well as retaining their existing shares in the Group.

For IFRS accounting purposes, the demerger was deemed completed as of 8 May 2015 (the date of loss of control) and the demerged assets are treated as Discontinued operations in BHP Billiton’s Financial Statements. Unless otherwise stated, throughout this Annual Report financial information for FY2015 relating to the demerged assets is reported for the period from 1 July 2014 to 8 May 2015 as Discontinued operations, while FY2015 production information relating to the demerged assets is reported for the period from 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015 to more closely align with BHP Billiton’s month-end reporting systems. Continuing operations refers to the assets that formed part of the BHP Billiton Group as at 30 June 2015.

Comparative information for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 has been restated for the effects of the application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for these periods are not required to be restated.

For more information on the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, refer to sections 1.6.4 and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

1.4    BHP Billiton locations

LOGO

1.4    BHP Billiton locations

We are among the world’s top producers of major commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical coal, copper and uranium, and have substantial interests in conventional and unconventional oil and gas and energy coal.

LOGO

1.5    Strategy and business model

1.5.1    Our consistent strategy

Our purpose

Our corporate purpose is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.

Our strategy

Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market.

Our unique position in the resources industry is due to our proven and consistent strategy. In line with our strategy, we pursue growth opportunities consistent with our core skills of:

 

evaluating, developing and extracting resources in our Businesses;

 

distributing and selling our products, and managing financial risk associated with our revenue through Marketing;

 

defining and governing world-class functional standards, which are implemented Group-wide through our Group Functions.

We operate in a dynamic, external environment and thisglobally competitive environment. Our strategy has delivered strong companyCompany performance over time which, in turn, underpins the creation of long-term sustainable value for our shareholders, customers, employees and the communities in which we operate. We aim to deliver long-term sustainable value rather than focusing on short-term returns.

Our values

In pursuing our strategy through all stages of the economic and commodity cycles, we are guided byOur BHP BillitonCharter values of Sustainability, Integrity, Respect, Performance, Simplicity and Accountability.

Our overriding commitment is to ensuring the safety of our people, and respecting our environment and the communities in which we work. This commitment informs everything we do and influences every aspect of our work.

Operational capability is fundamental to our strategy. It is reflected inOur Charter, in particular our values of Performance – achieving superior business results by stretching our capabilities, and Simplicity – focusing our efforts on the things that matter most.

Our success factors

We are successful when:

 

our people start each day with a sense of purpose and end the day with a sense of accomplishment;

 

our communities, customers and suppliers value their relationships with us;

 

our asset portfolio is world-class and sustainably developed;

 

our operational discipline and financial strength enables our future growth; and

 

our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment.

Our key performance indicators presented in section 1.10 of this Annual Report enable our Group Management Committee (GMC) to measure our performance.

1.5.2    Our business model

Exploration and evaluation

 

Discovery through brownfield and greenfield exploration.

Evaluating our portfolio.

 

Divestment and acquisition.

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around ourOur portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins which now provideprovides us with significantpotential growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfieldour greenfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our brownfield exploration program. We continue to focus our greenfield exploration program to focus on copper in Chile, Peru and Peruthe southwestern United States, and conventional oil and gas, predominantly offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Western Australia.

Trinidad and Tobago. We evaluate the results of our brownfield and greenfield exploration to identify future growth projects consistent with our strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets. We also continually evaluate our portfolio and consider divestment and acquisition opportunities.

Development

 

Evaluating and developing projects.

The evaluation and development of large-scale resource projects generates significant value for BHP Billiton. We have a number of high-quality growth projects currently under development. We also have a large number of growth opportunities in our project pipeline in varying stages of evaluation.

In our development process, these projects progress through feasibility to execution only after internal and external approvals. Our rigorous internal review process requires projects to pass through various tollgates for internal approvals at each stage, including Board approval for major projects.

Potential expansion projects must compete for capital inwithin BHP Billiton and areapproved only approved if they meet our strict criteria for investment.

Extraction, processing and transportation

 

Open-pit and underground mining.

 

Extracting conventional and unconventional oil and gas.

 

Processing and refining.

Across our global operations, the diversification of our portfolio of assets by commodity, geography and market continues to be one of our differentiating features. Our goal is to safely operate all our assets at capacity through mining, extracting, processing and transporting commodities.

We continue to set production records at a number of assets. Through the development and use of standard operating practices and technology, we are driving efficiencies through improved capital intensity, labour productivity and increased utilisation of plant and machinery.

Our extraction and processing activities are mindful of our ongoing sustainability obligations, including rehabilitation at the end of the asset life.

Marketing and logistics

BHP Billiton’s Marketing network manages the Group’s revenue line andorganisation is responsible for:

 

SellingDeveloping the Group’s productsGroup-wide view of the markets and purchasing all major raw materials.future pricing.

 

Supporting the Businesses to maximise the value of upstream resources.

 

Managing the supply chain to customers.

 

Achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products.

Selling the Group’s products and purchasing all major raw materials.

 

DevelopingManaging price risk.

Due to its proximity to our customers in Asia, the Group-wide view of the markets and future pricing.

The primary hub for our marketing activities is Singapore, while our marketing of oil and gas is headquartered in Houston, United States. In addition, we have marketers located close to our customers in 14nine cities around the world.

Marketing’s responsibilities require an active presence in the various commodities markets, the global freight market and the crude and gas pipeline transportation market, through which we manage the supply chain for our products and develop strong integrated relationships between our Businesses and our customers.

Our market insight is strengthened by the multi-commodity nature of our organisation, our proximity to our customers and the flow of information in our centralised marketing structure.

A description of our risk factors, including those that impact our business model, and our approach to risk management are presented in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

1.5.3    External factors and trends

Economic outlook

The global economy grew at a moderatemodest rate in FY2014. MomentumFY2015 with a mild improvement in developed economies offsetting a moderation in emerging markets.

In China, a slowdown in the United States, Japanproperty sector and the United Kingdom was underpinned by central bank monetary policy. Europe’s economy improved marginally, although the recovery was constrained by high levels of unemployment. Emerging markets, including China, experienced a moderate slowdown.

In a relative sense, the Chinese economy continues to grow strongly with signs that it is rebalancing. Consumption continued to be supported by higher household incomes while fixed asset investment softened, led byto lower economic growth following policy tightening in CY2014. Consumer spending remained resilient reflecting the continued rebalancing of the economy. A number of interest rate reductions, cuts in bank reserve requirements, boosts to infrastructure spending and administrative measures supporting the property sector,market are likely to buttress growth over the remainder of CY2015. In line with our expectations, the economy is growing more slowly as it matures over the central bank restricted access to credit. Rapid credit growth inmedium term and the non-bank financial sector remained an important concern for policy makers.

government’s reform program promotes domestic consumption over investment. We remain confident inexpect the short-term to medium-term outlook for the Chinese economy. Measured stimulus recently introduced by the government demonstrates their commitment to maintain economic growth above seven per cent. We believe consumption and servicesauthorities will continue to increasepress ahead with reform in importance,a cautious but sustained manner as they seek to improve the efficiency of capital allocation in the economy, while the market’s role in allocating capital will be enhanced. Greater transparency within the fiscal system is also expected to reshape the relationship between central and local government.maintaining support for employment.

The underlying performance of the US economy continued to improve despite weakness in the significant disruptionMarch 2015 quarter caused by severe weather in the March 2014 quarter. The curtailment of quantitative easing appears to have hadnortheast and a limited impact on sentiment as a solid increasestronger US dollar. Ongoing strength in demand reflects a strongerthe labour market, rising disposable incomes, higher equity markets and higher equities andimproved housing prices. Business investment has beenprices supported consumer demand. After a weak linkperiod in the recovery so far as companies have responded slowlywhich businesses failed to betterrespond to improved economic conditions despiteand higher levels of profitability. An increaseprofitability, corporate investment has begun to show signs of recovery. The Federal Reserve is expected to begin increasing interest rates in capital spendingthe first half of CY2016.

The European Central Bank began a program of quantitative easing in March 2015, which appears to be driving a modest pick-up in economic growth. Activity has improved across the Eurozone, with the exception of Greece, reflecting a broad-based lift in domestic demand. We expect this improvement in growth to continue in FY2016.

Japan’s economy saw growth improve in annualised terms as the year progressed, supported by the globalBank of Japan’s quantitative easing and a weaker yen. Growth should be supported by stronger business community will be required to sustain the recovery in the medium term.

The Japanese economy has responded strongly to expansionary monetary and fiscal policy over the past year. Investment spending and wages increased as corporate profits benefited from the depreciation of the Yen, while an increase in the national sales tax in April had a limited impact on consumption. These factors have increased the potential for faster growth in the short term, although ainvestment into FY2016. A longer-term, sustainable recovery will beis contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

With regard to the global economy, stronger US growth and an associated tightening of monetary policy could result in the rapid outflow of capital from emerging economies. However, developing nations with sound macroeconomic fundamentals would be less likely to experience a severe impact from this transition.

Climate change

The physical impacts of climate change onand various regulations that seek to address climate change may affect our operations, are uncertainproductivity and particular to geographic circumstances.the markets in which we sell our products. Physical effects may include changes in rainfall patterns, water shortages, rising sea levels, increased storm intensities and higher temperatures. In

addition a number of national governments have already introduced or are contemplating the introduction of, regulatory responses to greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels to address the impacts of climate change. These physical effectsThere has also been a number of divestment campaigns that have focused on fossil fuels ‘stranded assets’. We continue to welcome the opportunity to engage with our shareholders on our business strategy to ensure the benefits and regulatory responses may adversely impact the productivity and financial performanceresilience of our operations.portfolio, including in a carbon constrained world, are understood.

Other external factors and trends

A number of external factors and trends have had and may continue to have a material impact on our financial condition and operational results, of operations, as described in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. These factors include commodity prices, exchange rates changes in product demand and supply, and operating costs.

The chart below presents the price movements in annual average prices in our core Business commodities over the past 10 years to 30 June 2014.years. Over most of this period we have benefited from generally risingstrong commodity prices, while our diversified portfolio provides resilience to decreaseswhich have trended downwards in the price of some commodities.

Commodity prices 2005–2014

LOGO

Commodity prices have generally declined over the past three fiscal yearsFY2015 and this trend has continued post 30 June 2014. 2015.

Commodity prices 2006–2015

LOGO

A summary of the pricing trends for our most significant commodities for FY2014FY2015 is presented in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report, along with movements in the year end commodity price of 10 per cent or more subsequent to 30 June 2014 (as at 31 August 2014).Report.

1.5.4    Corporate planning

At BHP Billiton we have a long-standing and robust corporate planning process which is central tothat underpins the effective development and delivery of our strategy.

Our planning process continuously reviewsinvolves a review of our strategy against a constantly changing external environment and the risks and opportunities this presents, to optimise both our returns to our shareholders, and our broader contribution to society.shareholders.

Core principles

The corporate planning process is designed withcycle embodies the following core principles:

 

Board and GMC ownership and regular review of strategy and strategic priorities.

 

Clear accountabilities – regularRegular engagement through ‘Appraisals’ bybetween the GMC, with the Businesses, MarketingGroup Functions and Group Functions.Marketing.

 

Alignment –Application of a consistent and integrated planning process where Business, Marketing and Group Functions planning process with individualand Marketing plans are aggregated to form the overall corporate plan.

 

Long to short –Cycle begins with long-term strategic plans are followed by short-term delivery plans.plans to deliver strategic imperatives.

 

Robustness –Ensure our plan should beportfolio and plans are resilient under both a range of long-term scenarios and short-term shock events.

Corporate planning framework

The flowchart below illustrates our corporate planning framework.

LOGO

An annualA Board Strategic Planning reviewStrategy Forum is the start of each Corporate planning cycle,held regularly where the GMCBoard and the BoardGMC actively discussesdiscuss and debate the Group’sCompany’s strategy. A key outcome is the CEO Message to all employees which sets theBusinesses prepare long-term direction of the Groupplans and aligns expectations.

The Directional Planning (long-termdiscuss these plans at strategic planning) phase beginsreviews with the CEO Message and the issuing of long-term scenarios. Businesses use the CEO Message and scenarios to prepare their Directional Plans, which include life of asset resource plans. Plans are discussed with the GMC at the Business Directional Appraisals.GMC.

We prepare a Group-wideA BHP Billiton 20-year Plan which includesis prepared based on input from the Businesses’ Directional Plans. A totallong-term plans and is optimised for an annual capital allocation limit is set to maximisethat maximises total shareholder returns, while ensuring financial risks are appropriately mitigated. Within this capital ceiling, major growth options are optimally sequenced over the20-year Plan through our capital allocation process.

The capital allocation process includes analysis of net present value (NPV), internal rates of return (IRR), return on capital (ROC) and margin analysis to inform decision-making. This process is further described in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report. All available growth options are assessed and prioritised to generate a high-value and capital-efficient portfolio, which provides flexibility to return excess cash to shareholders. The increased competition for capital has improved our capital productivity.

The Delivery Planning (short-term to mid-term planning) phase begins with the CEO Letter of Intent which provides capital guidance and sets the context for the Business five-year plans and two-year budgets. Again, plans are discussed with the GMC, this time at the Business Delivery Appraisals.flowchart below illustrates our corporate planning framework.

LOGO

We believe that the rigour of our corporate planning process, combined with the flexibility it provides the GroupCompany to quickly respond to an inherently dynamic external environment, is essential to maximise total shareholder returns.

The starting point of our planning process is the construction of a central case, built through an in-depth, bottom up analysis using rigorous processes, benchmarked with external views, and thoroughly reviewed and endorsed periodically by the GMC and the Board. Our current central case assumes the US economy continues to recover and strengthen, progressive development of China and India, integration of emerging economies into a multi-polar economic environment, and action on climate change centred on national policies with short-term prioritisation to adaptation and a long-term shift toward mitigation.

Scenarios

TheOur corporate planning process is underpinned by scenarios thatuses scenario analysis to encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes for key global uncertainties driven by factors external to BHP Billiton.uncertainties. Designed to interpret external factors including technical, economic, political and global governance trends facing the global resources industry, the scenarios offer a means by which to explore potential portfolio discontinuities and opportunities, as well as to test the robustness of decisions.

It should be noted that theOur scenarios do not constitute preferred outcomes for BHP Billiton. The Company’s approach to critical global challenges, such as the importance of addressing climate change, continues to be based onOur Charter values, including our value of Sustainability. Our position on climate change is discussed further in section 1.6.1.

The starting pointsections 1.6.1 and 1.14 of our scenario development is the construction of a Central Case, built through an in-depth, bottom up analysis using rigorous processes, benchmarked with external views, thoroughly reviewed and endorsed annually by the GMC and the Board. Currently our Central Case considers expected levels of US economic recovery, progressive development of China and India, integration of developing economies into a multi-polar economic environment, as well as action on climate change centred on national policies withshort-term prioritisation to adaptation and a long-term shift to mitigation.this Annual Report.

The scenarios are designed to be divergent, but also plausible and internally consistent, spanning differentunique potential future business environments. A descriptionAn outline of the key characteristics of each of our scenarios is summarisedset out below:

 

GoodRobust global economic growth underpinned by significant technological breakthroughs. Climatesustains strong impetus to develop and implement cleaner, more energy efficient solutions that support growth. Unified societal action to address climate change scienceleads to high cooperation and needcommitment to actlimit emissions. Technology plays a pivotal role with breakthroughs in new, next generation clean energy technologies. Higher-cost options are often deployed to meet lower CO2 stabilisation targets. There is acknowledged globally, resulting in global cooperationan orderly transition to mitigate carbon emissions and consumer pull for green products and services.a two degrees Celsius world.

 

Strong global growth liberalled by China and the United States underpinned by liberalised trade. Coordination in environment, technology and trade flows,policy reduces water and food constraints. Technology dynamism with significant investment in research and technologydevelopment underpinned by high gross domestic product (GDP),economic growth, and a coordinated response to addressing climate change.

SolidHigh, sustainable economic growth potential new supply from keyis unlocked by productivity gains in advanced economies. Reform success in India achieves high transformative growth. Parts of the global resource base are not as accessible as once thought. Rapidly growing production rates of some commodities deplete basins failingand reserve replacement is costly. More difficult to meet expectations, climate change remains a secondary issue with researchaccess capital in resource rich economies given greater uncertainty in regulatory regime and higher capital costs. Technology development is focused on adaptivehighly differentiated products including uptake and transfer of information and communications technology (ICT), robotics and bio-technology. There is less technology transfer from the major economies to address greater pollution, and renewable energy technologies progressing above expectations.emerging economies.

 

A future state enmeshed in economic stagnation and protectionism, regional conflicts abound, domesticprotectionism. Nationalism drives economic policy rather than reform. Security of supply rather than lowest cost sourcing drives resources are prioritised for consumption even if sub-economic, low investment inpolicy. Global cooperation is limited and research and development dwindles with low private sector capacity and climategovernment support. Food and water supply does not meet global requirements provoking instability in some economies. Climate change commitments are abandoned in favour of adaptation.

Alongside scenarios, associatedTracking of signposts (trends) and triggers (events) across scenarios is integral to our planning process. These signposts and triggers provide an indication of which scenarios are becoming more or less dominant through time. They allow early awareness for the potential advent ofmove towards a scenario, offering us a powerful decision-making tool.tool that would enable us to act early. For example, rising GDP per capitathe nature and pace of growth in key commodity importing countries isglobal foreign direct investment, including patent, trademark and design application trends by industry are indicator variables that measure the pace of uptake of global and inter-regional technology transfer, a signpost to an earlier shift to consumption driven economies. Anotherthat reflects the nature and extent of liberalised trade. An example of a potential trigger event is if ana ratified accord on climate change were to be ratified during the 2015 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Conference of the Parties, and thenbinding agreements on longer-term carbon emissions targets were enacted globally.across key economies.

We believeOur analysis highlights that our uniquely diversified, high-quality portfolio of assets is robust both across these scenarios, and also shorter-term shock events. As aneach of our scenarios. For example, in a severely carbon constrained world, we believe there is significanta likelihood of upside for our potashuranium and uranium commodities, and also for our high-quality hard coking coal (lower(with lower smelting emissions) and iron ore lump product (direct(for direct blast furnace feed), . In addition, we expect that copper would be resilient and offer continued opportunity for growth,

while copper is resilient.our gas exposure may yet provide opportunities during a transition to a lower-carbon economy. In aggregategeneral, we anticipate that these commodities are robust and could help mitigate potential negative impacts in other commodities, given the relatively short pay-back periods for most present and future investments in fossil fuel production. Conversely, our portfolio allows us to capture upsides in an environment where developing countries experience strong global growth.commodities.

1.6    Strategic priorities

Our Group Management Committee (GMC)GMC maintains a strong focus on the following strategic priorities in order to execute the Company’s strategy. A number of these priorities are monitored by the GMC using the key performance indicators as presented in section 1.10 of this Annual Report.

1.6.1    Continue to operate sustainably

We will continue to operate sustainably with our focus on the following areas:

Protect our people and improve the health and safety of our operations

The health, safety and wellbeing of our people are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create a working environment that is free from occupational illness or injury. Identifying and managing fatal and material risk is a critical component of our management approach. By understanding and managing our risks, we provide greater protection for our people, communities and assets.

Despite our goal to achieve zero work-related fatalities, tragically we lost five of our colleagues in FY2015. Four fatalities occurred during on-site work activities and one fatality occurred in an off-site transportation accident. Independent investigations were undertaken for each incident, with remedial action taken and findings from the investigations shared across the Group. In FY2014, we had no work-related fatalities at our operated assets, a goal that we will continue to work towards.

As part of our constant focus to eliminate fatal and other serious incidents, a Company-level safety intervention was initiated in FY2015. The safety intervention was launched across our business through a variety of methods, including workshops, team talks and surveys. Feedback was presented at our senior leaders’ meeting in July 2015, identifying the key controls, programs, systems, processes and tools currently in place that require improvement and Company-wide adoption through focused leadership.

Support sustainable development of our host communities

We are a global company that values our host communities. We strive to be part ofa valued partner in the communities in which we operate and, through all our interactions, seek to foster meaningful, long-term relationships whichthat respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. OurWe are also proud of our broader contribution to our host communities is broad ranging.society. Our commodities support economic development and ultimately lead to urbanisation and improved standards of living. Through employment, taxes and royalties, we support local, regional and national economies. WeWhere possible, we purchase local goods and services and develop infrastructure that benefits entire communities.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit, (calculatedcalculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit)profit, in community programs. Since 2001, BHP Billiton has committed more than US$2 billion in programs that aim to have a long-lasting, positive impact on people’s quality of life. This includes implementing new and supporting existing community projects.life around the world. During FY2014,FY2015, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7225 million, comprising US$141.7142 million in cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and a US$10083 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

Strategic approach to climate change

Our strategic approach to climate change is underpinned by engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders, including investors, companies and non-government organisations. We believe industry has a key role to play in climate change policy development by working with governments and other stakeholders to inform the development of effective, long-term policy frameworks that deliver a measured transition to a lower emissions economy.

We have an integrated approach to addressing climate change that has three key areas: mitigation, adaptation and low-emissions technology (LET). As energy demand continueswell as taking action to increase,reduce emissions, adapt to the global challengephysical impacts of climate change, remainsdevelop and deploy LETs and engage in the policy debate, we continue to identify and assess the impacts of climate change on our portfolio. We have a priority for our organisation. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and working with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management androbust corporate planning process that includes testing the diversityresilience of our overall portfolio positions us not only to manage and respond to change, but also to capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time.investment decisions against a range of future scenarios.

Our position on climate change

We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) assessment of climate change science which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable.

We believe that:

 

The world must pursue the twin objectiveobjectives of:

 

  limiting climate change to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements; while

 

  providing access to thereliable and affordable energy required to continue thesupport economic growth essential for maintainingdevelopment and improved living standards and alleviating poverty.standards.

 

Under all current plausible scenarios, fossil fuels will continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades.

 

ThereTherefore, there needs to be an acceleration of effort to drive energy efficiency, develop and deploy low-emissions technology and adapt to the impacts of climate change.

 

There should be a price on carbon, implemented in a way that addresses competitiveness concerns and achieves lowest cost emissions reductions.

We will:

 

continue to take action to reduce our emissions;

 

build resilience of our operations, investments, communities and ecosystems to climate change impacts;

 

recognising their role as policy makers, seek to enhance the global response by engaging with governments;governments, recognising their role as policy makers;

 

work in partnership with resource sector peers to improve sectoral performance and increase the industry’s influence in policy development to deliver effective long-term regulatory responses;

 

through material investments in low-emission technology, contribute to reducing emissions from the use of fossil fuels.fuels through material investments in low-emission technology.

Further information on our sustainability commitments, standards and performance can be found in sectionssection 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Additional information is also available in the Sustainability Report 2014,2015, which can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.6.2    Creating aA more productive organisation

We are focused on achieving sustainable improvement in productivity across all aspects of our business. We believe our systems, structures, culture, people and portfolio should enable the creation of a competitive

advantage by working smarter to safely deliver greater volume growth from existing plant and equipment at lower unit costs.

During the past year, we have continued to focus on sustainable improvement in productivity across the Company. Our people have worked smarter to identify and implement more productive ways of working. Our portfolio, common systems, structures and embedculture have also resulted in greater volume growth from our existing plant and equipment at lower unit costs.

Our Operating Model whichremains the foundation for our sustainable productivity gains. It guides how weour people work together, defines how we are organised and enables the measurement ofallows us to measure operational and financial performance across the Group. The Operating Model lays the foundation for sustainable productivity gains by supporting the building ofour business. It also helps remove duplication, build capability eliminating the duplication of effort and enabling the rapid identificationmore rapidly identify and deployment ofdeploy best practices.

Recognising that culture also drives performance, BHP BillitonTo achieve functional excellence across the Company, we are developing our people and encouraging our teams to learn from each other. Our focus is continuing to createon creating an inclusive environment where every employee feels engaged. We want our people to feel listened to, be motivated tothey can contribute to their potentialimproving our performance.

Increasing transparency and work togetheraccess to unlock world-class productivity from the ground up. We support the development of our people and encourage our teams to learn from each other, identify more productive ways of working and achieve functional excellencerobust data across the Group.

Following the October 2013 completion oforganisation has improved our deployment ofability to deliver sustained improvements. By using 1SAP as our single Group-wide common enterpriseCompany-wide resource planning system, we are now using common world-classour teams have access to best-in-class business processes, standard metrics and reports that are supported by robust data. The implementationreports.

Our focus on productivity has improved operating performance at each of 1SAP across the organisation supports our ability to pursue sustained improvement through the application of standard processes and performance transparency.

Businesses. Our long-term commitment to improve productivity across the organisation has the potentialour Company continues to create significant value for shareholders and other stakeholders. Our focus on productivity has already resulted in significant improvement in operating performance at each of our major Businesses this year and record output at 12 operations.

Case study: Cost and time reductions in Petroleum’s Onshore US shale drilling and completionsIncreased truck performance at Copper’s Escondida Mine

Objective: To reduce the time and cost required to put each well online.increase ultra-class haul truck production time.

Approach: OpportunitiesEscondida benchmarked its truck performance and maintenance activities, both internally and externally, and reviewed how it conducted truck maintenance and shift activities to identify improvement opportunities.

A range of initiatives were identified through statistical analysisimplemented to improve haul truck production time. Less frequent and comparison againstlarger blasts were used to reduce interruptions to production. Trucks were only taken out of production for preventative maintenance determined by equipment condition, rather than by time in service. The mine also implemented new crib huts and shift relief, called hot seating, to keep the trucks moving.

Outcomes: Escondida has set a new internal best practice and external benchmarks. Improvements in performance were sought in three areas: engineering (changes in the designBHP Billiton benchmark for sustainable ultra-class haul truck performance. In FY2015, truck utilisation of each well); operations (changes in how operations are conducted in the field); and supply (shifts in what and how goods and services are procured and delivered).

Outcomes: Rig mobilisation times have been cut by 12available time increased to 83 per cent from 75 per cent in FY2014 through the development and implementationprevious year. This allowed the operation to move 438 million tonnes of material, an optimised rig move procedure. The average drilling time for a shale gas well has declined in FY2014, while the productivityincrease of hydraulic fracturing crews (stages completedsix per crew per month) has grown incent compared to FY2014.

Productivity results:results Overall, total Onshore US shale drilling costs per well: During FY2015, Escondida decreased its mine production unit cost by 1510 per cent in FY2014.through its productivity initiatives.

1.6.3    Disciplined approach to capital management

Our priorities for capital management remain unchanged. The quality of our assets and adherence to our strategy has differentiated our performance and maximised shareholder returns by allocating capital in a disciplined manner.

Our diversified and high-margin portfolio delivers a higher return on capital with lower volatility, when compared with many peers. Over the last 10 years, we have returned US$6467 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends and buy-backs.

Many of the areas to which we direct our cash flow are interconnected. In order to make capital allocation decisions, we test each decision against a range of short-term and long-term criteria across several scenarios. We aim to optimise for net present value (NPV), return on capital (ROC), internal rate of return (IRR) and margin, while remaining mindful of portfolio construction and cash flow at risk. No single metric can dominate the process given the potential to create imbalances and all alternatives including an investment in our own shares, actively compete.

Our portfolio remains a key point of difference. However, because it is opportunity-rich, capital discipline is more important. By reducing annual expenditure, we have created even more competition for capital and we have sharpened our focus on our core commodities and our high-margin major basins.

Given our portfolio of long-life orebodies, we also consider the value of future options as we must preserve their value at low cost.

The following factors are considered when making capital allocation decisions:

A strong balance sheet

Our solid ‘A’ credit rating provides flexibility and access to debt capital markets. The Group’s balance sheet continued to strengthen during FY2014. As at 30 June 2014, net debt was US$25.8 billion, a decrease of US$1.7 billion compared to the net debt position at 30 June 2013. As at 30 June 2014, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents on hand were US$8.8 billion.

During FY2014, the Group issued a four tranche Global Bond totalling US$5 billion comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Notes due 2016 paying interest at three-month US dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion, 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023, and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043.

These funds and our balance sheet capacity were used to meet a series of financing commitments, including debt repayments of US$7.2 billion and dividend payments of US$6.4 billion.

Progressive base dividend

BHP Billiton hasremains committed to a progressive dividend policy. The aim of this policy is to steadily increase or at least maintain our basethe dividend per share in US dollars at each half-yearly payment. Our progressive base dividend is the minimum annual distribution that a shareholder should expect and is expected to grow broadly in accordance with the growth of our business.

On 1925 August 2014,2015, the Board determined a final dividend for the year of 62 US cents per share. Together with the interim dividend of 5962 US cents per share paid to shareholders on 2631 March 2014,2015, this brought the total dividend determined for the year to 121124 US cents per share, a 4.3two per cent increase over the previous year’sfull-year dividend of 116121 US cents per share.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 

Dividends determined in respect of the period (US cents per share)

            

Interim dividend

   59.0     57.0     55.0     62.0     59.0     57.0  

Final dividend

   62.0     59.0     57.0     62.0     62.0     59.0  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   121.0     116.0     112.0     124.0     121.0     116.0  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

A strong balance sheet

Our solid ‘A’ credit rating provides flexibility and access to debt capital markets. Despite the reduction in commodity prices broadly over FY2015, the Group maintained a strong balance sheet and reduced net debt by five per cent to US$24.4 billion. Improved operating and capital productivity supported by our flexible investment program generated free cash flow of US$6.3 billion.

During FY2015, the Group issued a three tranche Euro denominated bond under its Euro Medium Term Note Programme, comprising EUR600 million Floating Rate Notes due 2020 paying interest at three-month Euribor plus 35 basis points, EUR650 million 0.75 per cent bonds due 2022 and EUR750 million 1.50 per cent bonds due 2030. The Group also priced a five-year A$1.0 billion note issue under its Australian Medium Term Note Program, paying interest at 3.00 per cent due 2020.

In August 2014, the Group redeemed all outstanding Petrohawk Energy Corporation 7.25 per cent Senior Notes due August 2018 and 6.25 per cent Senior Notes due June 2019 at the applicable call prices. The aggregate principal value of the notes redeemed was approximately US$1.8 billion.

The Group has a US$6.0 billion commercial paper program backed by a US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility. The facility expires in May 2020 and has a one-year extension option. As at 30 June 2015, the Group had US$nil outstanding in the US commercial paper market and the Group’s cash and cash equivalents on hand were US$6.8 billion.

Internal competition for capital investment

By reducing annual capital and exploration expenditure and increasing competition for capital within the Group, we have prioritised higher quality growth at a higher average rate of return on incremental investment. We continue to invest selectively in those projects that meet our criteria.are capital efficient and have high return growth.

During FY2014, eightthe year, three major projects were completed, including:achieved first production, namely:

 

Macedon (Petroleum), which delivered first petroleum production in the September 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$1.2 billion.

North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression (Petroleum), which delivered first gas production in the December 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$721 million as of 30 June 2014.

Jimblebar mine expansion (Iron Ore), which delivered first iron ore production in the September 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$3.4 billion.

Port blending facilities and rail yard (Iron Ore), whichThe Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP) was completed in November 2014. The Project involved the December 2013 quarter.creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that included several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (US$414 million BHP Billiton share) and a US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (US$536 million BHP Billiton share) was approved in March 2014. Expected final cost is US$899 million (US$517 million BHP Billiton share).

In March 2011, we approved the third expansion of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis). The project was delivered atinvestment has a costbudget of US$1.11.5 billion (BHP Billiton share US$916 million)share).

Samarco fourth pellet plant (Iron Ore), which delivered In January 2015, first iron ore pellet production incoal was loaded through the March 2014 quarter. The final spend ofexpanded terminal and the project was US$3.2 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.6 billion).

Caval Ridge (Coal), which delivered first metallurgical coal production in the June 2014 quarter. BHP Billiton’s share of the project’s cost was US$1.9 billion.

Eight major projects were in execution97.6 per cent complete as at 30 June 2014. Seven2015.

The Escondida Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) is a new concentrator with a 152 kilotonnes per day (ktpd) plant. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allow access to high-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of ourUS$3.8 billion (US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton share). A US$361 million increase in the budget of OGP1 to US$4.2 billion (US$ 2.4 billion BHP Billiton share) was approved in October 2014 following challenges associated with contractor’s progress. The Project was completed in May 2015 and is currently in the commissioning and ramp-up phase.

At the end of FY2015, BHP Billiton had four major projects under development projectswith a combined budget of US$7.0 billion.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are brownfielddisclosed in nature, which are inherently lower risk than new greenfield projects.note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Capital expenditure

Capital and exploration expenditure is disclosed for each Business in the table below.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Capital and exploration expenditure (1)

            

Petroleum and Potash

   7,070     8,439     7,063     5,929     7,070     8,439  

Copper

   3,873     4,204     3,889     3,912     3,808     4,157  

Iron Ore

   3,118     6,196     4,745     2,048     3,118     6,196  

Coal

   2,379     3,665     3,277     749     2,000     3,168  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   542     950     2,020  

Group and unallocated items

   21     140     136     125     214     465  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   17,003     23,594     21,130     12,763     16,210     22,425  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Capital expenditure is presented on a cash basis and excludes capitalised interest, but includes capitalised exploration. Exploration expenditure is capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ into the Financial Statements.

Capital expenditure encompasses expenditure on major projects, as set out in section 2.4 of this Annual Report, and capital expenditure on sustaining and other items.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M

 

  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 

Capital expenditure

   11,947    15,224    21,104  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exploration expenditure

    

Petroleum

   567    600    675  

Minerals

   249    386    646  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   816    986    1,321  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis)

   12,763    16,210    22,425  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Add: equity accounted investments

   434    871    1,493  

Less: capitalised deferred stripping (1)

   (815  (1,275  (1,501

Less: non-controlling interests

   (1,342  (1,198  (995
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share)

   11,040    14,608    21,422  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Capital expenditure

    

Growth

   13,130    18,678    14,994  

Sustaining and other

   2,863    3,565    3,643  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   15,993    22,243    18,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exploration expenditure

    

Petroleum

   600    675    1,355  

Minerals

   410    676    1,138  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   1,010    1,351    2,493  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis)

   17,003    23,594    21,130  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Add: equity accounted investments

   871    1,493    1,164  

Less: capitalised deferred stripping

   (1,421  (1,650  (1,531

Less: non-controlling interests

   (1,272  (1,146  (970
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share)

   15,181    22,291    19,793  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Capitalised deferred stripping includes US$142 million attributable to non-controlling interests in FY2015 (2014: US$243 million; 2013: US$292 million).

BHP Billiton’s share of capital and exploration expenditure declined by 3224 per cent during FY2014FY2015 to US$15.211.0 billion. Our rate of investment is expected to decline further in FY2015 with planned capital and exploration expenditure of approximatelyto US$14.8 billion (BHP Billiton share).

A detailed discussion of our project pipeline (including projects approved after 30 June 2014) is located in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Returning excess capital to shareholders

During the last 10 years, we supplemented our progressive base dividend by returning excess capital to shareholders and returned US$238.5 billion in the form of buy-backs, which is almost 35 per cent of total capital returned.

We have now returnedFY2016 and US$647.0 billion in the form of dividends and buy-backs over the last 10 years, equivalent to an underlying payout ratio of approximately 50 per cent.

We continue to focus on the things we can control to maximise free cash flow, like productivity and the rate at which we invest. The pace at which our balance sheet strengthens, however, will also depend on external factors like prices and foreign exchange rates. We monitor this closely and seek to return excess cash consistently and predictably.FY2017.

1.6.4    Active management of our portfolio

We are concentratingcontinue to concentrate our efforts on those basinsthe assets and operations where we enjoy economies of scale and a competitive advantage. Our focus remains on our four major Businesses of Iron Ore, Petroleum, Copper, and Coal, with Potash as a potential fifth,fifth. This diversified portfolio of low-cost assets, unrivalled in scale and quality, provides resilience and flexibility to enhance value for shareholders.

Since FY2013, we have executed a targeted divestment program, which has included a collection of individual transactions totalling US$7 billion and the benefits of diversification.

Proposedsuccessful demerger of a selection of BHP Billiton assets with South32.

We will continue to simplify our portfolio towards achieving BHP Billiton’s identified core portfolio of 19 assets across eight countries and three continents.

Completed demerger of assets

Demerger milestones

On 19 August 2014, we announced a planour intention to create an independent global metals and mininga new company based onthrough the demerger of a selection of our high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese,BHP Billiton assets that included:

BHP Billiton’s integrated Aluminium business;

Energy Coal South Africa;

Illawarra metallurgical coal;

BHP Billiton’s Manganese business;

Cerro Matoso nickel and silver assets.operation;

Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine.

AsA shareholder circular dated 16 March 2015 contained a resultunanimous recommendation from the BHP Billiton Board that shareholders vote in favour of the growthdemerger resolution.

Simultaneous General Meetings took place in Perth and London on 6 May 2015 to approve the demerger of our major Businesses and the Group’s substantial investmentSouth32 from BHP Billiton. The resolution was successful with approximately 98 per cent of votes cast being in recent years,favour.

On 8 May 2015, BHP Billiton now hastransferred operational management control of the assets to the South32 delegated management team. On 25 May 2015, the implementation of the demerger was completed, marking the formal separation of the two great companies embedded within its portfolio. Separating these assets viacompanies.

Eligible BHP Billiton Limited and Plc shareholders received shares in South32 through a demerger has the potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifyingpro rata, in-specie distribution, as well as retaining their existing shares in the Group.

BHP Billiton’s continued diversificationDemerger rationale and impacts

If theThe demerger is approved, we wouldsimplifies BHP Billiton and enables us to further focus almost exclusively on generating value from our core portfolio. This portfolio comprises our exceptionally large long-life petroleum, copper, iron ore, copper, coal petroleum and potash basins. By concentrating on the developmentassets. With a smaller set of similar assets, our common systems and operation of these basins, BHP Billiton expectsprocesses enable us to reduce costsidentify and improve productivitydeploy best practice more quickly.

FollowingHaving assessed a number of alternatives, the Board considered the demerger to be the preferred approach to achieving simplification of our portfolio, maximising shareholder value and providing the potential for South32 assets to maximise their value due to the focus of their own dedicated Board and management.

Post-demerger, BHP Billiton would have a simpler portfolio with fewer assetsremains one of the largest diversified global resources companies and a greater focus on upstream operations.

BHP Billiton would remain:in particular:

 

the largest exporter of metallurgical coal;

 

a global top three producer of iron ore;

a global top four exporter of copper concentrate;

 

the largest overseas investor in onshore US shale;

 

the developerholder of what we believe to be one of the world’s best undeveloped potash resource in Saskatchewan, Canada.resources.

Our strategic priorities remain unchanged. Consistent with our established strategy, our portfolio provides broad exposure to steelmaking raw materials, copper, energy and, potentially, agricultural markets and will remain diversified by commodity, geography and market.

Our Charter values and commitment to putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supportingDisclosure of the communitiesdemerged assets in which we operate will remain unchanged.

We will continue to simplify our portfolio and as part of this process are reviewing our Nickel West, New Mexico Coal and smaller petroleum assets.

A new global metals and mining companyAnnual Report

The new company would haveFor IFRS accounting purposes, the demerger was deemed completed as of 8 May 2015 (the date of loss of control) and the demerged assets are treated as Discontinued operations in five countries. Many of its operations are among the most competitive in their industries. Its assets would include:

BHP Billiton’s integrated Aluminium business;

Cannington silver;

Energy Coal South Africa;

Illawarra metallurgical coal;

Cerro Matoso nickel;

Financial Statements. Unless otherwise stated, throughout this Annual Report, financial information for FY2015 relating to the demerged assets is reported for the period from 1 July 2014 to 8 May 2015 as Discontinued operations, while FY2015 production information relating to the demerged assets is reported for the period from 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015 to more closely align with BHP Billiton’s Manganese business.

By tailoring its approach, and retaining some elementsmonth-end reporting systems. Where noted, Continuing operations refers to the assets that formed part of BHP Billiton’s common systems and processes, the new company would be designed to operate safely, reduce overheads and deliver improved performance.

Management, board and listings

It is proposed that the Chairman of the new company would be David Crawford, who will retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014. Graham Kerr, BHP Billiton’s Chief Financial Officer, would assumeGroup as at 30 June 2015.

Comparative information for the role of Chief Executive Officeryears ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 has been restated for the effects of the new company, basedapplication of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Perth. It is intended that Keith Rumble will becomeEquity for these periods are not required to be restated.

For information relating to a Non-executive Directordescription of the new company that BHP Billiton plansdemerged assets and production associated with these assets, refer to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Rumble would retire from the BHP Billiton Board at the time the shareholders vote onsections 2.1.7 and 2.2.2 of this demerger proposal. The BHP Billiton Board also intends to nominate Xolani Mkhwanazi, currently BHP Billiton’s Chairman South Africa, as a Non-executive Director of the new company.

The importance of South AfricaAnnual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the new company would be reflected in the formation of its board and management team, as well as its commitment to the country’s economic development and transformation objectives.

The new company is intended to be listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) with an inward secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE).

A responsible operatorFinancial Statements.

The new company would be committed to responsible environmental management, the safe operation of its assets and to making a positive contribution to its host communities and nations. BHP Billiton’s existing community commitments will be fulfilled, while the new company would foster its own partnerships and establish its own community programs.

BHP Billiton shareholders

BHP Billiton Limited and Plc shareholders would be entitled to 100 per cent of the shares in the new listed company through a pro-rata, in-specie distribution, as well as retaining their existing shares in the Group.

Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be completed in the first half of the 2015 calendar year.

Targeted divestment program

We also continue to execute a targeted divestment program, with major transactions totalling US$6.7 billion completed since FY2013. The transactions completed during FY2014 included:

the sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp for an aggregate cash consideration of US$653 million;

the sale of our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to EP Energy for a cash consideration of US$153 million;

the sale of Liverpool Bay, comprising a 46.1 per cent interest in five producing offshore oil and gas fields in the Irish Sea, United Kingdom and the Point of Ayr onshore processing plant in northern Wales and associated infrastructure. The sale was completed on 31 March 2014 to ENI ULX Limited for a cash consideration of US$29 million; and

the extension of our Western Australia Iron Ore long-term joint venture relationship with ITOCHU and Mitsui to include Jimblebar, following the issuing of equity on 10 July 2013 in a subsidiary company, for which BHP Billiton received a total consideration of US$1.5 billion in shares and loans of the subsidiary.

1.7    Our managementManagement of risk

1.7.1    Approach to risk management

We believe the identification and management of risk isare central to achieving our corporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value.

Risk can present itself in many forms, has the potential to impact our health and safety, environment, community, reputation, regulatory, market and financial performance and thereby the achievement of our corporate purpose.

By understanding and managing risk, we provide greater certainty and confidence for our shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers, and for the communities in which we operate. Successful risk management can be a source of competitive advantage.

Our risks are viewed and managed on a Group-wide basis. The natural diversification in our portfolio of commodities, geographies, currencies, assets and liabilities is a key element in our risk management approach.

Risk management is embedded in our critical business activities, functions and processes. Materiality and our tolerance for risk are key considerations in our decision-making.

Risk issues are identified, analysed and assessed in a consistent manner. Performance requirements exist for the identification, assessment, control and monitoring of material risk issues that could threaten our corporate purpose and business plans. These include:include that:

 

The potential for impacts on the achievement of our corporate purpose and business plans is identified through risk assessments using approved materiality and tolerability criteria. The severity of any risk event is assessed according to a matrix that describes the degree of harm, injury or loss from the most severe impact associated with that risk event, assuming reasonable effectiveness of controls.

 

A risk assessment (risk identification, risk analysis, including likelihood and impact assessment and risk evaluation) is conducted for material risk issues.

 

Risk controls are designed, implemented, operated and assessed to produce a residual risk that is tolerable. Performance standards are established for critical controls over material risks with supporting verification processes.

We have established processes that apply when entering or commencing new activities in high-risk countries. Risk assessments and a supporting risk management plan are required to ensure that potential reputation, legal, business conduct and corruption-related exposures are managed and legislative compliance is maintained, including relevant anti-corruption legislation and the application of any relevant sanctions or trade embargos.

Our risk management governance approach is described in sections 3.14.1 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

1.7.2    Risk factors

We believe that because of the international scope of our operations and the industries in which we are engaged, there are numerous factors that may have an adverse effect on our results and operations. The following describes the material risks that could affect BHP Billiton.

External risks

Fluctuations in commodity prices and impacts of ongoing global economic volatility may negatively affect our results, including cash flows and asset values

The prices we obtain for our oil, gas and minerals are determined by, or linked to, prices in world markets, which have historically been subject to substantial volatility. Our usual policy is to sell our products at the prevailing market prices. The diversity provided by our relatively broad portfolio of commodities does not fully insulate the effects of price changes. Fluctuations in commodity prices can occur due to price shifts reflecting underlying global economic and geopolitical factors, industry demand, increased supply due to the development of new productive resources, technological change, product substitution and national tariffs. We are particularly exposed to price movements in iron ore, coal, copper, and oil and gas. For example, a US$1 per tonne decline in the average iron ore price and US$1 per barrel decline in the average oil price would have an estimated impact on FY2014FY2015 profit after taxation of US$112144 million and US$54 million, respectively.

For further information relating to commodity price impacts, refer to section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report.

Volatility in global economic growth, particularly in the developing economies, has the potential to adversely impact future demand and prices for commodities. The impact of potential long-term sustained price shifts and short-term price volatility, including the effects of unwinding the sustained monetary stimulus in the United States, creates the risk that our financial and operating results, including cash flows and asset values, will be materially and adversely affected by unforeseen declines in the prevailing prices of our products.

Our financial results may be negatively affected by currency exchange rate fluctuations

Our assets, earnings and cash flows are influenced by a wide variety of currencies due to the geographic diversity of the countries in which we operate. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of those currencies may have a significant impact on our financial results. The US dollar is the currency in which the majority of our sales are denominated.denominated and the currency in which we present our financial performance. Operating costs are influenced by the currencies of those countries where our mines and mine processing plants are located and also by those currencies in which the costs of imported equipment and services are determined. The Australian dollar, South African rand, Chilean peso, Brazilian real and US dollar are some of the currencies influencing our operating costs. Over recent years, higher exchange rates (compared to the US dollar) of currencies in which the majority of our operating costs are incurred have and may continue to adversely impact our profit margins. Given the dominant role of the US currency in our affairs, the US dollar is the currency in which we present financial performance. We do not generally believe that active currency hedging provides long-term benefits to our shareholders. From time to time, we consider currency protection measures appropriate in specific commercial circumstances, subject to strict limits established by our Board.

Reduction in Chinese demand may negatively impact our results

The Chinese market has been driving global materials demand and pricing over the past decade. Sales into China generated US$23.316.3 billion (FY2013:(FY2014: US$20.121.8 billion) or 34.736.6 per cent (FY2013: 30.4(FY2014: 38.5 per cent) of our revenue in FY2014.FY2015. The FY2014FY2015 sales into China by Business included 64.966 per cent Iron Ore, 17.823 per cent Copper, 8.5nine per cent Coal, 6.6one per cent Aluminium, ManganeseNickel West (reported in Group and NickelUnallocated) and 2.2one per cent Petroleum. A continued slowing in China’s economic growth and demand could result in lower prices and less demand for our products and negatively impact our results, including cash flows.

Actions by governments or political events in the countries in which we operate could have a negative impact on our business

We have operations or interests (e.g. through our non-operated assets) in manyvarious countries around the globe, which have varying degrees of political, judicial and commercial stability. We operate or have interests in certain emerging markets, which may involve additional risks that could have an adverse impact on the profitability of an operation. These risks could include terrorism, civil unrest, judicial activism, regulatory investigation, nationalisation, protectionism, renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts, leases, permits or other agreements, imposts, controls or prohibitions on the production or use of certain products, restrictions on repatriation of earnings or capital and changes in laws and policy, as well as other unforeseeable risks. Risks relating to bribery and corruption, including possible delays or disruption resulting from a refusal to makeso-called facilitation payments, may be prevalent in some of the countries in which we operate. If any of our major operations are affected by one or more of these risks, it could have a negative effect on our operations in those countries, as well as the Group’s overall operating results and financial condition.

Our operations are based on material long-term investments that are dependent on long-term fiscal stability and could be adversely impacted by changes in fiscal legislation. The natural resources industry continues to be regarded as a source of tax revenue and can also be impacted by broader fiscal measures applying to businessbusinesses generally.

Our business could be adversely affected by new government regulations and international standards, such as controls on imports, exports, prices and greenhouse gas emissions. Increasing requirements relating to regulatory, environmental and social or community approvals can potentially result in significant delays in construction and may adversely affect the economics of new mining and oil and gas projects, the expansion of existing operations and results of our operations. Infrastructure, such as rail, ports, power and water, is critical to our business operations. We have operations or potential development projects in countries where government-provided infrastructure or regulatory regimes for access to infrastructure, including our own privately operated infrastructure, may be inadequate or uncertain or subject to legislative change. The impact of climate change may increase competition for, and the regulation of, limited resources, such as power and water. These factors may adversely impact the efficient operations and expansion of our Businesses.business.

We operate in several countries where ownership of land is uncertain and where disputes may arise in relation to ownership. InFor example, in Australia, the Native Title Act 1993 provides for the establishment and recognition of native title under certain circumstances. In South Africa, the Extension of Security of Tenure Act (1997) and the Restitution of Land Rights Act (1994) provide for various landholding rights. Such legislation could negatively affect new or existing projects.

These regulations are complex, difficult to predict and outside our control and could negatively affect our Company, future results and our financial condition.

Business risks

Failure to discover or acquire new resources, maintain reserves or develop new operations could negatively affect our future results and financial condition

The demand for our products and production from our operations results in existing reserves being depleted over time. As our revenues and profits are derived from our oil and gas and minerals operations, our future results and financial condition are directly related to the success of our exploration and acquisition efforts, and our ability to generate reserves to meet our future production requirements.requirements at a competitive cost. Exploration activity occurs adjacent to established operations and in new regions, in developed and less-developed countries. These activities may increase land tenure, infrastructure and related political risks. A failure in our ability to discover or acquire new resources, maintain reserves or develop new operations in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

Future deterioration in commodities pricing may make some existing reserves uneconomic. Our actual drilling activities and future drilling budget will depend on our mineral inventory size and quality, drilling results, commodity prices, drilling and production costs, availability of drilling services and equipment, lease expirations, transportation pipelines, railroads and other infrastructure constraints, regulatory approvals and other factors.

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating mineral and oil and gas reserves. Geological assumptions about our mineralisation that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. Estimates of reserves that will be recovered or the indicated amount ofcost at which we anticipate such reserves will be recovered or that it will be recovered at the cost we anticipate are based on uncertain assumptions. The uncertain global financial outlook may affect economic assumptions related to reserve recovery and may require reserve restatements. Reserve restatements could negatively affect our results and prospects.

Potential changes to our portfolio of assets through acquisitions and divestments may have a material adverse effect on our future results and financial condition

We regularly review the composition of our asset portfolio and from time to time may add assets to the portfolio or divest assets from the portfolio. There are a number of risks associated with such acquisitions or divestments. These include adverse market reaction to such changes or the timing or terms on which such changes are made, the imposition of adverse regulatory conditions and obligations, commercial objectives not being achieved as expected, unforeseen liabilities arising from such changes to the portfolio, sales revenues and operational performance not meeting our expectations, anticipated synergies or cost savings being delayed or not being achieved, inability to retain key staff and transaction-related costs being more than anticipated. These factors could negatively affect our reputation, future results and financial condition.

Increased costs and schedule delays may adversely affect our development projects

Although we devote significant time and resources to our project planning, approval and review process, many of our development projects are highly complex and rely on factors that are outside our control, which may cause us to underestimate the cost or time required to complete a project. For instance, accidentsincidents during development projects may cause setbacks or cost overruns, required licences, permits or authorisations to build a project may

be unobtainable at anticipated costs, or may be obtained only after significant delay and market conditions may change, thereby making a project less profitable than initially projected.

In addition, we may fail to manage projects as effectively as we anticipate and unforeseen challenges may emerge.

Any of these may result in increased capital costs and schedule delays at our development projects adversely affecting our development projects and impactingimpact anticipated financial returns.

Financial risks

If our liquidity and cash flow deteriorate significantly it could adversely affect our ability to fund our major capital programs

We seek to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating as part of our strategy. However, fluctuations in commodity prices and the ongoing global economic volatility may adversely impact our future cash flows and ability to access capital from financial markets at acceptable pricing. If our key financial ratios and credit rating are not maintained, our liquidity and cash reserves, interest rate costs on borrowed debt, future access to financial capital markets and the ability to fund current and future major capital programs could be adversely affected.

We may not fully recover our investments in mining, oil and gas assets, which may require financial write-downs

One or more of our assets may be impacted by changed market or industry structures, commodity prices, technical operating difficulties, inability to recover our mineral, oil or gas reserves and increased operating cost levels. These may cause us to fail to recover all or a portion of our investment in mining and oil and gas assets and may require financial write-downs, including goodwill adversely impacting our financial results.

The commercial counterparties we transact with may not meet their obligations, which may negatively impact our results

We contract with a large number of commercial and financial counterparties, including end-customers, suppliers and financial institutions. Global economic volatility continues to strain global financial markets, with tighter liquidity in China and uncertain business conditions generally. We maintain a ‘one book’ approach with commercial counterparties to ensure all credit exposures are quantified. Our existing counterparty credit controls may not prevent a material loss due to credit exposure to a major customer segment or financial counterparty. In addition,

customers, suppliers, contractors or joint venture partners may fail to perform against existing contracts and obligations. Non-supply of key inputs, such as tyres, mining and mobile equipment, diesel and other key consumables, may unfavourably impact costs and production at our operations. These factors could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Operational risks

Cost pressures and reduced productivity could negatively impact our operating margins and expansion plans

Cost pressures may continue to occur across the resources industry. As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we do not generally have the ability to offset these cost pressures through corresponding price increases, which can adversely affect our operating margins. Notwithstanding our efforts to reduce costs and a number of key cost inputs being commodity price-linked, the inability to reduce costs and a timing lag may adversely impact our operating margins for an extended period.

A number of our operations, such as aluminium and copper, are energy or water intensive and, as a result, the Group’s costs and earnings could be adversely affected by rising costs or by supply interruptions. These could include the

unavailability of energy, fuel or water due to a variety of reasons, including fluctuations in climate, significant increases in costs, inadequate infrastructure capacity, interruptions in supply due to equipment failure or other causes and the inability to extend supply contracts on economic terms.

Our Australian-based operations may continue to be affectedMany of our Australian employees have conditions of employment, including wages, governed by the operation of the Australian Fair Work Act 2009 as labour2009. Conditions of employment are often contained within collective agreements expire and businessesthat are required to collectively bargain with unions.be renegotiated on expiry (typically every three to four years). In some instances, labourunder the operation of the Fair Work Act it can be expected that unions are pursuing wage claims in the bargaining process,will pursue increases to conditions of employment, including wages, and/or claims aboutfor greater union involvement in operationalbusiness decision-making. Claims or labour disputes may

In circumstances where a collective agreement is being renegotiated, industrial action is permitted under the Fair Work Act. Industrial action and any subsequent settlement to mitigate associated commercial damage can adversely affect productivity, customer perceptions as a reliable supplier and costs. Industrial actioncontribute to increases in pursuitcosts.

The industrial relations environment in Chile remains challenging and it is possible that we will see further disruptions. Changes to labour legislation are being considered by the Chilean Congress, and if passed would result in the right to have a single negotiating body across different operations owned by a single company, which may also result in higher risk of claims associated with the bargaining process has occurred or been threatened in some Businesses, and is likely to continue to occur as unions press claims as part of the collective bargaining process.operational stoppages.

These factors could lead to increased operating costs at existing operations and could negatively impact our operating margins and expansion plans.

Unexpected natural and operational catastrophes may adversely impact our operations

We operate extractive, processing and logistical operations in many geographic locations, both onshore and offshore. Our key port facilities are located at Coloso and Antofagasta in Chile, and Port Hedland and Hay Point in Australia. We have 11five underground mines, including seventhree underground coal mines. Our operational processes may be subject to operational accidents, such as port and shipping incidents, underground mine and processing plant fire and explosion, open-cut pit wall failures, loss of power supply, railroad incidents, loss of well control, environmental pollution and mechanical critical equipment failures. Our operations may also be subject to unexpected natural catastrophes such as earthquakes, flood, hurricanes and tsunamis. Our northwest Western Australia iron ore, Queensland coal and Gulf of Mexico oil and gas operations are located in areas subject to cyclones or hurricanes. Our Chilean copper operations are located in a known earthquake and tsunami zone. Based on our risk management and concerns about the value of external insurance in the natural resource sector, our risk financing (insurance) approach is to minimise or not to purchase external insurance for certain risks, including property damage, business interruption, construction-related risk, marine cargo and primary liability risks. Existing business continuity plans may not provide protection for all of the costs that arise from such events. The impact of these events could lead to disruptions in production, increased costs and loss of facilities more than offsetting external premiums saved, which would adversely affect our financial results and prospects.facilities. Where external insurance is purchased, third party claims arising from these events may exceed the limit of liability of the insurance policies we have in place.

Our non-operated assets may not comply with our standards

Some of our assets are operated and managed by joint venture partners or by other companies. Management of our non-operated assets may not comply with our management and operating standards, controls and procedures, including our health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) standards. Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures at these assets could lead to higher costs and reduced production and adversely impact our results and reputation.

Breaches in our information technology security processes may adversely impact our business activities

We maintain global information technology (IT) systems, consisting of infrastructure, business applications and communications networks to support our business activities. These systems couldmay be subject to security breaches (e.g.

(e.g. cyber-crime) resulting in theft, disclosure or corruption of information, including information relating to acquisitions and divestments, strategic decision-making, non-public investment market communications or commercially sensitive information relating to major contracts. Security breaches could alsothat can result in misappropriation of funds, or disruptionsincreased health and safety risks to staff, disruption to our operations.operations, environmental damage, poor product quality, loss of intellectual property, disclosure of commercially sensitive information and reputational damage.

Sustainability risks

Safety, health, environmental and community impacts, incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our people, operations and reputation or licence to operate

Safety

Potential safety events that may have a material adverse impact on our operations include fire, explosion or rock fall incidents in underground mining operations, personnel conveyance equipment failures in underground operations, aircraft incidents, incidents involving light vehicles and mining mobile equipment, ground control failures, well blowouts, explosions or gas leaks, and accidents involving inadequate isolation and working from heights or lifting operations.

Health

Health risks faced include fatigue, musculoskeletal illnesses and occupational exposure to noise, silica, manganese, diesel exhaust particulate, fluorides, coal tar pitch, nickel and sulphuric acid mist. Longer-term health impacts may arise due to unanticipated workplace exposures or historical exposures of our workforce to hazardous substances. These effects may create future financial compensation obligations.

Infectious diseases such as malaria may have a material adverse impact upon our workers or on our communities, primarily in Africa. BecauseGiven we operate globally, we may be affected by potential pandemic influenza outbreaks, such as A(H1N1) and avian flu, in any of the regions in which we operate.

Environment

Environmental incidents have the potential to lead to material adverse impacts on our operations. These include uncontrolled tailings containment breaches, subsidence from mining activities, escape of polluting substances and uncontrolled releases of hydrocarbons.

Our operations by their nature have the potential to adversely impact biodiversity, water resources and related ecosystem services. Changes in scientific understanding of these impacts, regulatory requirements or stakeholder expectations may prevent or delay project approvals and result in increased costs for mitigation, offsets or compensatory actions.

We provide for operational closure and site rehabilitation. Our operating and closed facilities are required to have closure plans. Changes in regulatory or community expectations may result in the relevant plans not being adequate. This may increase financial provisioning and costs at the affected operations.

Community

Local communities may become dissatisfied with the impact of our operations or oppose our new development projects, including through litigation, potentially affecting costs and production, and in extreme cases viability. Community related risks may include community protests or civil unrest, and may cause delays to proposed developments. Our operations or activities also risk inadvertent breaches of human rights or other international laws or conventions.

HSE legislation

The nature of the industries in which we operate means many of our activities are highly regulated by health, safety and environmental (HSE) laws. As regulatory standards and expectations are constantly developing, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses.

Legislation requiring manufacturers, importers and downstream users of chemical substances, including metals and minerals, to establish that the substances can be used without negatively affecting health or the environment may impact our operations and markets. These potentialPotential compliance costs, litigation expenses, regulatory delays, rehabilitation expenses and operational costs arising from such legislation could negatively affect our financial results.

Hydraulic fracturing

Our Onshore US operations involve hydraulic fracturing, an essential and common practice in the oil and gas industry to stimulate production of natural gas and oil from dense subsurface rock formations. Hydraulic fracturing involves using water, sand and a small amount of chemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation, to allow flow of hydrocarbons into the wellbore. We routinely apply hydraulic fracturing techniques in our drilling and completion programs.

Attention given to the hydraulic fracturing process could lead to greater opposition to oil and gas production activities using hydraulic fracturing techniques. Increased regulation could impose more stringent permitting, public disclosure and well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. In the United States, the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by relevant US state regulatory bodies. Some states are considering changes to regulations in relation to permitting, public disclosure, and/or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing and related operations, including the possibility of outright bans on the process. Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas (the states in which we currently operate) have adopted various laws and regulations, or issued regulatory guidance, concerning hydraulic fracturing.

Several US federal agencies are also reviewing or advancing regulatory proposals concerning hydraulic fracturing and related operations. The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) commenced a study of the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities on drinking water resources andresources. The agency issued a non-determinative Progress Report in December 2012. A draft report, not including prospective case study work,2012 and is expected to issue a final draft assessment report for peer review and comment in late CY2014.CY2015. As part of the studies’ efforts, the EPA released a preliminary analysis on 30 March 2015. The EPA is expected to issue a final report for peer review in CY2016. The EPA’s Office of Inspector General is researchingcontinues to research the EPA’s and states’ ability to manage potential threats to water resources from hydraulic fracturing, with a possible longer-term study to follow. The US Bureau of Land Management (BLM) is planning to issueissued a revised proposedfinal rule in CY2014on 20 March 2015 that would impose new requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations conducted on federal lands, including the disclosure of chemicals used, wellbore integrity, water use and disposal of flow back water. The BLM regulation took effect on 24 June 2015. Activity at the federal level, including the ongoing EPA study, BLM rules and other analysis by federal and state agencies to assess the impacts of hydraulic fracturing, could spur additional legislative or regulatory actions.

While we have not experienced a material delay or substantially higher operating costs in our Onshore US operations as a result of current regulatory requirements, in our Onshore US operations, we cannot predict whether additional federal, state or local laws or regulations will be enacted and what such actions would require or prohibit. Additional legislation or regulation could subject our operations to delays and increased costs, or prohibit certain activities, which could adversely affect the financial performance of our Onshore US operations.

Due to the nature of our operations, HSEC incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our reputation or licence to operate.

Climate change may impact the value of our Company, and our operations and markets

The physical impacts of climate change and various regulations that seek to address climate change may negatively affect our operations, productivity and the markets in which we sell our products. According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), fossilFossil fuel-related emissions are a significant source of greenhouse gases contributing to climate change. We produce fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas for sale to customers, and we use fossil fuels in our mining and processing operations either directly or through the purchase of fossil-fuel basedfossil fuel-based electricity.

A number of national governments have already introduced, or are contemplating the introduction of, regulatory responses to greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels to address the impacts of climate change. This includes countries where we have operations such as Australia, the United States South Africa and Chile, as well as customer markets such as China, India and Europe. In addition, the international community aims to complete a new global climate agreement at the 21st Conference of the Parties (COP21) in Paris in December 2015. The absence of regulatory certainty, global policy inconsistencies and the challenges presented by managing our portfolio across a variety of regulatory frameworks has the potential to adversely impact our operations and supply chain. From a medium to long-term perspective, we are likely to see some adverse changes in the cost position of our greenhouse gas-intensive assets and energy-intensive assets as a result of regulatory impacts in the countries where we operate. These proposed regulatory mechanisms may impact our operations directly or indirectly through our suppliers and customers. Assessments of the potential impact of future climate change regulation are uncertain given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in the many countries in which we operate. For example, the Australian Government repealed a carbon tax in 2014 the South African Government plans to introduce a carbon tax beginning in 2016 and carbon pricing is being discussed as part of a broader tax reform package in Chile.

There is a potential gap between the current valuation of fossil fuel reserves on the balance sheets of companies and in global equities markets and the reduced value that could result if a significant proportion of reserves were rendered incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion due to technology, regulatory or market responses to climate change. In such a scenario, stranded reserve assets held on our balance sheet may need to be impaired or written off and our inability to make productive use of such assets may also negatively impact our financial condition and results.

Changing consumer demand towardsThe growth of alternative energy supply options, such as renewables and nuclear, could also present a threatchange to existingthe energy mix that may impact on fossil fuel markets.

The physical effects of climate change on our operations may include changes in rainfall patterns, water shortages, rising sea levels, increased storm intensities and higher temperatures. These effects may adversely impact the financial performance of our operations.

A breach of our governance processes may lead to regulatory penalties and loss of reputation

We operate in a global environment that encompasses multiple jurisdictions and complex regulatory frameworks. Our governance and compliance processes, which include the review of internal controls over financial reporting and specific internal controls in relation to trade and financial sanctions, and offers of things of value to government officials and representatives of state-owned enterprises, may not prevent future potential breaches of law, accounting or governance practice. OurCode of Business Conduct, together with our mandatory policies, such as the anti-corruption, trade and financial sanctions and competition policies, may not prevent instances of fraudulent behaviour and dishonesty nor guarantee compliance with legal or regulatory requirements. This may lead to regulatory fines, disgorgement of profits, litigation, loss of operating licences and/or reputational damage.

1.7.3     Management of principal risks

The scope of our operations and the number of industries in which we operate and engage mean that a range of factors may impact our results. Material risks that could negatively affect our results and performance are described in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report. Our approach to managing these risks is outlined below.

 

Principal risk area

  

Risk management approach

External risks

  
Risks arise from falls in commodity prices and demand in major markets (such as China or Europe) or changes in currency exchange rates and actions by governments and political events that impact long-term fiscal stability.  The diversification of our portfolio of commodities, geographies and currencies is a key strategy for reducing the effects of volatility. Section 1.15.1

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

and political events that impact long-term fiscal stability.describes external factors and trends affecting our results and note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements outlines the Group’s financial risk management strategy, including market, commodity, and currency risk. The Financial Risk Management Committee oversees these risks as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. We also engage with governments and other key stakeholders to ensure the potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal, tax, resource investment, infrastructure access and regulatory changes are understood and where possible mitigated.

Business risks

  
Risks include the inherent uncertainty of identifying and proving reserves, adding and divesting assets and managing our capital development projects.  

The Group ResourceOur Technology Geoscience and Business OptimisationEngineering function provides governance and technical leadership for Mineral Resource development and Ore Reserves reporting as described in section 2.3.2. Our governance over reporting of Petroleum reserves is described in section 2.3.1.

We have established investment approval processes that apply to all major capital projects and asset divestment and acquisitions. The Investment Committee oversees these as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. The GroupOur Project Management function additionally seeks to ensure that projects are safe, predictable and competitive. We havecompetitive, and it has established project hubs as operating centres for the study and execution of a pipeline of major capital projects using a program management approach.

continuous improvement practice.

Financial risks

  
Continued volatility in global financial markets may adversely impact future cash flows, our ability to adequately access and source capital from financial markets and our credit rating. Volatility may impact planned expenditures, as well as the ability to recover investments in mining and oil and gas projects. In addition, the commercial counterparties (customers, suppliers and financial institutions) we transact with may, due to adverse market conditions, fail to meet their contractual obligations.  We seek to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating, supported by our portfolio risk management strategy. As part of this strategy, commoditythe diversification of our portfolio reduces overall cash flow volatility. Commodity prices and currency exchange rates are not hedged, and wherever possible we take the prevailing market price. We use Cash Flow at Risk analysis to monitor volatilities and key financial ratios. Credit limits and review processes are required to be established for all customers and financial counterparties. The Financial Risk Management Committee oversees these as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. Note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements outlines our financial risk management strategy.

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

Operational risks

  
Operating cost pressures and reduced productivity could negatively impact operating margins and expansion plans. Non-operated assets may not comply with our standards. Unexpected natural and operational catastrophes may adversely impact our operations. Breaches in IT security processes may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities.  

We seek to ensure that adequate operating margins are maintained through our strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost and expandable upstream assets.

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

The Group’s concentrated effort to reduce operating costs and drive productivity improvements has realised tangible results, with a reduction in controllable costs.

 

The capability to sustain productivity improvements is being further enhanced through continued refinements to our Operating Model. The Operating Model is designed to deliver a simple and scalable organisation, providing a competitive advantage through defining work, organisation and performance measurements. Defined global business processes, including 1SAP, provide a standardised way of working across the organisation. Common processes generate useful data and improve operating discipline. Global sourcing arrangements have been established to ensure continuity of supply and competitive costs for key supply inputs. We seek to influence the application of our standards to non-operated assets.

 

Through the application of our risk management processes, we identify catastrophic operational risks and implement the critical controls and performance requirements to maintain control effectiveness. Business continuity plans are required to be established to mitigate consequences. Consistent with our portfolio risk management approach, we continue to be largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage, business interruption and construction.

 

From an industrial relations perspective, detailed planning is undertaken to support the renegotiation of employment agreements and is supported by training and access to expertise in negotiation and agreement making.

IT security controls to protect IT infrastructure, business applications and communication networks and respond to security incidents are in place and subject to regular monitoring and assessment. To maintain adequate levels of protection, we also continue to monitor the development of threats in the external environment and assess potential responses to those threats.

Sustainability risks

  
HSEC incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our people or neighbouring communities, operations and reputation or licence to operate. The potential physical impacts and related responses to climate change may impact the value of our Company, and operations andOur approach to sustainability risks is reflected inOur Charter and described in section 1.14, including a Company-level safety intervention that was initiated in FY2015. A comprehensive set of Group Level Documents (GLDs) set out Group-wide HSEC-

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

markets. Given we operate in a challenging global environment straddling multiple jurisdictions, a breach of our governance processes may lead to regulatory penalties and loss of reputation.  

Our approach to sustainability risks is reflected inOur Charterand described in section 1.14. A comprehensive set of Group Level Documents (GLD) set out Group-wide HSEC-relatedrelated performance requirements designed to ensure effective management control of these risks.

 

Our approach to corporate planning, investment decision-making and portfolio management provides a focus on the identification, assessment and management of climate change risks. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions for more than a decade. Through a comprehensive and strategic approach to corporate planning, we work with a

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio, including consideration of a broad range of potential policy responses to and impacts from climate change. Our models suggest that BHP Billiton’s portfolio diversification results in the resilience of our overall asset valuation through all these scenarios.

Our approach to engagement with community stakeholders is outlined in ourCommunity GLD. Businesses are also required to undertake social impact opportunity assessments to identify, mitigate or manage key potential social and human rights risks.

 

As with our other risks, for climate change risk ourRisk Management GLD provides the framework for risk management. Internal audits are conducted to test compliance with GLD requirements and action plans are developed to address any gaps. Key findings are reported to senior management and reports are considered by relevant Board committees.

 

OurCode of Business Conductsets out requirements related to working with integrity, including dealings with government officials and third parties. Processes and controls are in place for the internal control over financial reporting, including under Sarbanes-Oxley. We have established anti-corruption and antitrust related performance requirements, which are overseen by the Legal and Compliance function.function as described in section 3.17. Additionally, the Disclosure Committee oversees our compliance with securities dealing obligations and continuous and periodic disclosure obligations as described in sectionsections 3.15 and 3.16.3.18.

1.8    Our approach to corporateCorporate governance

At BHP Billiton, we have a governance framework that goes beyond an interest in governance for its own sake or the need to simply comply with regulatory requirements. Instead, weWe believe that high-quality governance supports long-term value creation. Simply put, we think good governance is good business, and our approach is to adopt what we consider to be the betterbest of the prevailing governance standards in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States.

In the same spirit, we do not see governance as just a matter for the Board. Good governance is also the responsibility of seniorexecutive management and is embedded throughout the organisation.

The diagram below describes the governance framework at BHP Billiton. It shows the interaction between the shareholders and the Board, demonstrates how the Board Committee structure facilitates the interactionrelationship between the Board and the CEOChief Executive Officer (CEO) and illustrates the flow of delegation from shareholders. We have robust processes in place to ensure that the delegation flows through the Board and its committees to the CEO and the GMC and into the organisation. At the same time, accountability flows back upwards from the Company to shareholders. This process helps to ensure alignment with shareholders.

As part of our corporate planning cycle, we have embeddedinclude a range of scenarios that are reviewed annually and updated by the Group with the GMC’sexecutive management’s involvement. The scenarios, and the governance process supporting them, also form part of the Board agenda.

These scenarios provide a lens to assess the performance of our business portfolio. They include assumptions around carbon and commodity prices, currencies, costs, and tax rates and the price of carbon and ranges for a number of risks that face the Group including climate change,faces. These include global growth, levels of trade, geopolitical situationsituations, climate change and technology focus.technology. All of the scenarios are used to inform BHP Billiton’s strategy and the resilience of our diversified asset portfolio over the short and long term.

AsRegardless of which direction the world may take, we set outwill always be guided byOur Charter values, including our value of Sustainability, in section 3 of this Annual Report, whilehow we operate our business, interact with our stakeholders and plan for the five committees have accountability for making recommendations to the Board on certain matters, such as remuneration and sustainability, we ensure all Board members have oversight and the opportunity for full discussion of those issues through the committee report-out process to the full Board.future.

Our Charter is core to the governance framework of BHP Billiton. It embodies our corporate purpose, strategy and values, and defines when we are successful. We foster a culture that values and rewards high ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.

We live the values enshrined inOur Charter and adhere to the standards of conduct required by ourCode of Business Conduct.

BHP Billiton governance structure

 

LOGOLOGO

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP Billiton takes to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Outside of the two Annual General Meetings (AGM)(AGMs), which are an important step in the governance and investor engagement process, the Board uses a range of formal and

informal communication channels to understand shareholder views to ensure it can represent shareholders in governing BHP Billiton. Regular proactive engagement with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations takes place in Australia, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States. The purpose of these meetings is to discuss the full range of governance issues, as well as the broad strategy of the Group. They offer an important opportunity to build relationships and to engage directly with governance managers, fund managers and governance advisers.

For more information on our corporate governance processes, refer to section 3 of this Annual Report.

1.9    Our approach to remunerationRemuneration

Our Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supportingOur BHP Billiton Charter. The remuneration

policy is reviewed annually and, where appropriate, fine-tuned to ensure that it continues to be effective in achieving these goals.

Remuneration at BHP Billiton

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged from FY2014, are to:

 

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

 

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

 

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

 

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

 

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

 

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

Link to strategy

Our Charter sets out our values, placing health and safety first, upon which the Remuneration Committee places great weight in the determination of performance-based remuneration outcomes for BHP Billiton’s executives.Our Charter also sets out our purpose, our strategy values and how we measure our success. In framing how we remunerateThe Committee is guided by those measures in supporting our executives we are guided by the measures of success contained inOur Charter. They are designed to ensure that executives take taking a long-term approach to decision-making in order to build a sustainable and to minimise activitiesvalue-adding business. Our remuneration policy and strategy is focused on long-term success and minimising short-term behaviours or results that focus only on short-term results at the expense ofwould jeopardise longer-term business growth and success. The Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’soutcomes.

We want executive remuneration arrangements for all executives, and is satisfied that our approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to short-term and long-term incentive awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration for our Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Mackenzie, and other members of the Group Management Committee (GMC). The equity component of the short-term incentive award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the long-term incentive plan is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period and this is primarily achieved with the equity component of the Short-Term Incentive award being deferred for a two-year period, and with Total Shareholder Return under the Long-Term Incentive Plan being measured over a five-year performance period.

Our approach

ThereWe have beenmade no substantial changes to ourthe underlying approach to remuneration in the last year. It is an approach that BHP Billiton has practised for over 10 years and we ensure thatbelieve it continues to serve our executives and shareholders well. The remuneration outcomes continue to appropriately reflect the performance of the Group, of the Businesses and of individuals. This

While our approach has enjoyed abeen given strong level of support fromby shareholders, with a vote in favour for‘for’ the Remuneration Report in excess of 97 per cent at last year’s Annual General Meetings.

Our approach to incentive structures has beenAGMs, and indeed over 96 per cent in place for more than a decade and has served both shareholders and participants well, delivering remuneration outcomes to executives aligned to the performanceeach of the Group and of individuals. BHP Billiton adoptedprior five years, the deferral of a substantial portion of short-term incentive awards in equity in 2003, and a five-year term for long-term incentive awards in 2004. These approaches, which were then market leading, have since become more prevalent and acknowledged as best practice.

Notwithstanding our stable approach, theRemuneration Committee and the Board will continue to pay closelisten and give attention to shareholders’feedback and views so they can be factored intofrom shareholders on the Group’s future approach.approach to pay.

Summary

Our fundamental philosophies and approaches to remuneration have not changed – we trust that you will agreeThe Committee remains confident that our long held, consistent approachphilosophy and policies on remuneration are appropriate to aligningsupport long-term value creation, and the outcomes for FY2015 continue to demonstrate the alignment between remuneration toand performance has served shareholders well.at BHP Billiton.

For more information on our remuneration policies and the remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC and Non-executive Directors, refer to section 4 of this Annual Report.

1.10    Key performance indicators

Our key performance indicators (KPIs) enable us to measure our financialsustainable development and sustainable developmentfinancial performance. Their relevance to our strategy and our performance against these measures in FY2014FY2015 are explained below.

These KPIs are used as measures, directly and indirectly, in the short-term and/or long-term incentive arrangements for remuneration of senior executives. Certain KPIs (denoted with this symbolLOGO ) are used directly to calculate incentive outcomes and others (denoted with this symbolLOGO ) are considered more broadly in determining final overall results.

Our Remuneration Report is contained in section 4 of this Annual Report and provides information on our overall approach to remuneration of executives, including remuneration policies and the remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC and Non-executive Directors.

1.10.1    Sustainability KPIs

TRIF

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

__________

(1)    Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

  

Definition

 

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) is an indicator in highlighting broad personal injury trends and is calculated based on the number of recordable injuries per million hours worked. This data only includescovers the assets that have been wholly owned and operated assetsby BHP Billiton or assetsthat have been operated by BHP Billiton in a joint venture operation (including assets that now form part of South32 until 8 May 2015), and includes work-related events occurring outside of our operation locations for the period from 1 July 20122014 to 30 June 2014.2015. In FY2015, we expanded our definition of work-related activities to align with the reporting boundaries of the International Council on Mining and Metals, which includes the recording of events that occur outside of our operated locations where we have established the work to be performed and can set and verify the health and safety standards.

 

Link to strategy

 

Our overriding commitment is to ensuring the safety and health of our people and this is supported byOur Charter value of Sustainability.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

There were five work-related fatalities in FY2015. Our TRIF has improved by 2118 per cent over the last five years. During FY2014,FY2015, we improved our TRIF by ninetwo per cent and had no fatalities at our operated assets.cent.

 

For information on our approach to health and safety and our performance, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

GHG emissions(1)

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol. This data only includes wholly owned and operated assets or assets operated in a joint venture operation from 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2014.2015 (including assets that now form part of South32 until 8 May 2015).

 

Link to strategy

 

The global challenge of climate change remains a priority for our organisation and is core to our strategic decision-making. Our GHG emissions are monitored and our performance is tracked against our target.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

TheIn FY2015, the Group’s GHG emissions declined by 1.7 Mt COwas 38.3 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e-e). Taking into account the impact of the demerger(2), this represents a six per cent reduction compared to 45.0 Mt CO2-e, which keeps our emissions in line to achieve our target.FY2014 GHG emissions.

 

For additionalmore information on our GHG emissions, including a description of Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions, refer to section 1.14.41.14 of this Annual Report.

(1)Measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

(2)In order to compare the total GHG emissions to prior financial years, GHG emissions (estimated) from South32 assets between the date of demerger and 30 June 2015 have been added to FY2015 GHG emissions as shown above.

(3)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by operated assets.

(4)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from operated assets.

Community investment

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Our voluntary community investment comprisingcomprises cash, in-kind support, administrative costs and contributions to the BHP Billiton Foundation and BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities (our corporate charities). IncludesIt includes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations.

 

Link to strategy

 

We believe that in addition to operating a responsible and ethical company, we can make a broader contribution to the communities in which we operate and supportOur Charter value of Sustainability.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

Our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7225.0 million, comprising US$141.7142.0 million in cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$10083.0 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

 

For additionalmore information on our community investment, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

(1)Includes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations. Includes payments made by operations demerged with South32.

1.10.2    Financial KPIs

Attributable profit(1)

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Attributable profit represents Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group.Group and includes attributable (loss)/profit after taxation from Discontinued operations.

 

Link to strategy

 

This is a key financial measure that provides insight on the amount of profit available to distribute to shareholders, which aligns to our purpose as presented inOur Charter.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

Attributable profit increaseddecreased by 2386 per cent to US$13.81.9 billion, benefiting frommainly driven by a reductionsignificant decline in the Group’s effective tax ratecommodity prices and included an attributable loss related to 31.5 per cent.Discontinued operations of US$1.6 billion.

 

For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.Report.

 

(1) Restated inIncludes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.financial years being reported.

Underlying EBIT(1)

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

 

Link to strategy

 

This is a key financial measure used across the Group. It gives insight to cost management, production growth and performance efficiency.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

Underlying EBIT was unchanged for the year atdeclined by 46 per cent to US$22.911.9 billion, as benefits attributable to productivity initiatives during the period and furtherreduction in controllable cash costs, productivity-led volume increases from the successful commissioning and ramp-up of our low-risk, brownfield development projects were offset by the decrease in commodity prices, impact of inflation on costsefficiencies and an increase in our depreciation and amortisation expense.growth volumes, were more than offset by lower realised prices net of price-linked costs.

 

For a reconciliation of Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations, refer to sectionsections 1.11 and 2.5.1 of this Annual Report. For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.

 

(1) Restated inExcludes data from Discontinued operations for the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.financial years being reported.

Net operating cash flowflows(1)

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Net operating cash flowflows represents the cash generated by the Group’s consolidated operations, after dividends received, interest, taxation and royalty-related taxation. This figure excludes cash flows relating to investing and financing activities.activities and includes net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations.

 

Link to strategy

 

Net operating cash flowflows provides insight into how we are managing costs and increasing efficiency and productivity across the Company.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increaseddecreased by 2624 per cent to US$25.4 billion. A19.3 billion during FY2015. The major contributor was the US$2.67.7 billion increasedecrease in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and, which was partially offset by a decrease of US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase.paid.

 

For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.

 

(1) Restated inIncludes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.financial years being reported.

1.10.3    Capital Managementmanagement KPIs

Total Shareholder Returnshareholder return (TSR)

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

TSR shows the total return to the shareholder during the year. It combines both movements in share prices and dividends paid (which are assumed to be reinvested).

 

Link to strategy

 

TSR measures performance of the organisation in terms of shareholder wealth generation, which aligns to our purpose as presented inOur Charter, and enables the comparison of our performance with that of our peer companies.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

TSR grew 13was negative 27.0 per cent during FY2015 as a result of increasesa decrease in both the BHP Billiton share price, andpartly offset by an increase in the dividends paid. BHP Billiton outperformedunderperformed its peer companies by 17.810.7 per cent from 1 July 20092010 to 30 June 2014.2015.

Long-term credit rating

 

LOGO

 

LOGOLOGO

  

Definition

 

Credit ratings are forward-lookingforward looking opinions about credit risk. Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s credit ratings express the opinion of each agency about the ability and willingness of BHP Billiton to meet its financial obligations in full and on time.

 

Link to strategy

 

One of BHP Billiton’s priorities for capital management is to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating, which indicates the strength of our balance sheet.

 

FY2014FY2015 performance

 

BHP Billiton has maintained a long-term credit rating of A+ from Standard & Poor’s and A1 from Moody’s overMoody’s. On 4 May 2015, Standard & Poor’s revised the last five years.Group’s ratings outlook to negative from stable.

 

For additionalmore information on our liquidity and capital resources, refer to section 1.15.5 of this Annual Report.

1.11    Summary of consolidated performance

1.11.1    Selected financial information

Our selected financial information reflects the operations of the BHP Billiton Group, and should be read in conjunction with the FY2014FY2015 Financial Statements, together with the accompanying notes.

We prepare our consolidatedConsolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and as outlined in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’41 ‘Basis of preparation and measurement’ to the Financial Statements in this Annual Report. We publish our consolidatedConsolidated Financial Statements in US dollars.

Comparative financial information for FY2014, FY2013, FY2012 and FY2012FY2011 has been restated for the effects of new accounting standardsthe application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and interpretations which are effective in Discontinued Operations’ following

the financial year commencing from 1 July 2013 relating to:

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ whichdemerger of South32, unless otherwise noted. The Consolidated Balance Sheet for these periods is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidatednot required to be and Separate Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ which is a replacement of IAS 31/AASB 131 ‘Joint Ventures’;

IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ which is a replacement of IAS 28 ‘Accountinghas not been restated, for Investments in Associates’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’;

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’.

The Group has also changed its Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure policy from 1 July 2013 such that all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible exploration assets or tangible exploration assets based on the nature of the assets acquired. For further detail of the nature and the impact of these changes, on comparative financial information refer to note 37 ‘Impact41 ‘Basis of new accounting standardspreparation and change in accounting policies’measurement’ to the Financial Statements.

We use several financial measures to monitor the financial performance of our overall strategy. The two key measures are Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group (Attributable profit) and Underlying EBIT.

 

Year ended 30 June

US$M

  2014   2013   2012   2011 (5)   2010 (5)   2015 2014   2013 2012(7)   2011 (7) (8) 

Consolidated Income Statement

          

Consolidated Income Statement (Section 7.1.1)

        

Revenue

   67,206     65,953     70,477     71,739     52,798     44,636   56,762     53,860   56,642     57,088  

Profit from operations

   23,412     21,002     24,600     31,816     20,031     8,670   22,649     21,977   22,602     28,462  

Profit attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   13,832     11,223     15,473     23,648     12,722  

Profit after taxation from Continuing operations

   4,390   14,955     14,132   15,233     21,062  

(Loss)/profit after taxation from Discontinued operations

   (1,512 269     (1,312 1,384     2,884  
Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group(1)   1,910   13,832     11,223   15,473     23,648  

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)

   118.0     114.0     110.0     91.0     83.0     124.0   118.0     114.0   110.0     91.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)

   121.0     116.0     112.0     101.0     87.0     124.0   121.0     116.0   112.0     101.0  

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) (US cents) (1)

   260.0     210.9     290.7     429.1     228.6  

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) (US cents) (1)

   259.1     210.2     289.4     426.9     227.8  
Basic earnings from Continuing and Discontinued operations per ordinary share (US cents)(1) (2)   35.9   260.0     210.9   290.7     429.1  
Diluted earnings from Continuing and Discontinued operations per ordinary share (US cents)(1) (2)   35.8   259.1     210.2   289.4     426.9  
Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents) (2)   65.5   256.5     238.6   265.3     380.8  
Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (US cents)(2)   65.3   255.7     237.8   264.1     378.8  

Number of ordinary shares (millions)

                  

– At period end

   5,348     5,348     5,348     5,350     5,589     5,324   5,348     5,348   5,348     5,350  

– Weighted average

   5,321     5,322     5,323     5,511     5,565     5,318   5,321     5,322   5,323     5,511  

– Diluted

   5,338     5,340     5,346     5,540     5,595     5,333   5,338     5,340   5,346     5,540  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

          

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Section 7.1.3) (3)

         

Total assets

   151,413     139,178     129,201     102,920     88,852     124,580   151,413     139,178   129,201     102,920  

Net assets

   70,545   85,382     75,291   69,315     57,755  

Share capital (including share premium)

   2,773     2,773     2,773     2,771     2,861     2,761   2,773     2,773   2,773     2,771  

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   79,143     70,667     65,526     56,762     48,525     64,768   79,143     70,667   65,526     56,762  

Other financial information

                   

Underlying EBITDA (2)

   32,359     30,308     34,617     37,093     24,513  

Underlying EBIT (2)

   22,861     22,930     28,086     31,980     19,719  

Underlying attributable profit (2)

   13,447     12,208     17,173     21,684     12,469  

Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)

   252.7     229.4     322.6     393.5     224.1  

Capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) (3)

   15,181     22,291     19,793     12,387     10,656  

Net operating cash flow (4)

   25,364     20,154     25,259     30,080     16,890  

Underlying EBITDA(4)

   21,852   30,292     28,109   31,554     32,904  

Underlying EBIT(4)

   11,866   22,098     21,680   25,948     28,626  

Underlying attributable profit(4)

   6,417   13,263     12,017   15,928     19,194  

Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)(4)

   120.7   249.3     225.8   299.2     348.3  
Capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) (5)   11,581   15,181     22,291   19,793     12,387  

Net operating cash flows(6)

   19,296   25,364     20,154   25,259     30,080  

 

(1)Includes (loss)/profit after taxation from Discontinued operations attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group.

(2)For more information on earnings per share refer to note 86 ‘Earnings per share’ to the Financial Statements.

(3)The Consolidated Balance Sheet for FY2015 does not include the assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with South32. IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods.

 

(2)(4)Underlying attributable profit, Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA are usednon-IFRS financial measures that we use to reflect the underlying performance of BHP Billiton. Underlying attributable profit is Attributable profit excluding Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA is Underlying EBIT before depreciation, impairments and amortisation. We believe that Underlying attributable profit, Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA provide useful information, but should not be considered as an indication of, or as an alternative to, Attributable profit as an indicator of actual operating performance or as an alternative to cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA are included in the FY2014FY2015 Consolidated Financial Statements as required by IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. and are disclosed in sections 1.15.3 Operating results and 2.5 Business performance.

 

(3)(5) Represents the share of capital and exploration expenditure attributable to BHP Billiton shareholders on a cash basis. Includes BHP Billiton proportionate share of equity accounted investments;investments, capital and exploration expenditure from Discontinued operations; excludes capitalised deferred stripping and non-controlling interests. FY2011 and FY2010 data has not been restated and represents the capital and exploration expenditure of the Group on a cash basis, as published.

 

(4)(6) 

Net operating cash flows are after dividends received, net interest and taxation. On 1 July 2010, the Group adopted the policy of classifying explorationtaxation and include net operating cash flows which are not recognised as assets as Net operating cash flows.

Previously such cash flows were classified as Net investing cash flows. The change in policy arose from amendments to IAS7/AASB7 ‘Cash Flows’. Comparative figures have been restated.Discontinued operations.

 

(5)(7)FY2012 and FY2011 restated data is not required to be and has not been subject to audit.

(8) FY2011 and FY2010 data has not been restated for the effects of new accounting standards and interpretations and other voluntary changes in accounting policy, which arewere effective in the financial year commencing from 1 July 2013. This information has however been restated where required by IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, unless otherwise noted.

Non-IFRS measures

We use a number of non-IFRS measures to assess our performance. Non-IFRS measures include the following:

Underlying attributable profit – comprises Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group less exceptional items as described in note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements.

Underlying basic earnings per share – represents basic earnings per share excluding any exceptional items.

Underlying EBITDA interest coverage – for the purpose of deriving interest coverage, net interest comprises Interest on bank loans and overdrafts, Interest on all other borrowings, Finance lease and hire purchase interest less Interest income.

 

Adjusted effective tax rate – comprises Total taxation expense excluding remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT), exceptional items, Discontinued operations and exchange rate movements included in taxation expense divided by Profit before taxation and exceptional items.

 

Underlying EBIT marginControllable cash costs – comprises Underlying EBIT excluding third party product profit from operations, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying EBITDA margin – comprises Underlying EBITDA excluding third party product EBITDA, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying return on capital – represents net profit after tax, excluding exceptional itemsoperating cash costs and net financeexploration and business development costs (after tax), divided by average capital employed. Capital employed is net assets before net debt.and excludes Discontinued operations.

 

Free cash flow – comprises Net operating cash flows less Netnet investing cash flows.flows and excludes Discontinued operations.

Gearing – represents the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.

 

Net debt – comprises Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents.equivalents for the total operations within the Group at the reporting date.

 

Net operating assets – represents operating assets net of operating liabilities, including the carrying value of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances. The carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity accounted method represents the balance of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investments, with no adjustment for any cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances of the associate.equity accounted investment.

Underlying attributable profit – comprises Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group less exceptional items as described in note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements and excludes Discontinued operations.

In addition we analyse our change in

Underlying basic earnings per share – represents basic earnings per share excluding any exceptional items and Discontinued operations.

Underlying EBIT – is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

Underlying EBITDA – is Underlying EBIT before depreciation, impairments and amortisation.

Underlying EBIT margin – comprises Underlying EBIT, excluding third party product profit from operations, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying EBITDA margin – comprises Underlying EBITDA, excluding third party product EBITDA, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying EBITDA interest coverage – for the purpose of deriving interest coverage, net interest comprises Interest on bank loans and overdrafts, Interest on all other borrowings, Finance lease and hire purchase interest less Interest income.

Underlying return on capital – represents net profit after tax, excluding exceptional items, Discontinued operations and net finance costs using non-IFRS measures as noted in sections 1.15.3 and 2.5.

(after tax), divided by average capital employed. Capital employed is net assets before net debt.

Financial results for year ended 30 June 20142015 compared with year ended 30 June 20132014

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed under ‘Discontinued operations’ below and in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Revenue in FY2014FY2015 was US$67.244.6 billion, an increasea decrease of US$1.212.2 billion or 1.921 per cent from US$66.056.8 billion in the corresponding period. The revenue increase was primarily reflectedRevenue decreased across all Businesses, but mainly in the Iron Ore and Petroleum and Potash Businesses, with increases ofwhere revenue decreased by US$2.86.6 billion and US$1.63.4 billion, respectively. These increases were offset by decreases in ourOur Copper Business of US$669 million, inand our Coal Business contributed additional revenue decreases of US$7801.3 billion and US$678 million, in our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business of US$867 million and by the loss of revenue of our disposed former Diamonds and Specialty Products Business of US$325 million.respectively.

The increasedecrease in revenue in Iron Ore was primarily due to an increase in sales volumes of 17 per cent to 202 Mt, which contributed to an increase in revenue of US$3.2 billion, partially offset by a six41 per cent decline in the average

realised price of iron ore to US$10361 per wet metric tonne (FOB), which reduced revenue by US$522 million.more than offset a 13 per cent volume increase at WAIO to a record 254 Mt (100 per cent basis) as a result of continued improvement in the performance of our integrated supply chain and the successful ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub. The increasedecrease in revenue in Petroleum was primarily due to an increase in volume of four per cent in FY2014 to 246 MMboe, which contributed to an increase in revenue of US$1.4 billion, and to higher realised prices, which contributed to an additional increase of US$219 million. The decrease in other businesses mainly reflecteddriven by lower realised prices in our Copper Business (US$1.2 billion), Coal Business (US$1.4 billion) and Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business (US$394 million).prices.

Overall, the US$1.212.2 billion increasedecrease in revenue in FY2014 can be attributedFY2015 was primarily attributable to weaker realised prices for our commodities, which reduced total revenue by US$5.517.0 billion, relatedwhich more than offset additional revenue of US$6.2 billion attributable to increased volumes which are within our control, offset primarily by US$3.3 billion related to prices, which are uncontrollable, US$494 million for ceased and sold operations, and US$202 million for exchange rates.during the year.

Total expenses decreased from US$50.0 billion in FY2013 to US$46.5 billion in FY2014. Excluding exceptional items, the majority of which related to impairments in FY2013, total expenses have increased by US$1.6 billion or 3.5 per cent during FY2014 from US$45.0 billion to US$46.5 billion.

Year ended 30 June

  2014 2013 2012   2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M US$M US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
   8,842    8,926    8,128     

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035     4,971   5,413   5,578  

External services (including transportation)(1)

   11,736    12,478    14,293     8,928   9,899   10,202  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,935    2,759    3,402     1,165   1,702   1,158  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   100    (284  (571

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

   (469 168   (187

Fair value change on derivatives

   (120  79    (141   124   (122 63  

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,760    2,562    2,880     1,708   2,412   2,179  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   8,701    7,031    6,431     9,158   7,716   6,067  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

   716    1,047    1,644     670   698   1,026  

Impairment of assets(2)

   797    5,496    3,763     4,024   478   3,286  

Operating lease rentals

   759    776    658     636   665   679  

Other operating expenses(3)

   2,384    2,002    2,122     1,428   1,954   1,371  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total expenses

   46,513    50,040    48,644     37,010   36,523   36,829  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Less exceptional items

       (5,087  (3,786   (3,196     (2,862
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total expenses excluding exceptional items

   46,513    44,953    44,858     33,814   36,523   33,967  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$96 million; 2012: US$ nil)million).

 

(2) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:3,196 million (2014: US$5,149 million; 2012: nil; 2013: US$3,6632,924 million).

 

(3) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: credit of US$158 million; 2012: US$ nil)million).

TheTotal expenses increased from US$36.5 billion in FY2014 to US$37.0 billion in FY2015. Total expenses excluding exceptional items of US$3.2 billion, the majority of thewhich related to impairments in FY2015, decreased by US$2.7 billion or seven per cent during FY2015 from US$36.5 billion to US$33.8 billion.

The increase relates toof non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortisation (US$1.7 billion),of US$1.4 billion and impairments not classified as exceptional items (US$450 million) and changes to provisions for mine site rehabilitation (US$300 million). Increases in other non-cash charges also included provisions for restructuring and a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte. Increases in costs attributable to inflation were US$805 million.

Higher expenses associated with increased production across our four major Businesses of US$2.6 billion were350 million, was more than offset by reduced operating costs. Our focus on reducingour ability to reduce operating costs through productivity initiatives sawacross all of our Businesses, demonstrated by the delivery of a US$2.7 billion reduction in cash cost efficiencies in our Businesses, in particular our Coal Business.and a favourable foreign exchange impact of US$1.7 billion.

Reductions in expenses (excluding exceptional items) were evident in Employee benefit expense (US$265 million), External services (US$646 million), Exploration and evaluation expenditure (US$331 million) and Raw materials and consumables (US$84 million). In totalused of US$873 million, External services (including transportation) of US$971 million, Employee benefit expense of US$442 million, Third party commodity purchases of US$537 million, and Government royalties paid and payable of US$704 million. Total operating costs were aided by favourable exchange rate impactsrates, including a favourable restatement of monetary items in the balance sheet of US$2.0 billion.637 million compared to FY2014. For further information, refer to note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

Other income decreased from US$3.91.2 billion in FY2013FY2014 to US$1.5 billion. Excluding exceptional items,496 million in FY2015, mainly due to the majority of which relates to gains on the sale of assets, other income increased from US$788 million to US$973 million.

Profit from operations increased by US$2.4 billion, or 11 per cent, from US$21.0 billion to US$23.4 billion. Exceptional items during FY2014 comprised a gain on sale of ourfor the Pinto Valley mining operation of US$551 million (before taxation), compared with net exceptional charges of US$1.9 billion (before taxation)recognised in FY2013. In that context, in FY2014 FY2014. For further information, refer to note 5 ‘Other income’ to the Financial Statements.

Profit from operations excludingdecreased by US$13.9 billion or 62 per cent, from US$22.6 billion to US$8.7 billion. Gross exceptional items which we refer to as Underlying EBIT, declined by 0.3 per cent, orduring FY2015 comprised an impairment of Onshore US assets of US$692.8 billion and an impairment of Nickel West assets of US$409 million, tocompared with gross exceptional income of US$22.9 billion.551 million in FY2014.

Underlying EBIT

In discussing the operating results of the Group, we focus on a financial measure we refer to as Underlying EBIT. Underlying EBIT is thea key measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of our Businesses, make decisions on the allocation of resources and assess operational management. Management uses this measure because financing structures and tax regimes differ across our assets and substantial components of our tax and interest charges are levied at a Group level rather than an operational level.

We exclude exceptional items from Underlying EBIT in order to enhance the comparability of the measure from period to period and provide clarity into the underlying performance of our operations. Our management monitors exceptional items separately.

The following table reconcilesFor FY2015, Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013  2012 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT

   22,861     22,930    28,086  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 1.15.3

   551     (1,928  (3,486
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   23,412     21,002    24,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable profit increaseddeclined by 2346 per cent to US$13.8 billion due to a decrease of the Group’s effective tax rate from 35.0 per cent to 31.5 per cent. Underlying attributable profit (comprising Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group less exceptional items) of US$13.4 billion increased due to a decrease in the Group’s adjusted effective tax rate from 34.2 per cent to 32.5 per cent.

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 26 per cent to US$25.4 billion in FY2014. A US$2.6 billion increase in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and a US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase. We delivered a substantial US$8.1 billion increase in free cash flow, being Net operating cash flows less Net investing cash flows, despite weaker commodity prices. In this context, capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) declined by 32 per cent to US$15.2 billion in the period.

We finished the period with net debt of US$25.8 billion (2013: US$27.5 billion), which included finance leases of US$1.3 billion (2013: US$137 million), for a gearing ratio of 23 per cent (2013: 27 per cent).

11.9 billion. Further analysis of Underlying EBIT for the Businesses is included in section 1.12 and for the Group in section 1.15.3 of this Annual Report.

The following table reconciles Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
     

Underlying EBIT

   11,866    22,098     21,680  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 1.15.3

   (3,196  551     297  
               

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   8,670    22,649     21,977  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance costs

Net finance costs decreased by US$300 million to US$614 million in FY2015. The decrease reflected foreign exchange gains on finance leases and the early redemption of the Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes in August 2014, which resulted in a gain on redemption and lower interest expense.

Taxation expense

Total taxation expense decreased by US$3.1 billion to US$3.7 billion in FY2015. This decrease was mainly driven by the decrease of Profit before taxation. The adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT and exceptional items, decreased from 32.2 per cent to 31.8 per cent.

Discontinued operations

South32’s contribution to BHP Billiton’s FY2015 results comprised US$753 million Profit after taxation, excluding exceptional items. Exceptional items comprised a tax expense of US$111 million related to the repeal of the MRRT and a net loss on the demerger of US$2.2 billion (after tax benefit). This contribution has been included in Loss attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group from Discontinued operations of US$1.6 billion.

Underlying attributable profit

The following table reconciles Underlying attributable profit to Attributable profit.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
     

Underlying attributable profit

   6,417    13,263     12,017  

Attributable loss – Discontinued operations

   (1,573  184     (1,475

Exceptional items (after taxation)

   (2,946  385     681  

Minority interest in exceptional items

   12           
               

Attributable profit

   1,910    13,832     11,223  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable profit decreased by 86 per cent to US$1.9 billion mainly driven by a significant decline in commodity prices and included an Attributable loss related to Discontinued operations of US$1.6 billion.

Underlying basic earnings per share of 120.7 US cents is calculated using Underlying attributable profit divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares.

Other financial information

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations decreased by 25 per cent to US$17.8 billion during FY2015. The major contributor was the US$7.7 billion decrease in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances), which was partially offset by a decrease of US$2.1 billion in net taxes paid. Despite the significant decline in commodity prices, we generated US$6.3 billion of free cash flow during the period as we further improved both operating and capital productivity and exercised the flexibility in our investment program. In this regard, we invested US$11.0 billion in capital projects and exploration (BHP Billiton share) for Continuing operations during the year.

We finished the period with net debt of US$24.4 billion (2014: US$25.8 billion) for a gearing ratio of 25.7 per cent (2014: 23.2 per cent). IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with South32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

1.11.2    Production performance

A summary of our production volumes for FY2014FY2015 and the previous two financial years is shown below. Further details appear in section 2.2 of this Annual Report.

 

Year ended 30 June(1)

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 

Production – Continuing operations

      

Total Petroleum production (MMboe)

   246     236     222     256     246     236  

Copper (kt)

   1,727     1,689     1,468     1,708     1,727     1,689  

Iron ore (kt)

   203,564     169,856     159,478     232,508     203,564     169,856  

Metallurgical coal (kt)

   42,621     37,565     29,708  

Energy coal (kt)

   41,012     43,108     40,818  

Nickel (kt)

   90     99     103  

Production – Discontinued operations

      

Metallurgical coal (kt)

   45,078     37,650     33,230     7,216     7,513     7,942  

Energy coal (kt)

   73,492     72,445     74,267     28,677     30,384     31,627  

Alumina (kt)

   5,178     4,880     4,152     4,284     5,178     4,880  

Aluminium (kt)

   1,174     1,179     1,153     843     1,174     1,179  

Manganese ores (kt)

   8,302     8,517     7,931     7,224     8,302     8,517  

Manganese alloys (kt)

   646     608     602     612     646     608  

Nickel (kt)

   143     154     158     34     44     51  

(1)BHP Billiton Group share of production includes our proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, unless otherwise stated.

1.11.3    Projects and pipeline

Our project pipeline focuses on commodities that are expected to be high-margin and create significant future value. During FY2014, eightFY2015, three major projects were completedachieved first production for a total capital expenditure (subject to finalisation) of US$10.36.7 billion. At the end of FY2014,FY2015, we had sevenfour major projects under development in execution and one other project in pre-development phase with a combined budget of US$14.17.0 billion. This budget does not include an additional US$4.01.5 billion of capital expenditure that we expect to spend in FY2015FY2016 on development of our Onshore US Asset.asset.

For more information on our major projects and pipeline refer to sections 1.12, 2.1 and 2.4 of this Annual Report.

1.12    Our Businesses

The description of our Businesses and a discussion of their performance isare set out below.

For further information on our assets, production, results and reserves refer to section 2 of this Annual Report. For further information on the financial results of our Businesses, refer to note 21 ‘Segment reporting’ to the Financial Statements.

1.12.1    Revenue and Underlying EBIT performance by Business

The following tables provide a summary of Revenue and Underlying EBIT for FY2014FY2015 and the two prior corresponding periods of our Businesses and the Group. Our use of Underlying EBIT is explained in section 1.11.1.of1.11.1 of this Annual Report. Underlying EBIT is one of the financial measures used to monitor the financial performance of our overall strategy and is disclosed by segment in note 1 ‘Segment reporting’ to the Financial Statements.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Group and business level information is reported on a statutory basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. Revenue excludes revenue from investments accounted for using the equity method. Underlying EBIT includes net finance costs and taxation expense of investments accounted for using the equity method.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014 2013   2012   2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M US$M   US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
       

Petroleum and Potash

   14,833    13,224     12,933     11,447     14,833     13,224  

Copper

   13,868    14,537     13,553     11,453     12,789     13,172  

Iron Ore

   21,356    18,593     20,605     14,753     21,356     18,593  

Coal

   9,115    9,895     12,512     5,885     6,563     6,574  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   8,411    9,278     9,911  

Group and unallocated items (2)

   (377  426     963     1,098     1,221     2,297  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   67,206    65,953     70,477     44,636     56,762     53,860  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014 2013 2012   2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M US$M US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
       

Petroleum and Potash

   5,287    5,636    6,033     1,802   5,287   5,636  

Copper

   5,080    5,639    5,313     3,353   4,668   5,033  

Iron Ore

   12,102    11,109    14,044     6,932   12,102   11,109  

Coal

   386    595    2,612     348   575   424  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   307    158    (24

Group and unallocated items(2)

   (301  (207  108     (569 (534 (522
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   22,861    22,930    28,086     11,866   22,098   21,680  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1) Includes the sale of third party products.

 

(2) Includes the Group’s diamonds business (divested effective 10 April 2013), interestComprises Group Functions, other unallocated operations including Nickel West (previously disclosed in titanium minerals (divested effective 3 September 2012), non-Potash corporate costs incurred by the former DiamondsAluminium, Manganese and Specialty Products Business,Nickel Business), consolidation adjustments unallocated items and external sales of freight and fuel via the Group’s transport and logistics operations.to third parties.

Year ended 30 June 20142015 compared with year ended 30 June 20132014

Underlying EBIT for FY2014FY2015 was US$22.911.9 billion, basically unchanged from FY2013.a decrease of 46 per cent compared to the prior year.

A substantial reductionsignificant decline in commodity prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.416.4 billion. This was offset in part by cost improvements which underpinned a decreasereduction in operating cash costs of US$1.52.7 billion and a decreasethe generation of productivity-led volume efficiencies of US$1.2 billion. A US$142 million reduction in capitalised exploration and business development costsexpenditure contributed to the delivery of US$398 million. In addition, higher volumes attributed to4.1 billion of productivity gains during the period, two years ahead of our development projects coming on lineFY2017 target.

Non-cash charges and through productivity efficiencies at existing assets, primarily in Iron Ore and Petroleum, contributed an additional US$2.9 billion to Underlying EBIT. This was offset by increased depreciation and amortisation which reducedone-off items decreased Underlying EBIT by US$1.71.3 billion and US$456 million respectively, but were offset by the favourable impact of a stronger US dollar of US$1.6 billion, a reduction of price-linked costs of US$1.2 billion and the impact of additional growth volumes of US$1.8 billion.

The use of the term operating cash costs is described in section 1.15.3 of this Annual Report.

1.12.2    Petroleum and Potash Business

Our Petroleum and Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises conventional and non-conventional oil and gas operations located in six countries throughout the world and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Results

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
   14,833     13,224     12,933    

Underlying EBIT

   5,287     5,636     6,033     1,802     5,287     5,636  

Capital expenditure

   6,423     7,675     5,488     5,359     6,423     7,675  

Net operating assets

   39,514     37,525     33,583     36,287     39,514     37,525  

Total petroleum production (MMboe)

   246     236     222     256     246     236  

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production and marketing activities. We have a high-quality resource base concentrated in the United States and Australia. Our core production operations are primarily located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Onshore US and in Australia. We also have operations inAustralia, Trinidad and Tobago Pakistan, Algeria(conventional) and the United Kingdom.Onshore US (unconventional). We produce crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs). Our petroleum portfolio consisted of conventional oil and gas operations up until 2011, when we moved into the unconventional shale business. Our Onshore US operations evolved from the acquisitionA summary of the Fayetteville shale assets, from Chesapeake Energy Corporationcapital projects and the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation.

A summaryFY2015 performance of our Petroleum and Potash Business’ assets, capital projects and FY2014 performanceBusiness is presented below.as follows.

Description of the Petroleum Business

Our production operations include the following:

Gulf of Mexico (United States)

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with a 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have on-goingongoing infill drilling in most of our Gulf of Mexico fields. We completedfields and also planned ongoing water injection development projectswells at the Shenzi and Atlantis in CY2013.fields. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore offrom the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where our Gulf of Mexico fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore. Our US oil production is delivered to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 36.136.6 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe), up from 30.636.1 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Onshore US (United States)

We produce oil, condensate, NGLsgas and natural gasNGLs in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. The Eagle Ford area has two sections,fields, Black Hawk and Hawkville. Much of the Eagle Ford and Permian areas are focused on hydrocarbon liquids. The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas are focused on natural gas. Our combined leasehold acreage onshore in the United States is approximately 1.21.1 million net acres. Our ownership interests in those leases range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2014,2015, we held an interest in approximately 7,7007,300 gross wells and approximately 2,6002,300 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 3227 per cent of our gross wells. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 108.1125.7 MMboe, up from 99.2108.1 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Oil and gas production from our onshore shale areas is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines.pipelines, and internationally through the export of processed condensate from Black Hawk. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas are based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, Henry Hub pricesrelevant published US regional gas indices for natural gas and Mont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

During FY2014, we sold our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to EP Energy for a cash consideration of US$153 million.

Map of Onshore US and Gulf of Mexico

 

LOGO

Map of North West Shelf and Bass Strait

LOGOLOGO

Bass Strait (Australia)

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia.

We sell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia under 12-month term contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to the joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from whichwhere we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is dispatched via pipeline, road tanker or sea tanker. Ethane is dispatched via pipeline to petrochemical plants in western Melbourne.

Production in FY2014FY2015 was 34.031.2 MMboe, down from 36.034.0 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Minerva (Australia)

We are the operator of Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to a processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

Production in FY2015 was 3.1 MMboe, up from 3.0 MMboe in FY2014.

North West Shelf (Australia)

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The North West Shelf Project was developed in phases: the domestic gas phase supplies gas to the Western AustraliaAustralian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and a series of liquefied natural gas (LNG) expansion phases supplying LNG to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts. Gas from

North West Shelf gas is piped from the fields to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. LPG, condensate and LNG are transported to market by ship, while domestic gas is transported by the Natural Gas and Pilbara Energy pipelines. We are also a joint venture partner in four nearby oil fields. fields – Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert and Hermes.

All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 28.828.7 MMboe, down from 30.128.8 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Pyrenees (Australia)

We operate six oil fields in Pyrenees, which are located offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest in the fields as at 30 June 2014,2015, based on inception to-dateinception-to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 7.57.2 MMboe, down from 8.57.5 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Macedon (Australia)

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia, and aan onshore gas processing facility, onshorelocated approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domesticallyinto the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts. First yearProduction in FY2015 was 6.8 MMboe, up from 5.5 MMboe in FY2014.

Stybarrow (Australia)

We are the operator of Stybarrow (50 per cent interest), an oil field located 55 kilometres west-northwest of Exmouth, Western Australia. The project uses a FPSO facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market. Stybarrow reached the end of its field life and ceased production was 5.5 MMboe.on 30 June 2015.

Greater Angostura (TrinidadMap of North West Shelf and Tobago)Bass Strait

LOGO

Trinidad and Tobago

We operate the Greater Angostura field (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. The crude oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets, while the gas is sold domestically under term contracts. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 6.7 MMboe, down from 7.5 MMboe up from 7.4 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

Other

We are the operator at the following operations: Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria, the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan and the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest) in the North Sea. We have non-operating interests in ROD Integrated Development (38 per cent interest), which consists of six satellite oil fields in Algeria, and in the Bruce oil and gas field (16 per cent interest) in the North Sea. Production in FY2014FY2015 was 17.39.0 MMboe, down from 22.314.2 MMboe in FY2013.FY2014.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.1 of this Annual Report.

Completed development projects

Macedon

Macedon is a domestic gas development that consists of a 200 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) standalone gas plant, four subsea production wells, a 90 kilometre 20-inch wet gas pipeline and a 67-kilometre 20-inch sales gas pipeline. The project was approved in August 2010. First gas occurred in August 2013.

North West Shelf North Rankin gas compression

The North West Shelf gas compression project was approved by the Board in March 2008 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. The project consisted of a new gas compression platform, North Rankin B, capable of processing 2,500 MMcf/d of gas, which was constructed adjacent to the existing North Rankin A platform, 135 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Western Australia. The two platforms are connected by a 100-metre long bridge and operate as a single facility. First gas production occurred in October 2013. This project is operated by Woodside, with an equally shared interest between Woodside, BHP Billiton, BP, Chevron, MIMI and Shell.

Development projects in execution at year-end

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the near field Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, approximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent interest.

Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The projectProject scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. First gas production is expected in CY2016.

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin, located offshore from Victoria, was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project included two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of condensate and 80 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas.

Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. The Kipper gas field development comprises the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a 32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning 32.5 per cent and Santos owning 35 per cent. We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

The main Kipper gas field facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production has not yet commenced due to the need to provide for mercury removal. Funding for the installation of the mercury treatment facilities of US$120 million was approved in March 2014, with completion expected to occur in CY2016. Our share of costs incurred to 30 June 2015 was US$59 million.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of five wells and a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d of oil and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres offshore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1.4 billion, of which US$1.3 billion was incurred as of 30 June 2015.

The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, in which we own a 50 per cent interest, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent. Initial production of low carbon dioxide gas through the Turrum facilities occurred in June 2013. High carbon dioxide gas production from the Turrum reservoir will come online with completion of the Longford Gas Conditioning Plant in CY2016.

Onshore US Developmentdevelopment

DrillingBHP Billiton’s Onshore US drilling and development investment for Onshore USexpenditure in FY2014FY2015, presented on an accruals basis within this section, was US$3.3 billion (FY2014: US$4.2 billion, down from US$4.7 billion in FY2013, with US$3.6 billion (FY2013: US$3.8 billion) spent in the liquids-focused areas of Eagle Ford and Permian, and US$0.6 billion (FY2013: US$0.9 billion) in the gas-focused areas of Haynesville and Fayetteville.. The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities at all four areas. Our onshorein our liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian fields, while deferring development in areas that are predominantly gas.

Eagle Ford capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$2.1 billion (FY2014: US$3.1 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling activityand completion activities, resulting in FY2014 resulted in 413188 net development wells completed primarily induring the Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

year. Of the US$4.22.1 billion, approximately US$40095 million was invested inspent on the installation of more than 20052 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities,facilities. The operated rig count was seven for the year (FY2014: 17).

Permian capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.7 billion (FY2014: US$0.5 billion). The expenditure was primarily in our Eagle Ford and Permian areas. The majority ofrelated to drilling and completion activityactivities, resulting in Onshore US45 net development wells completed during the year. Of the US$0.7 billion, approximately US$54 million was directed towards the liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian areas to capitalisespent on the stronger liquid prices as compared with naturalinstallation of more than 101 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas prices. Atprocessing facilities. The operated rig count was three for the year (FY2014: four).

Haynesville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.3 billion (FY2014: US$0.4 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 25 net development wells completed during the year. There were no operated rigs in Haynesville at the end of FY2014, more than 85 per cent ofthis year (FY2014: three).

Fayetteville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.2 billion (FY2014: US$0.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to participation in drilling activity was conductedand completion activities for wells operated by third parties, resulting in these areas.45 net development wells completed during the year.

More information on our development and capital projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration and evaluation

Our exploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and operatorship. While the majority of ourthe expenditure occursincurred was in our two principal offshore areas of activity, the Gulf of Mexico, and Western Australia we also have exploration activities inand Trinidad and Tobago Brazil,focus areas, we also incurred expenditure in South Africa, South EastBrazil, South-East Asia, India and Onshore US.

WeAfter exploration and appraisal we then perform development evaluation activities to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal.projects.

More information on our development evaluation activities and exploration is presented in section 2.1.1 of this Annual Report.

Description of the Potash Business

Jansen Potash Project

Our Potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of Saskatchewan, covering more than 14,00016,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Saskatchewan in Canada. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for the Jansen Potash Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past seveneight years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term mining leases as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured 4,4008,000 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We believe ourcontinue to progress Jansen, Potash Project, a greenfield potash project, located approximately 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon in south-central Saskatchewan,Saskatchewan. We believe Jansen is one of the world’s best undeveloped potash resourceresources and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth pillar ofBusiness within BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment forin Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities. utilities and was 46 per cent complete as of 30 June 2015.

The level of expenditure on the Jansen Potash Project in FY2014FY2015 was US$596423 million. Shaft excavation is progressing, while the construction workforce camp and service shaft permanent headframe have been completed. Necessary infrastructure work continues to be progressed.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development as we seek to time our entrance to meet market demand.development. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for certainsome of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and assumingsubject to Board approval, the Jansen mine is likely to ramp-up to its nameplate capacity of approximately 10 Mtpa of agricultural grade potassium chlorideproduction in the decade beyondbeginning 2020.

We are continuing to evaluate other areas for which we have exploration permits in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder, Burr and Melville, through analysis of the extensive data collected from successive exploration programs.

In October 2014, the management of the closed mine sites associated with Base Metals North America was transitioned from the Potash to the Petroleum Business. All locations are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.

As at 1 August 2015, management of the Jansen Potash Project transferred from the Petroleum Business to BHP Billiton’s Chief Commercial Officer.

Performance

Petroleum and Potash revenueTotal petroleum production increased by US$1.6 billion to US$14.8 billion, mainly due to Onshore US, which increased by 43 per cent to US$4.3 billion, and Atlantis, which increased by 80 per cent to US$1.5 billion.

The increase in revenue primarily resulted from an increase in volume of four per cent in FY2014FY2015 to 246a record 256 MMboe. A 16 MMboe17 per cent increase in liquids production to 125 MMboe was underpinnedsupported by a 7367 per cent increase in Onshore US liquids volumes and a near doublingstrong uptime performance in the Gulf of production at Atlantis.Mexico. Natural gas volumesproduction declined by foursix per cent as the delivery of first gas from Macedon partially offset lowerto 787 billion cubic feet due to weaker seasonal demand at Bass Strait, and natural field decline at Haynesville.along with lower Onshore US gas volumes as a result of the decision to defer development activity for longer-term value.

The average realised price of natural gas across our portfolio increasedPetroleum revenue decreased by 16 per centUS$3.4 billion to US$4.3511.5 billion. Revenue in Australia for the Australia Production Unit (which includes Macedon, Pyrenees, Stybarrow and Minerva), Bass Strait and North West Shelf collectively decreased by US$1.5 billion (27 per thousand standard cubic feet (Mscf). This included a 25 per cent increasecent) to US$4.2 billion and revenue in the average realised priceGulf of US natural gasMexico for Atlantis, Shenzi and Mad Dog decreased by US$963 million (30 per cent) to US$4.10 per Mscf. This increase was partially offset by a four per cent decline in the average realised price of oil to US$102 per bbl, a one per cent decline in the average realised price of LNG to US$14.67 per Mscf and a seven per cent decline in the average realised price of natural gas liquids (NGL) to US$42.28 per barrel.2.2 billion.

Underlying EBIT for Petroleum decreased by US$115 million3.9 billion to US$5.91.9 billion in FY2014. Price-related increases,FY2015. Price related impacts, net of price-linked costs decreased Underlying EBIT by US$4.1 billion due to the decrease in average realised

prices of crude and condensate oil from US$102/bbl to US$68/bbl, US natural gas from US$4.10/Mscf to US$3.27/Mscf and LNG from US$14.67/Mscf to US$11.65/Mscf.

Higher volumes contributed an increase of US$113799 million to Underlying EBIT and volumes contributed an additional US$994 million, although thisEBIT. This was partially offset by annon-cash costs which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$639 million. The increase in non-cash costs includes: US$316 million of higher depreciation and amortisation expense atcharges in Onshore US that reflectedfollowing the ramp-up of liquids production at Black Hawk and the progressive development of our Permian acreage. In this regard, our position within our focus areaacreage; and US$328 million of impairment charges associated with the divestment of conventional assets in North Louisiana (Haynesville) and unconventional gas assets in the Permian increased by 25 per centPecos field (Permian). The rate of depreciation in Onshore US assets is expected to continue to rise as the proportion of currently higher-margin liquids volumes increase relative to gas. During the period, to 74 thousand net acres.

Additional charges were also recognised during the period, including: a US$18479 million impairment of minor Gulf of Mexico assets; a US$143 million adjustmentNeptune was also recognised as the fall in near-term oil prices has affected its value due to the Browse divestment proceeds; and a US$112 million UK pension plan expense. The Group also incurred a charge of US$135 million for underutilised gas pipeline capacity, primarily in the Haynesville.its short field life.

The Onshore US Underlying EBIT for FY2014 was a loss of US$156 million compared with a loss in FY2013 of US$287 million. The Onshore US Underlying EBITDA for FY2014 was US$2.3 billion compared with US$1.5 billion in FY2013. Second half June 2014 EBITDA increasedPetroleum capital expenditure declined by more than 6015 per cent to US$1.4 billion. As a result, Onshore US generated an Underlying EBIT of5.0 billion in FY2015, which included US$142 million during the second half of FY2014. This included the aforementioned underutilised gas pipeline capacity charges.

In FY2014, approximately 75 per cent3.7 billion of Onshore US drilling and development expenditure of US$4.2 billion was investedexpenditure. We continued to realise significant improvements in shale drilling efficiency during the Eagle Ford, with the majority focused on our Black Hawk acreage. The repetitive, manufacturing-like nature of shale development is ideally suitedperiod as spud to our productivity agenda. Drilling costssales timing in the Black Hawk improved by 17 per cent and drilling costs declined by 1619 per cent to US$4.23.4 million per well during the period while spud to sales timing improved by 21 per cent.

Of the 24 operated drilling rigs in action at the end of the period (30 June 2013: 40), 17 were in the Eagle Ford (30 June 2013: 31), four were in the Permian (30 June 2013: four), three were in the Haynesville (30 June 2013: four), while no rigs were in the Fayetteville (30 June 2013: one).

A total of 138 net wells were put online in our prolific Black Hawk acreage during FY2014 (FY2013: 66 net wells) with an average 30-day initial production rate of 1,140 boe per day. An average one-year cumulative production rate per well of 208 thousand barrels of oil equivalent (Mboe) for the wells put online in FY2013 reflected advances in completions optimisation and the benefit of restricting initial flow rates. At the end of the period we had 284 net producing wells in the Black Hawk with an average rate of 82.4 Mboe per day achieved in the June 2014 quarter (43.0 Mboe per day in the June 2013 quarter).

Onshore US overviewwell.

 

      Liquids-
focused areas
(Eagle Ford
and
Permian)
  Gas-
focused areas
(Haynesville
and
Fayetteville)
  Total 

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2014  2013  2014  2013 

Capital expenditure

  US$ billion   3.6    3.8    0.6    0.9    4.2    4.7  

Production

  MMboe   51.9    33.4    56.2    65.8    108.1    99.2  

Production mix

  Natural gas   36  42  100  100  69  80
  

Natural gas liquids

   22  23          11  8
  Crude and condensate   42  35          20  12
2015 financial yearLiquids focused areasGas focused areas

(2014 financial year)

Eagle FordPermianHaynesvilleFayettevilleTotal

Capital expenditure (i)

US$ billion2.3 (3.1)0.8 (0.5)0.4 (0.4)0.2 (0.2)3.7 (4.2)

Rig allocation

At period-end7 (17)3 (4)0 (3)0 (0)10 (24)
Net wells drilled and completed (ii)Period total188 (262)45 (43)25 (38)45 (71)303 (414)

Net productive wells (iii)

At period-end836 (647)75 (57)395 (899)1,070 (1,023)2,376 (2,626)

(i)Includes land acquisition, site preparation, drilling, completions, well site facilities, mid-stream infrastructure and pipelines.

(ii)Can vary between periods based on changes in rig activity and the inventory of wells drilled but not yet completed at period-end.

(iii)Change in productive well count includes reduction associated with the divestment of assets in North Louisiana (Haynesville) and Pecos (Permian).

Petroleum exploration expenditure for FY2014FY2015 was US$600567 million, of which US$369481 million was expensed. DuringActivity for the period we signed a production sharing contract for Block 23b (60 per cent interestwas largely focused on the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and operator) and farmed into Blocks 23a and 14 (70 per cent interest and operator) in Trinidad and Tobago.

During the period, we completed the divestment of our 46.1 per cent interest in Liverpool Bay and our South Midland acreage in the Permian basin, Onshore US. Combined proceeds of US$182 million were realised (before customary adjustments) and a gain on sale of US$116 million was recognised in Underlying EBIT.

Potash recorded an Underlying EBIT loss of US$583 million. This included:184 million in FY2015 compared to a loss of US$68285 million impairment associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (US) to lapse;in FY2014. The reduction in loss was driven by a decrease in non-cash costs and a US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisions for the Group’s North American closed mines, which are managed by our Potash Business. In addition, exploration expense for Potash was US$47 million, a US$42 million reduction from FY2013.

The Jansen Potash Project was 30 per cent complete at the end of the period with significant progress made on surface infrastructure and shaft excavation continuing.expenditure.

Outlook

After adjusting for the sale of Liverpool Bay, Petroleum production is forecast to increasedecrease by fiveseven per cent in FY2015FY2016 to 255237 MMboe with another 16 MMboe increase(Conventional: 125 MMboe; Onshore US: 112 MMboe). In Onshore US, further improvements in total liquidsdrilling and completions efficiency will support stable volumes in the liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian despite lower capital spend in FY2016. However, we anticipate a 19 per cent decline in the combined production projected.of the predominantly gas-rich, and currently lower-margin Haynesville, Fayetteville and Hawkville fields as we continue to defer development of these assets for longer-term value. Conventional volumes for FY2015 are forecast to remain broadly unchanged.

Petroleum capital expenditure of approximately US$5.6 billion is planned in FY2015. In our Onshore US Asset we will continue to prioritise investment in the liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian with up to 120 net wells expected to be put onlinedecrease as a result of planned maintenance programs and natural field decline.

In FY2016, we expect to reduce drilling costs further to US$2.5 million per well in the Black Hawk. In our conventionalConventional business, we will remaininvestment remained focused on high-return infill drilling opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico and life extension projects at Bass Strait and North West Shelf.

Petroleum capital expenditure of approximately US$3.1 billion is planned in FY2016. Onshore US capital expenditure is expected to account for US$1.5 billion of this and support a development program of nine operated rigs. Completions activity will continue to be tailored to market conditions and we will exercise further flexibility should there be greater value in deferral. Drilling activity will be focused on our liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian acreage with our dry-gas development program in Haynesville and Fayetteville deferred for longer-term value.

A US$750600 million exploration program, largely focused on the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australiaacreage access and the collection of seismic data in Trinidad and Tobagoacquisition is planned for FY2015.FY2016.

During February 2015, BHP Billiton signed an agreement with Tri-Resources, a subsidiary of the Hashoo Group, for the sale of our gas business in Pakistan. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval.

The excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash project shafts is steadily progressing and the pre-development project was 46 per cent complete at the end of the period. We expect to spend approximately US$350 million in FY2016. With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to review the appropriate pace and level of development activity and capital expenditure for the project.

1.12.3    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Santiago, Chile, is one of the world’s premierleading producers of copper silver, leadconcentrate and cathode, uranium oxide, and isa producer of zinc concentrate. Our portfolio of mining operations includes the Escondida mine in Chile, a leading producer of zinc. We market five primary products: copper, cathodes,and Olympic Dam in South Australia, a major producer of copper lead and zinc concentrates and uranium oxide.

Results

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   13,868     14,537     13,553  

Underlying EBIT

   5,080     5,639     5,313  

Capital expenditure

   3,757     3,930     3,518  

Net operating assets

   22,231     20,074     16,721  

Production – copper (kt)

   1,727     1,689     1,468  

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
      

Revenue

   11,453     12,789     13,172  

Underlying EBIT

   3,353     4,668     5,033  

Capital expenditure

   3,822     3,697     3,891  

Net operating assets

   23,701     21,997     19,868  

Production – copper (kt)

   1,708     1,727     1,689  

(1)Information included in this table excludes Cannington given it formed part of the South32 demerger. The financial results for FY2013 and FY2014 have been restated to exclude Cannington.

A summary of our Copper Business’the assets and operations, development projects and FY2014FY2015 performance of our Copper Business is presented below.as follows.

Description of the Copper Business

Our assets consist of the following:

Escondida (Chile)

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is the largesta leading producer of copper in the world.copper. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 14,00012,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 million tonnes (Mt) of material per day. Its two open-cut pits currently feed twothree concentrator plants, which use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate, as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). In FY2014, our share ofFY2015, total Escondida production was 485.7916.1 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 177.1310.4 kt of copper cathode. Escondida has a reserve life of 52 years.

Pampa Norte (Chile)

Pampa Norte consists of two wholly owned operations in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile – Spence and Cerro Colorado. During FY2014,FY2015, Spence produced 152.8171.4 kt of high-quality copper cathodes,cathode, using oxide and sulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning processes. Although production levels at Cerro Colorado have fallen in recent years as grades have declined, production in FY2014FY2015 reached 80.378.2 kt of copper cathode. Spence and Cerro Colorado have reserve lives of 10 and nine years, respectively.

A project currently being studied, referred to as the Spence Growth Option (SGO), is being conducted to consider exploiting the large and expandable hypogene sulphide resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 kilotonnes per day (ktpd) concentrator at the Spence operation. SGO would extend the mine life by approximately 50 years followingbeyond the current FY2025CY2025 closure date.

Antamina (Peru)

We own 33.75 per cent of Antamina, a large, long-life, low-cost copper and zinc mine in north central Peru. Our share of Antamina’s FY2014total production for FY2015 was 143.5107.7 kt of copper in concentrate and 52.066.4 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the form of by-products. Antamina has a reserve life of 13 years.

In FY2014, Antamina commenced executionFY2015, following the identification of a number of debottlenecking project, to increaseopportunities, Antamina successfully increased nominal milling capacity by 12to 53 million tonnes per cent to 145 ktpd.

Cannington (Australia)

Our wholly owned Cannington mine is one of the world’s largest producers of silver and lead. Located in northwest Queensland, Australia, the underground mine feeds a beneficiation processing facility that extracts silver/lead and zinc concentrates from sulphide ore. In FY2014, Cannington produced concentrates containing186.5 kt of lead, 57.9 kt of zinc and approximately 25.2 million ounces of silver. Cannington has a reserve life of nine years.annum (Mtpa).

Olympic Dam (Australia)

Our wholly owned Olympic Dam mine in South Australia is a producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the primary method of ore extraction islong-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant.

The underground mine extracts copper uranium ore and hauls the ore by an automated train and trucking network feeding underground crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities. The processing plant consists of two grinding circuits in which high-quality copper concentrate is extracted from sulphide ore through a flotation extraction process. The operation includes a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and concentrating circuit, a hydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, a copper refinery and a recovery circuit for precious metals.

The Svedala mill, which accounts for approximately 60 per cent of Olympic Dam’s production, experienced an electrical failure in January 2015. Repairs were completed by June 2015 and the mill is now operating at full capacity.

In FY2014,FY2015, Olympic Dam produced 184.4124.5 kt of copper cathode, 4.03.1 kt of uranium oxide, 121.3104.8 kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and 972724 koz of refined silver. Olympic Dam has a reserve life of 47 years.

A pre-feasibility study is being conducted into the proposed expansion of Olympic Dam. The objective of the study is to identify the full range of development path alternatives for Olympic Dam by investigating all possible mining methods and less capital-intensive designs, including new technologies.

In July 2014, we lodged an application for assessment by the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct and operate a demonstration plant on the existing mining lease at Olympic Dam. This process would enable heap leaching trials to progress to the next phase as part of our efforts to identify an alternative, less capital-intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Should Government and Board approvals be granted, construction of the demonstration plant is expected to commence in the second half of CY2015. A trial period of 36 months is envisaged, commencing in late 2016.

Divested asset – Pinto Valley (United States)

In October 2013, we completed the sale of our Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp. for US$653 million, after working capital adjustments.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.2 of this Annual Report.

Development projects in execution at year-end

Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) is the replacement for the Los Coloradosa new concentrator with a new 152 ktpd plant. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allowsallow access to higher-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$3.8 billion (BHP(US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton shareshare). A US$2.2 billion).361 million increase in the budget of OGP1 to US$4.2 billion (US$ 2.4 billion BHP Billiton share) was approved in October 2014 following challenges associated with contractor’s progress. The Project completionwas completed in May 2015 and is targeted forcurrently in the first half of CY2015. Work on OGP1 was 79 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.commissioning and ramp-up phase.

We approved theThe Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project was approved in July 2013 whichand consists of a new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will provide an alternative water supply to Escondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the 152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and includes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to support the system. The new facility is expected to be commissioned in 2017CY2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (BHP(US$2.0 billion BHP Billiton share US$2.0 billion)share). Prior to completion of the EWS project, water supply for OGP1 will continue to be sourced from existing aquifers and the 500 litres per second desalination plant.

The Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP), involves was completed in November 2014. The Project involved the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that will includeincluded several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels following the exhaustion of the existing heap leach in CY2014.levels. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (BHP(US$414 million BHP Billiton share US$414 million). Ashare) and a US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (BHP(US$536 million BHP Billiton share US$536 million)share) was approved in March 2014. Work on the project was 93 per cent complete at 30 June 2014, andExpected final cost is expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014.US$899 million (US$517 million BHP Billiton share).

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2014FY2015 were focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru and Peru.southwestern United States. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

Performance

Total copper production, in FY2014 increased by two per cent toincluding our proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments for FY2015 was unchanged at 1.7 Mt. Escondida copper production increased by twosix per cent to 1.21.23 Mt as an improvement in mill throughput and concentrator utilisation offset a nine per cent decline in ore grades. Record mining rates at Olympic Dam underpinned an 11 per cent increaseimprovement in copper production to 184 kt whiletruck utilisation and higher grades more than offset the impact of severe wet weather, water restrictions, industrial action and a power outage throughout northern Chile. Pampa Norte copper production of 233increased by seven per cent to 250 kt was unchangedas Spence benefited from the prior period. Antamina achieved record annual mill throughput andhigher recoveries. Olympic Dam copper production decreased by 32 per cent to 125 kt following an electrical failure which caused a mill outage in FY2014.January 2015. Antamina copper production decreased by 25 per cent to 108 kt as lower grades more than offset record mill throughput.

Copper Business revenue decreased by US$669 million1.3 billion to US$13.911.5 billion. RevenueThe decrease was across all operations with revenue for Escondida decreaseddecreasing by sixthree per cent to US$8.1 billion. The decrease in7.8 billion, revenue primarily resulted from a fiveat Olympic Dam decreased 30 per cent decline in the average realised priceto US$1.2 billion and revenue at Pampa Norte decreased 20 per cent to US$1.4 billion.

Underlying EBIT for FY2015 decreased by US$1.3 billion to US$3.4 billion. Price impact net of copper to US$3.22 per pound.

Lower average realised pricesprice-linked costs for Copper reduced Underlying EBIT by US$9471.6 billion due to lower average realised prices for copper

from US$3.22/lb to US$2.78/lb. The increase in non-cash costs of US$839 million netlargely reflects increased ore mined resulting in higher depletion of price-linked costs.stripping capitalised in previous periods in line with mine plans at Escondida; increased depreciation following the completion of OLAP; and a US$199 million impairment driven by a lower copper price and permitting uncertainty for the proposed mine life extension at Cerro Colorado. In contrast, a stronger US dollar against the Chilean peso and Australian dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$359 million.

Productivity cost efficiencies increased Underlying EBIT for FY2014 decreasedadditionally by US$559 million to US$5.1 billion. 1.0 billion driven by improved productivity at Escondida and improved ore grades.

Unit cash costs which we calculate excluding revenue from by-products,is one of the financial measures used to monitor the performance of our individual assets.

Unit cash costs (excluding one-off items, freight and treatment and refining charges) at our operated copper assets declined by six14 per cent during FY2014 despiteFY2015. At Escondida, the impact of the nineimprovement in truck utilisation and significant costs savings resulted in an eight per cent reduction in ore grades at Escondida. In this context, productivity cost efficiencies increased Underlying EBIT by US$190 million and reflected insourcing initiatives and the broader optimisation of contractor activities across the business. A reduction in exploration and business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$217 million as the Group sharpened its focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru. In contrast, an increase in non-cash charges reflected a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte, and a general increase in depreciation and amortisation, and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$337 million during the period.

Underlying EBIT of Olympic Dam for FY2014 increased by US$38 milliondecrease to US$34 million, where costs efficiencies offset the decrease in commodities prices.

At 30 June 2014, the Group had 350 kt of outstanding copper sales that were revalued at a weighted average price of US$3.191.07 per pound. The final price of these sales will be determined in FY2015. In addition, 386 kt of copper sales from FY2013 were subject to a finalisation adjustment in FY2014. These provisional pricing and finalisation adjustments increased Underlying EBIT by US$73 million in FY2014 (FY2013: US$303 million decrease).

A gain onexcluded one-off costs primarily reflect the saleimplementation of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company of US$385 million (after tax) was recognised in FY2014 and was reported as an exceptional item.Escondida voluntary redundancy program which is expected to reduce employee head count by more than 20 per cent.

Outlook

Total copper production is forecast to increasedecrease by five12 per cent in FY2015FY2016 to 1.81.5 Mt. WithEscondida copper production of approximately 940 kt is forecast as increased throughput, enabled by the completion of OGP1 and further productivity improvements, partly offset an anticipated 27 per cent decline in productivity anticipated, Escondida is on track to produce approximately 1.27 Mt of copper in the period. Copper volumes atgrade. Pampa Norte and Olympic Dam are expectedproduction is forecast to remain at a similar level to FY2014, while lowerfor FY2016. At Olympic Dam, an increase in full-year production is anticipated following the full ramp-up of the mill at the end of July 2015. Higher average copper grades at Antamina are expected to lead to a reductionsupport an increase in copper volumes in FY2016.

During FY2015, OLAP delivered first production at Antaminawhile OGP1 achieved mechanical completion and is now in FY2015, consistent with the mine plan.

commissioning phase. The commissioning of OGP1, whichthe EWS project remains on schedule to commence in CY2017. In the June 2015 quarter,medium term, completion of the EWS project and the life extension of Los Colorados will create 152 ktpdallow the use of valuable copper concentrator capacity. Thethree concentrators at Escondida OLAPto offset grade decline and OGP1support a strong recovery in production. At Olympic Dam, we will continue with our low-cost underground transition into the higher-grade Southern Mining Area. This high-grade ore will release latent capacity within our existing operations and lay the foundation for the longer-term underground expansion.

In FY2016, despite an anticipated increase in material moved to mitigate grade decline, a further step change in unit cost performance is expected as additional benefits from our productivity agenda are realised. In this context, Escondida unit costs are expected to maintain Escondida’s copper production.decline by 15 per cent to US$0.91 per pound on a grade-adjusted basis.

1.12.4    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines products produced in Australia and produce pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Results

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   21,356     18,593     20,605  

Underlying EBIT

   12,102     11,109     14,044  

Capital expenditure

   2,949     5,979     4,458  

Net operating assets

   23,390     22,126     17,375  

Production – iron ore (Mt)

   204     170     159  

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
      

Revenue

   14,753     21,356     18,593  

Underlying EBIT

   6,932     12,102     11,109  

Capital expenditure

   1,930     2,949     5,979  

Net operating assets

   23,954     23,390     22,126  

Production – iron ore (Mt)

   233     204     170  

A summary of the assets, development projects and FY2015 performance of our Iron Ore Business’ assets, development projects and FY2014 performanceBusiness is presented below.as follows.

Description of the Iron Ore Business

Our assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore (Australia)

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) involve an integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, with theour headquarters located in Perth. Our focus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal.

Since 2001, we have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. We have completed eight expansion projects during this period to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. This includes our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further potential growth in capacity to 290 million tonnesMtpa (100 per annum (Mtpa)cent basis).

We have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. Since 2001, we have completed eight expansion projects to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. Our share of FY2014FY2015 production was 193218.0 Mt of ore, which is expected to increase in FY2015FY2016 to 211233 Mtpa.

We have been transitioningOur Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing us to owner-operated mines since 2011. We completed this transition withplan our development around a series of integrated mining hubs joined to the last contractor run site, Orebody 18, finalising its transition during FY2014.orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach enables us to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for a number of orebodies.

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product havingwith a stable grade, we recently transitioned toproduce a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2014,FY2015, 23 per cent of our sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar, where we diluted our interest in a subsidiary company to 85 per cent in July 2013 for which BHP Billiton received total consideration of US$1.5 billion.Jimblebar.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture (JV) consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create the Newman Blend for lump and fines.fines products. The ore is then transported to port using ourMt Newman JV-owned rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to the hub at Mt Whaleback.Port Hedland. Production at the Yarrie wasmine in the northern Pilbara has been suspended onsince 25 February 2014.2014, following improved productivity at our other mining operations. The Jimblebar operation was officially opened on 23 April 2014 and comprises the new Jimblebar mine, located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 916.8 Mt during FY2014.FY2015. The Jimblebar mining hub ramped-up to a production rate exceeding 45 Mtpa during FY2015.

Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre, which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point, owned by the Mt Newman JV, and Finucane Island, owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three lump rescreening plants, eight stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders.

Map of Western Australia Iron Ore

 

LOGOLOGO

Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point and Finucane Island. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three screening plants, nine stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders.

The reserve life of our Western Australian mines is 16 years.

Samarco (Brazil)

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operation in Brazil. Samarco is currently comprised ofcomprises a mine and twothree concentrators located in the state of Minas Gerais, and threefour pellet plants and a port, located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 396-kilometre400-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore isare conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Conveyor systems are used to extract the ore and convey it from the mines. Ore beneficiation then occurs in concentrators, after whichwhere crushing, milling, desliming and flotation processes produce iron concentrate. The concentrate leaves the concentrators as slurry and is pumped through the slurry pipelines from the Germano facilities to the pellet plantplants in Ubu, Anchieta, where the slurry is processed into pellets. The iron ore pellets are then heat treated. The pellet output is stored in a stockpile yard before being shipped out of the Samarco-owned Port of Ubu in Anchieta.

Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to steelmakers in 2019 countries, in the Americas, Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Europe, with prices generally linked to market indices.

In FY2014,FY2015, our share of production was 1114.5 Mt of pellets. The reserve life of Samarco is 39 years.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.3 of this Annual Report.

Completed development

Development projects in execution at year-end

Western Australia Iron Ore

WAIO has been executing a number of expansion projects in recent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 for a total of US$7.4 billion (BHP(US$6.6 billion BHP Billiton share US$6.6 billion)share) plus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (BHP(US$2.1 billion BHP Billiton share US$2.1 billion)share), were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a minimum capacity of 220 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

These projects, each of which is substantially complete, included:

 

the Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock in order to deliver a capacity of 35 Mtpa. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$3.43.5 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$3.6 billion;

 

further development of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and ship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor routes,route, and associated rail works and rolling stock. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$1.71.8 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.9 billion;

 

port blending facilities and rail yards to enable ore blending, expand resource life and prepare for the anticipated growth of the business beyond the inner harbour.blending. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.0 billion.

Our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects includes ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

Western Australia Iron Ore – Orebody 24 mine

In FY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Orebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to maintain iron ore production output from the Mt Newman JV operations. The project was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of an ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, rail spur and other associated support facilities. The project was deliveredcosts as at a cost of30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.50.6 billion (BHP Billiton share), subject. Final costs are expected to finalisation, inbe delivered below the September 2014 quarter versus arevised budget of US$0.7 billion.

Samarco

During FY2011, Samarco shareholders approved a US$3.5 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.75 billion) expansion project, consisting of a fourth pellet plant, a new concentrator and a third slurry pipeline. The project

is complete, with its first pellet production in March 2014. This has expanded Samarco’s iron ore pellet production capacity from 22.3 Mtpa to 30.5 Mtpa. The final cost of the project was US$3.2 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.6 billion).

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation, all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and link brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and port facilities. The total area covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres.kilometres, excluding crown leases and general purpose and miscellaneous licences, which are used for infrastructure space and access.

Total exploration expenditure in FY2014FY2015 amounted to US$166118 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

On 29 July 2014 we signed an agreement with ArcelorMittal for the sale of ourBHP Billiton has a 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea. Completion

On 29 July 2014, BHP Billiton and ArcelorMittal signed an agreement for the acquisition by ArcelorMittal of BHP Billiton’s 43.5 per cent stake in Euronimba Limited, which holds an effective 95 per cent interest in the Mount Nimba iron ore project in Guinea. In May 2015, ArcelorMittal terminated the transaction is subjectfollowing failure to meet the receipt of regulatory approval and other customaryconditions to closing conditions.by the agreed deadline. We will continue to assess our options for the Mount Nimba iron ore project.

Liberia Iron Ore

We haveBHP Billiton has a 100 per cent interest in a Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia. This enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases.

On 25 August 2014, BHP Billiton and Cavalla Resources signed a sale and purchase agreement for the acquisition by Cavalla Resources of BHP Billiton’s 100 per cent interest in its Liberia iron ore project. Completion of the transaction remains subject to the receipt of regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

Performance

Total iron ore production, including our proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, increased by 14 per cent in FY2015 to a record 233 Mt. WAIO production increased by 13 per cent to a record 254 Mt (100 per cent basis) as a result of continued improvement in the performance of our integrated supply chain and the successful ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub. Continued optimisation of the port facilities and an increase in direct to ship ore resulted in record sales volumes at WAIO of 256 Mt (100 per cent basis). Samarco production increased by 33 per cent to 29 Mt (100 per cent basis) as the fourth pellet plant ramped up to full capacity.

Iron Ore revenue increaseddecreased by US$2.86.6 billion to US$21.4 billion. Revenue14.8 billion, which included a 31 per cent decrease in revenue for WAIO increased byof US$2.66.4 billion an increase of 13.9 per cent. An 18 per cent increase in WAIO sales volumes was theto US$14.4 billion. The major contributor whichto this decline was partially offset by a six41 per cent decline in average realised price of iron ore to US$10361 per wet metric tonne (FOB).

Iron ore production increased, which was partially offset by 20 per centan increase in FY2014 to a record 204 Mt, exceeding initial full-year guidance by more than eight per cent. WAIO production of 225 Mt (100 per cent basis) represents a fourteenth consecutive annual record and was underpinned by the early commissioning of Jimblebar and our productivity agenda, which raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain.sales volumes.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increasedFY2015 decreased by US$993 million5.2 billion to US$12.16.9 billion. The fall in the average realised price of iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$864 million,8.7 billion, net of price-linked costs, although this was partially offset by a weaker Australian dollar, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$383499 million. Iron ore sales, on average, were linked to the index price for the monthThe improved performance of shipment, with price differentials reflecting product qualityour integrated supply chain at WAIO and the successful ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub supported an increase in WAIO sales volumes, addingof US$1.81.9 billion volume impact to Underlying EBIT. Conversely,Cost efficiencies from productivity initiatives increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.2 billion.

Unit cash costs is one of the progressive ramp-upfinancial measures used to monitor the performance of several major projects resulted in a US$425 million increase in depreciation and amortisation expense during the period. Having redirected the WAIO supply-chain bottleneck away from the mines and back to the port, our individual assets.

WAIO unit cash costs decreased(excluding freight and royalties) declined by six31 per cent in FY2014 to US$27.53 per tonne. A 12 per cent reduction in unit costs to US$25.8919 per tonne, was achievedunderpinned by reductions in labour, contractor and maintenance costs, lower diesel prices and a stronger US dollar against the June 2014 half year.Australian dollar.

WAIO unit costs

  FY2014   FY2013   H1 FY2014   H2 FY2014 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   21,013     18,452     10,849     10,164  

Underlying EBITDA

   12,988     11,668     6,801     6,187  

Cash costs (gross)

   8,025     6,784     4,048     3,977  

Less: freight

   1,274     856     625     649  

Less: royalties

   1,497     1,192     744     753  

Cash costs (net)

   5,254     4,736     2,679     2,575  

Sales (kt, BHP Billiton share)

   190,843     160,955     91,327     99,516  

Cash cost per tonne (US$)

   27.53     29.42     29.33     25.89  

Outlook

In FY2015, WAIO production is expected to increase by a further 20 Mt to approximately 245 Mt (100 per cent basis). We expect additional productivity gains to support another year of record performance despite the planned tie-in of ship loaders 1 and 2 during the December 2014 half year. Total iron ore production is forecast to increase by 11six per cent in FY2015FY2016 to 225247 Mt. WAIO production is forecast to increase to approximately 270 Mt (BHP Billiton share).

Our strategy includes expanding Jimblebar to 55 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) as well as a broader debottleneckingresult of improved efficiency at Mining Area C, Newman and our rail and port operations.

Further productivity improvements and the low-cost expansion of the supply chain,Jimblebar mining hub, which iscomprises the installation of a new primary crusher and additional conveying capacity, are expected to underpin further growthdeliver an increase in WAIO supply-chainsystem capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis). over time.

Costs associated with the Jimblebar expansion, as well as the investment to purchase additional tugs and construct a new tug harbour at Port Hedland, are expected to be included within WAIO’s average sustaining capital expenditure budget of approximately US$5 per tonne. WAIO unit costs are expected to fall to US$15 per tonne in FY2016.

1.12.5    Coal Business

Our Coal Business, headquartered in Brisbane, Australia, is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal, one of the world’s largest suppliersa key input in steel production. Our Coal Business is also a large supplier of seaborne energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and a significant domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where our mines are located.

Results

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   9,115     9,895     12,512  

Underlying EBIT

   386     595     2,612  

Capital expenditure

   2,345     3,626     3,103  

Net operating assets

   14,300     13,225     10,663  

Production – metallurgical coal (Mt)

   45     38     33  

Production – energy coal (Mt)

   73     72     74  

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
      

Revenue

   5,885     6,563     6,574  

Underlying EBIT

   348     575     424  

Capital expenditure

   729     1,971     3,136  

Net operating assets

   11,769     11,909     10,632  

Production – metallurgical coal (Mt)

   43     38     30  

Production – energy coal (Mt)

   41     43     41  

(1)Information included in this table excludes Energy Coal South Africa and Illawarra Coal given they formed part of the South32 demerger. The numbers for FY2013 and FY2014 have been restated to exclude Energy Coal South Africa and Illawarra Coal.

A summary of our Coal Business’the assets, development projects and FY2014FY2015 performance of our Coal Business is presented below.as follows.

Description of the Coal Business

Our assets comprise the following:

Queensland Coal (Australia)

Queensland Coal comprises the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) Assets in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia.

The Bowen Basin is well positioned to supply the seaborne market because of its high-quality metallurgical coals, which are ideally suited to efficient blast furnace operations, and its geographical proximity to Asian customers. We have access to key infrastructure in the Bowen Basin, including a modern, multi-user rail

network, and our own coal loading terminal at Hay Point, located near the city of Mackay. We also have contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities, including the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and Abbot Point Coal Terminal.

Map of Queensland Coal

 

LOGOLOGO

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance – BMA owns and operates open-cut and underground metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin, and also owns and operates the Hay Point Coal Terminal. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development. BMA operates the Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Gregory Crinum and Blackwater mines. First production commenced at Caval Ridge in the June 2014 quarter. Our share of total production in FY2014FY2015 was 29.333.9 Mt. TheDuring FY2015, BMA announced the ramping down of the Crinum underground mine as it approaches the end of its economic reserve lives of our mines range from 2.8 years at Gregory Crinumlife, with longwall production expected to 37 years at Saraji.cease in the March 2016 quarter.

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal BMC is a subsidiary company owned by BHP Billiton (80 per cent) and Mitsui and Co (20 per cent). BMC owns and operates South Walker Creek and Poitrel, both open-cut metallurgical coal mines.mines in the Bowen Basin. Total production in FY2014FY2015 was 8.38.7 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines are 15 years at Poitrel and 11 years at South Walker Creek.

Illawarra Coal (Australia)

Our wholly owned Illawarra Coal Asset owns and operates three underground coal mines – Appin, West Cliff and Dendrobium, in the Illawarra region of New South Wales, Australia. The mines supply metallurgical coal to the nearby BlueScope Port Kembla steelworks and to other domestic and export markets. The Appin mine is currently being developed to sustain Illawarra Coal’s production following the end of the mine life at West Cliff.

Coal is exported via the Port Kembla Coal Terminal, in which we own a 16.67 per cent interest. Total production in FY2014 was 7.5 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 2.0 years at West Cliff to 25 years at Appin.

Energy Coal South Africa (South Africa)

Energy Coal South Africa (known as BECSA) operates four energy coal mines – Khutala, Klipspruit, Middelburg and Wolvekrans, in the Witbank region in the province of Mpumalanga, South Africa.

BECSA is 90 per cent owned by BHP Billiton, two per cent owned by its employees through an Employee Share Ownership Plan and eight per cent owned by a Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) consortium led by Pembani Group Proprietary Limited.

Production in FY2014 was 30.4 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 5.8 years at Khutala to 23 years at Middelburg.

New Mexico Coal (United States)

We own and operate the San Juan energy coal mine located in the US state of New Mexico. The mine transports its production directly to the nearby San Juan Generating Station. TheStation (SJGS). Production for FY2015 was 5.1 Mt.

To ensure the ongoing supply of coal to the SJGS beyond 2017, in May 2015, the SJGS owners reached an in principle agreement for a new Coal Supply Agreement with Westmoreland Coal Company. In conjunction with this, in July 2015, New Mexico Coal executed a sales agreement with Westmoreland for the purchase of the San Juan mine has a reserve lifeMine. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to be completed at the end of 3.5 years, which is the lifeCY2015 with Westmoreland assuming full operation of the current customer contract. Production for FY2014 was 5.7 Mt.mine from 1 January 2016.

We also operate the nearby Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico. Full ownership of the Navajo Coal Company transferred to the Navajo Transitional Energy Company (NTEC), an entity of the Navajo Nation, effective 30 December 2013. New Mexico Coal and NTEC have entered into a Mine Management Agreement where New Mexico Coal will continue as mine operator until 31 December 2016.2016, at which time

control will pass to a new mine manager. Navajo mine transports its production directly to the nearby Four Corners Power Plant. Production for FY2015 was 4.9 Mt. As we retain control of the mine until full consideration is paid, production continues to be reported by the Group.

New South Wales Energy Coal (Australia)

Our wholly owned New South Wales Energy Coal Asset owns and operates the Mt Arthur Coal open-cut energy coal mine in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, Australia.

New South Wales Energy Coal produced 2019.7 Mt in FY2014 and has a reserve life of 33 years.FY2015.

Cerrejón (Colombia)

We have a one-third interest in Cerrejón, Coal Company, which owns, operates and operatesmarkets one of the world’s largest open-cut export energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia.

In FY2014,FY2015, our share of Cerrejón production was approximately 12.311.3 Mt. Cerrejón has a reserve life of 17 years.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.4 of this Annual Report.

Completed development projects

BMA Expansions

In November 2011, we approved the development of the Caval Ridge mine project, with a revised investment of US$1.9 billion (BHP Billiton share). The Caval Ridge mine is an open-cut dragline and truck and shovel operation, with coal railed to the Hay Point Coal Terminal. First coal at the Caval Ridge mine occurred in the June 2014 quarter and the mine was 100 per cent completed at 30 June 2014.

Cerrejón P40 Project

In August 2011, we announced a US$437 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the expansion of Cerrejón, known as the P40 Project, which is expected to enableincrease Cerrejón’s thermal coal production to increase by 8 Mtpa to approximately 40 Mtpa.Mtpa (100 per cent basis). The project scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain

infrastructure. Construction commenced in CY2011 and the project handled its first coal in the December 2013 quarter. The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, althoughHowever, operational issues are expected to constrain capacity to approximately 35 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term. At 30 June 2014,The final cost was US$376 million (BHP Billiton share) and the project was 94completed during the December 2014 quarter.

Development projects in execution at year-end

Hay Point Coal Terminal Expansion Stage 3

In March 2011, we approved the third expansion of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent complete.basis). The project investment has a budget of US$1.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). In January 2015, first coal was loaded through the expanded terminal and the project was 97.6 per cent complete at 30 June 2015.

Newcastle Port Third Phase Expansion

In August 2011, we announced a US$367 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the third stage development of the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal handling facility in Newcastle. The port expansion project is expected to increase total capacity at the coal terminal from 53 Mtpa to 66 Mtpa. This is expected to increase New South Wales Energy Coal’s allocation by 4.6 Mtpa to 19.2 Mtpa. First coal on ship, being the first ship loadingloaded through the new facility, was achieved in June 2013, ahead of schedule. At 30 June 2014,2015, the project was 8699.5 per cent complete.

Development projects

IndoMet Coal Project

IndoMet Coal comprises seven coal contracts of work covering a large metallurgical coal resource in execution

BMA Expansions

In March 2011, we approvedCentral and East Kalimantan, Indonesia, which was discovered by BHP Billiton in the expansion1990s. Following an assessment of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansionimportance of local participation in developing the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100project, in 2010 we sold a 25 per cent basis). Followinginterest in the project to a reviewsubsidiary of PT Adaro Energy TBK. We retain 75 per cent of the project during FY2013, first shipment is expected in CY2015 with a revised budget of US$1.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). The project was 87 per cent completeand hold management responsibility.

During FY2015, IndoMet completed infrastructure development and received an operating permit to commence mining at 30 June 2014.

Appin Area 9 Project

In June 2012, approval was given to invest US$845 million to sustain operations at Illawarra Coal by establishing a replacement mining area at AppinHaju mine. The replacement area will have a production capacity of 3.5 Mtpa and will sustain Illawarra Coal’s production capacity at 9 Mtpa. The Appin Area 9 project was 67 per cent complete at 30 June 2014 andProduction is expected to be operationalcommence from the 1 Mtpa Haju mine in CY2016, whereupon it will replace production at the West Cliff mine. The project includes roadway development, new ventilation infrastructure, new and reconfigured conveyors and other mine services.Indonesia during FY2016.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Metallurgical coal production increased by 2013 per cent in FY2014FY2015 to a record 45 Mt (BHP Billiton share).43 Mt. Record production and sales volumes at Queensland Coal reflected strong performance across all operations. This included first production from Caval Ridge,were supported by the successful ramp-up of Dauniathe Caval Ridge mine and continued productivity improvements. An increase in equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates underpinned record volumes at six other operations.

Energy coal production, at Peak Downs, Saraji, South Walker Creek and Poitrel. Illawarra Coalincluding our proportional share of production declinedfor which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, for FY2015 decreased by five per cent to 41 Mt as an extended outage atanticipated. Lower production reflected drought conditions and the Dendrobium mine impacted performance in the first half of FY2014.

Energy coal production of 73 Mt for FY2014 was broadly unchanged from the prior period. Another year of robust performance was underpinned by a fifth consecutive annual production record at New South Wales Energy Coal and record volumesneed to manage dust emissions at Cerrejón. Extended outages at both a local utility and the Richards Bay Coal Terminal led to lower production at Energy Coal South Africa, whilen, as well as reduced demand for our Navajo Coal production declined following the permanent closure of three of the five power units at the Four Corners Power Plant.product.

Coal revenue for FY2014FY2015 decreased by US$780678 million to US$9.1 billion. Revenue for Illawarra decreased by 31 per cent to US$886 million and revenues for New South Wales Energy Coal and Energy Coal South Africa also decreased; this was partially offset by an increase in revenues for Queensland Coal of five per cent to US$4.75.9 billion. The decrease in revenues was driven by a 20 per cent reduction in the average realised price for hard coking coal and 14to US$105/t, a 21 per cent reduction in the average price received for both weak coking coal to US$88/t and a 22 per cent reduction in the average realised price for thermal coal.coal to US$58/t.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 declinedFY2015 decreased by US$209227 million to US$386 million despite productivity volume and cost efficiencies348 million. The price impact, net of price-linked costs, on Underlying EBIT for FY2015 was a decrease of US$1.3 billion being embedded during the period.

A1.0 billion. This was partially offset by a stronger US dollar against both the Australian dollar, and South African randwhich increased Underlying EBIT by US$543 million. This was more than offset by the reduction in the average price,406 million, and productivity cost efficiencies which in total, reducedincreased Underlying EBIT by US$1.4 billion, net418 million.

Unit cash costs is one of price-linked costs.the financial measures used to monitor the performance of our individual assets.

A sustainable increase in truckQueensland Coal unit cash costs (excluding freight and wash plantroyalties) declined by 23 per cent to US$65 per tonne, supported by increased equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates, underpinned the improvement in productivity while a continued reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs was also achieved. In this context, redundancies totalling US$40 million were recognised in FY2014 while an increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT byand a further US$497 million. The latter included a US$292 million impairment charge at Energy Coal South Africa. A US$84 million gain on the sale of the Energy Coal South Africa Optimum Coal purchase agreement was also recognised during the period.favourable currency movement.

Outlook

Metallurgical coal production for FY2015 is forecast to decrease in FY2016 to 40 Mt as operations at Crinum are expected to increase by four per cent to approximately 47 Mtcease in the first quarter of CY2016 as the ramp-upmine approaches the end of Caval Ridge is completed.its economic reserve life. Energy coal production for FY2015 is expectedforecast to remain broadly unchanged in FY2016 at 7340 Mt.

As we will retain controlIn FY2016, unit costs are expected to decline to US$61 per tonne as the benefits from embedded productivity initiatives and a stronger US dollar, more than offset the removal of low-cost Crinum volumes and the Navajo mine until full consideration is received from NTEC, production and financial results for the Navajo mine will continue to be reported by the Group.expenses associated with its closure.

1.12.6    Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel BusinessOther assets

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the world’s largest integrated producers of aluminium, nickel and manganese ore and alloy.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   8,411     9,278     9,911  

Underlying EBIT

   307     158     (24

Capital expenditure

   498     893     1,941  

Net operating assets

   9,322     8,809     13,127  

Production – alumina (kt)

   5,178     4,880     4,152  

Production – aluminium (kt)

   1,174     1,179     1,153  

Production – manganese ores (kt)

   8,302     8,517     7,931  

Production – manganese alloys (kt)

   646     608     602  

Production – nickel (kt)

   143     154     158  

A summary of our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business’ assets, development projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

OurOther assets include the following:

Boddington/Worsley (Australia)

Boddington/Worsley is an integrated bauxite mining/alumina refining operation located in Western Australia. The Boddington bauxite mine supplies bauxite ore to the Worsley alumina refinery via a 51-kilometre long

conveying system. We own 86 per cent of the mine and the refinery. Our share of Worsley’s FY2014 production was 3.9 Mt of alumina. Boddington has a reserve life of 17 years.

Hillside and Bayside (South Africa)

Our wholly owned Hillside and Bayside aluminium smelters are located at Richards Bay in South Africa. Hillside is the largest aluminium smelter in the southern hemisphere. In June 2014, Bayside completed the ramp-down of its remaining smelting capacity of 97 ktpa. The Bayside Casthouse continues to operate and began processing liquid metal transfers from Hillside in June 2014. Production in FY2014 for Hillside was 715 kt and Bayside was 89 kt.

Mozal (Mozambique)

We own 47.1 per cent of and operate the Mozal aluminium smelter located near Maputo, Mozambique. Mozal sources power generated by Hydro Cahora Basa via Motraco, a transmission joint venture between Eskom and the national electricity utilities of Mozambique and Swaziland. Our share of Mozal’s FY2014 production was 266 kt.

Alumar (Brazil)

Alumar is an integrated alumina refinery/aluminium smelter. We own 36 per cent of the Alumar refinery and 40 per cent of the smelter. Alcoa operates both facilities. The operations, and their integrated port facility, are located at São Luís in the Maranhão province of Brazil.

The Alumar smelter has currently suspended production from pot lines 2 and 3 reducing overall annual capacity to 124 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa), from 447 ktpa (100 per cent), due to challenging global market conditions in primary aluminium and increased costs. Our share of Alumar’s FY2014 saleable production was 1.3 Mt of alumina and 104 kt of aluminium.

HMM (South Africa)

We own a 44.4 per cent interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (HMM), which owns the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine. In FY2014, the total manganese ore production was 3,526 kt. Wessels has a reserve life of 46 years and Mamatwan has a reserve life of 18 years.

GEMCO (Australia)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated GEMCO operation is an open-cut mining operation, located 16 kilometres from our port facilities at Milner Bay, Northern Territory. These operations, consisting of crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation, combined with its high-grade ore are in relative close proximity to the Asian export markets. FY2014 production of manganese ore was 4,776 kt. GEMCO has a reserve life of 11 years.

Metalloys (South Africa)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated Samancor Manganese Metalloys alloy plant, located in Meyerton, is one of the largest manganese alloy producers in the world. Metalloys produces high- and medium-carbon ferromanganese. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 377 kt.

TEMCO (Australia)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated TEMCO operation, located in Tasmania, is a medium-sized producer of high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter using ore shipped from GEMCO, primarily using hydroelectric power. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 269 kt.

Nickel West (Australia)

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. Nickel West production in FY2014FY2015 was 98.989.9 kt of contained nickel. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations.

Cerro Matoso (Colombia)Performance

Our 99.98Revenue for Nickel West decreased by 13 per cent owned Cerro Matoso Assetto US$1.4 billion predominantly due to lower sales volumes.

Underlying EBIT for Nickel West increased by US$134 million due to cost efficiencies and a favourable exchange rate movement, which was partially offset by a movement in Colombia combines a lateritic nickel ore deposit with a ferronickel smelter. The smelter produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. Cerro Matoso has an estimated reserve lifeceased and sold operations from the closure of 15 years. Production in FY2014 was 44.3 kt of nickel in ferronickel form.the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine during FY2014.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.5 of this Annual Report.

Development projects

GEMCO expansion

The US$279 million GEMCO Expansion Project (GEEP2) (BHP Billiton share US$167 million), approved in July 2011, was delivered on time and on budget in the December 2013 quarter. GEEP2 increased GEMCO’s capacity from 4.2 Mtpa to 4.8 Mtpa through the introduction of a dense media circuit by-pass facility. The expansion has also addressed key infrastructure constraints by increasing road and port capacity to 5.9 Mtpa, creating 1.1 Mtpa of additional capacity for future expansions.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel revenues decreased by US$867 million to US$8.4 billion. Revenue for Cerro Matoso decreased by 25.9 per cent to US$595 million, driven by a decline in nickel prices by seven per cent and lower production. Production at Cerro Matoso was affected by kiln and furnace outages, and lower nickel grades. Aluminium revenues decreased by 8.5 per cent to US$2.4 billion primarily due to lower average realised prices which declined by six per cent.

Alumina production increased by six per cent in FY2014 to a record 5.2 Mt. The Efficiency and Growth project at Worsley reached nameplate capacity during the year and annual production records were achieved at both the Worsley and Alumar refineries. Aluminium production of 1.2 Mt was unchanged from FY2013 with production records at both Hillside and Mozal offset by lower volumes at Alumar following the phased suspension of 103 kt (BHP Billiton share) of annualised capacity.

Manganese ore production declined by three per cent in FY2014 to 8.3 Mt as GEMCO was affected by higher than usual rainfall during the wet season. Manganese alloy production increased by six per cent in FY2014 compared to FY2013, which was affected by the temporary suspension of operations at TEMCO.

Nickel production declined by seven per cent in FY2014 to 143 kt. Production at Cerro Matoso was affected by kiln and furnace outages, and lower nickel grades. Nickel West production declined by four per cent following the closure of the Perseverance underground mine in November 2013.

Notwithstanding a rebound in nickel and aluminium prices in the second half, lower average realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$409 million during FY2014, net of price-linked costs. More specifically, lower average realised prices for aluminium (down six per cent to US$2,022 per tonne), manganese ore (down four per

cent to US$4.64 per dry metric tonne unit), manganese alloy (down six per cent to US$980 per tonne) and nickel (down seven per cent to US$14,925 per tonne) were only partially offset by an increase in the average realised price of alumina (up two per cent to US$307 per tonne).

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$149 million to US$307 million. A reduction in headcount and consumable costs, as well as equipment debottlenecking at most assets, contributed to the US$335 million of productivity cost efficiencies embedded during the period. A stronger US dollar against both the Australian dollar and South African rand increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$469 million. In contrast, the cessation of aluminium smelting activities at Bayside (US$167 million) and costs associated with the closure of the Perseverance underground mine at Nickel West (US$174 million) contributed to a decrease in Underlying EBIT of US$341 million.

In May 2014, the Group announced a review of the Nickel West business, comprising the Mt Keith, Cliffs and Leinster mines, its concentrators, the Kalgoorlie smelter and the Kwinana refinery. The review is considering all options for the long-term future of Nickel West, including the potential sale of all or part of the business.

Outlook

Saleable nickel production at Nickel West is expected to decline by four per cent in FY2015 to 95 kt with approximately 55 per cent to be sourced from third party feed. Ferro-nickel production at Cerro Matoso is expected to decline by three per cent to 43 kt as a result of lower grades.

In contemplation of the proposed demerger, BHP Billiton and Anglo American have agreed to make certain changes to the agreement which governs their interests in the Manganese business. BHP Billiton manages and owns 60 per cent of the Manganese business with Anglo American owning the remaining 40 per cent.

Subject to obtaining the required approvals for the agreement, the changes will result in BHP Billiton and Anglo American agreeing to share joint control of the Manganese business. As a result, we will discontinue consolidation of the Manganese business and account for our 60 per cent interest as an equity accounted joint venture. We will therefore derecognise the existing carrying amounts of all assets, liabilities and the non-controlling interest in the Manganese business attributed to Anglo American and initially record our retained 60 per cent interest at fair value. The remeasurement at fair value will give rise to an estimated gain of approximately US$2 billion in the first half of FY2015.

1.13    Our people

People are the foundation ofEnabling our organisation and underpinto realise its potential through our people is fundamental to our success. We are focused on facilitating a culture where our employees are provided with opportunities to develop, are valued and are encouraged to contribute toward making work safer, simpler and more productive. Achieving this in a focused and collaborative way will mean we can deliver greater value to our people and encourage the development of talented and motivated employees to support the continued performance and growth of our diverse operations. We strive to build a sense of purpose and achievement among all our people in the work we do.shareholders.

1.13.1    Employees and contractors

By working toOur Charter weenables us to align our people around oura common purpose and values.Our Charter provides a vital reference pointvalues, as well as provide clear guidance for how we do business and the way in which we work, wherever we are based in the world, and whatever work we do.world.

The table below provides the average number of employees and contractors over the last three financial years.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
    Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Employees

   47,044     46,892     43,238     29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  

Contractors

   76,759     79,330     78,813     50,698     13,352     76,759     79,330  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   123,803     126,222     122,051     80,368     26,511     123,803     126,222  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The table below shows the gender composition of our workforce, senior leaders and the Board over the last three financial years.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Male employees

   39,517     38,920     35,888  

Female employees

   7,527     7,972     7,350  

Female employees (per cent)

   16     17     17  

Male senior leaders (a)

   317     326     365  

Female senior leaders (a)

   55     40     41  

Female senior leaders (per cent)

   15     11     10  

Male Board members

   12     11     11  

Female Board members

   2     2     2  

Female Board members (per cent)

   14     15     15  

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
   Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Male employees

   24,487     11,331     39,517     38,920  

Female employees

   5,183     1,828     7,527     7,972  

Female employees (%)

   17     14     16     17  

Male senior leaders (c)

   293     85     317     326  

Female senior leaders (c)

   62     19     55     40  

Female senior leaders (%)

   17     18     15     11  

Male Board members

   10       12     11  

Female Board members (d)

   2       2     2  

Female Board members (%)

   17       14     15  

 

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c) For UK law purposes, we are required to show information for ‘senior managers’, which is defined to include both senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders. In FY2014,FY2015, 355 senior leaders comprise the top 372 people in the organisation. There are 3350 directors of subsidiary companies who are not senior leaders, comprising 2336 males and 1014 females. Therefore, for UK law purposes, the total number of senior managers is 340329 males and 6576 females (16(19 per cent female).

(d)For information relating to changes to the Board following year-end please refer to section 3.1 of this Annual Report.

The tables below provide a breakdown of the weighted average number of employees across the Group, in accordance with our reporting requirements under the UK Companies Act 2006. The calculation includes the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies, and our share of joint operations, for each of the past three financial years. Employees of equity accounted entities are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during a particular year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

On 1 July 2013 the Group adopted IFRS 10 and IFRS 11. This led to the full consolidation of Escondida employees (previously proportionately consolidated) and the exclusion of certain equity accounted entities including Samarco, Antamina and Cerrejón. The comparative periods have been restated on this basis.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by Business for each of the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014 (a)   2013 (a) 

Average number of employees for Continuing operations

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,224     4,207     4,449  

Copper

   9,138     9,414     9,765  

Iron Ore

   7,483     8,035     6,883  

Coal

   5,579     6,160     6,006  

Group and unallocated

   3,246     3,687     4,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees for Continuing operations

   29,670     31,503     31,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees from Discontinued operations

   13,159     15,541     15,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   42,829     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Petroleum and Potash

   4,207     4,449     4,067  

Copper

   10,070     10,435     9,445  

Iron Ore

   8,035     6,883     4,711  

Coal

   12,318     12,240     11,679  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   10,775     11,115     11,388  

Group Functions, Marketing and unallocated

   1,639     1,770     1,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   47,044     46,892     43,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(a)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by geographic region for each of the last three financial years.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
  Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Africa

   9,035     9,121     9,358     117     6,875     9,035     9,121  

Asia

   1,105     1,183     1,114     1,022     121     1,105     1,183  

Australasia

   23,048     21,977     19,305     16,839     4,589     23,048     21,977  

Europe

   146     231     532     83     19     146     231  

North America

   4,373     5,116     4,117     4,188          4,373     5,116  

South America

   9,337     9,264     8,812     7,421     1,555     9,337     9,264  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   47,044     46,892     43,238     29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The increase

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

Changes in Australasian headcount during FY2014 is primarily due tomarket conditions, and our business transformation programs focused on improving efficiencies and driving greater productivity have resulted in a decrease in our workforce requirements. Additionally, the increasedeferral of some projects has had a consequential reduction in the workforce required for such projects. The FY2015 reductions were predominately in our contractor workforce, primarily in our Petroleum and Potash, Iron Ore Business as a result of the expansion of the Jimblebar operations and additional support required in non-process infrastructure and port and rail operations. The Coal Business also experienced an increase as a result of the addition of the Daunia and Caval Ridge workforce. The decreased headcount in Europe occurred with the closure of offices in The Hague and Antwerp, and in North America with the sale of the diamonds business and sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation. For further information regarding these sales, refer to sections 1.15.3 and 2.1.2 of this Annual Report.Businesses.

1.13.2    Employee policies and engagement

We are committed to open, honest and productive relationships with our employees. At BHP Billiton, we recogniseour people are fundamental to our success. Our people strategy focuses on developing our future leaders, engaging and supporting our high-performance workforce, and continuing to build a diverse team and inclusive workplace culture.

Our people strategy reflects our desire to have a highly motivated team and the most important ingredient for success isimportance of building effective leadership and deep functional expertise across our talentedworkforce to enable productivity. We strongly believe that having employees who are engaged and motivated workforce, whose members demonstrate behaviours that areconnected to our organisation reinforces our shared purpose, aligned toOur Charter, and will result in a more harmonious workplace.

An important component of our people strategy is how we enable our leaders to step up and drive greater productivity. In FY2015, a new leadership development framework, Leading the Future, was developed and implemented to address the findings of our FY2013 employee survey. Based on the premise that leadership drives culture and culture drives performance, the framework is globally consistent, sustainable and designed to build a distinctive BHP Billiton Chartervalues.leadership capability. The first program introduced was Leading Step Up, a global approach to shifting our culture in the areas of employee engagement, the way we lead change, and how we develop our people. Targeted at all frontline people leaders in our operations, Group Functions and Marketing, Leading Step Up is delivered locally by BHP Billiton leaders, taught through practical everyday routines, and reinforced with regular feedback and coaching. To ensure continuous improvement, the program will be measured through local observation and feedback discussions, and through our annual employee surveys. Leading the Future will continue to be implemented across the business in FY2016.

Integral to achieving effective employee engagement is our approach to communication. We havebelieve communication is a two-way process that we undertake through a variety of channels, including face-to-face, the

internet, intranet, email, newsletters, online collaboration forums and other means designed to cater for the local environment. Annually we seek feedback from our employees via an integrated people strategyEmployee Perception Survey. The findings from these surveys inform our HR practices and are used to effectively attract, retainmeasure and develop talented people. Our approach is outlined intrack people-related performance.

Our Charter, the BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct and the Group Level Documents (GLDs) thatHuman Resources GLDs prescribe what we will do and howthe behaviours that we will do it.expect of those who work for, or on behalf of, BHP Billiton. All of these documents are published and accessible to employees.

Effective communication Also, our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the internet or hard copy and employee engagement is critical for maintaining open and productive relationships between leaders and employees. Employees receive communicationregular communications on BHP Billiton goals and performance, as well as on other important issues such as health and safety, and the environment and theCode of Business Conduct. OurCode of Business Conduct is founded onOur Charter values, which make an unqualified commitment to working with integrity. Communication is undertaken through a variety of channels, including the internet, intranet, email, newsletters and other means designed to cater for the local environment. Our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the internet or hard copy. Communications tools are also used to facilitate employee feedback, as are a variety of consultative processes. Dispute and grievance handling processes are also in placeexist to assist in equitably addressing workplaceaddress issues across the organisation.Company. A business conduct advisory service, EthicsPoint, operates worldwide to allow concerns to be raised about conduct that is out of step withOur Charter values, our policies and procedures or legislation.

To help our people focus on clear goals, deliver our strategic and operational priorities and align behaviour toOur all-employeeCharter, in FY2015, 86 per cent of our total number of employees participated in a formal performance management process, including 86 per cent of our operators and support staff. This process also provides the opportunity for employees to receive feedback and coaching, and identify skills and capabilities requiring further development. Due to industrial agreements, not all our employees are able to participate in individual performance or reward programs.

BHP Billiton is committed to creating a diverse workforce and inclusive work environment in which every employee is respected, treated fairly and embraced for their unique skills, experiences and perspectives. Discrimination on any basis, including disability, is not acceptable. In instances where employees require support for a disability, we work with them to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and offer retraining where required. Where practical to do so, flexible work practices are offered, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. The employment packages under our remuneration policy, which must comply with local regulations, are aligned to our business requirements and are designed to be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain highly capable and experienced candidates.

Our employee share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all permanent full-time and part-time employees, and those on fixed-term contracts, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternativealternate arrangements are in place. As at 30 June 2014, 27,4012015, 14,077 employees or approximately 53.1 per cent of those eligible for the April 2014 offer, were participants in Shareplus. The Shareplus employee plan is described in section 4.4.26 of this Annual Report. Short-term and long-term incentive schemes also operate across the Group. Rewards for eligible individuals are predicated on the need to meet targets relating to the Group’s performance in areas such as health, safety and achievement of financial measures and on the personal performance of each employee.

Our performance management process aligns individual performance1.13.3    Inclusion and behaviour toOur Charter and our strategic and operational priorities as well as working to ensure individual and team performance is recognised. Our leaders are accountable for providing feedback and coaching and identifying development needs to help our employees maximise their performance and realise their full potential. In FY2014, 74 per cent of employees participated in a formal performance review process. Due to industrial agreements, not all employees are able to participate in individual performance or reward programs. The importance we place on employee development and training is demonstrated by the significant amount of training our employees undertake.

BHP Billiton is committed to building and maintaining a diverse workforce and providing a work environment in which every employee is treated fairly and with respect. We work actively to avoid discrimination on any basis, including disability. Where an employee suffers some disability while they are employed, we work to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and in some cases offer retraining. We also offer flexible work practices, where this is possible, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. The employment packages under our remuneration policy, which must comply with local regulations, are aligned to our business requirements and are designed to be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain the best people.

1.13.3    Diversity and inclusiondiversity at BHP Billiton

Our Charter and Human Resources GLDs guideprovide guidance on all aspects of our human resource management, including diversity and inclusion.

Our GLDs are underpinned by principles that guide our approach to diversityinclusion and inclusion. Our GMC and the Boarddiversity.

We believe that an inclusive work environment and a diverse workforce, and inclusive work environment where the unique skills, experiences and perspectives of our people are embraced, is pivotal to sustaining performance and further increasing our productivity. The Board approves the Group’sAt BHP Billiton, we celebrate diversity in a broad sense, including differences in thought, perspectives, nationality, gender, sexual orientation, age and inclusion measurable objectives for each financial year and monitors its progress.experience. In relation to gender, they have setthe Board had a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board. FurtherBoard to three by the end of CY2015. This has now been achieved with the announcement on 14 August 2015 that Anita Frew has been appointed to the Board (effective 15 September 2015) and will stand for election at the 2015 AGMs.

Each financial year, the Board considers, approves and monitors progress on the Group’s performance objectives. More details are set out below.

Principles that underpin ourOur approach to inclusion and diversity and inclusion:is underpinned by the following principles:

 

a diverse workforce and an inclusive environment are necessary to the delivery of our strategy that is predicated on diversification by commodity, geography and market;

 

we aspireour aspiration is to have a workforce that best represents the communities in which our assets are located and our employees live;

 

actions that support our diversityinclusion and inclusiondiversity objectives should be consistent with our established approach to talent, performance and reward;

 

achieving an appropriate level of diversity will requireis facilitated by line leadership and structured programs tothat support employees from an early career stage in developing the necessary skills and experiences for leadership roles;

 

 creating an inclusive work environment will require every employee and leader to embrace diversity and act in a way that is consistent withOur Charter;

 

measurable objectives in support of diversityinclusion and inclusiondiversity will be transparent, fit for purpose and focus on (i) engaging, enabling and developing our workforce and (ii) establishing appropriate representation goals.

Progress against measurable objectives

Progress against our FY2014 commitments isA summary of the three objectives committed to in FY2015 and progress to date are set out below.

 

1.Each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of its multi-year diversity plan.

 

TheAs in previous years, monitoring and tracking performance against inclusion and diversity plans was undertaken as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements. Performance for each Business, Group Function and Marketing was evaluated as partagainst FY2015 measurable objectives and the results of the Group’s internal compliance requirements. Resultsthese evaluations were taken into account in determining variablebonus remuneration.

2.Execute the diversityinclusion and inclusiondiversity strategy and actions approved by the GMC.

 

Our CEOBusinesses, Group Functions and management teams reinforced our commitment toMarketing executed the GMC approved inclusion and diversity and inclusion through internal and external communication channels including town hall meetings, surveys and participation in industry events.plan. During the reporting period:

 

Our CEO and senior management across the organisation reinforced the Company’s commitment to inclusion and diversity through internal and external communication channels, including leadership messages, town hall meetings and participation in external industry events.

Our CEO and the executive team participated in an Inclusive Leadership and Unconscious Bias development experience. Key content was also included in the BHP Billiton Group-wide Leadership Development Program, Leading Step Up, seeking to strengthen the ability of all people leaders to engage, lead change and develop our people.

A Senior Executive Sponsorship program for female talent was launched. In addition, Businesses continued executing their female mentoring programs. These initiatives have contributed to increasing female representation in pipelines to manager and above level roles.

After successful pilot programs during FY2014, flexible work arrangements were implemented in some Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. Implementation was supported by information and engagement sessions led by line managers.

Initiatives to keep employees engaged while on parental leave were successfully implemented. These included keep in touch meetings with employees during their parental leave and parental coaching sessions for managers.

Initiatives to develop and promote diverse talent continued to be deployed across different regions. Key initiatives included career panel discussions, talent discussions sessions for diverse employees and implementing inclusion of diverse candidates for vacant roles.

Actions to increase representation of Indigenous peoples (including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples) in our workforce continued to be executed. Actions included targeted resourcing strategies, training programs and integration initiatives to broaden their employment opportunities.

From our baseline in 2010, female representation increased by (i) 13 per cent in manager and senior leadership roles to 21 per cent and (ii) two per cent in our overall workforce representation to 17 per cent(a). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

In FY2015, female representation in our graduate intake increased by 7.6 per cent at a global level to 42 per cent and by 10 per cent to 46 per cent in Australia(b). Representation of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples in the graduate intake in Australia increased by six per cent to 11 per cent.

3.Demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

Senior leaders mentored and held talent development conversations with high potential females, females in our graduate program and ethnically diverse talent. Specific actions were captured asAs part of their development plans.

Employees’ perceived levelour employee survey, we gauge employees’ perceptions of inclusion in their teams was measured as part of the employee survey.feeling valued and heard. Results, together with tools and materials to assist action planning and improvement, were cascaded to business leaders and line managers.

Actions to increase representation of Indigenous people in our workforce included targeted resourcing strategies, training programs and integration initiatives to broaden employment opportunities.

Female representation increased (i) seven percentage points in senior leadership roles to 15 Results demonstrate a three per cent and (ii) one percentage point in our overall workforce representation to 16 per cent from our baseline in 2010. We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

3.Increase female representation by one in each asset and operations leadership team by end of FY2015 (where the business leadership team comprises less than 50 per cent females).

Female representation increased nine percentage points in operational leadership teamsincrease from last year.

 

4.(a)Develop recommendationsThese figures represent outcomes for providing childcare optionsContinuing operations. For Discontinued operations, female representation in manager and flexible work arrangements.senior leadership roles was 17 per cent (totalling 19 per cent for the Group for FY2015) and female representation for the overall Discontinued operations workforce was 14 per cent (totalling 16 per cent for the Group for FY2015). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

 

Flexible work recommendations are being piloted in different locations. Childcare options remain a focus for FY2015.

5.(b)IncreaseThese figures represent outcomes for the proportion of female and Indigenous graduates hired and retained year on year.

Representation of females in our graduate intake increasedtotal Group (including Discontinued operations). In relation to Discontinued operations, three percentage points at a global level and six percentage points in Australia from last year. Indigenous Australian representation increased three percentage points. Retention of female graduates that have commenced since 2011 remains stable at 93 per cent.

6.Maintain at least a 30 per cent female participation in our Accelerated Leadership Development Program (ALDP).of these graduates from the total Group were transferred to South32 as part of the demerger.

Female representation in our ALDP cohort remains at 41 per cent.

Continuous improvement

In FY2015,FY2016, we will continue focusingto focus on creating a more inclusive work environments of greater inclusionenvironment and on enhancing our gender and diversity profile. We will take the following steps to deliver againstachieve this commitment:

 

1.Demonstrate progress against our diversity and inclusion plan to improve our gender and ethnicity profile and increase female representation year on year;
demonstrate progress against key objectives to improve the diversity of our workforce profile with particular emphasis on increasing female representation year-on-year, both overall and in leadership roles;

 

2.Demonstrate improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey.
demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

EachAs in previous years, each Business, Group Function and Marketing will continue to be evaluated on progress againstin executing the measurable objectives that form part of their multi-year diversityscorecards and inclusion plan.appraisal commitments. Successful completion of these objectives will be taken into account in determining bonus remuneration andremuneration. Progress against each year’s measurable objectives will continue to be tracked as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements.requirements and disclosed in the Annual Report.

1.14    Sustainability

Our Charter value of Sustainability is core to our business strategy and we integrate health, safety, environmental, social and economic factorsintegrated into our decision-making. Maintaining our licence to operate as a global company is

dependent upon gaining access to natural resources and ensuring we earn the trustIt helps us liveOur Charter values of our shareholders, employees, contractors, communities, customers and suppliers.

Our approach to sustainability reflects our priority to putputting health and safety first, bebeing environmentally responsible and provide support tosupporting our host communities.

In reporting our sustainability performance, we include our impact on the environment and approach to climate change, water stewardship, resource conservation and biodiversity; and our efforts to ensure the broader economic contributions of our operations benefit the regions in which we operate.

The information (including performance data) contained in this section, unless otherwise stated, covers assets that have been wholly owned and operated by BHP Billiton or that have been operated by BHP Billiton in a joint venture operation (operated assets) for FY2014.FY2015. It also includes information (including performance data) relating to, and including, the demerged assets for the period from 1 July 2014 to 8 May 2015. Unless otherwise stated, data included in this section is presented on a Continuing operations basis.

We acknowledge the importance of measuring our broader impact. As such, in FY2015 we expanded our definition of work-related activities to align with the recording boundaries of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM). This includes the recording of events that occur outside of our operated locations where we have established the work to be performed and can set and verify the health and safety standards.

1.14.1    Identifying our material sustainability issues

To deliver successfully on our business strategy, we must identify and respond to the sustainability issues that have a direct or indirect impact on our business toand our stakeholders and society at large.stakeholders. Using a materiality assessment process, we identifiedidentify and prioritisedprioritise material sustainability issues included in this Annual Report and the Sustainability Report 2014.issues. The following issues are discussed in this Annual Report:

 

Governance

  

Health and safety

  

Environment

  

Society

•       Governance and sustainability

 

•       Identifying and managing our material risks

 

•       Operating with integrity and conducting business transparently

 

•       Addressing climateClimate change

  

•       Keeping our people and operations safe

 

•       Focusing on the health of our people

  

•       Energy and greenhouse gasBiodiversity management

 

•       Biodiversity and land management

•     Water stewardship

 

•       Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

  

•       Supporting and engagingEngaging with our host communities

•     Free, prior informed consent

 

•       Respecting human rights

 

•       Making a positive contribution to society

Additional information relating to our materiality assessment process and our sustainability performance for FY2014FY2015 is available in our Sustainability Report 20142015 and can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.www.bhpbilliton.com.

1.14.2    Governance

Governance and sustainability

Our Board governs the Group in a manner consistent withOur Charter values,, our strategy and our commitment to a transparent and high-quality governance system. The Board has established a number of committees to assist it in exercising its authority, and to monitorincluding monitoring the performance of the Group.

The Sustainability Committee assists the Board in oversight of health, safety, environment and community and(HSEC) matters, including climate change matters.change. This includes overseeing areas relating to HSEC risk control, compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, and overall HSEC performance of the Group.

During FY2015, the Sustainability Committee continued to assist the Board in its oversight of HSEC issues and performance. This included consideration of strategic environmental and community matters, HSEC audits and trends, and the detailed reports from management of the relevant operation on the event, actions taken and investigations in the event of a fatality or significant incident.

Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the GMC, other management committees and individual members of management to whom authority has been delegated.

At the Group level, health, safety, environment and community (HSEC)teams provide guidance and thought leadership by developing and implementing HSEC management frameworks, focusing on catastrophic and fatal hazards management; identifying relevant HSEC trends; tracking performance of the Group.

The Board delegates authority to the CEO to manage the Group in its pursuit of creating long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. Established by the CEO, the GMC is the Group’s most senior executive body. The GMC’s purpose is to provide leadership to the Group, determining its prioritiesalignment with other Company requirements; and the way it is to operate, thereby assisting the CEO in pursuing the corporate

purpose. The GMC is a forum to debate high-level matters important to the Group and to ensure consistent development of the Group’s strategy.reporting progress against targets.

To link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the FY2014FY2015 short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance. This was an increase from 15 per cent in FY2013, reflectingGiven the importance the Board and GMC placeGroup places on sustainability.safety, the short-term incentive opportunity attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The Remuneration Committee and the Board also hashave discretion over both the short-term and long-term incentive opportunities for GMC members and takestake into consideration HSEC performance. As a consequence of the five tragic fatalities in FY2015, the Board and the Remuneration Committee concluded, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that a zero outcome was appropriate for the CEO’s FY2015 short-term incentive HSEC component, with the decision supported by the CEO.

Further information on the metrics and their assessment is available in the Remuneration Report contained in section 4 of this Annual Report.

Identifying and managing our material risks

In addition to the legal requirements of the countries in which we operate, our approach to sustainability risks is defined by our HSEC-related Group Level Documents (GLDs).GLDs. These clearly describe our mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities across the Group and are the foundation for developing and implementing management systems at our operations.

GLDs relating to HSEC matters set our Group-wide HSEC-related performance requirements to ensure effective management control of our sustainability risks. Our HSEC-related GLDs outline our approach to the Group’s material sustainability risks and highlight a commitment to international policies, standards and management practices. These includeare consistent with the principles and mandatory requirements of the position statements of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM)ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, the United Nations (UN) Global Compact, the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

WeAt our operated assets, we have the ability to set workplace HSEC standards and enforce their application. Contractors working at our operated assets must comply with the minimum performance requirements in our relevant GLDs. In addition we seek to ensure our customers, suppliers, agents and service providers and contractors maintain business practices and workplaces that are aligned with our GLDs. We also provideseek to apply GLD performance requirements to our non-operated assets and seek to influenceassets.

We use the asset to follow these requirements.

Ourframework in ourRisk Management GLD providesto identify and manage the framework for embedding risk identification and management intoinvolved in our business activities, functions and processes. This is the basis of anprovides a strong foundation for our active and consistent risk-based approach to sustainability. We identify risks we consider material toA broader discussion of our organisationrisk factors and take into consideration the potential health, safety, environmental, community, reputational, legal and financial impacts. The severity of any particular riskmanagement approach is assessed according to the most severe impact associated with a specific risk. The objectives of the risk management process are to understand the nature and residual impact of the material risks for the Group and to ensure they are managed through the verification and effectiveness testing of critical controls. Information relating to the material risks for the Group, including sustainability risks, is availableprovided in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

Operating with integrity

Integrity and conducting business transparently

To maintainaccountability are core values at BHP Billiton and central to our positionreputation as one of the world’s leading companies, wecompanies. We are committed to ethical business practices and high levels ofhigh-quality governance in all our dealings.that we do. Regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, ourAnti-corruption GLD andCode of Business Conduct prohibit bribery and corruption in all our business dealings. Particulars in relation to theCode of Business Conduct and anti-corruption are referred to the Sustainability Report 2015 and in section 3.17 inof this Annual Report. Specific discussion on legal proceedings is available in section 6 of this Annual Report.

Transparently reporting ourTransparency of payments to governments

BHP Billiton considers the licences we have to operate in jurisdictions around the world as a privilege that bestows upon us a responsibility to contribute to the economic and social development of our host countries. A critical component of this responsibility is our taxation obligations to our host governments.

Our payments to governments in FY2015 on a country-by-country basis of US$7.3 billion are presented in our Sustainability Report 2015. Approximately US$1.4 billion in taxes collected on behalf of employees was also remitted to governments in FY2015. More than 99 per cent (excludes demerged assets) of our payments were made to nine countries. Of these, our largest payments were made in Australia, where we have the majority of our assets.

BHP Billiton has long been deeply committed to the role transparency plays in contributing to the good governance of natural resources for the benefit of the governments and citizens of countries that host our operations. This is why BHP Billiton has voluntarily publicly reported our payments of taxes and royalties in our Annual Sustainability Report in increasing detail over the last 15 years and has been a member of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its inception in 2002. We continue our strong support through our active participation on the EITI Board.

We believe that transparency of governmentby governments and companies around revenue flows from the extraction of natural resources is an important element in the fight against corruption. BHP Billiton has been a supporter ofA level and globally consistent playing field will ensure all companies disclose on the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its inceptionsame basis and reduce the reporting burden for those operating in 2002multiple jurisdictions. To this end, and we continue to engage actively with EITI processes in countries where we operate. In lineconsistent with our Transparency Principles, we support forappropriate national and extra-territorial mandatory corporate reporting to complement the EITI weand provide a globally consistent regulatory framework for all extractive industry companies.

We have reported in the Sustainability

Report 2014,disclosed our payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource developments on a country-by-country basis. Ourproject-by-project basis, and payments to state and provincial governments at a subnational level, in a stand-alone BHP Billiton Economic contribution and payments to governments in FY2014 included US$9.9 billion in company taxes, royalties and certain indirect taxes and approximately US$1.5 billion in taxes collected on behalf of employees. More than 99 per cent of our payments were made to 14 countries. Of these, our largest payments are made in Australia, where we have the majority of our assets.

Sustainability in our supply chain

As a global organisation, we understand our responsibility to ensure we only engage with suppliers who have responsible and ethical business practices. Relationships with our partner suppliers are managed in accordance with relevant contractual arrangements,Our Charter, ourCode of Business Conduct, ourAnti-corruption GLD and relevant HSEC GLDs.

To identify sustainability risks across our supply chain, we use a risk-based approach within ourSupply ‘Source to Contract’ GLD to support our suppliers’ alignment with our HSEC and business conduct requirements. These requirements include zero tolerance of a number of human rights infringements including child labour, inhumane treatment of employees and forced or compulsory labour. Our suppliers are also required to adopt an open attitude towards legitimate activities of trade unions.

Contracted suppliers are assessed on a matrix for commercial dependency versus supplier risk and assigned a tiered segmentation. A procedure to engage with each supplierReport. This Report is developed appropriate to the level of risk.available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

Closure planning

Closure planning is a keyan important consideration in the planning and development of our projectsmining and petroleum operations. We recognise the significant risks associated with poorly managedineffective closure activities and seek to minimise these throughoutthrough our closure governance framework. The closure framework integrates resource planning and development, health, safety and environment, stakeholder engagement, finance and assurance into business operational design.

Specifically, the framework requires each asset to develop closure plans. These plans describe closure objectives and the management process in place to reduce closure liabilities over the life cycle of our operations. In line with ourCorporation Alignment Planning GLD, our operations are requiredthe asset.

An ongoing internal audit program continues to develop and maintaintest the effectiveness of these closure plans that addressand the details of rehabilitation activities for disturbed land, remediation requirements for contaminated land, and end uses for land and infrastructure. Closure plans are also requiredbusiness alignment to include community livelihood opportunities post-closure, design and engineering specifications for structures remaining at closure and human resource strategies addressing retention and transition opportunities for employees. In addition, we require closure plans to be developed as part of our major capital investments to ensure we understand potential closure liabilities and have the opportunity to reduce them during the design stage. The closure plans provide the basis for estimating the closure costs andplanning framework, including the associated accounting for closure and rehabilitation obligations.financial provisions. Information on these provisions can be found in note 18 ‘Provisions’14 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’ to the Financial Statements in our Annual Report 2014.

An ongoing internal closure planning audit program, established in FY2011, tests the effectiveness of the controls detailed in ourCorporation Alignment Planning GLD. Findings from these auditsStatements. Audit findings are reviewed annually and reported to the relevant Business Presidents, while summary reports are considered by the Sustainability Committee of the Board. During FY2014, 10FY2015, 11 audits were conducted against performance criteria and where required, improvements to the closure plan or provisions were implemented.recommendations from such audits have been initiated.

AddressingClimate change

Our perspective on climate change

AddressingWe accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is a Board governanceunequivocal, the human influence is clear and strategic issue. Successful implementationphysical impacts are unavoidable.

Sustainable economic growth requires an effective response to climate change. The world needs reliable, affordable energy to support higher living standards and lower GHG emissions to keep the global average temperature rise below two degrees Celsius. We do not prioritise one of our strategy requires usthese requirements over the other. Both are essential.

Even allowing for significant improvements in energy efficiency, energy demand is expected to sustainably develop our asset portfolioincrease as the global population grows and living standards improve. Today, fossil fuels are often the most affordable, reliable and accessible way of meeting this demand and provide more than 80 per cent of the world’s primary energy. However, their growing use would substantially increase GHG emissions and exacerbate climate change unless new technology reduces their impact. To meet its development and climate goals, the world must find ways to deliver superior long-term shareholder returns.progressively decarbonise the use of fossil fuels, improve energy efficiency and increase the use of alternative energy sources such as renewables and nuclear power.

Climate change governance

We recognise our responsibilityBHP Billiton’s strategy is tied to take action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts,economic growth in both emerging and working with others, including our industrydeveloped economies, and governments, to enhance the globalsustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there

must be a significant focus on developing and deploying low-emissions technologies. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contributeResponding to reducing emissions from fossil fuels.

There is uncertainty around the physical impacts of climate change and how the world will respond to these impacts or seek to mitigate climate change. In light of this, our investment decisions are informed by a comprehensive understanding of a range of possible climate change outcomes and the associated risks and opportunities to delivering shareholder value. We use a broad range of scenarios that consider critical global uncertainties (e.g. macroeconomic and geopolitical) and their impacts on supply and demand assumptions to test our portfolio and investment decision-making.

Our approach to addressing climate change is to identify emerging trends, develop strategies, coordinate activity across the businessesa priority Board governance and reportstrategic issue for our performance externally. Company.

Our GMC has primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective position and response to climate, change, and accountability for performance against GHG emissions, our climate change metrics.metric. We also seek input and insight from external experts, such as the Forum on Corporate Responsibility.

To reflect updates in scientific knowledge and global regulatory and political responses, we regularly review our position on climate change. We incorporate climate change considerations into our Group scenariosscenario planning to understand potential impacts on our portfolio. We also conduct annual reviews of performance against Business greenhouse gas (GHG)GHG targets to ensure we are on track to achieve our companyCompany target. The Sustainability Committee has considered a range of climate change scenarios and continues to monitor the actions being taken to manage a range of climate change impacts and policy responses.

Our approach

Our strategic approach to climate change is underpinned by engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders, including investors, companies and non-government organisations. We believe industry has a key role to play in climate change policy development by working with governments and other stakeholders to inform the development of effective long-term policy framework that delivers a measured transition to a lower emissions economy. BHP Billiton believes an effective policy framework should include a complementary set of measures, including a price on carbon, support for low-emissions technologies and measures to build resilience.

We continue to share lessons learnt with our stakeholders and identify solutions that we believe can drive emissions reductions at the lowest cost. In September 2014, BHP Billiton signed the World Bank’s Putting a Price on Carbon statement, which was presented at the 2014 UN Climate Summit in New York and we are a member of their Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition. In 2015, we made two climate change policy submissions in response to the Australian Government’s discussion papers Setting Australia’s Post-2020 Target for GHG Emissions and Emission Reduction Fund: Safeguard Mechanism, sharing our perspective on climate changethe importance of this issue.

We accepthave also hosted several policy roundtables, bringing cross-sectoral business groups together to discuss different ways that business and government can address climate change. Internationally, we look forward to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming21st Conference of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable. We believeParties (COP21) in Paris in December 2015 delivering a positive outcome that puts the world must pursue the twin objectives of limiting climate changeon a path to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarioslimit global temperatures to less than 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels, in line with current international agreements, while providing accesscommitments.

We are committed to transparent and open communications and have an ongoing and extensive engagement program with investors, government and the broader society, including our voluntary submission to the affordable energy requiredCDP (formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project). The CDP score is a measure of the actions that a company has demonstrated in carbon management. Our commitment to continue the economic growth essential for maintaining living standardscontinuing transparency and alleviating poverty.disclosure has resulted in an improvement in our CDP score since 2013.

We use the IPCC’s findingshave been taking action for many years to build our understanding of the impacts climate change will have on our businessunderstand and to inform our decision-making. Limiting climate change will require substantial and sustained reductions of GHG emissions. Our view is that an effective, long-term climate change policy framework should use a portfolio of complementary measures to reduce emissions and build resilience. This should include a price on carbon that addresses competitiveness concerns, support for energy-efficiency improvements, and the development and deployment of low-emissions technologies, together with measures to respond to the physical impacts of climate change.

We will continue to take action to reduce our emissions and build the resilience of our operations, investments, communities and ecosystems tomanage the impacts of climate change. Recognising their role as policy makers, we engage with governments to enhance the global response. We work in partnership with resource sector peers to improve sectoral performance and increase industry’s influence in policy development to deliver effective long-term regulatory responses.

The global challenge

Our diverse portfolio is important in meeting global demand for energy. We will continue to adjust the shape ofchange on our portfolio to match energy and commodity demand and meet society’s expectations while maximising shareholder returns.

Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management ensures that climate change risks are identified, assessed and appropriately addressed.business. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions and portfolio evaluation for more than a decade and were early adopters of this approach. We maintain a view on carbon pricing using a carbon price protocol, which we update regularly. Our carbon price protocol tracks the progress of national commitmentsemissions reduction ambitions to tackle climate change throughout the world, including in our major operating regions and customer demand centres, and considers various potential scenarios for how global emissions and policy will evolve over time. Wecentres. In parallel, we look at the potential for reductions in emissions and the cost associated with those reductions to determine an appropriate long-term price levellevel. We carry out this assessment for each relevant country or region. In doing so, we considervarious scenarios which reflect the effectiveness and ambition of different policies, political situations required to pass legislation,the timing to implement reductions, and the interaction between policy mechanisms.

Through a comprehensivemechanisms and strategicthe role of low carbon technologies. We have an integrated approach to corporate planning, we work with a broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio, including consideration of a range of policy responses to and impacts from climate change. Our work suggests that BHP Billiton’s portfolio diversification provides resilience to our overall asset valuation. The diversity of our overall portfolio, which includes energy (oil, coal and uranium) and minerals (including copper, premium quality iron ore and potash), uniquely positions us to manage and respond to changes and capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time.

Stranded assets and the ‘carbon bubble’

The potential gap between the current valuation of fossil fuel reserves on the balance sheets of companies and in global equities markets and the reduced value that could result if a significant proportion of reserves were rendered incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion due to responses toaddressing climate change is known as the ‘carbon bubble’. Although this conceptthat has been discussed by non-government organisationsthree key areas: mitigation, adaptation and academics for several years, there has recently been renewed interest in this topic, particularly from ratings agencies and investment analysts. There is, however, little consensus on what specific carbon prices, fossil fuel demand or market prices might trigger this devaluation.

Providing access to the affordable energy required to continue the economic growth is essential for maintaining living standards and alleviating poverty. Under all current plausible scenarios, fossil fuels will continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades.

BHP Billiton uses a scenario framework, including for forecasting commodity prices that considers critical global uncertainties (e.g. macroeconomic and geopolitical) and their impacts on supply and demand assumptions. Using a range of carbon prices and commodity demand and pricing assumptions across a variety of internally consistent scenarios, we have determined that BHP Billiton’s overall asset valuation is not at material risk, the pay-back periods for most present and future investments in fossil fuels production are relatively short and the portfolio remains robust.low-emissions technology.

Mitigation

We have beenAs a major producer and consumer of energy, we prioritise GHG reductions and energy efficiency.

BHP Billiton is among the sector leaders in setting an absolute target to limit our GHG targetsemissions. As we grow our business, this target encourages us to look for ways to improve our energy efficiency, increase productivity and implement additional GHG reduction projects across our operations. All our Businesses since 1996are required to identify, evaluate and implement suitable GHG reduction opportunities, including during project design and equipment selection.

In FY2015, the Group’s total GHG emissions were 38.3 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e). Taking into account the impact of the demerger, this represents a six per cent reduction on FY2014 GHG emissions. For the purposes of the FY2014 comparison, emissions from assets demerged with South32 for the period 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015 were annualised. This reduction has been driven in part by GHG reduction projects across our Businesses and improved productivity.

GHG Scope 1 and 2 (millions of tonnes CO2-e)(a)

Year ended 30 June (b)

  2015   2014   2013 

Scope 1 (c)

   20.7     22.7     22.0  

Scope 2 (d)

   17.6     22.3     24.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GHG millions of tonnes CO2-e

   38.3     45.0     46.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

(b)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from our operated assets.

(d)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by our operated assets.

In line with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006, our reported FY2015 GHG intensity was 3.8 tonnes of CO2-e per tonne of copper equivalent production (FY2014: 4.9 tonnes of CO2-e). Our reported FY2015 energy intensity was 30 petajoules per million tonnes of copper equivalent production. Copper

equivalent production has been based on FY2013 average realised product prices. Rather than use an intensity metric, we have set ourselves a challenging goal to limit our overall emissions toby keeping our absolute FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline by FY2017. Meeting an absolute targetwhile we continue to grow our business.

A key example of our ongoing activity to reduce GHG emissions is not easy. Growthour Fuel Quality Network that brings people together from across our Businesses will increase emissionsCompany to understand and we must continually look for opportunitiestest the benefits of improving fuel quality. Our investigations have shown that improving fuel chemistry can deliver significant reductions in diesel exhaust particulates and GHG emissions. We estimate that improving the quality of fuel delivered to improve our energy efficiency and implement GHG reduction projects to mitigate this increase. All our Businesses are required to minimise their emissionsmobile plants has the potential to reduce our contribution to climate change. They must identify, evaluateenergy consumption across the Company by around 4,600 terajoules (TJ) per annum and implement all suitable projects that prevent or minimisereduce GHG emissions includingby approximately 320,000 tonnes of CO2-e per annum. In addition, the Fuel Quality Network will help us to achieve cost savings in project designmaintenance operations and equipment selection. For further informationdeliver improved productivity.

Projects and initiatives such as these keep us on track to achieve our GHG emissions reduction projects, please refertarget. We are committed to continued focus on the Sustainability Report 2014.delivery of GHG reduction opportunities within our Businesses.

In addition to identifying opportunities within our Company, we also seek to contribute to global GHG emissions reductions. We are currently implementing a strategy to support REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation), an international mechanism that provides economic, social and environmental incentives for developing countries to reduce GHG emissions from deforestation and related activities through the creation of carbon credits. Through project support, improved governance and climate finance market stimulation, BHP Billiton is playing a role in reducing deforestation, enhancing community livelihoods and improving biodiversity and watershed conservation. BHP Billiton and the International Finance Corporation are exploring ways of stimulating demand for REDD+ credits to support forest protection and conservation.

Adaptation

We recognise thatBHP Billiton’s corporate strategy is based on owning and operating long-life assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our success over many years can be attributed to the way we must ensure ourhave successfully adapted to the changing business is resilient and can adaptlandscape. Building resilience to the physical impacts of climate change impacts that will occur. Our assets are long-lived so weis just as essential to long-term business success.

We take a robust, risk-basedmultifaceted approach to managing these impacts. Our

assessmentclimate change adaptation, building resilience across activities both within our operations and investments, and outside of the regional impacts on our Businesses shows that they are already exposedoperational control in our communities and ecosystems. We seek to leverage many of our established core business processes such as risk and planning. Climate risks may occur as a result of acute (extreme) weather events (e.g. floods and cyclones); chronic (incremental) changes in climate conditions, which may progressively increase risk over time (e.g. changes to temperature); and cumulative impacts from the interaction of direct and indirect climate impacts (e.g. changes to water availability). Our analysis has found that climate change including increasing storm intensities, greater water supply variability and an increasing number of high-temperature days. These impacts can affect health and safety, productivity and financial performance. Testing the resilience ofwill exacerbate existing risks while also exposing our operationsBusinesses to these impacts has already changed the way we work.new risks. For example, cyclone management is critical for our Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) Asset and maintaining adaptive management practices will allow WAIO to respond to the expected increase in cyclone intensity in the Pilbara. We also require new investments to assess risks associated with the forecast impacts of climate change. For example, during the project design, identification and assessment of increasing storm intensity and storm surge levels has resulted in raising the height of the trestle at our Hay Point coal port facility in Queensland, Australia, as part of our expansion plans.

Effective analysis of climate science is critical to our resilience planning and we take care to understand what variables and analysis make the most sense to our business. We are currently working with the CSIRO (Australia’s national science agency) to obtain analyses of the climate science. This will inform climate resilience planning at an asset level, improving our understanding of the material climate vulnerabilities that face our Businesses.

Technology

Technology and innovation have the potential to significantly reduce global emissions and meet long-term climate goals. Given that fossil fuels are likely to continue to look for enhancements to the Company-wide integrated planning framework to allow better assessment of the physical risks associated with climate change and to ensure resilience is embedded into our business plans and investment decisions. We will also look for opportunities to work in partnership to improve community and ecosystem resilience to the impacts of climate change.

Investing in technology and innovation

To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there must be a significant focus on developing and deployingpart of the energy mix for decades, it is vital that low-emissions technologies over the next few decades. The rate of technology improvement(LET) are available at scale, lower cost and subsequent adoption must bemuch faster than the usual commercial timeframes if these technologies are to be available at scale and at acceptable costtime frames to meet the global challenge.challenge of climate change. Industry has a significant collaborative role to play with government, academia and government will need to work together in collaborative partnershipsthe community to facilitate this step-change.necessary step change.

Since 2007, we have spent over US$400 million on LET research, development and deployment across a number of projects ranging in scale and complexity. For example, the West Cliff Ventilation Air Methane Project (WestVAMP) first piloted at Illawarra Coal’s Appin Colliery in 2001, utilises 20 per cent of available mine ventilation air to produce electricity. This reduces the site’s overall GHG emissions footprint by removing the methane from mine ventilation air.

BHP Billiton is also part of ONE Future, a coalition of companies from across the natural gas industry in the United States focused on identifying solutions for fugitive methane emissions management. ONE Future has developed an approach, that if widely adopted, could lower the total methane emissions of participating coalition companies to less than one per cent of gross production.

To build upon this contribution to the development of LET, we have recently established an integrated strategy that considers investment across a range of technologies that can lead to material emissions reductions in our operations and across our supply chains. When evaluating opportunity areas for potential investment, we look at several different factors, including the potential to impact upon global emissions and the opportunity to use our own skills and expertise to accelerate the change required, including our expertise in geology, engineering and markets.

We also seek to leverage our investments with the contribution of suitable partners, including governments, peers and research organisations. The focus for us is to consider the catalytic role that BHP Billiton can play in working with others to accelerate the deployment of technology to address material sources of emissions.

Our roadmap for investment includes the development and demonstration of carbon capture and storage (CCS) technologies, the reduction of fugitive methane emissions from coal and petroleum operations, high-efficiency/low-emissions power generation, low-emissions transportation and improvement and application of battery storage to enhance the wider deployment of renewable energy.

CCS can play a pivotal role in reducing emissions from oil and gas production, and from the use of fossil fuels in power generation and industrial processes. The key components of CCS (capture, transport and storage of CO2) have all been demonstrated successfully for many years. The challenge for large-scale deployment of CCS technology in the power and industrial sectors is the integration of the key components of CCS and appropriate commercial and regulatory support to foster further development.

Addressing the key barriers to deployment (regulatory uncertainty, cost and stakeholder concern) is essential if CCS is to become a global mitigation tool at the scale required to make a meaningful contribution to long-term climate goals. We have previously contributed to the development of CCS in both Australia and the United States and we are a foundationfounding member of the Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies,CO2CRC, one of the world’s leading collaborative research organisations focused on long-term geological storage of carbon capture and storage (CCS). We contribute a voluntary levydioxide.

Portfolio evaluation

As well as taking action to reduce emissions, build resilience to the Australian Coal Association Low Emissions Technologiesphysical impacts of climate change, develop and deploy LETs and support an effective global response, we continue to facilitateidentify and assess the impacts of climate change on our portfolio.

The starting point of our corporate planning process is the construction of a central case based on extensive analysis and research. Our current central case assumes the US economy continues to recover and strengthen, progressive development of low-emissions technologies from coal use,China and India, integration of emerging economies into a multi-polar economic environment, and action on climate change centred on national policies.

Our corporate planning process uses scenario analysis to encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes for key global uncertainties. Designed to interpret external factors including CCS. Wetechnical, economic, political and governance trends facing the global resources industry, the scenarios offer a means by which to explore potential portfolio discontinuities and opportunities, as well as to test the robustness of decisions. Our scenarios do not constitute preferred outcomes for BHP Billiton. The scenarios are designed to be divergent, but also plausible and internally consistent, spanning unique potential future business environments.

According to independent bodies such as the International Energy Agency (IEA), fossil fuels will continue to supply a membersignificant amount of the Global Carbon Captureworld’s energy for decades. This is the case even in the IEA’s ‘450 Scenario’, under which the world achieves a 2ºC outcome. Oil, coal and Storage Institute which aimsgas are likely to acceleratecontinue to constitute a significant part of the development, demonstrationenergy supply mix in countries like China and deploymentIndia, notwithstanding strong growth in renewables.

Given the ongoing role of CCS globally through knowledge sharing, fact-based advicefossil fuels, and advocacy and workthe many uncertainties facing not only the resources sector but the world in general, accurately predicting how the world will respond to create favourable conditionsthe challenge posed by climate change is difficult. Our scenario planning approach endeavours to implement CCS.

We are developing a more integrated approach to low-emissions technology to provide a roadmap for our investments. We will investigate opportunities for investment acrossconsider a range of technologiespotential outcomes in order to understand the impacts on our portfolio and the critical signposts we must monitor in order to respond in a timely and effective way.

Our analysis highlights that have the potential to lead to material emission reductions in our operations anduniquely diversified portfolio of high-quality assets is robust across our supply chains. To accelerate deployment of any prospective technologies, we will seek opportunitiesscenarios and is highly unlikely to partner with governments, industry leadersresult in BHP Billiton assets being ‘stranded’. In a scenario where there is strong impetus to develop and key researchers.

Further information on our approachimplement cleaner, more energy efficient solutions and unified societal action to address climate change, our analysis indicates that there is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.a potential of upside for uranium, our high-quality hard coking coal and iron ore lump product. Copper is resilient and would offer continued opportunity for growth and our gas exposure may yet provide opportunities during a transition to a lower carbon economy. In aggregate, we anticipate these commodities are robust and provide options that could mitigate potential negative impacts on other commodities.

Regardless of the path the world chooses, we are committed to reducing our own emissions and to supporting global efforts to reduce general emissions.

1.14.3    Health and safety

Keeping our people and operations safe

We recognise that theThe health and safety of our people comes first. Thisand of the broader communities in which we operate is core toOur Charter andcentral to every aspect of our business. OurRegardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work, or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from occupational harm. However, we do recognise that environments we operate in can be hazardous.

Despite our goal to achieve zero work-related fatalities, tragically we lost five of our colleagues in FY2015. Four fatalities occurred during on-site work activities and one fatality occurred in an off-site transportation accident. Independent investigations were undertaken for each incident, with remedial action taken and findings from the investigations shared across the Group. In FY2014, we had no work-related fatalities at our operated assets, a goal that we will continue to work towards.

As part of our ongoing focus to eliminate fatal and other serious incidents, a Company-level safety intervention was initiated in FY2015. The safety intervention was launched with engagement across our business through a variety of methods, including workshops, team talks and surveys. Feedback was presented at our senior leaders’

meeting in July 2015, identifying the key to our long-term successcontrols, programs, systems, processes and central to improving our HSEC performance.tools currently in place that require improvement and Company-wide adoption through focused leadership.

To understand, manage and, where possible, eliminate theSafety risk controls for Company-wide risks are included in our business, we have appropriateSafety GLD and serve as the minimum mandatory controls. Each Business is required to assess whether additional controls in place and provide our people with appropriate training. While eliminating hazards through engineering or physical controls has a strong place in safety management, we understand it is only part of the solution.

Our operations are required to have systems in place to identify and effectively manage foreseeable crises and emergencies. This ensures our operations can deal with potential causalities, to limit harmrisks and to safely return to full function as soon as possible.meet the objective of no fatalities.

AcrossDuring FY2015, our business, we undertake annual assessments to verify that critical controls are effective in managing each material risk. During FY2014, we maintained this focus, which included assessing whether the critical controls were being deployed as designed and to the standard required.

In FY2014, there were no fatalities reported at our operated assets. Ouroverall total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) performance of 4.24.1 injuries per million hours worked improved by ninetwo per cent compared with FY2013.FY2014. Over the past five years, our TRIF has reduced by 18 per cent.

Total recordable injury frequency (per million hours worked)

 

Year ended 30 June(a)

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)

   4.2     4.6     4.7     4.1     4.2     4.6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

Focusing on the health of our people

To prevent occupational illness and injury, we are focused on ensuring the workWe want our people are required to dobe fit for work and make sure their work does not negatively impact their health or wellbeing now or in the future.

During FY2015, we continued to establish, maintain and that theyreview our exposure profiles and manage significant health risks. The minimum mandatory controls contained within ourHealth GLD are structured around three principal aims: the prevention of illness from exposure; ensuring people are fit for work. This means identifyingwork; and assessing risks and managing and minimising their impact.

Since FY2012, we have seen an increase inreturning people to work after illness or injury. These principal aims form the reporting of musculoskeletal illnesses and in FY2014 we have also seen an increase in noise induced hearing loss case reporting. These changes in reported cases have been driven by the adoption of comprehensive musculoskeletal illness classification processes and the introduction of programs for the early detection of hearing loss at somecornerstone of our Australian operations. This has resulted in more focus on both of these illnesses.

In FY2014, the incidence of employee occupational illness was 2.84 per million hours worked, an increase of 19 per cent compared with FY2013.

Employee occupational illness incidence (per million hours worked)

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Noise induced hearing loss

   0.68     0.51     0.97  

Musculoskeletal

   1.61     1.24     1.04  

Other illnesses

   0.55     0.64     0.35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   2.84     2.39     2.36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our priority is to control occupational exposures at their source. We are focused on continuously improving our occupational exposure controls. In situations where we cannot control the source, we employ a range of measures, including the provision of personal protective equipment to safeguard our people.

Operations are required to identify and control health risks and to establish an exposure risk profile to harmful agents for employees and for contractors and to review the profile to validate exposure levels and to account for process changes. The implementation of exposure controls is required where exposure potentially exceeds or is anticipated to exceed occupational exposure limits (OELs). We establish our own OELs when we believe local regulatory limits do not provide adequate protection for our workers. If a potential exposure to harmful agents exceeds 50 per cent of the OEL, periodic medical surveillance is required.management framework.

In FY2012, we established a health target baseline and committed to reduce potential occupational exposure to carcinogens and airborne contaminants by 10 per cent by FY2017. In FY2014, we recorded a 22 per cent decrease inFY2015, the number of potential exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants if not forrequiring the use of personal protective equipment reduced by 40 per cent compared with our FY2012 baseline. We have therefore currently exceeded our target; however,target to date. While good progress has been made in relation to occupational exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants, we remain vigilant in adopting and maintaining effective exposure controls. Our FY2015 results are due to a number of initiatives across our operations, details of which can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

In FY2015, the incidence of employee occupational illness was 4.93 per million hours worked, an increase of 74 per cent compared with FY2014. Noise induced hearing loss cases increased significantly due to a more accurate assessment triggered by incorrectly applying our hearing loss criteria in previous years at some assets. Our reduction in musculoskeletal illnesses was primarily due to the introduction of a multifaceted control remains an areaprogram at one of focus to ensure our reductions are maintained.assets.

Year ended 30 June (a)

  2015   2014   2013 

Noise induced hearing loss

   3.05     0.68     0.51  

Musculoskeletal

   1.52     1.61     1.24  

Other illnesses

   0.36     0.55     0.64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4.93     2.84     2.39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

1.14.4    Environment

We seek to demonstrate our environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and contributingleaving lasting benefits. We approach our environmental management in ways that address our responsibilities to enduring benefitsfirstly understand and minimise impacts, and, secondly to biodiversity, ecosystemscontribute more broadly as environmental stewards.

We complement our core business processes of risk management, and othercorporate planning, community development and stakeholder engagement with the minimum mandatory requirements for environmental resources.management of ourEnvironment GLD. In this GLD, we take a risk-based approach and emphasise implementation of the mitigation hierarchy to avoid, minimise and rehabilitate direct, indirect and cumulative impacts within our area of influence across both short-term and long-term business horizons. We classifyrequire our Businesses to set target environmental

incidents based on our Risk Severity table. We determine a significant environmental incident as one that causes one or more major impacts to outcomes for land, biodiversity, ecosystem services, water resources orand air, with effects lasting greater than one year. Incidents that may impact any of the environmental attributes listed previously are investigated and remediated according to internal or external requirements. In FY2014 there were no significant environmental incidents reported at our operated assets.

Energy and greenhouse gas management

We strive to continually improve energy and GHG management. Consistent with ourEnvironment GLD, our Businesses are required to identify, evaluate and implement suitable projects that prevent or minimise GHG emissions. We also evaluate and implement GHG emission reduction opportunitiesemissions, including in capital project design. Where unacceptable impacts remain to important biodiversity and ecosystems, we apply compensatory actions to address the residual impacts.

In FY2013, we set a targetBiodiversity management

A sustainable society depends on biodiversity and its associated ecosystem services, such as food, air and water. Similarly, our operations depend on and have the potential to maintain our FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline levels, while continuing to grow our business. In FY2014,impact biodiversity and its related ecosystem services.

We have two targets focused on biodiversity that acknowledge the Group’s total GHG emissions were 45.0 million tonnes (Mt)importance of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e), a reduction of 1.7 Mt CO2-e compared to FY2013 (46.7 Mt CO2-e). This keeps us in line to achieve our GHG target. We will continue to focus onmaintaining the implementation of abatement opportunities within our Businesses to further reduce our GHG emissions.

GHG Scope 1unique ecosystems and 2 (millions of tonnes CO2-e)

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Scope 1 (a)

   22.7     22.0     20.2  

Scope 2 (b)

   22.3     24.7     20.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GHG millions of tonnes CO2-e

   45.0     46.7     40.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from our operated assets.

(b)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by our operated assets.

In FY2014, our total energy consumption across the Group increased by six per cent, compared to FY2013, to 343 petajoules. This increase was related to new projects coming online including our Jimblebar iron ore mine in Western Australia and our Daunia coal mine in Queensland, Australia. To further improve energy consumption and GHG emissions we have implemented projects across our Businesses.

In line with requirementsbiodiversity of the UK Companies Act 2006, our reported FY2014 GHG intensity was 4.9 tonnes of CO2-e per tonne of copper equivalent production. We believe that attempting to benchmark energy use and/or greenhouse gas emissions on an intensity basis does not meaningfully contribute to an understanding of our performance, given the diverse range of products across our portfolio, fundamental differencesareas in the grade, geology, accessibility and technological processes and changes in output levels that routinely occur in different directions in response to changing market conditions and other factors. Rather than use an intensity metric,which we have set ourselves a more challenging goal to limit our overall emissions by setting an absolute target, keeping our FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline while we continue to grow our business.

Biodiversity and land management

Improving our management of land and enhancing biodiversity are essential to operating in a responsible and sustainable manner. We continue to demonstrate environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and seeking opportunities to contribute to enduring benefits to biodiversity, ecosystems and other environmental resources.

Our approach to land access is undertaken on a case-by-case basis and considers the potential environmental, societal, economic or cultural impacts. We consider what land we need for our activities and seek to identify the uses of the landoperate and the stakeholders who may be affected by our activities. We then look at our possible short-termimportance of conserving these more broadly. The first target requires the development and long-term impacts on that land, including the effects that our use may have on biodiversity, water resources, air and communities.

In FY2013, we established a target to develop and maintainmaintenance of land and biodiversity management plans that include controls to avoid, minimise, rehabilitate and apply compensatory actions as appropriate,demonstrating application of the mitigation hierarchy to manage the biodiversity and ecosystem impacts of our operations. This target is supported by the requirements of ourEnvironment GLD. In FY2014,FY2015, consistent with our target, all our operations developed land and biodiversity management plans, consistent with our target.plans.

We also have explicit requirements in ourEnvironment GLDThe second target is at a wider Group level and is a voluntary commitment to avoid environmental impacts to protect our local and global environment. We continue to monitor the operational effectiveness of our controls. Where actual or reasonably foreseeable residual impacts remain to important biodiversity and ecosystems impacted by our activities, we look to undertake compensatory actions.

In addition to the environmental management actions of our Businesses, we have voluntarily committed to financefinancing the conservation and ongoing management of areas of high biodiversity and ecosystem value that are of national or international conservation significance. WeIn FY2012, we established an alliance with Conservation International to support the delivery of this target and improve our approach to biodiversity management more broadly. As a result, we will improve our environmental performance and broaden our contributions to lasting environmental benefits beyond what could be achieved by our operations alone. As of FY2014,FY2015, we have committed more than US$3035 million to conservation, in addition to the environmental management activities at our operations.

A central part of our approach to managing our impacts on land and biodiversity is the rehabilitation of land no longer required for our activities. Our Businesses are required to maintain rehabilitation plans that support life of assetlife-of-asset and closure plans, and to rehabilitateplans. This includes rehabilitating disturbed areas that are no longer required for our operational purposes, consistent with the pre-disturbance land use or alternate land use, while taking into account regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations. As at the end of FY2015, our total land rehabilitated was 40,800 hectares, a five per cent increase since FY2014, on the total area rehabilitated.

Water stewardship

We recognise the role we have as responsible stewards of the water resources we share with our host communities and the environment. The sustainability of our operations relies on our ability to obtain an appropriate quality and quantity of water, use it responsibly and manage it appropriately, including taking account of natural supply variations.

Across As economies and populations continue to expand and pressure for water becomes more intense, we recognise the role we have as responsible stewards of the water we share with our Businesses, water risks are required to be assessed and managed on a regional basis. In some locations, we operate in arid environments where water scarcity is an ongoing challenge while in other locations, we contend with water excess, water quality or water discharge issues.host communities. We anticipate climate change is likely to make the patterns and cycles of water flow less predictable and so we require our operations to implement adaptive responses. Managing our shared water resources is therefore a complex task for our Business.business.

In line with

To manage ourEnvironment GLD, shared water resources, our operations are required to assess the direct, indirect and cumulative impacts and risks to water resources as a result ofresources. We do this by understanding the social, cultural, ecological and economic values of these resources at a catchment level within our area of influence. Based on thesethe risks and impacts, our operations apply a mitigation hierarchy; implement controls demonstrating applicationand monitor their effectiveness. At the operational level, we maintain quantitative water balance models to predict and support the management of the mitigation hierarchy (avoid,water inputs, use and outputs and to enable timely management responses to water-related risks. Where possible, we seek to use lower-quality or recycled water to minimise and rehabilitate environmental impacts prior to applying compensatory actions) are required to be implemented and monitored for effectiveness. Target environmental outcomes for impacts toextraction requirements from higher-quality water resources consistent with the level of risk are also required. Compensatory actions are applied where residual impacts remain to important water-related biodiversity and ecosystems impacted by our activities to meet our target environmental outcomes and contribute to long-term environmental benefits.resources.

Recognising the regional nature of our water risks, we introduced a target in FY2013 requiring our Businessesoperations with water-related material risks to implement projects to improve the management ofreduce their impact on associated water resources. The target allows our Businesses to annually review and focus on the water challenges specific to the regions in which they operate. In FY2014, allFurther discussion on projects implemented as part of our operations that identified water-related material risks, implemented at least one project to improve the management of associated water resources.target can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

Being a responsible water steward requires transparent and consistent reporting ofWe report on our water use and impacts. We have played a key role inpublicly, consistent with the development and implementationInput Output model of the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework (WAF). We are working with the ICMM to support broader adoption across the industry. The WAF aims to improve data integrity and comparability across the sector to allow a more meaningful analysis on which to base policy making and deliver improved outcomes. Our water reporting is consistent with the WAF approach, and we are working with the ICMM to support broader adoption across industry.

Under the WAF, water is categorised as Type 1 (close to drinking water standards), Type 2 (suitable for some purposes), and Type 3 (unsuitable for most purposes). In FY2014,FY2015, our total water input (water intended for use) was 347,700340,200 megalitres across the Group, with 8485 per cent defined as Type 2 or Type 3. Our use of Type 2 and Type 3 water demonstrates our approach to utilising lower-quality water wherever feasible.

Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

The nature of our hydraulic fracturingSince 2011, we have conducted onshore shale operations at our North Americanin the Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville shale areas means at timesoperations according to our North America Shale Operating Principles. These principles state our commitment to safety, and to protect the land where we work in close proximityoperate, safeguard and manage water resources, minimise air emissions from our operations, and be a good neighbour to our host communities. We actively engage with local stakeholders to address public concerns about hydraulic fracturing fluids, groundwater contamination, landconstruct and water resources, GHG emissions, increased vehicular traffic and worker exposure to respirable crystalline silica.operate our facilities in an environmentally sensitive manner. We continue to investigate ways to reduce or eliminate any potential impacts associated with our activities.

To protect and manage the land and water resources, we conduct environmental assessments, prior to the execution of hydraulic fracturing workand prepare plans with controls to minimise the impacts of our operations. In FY2014, we completed ato air, water, balance showing inputs, uses, losses, reuseland and recycle, and disposal amounts of fresh water for each operation to identify opportunities to reduce water consumption in our hydraulic fracturing operations. We are pursuing non-potable water options, including the use of brackish water, recycled municipal effluents and recycled water from our production wells.biodiversity.

A number of controls are used to manage, minimise and recycle drilling residuals. We use closed loop systems that allows drilling muds to be recycled and lower the potential for contact with the environment. .As part of our commitment to transparency, we publicly report the ingredients of the fracturing fluids forfrom each well completion ininto FracFocus, the hydraulic fracturing chemical disclosure registry, FracFocus. For a high percentageregistry. We don’t use benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene or xylene (BTEX) or diesel in our fracturing fluids, and we work with our service companies to reduce toxicity of our wells, we fully disclose all of the ingredients and additives by name (and Chemical Abstracts Service Number) and provide the maximum percentage of each ingredient present in the fracturing fluid mixture. In a few cases, the service providers who supply the ingredients and conduct our well completions elect to designate a small number of proprietary ingredients as confidential business information. In the Permian area, we pump a blend of produced water and fresh water treated with an advanced oxidation process which utilises ozone, a highly reactive oxidant that kills most bacteria. This process eliminates the need for clay stabiliser and biocide, thereby reducing the number of additives in the fracturing fluid mixture. Everyfluids where possible.

We check every well we drill is checked against our list of critical controlselements to ensure well integrity and the safety of our operations. Our Groundwater Risk Management Plan incorporates controls to prevent the loss of containment of pressurised fluids, including: casing annulus monitoring procedures to verify well integrity; proper wellhead and casing design and construction; and specialised training to assure competency. During FY2015, we voluntarily implemented a pre-drilling groundwater monitoring program in the active drilling areas of the Eagle Ford, Permian and Haynesville shale operations to establish a baseline of groundwater quality.

To improve management of water resources and reduce fresh water demand at our Eagle Ford operations, we implemented a mobile reverse osmosis system to produce potable water and treat waste water for reuse in drilling and completions at our drilling camps, while reducing trucking of water and waste. In our Permian shale operation, we use predominately a blend of brackish water and recycled produced water for our drilling and completions operations.

The majority of our air emissions relate to GHG emissions from fuel combustion, and flaring orand venting during well construction and production. We are working to reduce methane emissions across our shale operations by capturing and selling the produced natural gas that maywould otherwise have beenbe vented or flared.

At our Permian shale operation, we increased the percentage of produced water sent through pipeline to disposal, eliminating a portion of trucking to disposal wells, which also contributed to GHG reductions. We utilise temporary pipelines instead of trucks throughout our shale operations to supply water to our construction operations. This reduces air emissions and relieves traffic stress on local roads and communities.

We accept the scientific basis for linking seismic activity to waste water injection wells associated with unconventional oil and gas production. As such, we conduct enhanced seismicity monitoring and other types of data acquisition to better understand and mitigate the risk of the potential for induced seismic activity associated with waste water disposal operations. We actively participate in cooperative efforts with stakeholders (industry, government, science community and the public) to better understand and promote best practice risk management in our operations.

1.14.5    Society

Supporting and engaging with our communities

We are a global company that values our host communities. We strive to be part ofa valued partner in the communities in which we operate and, through all our interactions, seek to foster meaningful, long-term relationships whichthat respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. We believe this is fundamental to being a responsible corporate citizen and is a clear demonstration ofOur contributionCharter values.

Engaging effectively in communities

OurCommunity GLD prescribes an inclusive and proactive approach to our host communities is broad ranging. Through employment, taxes and royalties, we support local, regional and national economies.stakeholder engagement. We purchase local goods and services and develop infrastructure that benefits entire communities.

From the earliest possible stage of a project’s life, we seek to build trustconnections with stakeholders early in the life cycle of our stakeholders. By definingoperations, maintain open and ongoing communications with them, and operate transparently in relation to our plans and performance. In order to be effective and reach as many people as possible, we ensure these engagement activities are culturally and socially inclusive.

Our stakeholder engagement process requires our assets and operations to identify and analyse stakeholder groups to determine the boundarieslevel of impact the Company has on them and their level of interest in engaging with us. Each asset and operation then designs community engagement activities suitable for each of the stakeholder groups and individuals, where appropriate. Through engagement, with our host communities we assessalso develop an understanding of the social and economic political, securityenvironment, including potential impacts and environmental aspects and develop a social baseline, which is required to be updated every five years with changes tracked over time. Stakeholder engagement plans, which identifyopportunities.

To measure the interests and relationshipseffectiveness of our stakeholders and contain a range of culturally and socially inclusive engagement activities to encourage open communication, are reviewed and updated annually. To ensure our engagement and community development activities are effective and to inform planning activities, our operations are required to complete a community perception survey every three years.

Free prior and informed consent

As one of These surveys provide a valuable external perspective on the 22 member companies of the ICMM, we have worked to develop a progressive position statement on Indigenous Peoples and Mining. This statement, which comes into effect in May 2015, specifically addresses the issue of Free Prior and Informed Consent (FPIC).

FPIC is a concept based on good faith negotiation through which Indigenous peoples can give or withhold their consent using processes consistent with their traditional decision-making practices. Supporting commitments address understanding their rights and interests, building cross-cultural understanding, and agreeing on appropriate engagement processes and participation in decision-making. A number of related commitments address how ICMM members should engage where government is responsible for managing Indigenous peoples’ interests and how to move forward when differences of opinion arise. The ICMM’s position statement recognises the right of governments to ultimately make decisions on development of resources and that, in most countries, neither Indigenous peoples nor other groups have a right to veto projects. Where consent cannot be reached, a host government may decide to proceed with a project after balancing the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with the wider population. In these circumstances, it will be up to ICMM member companies to determine whether they remain involved with the project.

Through ourCommunity GLD, we require our Businesses to prepare, design and implement Indigenous engagement programs that are consistent with the new ICMM Position Statement on Indigenous Peoples and Mining for new operations or major capital projects that are located on lands traditionally owned by or under customary use of Indigenous peoples and are likely to have significant adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples.

Respecting customary rights

At a very early stage in a project, we seek to identify landowners, occupiers and users who may be affected by our activities. Knowing who is connected to and uses the land is critical to establishing an effective community consultation and engagement program. This helps to ensure people potentially affected by our operations are fully awarequality of our activitiesengagement and have an opportunity to expresswhether our stakeholders believe we are addressing their concerns and aspirations. Arising from this engagement, the operational work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Surveys are commissioned to identify the customary owners and how the land is being used to ensure these uses are taken into account in our development plans. In instances where land may be used for customary purposes and no formal land title has been issued, information is requested from relevant organisations, including

government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses and Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area to help identify those with connections to the land.

Respecting and including Indigenous communities

We recognise the traditional rights and values of Indigenous peoples, respect their cultural heritage and provide opportunities for inclusion and advancement. Many of our operations are located on or near Indigenous lands. We support our workers by providing cultural awareness and competency training for employees and contractors who engage with Indigenous peoples from our host communities. Training is developed and delivered in consultation with traditional owners. We also identify who is connected to and uses the land to ensure we establish effective community consultation and engagement programs.key concerns.

Respecting human rights

We acknowledge our activities have the potentialBHP Billiton’s corporate responsibility to impactrespect human rights is embedded within the Company’s systems and we address these through our core business practices. We are committed to operating in accordanceprocesses and aligns with the United Nations (UN) UniversalUN Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Global Compact principles. The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights require companies to address three aspects to fulfil their responsibility to respect human rights: express a commitment to human rights through a policy statement; perform human rights due diligence to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for potential human rights impacts; and provide remediation where business enterprises have been identified as having caused or contributed to adverse human rights impacts. We meet these requirements by embedding them into our Company systems and processes.

BHP Billiton’s commitment to human rights is publicly stated in ourCode of Business Conduct (the Code), which clearly outlines our responsibilities and expectations. All employees and certain contractors are provided with the UN Global Compact Principles. We support these commitments throughOur CharterCode on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton, and it is a condition of that employment that they behave in accordance with the Code. Annual risk-basedCode of Business Conduct training and communication plans must be completed and executed by each area of the performance requirements detailed inGroup. In addition, we measure effectiveness and obtain assurance of our human rights processes through the internal audits of our GLDs.

In line with ourCommunity GLD,As part of our human rights due diligence process, requires our operations are required to identify and document key potential human rights risks by completing a human rights impact assessmentHuman Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA). This includes assessing performance against the articles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the UN Global Compact principles, and host country legislation governing human rights issues. We require each HRIA to be reviewed internally on an annual basis.

Every three years, each HRIA is required to be verified through an engagement process with stakeholders and, in mediummedium- and high-risk jurisdictions, validated by a qualified human rights specialist. Where a HRIA identifies a material risk, a human rights management planHuman Rights Management Plan is required to be implemented and reviewed annually. Selected employees and contractors receive training on how to complycompliance with ourBHP Billiton’s human rights commitments.

Managing our security-related material risks

The nature and global reach of our organisation can result in our people working in countries where there is potential exposure to personal and business risks. We require an assessment of each country for the degree of risk associated with visiting, exploring and operating within it, and appropriate controls are developed to mitigate identified risks.

Through our commitment to the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPs), we seek to protect people and property from material risks presented by security threats.security-related risks. Performance requirements related to the VPs are implemented through ourSecurity and Emergency Management GLD. Our operations are required to identify security-related material risks to people and property, and engage relevant stakeholders to develop and manage security programs that respect human rights and fundamental freedoms.

In addition, we require our operations to conduct a gap analysis annually usingan annual review for alignment with the VP’s Implementation Guidance ToolVPs and to implement an improvement plan to close identified gaps. The process also provides an opportunity to further build awareness and understanding of the VPs across the Company.

Respecting and including Indigenous communities

As many of our operations are located on or near Indigenous peoples’ lands, it is important we recognise the traditional rights and values of Indigenous peoples, respect their cultural heritage and the significance of their lands and provide opportunities for inclusion and advancement.

BHP Billiton’s approach to engaging with and supporting Indigenous peoples is articulated in our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement, which was developed and approved by our GMC in FY2015. Implementation of the Policy Statement will help us strengthen relationships with Indigenous peoples and be a valued partner in their economic, social and cultural empowerment. We are currently in the process of developing a Group-wide Indigenous Peoples Strategy to guide implementation of the Policy Statement.

As a member of the ICMM, our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement is consistent with the 2013 ICMM Indigenous Peoples and Mining Position Statement and is implemented in accordance with ourCommunity GLD.

Commitments through our Policy Statement include understanding Indigenous peoples’ rights and interests; building cross-cultural understanding; agreeing on appropriate engagement processes; and ensuring effective

participation in decision-making. A number of related commitments address how we engage where government is responsible for managing Indigenous peoples’ interests and how to move forward when differences of opinion arise.

Our Policy Statement specifically addresses the issue of free, prior and informed consent through committing to seek the consent of Indigenous peoples for new operations or major capital projects that are located on lands traditionally owned by, or under customary use of, Indigenous peoples and which are likely to have significant adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples.

In making this commitment, we recognise the right of governments to ultimately make decisions on the development of resources and that, in most countries, neither Indigenous peoples nor other groups have a right to veto projects. Where consent cannot be reached, a host government may decide to proceed with a project after balancing the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with the wider population. In these circumstances, BHP Billiton will determine whether we remain involved with the project. The BHP Billiton Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

Respecting customary rights

At a very early stage of a project, we seek to identify customary owners, occupiers and users of the land on which we intend to operate, as well as conduct land usage surveys. Knowing who is connected to the land and how it is used is critical to establishing effective community consultation and engagement. This helps to ensure people potentially affected by our operations are fully aware of our activities and have an opportunity to express their concerns and aspirations.

In instances where land may be used for customary purposes and no formal land title has been issued, information is requested from relevant organisations, including government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses, and Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area to help identify those with connections to the land. Arising from this engagement, the operational work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Our projects are designed in a way that avoids or minimises resettlement of individuals or communities. If resettlement is required (voluntary or involuntary), programs must be implemented consistent with the requirements set out in the International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standard 5, Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement. This includes being planned and implemented in a participatory manner that leads to a demonstrable improvement in livelihoods of the displaced persons or communities.

Ok Tedi

BHP Billiton exited from Ok Tedi Mining Limited (OTML) in February 2002. The exit arrangements included the transfer of BHP Billiton’s shares in OTML to Papua New Guinea Sustainable Development Program Limited (PNGSDP) and a statutory undertaking protecting BHP Billiton from environmental claims by the PNG Government. In September 2013, the PNG Parliament passed laws which compulsorily acquired PNGSDP’s shares in OTML and changed other aspects of the exit arrangements, including the repeal of the protection from environmental claims by the PNG Government. PNGSDP is challenging the validity of actions taken by the PNG Government to restructure and obtain control of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton retains an indemnity from PNGSDP in respect of environmental claims by the PNG Government and certain environmental claims by third parties. This indemnity is secured against certain key assets of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton remains committed to ensuring that the substantial long-term fund held by PNGSDP remains well governed for the benefit of the people of Papua New Guinea and the Western Province in particular.

Making a positive contribution to society

Creating lastingWe know we are successful when our host communities value their relationship with us. Our aim is to work alongside host communities to help them achieve sustainable economic and social benefit for our communities is fundamental to our business. This helps create abenefits, as well as diversified

and resilient local economy and ensures our investment continues to benefit the communityeconomies, so that these benefits continue beyond the life of our operations. We are an active participant in industry and sustainable development forums, such as the ICMM. We seek to understand our socio-economic impact on local communities and host regions through our participation in the ICMM’s Mining: Partnerships for Development initiative. This global initiative builds on the ICMM’s Resource Endowment initiative and seeks to enhance mining’s contribution to development and poverty reduction through multi-stakeholder partnerships.

Wherever we operate, we contribute taxes and royalties to governments which, in turn are used to provide important public services and amenities to their communities. At many of our locations, we also develop

infrastructure to support our operations – including roads, aerodromes, emergency response facilities, housing, public amenities, community facilities – which can be accessed and utilised by local communities and businesses.

We are focused on providing training and employment opportunities to our local communities. Given the nature of the work we do, our ability to employ locally can be limited by the availability of industry and technical skills and experience at the local level. Our broader contribution to local economies can be realised through indirect employment and our support of local businesses that provide a range of services and products, which enable our operations to function effectively.

Our operations around the world support local and national economies through creating jobs, providing infrastructure, purchasing goods and services and contributing significant payments of taxes and royalties to governments. By supplying many of our commodities to markets in developing countries, we also support economic development to help improve living standards and quality of life.

Improving the quality of life in our host communities

A focus on sustainability underpins allWe aim to be partners with our investments in community economic development. This means wehost communities and are committed to addressing theunderstanding their needs and priorities of the communities in which we operate andpriorities. We seek to invest in projects that will continue to promote benefitsa benefit to the community afterbeyond the funding is completed. We work with our host communities to identifylife of the major social issues and development priorities.project. Using data from a social baseline study and social impact and opportunity assessment, we developprepare a community development management plan. Community development projects and donations are required to be aligned to the overall community development management plan, implemented in consultation with local stakeholders, and meet our due diligence and anti-corruption requirements.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit, calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit, in community programs that aim to have a long-lasting, positive impact on people’s quality of life, including implementing new and supporting existing community projects. With a focus on improving quality of life, our community development programs are developed by working openly with governments and the communities in which we operate, and focusing on the needs and resources of our key stakeholders. This is how we are contributing to economic and social development.

During FY2014,FY2015, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7225 million, comprising US$141.7142 million of cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$10083 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation. The BHP Billiton Foundation was established in FY2013 to identify and support large sustainable development projects in countries and regions of interest to BHP Billiton, in order to complement the local programs managed by our assets. This builds on contributions that have previously been paid to the BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities charitable organisation. At the end of FY2014,FY2015, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities had a total of US$70.462.5 million and the BHP Billiton Foundation had a total of US$179219.2 million in funds available for future sustainable development projects.

Community investment (US$M)

 

Year ended 30 June

 2014 2013 2012   2015   2014   2013 
 US$M US$M US$M 

Expenditure (including in-kind support and administrative costs)(1)

  141.7    139.8    149.1  

Expenditure (1) (including in-kind support and administrative costs)

   142.0     141.7     139.8  

Contribution into BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities and BHP Billiton Foundation

  100.0    106.0    65.0     83.0     100.0     106.0  
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total Community investment

  241.7    245.8    214.1     225.0     241.7     245.8  
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1) RepresentsIncludes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations. Includes payments made by operations demerged with South32.

In FY2014,BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework

During FY2015, we developed a new BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework to guide our approach to voluntary social investment (social and environmental programs with net social benefit) between FY2016 and FY2020, providing a unified and integrated framework across our Company. The Framework is the outcome of an extensive review of BHP Billiton’s existing approach to social investment and has been informed by a thorough analysis of information about our internal and external operating context. Specific inputs to the US$141.7 million cash expenditure, 46 per cent was invested in local communities; 44 per cent was invested regionally and 10 per cent was invested in national or international programs in countries where we operate.review

Ok Tediincluded our material sustainability risks, emerging global trends and the stakeholder needs and expectations of our host communities. Using this information to inform our Social Investment Framework has ensured a strong linkage between our business and social investment objectives.

BHP Billiton exited from Ok Tedi Mining Limited (OTML)is committed to ensuring our significant social investment adds value to the communities in February 2002. The exit arrangements included the transferwhich we operate and leaves behind a lasting change. Details of BHP Billiton’s sharesour new Social Investment Framework can be found in OTML to PNG Sustainable Development Program Limited (PNGSDP) and a statutory undertaking protecting BHP Billiton from environmental claims by the PNG Government.

In September 2013, the Papua New Guinea (PNG) Parliament passed laws which compulsorily acquired PNGSDP’s shares in OTML and changed other aspects of the exit arrangements, including the repeal of the protection from environmental claims by the PNG Government. BHP Billiton retains an indemnity from PNGSDP in respect of environmental claims by the PNG Government and certain environmental claims by third parties. This indemnity is secured against the assets of PNGSDP.

Following the passing of the new laws, PNGSDP has commenced legal proceedings and an International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) arbitration process against the State of PNG and others.our Sustainability Report 2015.

1.15    Additional information

1.15.1    External factors and trends

The following section describes some of the external factors and trends that have had a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We operate our business in a dynamic and changing environment and with information that is rarely complete and exact. We primarily manage the risks discussed in this section under our portfolio risk management approach, which relies on the effects of diversification, rather than individual risk management programs. Details of our risk factors can be found in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report. Details of our financial risk management strategies and financial instruments outstanding at 30 June 20142015 can be found in section 1.7.3 of this Annual Report and in note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Management monitors particular trends arising from external factors with a view to managing the potential impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. The following external factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and areas where we make decisions on the basis of information that is incomplete or uncertain.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Commodity prices

The prices we obtain for our products represent a key driver of our business, and fluctuations in these commodity prices affect our results, including cash flows and asset values. The estimated impact on FY2014FY2015 profit after taxation of changes of commodity prices is set out below.

 

   US$M 

US$1/bbl on oil price

   54  

US¢10/MMBtu on US gas price

   3027  

US¢1/lb on copper price

   24  

US$1/t on iron ore price

   112144  

US$1/t on metallurgical coal price

   2823  

US$1/t on energy coal price

   25

US$50/t on aluminium price

36

US¢10/dmtu on manganese ore price

26

US$1/t on manganese alloy price

111  

US¢1/lb on nickel price

   2  

During FY2014, commodityCommodity markets saw some support from awere influenced by modest improvementgrowth in global economic activity thoughin FY2015. Solid momentum in the US economy, supported by improved growth was uneven across different regions. The United Statesin the Eurozone and Japan, saw underlying momentum

increase, butdeveloped economies contribute an improved share of activity relative to emerging markets. A number of emerging economies, notablyincluding China, saw growth slow. Forslow while Russia and Brazil experienced recessions. In the case of most steelmaking raw materials and energy commodities, supply growth was greater than demand growth resulting in lower prices. The price for crude oil dropped significantly, while the Henry Hub gas price declined on higher supply and increased inventory levels relative to the previous year. The Asian LNG price dropped on greater

supply and lower oil prices. The copper price was also lower as supply disruptions were offset by weaker than expected consumption. Although aluminium demand grew, supply exceeded that ofconsumption due to increasing production from China. In the manganese market, the supply side response to weak demand growth was slower than expected resulting in a decrease in prices. Metal commodity prices were relatively stable with the exception of nickel, which experienced a price increase primarily as a result of the Indonesian ore export ban. For energy commodities, US natural gas prices benefited from strong winter demand, while solid demand growth combined with supply disruptions and geopolitical tensions have provided price support for crude oil.

The following table showstables show the prices offor our most significant commodities for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 and 2013, on both a Continuing and 2012.Discontinued operations basis. These prices represent selected quoted prices from the relevant sources as indicated. These pricesindicated, and will differ from the realised prices on the sale of the Group’s production due to differences in quotation periods, quality of products, delivery terms and the range of quoted prices that are used for contracting sales in different markets.

Continuing operations

Year ended 30 June

  2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2012
Closing
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
   2012
Average
 

Aluminium (LME cash) (US$/t)

   1,851     1,731     1,835     1,764     1,938     2,168  

Alumina (1) (US$/t)

   312     318     305     321     327     334  

Copper (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   3.15     3.06     3.45     3.18     3.48     3.71  

Crude oil (Brent) (2) (US$/bbl)

   111.02     102.46     94.50     109.36     108.64     112.49  

Energy coal (3) (US$/t)

   70.89     78.89     89.22     78.38     89.10     111.95  

Natural gas Henry Hub (4) (US$/MMBtu)

   4.39     3.73     2.81     4.25     3.44     3.05  

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG(5) (US$/MMBtu)

   11.28     15.40     14.95     16.38     15.14     16.25  

Iron ore (6) (US$/dmt)

   93.25     116.25     135.25     122.70     127.23     151.17  

Manganese Alloys (7) (US$/t)

   999     1,038     1,160     1,020     1,106     1,177  

Manganese Ores (8) (US$/dmtu)

   4.20     5.54     5.06     4.95     5.29     4.90  

Metallurgical coal (9) (US$/t)

   110.50     130.00     221.50     128.40     159.13     239.18  

Nickel (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   8.49     6.21     7.47     6.88     7.43     8.77  

Ethane (10) (US$/bbl)

   12.02     9.92     12.29     11.92     12.15     27.31  

Propane (11) (US$/bbl)

   44.47     35.52     34.44     48.05     37.31     54.72  

Butane (12) (US$/bbl)

   54.39     49.51     51.29     56.70     61.74     76.72  

Year ended 30 June

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Natural gas Henry Hub (1) (US$/MMBtu)

   2.81     4.39     3.73     3.32     4.25     3.44  

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG (2) (US$/MMBtu)

   7.30     11.28     15.40     9.74     16.38     15.14  

Crude oil (Brent) (3) (US$/bbl)

   61.05     111.02     102.46     73.91     109.36     108.64  

Ethane (4) (US$/bbl)

   8.40     12.02     9.92     8.56     11.92     12.15  

Propane (5) (US$/bbl)

   16.25     44.47     35.52     29.34     48.05     37.31  

Butane (6) (US$/bbl)

   23.89     54.39     49.51     36.89     56.70     61.74  

Copper (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   2.60     3.15     3.06     2.89     3.18     3.48  

Iron ore (7) (US$/dmt)

   59.50     93.25     116.25     71.61     122.70     127.23  

Metallurgical coal (8) (US$/t)

   88.00     110.50     130.00     102.91     128.40     159.13  

Energy coal (9) (US$/t)

   61.66     70.89     78.89     64.37     78.38     89.10  

Nickel (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   5.30     8.49     6.21     7.02     6.88     7.43  

 

(1)Platts PAX FreeGas based on Board (FOB) AustraliaHenry Hubmarket price assessment of calcined Metallurgical/ Smelter Grade Alumina.typically applies to gas sales in the US gas market.

 

(2) Platts Liquefied Natural Gas Delivery Ex-Ship (DES) Japan/Korea Marker – typically applies to Asian LNG spot sales.

(3)Platts Dated Brent is a benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.

 

(3)(4)GlobalCoal FOB Newcastle 6,000kcal/kg NCV – typically applies to coal sales in the Asia Pacific market.

(4)Platts Gas based on Henry Hub – typically applies to gas sales in the US gas market.

(5)Platts Liquefied Natural Gas Delivery Ex-Ship (DES) Japan/Korea Marker – typically applies to Asian LNG spot sales.

(6)Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost and Freight (CFR) China – used for fines.

(7)Bulk FerroAlloy high-carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) Western Europe DDP.

(8)2014 and 2013 Metal Bulletin manganese ore 44 per cent Mn Cost Insurance Freight (CIF), 2012 CRU CIF China import 43 per cent contained manganese.

(9)Platts Low-Vol hard coking coal Index FOB Australia – representative of high-quality hard coking coals.

(10)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Ethane – typically applies to ethane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

 

(11)(5)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Propane – typically applies to propane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

 

(12)(6)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Normal Butane – typically applies to butane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(7)Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost and Freight (CFR) China – used for fines.

(8)Platts Low-Vol hard coking coal Index FOB Australia – representative of high-quality hard coking coals.

(9)GlobalCOAL FOB Newcastle 6,000kcal/kg NCV – typically applies to coal sales in the Asia Pacific market.

The following summarises the average and closing pricing trends of our most significant commodities for FY2014.

Aluminium: The London Metals Exchange (LME) aluminium average cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent during FY2014. Demand continued to increase, but new supply offset the curtailment of high cost capacity. Delays in implementing changes to LME warehouse rules contributed to record high regional premiums ex-China as inventories were constrained by warehouse queues. Since 30 June 2014, the aluminium cash settlement price increased to US$2,114/t on 31 August 2014.

Alumina: The Platts FOB Australia average price decreased by two per cent during FY2014. Although demand grew, driven by the commissioning of new smelters in China, increasing supply outpaced the growth in demand.

Copper: The LME copper average cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent in FY2014. A shortage of copper scrap and growth in Chinese demand supported prices in the first half of the financial year, however, the price decreased in March amid concerns over the liquidation of Chinese stocks. Although seasonal demand strength helped regain some lost ground, strong growth of refined copper production limited price upside.

Crude oil: The Platts Dated Brent crude average price increased by one per cent during FY2014. Prices were supported by increased global demand, constrained Libyan supply, tensions in the Ukraine and a surge of unrest in Iraq in the latter part of the year. Moderating price drivers included slower growth in the Chinese economy during the December quarter of FY2014, combined with some progress towards resolving the deadlock over Iran’s nuclear program.

Energy coal: The Global Coal Newcastle FOB average price decreased by 12 per cent during FY2014. The decrease was driven by weaker import demand growth from India and China, coupled with supply growth from Australia, Russia and Indonesia.FY2015.

Natural gas Henry Hub: The Platts US Henry Hub natural gas average price increaseddecreased by 2422 per cent during FY2014.FY2015. The increasedecrease was drivena result of increased production growth, partially offset by early winter heating demandconsumption growth in the residential and commercial sectors, depleting inventory levels significantly belowpower sector. Natural gas inventories ended the year at 2,577 Billion cubic feet (Bcf), one per cent above the five-year average. Storage inventories in June closed 31average and 35 per cent higher year-on-year. The year-end price was 15 per cent below the five-year average at 1,829 billion cubic feet.for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased five per cent on 31 August 2015.

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG: The Asian liquefied natural gas average spot price increaseddecreased by eight41 per cent during FY2014.FY2015. The price risedecrease was primarily causeddriven by strongweaker north Asian winter heating demand, combined with the closure of Japanese and South Korean nuclear reactors increasing the need for gas fired power generation in the first half of the year. Supply remained tight throughout the period, as Egypt, Nigeria and Angola experienced supply disruptions. The year-end price decrease of 31 per cent versus the average price for the year was principally due to low North Asian summerend-user demand and newample global supply comingavailability. In turn, this allowed for more spot purchases on lower prices and provided some support for Asian buyers to market from Papua New Guineamaintain higher inventory levels. Meanwhile, the drop in crude oil prices has had a lagged negative impact on oil-linked LNG contracts in the second half of FY2015. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average for the year.

Crude oil: The Platts Dated Brent crude price decreased by 32 per cent during FY2015 following increases in global crude supply, particularly from US production, growing faster than demand. Libyan supply outages returned to market in the latter half of CY2014, and OPEC decided to maintain its production levels. The year-end price was 17 per cent below the average for the year. Since 30 June 2014,2015, the Asian liquefiedDated Brent crude price decreased 21 per cent on 28 August 2015.

NGL: A barrel of natural gas spotliquids consists mainly of ethane and liquefied petroleum gas (propane and butane). The Mont Belvieu ethane and propane price decreased by 28 per cent and 39 per cent, respectively, during FY2015 following increases in ethane and propane supply. Mont Belvieu butane prices decreased by 35 per cent during FY2015 following a decrease in the West Texas Intermediate oil price. The year-end propane and butane prices were 45 per cent and 35 per cent below the average for the year, respectively. Since 30 June 2015, the Mont Belvieu ethane price decreased seven per cent and the Mont Belvieu propane price increased to US$12.45/MMBtunine per cent on 31 August 2014.2015.

Copper: The London Metal Exchange (LME) copper cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent in FY2015. The copper price trended downwards during the first seven months amid improved supply, weaker than anticipated consumption and the strengthening of the US dollar. The price decreased to a five-year low in mid-January on short-selling by Chinese-backed hedge funds. The price increased in February, impacted by Chilean supply disruption due to flooding, while softening of Chinese demand dampened prices since May. Since 30 June 2015, the copper price decreased 11 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Iron ore: The Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China average price declined by fourdecreased 42 per cent during FY2014. The decrease was driven byover FY2015 as low-cost seaborne iron ore supply growth which outpaced demand.demand growth. Productivity and cost compression on the supply side also impacted price as mining companies lowered their cost structures in response to the changed environment. The price fluctuated between US$89.00/dmt and US$142.50/dmt as large changes occurred in iron ore inventories. Global demand increased in the first half of the year, primarily driven by China’s record pig iron production; however the second half of the year saw demand growth decrease due to flat Chinese growth. Seaborne imports to China increased, primarily driven by supply from Australia and the year-end price decreased 24was 17 per cent versusbelow the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2014,2015, the Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China price decreased to US$88/dmtsix per cent on 31 August 2014.

Manganese: The Metal Bulletin manganese ore China CIF average price decreased by six per cent during FY2014. Demand growth slowed, while South African supply increased amid higher Chinese inventory levels. The year-end price also decreased 15 per cent versus the average price for the year. The Western Europe spot

high carbon ferromanganese average price decreased by eight per cent during FY2014. Weaker alloy prices led to decreased production in South Korea and the United States.2015.

Metallurgical coal: The average Platts Low-Vol Hard Coking Coal Index decreased by 1920 per cent during FY2014.FY2015. While demand from traditional markets recovered steadily, the price decrease was mainly driven by continuing supply growth from Australia.and weak Chinese demand. The year-end price also decreased 14was 15 per cent versusbelow the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the Hard Coking Coal Index decreased eight per cent on 31 August 2015.

Energy coal: The globalCOAL Newcastle FOB price decreased by 18 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was driven by weak Chinese seaborne demand, despite healthy growth from India, and sustained supply from Australia and Indonesia supported by depreciating currencies. Since 30 June 2015, the Newcastle energy coal price decreased seven per cent on 31 August 2015.

Nickel: The average LME cash settlement nickel price increased two per cent during FY2015 though the price decreased over the course of the financial year driven by weak demand and adequate supply, as evidenced by rising LME stocks. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the nickel price decreased 14 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Discontinued operations

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Aluminium (LME cash) (US$/t)

   1,647     1,851     1,731     1,880     1,764     1,938  

Alumina (2) (US$/t)

   323     312     318     339     321     327  

Manganese Alloys (3) (US$/t)

   821     999     1,038     879     1,020     1,106  

Manganese Ores (4) (US$/dmtu)

   2.98     4.20     5.54     3.89     4.95     5.29  

(1)Post-demerger BHP Billiton’s results will not be impacted by fluctuations in the prices of commodities (aluminium, alumina, manganese alloys and ores) that no longer form part of post-demerger operations. Refer to section 1.6.4 for more details.

(2)Platts PAX Free on Board (FOB) Australia – market price assessment of calcined metallurgical/smelter grade alumina.

(3)Bulk FerroAlloy high carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) Western Europe DDP.

(4)Metal Bulletin manganese ore 44 per cent Mn Cost Insurance Freight (CIF).

The FY2015 pricing trends for the commodities that comprise our Discontinued operations were as follows:

Aluminium: The LME cash settlement price increased by seven per cent during FY2014. Increased supply growth coming mainly from Chinese nickel pig iron and new production from greenfield projects was greater than demand growthFY2015. However, price premiums in the first half of the year. The price increase in the second half of the year was driven by decreased low-cost supply due to the Indonesian ore export ban. Demand growth increased, supported by a recovery in stainless steel production inJapan, Europe and the United States.States ended lower, reflecting the market surplus on increasing production from China. The year-end price was 12 per cent below the average for the year.

Alumina: The FOB Australia price increased six per cent during FY2015, supported by a lack of bauxite availability as a result of the Indonesian ore ban, and growing demand from China.

Manganese: The Metal Bulletin manganese ore China CIF price decreased 21 per cent during FY2015. Demand growth slowed and the market was well supplied amid high Chinese inventories. The year-end price was 23 per cent versusbelow the average price for the year.

NGL: The Mont Belvieu ethane averageWestern Europe spot high carbon ferromanganese price decreased by two14 per cent during FY2014 following increasesFY2015, driven by persistent oversupply and the currency depreciation of major producers in ethane supply. Mont Belvieu propane average prices increased by 29 per cent during FY2014, supported by a decrease in supply growth. Mont Belvieu butane average prices decreased by eight per cent during FY2014 due to increased butane supply. Since 30 June 2014, the Mont Belvieu ethane price decreased to US$9.92 /bbl on 31 August 2014.India, Australia, South Africa and Europe.

Exchange rates

We areremain exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases, as we believe active currency hedging does not provide long-term benefits to our shareholders. Because a majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars, and the US dollar plays a dominant role in our business, we borrow and hold surplus cash predominantly in US dollars to provide a natural hedge. Operating costs and costs of locally sourced equipment are influenced by fluctuations in local currencies, primarily the Australian dollar Brazilian real,and Chilean peso and South African rand.peso. Foreign exchange gains and losses reflected in operating costs owing to fluctuations in the local currencies relative to the US dollar may potentially offset one another. The majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars and we borrow and hold surplus cash predominately in US dollars; those transactions and balances provide no foreign exchange exposure relative to the US dollar functional currency of the Group.

The US dollar strengthened in the last quarter of FY2013,against our main local currencies during FY2015, resulting in a stronger average US dollar during FY2013 compared to FY2014. Overall,rates versus the Australian dollar endedand Chilean peso. Average and closing exchange rates for current and prior periods are contained within note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the financial year stronger against the US dollar, while the Chilean peso, Brazilian real and South African rand weakened.Financial Statements.

We are also exposed to exchange rate translation risk in relation to net monetary liabilities, being our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, including certain debt and other long-term liabilities. Details of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations are contained within note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Changes in product demand and supply

Global demand and supply for the commodities we produce is a key driver of commodity prices, and fluctuations in product demand and supply affect our results, including cash flows and asset values.

The global economy grew at a moderatemodest rate in FY2014. MomentumFY2015 with a mild improvement in developed economies offsetting a moderation in emerging markets.

In China, a slowdown in the United States, Japanproperty sector and the United Kingdom was underpinned by central bank monetary policy. Europe’s economy improved marginally, although the recovery was constrained by high levels of unemployment. Emerging markets, including China, experienced a moderate slowdown.

In a relative sense, the Chinese economy continues to grow strongly with signs that it is rebalancing. Consumption continued to be supported by higher household incomes while fixed asset investment softened, led byto lower economic growth following policy tightening in CY2014. Consumer spending remained resilient reflecting the continued rebalancing of the economy. A number of interest rate reductions, cuts in bank reserve requirements, boosts to infrastructure spending and administrative measures supporting the property sector,market are likely to buttress growth over the remainder of CY2015. In line with our expectations, the economy is growing more slowly, though off a higher base, as it matures over the medium term and the government’s reform program promotes domestic consumption over investment. We expect near-term volatility to continue as the central bank restricted accessauthorities press ahead with reform in a cautious but sustained manner as they seek to credit. Rapid credit growthimprove the efficiency of capital allocation in the non-bank financial sector remained an important concerneconomy while maintaining support for policy makers.

We remain confident in the short-term to medium-termemployment. However, our robust longer-term outlook for China remains intact as the Chinese economy. Measured stimulus recently introduced by the government demonstrates their commitment to maintain economic growth above seven per cent. We believe consumption and services will continue to increase in importance, while the market’s role in allocating capital will be enhanced. Greater transparency within the fiscal system is also expected to reshape the relationship between central and local government.economy transitions.

The underlying performance of the US economy continued to improve despite weakness in the significant disruptionMarch 2015 quarter caused by severe weather in the March quarter of FY2014. The curtailment of quantitative easing appears to have hadnortheast and a limited impact on sentiment as a solid increasestronger US dollar. Ongoing strength in demand reflects a strongerthe labour market, rising disposable incomes, higher equity markets and higher equities andimproved housing prices. Business investment has beenprices supported consumer demand. After a weak linkperiod in the recovery so far as companies have responded slowlywhich businesses failed to betterrespond to improved economic conditions despiteand higher levels of profitability. An increase in capital spending will be requiredprofitability, corporate investment has begun to sustain the recoveryshow signs of recovery. The Federal Reserve is expected to begin increasing interest rates in the medium term.first half of FY2016.

The JapaneseEuropean Central Bank began a program of quantitative easing in March 2015, which appears to be driving a modest pick-up in economic growth. Activity has improved across the Eurozone, with the exception of Greece, reflecting a broad-based lift in domestic demand and we expect the improvement in growth to continue in FY2016.

Japan’s economy has responded strongly to expansionary monetarysaw growth improve in annualised terms as the year progressed, supported by the Bank of Japan’s quantitative easing and fiscal policy over the past year. Investment spending and wages increased as corporate profits benefited from the depreciation of the yen, while an increase in the national sales tax in April had a limited impact on consumption. These factors have increased the potential for faster growth in the short term, although aweaker yen. Growth should be supported by stronger business investment into FY2016. A longer-term, sustainable recovery will beis contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

With regard toCommodity prices generally trended downwards in FY2015, with prices for most of our commodities notably lower going into the global economy, stronger United States growth and an associated tightening of monetary policy could resultnew financial year.

Chinese steel production declined by 1.3 per cent in the rapid outflowsecond half of capital from emerging economies. However, developing nations with sound macroeconomic fundamentals would be less likelyFY2015 versus the corresponding period in FY2014, triggered largely by a slowing construction sector. New construction starts were lower this year due to experience a severe impact from this transition.

As anticipated, Chineseconsiderable levels of existing stock. Although China’s steel exports are at an all-time high, we expect subdued crude steel production growth decelerated in response to weakness inover the remainder of CY2015 with some upside potential should the construction sector. On average,sector recover. However, with steel stock per capita still well below that of developed nations, we expect moderate but sustainable growth in Chinese steel production over the rationext decade. An extended view on the life cycle of Chinesesteel usage has resulted in a lower but longer plateau for crude steel production, peaking between 935 Mt and 985 Mt in the middle of the next decade. The implications for pig iron demand, and therefore iron ore and metallurgical coal, are mitigated in the medium term by lower scrap availability as the scrap cycle in China will take longer to develop. Outside China, steel production growth to underlying GDP growth to remain below one, although seasonal factorsis improving steadily driven by India, the Middle East and policy settings will continue to influence short-term output. Global steel demand growth outside of China is likely to accelerate during the remainder of CY2014.South-East Asia.

The supply of low-costmost steelmaking raw materials has grown more quicklyfaster than demand. As predicted, lower-cost seaborneIn iron ore, we estimate that approximately 100 Mt of incremental lower cost seaborne supply is increasingly displacingwill enter the market in CY2015, outweighing demand growth. In this context, higher cost Chinese domestic production.production, along with high-cost seaborne exports, continues to exit the market. Private mines in China have seen their operating rates fall from approximately 90 per cent in CY2011 to approximately 35 per cent today. Many producers have also cut their costs. As this trend continues,a result, the iron ore cost curve is likely to flatten as high cost production exits the market. has both flattened and fallen from previous levels.

In metallurgical coal, while uneconomic high-cost uneconomic supply has remained resilient although we do expect to see an increasing numberslowly withdrawn from the seaborne market, prices remain subdued as industry-wide cost reductions and weaker producer currencies against the US dollar support continued production from marginal suppliers. Recent quality restrictions have also weakened China’s import demand but this was partially offset by growth in traditional markets. The long-term outlook remains robust as the supply of production cuts, particularly in the United States. Given robust underlying demand growth for premium hard coking coals pricing for our products is likely to be well supported in the medium and longer term.becomes scarce.

Depreciating currencies have sustained Indonesian and Australian thermal coal exports, continueprolonging the weak pricing environment. Despite healthy seaborne demand growth from India, China’s import demand has weakened, limiting prospects for price recovery in the near term.

In copper, prices were affected by weaker than expected consumption and the strengthening US dollar. In the near term, new supply under development is expected to keep the thermal coal market well supplied, prolongingsupplied. However, a deficit is expected to emerge at the weaker pricing environment. While demand from key importing regions remains steady, prices are unlikely to respond unless uneconomic supply exits the market.

In copper, robust demand for refined metal, supply disruptions and a shortageend of scrap has ensured that the market remains broadly balanced. We believe the longer-term fundamentals for copper remain compellingthis decade as gradesgrade decline, rising costs and a scarcity of high-quality future development opportunities are likely to constrain low-cost supply.the industry’s ability to meet attractive demand growth.

Demand growth, supply disruptions and geopolitical tension have continued to supportGlobal crude oil prices.demand growth was outpaced by supply growth putting pressure on prices throughout the year. Despite strong demand growth, liquids supply exceeded demand by 2.6 MMboe/d in the second half of FY2015. We expect prices to remain supportedrange bound in the short term due to available supply capacity from the United States and OPEC. The long-term demand outlook remains healthy, underpinned by an increasethe transport sector, notably in demand from non-OECD countries, which has recently outstripped growth in demand from OECD countries.the Asian region.

United StatesUS natural gas prices benefited from a cold winter, which reduced inventory levels significantly belowdeclined during the five-year average.year as production growth was only partially offset by increased consumption in the power sector. In the longer term, demand is expected to benefit from increasing industrial use, growth in gas-fired power generation and the commencementstart of LNG exports. Conversely, high inventory levels atAs core acreage is depleted, less productive and higher cost shale areas will be required to meet growing demand. In the LNG market, weaker North Asian utilities, mild summer temperaturesend-user demand and the commissioning of additionalample supply have ledkept prices subdued.

We expect modest growth of the global economy. In the longer term, urbanisation and industrialisation will remain the primary drivers of commodity demand. The transition to a declineconsumption-led growth inAsia-Pacific LNG prices from their February peak.

The nickel price rose sharply during the second half of FY2014 as the Indonesian ore export ban took effect in the March quarter of FY2014. Demand growth remains robust given rising stainless steel production in China, Europe emerging economies should provide particular support for industrial metals, energy and the United States.

While aluminium demand growth has been strong, new supply continues to offset the curtailment of high cost capacity. However, we expect the premia currently being realised in certain regions to remain at elevated levels as warehouse bottlenecks are likely to take some time to be resolved.fertilisers.

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure is important in pursuing our strategy through the development of large-scale resource projects and in sustaining our existing operations. Capital expenditure is disclosed for each Business in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report.

Operating costs

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we do not generally have the ability to offset cost pressures through corresponding price increases; therefore, controlling our operating costs is a key driver of our results. Operating costs for the last three years are set out in section 1.111.11.1 as well as an analysis of the change in Total expenses. Further analysis of the factors that impacted expenses during FY2014FY2015 is set out below and in section 1.15.3.

In discussing the factors that affected Total expenses, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development. Collectively we refer to these as change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include non-cash costs being depreciation, amortisation, impairments, and

movements in deferred stripping balances.balances and movements in provisions. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation on the actual costs incurred in the corresponding period, changes in fuel and energy costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and one-off items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all the Businesses based on the factors that are within their control and responsibility.

Change in operating cash costs and change in controllable cash costs are not measures that are recognised under IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and they may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT to the financial statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.52.7 billion and a reduction in exploration and business development of US$39829 million to givefor a combined reduction in controllable cash costs of US$1.9 billion in FY2014.2.7 billion. In addition, the improvement in operating costs were aidedwas complemented by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$2.01.7 billion. These factorsimprovements were partially offset by other factors such as inflation (US$805 million)of US$433 million and an increase in the production costs associated with higher volumes (US$2.6 billion).of US$3.2 billion. With higher depreciation and amortisation charges of US$1.71.4 billion and higher impairment charges of US$450 million, total350 million. Total expenses excluding exceptional items increasedof US$3.2 billion decreased from US$45.036.5 billion to US$46.533.8 billion.

Exploration and development of resources

Minerals exploration

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around our portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins, which now provide us with significant growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our greenfield exploration program.

Greenfield minerals (new sites) exploration is focused on advancing targets within Chile, and Peru, southwestern United States and is organised through our Copper Business. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and multi-million dollar delineation drilling programs.

In addition to our activities focused on finding new world-class deposits, several of our Businesses undertake brownfield (developments on existing sites) exploration, principally aimed at delineating and categorising mineral deposits near existing operations, and advancing projects through the development pipeline.

Our expenditure on minerals exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Year ended 30 June

US$M   US$M
Restated
   US$M
Restated
 
   46     179     324     55     46     179  

Brownfield exploration

   364     497     814     194     340     467  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total minerals exploration(1)

   410     676     1,138     249     386     646  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

(1)Excludes minerals exploration from Discontinued operations.

The Group’s minerals exploration expenditure declined by 3936 per cent in FY2014FY2015 to US$410249 million as we sharpened our focus on greenfieldadvancing copper porphyry targets inwithin Chile, Peru and Peru.southwestern United States.

Petroleum exploration

We have reduced exploration expenditure in Petroleum over recent years with a sharpened focus on high impacthigh-impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
   600     675     1,355    

Exploration expense

Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

Exploration expense for each Business over the three-year period is set out below.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012   2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Exploration expense (1)

      

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
  

Petroleum and Potash

   544     709     1,038     532     544     709  

Copper

   116     274     366     90     111     266  

Iron Ore

   56     74     135     38     56     74  

Coal

   34     39     174     20     29     32  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   38     53     68  

Group and unallocated items

             7     18     30     47  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   788     1,149     1,788     698     770     1,128  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes exploration expenses from Discontinued operations.

(2) Includes US$28 million (2014: US$72 million (2013:million; 2013: US$102 million, 2012: US$144 million) exploration expense previously capitalised, written off as impaired.

Following our focus on productivity and reducing costs, the reduction in the Group’s exploration expense, excluding impairment of exploration expenseexpenditure previously capitalised, increased Underlying EBIT in FY2014FY2015 by US$33128 million.

Interest rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments. Our policy on interest rate exposure is for interest on our borrowings to bepay or receive on a US dollar floating interest rate basis. To achieve this policy, we often use derivative financial instruments, including cross currency and interest rate swaps, to convert an underlying exposure to a US dollar floating rate exposure. Deviation from our policy requires the prior approval offrom our Financial Risk Management Committee and is managed within our Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework, which is described in note 29 ‘Financialportfolio risk management’ to the Financial Statements. When required under this strategy, we use interest rate swaps, including cross currency interest rate swaps, to convert a fixed rate exposure to a floating rate exposure. As at 30 June 2014, the Group held US$3.3 billion (2013: US$5.4 billion) of centrally managed fixed interest rate borrowings, as well as US$2.0 billion (2013: US$3.5 billion) of other fixed interest rate borrowings, that have not been swapped to floating interest rates, primarily arising from debt raised during FY2014, debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk and debt raised prior to the DLC merger.management approach.

Our earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group’s net borrowings. Based onOur main exposure is to the net debt position as at 30 June 2014, taking into account interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the3 month US LIBOR interest rate will decreasebenchmark, which increased by 0.010 per cent in FY2015 to an average of 0.252 per cent. Further information, including the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$126 million (2013: decrease of US$128 million). This assumes that the changesensitivity to movements in interest rates, is effective fromcan be found in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant over the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.Financial Statements.

Health, safety, environment and community

We operate in an industry where many of our activities are highly regulated by laws governing health, safety and the environment. We are committed to compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries in which we

operate and, where applicable, to exceeding legal and other requirements which are less stringent than our own. However, regulatory standards and community expectations are constantly evolving. As a result, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses, despite our best efforts to work with governments, community groups and scientists to keep pace with regulations, law and public expectations.

Further information about our compliance with HSEC regulations can be found in section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Insurance

During FY2014,FY2015, we maintained an insurance program encompassing property damage, business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, directors’ and officers’ liability and public and certain other liabilities. The program includes a combination of self-insurance via subsidiary captive insurance companies, industry mutuals and external market insurance and reinsurance. Mandates are established as to risk retention levels, policy cover and, where applicable, insurance and reinsurance counterparty security. As part of our portfolio risk management approach, we regularly conduct an assessment of maximum foreseeable loss potential, cash flow at risk, loss experience, claims received and insurance premiums paid, and will make adjustments to the balance of self-insurance and external insurance and reinsurance as required.

The Group is largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage and business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, and primary public liability.liability and employee benefits. For these risks, we internally insure our Businesses (for wholly owned assets and, forwhere permissible, by local insurance regulation and/or commercial market terms our share of joint venture assets) via our captive insurance companies. Any losses incurred will consequently impact the Financial Statements as they arise.

1.15.2    Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of ourthe Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and judgementsform assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the date ofrevenues and expenses reported in the Financial Statements and the reported revenue and expenses during the periods presented therein.Statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimatesjudgements and judgementsestimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its estimatesjudgements and judgementsestimates on historical experience and on various other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about the carrying values of assets and liabilitiesreported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We haveThe Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods:

 

reserve estimates;

 

exploration and evaluation expenditure;

 

development expenditure;

 

taxation;

property, plant and equipment and intangible assets – recoverable amount;

defined benefit pension schemes; and

 

provision for closure and rehabilitation;

taxation.rehabilitation.

In accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),IFRS, we are required to include information regarding the nature of the estimates and judgements and potential impacts on our financial results or financial position in the Financial Statements. This information can be found in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the Financial Statements.

1.15.3    Operating results

The following table describes the approximate impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013.FY2014. Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014 2013   2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
 

Year ended 30 June

 
   22,098   21,680  

Net price impact:

   

Change in sales prices

   (16,433 (2,639

Price-linked costs

   1,209   (111
  US$M US$M   

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT as reported in the prior year

   22,930    28,086  
   (15,224 (2,750
  

 

  

 

 

Change in volumes:

      

Productivity

   962    1,257     1,220   1,029  

Growth

   1,929    707     1,822   1,929  
  

 

  

 

 
   2,891    1,964  
  

 

  

 

 

Net price impact:

   

Change in sales prices

   (3,396  (8,454

Price-linked costs

   (80  582  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   (3,476  (7,872   3,042   2,958  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

      

Operating cash costs

   1,524    1,556     2,678   1,131  

Exploration and business development

   398    949     29   398  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   1,922    2,505     2,707   1,529  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Change in other costs:

      

Exchange rates

   1,760    229     1,567   1,188  

Inflation on costs

   (805  (646   (433 (575

Fuel and energy

   (46  (133   518   (3

Non-cash

   (2,091  154     (1,304 (1,737

One-off items

       (103   (456    
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   (1,182  (499   (108 (1,127
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Asset sales

   53    (66   (72 61  

Ceased and sold operations

   (492  (657   22   (349

Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

   (637 43  

Other

   215    (531   38   53  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   22,861    22,930     11,866   22,098  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The method of calculation of the factors that affected Underlying EBIT and the Financial Statement line items of Revenue, Other income and Expenses (excluding net finance costs) that are affected by the factors are as follows.

 

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

 

Method of calculation

 

Financial statement

line item affected

Change in sales prices

Change in average realised price for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Revenue

Price-linked costs

Change in price-linked costs for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Expenses

Volumes – Productivity

Change in volumes for each operation not included in the Growth category from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Volumes – Growth

 Volume – Growth comprises Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the corresponding period, change in volumes for operations identified as a Growth project from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin, and change in volume for Petroleum Business from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin. Revenue and Expenses

Volumes – Productivity

Change in volumes for each operation not included in the Growth category from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Change in sales prices

Change in average realised price for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by current period volumes.Revenue

Price-linked costs

Change in price-linked costs for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by current period volumes.Expenses

Operating cash costs

 Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel and energy costs, non-cash costs and one-off items as defined below for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period. Expenses

Exploration and business development

 Exploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the corresponding period. Expenses

Exchange rates

 Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses. The majority of the Group’s selling prices are denominated in US dollars and so there is little impact of exchange rate changes on Revenue. Revenue and Expenses

Inflation on costs

 Change in inflation rate applied to expenses, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations. Expenses

Fuel and energy

 Fuel and energy expense in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the corresponding period. Expenses

Non-cash

 Includes non-cash items, mainly depreciation, amortisation and impairments. Expenses

One-off items

 Change in cash costs exceeding a predeterminedpre-determined threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years. Expenses

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

 

Method of calculation

 

Financial statement

line item affected

Asset sales

 Profit/loss on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/loss on sale in the corresponding period. Other income

Ceased and sold operations

 Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold operations in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold in the corresponding period. Revenue, Other income and Expenses
Share of operating profit from equity accounted investmentsShare of operating profit from equity accounted investments for the period minus Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments in the corresponding period.Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

Other

 Variances not explained by the above factors. Revenue, Other income and Expenses

A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT for FY2014FY2015 to the financial statementFinancial Statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

The following commentary describes the principal factors outlined in the table above for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013.

Volumes

Volume efficiencies attributed to productivity and the ramp-up of major projects underpinned an increase in production in a number of Businesses in FY2014 and an additional US$2.9 billion in Underlying EBIT. WAIO was the major contributor as the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub and a series of productivity initiatives raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain and supported a US$1.8 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Despite the impact of natural field decline, stronger volumes in our Petroleum Business generated an additional US$994 million of Underlying EBIT, reflecting 73 per cent growth in Onshore US liquids volumes and a near doubling of production at Atlantis.FY2014.

Prices

Lower averagerealised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.416.4 billion in FY2014.

In metallurgical coal, an increase in seaborne supply and the resilience of higher cost, along with uneconomic capacity led to a 20 per cent and 14FY2015. A 41 per cent decline in the average realised price of hard coking coaliron ore was the major contributor and weak coking coal, respectively. The average price received for thermal coal also declined by 14 per cent during the period. In total, lower average realised prices in our Coal Business reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.59.5 billion.

A five per cent decline in the average realised price of copper reflected the near-term rebalancing of the market, while the acceleration of low-cost, seaborne iron ore supply growth, predominantly from Australia’s Pilbara region, weighed on prices in the June 2014 half year. In total, lower average realised prices for copper and iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.4 billion.

Nickel and aluminium prices rallied towards the end of FY2014 but remained lower on average for the period, reducing Underlying EBIT by a further US$258 million.

The value of diversification was again evident as higher Weaker average realised prices for our petroleum productsPetroleum, Copper and Coal Businesses decreased Underlying EBIT by US$4.2 billion, US$1.6 billion and US$1.1 billion, respectively. A reduction in price-linked costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$219 million. In this context, the average price achieved for our natural gas sales book, covering domestic1.2 billion and international markets, increased by 16 per cent.

Price-linked costs decreased Underlying EBIT by US$80 million during the period, primarily reflecting higherreflected lower royalty charges in our Petroleum and Iron Ore Businesses.Business.

Volumes

Productivity-led volume efficiencies and the ramp up of major projects underpinned a US$3.0 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) was the major contributor as the improved performance of our integrated supply chain and the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub supported a US$1.9 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. A doubling of liquids production from both Black Hawk and Permian supported a further US$799 million volume-related increase in Petroleum’s Underlying EBIT.

Controllable cash costs

Operating cash costs

Our focus on improving operating costs through productivity initiatives sawbest-in-class performance underpinned a decreaseUS$2.7 billion reduction in operating cash costs of US$1.5 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$398 million, to give a decrease in controllable cash costs of US$1.9 billion during FY2014.

FY2015.

Operating cash costs

The Group’s commitment to further improve the competitive position of its assets delivered tangible results in FY2014 as operating cash costs declined by US$1.5 billion. A general increasereduction in labour, contractor and contractor productivity had the greatest impact, increasingmaintenance costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.3 billion.

An improvement1.5 billion during the period. This was most evident in WAIO where the standardisation of our equipment productivity increased Underlying EBIT byand maintenance systems, and the insourcing of third party services facilitated a step change in the performance of our mining operations. Mining-related efficiencies contributed to a further US$268580 million as contract stripping activities were further optimised at Queensland Coal. A reduction in consumablecash costs in our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business more than accounted for a US$33 million decrease in Group supply costs.largely reflected improved productivity at Escondida.

Exploration and business development

The Group’s exploration and business development expenditure declined by 25 per centwas broadly in FY2014 to US$1.0 billion as we sharpened our focusline with FY2014. Our exploration program remains focused on greenfield copper porphyry targets inwithin Chile, and Peru and high impactthe southwestern United States, and petroleum liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago. The associated reduction in the Group’s exploration expense increased Underlying EBIT by US$331 million, while a further decline in business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by US$67 million.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.81.6 billion andduring the period. This included the restatement of monetary items in the balance sheet, which reducedincreased Underlying EBIT by US$352 million. Average and closing exchange rates for FY2014 and FY2013 are detailed637 million relative to FY2014. Further information can be found in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

Inflation on costs

Inflation had an unfavourableThe impact on all Businesses andof inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$805433 million during FY2014.the period. This was most notable in Australia Chile and South Africa,Chile, which accounted for over 85 per cent of the total variance.

Fuel and energy

A reduction in diesel prices across our minerals businesses supported a US$518 million increase in Underlying EBIT.

Non-cash

An increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by US$2.11.3 billion during the period.

A US$631839 million increase in non-cash charges in our Copper Business reflects: higher ore mined which resulted in increased depletion of stripping capitalised at Escondida; increased depreciation following the completion of the Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project; and a US$199 million impairment driven by a lower copper price and permitting uncertainty for the proposed mine life extension at Cerro Colorado.

A US$639 million increase in non-cash charges in our Petroleum Business reflects: US$316 million of higher depreciation and amortisation charge atcharges in Onshore US reflectedfollowing the ramp-up of liquids production at Black Hawk and the progressive development of our Permian acreage. We continue to expectacreage; and US$328 million of impairment charges associated with the depreciation ratedivestment of assets in north Louisiana and the Pecos field in the PermianPermian. During the period, a US$79 million impairment of Neptune was also recognised as the fall in near-term oil prices has affected its value due to normalise at a lower level as reserves are booked and the production rate grows towards 100 Mboe per day over the medium term. its short field life.

The completion and progressive ramp-up of several major projectsdecrease in our Iron Ore and Coal Businesses resulted in an US$871 million increase in the depreciation and amortisation expense during the period.

Depreciation and amortisation expense included the following impairment charges: a US$292 million charge at Energy Coal South Africa; a US$184 million charge relatednon-cash charges relates to minor Gulf of Mexico assets; and a US$68 million charge associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (United States) to lapse.

A US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisionsprovision charges recognised in FY2014 for the Group’s North American closed mines andmines.

One-off items

One-off items recognised during the period comprise a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte also contributedUS$268 million expense related to the increase in non-cash charges.mill outage at Olympic Dam and US$188 million costs associated with the implementation of the Escondida Voluntary Redundancy Program.

Asset sales

The divestmentcontribution of asset sales to Underlying EBIT decreased by US$72 million from FY2014, which included the sale of Liverpool Bay more than accounted for the US$53 million increase in Underlying EBIT related to asset sales.Bay.

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations decreasedincreased by US$49222 million in FY2014 andFY2015. This largely reflected: areflected an unfavourable US$143 million negative adjustment to the Browse divestment price;proceeds, due to unitisation changes subsequent to the completion of the sale, offset by the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine, in November 2013; and the cessationboth during FY2014.

Share of aluminium smelting activities at Bayside in June 2014.operating profit from equity accounted investments

Other

Other items increased Underlying EBITLower average realised prices received by US$215 million and largely reflected an increase in margins at our equity accounted investments and andecreased Underlying EBIT US$84 million profit related to the sale of the Energy Coal South Africa Optimum Coal purchase agreement. A US$112 million UK pension plan expense in our Petroleum Business is also reported in this category.637 million.

Net finance costs

Net finance costs of US$1.2 billion decreased by US$100300 million fromto US$614 million. The decrease reflected foreign exchange gains on finance leases and the prior period. This was primarily related toearly redemption of the Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes in August 2014, which resulted in a decrease of US$245 million in netgain on redemption and lower interest expenses, which was partially offset by a decrease in interest capitalised of US$108 million.expense.

Taxation expense

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, was US$7.0 billion, representing a statutory effective tax rate of 31.5 per cent (30 June 2013: 35.0 per cent).

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. The Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) reduced taxation expense by US$238 million in FY2014 (30 June 2013: increase of US$321 million) as royalty-related credits in the Coal Business more than offset Iron Ore MRRT expense for the period. This included the remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT which decreased taxation expense by US$170 million in the period (30 June 2013: increase of US$207 million).

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRTMinerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) and exceptional items, was 32.531.8 per cent (30 June 2013: 34.22014: 32.2 per cent).

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, was US$3.7 billion, representing a statutory effective tax rate of 45.5 per cent (30 June 2014: 31.2 per cent).

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. An exceptional item of US$698 million tax expense (2014: US$ nil) was recognised on a Continuing operations basis for the derecognition of deferred tax assets upon the repeal of the MRRT legislation in Australia.

Adjusted effective tax rate is not an IFRS measure and is reconciled to the statutoryStatutory effective tax rate below:

 

   2014  2013 

Year ended 30 June

  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M  US$M     US$M   US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

   22,236    (7,012  31.5  19,726     (6,906  35.0

Less:

        

Exchange rate movements

       (24        245   

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

       (170        207   

Exceptional items

   (551  166     1,928     (943 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

   21,685    (7,040  32.5  21,654     (7,397  34.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2015  2014 
   

 

  Restated 

Year ended 30 June

  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M  US$M     US$M  US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

    8,056  (3,666)   45.5 21,735  (6,780)   31.2

Less:

           

Exchange rate movements

           –     339            –       (34)  

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

           –         –            –     (170)  

Exceptional items

    3,196     (250)        (551)     166  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

  11,252  (3,577)   31.8 21,184  (6,818)   32.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements that are not profit based are recognised as operating costs within Profit before taxation. These amounted to US$2.81.7 billion during the period (30 June 2013:2014: US$2.62.4 billion).

Exceptional items

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2015

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Onshore US assets

   (2,787  829    (1,958

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (409  119    (290

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation(1)

       (698  (698
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,196  250    (2,946
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(12) million.

The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$2.0 billion (after tax benefit) in relation to its Onshore US assets. The gas-focused Hawkville field accounts for the substantial majority of this charge reflecting its geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans. The remainder relates to the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition.

On 12 November 2014, the Group announced that the review of its Nickel West business was complete and the preferred option, the sale of the business, was not achieved on an acceptable basis. As a result of operational decisions made subsequent to the conclusion of this process, an impairment charge of US$290 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in FY2015.

The legislation to repeal the MRRT in Australia took effect on 30 September 2014. As a result, the Group derecognised a MRRT deferred tax asset of US$809 million, and corresponding taxation charges of US$698 million related to Continuing operations and US$111 million related to Discontinued operations were recognised in FY2015.

Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information.

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

     

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

On 11 October 2013, BHP Billitonthe Group announced it had completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for a cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in FY2014.

Refer to note 32 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information. An analysis of exceptional items for FY2013 are included in section 2.5.5 of this Annual Report.

Discontinued operations

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420        420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212    (183  1,029  

Sale of diamonds business

   (97  (42  (139

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

   1,539    (188  1,351  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (1,698  454    (1,244

Impairment of Worsley assets

   (2,190  559    (1,631

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

   (266  99    (167

Other impairments arising from capital project review

   (1,006  291    (715

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   158    (47  111  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (1,928  943    (985
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TheOn 25 May 2015, the Group announced that it completed the saledemerger of a selection of its wholly owned Yeelirrie uranium deposit resulting inaluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver-lead-zinc assets to create an independent metals and mining company, South32.

South32’s contribution to BHP Billiton’s FY2015 results comprised a gain on sale of US$420753 million while the associatedprofit after taxation excluding exceptional items. Exceptional items comprised a tax expense was offset byof US$111 million related to the recognitionrepeal of deferred tax benefitsthe MRRT and a net loss on available tax losses.

The Group announced it had completed the saledemerger of its 37.76 per cent effective interest in Richards Bay Minerals resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.02.2 billion (after tax expense)benefit).

The Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests This contribution has been included in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations. The transaction was completed on 10 April 2013 for an aggregate cash consideration of US$553 million (after adjustments). An impairment charge of US$139 million (after tax expense) was recognised based on the final consideration.

The Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.5 billion being recognised in FY2013. The associated tax expense of US$462 million was partly offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$241 million and the derecognition of deferred tax liabilities of US$33 million. The final sales price was determined during FY2014 requiring aAttributable loss of US$143 million recognised in FY2014.

As a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak nickel prices, the Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1.2 billion (after tax benefit) at Nickel West in FY2013.

The Group recognised an impairment of assets at Worsley as a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak alumina prices. A total impairment chargeafter taxation from Discontinued operations of US$1.6 billion (after tax benefit) was recognised.

An impairment charge of US$167 million (after tax benefit) was recognised as the performance of specific evaluation wells in certain areas of the Permian Basin (United States) did not support economic development.

In FY2013, WAIO refocused its attention on the capital efficient expansion opportunity that exists within the Port Hedland inner harbour, and all early works associated with the outer harbour development option were suspended. This revision to the WAIO development sequence and the change in status of other minor capital projects across the Group resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$639 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$76 million (after tax benefit) in FY2013, of which US$580 million (after tax benefit) were related to WAIO.

The Group recognised a decrease of US$158 million (before tax expense) to its rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). This followed the completion of the Hunter River Remediation Project and reaching agreement with the Environment Protection Authority in March 2013 regarding the necessary scope of work to repeal the Environmental Classification at Steel River.

Exceptional items during FY2013 are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2013

US$M

  Sale of
assets
   Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
   Gross 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420                  420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212                  1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

        (97           (97

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

   1,539                  1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

        (1,698           (1,698

Impairment of Worsley assets

        (2,190           (2,190

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

        (266           (266

Other impairments arising from capital project review

        (898  (108       (1,006

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

                158     158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,171     (5,149  (108  158     (1,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information.billion.

Third party sales

We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales. The table below shows the breakdown between our production and third party products.

 

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2014 2013 2012   2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M US$M US$M 

Year ended 30 June (1)

2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
       

Revenue

   64,227    63,067    66,969     43,457   55,045   52,637  

Related operating costs

   (41,410  (40,264  (39,017   (31,605 (32,962 (31,021
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   22,817    22,803    27,952     11,852   22,083   21,616  

Underlying EBIT Margin

   35.5  36.2  41.7   27.3 40.1 41.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Third party products

        

Revenue

   2,979    2,886    3,508     1,179   1,717   1,223  

Related operating costs

   (2,935  (2,759  (3,374   (1,165 (1,702 (1,159
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit

   44    127    134     14   15   64  

Margin on third party products (2)

   1.5  4.4  3.8   1.2 0.9 5.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Excluding exceptional items.items and Discontinued operations.

 

(2) Operating profit divided by revenue.

We engage in third party trading for the following reasons:

 

Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our own assets means that we sometimes source third party materials to ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.

 

To optimise our supply chain outcomes, we may buy physical product from third parties.

 

In order to support the development of liquid markets, we will sometimes source third party physical product and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.

1.15.4    Cash flow analysis

A Consolidated Cash Flow Statement is contained in the Financial Statements. The explanatory notes appear in note 2337 ‘Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement’ to the Financial Statements. A summary table has been presented below to show the key sources and uses of cash.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014 2013 2012   2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
  US$M US$M US$M 

Year ended 30 June

2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
   31,384    28,793    32,987     

Dividends received

   1,284    721    722     740   1,264   716  

Net interest paid

   (839  (786  (412   (541 (795 (848

Taxation paid

   (6,465  (8,574  (8,038   (4,025 (6,147 (7,877
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations

   17,794   23,640   19,017  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations

   1,502   1,724   1,137  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows

   25,364    20,154    25,259     19,296   25,364   20,154  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (15,993  (22,243  (18,637   (11,947 (15,224 (21,104

Exploration expenditure

   (1,010  (1,351  (2,493   (816 (986 (1,321

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   716    1,047    1,644     670   698   1,026  

Purchases of intangibles

   (192  (400  (219   (98 (192 (380

Investment in financial assets

   (1,193  (475  (471   (15 (1,168 (455

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities

           (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (44  (84  (83   (71 (44 (84

Net proceeds from investing activities

   1,882    4,780    330     775   1,782   4,697  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (11,502 (15,134 (17,621
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (1,066 (700 (1,105
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (15,834  (18,726  (32,485   (13,154 (15,834 (18,726
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net proceeds (repayment of)/from interest bearing liabilities

   (910  7,157    8,644  

Share buy-back

           (83

Net (repayment of)/proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

   (728 (1,011 7,255  

Dividends paid

   (6,639  (7,004  (6,220   (7,052 (6,506 (6,945

Contribution from non-controlling interest

   1,435    73    101  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

   53   1,435   73  

Other financing activities

   (354  (424  (403   (346 (354 (433
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (8,073 (6,436 (50
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (203 (32 (148
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows

   (6,468  (198  2,039     (8,276 (6,468 (198
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   3,062    1,230    (5,187

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations

   (1,781 2,070   1,346  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations

   233   992   (116
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations after interest and tax increaseddecreased by 2625 per cent to US$25.417.8 billion in FY2014. Aduring FY2015. The major contributor was the US$2.67.7 billion increasedecrease in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and, which was partially offset by a decrease of US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase. The decrease in net taxes paid was attributed to lower income tax payments in the year of US$1.2 billion in line with our lower effective tax rate and income tax refunds of US$852 million.paid.

Net investing cash outflows from Continuing operations decreased by US$2.93.6 billion to US$15.811.5 billion during the period. ThisFY2015 and reflected a US$6.63.4 billion reduction in capital and exploration expenditure partially offset by a decline in proceeds from asset sales of US$2.9 billion.expenditure. Expenditure on major growth projects totalled US$13.19.3 billion, including US$5.64.5 billion on petroleumPetroleum projects and US$7.54.8 billion on mineralsMinerals projects. Sustaining capital expenditure and other items totalled US$2.92.6 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$1.0 billion,816 million, including US$716670 million classified within net operating cash flows.

Net financing cash flows included theoutflows from Continuing operations increased by US$1.6 billion to US$8.1 billion. A decrease in proceeds from interest bearing liabilities of US$6.32.6 billion, a decrease in contributions fromnon-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion and contributions fromhigher dividends paid to non-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion. Proceeds from435 million were partially offset by a decrease in repayments of interest bearing liabilities included the issuance of a four tranche Global Bond of US$5.0 billion. These inflows were more than offset by debt repayments of US$7.22.9 billion and dividend payments to our shareholders of US$6.4 billion.during FY2015.

1.15.5    Net debt and sources of liquidity

Our policies on debt and treasuryliquidity management are as follows:pursue the following objectives:

 

a commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating;

 

gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent;

 

diversification of funding sources;

 

generally to maintain borrowings and excess cash predominantly in US dollars.

Gearing and net debt

Net debt, comprising Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$25.824.4 billion, which represented a decrease of US$1.71.4 billion compared with the net debt position at 30 June 2013.2014. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 25.7 per cent at 30 June 2015, compared with 23.2 per cent at 30 June 2014, compared2014. IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with 26.8 per cent at 30 June 2013.South32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Cash at bank and in handcash equivalents less overdrafts at 30 June 20142015 was US$8.86.6 billion compared with US$5.78.8 billion at 30 June 2013.2014. Included within thisCash and cash equivalents were short-term deposits at 30 June 2014 of US$7.15.8 billion compared with US$3.27.1 billion at 30 June 2013.2014.

Funding sources

During FY2014,FY2015, we issued the Groupfollowing long-term debt:

In March 2015, we issued an A$1.0 billion 3.000 per cent Australian bond due 2020.

In April 2015, we issued a fourthree tranche Global Bond totalling US$5.0 billionEuro bond comprising US$500€600 million Senior Floating Rate Notes due 20162020 paying interest at three month US dollar LIBORthree-month Euribor plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.0500.350 per cent, Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion 3.850€650 million 0.750 per cent Senior Notesbonds due 2023,2022 and US$2.5 billion 5.000€750 million 1.500 per cent Senior Notesbonds due 2043.

2030.

None of our Group levelGroup-level borrowing facilities are subject to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilities in relation to specific Businesses are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, but which would be considered normal for such facilities.

Our maturity profile for US dollar bonds, Euro bonds and Australian dollar bonds for

In addition to the Group’s uncommitted debt issuance programs, we hold the following five years is set out below.committed standby facilities.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

USD Bonds

   3,825     1,050     3,250          2,250  

Euro Bonds

        1,365               1,706  

AUD Bonds

                  939       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,825     2,415     3,250     939     3,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Facility
available
2014
   Used
2014
   Unused
2014
   Facility
available

2013
   Used
2013
 Unused
2013
   Facility
available
2015
   Drawn
2015
   Undrawn
2015
��  Facility
available

2014
   Drawn
2014
   Undrawn
2014
 
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Commercial paper program (1)

   6,000          6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  

Revolving credit facility (1)

   6,000           –     6,000     6,000           –     6,000  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000           –     6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670     6,000          6,000     6,000          6,000  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1) 

The Group has a US$6.0 billion commercial paper program backed by US$6.0 billion of revolving credit facilities. In May 2014, the US$5.0 and US$1.0 billion revolving credit facilities expiring in December 2015 and December 2014, were replaced by aGroup’s committed US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility.facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The newcombined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$6.0 billion. As at 30 June 2015, US$ nil commercial paper was drawn (2014: US$ nil), therefore US$6.0 billion of committed facility was available to use (2014: US$6.0 billion). The revolving credit facility has a

five-year maturity with twoone remaining one-year extension options. The facilityoption. A commitment fee is used for general corporate purposespayable on the undrawn balance and as backup for the commercial paper programs. Thean interest rates under these facilities are based onrate comprising an interbank rate plus a margin.margin applies to any drawn balance. The applicable margin isagreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating. The Group had no US commercial paper outstanding in the market at the end of the financial year (2013: US$1.3 billion).

Additional information regarding the maturity profile of our debt obligations and details of our standby and support agreements is included in note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

The Group’s credit ratings are currently A1/P-1 (Moody’s – long-term/short-term) and A+/A-1 (Standard & Poor’s – long-term/short-term). The credit ratings outlook from both agencies did not change during FY2014.remained unchanged in FY2015, however on 4 May 2015 Standard & Poor’s revised the Group’s ratings outlook to negative from stable.

1.15.6    Other information

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We identified our primary market risks in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. A description of how we manage our market risks, including both quantitative and qualitative information about our market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at 30 June 2014,2015, is contained in note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

Information in relation to our material off-balance sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 20142015 is provided in note 2134 ‘Commitments’ and note 35 ‘Contingent liabilities’ and note 22 ‘Commitments’ to the Financial Statements.

Subsidiary information

Information about our significant subsidiaries is included in note 2630 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are outlined in note 3233 ‘Related party transactions’ to the Financial Statements.

Significant changes since the end of the year

Significant changes since the end of the year are outlined in note 36 ‘Subsequent events’ to the Financial Statements.

The Strategic Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Dated: 1110 September 20142015

2    Our assetsBusiness overview

2.1    Business overviewGroups

2.1.1    Petroleum and Potash Business

Our Petroleum and Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises conventional and non-conventional oil and gas operations located in six countries throughout the world and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Petroleum

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production and marketing activities. We have a high-quality resource base concentrated in the United States and Australia. Our core production operations are primarily located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Onshore USAustralia and in Australia. We also have operations in Trinidad and Tobago Pakistan, Algeria(conventional) and the United Kingdom.Onshore US (unconventional). We produce crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs).

The Petroleum portfolio consisted of conventional oil and gas operations up until 2011, when we moved into the unconventional shale business. Our Onshore US operations evolved from the acquisition of the Fayetteville shale assets from Chesapeake Energy Corporation and the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation.

Our overall production for FY2014FY2015 was 246.0255.7 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe). This was mainly attributable to our US and Australian operations, which produced 144.3162.3 MMboe and 80.077.7 MMboe, respectively, with the majority of US production coming from Onshore US, which produced 108.1125.7 MMboe. Operations outside Australia and the United States delivered the remaining production volumes. Information relating to our oil and gas reserves is set out in section 2.3.1.

In line with our aim of simplification and a sharper strategic focus, we continue to evaluate our existing portfolio in order to optimise our position around our core business.

United States

LOGO

Our production operations include the following:

United States

LOGO

Gulf of Mexico

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with a 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have on goingongoing infill drilling in most of our Gulf of Mexico fields. We completedfields and also planned ongoing water injection development projectswells at the Shenzi and Atlantis in CY2013.fields. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore offrom the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where all our Gulf of Mexico fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore. Our US oil production is delivered to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States.

Onshore US

We produce oil, condensate, NGLsgas and natural gasNGLs in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. The Eagle Ford area has two sections, Black Hawk and Hawkville. Our combined leasehold acreage onshore in the United States is approximately 1.2 million net acres. Our ownership interests in those leases range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2014, we held an interest in approximately 7,700 gross wells and approximately 2,600 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 32 per cent of our gross wells. Production in FY2014 was 108.1 MMboe up from 99.2 MMboe in FY2013.

During FY2014, we sold our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to EP Energy for cash consideration of US$153 million.

Shale reservoirs are characterised by low permeability, so it is necessary to stimulate the reservoir to create additional permeability and, therefore, the flow of liquids and gas to the wellbore. Extracting oil and gas from shale involves hydraulic fracturing, which is a process developed to efficiently access supplies of oil and natural gas locked inside dense subsurface rock formations, such as shale. Hydraulic fracturing involves usingthe use of water, sand and a small amount of chemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation to allow the well to produce commercial volumes.

The development phase of an onshore shale operation requires an extensive drilling and completion program, which may include associated gas compression and treatment facilities and connecting pipelines. Shale development has a repetitive, manufacturing-like nature that provides opportunities for increased efficiency. Much of our development of the shale reservoirs utilises horizontal drilling with average lateral lengths between 1,400 and 1,700 metres. We enter into service contracts with third parties to provide drilling and completion services at our operated sites. At the end of FY2014, we had 24 drilling rigs in operation.

Much of the Eagle Ford and Permian areas are focused on hydrocarbon liquids. The Eagle Ford area is located in south Texas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.3 million net acres. The Permian area is located in west Texas, where our leasehold acreage currently comprises 0.2 million net acres following the sale of our South Midland interest and other leasehold acquisitions and disposals. Production volume from the Permian area was 3.8 MMboe. The combined production in FY2014 from our liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian areas was 51.9 MMboe, up from 33.4 MMboe in FY2013, with a production mix of 42 per cent crude oil and condensate (FY2013: 35 per cent), 36 per cent natural gas (FY2013: 42 per cent) and 22 per cent NGLs (FY2013: 23 per cent).

The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas are focused on natural gas. The Haynesville area is located in northwest Louisiana and east Texas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.3 million net acres. The Fayetteville field is located in north central Arkansas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.4 million net acres. The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas had combined production in FY2014 of 56.2 MMboe of natural gas (FY2013: 65.8 MMboe).

Oil and gas production from our onshore shale areas is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas are based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, Henry Hub pricesrelevant published US regional gas indices for natural gas and Mont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

Eagle Ford

The Eagle Ford production operation is located primarily in the southern Texas counties of DeWitt, Karnes, McMullen and LaSalle. We produce oil, condensate, gas and NGLs from two fields, Black Hawk and Hawkville. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines, and internationally through the export of processed condensate from Black Hawk. The Eagle Ford gathering system consists of 1,602 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to five central delivery points (CDPs), from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Our Black Hawk acreage comprises 0.1 million net acres and is located primarily in the DeWitt and Karnes Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from five per cent to 100 per cent. A majority of our interest (50 per cent share) in the Black Hawk is held with Devon Energy. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 772 gross wells and approximately 427 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 15 per cent of our gross wells.

Our Hawkville acreage comprises 0.2 million net acres and is located primarily in the McMullen and La Salle Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from nine per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 494 gross wells and approximately 409 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 84 per cent of our gross wells.

Permian

The Permian production operation consists of 0.2 million net acres and is primarily located in the western Texas county of Reeves. We produce oil, gas and NGLs. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from 14 per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 81 gross wells and approximately 75 net

wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 93 per cent of our gross wells. The Permian gathering system consists of 145 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to third party CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our upstream Onshore US Pecos shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to Silverback Exploration, LLC for a cash consideration of US$75 million. We also sold our Pecos midstream operations to EagleClaw Midstream, LLC for a cash consideration of US$52 million.

Haynesville

The Haynesville production operation is located primarily in northern Louisiana and consists of 0.2 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 1,045 gross wells and approximately 395 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 37 per cent of our gross wells. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our Onshore North Louisiana conventional operations to JW Operating Company for a cash consideration of US$135 million.

Fayetteville

The Fayetteville production operation is located in north central Arkansas and consists of 0.4 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 4,950 gross wells and approximately 1,070 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 20 per cent of our gross wells. The Fayetteville gathering system consists of 763 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to 14 CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Australia

LOGO

LOGO

Bass Strait

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia.

We sell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia under 12-month term contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to the joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from whichwhere we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is dispatched via pipeline, road tanker or sea tanker. Ethane is dispatched via pipeline to petrochemical plants in western Melbourne.

Minerva

We are the operator of Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to a processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

North West Shelf

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The North West Shelf Project was developed in phases: the domestic gas phase supplies gas to the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and a series of liquefied natural gas (LNG) expansion phases supplying LNG to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts.

We continue to expand our operations in North West Shelf. The North Rankin compression project was completed during FY2014 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. North Rankin B platform was constructed adjacent to existing North Rankin A platform connected by a100-metre long bridge and operates as a single facility.

Gas from North West Shelf gas is piped from the fields to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG),LPG, condensate and LNG are transported to market by ship, while domestic gas is transported by the Natural Gas and Pilbara Energy pipelines. We are also a joint venture partner in four nearby oil fields – Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert and Hermes. All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside.

Pyrenees

We operate six oil fields in Pyrenees, which are located offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest in the fields as at 30 June 2014,2015, based on inception-to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market.

Macedon

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia, and aan onshore gas processing facility, onshore,located approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domesticallyinto the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts.

Stybarrow

We are the operator of Stybarrow (50 per cent interest), an oil field located 55 kilometres west-northwest of Exmouth, Western Australia. The project uses a FPSO facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market. Stybarrow reached the end of its field life and ceased production on 30 June 2015.

Other production operations

Algeria

Our Algerian operations comprise a 38 per cent interest in the ROD Integrated Development, which consists of six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train. The oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets. Our interest in ROD is subject to a contractual determination with our joint venture partner ENI, which could result in a future change in our interest under certain conditions.

United Kingdom

We hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Bruce oil and gas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest), a subsea tie-back, which is processed via the Bruce platform facilities.

We divested our interest in Liverpool Bay (46.1 per cent interest) on 31 March 2014 to ENI ULX Limited for a cash consideration of US$29.1 million (subject to finalisation) and the transfer of the rehabilitation and restoration liability to the buyer. Liverpool Bay was an integrated development consisting of five producing offshore oil and gas fields in the Irish Sea, the Point of Ayr onshore processing plant in northern Wales and associated infrastructure.

Trinidad and Tobago

We operate the Greater Angostura field (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. The crude oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets, while the gas is sold domestically under term contracts. During FY2014 we extended

Algeria

Our Algerian operations comprise an effective 38 per cent interest in the termination dateROD Integrated Development, which consists of six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train. The oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets. Our interest in ROD is subject to a contractual determination with our Production Sharing Contract withjoint venture partner ENI, which could result in a future change in our interest under certain conditions.

United Kingdom

We hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Government of TrinidadBruce oil and Tobagogas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest), a subsea tie-back. Oil and gas from 2021 to 2026.both fields is processed via the Bruce platform facilities.

Pakistan

We operate the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan. Both gas and condensate are sold domestically under term contracts in accordance with the Pakistan Government’s pricing policies.

During February 2015, BHP Billiton and Tri-Resources Investments Inc. (a subsidiary of the Hashoo Group) signed a share purchase agreement for the acquisition by Tri-Resources of BHP Billiton’s entire interest in BHP Petroleum (Pakistan), which holds a 38.5 per cent interest in the Zamzama Joint Venture. Completion of the transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

Information on Petroleum operations

The following table contains additional details of our production operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.1) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.1).

 

Operation &
location

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or options

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Facilities, use & condition

United States     
Neptune (Green Canyon 613)      

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico (1,300m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 35%

 

Marathon Oil 30% Woodside EnergyW&T Offshore 20%

Maxus US Exploration 15%

 BHP Billiton Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities 50 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gas Permanently moored tension leg platform (TLP)
Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)      

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 44%

 

Hess Corporation 28% Repsol 28%

 BHP Billiton Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities 100 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gas 

Stand-alone TLP

 

Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLP

Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)      

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(2,155m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 44%

 

BP 56%

 BP Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities 200 Mbbl/d oil 180 MMcf/d gas Permanently moored semi-submersible platform
Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)      

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 23.9%

 

BP 60.5%

Chevron 15.6%

 BP Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities 80 Mbbl/d oil 60 MMcf/d gas Permanently moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Genesis (Green Canyon 205)      

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(approximately 790m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 4.95%

 

Chevron 56.67%

ExxonMobil 38.38%

 Chevron Lease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities 55 Mbbl/d oil 72 MMcf/d gas Floating cylindrical hull (spar) moored to seabed with integrated drilling facilities

Onshore US

Eagle Ford

Blackhawk / Hawkville

Onshore, southern Texas

Oil, condensate, gas and NGL

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 5% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 55%

Largest partners include Devon Energy

Hawkville – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 9% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 83%

Largest partners include Lewis Energy, Swift Energy & Hunt Oil Company

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton operated approximately 15% of approximately 772 gross wells

Hawkville – BHP Billiton operated approximately 84% of approximately 494 gross wells

Blackhawk – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.1 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Hawkville – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Blackhawk – average daily production during FY2015 130 MMcf/d gas 82 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

24 Mbbl/d NGL

Hawkville – average daily production during FY2015 168 MMcf/d gas

15 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

17 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells and associated pipeline and compression facilities
Permian
Permian, western TexasOil, gas and NGL

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 14% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 93%

Residual ownership held by multiple partners

BHP Billiton operated approximately 93% of approximately 81 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

30 MMcf/d gas

10 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

4 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells with associated gathering systems, processing plant and compression facilities

Operation &
location

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or options

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Facilities, use & condition

Onshore USHaynesville      

Eagle Ford, south Texas

Permian, west Texas

Haynesville, northern Louisiana and easteastern Texas

Fayetteville, Arkansas

 Oil, condensate, gas and NGLGas 

BHP Billiton working interest in leaseswells range from <less than 1% to 100%

 

BHP Billiton average net workingnetworking interest is approximately 34%38%

 

Largest partners include

SouthwesternChesapeake Energy XTO, Devon Energyand Exco Resources

 BHP Billiton operated approximately 32%37% of approximately 7,7001,045 gross wells 

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 1.20.2 million net acres:

Eagle Ford – 0.3 million acres

Permian – 0.2 million acres

Haynesville – 0.3 million acres

Fayetteville – 0.4 million acres

Other – 0.1 million acres

 

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

 

Average daily production during FY2014FY2015

1,230446 MMcf/d gas

Producing gas wells with an associated pipeline owned by a third party and compression infrastructure
Fayetteville
Fayetteville, northern central ArkansasGas

60.1 Mbbl/dBHP Billiton working interest in wells range from less than 1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 22%

Largest partners include Southwestern Energy and XTO Energy

BHP Billiton operated approximately 20% of approximately 4,950 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.4 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and condensate

31.3 Mbbl/d NGLgas is produced in paying quantities

 

Eagle Ford – producing oil andAverage daily production during FY2015

379 MMcf/d gas wells and associated pipeline and compression facilities

Permian – oil and gas wells with associated gathering systems, processing plant and compression facilities

Haynesville – producing gas wells with a third party operated pipeline network

Fayetteville – producing

Producing gas wells with associated pipeline and compression infrastructure

All production from Onshore US fields is transported to various intrastate and interstate pipelines through multiple interconnects

Australia      
Bass Strait      
Offshore and onshore Victoria Oil and gas 

Gippsland Basin Joint Venture (GBJV):

BHP Billiton 50%

 

Esso Australia (Exxon Mobil subsidiary) 50%

Oil Basins Ltd 2.5% royalty interest in 19 production licences

 

Kipper Unit Joint Venture (KUJV):

BHP Billiton 32.5%

Esso Australia 32.5%

Santos Offshore Pty Ltd 35%

 Esso Australia 

20 production licences and 2 retention leases issued by Australian Government

 

Expire between 2016 and end of life of field

 

One production licence held with Santos Ltd

 

200 Mbbl/d oil

1,075 MMcf/d gas

5,150 tpd LPG

850 tpd ethane

 

20 producing fields with 23 offshore developments (15 steel jacket platforms, 4 subsea developments, 2 steel gravity based mono towers, 2 concrete gravity based platforms)

 

Onshore infrastructure:

– Longford facility (3 gas plants, liquid processing facilities)

– Interconnecting pipelines

– Long Island Point LPG and oil storage facilities

– Ethane pipeline

Operation &
location

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or options

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Facilities, use & condition

Minerva      
Offshore and onshore Victoria Gas and condensate 

BHP Billiton 90%

 

90% Santos (BOL) 10%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 150 TJ/d gas 600 bbl/d condensate 

2 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

 

Gas plant located approximately 4 kmskm inland from Port Campbell

North West Shelf

Offshore and onshore Western Australia

 

North Rankin Goodwyn

Perseus Angel and Searipple fields

 

Domestic gas, LPG, condensate,

LNG

 

North West Shelf Project is an unincorporated JV

 

BHP Billiton:

8.33% of original domestic gas JV, will ultimately increase to 16.67%

16.67% of Incremental Pipeline Gas (IPG) domestic gas JV 16.67% of original LNG JV

12.5% of China LNG JV 16.67% of LPG JV

 

Other participants: subsidiaries of Woodside, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation

 Woodside Petroleum Ltd 

9 production licences issued by Australian Government

 

6 expire in 2022 and 3 expire 5 years from end of production

 

North Rankin Complex: 2,500 MMcf/d gas

60 Mbbl/d condensate

 

Goodwyn A platform: 1,450 MMcf/d gas 110 Mbbl/d condensate

 

Angel platform:

960 MMcf/d gas

50 Mbbl/d condensate

 

Withnell Bay gas plant:

600 MMcf/d gas

 

5-train LNG plant: 45,000 tpd LNG

 

Production from North Rankin and Perseus processed through the interconnected North Rankin A and North Rankin B platforms

 

Production from Goodwyn and Searipple processed through Goodwyn A platform

 

4 subsea wells in Perseus field tied into Goodwyn A platform

 

Production from Angel field processed through Angel platform

 

Onshore gas treatment plant at Withnell Bay processes gas for domestic market

 

5-train LNG plant

North West Shelf

Offshore Western Australia

 

Wanaea

Cossack

Lambert and

Hermes fields

 Oil 

BHP Billiton 16.67%

 

Woodside 33.34%,

BP, Chevron, Japan Australia LNG (MIMI) 16.67% each

 Woodside Petroleum Ltd 3 production licences issued by Australian Government in September 2014 expire in 2014 (currently in renewal), 2018, 2033, and 2033,2035 respectively 

Production:

60 Mbbl/d

Storage:

1 MMbbl

 Floating production storage and off-take (FPSO)FPSO unit

Operation &
location

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or options

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Facilities, use & condition

Pyrenees      

Offshore Western Australia

 

Crosby

Moondyne

Wild Bull

Tanglehead

Stickle and

Ravensworth fields

 Oil 

WA-42-L permit:

BHP Billiton 71.43%

 

Apache PVG 28.57%

 

WA-43-L permit:

BHP Billiton 40%

 

Apache APG Permits 31.5%

Inpex Alpha 28.5%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 

Production:

96 Mbbl/d oil

 

Storage: 920 Mbbl

 24 subsea well completions (19 producers, 4 water injectors, 1 gas injector), FPSO
Macedon      
Offshore and onshore Western Australia Gas and condensate 

WA-42-L permit

BHP Billiton 71.43%

 

Apache PVG 28.57%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 

Production:

200 MMcf/d gas

20 bbl/d condensate

 

4 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

 

Gas plant located approximately 17 km southwest of Onslow

Stybarrow    

Offshore Western Australia

 

Stybarrow and Eskdale fields

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 50%

 

Woodside 50%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 

Production:

80 Mbbl/d oil

 

Storage: 900 Mbbl

 

10 subsea well completions (6 producers, 3 water injectors, 1 gas injector)

 

Gas production is reinjected

Ceased production in June 2015

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Other production operations    
Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura
Offshore Trinidad and TobagoOil and gas

BHP Billiton 45%

National Gas Company 30% Chaoyang 25%

BHP BillitonProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 2026

100 Mbbl/d oil

280 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to the Kairi-2 platform and gas export platform with 3 satellite wellhead protector platforms and flow lines

Oil pipeline from processing platform to storage and export at Guayaguayare

Gas supplied to Trinidad and Tobago domestic markets

Algeria      
ROD Integrated Development      
Onshore Berkine Basin, 900 kilometres southeast of Algiers, Algeria Oil 

BHP Billiton 45% interest in 401a/402a production sharing contract

ENI 55%

 

BHP Billiton effective 38% interest in ROD unitised integrated development

ENI 62%

 Joint Sonatrach/ENI entity 

Production sharing contract with Sonatrach (title holder)

 

Expires in 2016 with option for two 5-year extensions under certain conditions specified in the contracts

 Approximately 80 Mbbl/d oil 

Development and production of 6 oil fields

 

2 largest fields (ROD and SFNE) extend into neighbouring blocks 403a, 403d

 

Production through dedicated processing train on block 403

Operation &
location

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or options

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Facilities, use & condition

United Kingdom      
Bruce/Keith      
Offshore North Sea, UK Oil and gas 

Bruce:

BHP Billiton 16%

BP 37%

Total SA 43.25%

Marubeni 3.75%

 

Keith:

BHP Billiton 31.83%

BP 34.84%

Total SA 25%

Marubeni 8.33%

 

Bruce – BP

 

Keith – BHP Billiton

 3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2015, 2018 and 2046 and end of life of field 920 MMcf/d gas 

Integrated oil and gas platform

Keith developed as tie-back to Bruce facilities

Liverpool Bay

Offshore northwest England, Irish Sea

Douglas and Douglas West oil fields,

Lennox

Hamilton

Hamilton North

gas fields

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 46.1%

ENI 53.9%

BHP Billiton’s interest in Liverpool Bay divested

31 March 2014

BHP Billiton3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2016, 2025 and 2027308 MMcf/d gas 70 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

Integrated development of 5 producing fields

Oil treated at Douglas complex then piped to oil storage barge for export by tankers

Gas processed at Douglas complex then piped by subsea pipeline to Point of Ayr gas terminal for further processing

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura
Offshore Trinidad and TobagoOil and gas

BHP Billiton 45%

National Gas Company 30%

Chaoyang 25%

BHP BillitonProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 2026

100 Mbbl/d oil

280 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to theKairi-2 platform and gas export platform with 3 satellite wellhead protector platforms and flow lines

Oil pipeline from processing platform to storage and export at Guayaguayare

Gas supplied to Trinidad and Tobago domestic markets

Pakistan      
Zamzama      

Onshore Sindh Province,

Pakistan

 Gas and condensate 

BHP Billiton 38.5%

 

ENI Pakistan 17.75% PKP Exploration 9.375% PKP Exploration 2 9.375%

Government Holdings 25%

 BHP Billiton 20-year development and production lease from the Pakistan Government expires in 2022 (option to extend 5 years) 500 MMcf/d gas 3,350 bbl/d condensate 

10 production wells

4 process trains

2 front end compression

trains

Capital projects

United States

Shenzi Water InjectionOnshore US

The Shenzi Water Injection program was approved as partdevelopment phase of the original sanctioned Shenzi project, which began production in 2009, to supplement aquifer pressure for additional recovery. The program includedan onshore shale operation requires an extensive drilling and completion program, which may include associated gas compression and treatment facilities and connecting pipelines. Shale development has a repetitive, manufacturing-like nature that provides opportunities for increased efficiency. Much of three water injection wellsour development of the shale reservoirs utilises horizontal drilling, with average lateral lengths between 1,500 and provides facilities to inject up to 125 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of water at 7,000 pounds per square inch (psi). The final Water Injector well #3 was drilled and completed in August 2013. The additional recovery resulting from water injection is expected to be approximately 80 million barrels (gross). Our share of final development costs was approximately US$375 million.1,600 metres. We are the operatorenter into service contracts with a 44 per cent interest and Repsol and Hess Corporation each hold a 28 per cent interest.

Atlantis South Water Injection

During the initial Atlantis South development, water injection topsides and subsea facilities were approved and installed. The Atlantis South Water Injection project was later approved in January 2009third parties to provide pressure support. The water injection project involveddrilling and completion services at our operated sites. At the end of FY2015, we had 10 drilling of four subsea water injectors, tying them into the existing infrastructure and commissioning the 75 Mbbl/d of water injection facilities. Project completion took placerigs in June 2013 and our 44 per cent share of the project costs was approximately US$242M. The Atlantis platform is operated by BP and located approximately 190 miles offshore from New Orleans, Louisiana.

Onshore USoperation.

BHP Billiton’s Onshore US drilling and development investmentexpenditure in FY2014FY2015, which is presented on an accruals basis within this section, was US$3.3 billion (FY2014: US$4.2 billion, down from US$4.7 billion in FY2013, with US$3.6 billion (FY2013: US$3.8 billion) spent in the liquids-focused areas of Eagle Ford and Permian, and US$0.6 billion (FY2013: US$0.9 billion) in the gas-focused areas of Haynesville and Fayetteville.. The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities at all four areas. Our onshorein our liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian fields, while deferring development in areas that are predominantly gas.

Eagle Ford capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$2.1 billion (FY2014: US$3.1 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling activityand completion activities, resulting in FY2014 resulted in 413188 net development wells completed primarily induring the Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

period. Of the US$4.22.1 billion, approximately US$40095 million was spent on the installation of more than 20052 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities,facilities. The operated rig count was seven for the year (FY2014: 17).

Permian capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.7 billion (FY2014: US$0.5 billion). The expenditure was primarily in our Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

The majority ofrelated to drilling and completion activityactivities, resulting in Onshore US45 net development wells completed during the year. Of the US$0.7 billion, approximately US$54 million was directed towardsspent on the liquids-focused Eagle Fordinstallation of more than 101 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and Permian areasadditional gas processing facilities. The operated rig count was three for the year (FY2014: four).

Haynesville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.3 billion (FY2014: US$0.4 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to capitalise on relatively stronger liquid prices as compared with natural gas prices. Atdrilling and completion activities, resulting in 25 net development wells completed during the year. There were no operated rigs in Haynesville at the end of FY2014, more than 85 per cent ofthis year (FY2014: three).

Fayetteville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.2 billion (FY2014: US$0.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to participation in drilling activity was conductedand completion activities for wells operated by third parties, resulting in these areas.45 net development wells completed during the year.

Our Onshore US capital investment is expected to remain at approximatelydecrease to US$4.01.5 billion in FY2015, as we continueFY2016 in response to optimise our drilling program.changes in the global commodity markets. This includes an operated rig count of 26nine for the period. Approximately 65period, with shale oil investment accounting for approximately 80 per cent of operated drilling activitythe investment. Our decision to cut spending will be conducted in our liquids-focused acreagemean deferring gas volumes in the Eagle Ford area. The remaining activity will occur in the Haynesville and Permian areas, where we are continuing to evaluatenear term with our most prospective acreage. Our operated drilling programprograms in the Fayetteville area remainsand Haynesville areas remaining temporarily suspended; however,suspended. However, we continueexpect to invest in wells operatedrealise greater value by third parties where we see value.developing our acreage as prices recover.

Australia

Macedon

Macedon is a domestic gas development that consists of a 200 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) stand-alone gas plant, four subsea production wells, a 90-kilometre 20-inch wet gas pipeline and a 67-kilometre 20-inch sales

gas pipeline. The project was approved in August 2010 at an investment level of US$1.1 billion (BHP Billiton share). First gas occurred in August 2013 with a final development cost of approximately US$1.2 billion (BHP Billiton share).

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin, located offshore from Victoria, was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project included two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 Mbbl/dthousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of condensate and 80 MMcf/dmillion cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas. Facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production did not commence due to the need to provide for mercury removal.

Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. The Kipper gas field development is comprised ofcomprises the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a

32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia (32.5owning 32.5 per cent)cent and Santos (35owning 35 per cent).cent. We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

The main Kipper gas field facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production has not yet commenced due to the need to provide for mercury removal. Funding for the installation of the mercury treatment facilities of US$120 million was approved in March 2014, with completion expected to occur in CY2016. Our share of costs incurred to 30 June 20142015 was US$2559 million.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of four production and two injectionfive wells and a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d of oil and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres offshore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1.4 billion, of which US$1.3 billion was incurred as of 30 June 2014. 2015.

The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, in which we own a 50 per cent interest, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent. Initial production of low carbon dioxide gas through the Turrum facilities occurred in June 2013. High carbon dioxide gas production from the Turrum reservoir will come online with completion of the Longford Gas Conditioning Plant in CY2016.

Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The projectProject scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. Our share of development costs is approximately US$520 million, of which US$202356 million was incurred as of 30 June 2014.2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Esso Australia is the operator of the LGCP, owning a 50 per cent interest and BHP Billiton owns the remaining 50 per cent.

North West Shelf North Rankin gas compression project

The North West Shelf gas compression project was approved by the Board in March 2008 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. The project consisted of a new gas compression platform, North Rankin B, capable of processing 2,500 MMcf/d of gas, which was constructed adjacent to the existing North Rankin A platform, 135 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Western Australia. The two platforms are connected by a 100-metre long bridge and operate as a single facility. Our share of development costs was approximately US$721 million subject to finalisation. First gas production from this site occurred in October 2013. This project is operated by Woodside, with an equally shared interest between Woodside, BHP Billiton, BP, Chevron, MIMI and Shell.

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the near field Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, approximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. Our share of development costs is approximately US$400 million, of which US$206237 million was incurred as of 30 June 2014.2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent interest.

Significant evaluation activities

We perform development evaluation activities to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal. Our significant recent evaluation activities include the following:

United States

Mad Dog Phase 2

The Mad Dog Phase 2 project is in response to the successful Mad Dog South appraisal well, which confirmed significant hydrocarbons in the southern portion of the Mad Dog field. The project has beenwas sent back to the study phase to re-evaluate

in 2013, following which a revised development concept was selected by the concept. Discussions are ongoing with the operator to potentially modify the development plan.owners. The revised concept will undergo further refinement and undertake additional investigations in FY2016. BP is the operator and we hold a 23.9 per cent working interest.

Stampede (formerly known as Knotty Head)

We decided effective April 2014, to withdraw from our 20 per cent non-operated working interest in the Stampede Operating Agreement following the completion of our development planning.

Australia

Scarborough

Development planning for the large Scarborough gas field offshore Western Australia is in progress. We continueFollowing an assessment, floating LNG has been selected as the preferred development option. Further work to evaluateoptimise the preferred development options.option is ongoing. Esso is the operator of the WA-1-R lease and we hold a 50 per cent working interest. We are the operator of, and have a 100 per cent working interest in, the adjacent Thebe discovery and the WA-346-P block.

North West Shelf Other – Greater Western Flank ‘2’

Planning continues for the development of Greater Western Flank ‘2’. Greater Western Flank ‘2’ represents the second phase of development of the core Greater Western Flank fields, behind the GWF-A development, and is located to the southwest of the existing Goodwyn A platform. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent share. During FY2015, the project scope was further defined, with a final investment decision expected in CY2015.

Exploration and appraisal

Our exploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and operatorship. While the majority of ourthe expenditure occursincurred was in our two principalGulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago focus areas, we also incurred expenditure in South Africa, Brazil, South-East Asia, India and Onshore US.

Access

In FY2015, we accessed acreage in the US sector of activity, the Gulf of Mexico and Western Australia, we also have exploration activities in Trinidad and Tobago Brazil, South Africa, South East Asia, and Onshore US.

Access

In FY2014, we gained access to acreage in Australia, Trinidad and Tobago, Brazil and the Gulf of Mexico region of the United States. In Australia, we farmed into Block 480-P in Western Australia (55 per cent working interest and operator; 12,585 square kilometres). In Trinidad and Tobago, we signed a production sharing contract on Block 23b (60 per cent working interest and operator; 2,579 square kilometres) and farmed into Blocks 23a and 14 (70 per cent working interest and operator; 3,597 square kilometres). In Brazil, we signed a contract on two blocks in the Foz do Amazonas (100 per cent working interest and operator; 3,069 square kilometres).Barbados. In the Gulf of Mexico, we were awarded eight14 blocks (100 per cent working interest and operator; 186operator on all blocks; 315 square kilometres) after being the highest bidder onfrom Lease Sale 227,238 held during the March 2013September 2014 quarter. In addition, BHP Billiton was also awarded all nine of its high bid leases, totalling 210 square kilometres in Central Lease Sale 235 in the June 2015 quarter. In the Caribbean, we finalised production sharing contracts and joint operating agreements for a 65 per cent interest and operatorship in Trinidad and Tobago Blocks 3 and 7 (totalling 2,096 square kilometres) with BG Group Ltd, and signed exploration licences for Barbados Blocks Bimshire and Carlisle Bay (100 per cent working interest; 5,004 square kilometres).

Exploration program expenditure details

In Western Australia, we drilled Bunyip-1 exploration well on Block WA-335P in February 2014 (52.5 per cent working interest and operator). The well discovered gas in the target Triassic Mungaroo section.

Also in Western Australia, we drilled several near field targets that may be tied back to our existing infrastructure. The first of these, Stybarrow East-1 (50 per cent working interest and operator) was spud in December 2013 and discovered a non-commercial quantity of hydrocarbons. A subsequent sidetrack, Stybarrow East-2, was a dry hole. Both wells were plugged and abandoned and costs were expensed. A secondary near field target, Rydal-1 (50 per cent working interest and operator) was drilled in January 2014. The well encountered non-commercial hydrocarbons and was subsequently plugged, abandoned and expensed.

In the Gulf of Mexico, following the discovery of oil in the Raptor-1 well in FY2013 (50 per cent working interest, APC operator), we participated in a sidetrack, which spud in the June 2013 quarter. The sidetrack failed to find hydrocarbons and the costs associated with both the Raptor discovery well and the subsequent sidetrack were expensed as a non-commercial discovery. In the September 2013 quarter, we drilled the Sake exploration well (60 per cent working interest and operator). The well was plugged, abandoned and the costs were expensed in September 2013.

During FY2014,FY2015, our gross expenditure on exploration was US$600567 million, of which US$369481 million was expensed.

Exploration and appraisal wells drilled or in the process of drilling during the year:

 

Well

 

Location

 

Target

 

BHP Billiton
equity

 

Spud date

 

Water depth

 

Total well depth

 

Status

Stybarrow

East-1Shenzi North-2

 

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-32-L

Gulf of Mexico GC609
 Oil 

50%

44% (Operator)

 

10 December

2013

9 April 2015
 6751,309 metres 2,5338,733 metres 

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

abandoned; currently sidetracking

Stybarrow

East-2

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-32-L

Oil

50%

(Operator)

26 December

2013

675 metres2,670 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Dry hole

Rydal-1

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-255P

Oil

50%

(Operator)

13 January

2014

752 metres3,268 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

Bunyip-1

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-335P

Gas

52.5%

(Operator)

4 February 20141,187 metres4,579 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Under evaluation

Raptor-1/ST-1

Gulf of Mexico

DC535

Oil

50%

(Anadarko Operator)

28 May

2013

2,490 metres6,348 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

Sake-2Shenzi North-ST1

 Gulf of Mexico DC726GC609 Oil 

60%

44% (Operator)

 4 August 201314 June 2015 1,0641,309 metres 5,5978,238 metres 

Plugged and abandoned

Dry hole

Drilling

In the Gulf of Mexico, we drilled the Shenzi North-2 exploration well on Green Canyon Block 609 (44 per cent working interest and operator) during the June 2015 quarter. The lower section of the hole was plugged and abandoned and associated costs expensed. We are currently drilling a sidetrack to further test the opportunity. Significant investment in seismic data acquisition, licensing and reprocessing were also completed in order to evaluate prospectivity in our focus areas.

In Western Australia, we continue to evaluate exploration potential in line with our strategic priorities. To assist this, we are participating in a regional multi-client 3D seismic survey totalling 10,032 square kilometres. The program is anticipated to be completed by the first half of FY2016.

In Trinidad and Tobago, we farmed out a 35 per cent interest in Block 5 and 6 to BG International Limited incompleted the June 2014 quarter. We have retained 65 per cent interest and operatorship. Also in Trinidad and Tobago, we commenced acquisition of a 17,71921,220 square kilometrekilometres of 3D seismic survey indata over Blocks 3, 5, 6, 7, 14, 23a, 23b, 28 and 29 by the end of the March 2014 quarter over2015 quarter. Evaluation of this information is ongoing. Regional environmental and geological surveys were also carried out during the year, as part of our seven operated deepwater blocks (Blocks 5, 6, 28, 29, 23a, 23b and 14). We expect the survey to be completed in the first half of FY2015.ongoing assessment programs.

In South Africa, we hold the100 per cent exploration rights to Block 3B/4B which is located off the country’s west coast.coast of South Africa. In the September 2013 quarter, we acquired Global Energy Holdings LLC’s 10 per cent interest in the block, bringing our equity in Block 3B/4B to 100 per cent. During the past yearFY2014, we completed the processing of the 10,075 square kilometrekilometres of 3D seismic survey that was acquired in FY2013. Evaluation of this surveyinformation is ongoing.

In India,Brazil, we hold interestsare planning to acquire 3D seismic data over our two blocks in the deepwater Foz do Amazonas Basin, to fulfil our minimum work commitment.

In Malaysia, we completed the acquisition of 2,941 square kilometres of 3D seismic survey over Block SK-2A and operate nine offshore blocks acquiredformally assigned our 60 per cent interest and operatorship in Block N to Total during the NELP VII & VIII licensing rounds. DueJune 2015 quarter.

In the Philippines, we finalised the re-assignment of our 75 per cent interest and operatorship to PNOC, completing our exit from the inability to gain unencumbered access to explore and produce hydrocarbons in these blocksregion during the June 2015 quarter.

In India, together with the operator BG, we have notified the government of our intent to exit and are currently awaiting government approval. We have retained our remaining 50 per cent non-operated interest (BG operator) in one deep waterdeepwater block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round. All exploration expenditure to date on India has been expensed.We are currently awaiting government approval of our exit of nine operated blocks acquired during the NELP VII and VIII licensing rounds and one non-operated block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round.

In Malaysia,Onshore US, we relinquishedcontinue to evaluate opportunities aligned with our interest in Block Q instrategic priorities, leveraging the March 2014 quarter. Also in Malaysia, we are planning acquisition of a 2,940 square kilometre 3D seismic survey over Block SK-2A. The survey is expected to commence in the first half of FY2015.

Following a strategic review in the first half of FY2014, we decided to exit the Philippines. In SC55, we have formally reassignedexpertise gained from our 60 per cent interest and operatorship back to Otto. In SC59, we have reassigned our 75 per cent interest and operatorship to the Philippines National Oil Company (PNOC).production units.

Drilling

The number of wells in the process of drilling and/or completion as of 30 June 20142015 was as follows:

 

  Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total   Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total 
  Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net(1)   Gross   Net (1) 

Australia

             5     1     5     1         –         –     5     1     5     1  

United States

             397     183     397     183     1          236     108     237     109  

Other

             2     1     2     1                                
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

             404     185     404     185     1          241     109     242     110  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1) Represents our share of the gross well count.

Delivery commitments

We have delivery commitments of natural gas and LNG of approximately 2,3532,180 billion cubic feet through 2031 (74FY2031 (82 per cent Australia seven per cent US and 19 per cent Other) and crude, condensate, and NGL commitments of 15.0 million barrels through 2018 (55 per cent Australia, 43Asia, eight per cent United States and two10 per cent Other)., crude and condensate

commitments of 17.3 million barrels through FY2022 (51 per cent United States, 39 per cent Australia and Asia and 10 per cent Other) and LPG commitments of 332,072 metric tonnes through FY2017. We have sufficient proved reserves and production capacity to fulfil these delivery commitments.

Primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions and asset purchases in our Onshore US shale asset, weWe have obligations for contracted capacity on transportation pipelines and gathering systems foron which we are the shipper. We have obligationsIn FY2016, volume commitments to gather and transport 1,400are 1,123 billion cubic feet of natural gas (97 per cent Onshore US and 23three per cent Other) and 42.4 million barrels of oil in FY2015.(51 per cent Onshore US and 49 per cent Offshore US). The agreements with the gas gatherers and transporters have annual escalation clauses.

Potash

Our Potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of Saskatchewan, covering more than 14,00016,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Saskatchewan in Canada. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for the Jansen Potash Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past seveneight years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term leasemining leases as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured 4,400more than 8,000 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We continue to progress our Jansen, Potash Project, a greenfield potash project, located approximately 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon in south-central Saskatchewan. We believe Jansen is one of the world’s best undeveloped potash resourceresources and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth pillar ofBusiness within BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment forin Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.utilities and was 46 per cent complete as of 30 June 2015.

The level of expenditure on the Jansen Potash Project in FY2014FY2015 was US$596 million, which was lower than423 million. Shaft excavation is progressing, while the annual instalment of US$800 million previously announced for FY2014. We suspended excavation of the productionconstruction workforce camp and service shafts in the December 2013 quartershaft permanent headframe have been completed. Necessary infrastructure work continues to enable a thorough review of activities completed and to ensure all learnings were captured and adopted in future works. Shaft excavation resumed in the March 2014 quarter and progressed in a staggered manner to mitigate risk and optimise their development. As at 30 June 2014, the pre-development phase was 30 per cent complete.

During FY2014, we allowed our exclusivity for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver to lapse. We are currently assessing a range of options to meet our port requirements.be progressed.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development as we seek to time our entrance to meet market demand.development. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for certainsome of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and assumingsubject to Board approval, the Jansen Potash Project is likely to ramp-up to its nameplate capacity of approximately 10 Mtpa of agricultural grade potassium chloride (KCl)production in the decade beyondbeginning 2020. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for our Jansen Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We are continuing to evaluate other areas for which we have exploration permits in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder, Burr and Melville, through analysis of the extensive data collected from successive exploration programs.

In 2013,October 2014, the management of the closed mine sites associated with Base Metals North America was transitioned from the CopperPotash to the PotashPetroleum Business. All locations are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.

As at 1 August 2015, management of the Jansen Potash Project transferred from the Petroleum Business to BHP Billiton’s Chief Commercial Officer.

2.1.2    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Santiago, Chile, is one of the world’s premierleading producers of copper silver, leadconcentrate and cathode, uranium oxide, and is a leading producer of zinc.zinc concentrate. Our portfolio of mining operations includes the Escondida mine in Chile, the world’s largest singlea leading producer of copper, and Olympic Dam in South Australia, a major producer of copper and uranium.uranium oxide. Our total copper production in FY2014FY2015 was 1.7 million tonnes (Mt). Our concentrate production, which represents 5860 per cent of total production, results from flotation of sulphide ores mined at our Escondida and Antamina mines. Oxide ores and sulphide ores amenable to leaching are mined and

processed into copper cathode, using conventional heap leaching, followed by solvent extraction and electrowinning processes at Escondida, Cerro Colorado and Spence. Copper cathode is also produced at Olympic Dam, where sulphide ores are processed through conventional flotation and the resulting concentrate is further transformed into cathodes through a smelting and refining process.

We market fivefour primary products: copper cathodes, copper lead andconcentrates, zinc concentrates and uranium oxide. We sell most of our copper cathode production to wire rod mills, brass mills and casting plants around the world under contracts with prices at premiums to the London Metal Exchange (LME) or the Commodity Exchange Inc (COMEX) prices. We sell the majority of our uranium oxide to electricity generating utilities, principally in westernWestern Europe, North America and eastEast Asia. Uranium is typically sold under a mix of long-term and short-term contracts. We sell most of our copper lead and zinc concentrates to smelters located in diversified geographic markets such as China, South America, Japan, India and South Korea. Treatment charges and refining charges (collectively referred to as TCRCs) are negotiated with counterparties on a variety of tenors.tenors, trending towards shorter-term, more market-based pricing periods (less than one year). Some of the ores we mine contain quantities of silver and gold, which remain in the base metal concentrates we sell, and are typically subject to payment credits. We sell refined silver and gold from Olympic Dam.

Our five operating assets, which are located in South America and Australia, consist of the following:

Americas

Escondida

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is the largesta leading producer of copper in the world.copper. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 14,00012,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 Mt of material per day. Its two open-cut pits currently feed twothree concentrator plants, which use grindingLaguna Seca, Los Colorados and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate,the recently commissioned Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1), as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). The Los Colorados concentrator plant will be placed into care and maintenance once OGP1 ramp-up has been completed as current water source volumes cannot sustain the operation of three concentrators at nominal capacity. Escondida is assessing extending the life of the Los Colorados concentrator plant on the completion of the Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project based on the availability of water and mine stability. All three concentrator plants use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate. In FY2014,FY2015, our share of Escondida production was 485.7526.7 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 177.1178.4 kt of copper cathode. Escondida has aproduction for FY2016 will be impacted by an anticipated 27 per cent decline in ore grades. This will be partly offset by increased throughput, enabled by the completion of the OGP1 and operational improvements. The reserve life of 52 years.is discussed in section 2.3.2.

The availability of key inputs like power and water at competitive prices is an important focus for our Copper Business. In November 2013, we awarded a long-term energy contractagreement to a consortium consisting of Korea Southern Power Co. and Samsung Construction & Trading Corp. for the development, operation and operationmaintenance of a 517 MWmegawatt (MW) combined-cycle gas-fired power plant (Kelar power plant) in the town of Mejillones, Chile. The plant, which will be connected to the Northern Interconnected Grid (SING), will supply

the increasing demand for electricity at our operations,operations. Construction work is progressing as planned with (65.4 per cent completed as of 30 June 2015) and production is expected to reduce our carbon footprint. Construction work commenced in 2014 with commercial operation expectedbegin in the second half of CY2016.October 2017 quarter.

A contract for the supply of natural gas to the Kelar power plant has been finalised with first deliveries under the supply contractsecured with Gas Natural FenosaFenosa. First deliveries are scheduled to commence in 2016, simultaneouslyCY2016, which will tie-in with the commissioning and commercial operation of the Kelar plant.

To address limitations on the availability of water, we desalinate sea water and carefully manage our use andre-use reuse of available water. The recently approved Escondida Water Supply (EWS)EWS project, which involves the construction of a second desalination plant, will reduce our reliance on the region’s aquifers and help meet our environmental commitments. The EWS project is expected to be commissioned in 2017.CY2017.

Pampa Norte

Pampa Norte consists of two operations – Spence and Cerro Colorado. Copper cathode is produced at both operations following a leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning process.

Our wholly owned Spence copper mine is located in the Atacama Desert, 162 kilometres northeast of Antofagasta in Chile. During FY2014,FY2015, Spence produced 152.8171.4 kt of high qualityhigh-quality copper cathode, using oxide and sulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning processes. Spence has aThe reserve life of 10 years.is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our wholly owned Cerro Colorado mine, located in the Atacama Desert, 120 kilometres east of Iquique in Chile, remains a significant producer of copper cathode, although production levels have fallen in recent years as grades have declined. Despite this, production in FY2014FY2015 reached 80.378.2 kt of copper cathode. Cerro Colorado has aThe reserve life of nine years.is discussed in section 2.3.2. The extension of the existing environmental and mining licences to continue to enable Cerro Colorado to operate beyond December 2016 is currently pending approval.

Antamina

We own 33.75 per cent of Antamina, a large, low-cost copper and zinc mine in north central Peru. Our share of Antamina’s FY2014total production for FY2015 was 143.5107.7 kt of copper in concentrate and 52.066.4 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the form ofby-products. Antamina has a The reserve life of 13 years.is discussed in section 2.3.2.

In FY2013,FY2015, following the identification of a number of debottlenecking opportunities, Antamina completed execution of an expansion project, increasingsuccessfully increased nominal milling capacity to 130 kilotonnes53 million tonnes per day (ktpd)annum (Mtpa). In FY2014, following identification of further milling capacity upside, Antamina commenced execution of a debottlenecking project, to increase milling capacity by 12 per cent to 145 ktpd.

Australia

Cannington

Our wholly owned Cannington mine is one of the world’s largest producers of silver and lead. Located in northwest Queensland, Australia, the underground mine feeds a beneficiation processing facility that extracts silver/lead and zinc concentrates from sulphide ore. In FY2014, Cannington produced concentrates containing186.5 kt of lead, 57.9 kt of zinc and approximately 25.2 million ounces of silver. Cannington has a reserve life of nine years.

Olympic Dam

Our wholly owned Olympic Dam mine is a producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the primary method of ore extraction islong-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant.

The underground mine extracts copper uranium ore and hauls the ore by an automated train and trucking network feeding underground crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities. The processing plant consists of two grinding circuits in which high-quality copper concentrate is extracted from sulphide ore through a flotation extraction process. The operation includes a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and concentrating circuit, a hydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, a copper refinery and a recovery circuit for precious metals.

The Svedala mill, which accounts for approximately 60 per cent of Olympic Dam’s production, experienced an electrical failure in January 2015. Repairs were completed by June 2015 and the mill is now operating at full capacity. In FY2014,FY2015, Olympic Dam produced 184.4124.5 kt of copper cathode, 3,988 tonnes3.1 kt of uranium oxide, 121.3 fine104.8 kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and 972724 koz of refined silver. Olympic Dam has aThe reserve life of 47 years.is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Divested assets – Pinto ValleyCannington

In October 2013, we completed the sale ofMay 2015, our Pinto Valley mining operationCannington silver-lead-zinc mine was included in the United Statesdemerger of South32. Further information can be found in sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp for US$653 million, after working capital adjustments.

As a consequence of the sale, and due to their location in North America, the management of 22 closed sites transferred from our Copper Business to our Potash Business. All locations are no longer actively producing and are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.Financial Statements.

Information on Copper mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

 

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 Title, leases or
options
 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Americas        
Copper        
Escondida        
Atacama Desert, 170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile 

Public road

 

Copper cathode transported by privately owned rail to ports at Antofagasta and Mejillones

 

Copper concentrate transported by Escondida-owned pipelines to its Coloso port facilities

 

BHP Billiton 57.5% of Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL)

 

Rio Tinto 30% JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi,

JX Nippon Mining and Metals 10% JECO2 Ltd 2.5%

 BHP Billiton Mining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Original construction completed in 1990

 

Sulphide leach copper production commenced in

2006

 

2 open-cut pits: Escondida and Escondida Norte

 

Escondida and Escondida Norte mineral deposits are adjacent but distinct supergene enriched porphyry copper deposits

 

Escondida-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

 

Electricity purchased under contracts expiring 2016 and 2029

 

23 concentrator plants extract copper concentrate from sulphide ore by flotation extraction process

 

2 solvent extraction plants produce copper cathode

 

Nominal capacity: 85.6153.7 Mtpa copper concentrate (nominal milling capacity) and 330350 ktpa copper cathode (nominal capacity of tank house)

 

Two 168 km concentrate pipelines 166

167 km water pipeline

Port facilities at Coloso, Antofagasta

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 Title, leases or
options
 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Pampa Norte Spence        
Atacama Desert, 162 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile 

Public road

 

Copper cathode transported by rail to ports at Mejillones and Antofagasta

 100% BHP Billiton Mining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Development cost of US$1.1 billion approved in 2004

 

First copper produced in 2006

 

Open-cut

 

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

 

Spence-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

 

Electricity purchased under contract

 

Processing and crushing facilities, separate dynamic (on-off) leach pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

 

Nominal capacity of tank house: 170179 ktpa copper cathode

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado        
Atacama Desert, 120 km east of Iquique, Chile 

Public road

 

Copper cathode trucked to port at Iquique

 100% BHP Billiton Mining concession
from Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Commercial production commenced in 1994

 

Expansions in 1996 and 1998

 

Open-cut

 

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies anear-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

 Long-term contracts with northern Chile power grid 

2 primary, secondary and tertiary crushers, leaching pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

 

Nominal capacity of tank house: 86102 ktpa copper cathode

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Copper and zinc        
Antamina
Andes mountain range, 270 km north of Lima, north central Peru 

Public road

 

Copper and zinc concentrates transported by pipeline to port of Huarmey

 

Molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrates transported by truck

 

BHP Billiton 33.75% of Compañía Minera Antamina SA

 

Glencore Xstrata 33.75%

Teck 22.5% Mitsubishi 10%

 

Compañía Minera Antamina SA

 Mining rights
from Peruvian
Government held
indefinitely,
subject to
payment of
annual fees and
supply of
information on
investment and
production
 

Commercial production commenced in 2001

 

Capital cost US$2.3 billion (100%)

 

Open-cut

 

Zoned porphyry and skarn deposit with central copper-only ores and an outer band of copper-zinc ore zone

 Long-term contracts with individual power producers 

Primary crusher, concentrator, copper and zinc flotation circuits, bismuth/moly cleaning circuit

 

Nominal milling capacity 5253 Mtpa

 

300 km concentrate pipeline Port facilities at Huarmey

Australia
Silver, lead and zinc
Cannington
200 km southeast of Mt Isa, Queensland, Australia

Public road and Group-owned airstrip

Product trucked to Yurbi, then by rail to public port

100%BHP BillitonMining leases
granted by
Queensland
Government
expire in 2029
Concentrate production commenced in 1997, subsequent projects improved mill throughput and metal recoveryUnderground Broken Hill-type silver-lead-zinc sulphide depositOn-site power station operated under contract

Beneficiation plant: primary and secondary grinding circuits, pre-flotation circuits, flotation circuits, leaching circuits, concentrate filtration circuit, paste plant

Nominal milling capacity: 3.4 Mtpa

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 Title, leases or
options
 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Australia
Copper and uranium        
Olympic Dam
560 km northwest of Adelaide, South Australia 

Public road

 

Copper cathode trucked to ports

Uranium oxide transported by road to ports

 100% BHP Billiton Mining lease
granted by South
Australian
Government
expires in 2036

 

Right of
extension for
50 years (subject
to remaining
mine life)

 

Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Copper production began in 1988

 

Nominal milling capacity raised to 9 Mtpa in 1999

 

Optimisation project completed in 2002

 

New copper solvent extraction plant commissioned in 2004

 

Underground

 

Large poly-metallic deposit of iron oxide-copper-uranium-gold mineralisation

 Supplied via 275 kV power line from Port Augusta, transmitted by ElectraNet 

Underground automated train and trucking network feeding crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities

 

2 grinding circuits

 

Nominal milling capacity: 10.3 Mtpa

 

Flash furnace produces copper anodes, then refined to produce copper cathodes(1)

 

(1)

Electrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by leaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings.tailings

Development projects

Americas

Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1), is the replacement project for the Los Coloradosa new concentrator with a new 152 ktpdkilotonnes per day (ktpd) plant. This project is in execution. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allow access to high-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$3.8 billion (US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton share). A US$361 million increase in the budget of OGP1 to US$4.2 billion (US$ 2.4 billion BHP Billiton share) was approved in October 2014 following challenges associated with contractor’s progress. The Project completionwas completed in May 2015 and is targeted forcurrently in the first half of CY2015. Work on OGP1 was 79 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.commissioning and ramp-up phase.

We announced theThe Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project (EWS)was approved in July 2013 whichand consists of a new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will provide an alternative water supply to Escondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the 152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and includes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to support the system. The new facility is expected to be commissioned in 2017CY2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (US$2.0 billion BHP Billiton share). Prior to completion of the EWS project, water supply for OGP1 will continue to be sourced from aquifers and the existing 500 litres per second desalinisation plant.

The Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP), is also was completed in execution phase. This project involvesNovember 2014 and now in production. The Project involved the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that will includeincluded several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels following the exhaustion of the existing heap leach in CY2014.levels. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (US$414 million BHP Billiton share). A and a US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (US$536 million BHP Billiton share) was approved in March 2014. Work on the project was 93 per cent complete at 30 June 2014, andExpected final cost is expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014.US$899 million (US$517 million BHP Billiton share).

Pampa Norte

The Spence Growth Option (SGO) project, currently being studied inat pre-feasibility stage, plansphase, endeavours to exploitmaximise Spence’s value by exploiting the large and expandable hypogene sulphide resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 ktpd concentrator at the current Spence operation. SGOconcentrator. This would extendincrease the mine life by approximately 50 years followingbeyond the current 2025FY2025 closure date. AsThe proposed investment is approximately US$3.2 billion and the project is scheduled to commence at the end of the November 2019 quarter. The hypogene ore underlies the supergene reserves currently being exploited and therefore eliminates the need for pre-stripping and additional mine maintenance infrastructure is minimised.infrastructure. The option to maximise the use of using existing solvent extraction and electrowinningheap leach infrastructure, to recover copper by leaching low-gradefrom the lower-grade chalcopyrite ores, in parallelis being developed as a complementary process to the concentrator is also being considered.(CPY leach project). The implementation of both the SGO would increase the overalland CPY leach projects will enable Spence to achieve a total copper production at Spence byof approximately 220 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) in260 kt on average during the first 10 years.years of operation.

Olympic Dam

AThe focus at Olympic Dam is to transform the existing operation to materially lower the cost of production safely and sustainably. We are progressing a pre-feasibility study is being conducted regarding the proposedto examine potential future optimisation and expansion of Olympic Dam. The objective of the study is to identify the full range of development path alternatives for Olympic Dam by investigating all possible mining methods and less capital-intensive designs, including new technologies.opportunities.

In July 2014,During FY2015, we lodged an application for assessment byreceived approval from the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct and operate a site-based heap leaching demonstration plant, on the existing mining lease at Olympic Dam. This process would enable heap leaching trials to progress to the next phase as part of our efforts to identify an alternative, less capital intensivecapital-intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Should Government and Board approvals be granted, constructionConstruction of the demonstration plant is expectedsubject to commence in the second half of CY2015. A trial period of 36 months is envisaged, commencing in late 2016.ongoing, off-site demonstration and test work outcomes and Board approvals.

Resolution Copper

We hold a 45 per cent interest in the Resolution Copper project in the US state of Arizona, a project which is operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent interest). Resolution Copper is among the top 10 largest undeveloped copper assetsprojects in the world and could eventually become the largest copper producer in North America.

In FY2014, Resolution Copper completed a pre-feasibility study into a 120 ktpd underground panel cave operation and processing facility. Further opportunities to economically optimise the project and minimise any technical risks have been identified, and the project plans to continue to study these opportunities. Additionally, a General Mine Plan of Operations was submitted to the U.S.US Forest Service in November 2013. ApprovalIn December 2014, President Obama signed legislation that will allow the US Federal Government to exchange 2,400 acres of federally owned land immediately adjacent to Resolution’s operational site, for 5,300 acres of important wildlife habitat, conservation and recreational land owned by Resolution. Both the land exchange and proposed mine plan will now undergo a comprehensive environmental and regulatory review that includes an assessment under the US National Environmental Policy Act. This process will include public input, government-to-government consultation with Arizona Native American tribes, and a US Federal Government appraisal of the plan would allow mining to occur on lands where the Company currently holds mineral title.exchange lands.

Throughout FY2014,In November 2014, Resolution Copper continued to advance sinkingcompleted construction of the No #10No#10 Shaft to gain access to the orebody. Following cooling and ventilation upgrades during FY2014, No #10 Shaft is expected to reach a final depth of 2,116 metres by December 2014.metres. Our share of project expenditure for FY2014FY2015 was US$3855 million.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2014FY2015 were focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru and Peru.southwestern United States. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

2.1.3    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines products produced in Australia and produce pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Our two assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) involve an integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, with our headquarters located in Perth. Our focus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal.

Since 2001, we have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. We have completed eight expansion projects during this period to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. This includes our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa.

We have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. Since 2001, we have completed eight expansion projects to increase our mine, rail and port capacity.Mtpa (100 per cent basis). Our share of FY2014FY2015 production was 193218.0 Mt of ore, which is expected to increase in FY2015FY2016 to 211233 Mtpa.

We have been transitioning to owner-operated mines since September 2011 when we acquired the HWE Mining subsidiaries from Leighton Holdings. We completed the transition to owner-operated mines with the last contractor run site, Orebody 18, finalising its transition during FY2014. The reserve lives for our WAIO operations are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing us to plan our development around a series of integrated mining hubs joined to the orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach enables us to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for a number of orebodies.

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product with a stable grade, we recently transitioned toproduce a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2014,FY2015, 23 per cent of our sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

WAIO operations

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar, where we diluted our interest in a subsidiary company to 85 per cent in July 2013 for which BHP Billiton received total consideration of US$1.5 billion.Jimblebar.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture (JV) consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create the Newman Blend for lump and fines.fine products. The ore is then transported to port using Mt Newman JV-owned rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to the hub at Mt Whaleback.Port Hedland. Production at the Yarrie wasmine in the northern Pilbara has been suspended onsince 25 February 2014, following improved productivity at our other mining operations. The Jimblebar operation was officially opened on 23 April 2014 and comprises the new Jimblebar mine, located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 917 Mt during FY2014.FY2015. The Jimblebar is expectedmining hub ramped-up to deliver phase one capacity of 35a production rate exceeding 45 Mtpa by the end ofduring FY2015. Production from Wheelarra, a sublease of the Jimblebar tenement, which was previously processed through Newman, was permanently connected to the Jimblebar processing hub during the period.

All ore is transported by rail on the Mt Newman JV and Mt Goldsworthy JV rail lines to our port facilities. A typical train configuration consists of two locomotives per 124 ore cars, called a rake, with two rakes per train. Each individual ore car carries approximately 128132 tonnes of iron ore. Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre, which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point, owned by the Mt Newman JV, and Finucane Island, owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three screeninglump rescreening plants, nineeight stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders. Vessels depart the harbour via a dredged channel that is approximately 45 kilometres long and has a width of 300 metres.

Map of WAIO operations

LOGOLOGO

Along with the other joint venture partners, we have entered into marketing agreements in the form of joint ventures with certainsome customers. These customer joint ventures, JW4, Wheelarra and POSMAC, involve subleases of part of WAIO’s existing mineral leases. The ore is sold to the existing joint ventures with contractual terms applying to the customers’ share. As a consequence, we are entitled to 85 per cent of production from these subleases and the customer joint ventures are not jointly controlledjoint operations for accounting purposes.

WAIO Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves are reported for the Pilbara as a whole by ore type, to reflect our production of the Newman Blend lump product and fines, as well as our single logistics chain and associated management system. The reserve lifelives of our Western Australian mines is 16 years.are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Samarco

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operation in Brazil. Samarco is currently comprised ofcomprises a mine and twothree concentrators located in the state of Minas Gerais, and threefour pellet plants and a port, located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 396-kilometre400-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore isare conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Conveyor systems are used to extract the ore and convey it from the mines. Ore beneficiation then occurs in concentrators, where crushing, milling, desliming and flotation processes produce iron concentrate. The concentrate leaves the concentrators as slurry and is pumped through the slurry pipelines from the Germano facilities to the pellet plants in Ubu, Anchieta, where the slurry is processed into pellets. The iron ore pellets are then heat treated. The pellet output is stored in a stockpile yard before being shipped out of the Samarco-owned Port of Ubu in Anchieta.

Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to steelmakers in 2019 countries, in the Americas, Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Europe, with prices generally linked to market indices.

In FY2014,FY2015, our share of production was 1114.5 Mt of pellets. The reserve life offor Samarco is 39 years.discussed in section 2.3.2.

Information on Iron Ore mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

 

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Iron ore

Mt Newman Joint Venture        

Pilbara region, Western Australia

 

Mt Whaleback

Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

 

Private road

 

Iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (427 km)

 

BHP Billiton 85%

 

Mitsui ITOCHU Iron 10% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 5%

 

BHP Billiton:

Mt Whaleback Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

 

Operatorship of Orebody 18 transitioned to BHP Billiton in July 2014

 Mining lease under the Iron Ore (Mt Newman) Agreement Act 1964 expires in 2030 with right to successive renewals of 21 years 

Production began at Mt Whaleback orebody in 1969

 

Production from Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35 complements production from Mt Whaleback

 

First ore from Newman Hub as part of RGP4 construction delivered in 2009

 

Open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

 

From May 2014

Yarnima power

station started

supplying

approximately

two thirds of

power, with a

supplementary

contract with

Alinta Dewap

Newman power

station for the remaining amount

 

Newman Hub: primary and secondary crushing and screening plants (nominal capacity 6063 Mtpa); heavy media beneficiation plant, stockyard blending facility, single cell rotary car dumper, train-loading facility

 

Orebody 25: primary and secondary crushing and screening plant (nominal capacity 1013 Mtpa)

Yandi Joint Venture        
Pilbara region, Western Australia 

Private road

 

Iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (316 km)

 

Yandi JV’s railway spur links Yandi mine to Newman main line

 

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

 BHP Billiton Mining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right to a further 21 years 

Development began in 1991

 

First shipment in 1992

 

Capacity expanded between 1994 and 2013

 

Open-cut

 

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station 

Three processing plants, primary crusher and overland conveyor (nominal capacity 7880 Mtpa)

Ore delivered to two train-loading facilities

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

JW4 Joint Venture        
Pilbara region, Western Australia 

Private road

 

Iron oreon-sold to Yandi JV, then transported via rail to Finucane Island and Nelson Point shipping facilities, Port Hedland

 

BHP Billiton 68%

 

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 6.4%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 5.6%

JFE Steel Australia 20%

Sublease agreement over JW4 deposit

 BHP Billiton Sublease over part of the mining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right for a further 21 years 

Operations began in April 2006

 

Ore currently being produced is sold to Yandi JV and blended with Yandi ore

 

Open-cut

 

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station Mine siteJW4 processes ore through Yandi
Jimblebar operation        
Pilbara region, Western Australia Private road 

BHP Billiton 85%

 

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

 BHP Billiton Mining lease under the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires in 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years 

Production at Jimblebar began in March 1989

 

From 2004, production was transferred to Wheelarra as part of the Wheelarra sublease agreement

 

First ore from newly commissioned Jimblebar mine was delivered in September 2013

 

Open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station Two primary and secondary crusher,crushers, ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Wheelarra Joint Venture        
Pilbara region, Western Australia 

Private road

 

Rail spur line to Newman Hub closed and ironIron ore is now transported via conveyor to Jimblebar mine (6 km)

 

BHP Billiton 51%

 

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 4.8% Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 4.2% Maanshan Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Shagang Australia 10%

Hebei Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Wugang Australia 10%

 

Sublease agreement over Wheelarra deposit

 

BHP Billiton

Operatorship transitioned to BHP Billiton in January 2014

 

Sublease agreement over the Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease with ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia, Mitsui Iron Ore and four separate subsidiaries of Chinese steelmakers

This arrangement, entitles us to 85% of production from the Wheelarra sublease consistent with BHP Billiton ownership in Mt Newman JV

 

Wheelarra JV produces iron ore from Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease

 

Ore produced is processed and blended with Jimblebar ore at Jimblebar mine and then sold to Mt Newman JV

 

Open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which is Brockman

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station Two primary and secondary crusher,Wheelarra processes ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting miningthrough the Jimblebar hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Mt Goldsworthy Joint Venture        

Pilbara region, Western Australia

 

Area C Yarrie Nimingarra

 

Private road

 

Yarrie and Nimingarra iron ore transported by Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (218 km)

 

Area C iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (360 km)

Mt Goldsworthy JV railway spur links Area C mine to Yandi railway spur

 

BHP Billiton 85%

 

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

 BHP Billiton 

4 mineral leases under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 and the Iron Ore (Goldsworthy – Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972, expire between 2014 and 2028, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

 

A number of smaller mining leases granted under the Mining Act 1978 expire in 2026

 

Operations commenced at Mt Goldsworthy in 1966 and at Shay Gap in 1973

 

Original Goldsworthy mine closed in 1982

 

Associated Shay Gap mine closed in 1993

 

Mining at Nimingarra mine ceased in 2007, then continued from adjacent Yarrie area

 

Opened Area C mine in 2003

 

Yarrie mine suspended operations in February 2014

 

Area C, Yarrie and Nimingarra all open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman, Marra Mamba and Nimingarra

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station 

Ore processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor

(nominal capacity: 50capacity 60 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

POSMAC Joint Venture        
Pilbara Region, Western Australia 

Private road

 

Iron ore on-sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV, it is then transported via Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail and Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland

 

BHP Billiton 65%

 

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

POSCO 20%

Sublease agreement over POSMAC deposit

 BHP Billiton Sublease over part of mineral lease held by Mt Goldsworthy JV under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years 

Operations commenced in October 2003

 

Iron ore currently being produced is sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV and blended with Area C ore

 

Open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which is Marra Mamba

 From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station 

Ore processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor

(nominal capacity: 50 Mtpa)

POSMAC processes through Mt Goldsworthy

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Samarco        
Southeast Brazil 

Public road

 

Conveyor belts transport iron ore to beneficiation plant

 

Three slurry pipelines transport concentrate to pellet plants on coast

 

Iron pellets exported via port facilities

 

BHP Billiton 50% of Samarco Mineração SA

 

Vale SA 50%

 Samarco Mining concessions granted by Brazilian Government as long as Alegria complex mined according to agreed plan 

Production began at Germano mine in 1977 and at Alegria complex in 1992

 

Second pellet plant built in 1997

 

Third pellet plant, second concentrator and second pipeline built in 2008

 

Fourth pellet plant, third concentrator and third pipeline built in 2014

 

Open-cut

 

Itabirites (metamorphic quartz-hematite rock) and friable hematite ores

 

Samarco holds interests in 2 hydroelectric power plants which supply 20.3%14.5% of its electricity

 

Power supply contract with Cemig Geração e Transmissão expires in 2022

 Facilities with capacity to process and pump 2432 Mtpa ore concentrate and produce and ship 22.330.5 Mtpa pellets (100% basis)

Development projects

Western Australia Iron Ore

WAIO has been executing a number of expansion projects in recent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 for a total of US$7.4 billion (BHP(US$6.6 billion BHP Billiton share US$6.6 billion)share) plus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (BHP(US$2.1 billion BHP Billiton share US$2.1 billion)share), were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a minimum capacity of 220 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

These projects, each of which is substantially complete, included:

 

the Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock in order to deliver a capacity of 35 Mtpa. Initial production was achieved in the September 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$3.43.5 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$3.6 billion;

 

further development of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and ship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor route, and associated rail works and rolling stock. Initial production was achieved in the December 2012 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$1.71.8 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.9 billion;

 

port blending facilities and rail yards to enable ore blending and expand resource life.blending. Initial production was achieved in the December 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 20142015 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share); final. Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$11.0 billion.

Our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects includes ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

Western Australia Iron Ore – Orebody 24 mine

In FY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Orebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to maintain iron ore production output from the Mt Newman JV operations. The project was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of an ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, rail spur and other associated support facilities. The project was deliveredcosts as at a cost of30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.50.6 billion (BHP Billiton share), subject. Final costs are expected to finalisation, inbe delivered below the September 2014 quarter versus arevised budget of US$0.7 billion.

Samarco

During FY2011, Samarco shareholders approved a US$3.5 billion (US$1.75 billion BHP Billiton share) expansion project, the Fourth Pellet Plant Project (P4P), consisting of a fourth pellet plant, a new concentrator and a third slurry pipeline. The project is complete, with its first pellet production in March 2014. This has expanded Samarco’s iron ore pellet production capacity from 22.3 Mtpa to 30.5 Mtpa. The final cost of the project was US$3.2 billion (US$1.6 billion BHP Billiton share).

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation, all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and link brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and port facilities. The total area covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres. This excludes crown leases, and general purpose and miscellaneous licences, which are used for infrastructure space and access.

The majority of deposits are located on five main lease areas held by BHP Billiton and our joint venture partners, as appropriate. Iron ore mineralised materials fall mainly within the Hamersley Ranges of the Pilbara district, with a minor component of the inventory lying within the Pilbara Craton of northwest Western Australia.

In FY2014,FY2015, exploration activity was completed over multiple project areas and deposits. The total drilling carried out amounts to 492,000 metres,approximately 486.7 kilometres, composed of reverse circulation drilling of 421,500 metres,445.5 kilometres, diamond drilling of 52,500 metres25.1 kilometres and hydrology drilling of 18,000 metres16.2 kilometres, consisting of approximately 5,3004,500 drill holes. Total exploration expenditure in FY2015 amounted to US$166118 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea.

On 29 July 2014, BHP Billiton and ArcelorMittal signed an agreement for the acquisition by ArcelorMittal of BHP Billiton’s 43.5 per cent stake in Euronimba Limited, which holds an effective 95 per cent interest in the Mount Nimba iron ore project in Guinea. Completion of

In May 2015, ArcelorMittal terminated the transaction is subjectfollowing failure to meet the receipt of regulatory approval and other customaryconditions to closing conditions.by the agreed deadline.

We will continue to assess our options for the Mount Nimba iron ore project.

Liberia Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 100 per cent interest in a Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia. This enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases.

On 25 August 2014, BHP Billiton and Cavalla Resources signed a sale and purchase agreement for the acquisition by Cavalla Resources of BHP Billiton’s 100 per cent interest in its Liberia iron ore project. Completion of the transaction remains subject to the receipt of regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

2.1.4    Coal Business

Our Coal Business, headquartered in Brisbane, Australia, is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal, a key input in steel production. Our Coal Business is also one of the largest suppliersa large supplier of seaborne energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and a significant domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where itsour mines are located.

Our export metallurgical coal customers are steel producers around the world, principally in China, India, Japan and Europe. In FY2014,FY2015, the majority of our metallurgical coal sales contracts were based on annual volumes, with prices largely index-linked (with negotiated differentials for quality) or on a monthly, index or spot basis.

We are a domestic supplier of energy coal to the electricity generation industry in Australia South Africa and the United States. Our domestic energy sales are generally made to nearby power stations under long-term fixed price or cost plus arrangements. Export sales are delivered to power generators and industrial users principally in China, India Japan, Europe and the Middle East,Japan, under contracts that are generally index linkedindex-linked or short-term fixed.

Total metallurgical coal production in FY2014FY2015 was 45.142.6 Mt and total energy coal production in FY2014FY2015 was 73.541.0 Mt.

Our assets, located in Australia, South Africa, Colombia and the United States, consist of both open-cut and underground mines. At our open-cut mines, overburden is removed after blasting, using either draglines or truck and shovel. Coal is then extracted using excavators or loaders and loaded onto trucks to be taken to stockpiles.stockpiles or directly to our beneficiation facility. At our underground mines, coal is extracted by either longwall or continuous miner. The coal is then transported to stockpiles on the surface by conveyor. Coal from stockpiles is then crushed, and for a number of the operations, washed and processed through the coal preparation plant. Domestic coal is then transported to the nearby customercustomers via conveyor, truck or rail. Export coal is transported to the port via trucks or trains, and as part of this coal supply chain both single and multi-user rail and port infrastructure is used.

Our assets consist of the following:

IndoMet Coal Project

IndoMet Coal comprises seven coal contracts of work covering a large metallurgical coal resource in Central and East Kalimantan, Indonesia, which was discovered by BHP Billiton in the 1990s. Following an assessment of the importance of local participation in developing the project, in 2010 we sold a 25 per cent interest in the project to a subsidiary of PT Adaro Energy TBK. We retain 75 per cent of the project and hold management responsibility.

During FY2015, IndoMet completed infrastructure development and received an operating permit to commence mining at Haju mine. Production is expected to commence from the 1 Mtpa Haju mine in Indonesia during FY2016.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Metallurgical coal production increased by 13 per cent in FY2015 to a record 43 Mt. Record production and sales volumes at Queensland Coal were supported by the successful ramp-up of the Caval Ridge mine and continued productivity improvements. An increase in equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates underpinned record volumes at six other operations.

Energy coal production, including our proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, for FY2015 decreased by five per cent to 41 Mt as anticipated. Lower production reflected drought conditions and the need to manage dust emissions at Cerrejón, as well as reduced demand for our Navajo Coal product.

Coal revenue for FY2015 decreased by US$678 million to US$5.9 billion. The decrease in revenues was driven by a 20 per cent reduction in the average realised price for hard coking coal to US$105/t, a 21 per cent reduction in the average price received for weak coking coal to US$88/t and a 22 per cent reduction in the average realised price for thermal coal to US$58/t.

Underlying EBIT for FY2015 decreased by US$227 million to US$348 million. The price impact, net of price-linked costs, on Underlying EBIT for FY2015 was a decrease of US$1.0 billion. This was partially offset by a stronger US dollar against the Australian dollar, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$406 million, and productivity cost efficiencies which increased Underlying EBIT by US$418 million.

Unit cash costs is one of the financial measures used to monitor the performance of our individual assets.

Queensland Coal comprisesunit cash costs (excluding freight and royalties) declined by 23 per cent to US$65 per tonne, supported by increased equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates, a continued reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs and a favourable currency movement.

Outlook

Metallurgical coal production is forecast to decrease in FY2016 to 40 Mt as operations at Crinum are expected to cease in the first quarter of CY2016 as the mine approaches the end of its economic reserve life. Energy coal production is forecast to remain broadly unchanged in FY2016 at 40 Mt.

In FY2016, unit costs are expected to decline to US$61 per tonne as the benefits from embedded productivity initiatives and a stronger US dollar, more than offset the removal of low-cost Crinum volumes and the expenses associated with its closure.

1.12.6    Other assets

Our Other assets include the following:

Nickel West (Australia)

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. Nickel West production in FY2015 was 89.9 kt of contained nickel. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations.

Performance

Revenue for Nickel West decreased by 13 per cent to US$1.4 billion predominantly due to lower sales volumes.

Underlying EBIT for Nickel West increased by US$134 million due to cost efficiencies and a favourable exchange rate movement, which was partially offset by a movement in ceased and sold operations from the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine during FY2014.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.5 of this Annual Report.

1.13    Our people

Enabling our organisation to realise its potential through our people is fundamental to our success. We are focused on facilitating a culture where our employees are provided with opportunities to develop, are valued and are encouraged to contribute toward making work safer, simpler and more productive. Achieving this in a focused and collaborative way will mean we can deliver greater value to our shareholders.

1.13.1    Employees and contractors

Our Charter enables us to align our people around a common purpose and values, as well as provide clear guidance for how we do business and the way in which we work, wherever we are based in the world.

The table below provides the average number of employees and contractors over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
     Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Employees

   29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  

Contractors

   50,698     13,352     76,759     79,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   80,368     26,511     123,803     126,222  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below shows the gender composition of our workforce, senior leaders and the Board over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
   Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Male employees

   24,487     11,331     39,517     38,920  

Female employees

   5,183     1,828     7,527     7,972  

Female employees (%)

   17     14     16     17  

Male senior leaders (c)

   293     85     317     326  

Female senior leaders (c)

   62     19     55     40  

Female senior leaders (%)

   17     18     15     11  

Male Board members

   10       12     11  

Female Board members (d)

   2       2     2  

Female Board members (%)

   17       14     15  

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c)For UK law purposes, we are required to show information for ‘senior managers’, which is defined to include both senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders. In FY2015, 355 senior leaders comprise the top people in the organisation. There are 50 directors of subsidiary companies who are not senior leaders, comprising 36 males and 14 females. Therefore, for UK law purposes, the total number of senior managers is 329 males and 76 females (19 per cent female).

(d)For information relating to changes to the Board following year-end please refer to section 3.1 of this Annual Report.

The tables below provide a breakdown of the average number of employees across the Group, in accordance with our reporting requirements under the UK Companies Act 2006. The calculation includes the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies, and our share of joint operations, for each of the past three financial years. Employees of equity accounted entities are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during a particular year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014 (a)   2013 (a) 

Average number of employees for Continuing operations

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,224     4,207     4,449  

Copper

   9,138     9,414     9,765  

Iron Ore

   7,483     8,035     6,883  

Coal

   5,579     6,160     6,006  

Group and unallocated

   3,246     3,687     4,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees for Continuing operations

   29,670     31,503     31,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees from Discontinued operations

   13,159     15,541     15,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   42,829     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by geographic region for each of the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
   Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Africa

   117     6,875     9,035     9,121  

Asia

   1,022     121     1,105     1,183  

Australasia

   16,839     4,589     23,048     21,977  

Europe

   83     19     146     231  

North America

   4,188          4,373     5,116  

South America

   7,421     1,555     9,337     9,264  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

Changes in market conditions, and our business transformation programs focused on improving efficiencies and driving greater productivity have resulted in a decrease in our workforce requirements. Additionally, the deferral of some projects has had a consequential reduction in the workforce required for such projects. The FY2015 reductions were predominately in our contractor workforce, primarily in our Petroleum and Potash, Iron Ore and Coal Businesses.

1.13.2    Employee policies and engagement

At BHP Billiton, our people are fundamental to our success. Our people strategy focuses on developing our future leaders, engaging and supporting our high-performance workforce, and continuing to build a diverse team and inclusive workplace culture.

Our people strategy reflects our desire to have a highly motivated team and the importance of building effective leadership and deep functional expertise across our workforce to enable productivity. We strongly believe that having employees who are engaged and connected to our organisation reinforces our shared purpose, aligned toOur Charter, and will result in a more harmonious workplace.

An important component of our people strategy is how we enable our leaders to step up and drive greater productivity. In FY2015, a new leadership development framework, Leading the Future, was developed and implemented to address the findings of our FY2013 employee survey. Based on the premise that leadership drives culture and culture drives performance, the framework is globally consistent, sustainable and designed to build a distinctive BHP Billiton leadership capability. The first program introduced was Leading Step Up, a global approach to shifting our culture in the areas of employee engagement, the way we lead change, and how we develop our people. Targeted at all frontline people leaders in our operations, Group Functions and Marketing, Leading Step Up is delivered locally by BHP Billiton leaders, taught through practical everyday routines, and reinforced with regular feedback and coaching. To ensure continuous improvement, the program will be measured through local observation and feedback discussions, and through our annual employee surveys. Leading the Future will continue to be implemented across the business in FY2016.

Integral to achieving effective employee engagement is our approach to communication. We believe communication is a two-way process that we undertake through a variety of channels, including face-to-face, the

internet, intranet, email, newsletters, online collaboration forums and other means designed to cater for the local environment. Annually we seek feedback from our employees via an Employee Perception Survey. The findings from these surveys inform our HR practices and are used to measure and track people-related performance.

Our Charter, the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA)Code of Business Conduct and Human Resources GLDs prescribe what we will do and the behaviours that we expect of those who work for, or on behalf of, BHP Billiton. All of these documents are accessible to employees. Also, our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the internet or hard copy and receive regular communications on BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) Assetsgoals and performance, as well as on other important issues such as health and safety, the environment and theCode of Business Conduct. Dispute and grievance handling processes exist to address issues across the Company. A business conduct advisory service, EthicsPoint, operates worldwide to allow concerns to be raised about conduct that is out of step withOur Charter values, our policies and procedures or legislation.

To help our people focus on clear goals, deliver our strategic and operational priorities and align behaviour toOur Charter, in FY2015, 86 per cent of our total number of employees participated in a formal performance management process, including 86 per cent of our operators and support staff. This process also provides the opportunity for employees to receive feedback and coaching, and identify skills and capabilities requiring further development. Due to industrial agreements, not all our employees are able to participate in individual performance or reward programs.

BHP Billiton is committed to creating a diverse workforce and inclusive work environment in which every employee is respected, treated fairly and embraced for their unique skills, experiences and perspectives. Discrimination on any basis, including disability, is not acceptable. In instances where employees require support for a disability, we work with them to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and offer retraining where required. Where practical to do so, flexible work practices are offered, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. The employment packages under our remuneration policy, which must comply with local regulations, are aligned to our business requirements and are designed to be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain highly capable and experienced candidates.

Our employee share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all permanent full-time and part-time employees, and those on fixed-term contracts, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternate arrangements are in place. As at 30 June 2015, 14,077 employees were participants in Shareplus. Short-term and long-term incentive schemes also operate across the Group. Rewards for eligible individuals are predicated on the need to meet targets relating to the Group’s performance in areas such as health, safety and achievement of financial measures and on the personal performance of each employee.

1.13.3    Inclusion and diversity at BHP Billiton

Our Charter and Human Resources GLDs provide guidance on all aspects of our human resource management, including our approach to inclusion and diversity.

We believe that an inclusive work environment and a diverse workforce, where the unique skills, experiences and perspectives of our people are embraced, is pivotal to sustaining performance and further increasing our productivity. At BHP Billiton, we celebrate diversity in a broad sense, including differences in thought, perspectives, nationality, gender, sexual orientation, age and experience. In relation to gender, the Board had a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to three by the end of CY2015. This has now been achieved with the announcement on 14 August 2015 that Anita Frew has been appointed to the Board (effective 15 September 2015) and will stand for election at the 2015 AGMs.

Each financial year, the Board considers, approves and monitors progress on the Group’s performance objectives. More details are set out below.

Our approach to inclusion and diversity is underpinned by the following principles:

a diverse workforce and an inclusive environment are necessary to the delivery of our strategy that is predicated on diversification by commodity, geography and market;

our aspiration is to have a workforce that best represents the communities in which our assets are located and our employees live;

actions that support our inclusion and diversity objectives should be consistent with our established approach to talent, performance and reward;

achieving an appropriate level of diversity is facilitated by line leadership and structured programs that support employees from an early career stage in developing the necessary skills and experiences for leadership roles;

creating an inclusive work environment will require every employee and leader to embrace diversity and act in a way that is consistent withOur Charter;

measurable objectives in support of inclusion and diversity will be transparent, fit for purpose and focus on (i) engaging, enabling and developing our workforce and (ii) establishing appropriate representation goals.

Progress against measurable objectives

A summary of the three objectives committed to in FY2015 and progress to date are set out below.

1.Each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of its multi-year diversity plan.

As in previous years, monitoring and tracking performance against inclusion and diversity plans was undertaken as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements. Performance for each Business, Group Function and Marketing was evaluated against FY2015 measurable objectives and the results of these evaluations were taken into account in determining bonus remuneration.

2.Execute the inclusion and diversity strategy and actions approved by the GMC.

Our Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing executed the GMC approved inclusion and diversity plan. During the reporting period:

Our CEO and senior management across the organisation reinforced the Company’s commitment to inclusion and diversity through internal and external communication channels, including leadership messages, town hall meetings and participation in external industry events.

Our CEO and the executive team participated in an Inclusive Leadership and Unconscious Bias development experience. Key content was also included in the BHP Billiton Group-wide Leadership Development Program, Leading Step Up, seeking to strengthen the ability of all people leaders to engage, lead change and develop our people.

A Senior Executive Sponsorship program for female talent was launched. In addition, Businesses continued executing their female mentoring programs. These initiatives have contributed to increasing female representation in pipelines to manager and above level roles.

After successful pilot programs during FY2014, flexible work arrangements were implemented in some Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. Implementation was supported by information and engagement sessions led by line managers.

Initiatives to keep employees engaged while on parental leave were successfully implemented. These included keep in touch meetings with employees during their parental leave and parental coaching sessions for managers.

Initiatives to develop and promote diverse talent continued to be deployed across different regions. Key initiatives included career panel discussions, talent discussions sessions for diverse employees and implementing inclusion of diverse candidates for vacant roles.

Actions to increase representation of Indigenous peoples (including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples) in our workforce continued to be executed. Actions included targeted resourcing strategies, training programs and integration initiatives to broaden their employment opportunities.

From our baseline in 2010, female representation increased by (i) 13 per cent in manager and senior leadership roles to 21 per cent and (ii) two per cent in our overall workforce representation to 17 per cent(a). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

In FY2015, female representation in our graduate intake increased by 7.6 per cent at a global level to 42 per cent and by 10 per cent to 46 per cent in Australia(b). Representation of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples in the graduate intake in Australia increased by six per cent to 11 per cent.

3.Demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

As part of our employee survey, we gauge employees’ perceptions of feeling valued and heard. Results, together with tools and materials to assist action planning and improvement, were cascaded to business leaders and line managers. Results demonstrate a three per cent increase from last year.

(a)These figures represent outcomes for Continuing operations. For Discontinued operations, female representation in manager and senior leadership roles was 17 per cent (totalling 19 per cent for the Group for FY2015) and female representation for the overall Discontinued operations workforce was 14 per cent (totalling 16 per cent for the Group for FY2015). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

(b)These figures represent outcomes for the total Group (including Discontinued operations). In relation to Discontinued operations, three per cent of these graduates from the total Group were transferred to South32 as part of the demerger.

Continuous improvement

In FY2016, we will continue to focus on creating a more inclusive work environment and on enhancing our gender and diversity profile. We will take the following steps to achieve this commitment:

demonstrate progress against key objectives to improve the diversity of our workforce profile with particular emphasis on increasing female representation year-on-year, both overall and in leadership roles;

demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

As in previous years, each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of their scorecards and appraisal commitments. Successful completion of these objectives will be taken into account in determining bonus remuneration. Progress against each year’s measurable objectives will continue to be tracked as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements and disclosed in the Bowen BasinAnnual Report.

1.14    Sustainability

Sustainability is core to our business strategy and integrated into our decision-making. It helps us liveOur Charter values of putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting our host communities.

In reporting our sustainability performance, we include our impact on the environment and approach to climate change, water stewardship, resource conservation and biodiversity; and our efforts to ensure the broader economic contributions of our operations benefit the regions in Central Queensland, Australia.which we operate.

The Bowen Basininformation (including performance data) contained in this section, unless otherwise stated, covers assets that have been wholly owned and operated by BHP Billiton or that have been operated by BHP Billiton in a joint venture operation (operated assets) for FY2015. It also includes information (including performance data) relating to, and including, the demerged assets for the period from 1 July 2014 to 8 May 2015. Unless otherwise stated, data included in this section is presented on a Continuing operations basis.

We acknowledge the importance of measuring our broader impact. As such, in FY2015 we expanded our definition of work-related activities to align with the recording boundaries of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM). This includes the recording of events that occur outside of our operated locations where we have established the work to be performed and can set and verify the health and safety standards.

1.14.1    Identifying our material sustainability issues

To deliver successfully on our business strategy, we identify and respond to the sustainability issues that have a direct or indirect impact on our business and our stakeholders. Using a materiality assessment process, we identify and prioritise material sustainability issues. The following issues are discussed in this Annual Report:

Governance

Health and safety

Environment

Society

•       Governance and sustainability

•       Identifying and managing our material risks

•       Operating with integrity

•       Climate change

•       Keeping our people and operations safe

•       Focusing on the health of our people

•       Biodiversity management

•       Water

•       Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

•       Engaging with our host communities

•       Respecting human rights

•       Making a positive contribution to society

Additional information relating to our materiality assessment process and our sustainability performance for FY2015 is available in our Sustainability Report 2015 and can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.14.2    Governance

Governance and sustainability

Our Board governs the Group in a manner consistent withOur Charter, our strategy and our commitment to a transparent and high-quality governance system. The Board has established a number of committees to assist in exercising its authority, including monitoring the performance of the Group.

The Sustainability Committee assists the Board in oversight of health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) matters, including climate change. This includes overseeing areas relating to HSEC risk control, compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, and overall HSEC performance of the Group.

During FY2015, the Sustainability Committee continued to assist the Board in its oversight of HSEC issues and performance. This included consideration of strategic environmental and community matters, HSEC audits and trends, and the detailed reports from management of the relevant operation on the event, actions taken and investigations in the event of a fatality or significant incident.

Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the GMC, other management committees and individual members of management to whom authority has been delegated.

At the Group level, health, safety, environment and community teams provide guidance and thought leadership by developing and implementing HSEC management frameworks, focusing on catastrophic and fatal hazards management; identifying relevant HSEC trends; tracking performance and alignment with other Company requirements; and reporting progress against targets.

To link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the FY2015 short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance. Given the importance the Group places on safety, the short-term incentive opportunity attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The Remuneration Committee and the Board also have discretion over both the short-term and long-term incentive opportunities for GMC members and take into consideration HSEC performance. As a consequence of the five tragic fatalities in FY2015, the Board and the Remuneration Committee concluded, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that a zero outcome was appropriate for the CEO’s FY2015 short-term incentive HSEC component, with the decision supported by the CEO.

Further information on the metrics and their assessment is available in the Remuneration Report contained in section 4 of this Annual Report.

Identifying and managing our material risks

In addition to the legal requirements of the countries in which we operate, our approach to sustainability risks is defined by our GLDs. These clearly describe our mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities across the Group and are the foundation for developing and implementing management systems at our operations.

GLDs relating to HSEC matters set our Group-wide HSEC-related performance requirements to ensure effective management control of our sustainability risks. Our GLDs are consistent with the principles and mandatory requirements of the position statements of the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, the United Nations (UN) Global Compact, the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

At our operated assets, we have the ability to set workplace HSEC standards and enforce their application. Contractors working at our operated assets must comply with the minimum performance requirements in our relevant GLDs. In addition we seek to ensure our customers, suppliers, agents and service providers maintain business practices and workplaces that are aligned with our GLDs. We also seek to apply GLD performance requirements to our non-operated assets.

We use the framework in ourRisk Management GLD to identify and manage the risk involved in our business activities, functions and processes. This provides a strong foundation for our active and consistent risk-based approach to sustainability. A broader discussion of our risk factors and management approach is provided in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

Operating with integrity

Integrity and accountability are core values at BHP Billiton and central to our reputation as one of the world’s leading companies. We are committed to ethical business practices and high-quality governance in all that we do. Regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, ourAnti-corruption GLD andCode of Business Conduct prohibit bribery and corruption in all our business dealings. Particulars in relation to theCode of Business Conduct and anti-corruption are referred to the Sustainability Report 2015 and in section 3.17 of this Annual Report. Specific discussion on legal proceedings is available in section 6 of this Annual Report.

Transparency of payments to governments

BHP Billiton considers the licences we have to operate in jurisdictions around the world as a privilege that bestows upon us a responsibility to contribute to the economic and social development of our host countries. A critical component of this responsibility is our taxation obligations to our host governments.

Our payments to governments in FY2015 on a country-by-country basis of US$7.3 billion are presented in our Sustainability Report 2015. Approximately US$1.4 billion in taxes collected on behalf of employees was also remitted to governments in FY2015. More than 99 per cent (excludes demerged assets) of our payments were made to nine countries. Of these, our largest payments were made in Australia, where we have the majority of our assets.

BHP Billiton has long been deeply committed to the role transparency plays in contributing to the good governance of natural resources for the benefit of the governments and citizens of countries that host our operations. This is why BHP Billiton has voluntarily publicly reported our payments of taxes and royalties in our Annual Sustainability Report in increasing detail over the last 15 years and has been a member of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its inception in 2002. We continue our strong support through our active participation on the EITI Board.

We believe that transparency by governments and companies around revenue flows from the extraction of natural resources is an important element in the fight against corruption. A level and globally consistent playing field will ensure all companies disclose on the same basis and reduce the reporting burden for those operating in multiple jurisdictions. To this end, and consistent with our Transparency Principles, we support appropriate national and extra-territorial mandatory corporate reporting to complement the EITI and provide a globally consistent regulatory framework for all extractive industry companies.

We have disclosed our payments of taxes and royalties on a project-by-project basis, and payments to state and provincial governments at a subnational level, in a stand-alone BHP Billiton Economic contribution and payments to governments Report. This Report is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

Closure planning

Closure planning is an important consideration in the planning and development of our mining and petroleum operations. We recognise the significant risks associated with ineffective closure and seek to minimise these through our closure governance framework. The closure framework integrates resource planning and development, health, safety and environment, stakeholder engagement, finance and assurance into business operational design.

Specifically, the framework requires each asset to develop closure plans. These plans describe closure objectives and the management process in place to reduce closure liabilities over the life of the asset.

An ongoing internal audit program continues to test the effectiveness of these closure plans and the business alignment to the closure planning framework, including the financial provisions. Information on these provisions can be found in note 14 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’ to the Financial Statements. Audit findings are reviewed annually and reported to the relevant Business Presidents, while summary reports are considered by the Sustainability Committee of the Board. During FY2015, 11 audits were conducted against performance criteria and recommendations from such audits have been initiated.

Climate change

Our perspective on climate change

We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable.

Sustainable economic growth requires an effective response to climate change. The world needs reliable, affordable energy to support higher living standards and lower GHG emissions to keep the global average temperature rise below two degrees Celsius. We do not prioritise one of these requirements over the other. Both are essential.

Even allowing for significant improvements in energy efficiency, energy demand is expected to increase as the global population grows and living standards improve. Today, fossil fuels are often the most affordable, reliable and accessible way of meeting this demand and provide more than 80 per cent of the world’s primary energy. However, their growing use would substantially increase GHG emissions and exacerbate climate change unless new technology reduces their impact. To meet its development and climate goals, the world must find ways to progressively decarbonise the use of fossil fuels, improve energy efficiency and increase the use of alternative energy sources such as renewables and nuclear power.

Climate change governance

BHP Billiton’s strategy is tied to economic growth in both emerging and developed economies, and sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. Responding to climate change is a priority Board governance and strategic issue for our Company.

Our GMC has primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective position and response to climate, and accountability for performance against GHG emissions, our climate change metric. We also seek input and insight from external experts, such as the Forum on Corporate Responsibility.

To reflect updates in scientific knowledge and global regulatory and political responses, we regularly review our position on climate change. We incorporate climate change considerations into our Group scenario planning to understand potential impacts on our portfolio. We also conduct annual reviews of performance against Business GHG targets to ensure we are on track to achieve our Company target. The Sustainability Committee has considered a range of climate change scenarios and continues to monitor the actions being taken to manage a range of climate change impacts and policy responses.

Our approach

Our strategic approach to climate change is underpinned by engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders, including investors, companies and non-government organisations. We believe industry has a key role to play in climate change policy development by working with governments and other stakeholders to inform the development of effective long-term policy framework that delivers a measured transition to a lower emissions economy. BHP Billiton believes an effective policy framework should include a complementary set of measures, including a price on carbon, support for low-emissions technologies and measures to build resilience.

We continue to share lessons learnt with our stakeholders and identify solutions that we believe can drive emissions reductions at the lowest cost. In September 2014, BHP Billiton signed the World Bank’s Putting a Price on Carbon statement, which was presented at the 2014 UN Climate Summit in New York and we are a member of their Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition. In 2015, we made two climate change policy submissions in response to the Australian Government’s discussion papers Setting Australia’s Post-2020 Target for GHG Emissions and Emission Reduction Fund: Safeguard Mechanism, sharing our perspective on the importance of this issue.

We have also hosted several policy roundtables, bringing cross-sectoral business groups together to discuss different ways that business and government can address climate change. Internationally, we look forward to the 21st Conference of the Parties (COP21) in Paris in December 2015 delivering a positive outcome that puts the world on a path to limit global temperatures to less than 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels, in line with current international commitments.

We are committed to transparent and open communications and have an ongoing and extensive engagement program with investors, government and the broader society, including our voluntary submission to the CDP (formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project). The CDP score is a measure of the actions that a company has demonstrated in carbon management. Our commitment to continuing transparency and disclosure has resulted in an improvement in our CDP score since 2013.

We have been taking action for many years to understand and manage the impacts of climate change on our business. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions and portfolio evaluation for more than a decade and were early adopters of this approach. We maintain a view on carbon pricing using a carbon price protocol, which we update regularly. Our carbon price protocol tracks the progress of national emissions reduction ambitions to tackle climate change throughout the world, including in our major operating regions and customer demand centres. In parallel, we look at the potential for reductions in emissions and the cost associated with those reductions to determine an appropriate long-term price level. We carry out this assessment for various scenarios which reflect the effectiveness and ambition of policies, the timing to implement reductions, the interaction between policy mechanisms and the role of low carbon technologies. We have an integrated approach to addressing climate change that has three key areas: mitigation, adaptation andlow-emissions technology.

Mitigation

As a major producer and consumer of energy, we prioritise GHG reductions and energy efficiency.

BHP Billiton is among the sector leaders in setting an absolute target to limit our GHG emissions. As we grow our business, this target encourages us to look for ways to improve our energy efficiency, increase productivity and implement additional GHG reduction projects across our operations. All our Businesses are required to identify, evaluate and implement suitable GHG reduction opportunities, including during project design and equipment selection.

In FY2015, the Group’s total GHG emissions were 38.3 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e). Taking into account the impact of the demerger, this represents a six per cent reduction on FY2014 GHG emissions. For the purposes of the FY2014 comparison, emissions from assets demerged with South32 for the period 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015 were annualised. This reduction has been driven in part by GHG reduction projects across our Businesses and improved productivity.

GHG Scope 1 and 2 (millions of tonnes CO2-e)(a)

Year ended 30 June (b)

  2015   2014   2013 

Scope 1 (c)

   20.7     22.7     22.0  

Scope 2 (d)

   17.6     22.3     24.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GHG millions of tonnes CO2-e

   38.3     45.0     46.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

(b)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from our operated assets.

(d)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by our operated assets.

In line with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006, our reported FY2015 GHG intensity was 3.8 tonnes of CO2-e per tonne of copper equivalent production (FY2014: 4.9 tonnes of CO2-e). Our reported FY2015 energy intensity was 30 petajoules per million tonnes of copper equivalent production. Copper

equivalent production has been based on FY2013 average realised product prices. Rather than use an intensity metric, we have set ourselves a challenging goal to limit our overall emissions by keeping our absolute FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline while we continue to grow our business.

A key example of our ongoing activity to reduce GHG emissions is our Fuel Quality Network that brings people together from across our Company to understand and test the benefits of improving fuel quality. Our investigations have shown that improving fuel chemistry can deliver significant reductions in diesel exhaust particulates and GHG emissions. We estimate that improving the quality of fuel delivered to our mobile plants has the potential to reduce energy consumption across the Company by around 4,600 terajoules (TJ) per annum and reduce GHG emissions by approximately 320,000 tonnes of CO2-e per annum. In addition, the Fuel Quality Network will help us to achieve cost savings in maintenance operations and deliver improved productivity.

Projects and initiatives such as these keep us on track to achieve our GHG emissions reduction target. We are committed to continued focus on the delivery of GHG reduction opportunities within our Businesses.

In addition to identifying opportunities within our Company, we also seek to contribute to global GHG emissions reductions. We are currently implementing a strategy to support REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation), an international mechanism that provides economic, social and environmental incentives for developing countries to reduce GHG emissions from deforestation and related activities through the creation of carbon credits. Through project support, improved governance and climate finance market stimulation, BHP Billiton is playing a role in reducing deforestation, enhancing community livelihoods and improving biodiversity and watershed conservation. BHP Billiton and the International Finance Corporation are exploring ways of stimulating demand for REDD+ credits to support forest protection and conservation.

Adaptation

BHP Billiton’s corporate strategy is based on owning and operating long-life assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our success over many years can be attributed to the way we have successfully adapted to the changing business landscape. Building resilience to the physical impacts of climate change is just as essential to long-term business success.

We take a multifaceted approach to climate change adaptation, building resilience across activities both within our operations and investments, and outside of our operational control in our communities and ecosystems. We seek to leverage many of our established core business processes such as risk and planning. Climate risks may occur as a result of acute (extreme) weather events (e.g. floods and cyclones); chronic (incremental) changes in climate conditions, which may progressively increase risk over time (e.g. changes to temperature); and cumulative impacts from the interaction of direct and indirect climate impacts (e.g. changes to water availability). Our analysis has found that climate change will exacerbate existing risks while also exposing our Businesses to new risks. For example, cyclone management is critical for our Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) Asset and maintaining adaptive management practices will allow WAIO to respond to the expected increase in cyclone intensity in the Pilbara. We also require new investments to assess risks associated with the forecast impacts of climate change. For example, during the project design, identification and assessment of increasing storm intensity and storm surge levels resulted in raising the height of the trestle at our Hay Point coal port facility in Queensland, Australia, as part of our expansion plans.

Effective analysis of climate science is critical to our resilience planning and we take care to understand what variables and analysis make the most sense to our business. We are currently working with the CSIRO (Australia’s national science agency) to obtain analyses of the climate science. This will inform climate resilience planning at an asset level, improving our understanding of the material climate vulnerabilities that face our Businesses.

Technology

Technology and innovation have the potential to significantly reduce global emissions and meet long-term climate goals. Given that fossil fuels are likely to continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades, it is vital that low-emissions technologies (LET) are available at scale, lower cost and much faster than the usual commercial time frames to meet the challenge of climate change. Industry has a significant collaborative role to play with government, academia and the community to facilitate this necessary step change.

Since 2007, we have spent over US$400 million on LET research, development and deployment across a number of projects ranging in scale and complexity. For example, the West Cliff Ventilation Air Methane Project (WestVAMP) first piloted at Illawarra Coal’s Appin Colliery in 2001, utilises 20 per cent of available mine ventilation air to produce electricity. This reduces the site’s overall GHG emissions footprint by removing the methane from mine ventilation air.

BHP Billiton is also part of ONE Future, a coalition of companies from across the natural gas industry in the United States focused on identifying solutions for fugitive methane emissions management. ONE Future has developed an approach, that if widely adopted, could lower the total methane emissions of participating coalition companies to less than one per cent of gross production.

To build upon this contribution to the development of LET, we have recently established an integrated strategy that considers investment across a range of technologies that can lead to material emissions reductions in our operations and across our supply chains. When evaluating opportunity areas for potential investment, we look at several different factors, including the potential to impact upon global emissions and the opportunity to use our own skills and expertise to accelerate the change required, including our expertise in geology, engineering and markets.

We also seek to leverage our investments with the contribution of suitable partners, including governments, peers and research organisations. The focus for us is to consider the catalytic role that BHP Billiton can play in working with others to accelerate the deployment of technology to address material sources of emissions.

Our roadmap for investment includes the development and demonstration of carbon capture and storage (CCS) technologies, the reduction of fugitive methane emissions from coal and petroleum operations, high-efficiency/low-emissions power generation, low-emissions transportation and improvement and application of battery storage to enhance the wider deployment of renewable energy.

CCS can play a pivotal role in reducing emissions from oil and gas production, and from the use of fossil fuels in power generation and industrial processes. The key components of CCS (capture, transport and storage of CO2) have all been demonstrated successfully for many years. The challenge for large-scale deployment of CCS technology in the power and industrial sectors is the integration of the key components of CCS and appropriate commercial and regulatory support to foster further development.

Addressing the key barriers to deployment (regulatory uncertainty, cost and stakeholder concern) is essential if CCS is to become a global mitigation tool at the scale required to make a meaningful contribution to long-term climate goals. We have previously contributed to the development of CCS in both Australia and the United States and we are a founding member of CO2CRC, one of the world’s leading collaborative research organisations focused on long-term geological storage of carbon dioxide.

Portfolio evaluation

As well positionedas taking action to reduce emissions, build resilience to the physical impacts of climate change, develop and deploy LETs and support an effective global response, we continue to identify and assess the impacts of climate change on our portfolio.

The starting point of our corporate planning process is the construction of a central case based on extensive analysis and research. Our current central case assumes the US economy continues to recover and strengthen, progressive development of China and India, integration of emerging economies into a multi-polar economic environment, and action on climate change centred on national policies.

Our corporate planning process uses scenario analysis to encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes for key global uncertainties. Designed to interpret external factors including technical, economic, political and governance trends facing the global resources industry, the scenarios offer a means by which to explore potential portfolio discontinuities and opportunities, as well as to test the robustness of decisions. Our scenarios do not constitute preferred outcomes for BHP Billiton. The scenarios are designed to be divergent, but also plausible and internally consistent, spanning unique potential future business environments.

According to independent bodies such as the International Energy Agency (IEA), fossil fuels will continue to supply a significant amount of the world’s energy for decades. This is the case even in the IEA’s ‘450 Scenario’, under which the world achieves a 2ºC outcome. Oil, coal and gas are likely to continue to constitute a significant part of the energy supply mix in countries like China and India, notwithstanding strong growth in renewables.

Given the ongoing role of fossil fuels, and the many uncertainties facing not only the resources sector but the world in general, accurately predicting how the world will respond to the challenge posed by climate change is difficult. Our scenario planning approach endeavours to consider a range of potential outcomes in order to understand the impacts on our portfolio and the critical signposts we must monitor in order to respond in a timely and effective way.

Our analysis highlights that our uniquely diversified portfolio of high-quality assets is robust across our scenarios and is highly unlikely to result in BHP Billiton assets being ‘stranded’. In a scenario where there is strong impetus to develop and implement cleaner, more energy efficient solutions and unified societal action to address climate change, our analysis indicates that there is a potential of upside for uranium, our high-quality hard coking coal and iron ore lump product. Copper is resilient and would offer continued opportunity for growth and our gas exposure may yet provide opportunities during a transition to a lower carbon economy. In aggregate, we anticipate these commodities are robust and provide options that could mitigate potential negative impacts on other commodities.

Regardless of the path the world chooses, we are committed to reducing our own emissions and to supporting global efforts to reduce general emissions.

1.14.3    Health and safety

Keeping our people and operations safe

The health and safety of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate is central to every aspect of our business. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work, or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from occupational harm. However, we do recognise that environments we operate in can be hazardous.

Despite our goal to achieve zero work-related fatalities, tragically we lost five of our colleagues in FY2015. Four fatalities occurred during on-site work activities and one fatality occurred in an off-site transportation accident. Independent investigations were undertaken for each incident, with remedial action taken and findings from the investigations shared across the Group. In FY2014, we had no work-related fatalities at our operated assets, a goal that we will continue to work towards.

As part of our ongoing focus to eliminate fatal and other serious incidents, a Company-level safety intervention was initiated in FY2015. The safety intervention was launched with engagement across our business through a variety of methods, including workshops, team talks and surveys. Feedback was presented at our senior leaders’

meeting in July 2015, identifying the key controls, programs, systems, processes and tools currently in place that require improvement and Company-wide adoption through focused leadership.

Safety risk controls for Company-wide risks are included in ourSafety GLD and serve as the minimum mandatory controls. Each Business is required to assess whether additional controls are required to manage risks and to meet the objective of no fatalities.

During FY2015, our overall total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) performance of 4.1 injuries per million hours worked improved by two per cent compared with FY2014. Over the past five years, our TRIF has reduced by 18 per cent.

Total recordable injury frequency (per million hours worked)

Year ended 30 June (a)

  2015   2014   2013 

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)

   4.1     4.2     4.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

Focusing on the health of our people

We want our people to be fit for work and make sure their work does not negatively impact their health or wellbeing now or in the future.

During FY2015, we continued to establish, maintain and review our exposure profiles and manage significant health risks. The minimum mandatory controls contained within ourHealth GLD are structured around three principal aims: the prevention of illness from exposure; ensuring people are fit for work; and returning people to work after illness or injury. These principal aims form the cornerstone of our health risk management framework.

In FY2012, we established a health target baseline and committed to reduce potential occupational exposure to carcinogens and airborne contaminants by 10 per cent by FY2017. In FY2015, the number of potential exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants requiring the use of personal protective equipment reduced by 40 per cent compared with our FY2012 baseline. We have therefore exceeded our target to date. While good progress has been made in relation to occupational exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants, we remain vigilant in adopting and maintaining effective exposure controls. Our FY2015 results are due to a number of initiatives across our operations, details of which can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

In FY2015, the incidence of employee occupational illness was 4.93 per million hours worked, an increase of 74 per cent compared with FY2014. Noise induced hearing loss cases increased significantly due to a more accurate assessment triggered by incorrectly applying our hearing loss criteria in previous years at some assets. Our reduction in musculoskeletal illnesses was primarily due to the introduction of a multifaceted control program at one of our assets.

Year ended 30 June (a)

  2015   2014   2013 

Noise induced hearing loss

   3.05     0.68     0.51  

Musculoskeletal

   1.52     1.61     1.24  

Other illnesses

   0.36     0.55     0.64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4.93     2.84     2.39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

1.14.4    Environment

We seek to demonstrate our environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and leaving lasting benefits. We approach our environmental management in ways that address our responsibilities to firstly understand and minimise impacts, and, secondly to contribute more broadly as environmental stewards.

We complement our core business processes of risk management, and corporate planning, community development and stakeholder engagement with the minimum mandatory requirements for environmental management of ourEnvironment GLD. In this GLD, we take a risk-based approach and emphasise implementation of the mitigation hierarchy to avoid, minimise and rehabilitate direct, indirect and cumulative impacts within our area of influence across both short-term and long-term business horizons. We require our Businesses to set target environmental outcomes for land, biodiversity, water resources and air, and prevent or minimise GHG emissions, including in project design. Where unacceptable impacts remain to important biodiversity and ecosystems, we apply compensatory actions to address the residual impacts.

Biodiversity management

A sustainable society depends on biodiversity and its associated ecosystem services, such as food, air and water. Similarly, our operations depend on and have the potential to impact biodiversity and its related ecosystem services.

We have two targets focused on biodiversity that acknowledge the importance of maintaining the unique ecosystems and biodiversity of the areas in which we operate and the importance of conserving these more broadly. The first target requires the development and maintenance of land and biodiversity management plans that include controls demonstrating application of the mitigation hierarchy to manage the biodiversity and ecosystem impacts of our operations. This target is supported by the requirements of ourEnvironment GLD. In FY2015, consistent with our target, all operations developed land and biodiversity management plans.

The second target is at a wider Group level and is a voluntary commitment to financing the conservation and ongoing management of areas of high biodiversity and ecosystem value that are of national or international conservation significance. In FY2012, we established an alliance with Conservation International to support the delivery of this target and improve our approach to biodiversity management more broadly. As a result, we will improve our environmental performance and broaden our contributions to lasting environmental benefits beyond what could be achieved by our operations alone. As of FY2015, we have committed more than US$35 million to conservation, in addition to the environmental management activities at our operations.

A central part of our approach to managing our impacts on land and biodiversity is the rehabilitation of land no longer required for our activities. Our Businesses are required to maintain rehabilitation plans that support life-of-asset and closure plans. This includes rehabilitating disturbed areas that are no longer required for our operational purposes, consistent with the pre-disturbance land use or alternate land use, while taking into account regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations. As at the end of FY2015, our total land rehabilitated was 40,800 hectares, a five per cent increase since FY2014, on the total area rehabilitated.

Water

The sustainability of our operations relies on our ability to obtain an appropriate quality and quantity of water, use it responsibly and manage it appropriately, including taking account of natural supply variations. As economies and populations continue to expand and pressure for water becomes more intense, we recognise the role we have as responsible stewards of the water we share with our host communities. We anticipate climate change is likely to make the patterns and cycles of water flow less predictable and require our operations to implement adaptive responses. Managing our shared water resources is therefore a complex task for our business.

To manage our shared water resources, our operations are required to assess the direct, indirect and cumulative impacts and risks to water resources. We do this by understanding the social, cultural, ecological and economic values of these resources at a catchment level within our area of influence. Based on the risks and impacts, our operations apply a mitigation hierarchy; implement controls and monitor their effectiveness. At the operational level, we maintain quantitative water balance models to predict and support the management of water inputs, use and outputs and to enable timely management responses to water-related risks. Where possible, we seek to use lower-quality or recycled water to minimise extraction requirements from higher-quality water resources.

Recognising the regional nature of our water risks, we introduced a target in FY2013 requiring our operations with water-related material risks to implement projects to reduce their impact on associated water resources. The target allows our Businesses to annually review and focus on the water challenges specific to the regions in which they operate. Further discussion on projects implemented as part of our water target can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

We report on our water use publicly, consistent with the Input Output model of the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework (WAF). We are working with the ICMM to support broader adoption across the industry. The WAF aims to improve data integrity and comparability across the sector to allow a more meaningful analysis on which to base policy making and deliver improved outcomes.

Under the WAF, water is categorised as Type 1 (close to drinking water standards), Type 2 (suitable for some purposes), and Type 3 (unsuitable for most purposes). In FY2015, our total water input (water intended for use) was 340,200 megalitres across the Group, with 85 per cent defined as Type 2 or Type 3. Our use of Type 2 and Type 3 water demonstrates our approach to utilising lower-quality water wherever feasible.

Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

Since 2011, we have conducted onshore shale operations in the Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville shale operations according to our North America Shale Operating Principles. These principles state our commitment to safety, and to protect the land where we operate, safeguard and manage water resources, minimise air emissions from our operations, and be a good neighbour to our host communities. We construct and operate our facilities in an environmentally sensitive manner. We conduct environmental assessments, and prepare plans with controls to minimise impacts to air, water, land and biodiversity.

We publicly report the ingredients of the fracturing fluids from each well completion into FracFocus, the hydraulic fracturing chemical disclosure registry. We don’t use benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene or xylene (BTEX) or diesel in our fracturing fluids, and we work with our service companies to reduce toxicity of fracturing fluids where possible.

We check every well we drill against our list of critical elements to ensure well integrity and the safety of our operations. Our Groundwater Risk Management Plan incorporates controls to prevent the loss of containment of pressurised fluids, including: casing annulus monitoring procedures to verify well integrity; proper wellhead and casing design and construction; and specialised training to assure competency. During FY2015, we voluntarily implemented a pre-drilling groundwater monitoring program in the active drilling areas of the Eagle Ford, Permian and Haynesville shale operations to establish a baseline of groundwater quality.

To improve management of water resources and reduce fresh water demand at our Eagle Ford operations, we implemented a mobile reverse osmosis system to produce potable water and treat waste water for reuse in drilling and completions at our drilling camps, while reducing trucking of water and waste. In our Permian shale operation, we use predominately a blend of brackish water and recycled produced water for our drilling and completions operations.

The majority of our air emissions relate to GHG emissions from fuel combustion, flaring and venting during well construction and production. We reduce methane emissions across our shale operations by capturing and selling the produced natural gas that would otherwise be vented or flared.

At our Permian shale operation, we increased the percentage of produced water sent through pipeline to disposal, eliminating a portion of trucking to disposal wells, which also contributed to GHG reductions. We utilise temporary pipelines instead of trucks throughout our shale operations to supply water to our construction operations. This reduces air emissions and relieves traffic stress on local roads and communities.

We accept the scientific basis for linking seismic activity to waste water injection wells associated with unconventional oil and gas production. As such, we conduct enhanced seismicity monitoring and other types of data acquisition to better understand and mitigate the risk of the potential for induced seismic activity associated with waste water disposal operations. We actively participate in cooperative efforts with stakeholders (industry, government, science community and the public) to better understand and promote best practice risk management in our operations.

1.14.5    Society

We strive to be a valued partner in the communities in which we operate and, through all our interactions, seek to foster meaningful, long-term relationships that respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. We believe this is fundamental to being a responsible corporate citizen and is a clear demonstration ofOur Charter values.

Engaging effectively in communities

OurCommunity GLD prescribes an inclusive and proactive approach to stakeholder engagement. We seek to build connections with stakeholders early in the life cycle of our operations, maintain open and ongoing communications with them, and operate transparently in relation to our plans and performance. In order to be effective and reach as many people as possible, we ensure these engagement activities are culturally and socially inclusive.

Our stakeholder engagement process requires our assets and operations to identify and analyse stakeholder groups to determine the level of impact the Company has on them and their level of interest in engaging with us. Each asset and operation then designs community engagement activities suitable for each of the stakeholder groups and individuals, where appropriate. Through engagement, with our host communities we also develop an understanding of the social and economic environment, including potential impacts and opportunities.

To measure the effectiveness of our engagement and community development activities, our operations are required to complete a community perception survey every three years. These surveys provide a valuable external perspective on the quality of our engagement and whether our stakeholders believe we are addressing their key concerns.

Respecting human rights

BHP Billiton’s corporate responsibility to respect human rights is embedded within the Company’s systems and processes and aligns with the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Global Compact principles. The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights require companies to address three aspects to fulfil their responsibility to respect human rights: express a commitment to human rights through a policy statement; perform human rights due diligence to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for potential human rights impacts; and provide remediation where business enterprises have been identified as having caused or contributed to adverse human rights impacts. We meet these requirements by embedding them into our Company systems and processes.

BHP Billiton’s commitment to human rights is publicly stated in ourCode of Business Conduct (the Code), which clearly outlines our responsibilities and expectations. All employees and certain contractors are provided with the Code on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton, and it is a condition of that employment that they behave in accordance with the Code. Annual risk-basedCode of Business Conduct training and communication plans must be completed and executed by each area of the Group. In addition, we measure effectiveness and obtain assurance of our human rights processes through the internal audits of our GLDs.

As part of our human rights due diligence process, our operations are required to identify and document key potential human rights risks by completing a Human Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA). This includes assessing performance against the articles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the UN Global Compact principles, and host country legislation governing human rights issues. We require each HRIA to be reviewed internally on an annual basis.

Every three years, each HRIA is required to be verified through an engagement process with stakeholders and, in medium- and high-risk jurisdictions, validated by a qualified human rights specialist. Where a HRIA identifies a material risk, a Human Rights Management Plan is required to be implemented and reviewed annually. Selected employees and contractors receive training on compliance with BHP Billiton’s human rights commitments.

Managing our security-related material risks

The nature and global reach of our organisation can result in our people working in countries where there is potential exposure to personal and business risks. We require an assessment of each country for the degree of risk associated with visiting, exploring and operating within it, and appropriate controls are developed to mitigate identified risks.

Through our commitment to the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPs), we seek to protect people and property from material security-related risks. Performance requirements related to the VPs are implemented through ourSecurity and Emergency Management GLD. Our operations are required to identify security-related material risks to people and property, and engage relevant stakeholders to develop and manage security programs that respect human rights and fundamental freedoms.

In addition, we require our operations to conduct an annual review for alignment with the VPs and implement an improvement plan to close identified gaps. The process also provides an opportunity to further build awareness and understanding of the VPs across the Company.

Respecting and including Indigenous communities

As many of our operations are located on or near Indigenous peoples’ lands, it is important we recognise the traditional rights and values of Indigenous peoples, respect their cultural heritage and the significance of their lands and provide opportunities for inclusion and advancement.

BHP Billiton’s approach to engaging with and supporting Indigenous peoples is articulated in our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement, which was developed and approved by our GMC in FY2015. Implementation of the Policy Statement will help us strengthen relationships with Indigenous peoples and be a valued partner in their economic, social and cultural empowerment. We are currently in the process of developing a Group-wide Indigenous Peoples Strategy to guide implementation of the Policy Statement.

As a member of the ICMM, our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement is consistent with the 2013 ICMM Indigenous Peoples and Mining Position Statement and is implemented in accordance with ourCommunity GLD.

Commitments through our Policy Statement include understanding Indigenous peoples’ rights and interests; building cross-cultural understanding; agreeing on appropriate engagement processes; and ensuring effective

participation in decision-making. A number of related commitments address how we engage where government is responsible for managing Indigenous peoples’ interests and how to move forward when differences of opinion arise.

Our Policy Statement specifically addresses the issue of free, prior and informed consent through committing to seek the consent of Indigenous peoples for new operations or major capital projects that are located on lands traditionally owned by, or under customary use of, Indigenous peoples and which are likely to have significant adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples.

In making this commitment, we recognise the right of governments to ultimately make decisions on the development of resources and that, in most countries, neither Indigenous peoples nor other groups have a right to veto projects. Where consent cannot be reached, a host government may decide to proceed with a project after balancing the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with the wider population. In these circumstances, BHP Billiton will determine whether we remain involved with the project. The BHP Billiton Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

Respecting customary rights

At a very early stage of a project, we seek to identify customary owners, occupiers and users of the land on which we intend to operate, as well as conduct land usage surveys. Knowing who is connected to the land and how it is used is critical to establishing effective community consultation and engagement. This helps to ensure people potentially affected by our operations are fully aware of our activities and have an opportunity to express their concerns and aspirations.

In instances where land may be used for customary purposes and no formal land title has been issued, information is requested from relevant organisations, including government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses, and Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area to help identify those with connections to the land. Arising from this engagement, the operational work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Our projects are designed in a way that avoids or minimises resettlement of individuals or communities. If resettlement is required (voluntary or involuntary), programs must be implemented consistent with the requirements set out in the International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standard 5, Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement. This includes being planned and implemented in a participatory manner that leads to a demonstrable improvement in livelihoods of the displaced persons or communities.

Ok Tedi

BHP Billiton exited from Ok Tedi Mining Limited (OTML) in February 2002. The exit arrangements included the transfer of BHP Billiton’s shares in OTML to Papua New Guinea Sustainable Development Program Limited (PNGSDP) and a statutory undertaking protecting BHP Billiton from environmental claims by the PNG Government. In September 2013, the PNG Parliament passed laws which compulsorily acquired PNGSDP’s shares in OTML and changed other aspects of the exit arrangements, including the repeal of the protection from environmental claims by the PNG Government. PNGSDP is challenging the validity of actions taken by the PNG Government to restructure and obtain control of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton retains an indemnity from PNGSDP in respect of environmental claims by the PNG Government and certain environmental claims by third parties. This indemnity is secured against certain key assets of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton remains committed to ensuring that the substantial long-term fund held by PNGSDP remains well governed for the benefit of the people of Papua New Guinea and the Western Province in particular.

Making a positive contribution to society

We know we are successful when our host communities value their relationship with us. Our aim is to work alongside host communities to help them achieve sustainable economic and social benefits, as well as diversified

and resilient local economies, so that these benefits continue beyond the life of our operations. Our broader contribution to local economies can be realised through indirect employment and our support of local businesses that provide a range of services and products, which enable our operations to function effectively.

Our operations around the world support local and national economies through creating jobs, providing infrastructure, purchasing goods and services and contributing significant payments of taxes and royalties to governments. By supplying many of our commodities to markets in developing countries, we also support economic development to help improve living standards and quality of life.

Improving the quality of life in our host communities

We aim to be partners with our host communities and are committed to understanding their needs and priorities. We seek to invest in projects that will continue to promote a benefit to the community beyond the life of the project. Using data from a social baseline study and social impact and opportunity assessment, we prepare a community development management plan. Community development projects and donations are required to be aligned to the overall community development management plan, implemented in consultation with local stakeholders, and meet our due diligence and anti-corruption requirements.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit, calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit, in community programs that aim to have a long-lasting, positive impact on people’s quality of life, including implementing new and supporting existing community projects. With a focus on improving quality of life, our community development programs are developed by working openly with governments and the communities in which we operate, and focusing on the needs and resources of our key stakeholders. This is how we are contributing to economic and social development.

During FY2015, our voluntary community investment totalled US$225 million, comprising US$142 million cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$83 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation. The BHP Billiton Foundation was established in FY2013 to identify and support large sustainable development projects in countries and regions of interest to BHP Billiton, in order to complement the local programs managed by our assets. This builds on contributions that have previously been paid to the BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities charitable organisation. At the end of FY2015, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities had a total of US$62.5 million and the BHP Billiton Foundation had a total of US$219.2 million in funds available for future sustainable development projects.

Community investment (US$M)

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014   2013 

Expenditure (1) (including in-kind support and administrative costs)

   142.0     141.7     139.8  

Contribution into BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities and BHP Billiton Foundation

   83.0     100.0     106.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Community investment

   225.0     241.7     245.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations. Includes payments made by operations demerged with South32.

BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework

During FY2015, we developed a new BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework to guide our approach to voluntary social investment (social and environmental programs with net social benefit) between FY2016 and FY2020, providing a unified and integrated framework across our Company. The Framework is the outcome of an extensive review of BHP Billiton’s existing approach to social investment and has been informed by a thorough analysis of information about our internal and external operating context. Specific inputs to the review

included our material sustainability risks, emerging global trends and the stakeholder needs and expectations of our host communities. Using this information to inform our Social Investment Framework has ensured a strong linkage between our business and social investment objectives.

BHP Billiton is committed to ensuring our significant social investment adds value to the communities in which we operate and leaves behind a lasting change. Details of our new Social Investment Framework can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

1.15    Additional information

1.15.1    External factors and trends

The following section describes some of the external factors and trends that have had a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We operate our business in a dynamic and changing environment and with information that is rarely complete and exact. We primarily manage the risks discussed in this section under our portfolio risk management approach, which relies on the effects of diversification, rather than individual risk management programs. Details of our risk factors can be found in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report. Details of our financial risk management strategies and financial instruments outstanding at 30 June 2015 can be found in section 1.7.3 of this Annual Report and in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Management monitors particular trends arising from external factors with a view to managing the potential impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. The following external factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and areas where we make decisions on the basis of information that is incomplete or uncertain.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Commodity prices

The prices we obtain for our products represent a key driver of our business, and fluctuations in these commodity prices affect our results, including cash flows and asset values. The estimated impact on FY2015 profit after taxation of changes of commodity prices is set out below.

US$M

US$1/bbl on oil price

54

US¢10/MMBtu on US gas price

27

US¢1/lb on copper price

24

US$1/t on iron ore price

144

US$1/t on metallurgical coal price

23

US$1/t on energy coal price

11

US¢1/lb on nickel price

2

Commodity markets were influenced by modest growth in global economic activity in FY2015. Solid momentum in the US economy, supported by improved growth in the Eurozone and Japan, saw developed economies contribute an improved share of activity relative to emerging markets. A number of emerging economies, including China, saw growth slow while Russia and Brazil experienced recessions. In the case of most steelmaking raw materials and energy commodities, supply growth was greater than demand growth resulting in lower prices. The price for crude oil dropped significantly, while the Henry Hub gas price declined on higher supply and increased inventory levels relative to the previous year. The Asian LNG price dropped on greater

supply and lower oil prices. The copper price was also lower as supply disruptions were offset by weaker than expected consumption. Although aluminium demand grew, supply exceeded consumption due to increasing production from China. In the manganese market, the supply side response to weak demand growth was slower than expected resulting in a decrease in prices.

The following tables show the prices for our most significant commodities for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 and 2013, on both a Continuing and Discontinued operations basis. These prices represent selected quoted prices from the relevant sources as indicated, and will differ from the realised prices on the sale of the Group’s production due to differences in quotation periods, quality of products, delivery terms and the range of quoted prices that are used for contracting sales in different markets.

Continuing operations

Year ended 30 June

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Natural gas Henry Hub (1) (US$/MMBtu)

   2.81     4.39     3.73     3.32     4.25     3.44  

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG (2) (US$/MMBtu)

   7.30     11.28     15.40     9.74     16.38     15.14  

Crude oil (Brent) (3) (US$/bbl)

   61.05     111.02     102.46     73.91     109.36     108.64  

Ethane (4) (US$/bbl)

   8.40     12.02     9.92     8.56     11.92     12.15  

Propane (5) (US$/bbl)

   16.25     44.47     35.52     29.34     48.05     37.31  

Butane (6) (US$/bbl)

   23.89     54.39     49.51     36.89     56.70     61.74  

Copper (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   2.60     3.15     3.06     2.89     3.18     3.48  

Iron ore (7) (US$/dmt)

   59.50     93.25     116.25     71.61     122.70     127.23  

Metallurgical coal (8) (US$/t)

   88.00     110.50     130.00     102.91     128.40     159.13  

Energy coal (9) (US$/t)

   61.66     70.89     78.89     64.37     78.38     89.10  

Nickel (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   5.30     8.49     6.21     7.02     6.88     7.43  

(1)Platts Gas based on Henry Hub – typically applies to gas sales in the US gas market.

(2)Platts Liquefied Natural Gas Delivery Ex-Ship (DES) Japan/Korea Marker – typically applies to Asian LNG spot sales.

(3)Platts Dated Brent is a benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.

(4)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Ethane – typically applies to ethane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(5)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Propane – typically applies to propane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(6)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Normal Butane – typically applies to butane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(7)Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost and Freight (CFR) China – used for fines.

(8)Platts Low-Vol hard coking coal Index FOB Australia – representative of high-quality hard coking coals.

(9)GlobalCOAL FOB Newcastle 6,000kcal/kg NCV – typically applies to coal sales in the Asia Pacific market.

The following summarises the average and closing pricing trends of our most significant commodities for FY2015.

Natural gas Henry Hub: The Platts US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased by 22 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was a result of increased production growth, partially offset by consumption growth in the power sector. Natural gas inventories ended the year at 2,577 Billion cubic feet (Bcf), one per cent above the five-year average and 35 per cent higher year-on-year. The year-end price was 15 per cent below the average for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased five per cent on 31 August 2015.

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG: The Asian liquefied natural gas spot price decreased by 41 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was driven by weaker north Asian end-user demand and ample global supply availability. In turn, this allowed for more spot purchases on lower prices and provided some support for Asian buyers to maintain higher inventory levels. Meanwhile, the drop in crude oil prices has had a lagged negative impact on oil-linked LNG contracts in the second half of FY2015. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average for the year.

Crude oil: The Platts Dated Brent crude price decreased by 32 per cent during FY2015 following increases in global crude supply, particularly from US production, growing faster than demand. Libyan supply outages returned to market in the latter half of CY2014, and OPEC decided to maintain its production levels. The year-end price was 17 per cent below the average for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the Dated Brent crude price decreased 21 per cent on 28 August 2015.

NGL: A barrel of natural gas liquids consists mainly of ethane and liquefied petroleum gas (propane and butane). The Mont Belvieu ethane and propane price decreased by 28 per cent and 39 per cent, respectively, during FY2015 following increases in ethane and propane supply. Mont Belvieu butane prices decreased by 35 per cent during FY2015 following a decrease in the West Texas Intermediate oil price. The year-end propane and butane prices were 45 per cent and 35 per cent below the average for the year, respectively. Since 30 June 2015, the Mont Belvieu ethane price decreased seven per cent and the Mont Belvieu propane price increased nine per cent on 31 August 2015.

Copper: The London Metal Exchange (LME) copper cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent in FY2015. The copper price trended downwards during the first seven months amid improved supply, weaker than anticipated consumption and the strengthening of the US dollar. The price decreased to a five-year low in mid-January on short-selling by Chinese-backed hedge funds. The price increased in February, impacted by Chilean supply disruption due to flooding, while softening of Chinese demand dampened prices since May. Since 30 June 2015, the copper price decreased 11 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Iron ore: The Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China decreased 42 per cent over FY2015 as low-cost seaborne iron ore supply outpaced demand growth. Productivity and cost compression on the supply side also impacted price as mining companies lowered their cost structures in response to the changed environment. The year-end price was 17 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the iron ore CFR price decreased six per cent on 31 August 2015.

Metallurgical coal: The Platts Low-Vol Hard Coking Coal Index decreased by 20 per cent during FY2015. While demand from traditional markets recovered steadily, the price decrease was mainly driven by continuing supply growth and weak Chinese demand. The year-end price was 15 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the Hard Coking Coal Index decreased eight per cent on 31 August 2015.

Energy coal: The globalCOAL Newcastle FOB price decreased by 18 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was driven by weak Chinese seaborne demand, despite healthy growth from India, and sustained supply from Australia and Indonesia supported by depreciating currencies. Since 30 June 2015, the Newcastle energy coal price decreased seven per cent on 31 August 2015.

Nickel: The LME cash settlement nickel price increased two per cent during FY2015 though the price decreased over the course of the financial year driven by weak demand and adequate supply, as evidenced by rising LME stocks. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the nickel price decreased 14 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Discontinued operations

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Aluminium (LME cash) (US$/t)

   1,647     1,851     1,731     1,880     1,764     1,938  

Alumina (2) (US$/t)

   323     312     318     339     321     327  

Manganese Alloys (3) (US$/t)

   821     999     1,038     879     1,020     1,106  

Manganese Ores (4) (US$/dmtu)

   2.98     4.20     5.54     3.89     4.95     5.29  

(1)Post-demerger BHP Billiton’s results will not be impacted by fluctuations in the prices of commodities (aluminium, alumina, manganese alloys and ores) that no longer form part of post-demerger operations. Refer to section 1.6.4 for more details.

(2)Platts PAX Free on Board (FOB) Australia – market price assessment of calcined metallurgical/smelter grade alumina.

(3)Bulk FerroAlloy high carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) Western Europe DDP.

(4)Metal Bulletin manganese ore 44 per cent Mn Cost Insurance Freight (CIF).

The FY2015 pricing trends for the commodities that comprise our Discontinued operations were as follows:

Aluminium: The LME cash settlement price increased by seven per cent during FY2015. However, price premiums in Japan, Europe and the United States ended lower, reflecting the market surplus on increasing production from China. The year-end price was 12 per cent below the average for the year.

Alumina: The FOB Australia price increased six per cent during FY2015, supported by a lack of bauxite availability as a result of the Indonesian ore ban, and growing demand from China.

Manganese: The Metal Bulletin manganese ore China CIF price decreased 21 per cent during FY2015. Demand growth slowed and the market was well supplied amid high Chinese inventories. The year-end price was 23 per cent below the average price for the year. The Western Europe spot high carbon ferromanganese price decreased 14 per cent during FY2015, driven by persistent oversupply and the currency depreciation of major producers in India, Australia, South Africa and Europe.

Exchange rates

We remain exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases, as we believe active currency hedging does not provide long-term benefits to our shareholders. Operating costs and costs of locally sourced equipment are influenced by fluctuations in local currencies, primarily the Australian dollar and Chilean peso. Foreign exchange gains and losses reflected in operating costs owing to fluctuations in the local currencies relative to the US dollar may potentially offset one another. The majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars and we borrow and hold surplus cash predominately in US dollars; those transactions and balances provide no foreign exchange exposure relative to the US dollar functional currency of the Group.

The US dollar strengthened against our main local currencies during FY2015, resulting in stronger average US dollar rates versus the Australian dollar and Chilean peso. Average and closing exchange rates for current and prior periods are contained within note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

We are also exposed to exchange rate translation risk in relation to net monetary liabilities, being our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, including certain debt and other long-term liabilities. Details of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations are contained within note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Changes in product demand and supply

The global economy grew at a modest rate in FY2015 with a mild improvement in developed economies offsetting a moderation in emerging markets.

In China, a slowdown in the property sector and fixed asset investment led to lower economic growth following policy tightening in CY2014. Consumer spending remained resilient reflecting the continued rebalancing of the economy. A number of interest rate reductions, cuts in bank reserve requirements, boosts to infrastructure spending and administrative measures supporting the property market are likely to buttress growth over the remainder of CY2015. In line with our expectations, the economy is growing more slowly, though off a higher base, as it matures over the medium term and the government’s reform program promotes domestic consumption over investment. We expect near-term volatility to continue as the authorities press ahead with reform in a cautious but sustained manner as they seek to improve the efficiency of capital allocation in the economy while maintaining support for employment. However, our robust longer-term outlook for China remains intact as the economy transitions.

The US economy continued to improve despite weakness in the March 2015 quarter caused by severe weather in the northeast and a stronger US dollar. Ongoing strength in the labour market, rising disposable incomes, higher equity markets and improved housing prices supported consumer demand. After a period in which businesses failed to respond to improved economic conditions and higher levels of profitability, corporate investment has begun to show signs of recovery. The Federal Reserve is expected to begin increasing interest rates in the first half of FY2016.

The European Central Bank began a program of quantitative easing in March 2015, which appears to be driving a modest pick-up in economic growth. Activity has improved across the Eurozone, with the exception of Greece, reflecting a broad-based lift in domestic demand and we expect the improvement in growth to continue in FY2016.

Japan’s economy saw growth improve in annualised terms as the year progressed, supported by the Bank of Japan’s quantitative easing and a weaker yen. Growth should be supported by stronger business investment into FY2016. A longer-term, sustainable recovery is contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

Commodity prices generally trended downwards in FY2015, with prices for most of our commodities notably lower going into the new financial year.

Chinese steel production declined by 1.3 per cent in the second half of FY2015 versus the corresponding period in FY2014, triggered largely by a slowing construction sector. New construction starts were lower this year due to considerable levels of existing stock. Although China’s steel exports are at an all-time high, we expect subdued crude steel production growth over the remainder of CY2015 with some upside potential should the construction sector recover. However, with steel stock per capita still well below that of developed nations, we expect moderate but sustainable growth in Chinese steel production over the next decade. An extended view on the life cycle of steel usage has resulted in a lower but longer plateau for crude steel production, peaking between 935 Mt and 985 Mt in the middle of the next decade. The implications for pig iron demand, and therefore iron ore and metallurgical coal, are mitigated in the medium term by lower scrap availability as the scrap cycle in China will take longer to develop. Outside China, steel production growth is improving steadily driven by India, the Middle East and South-East Asia.

The supply of most steelmaking raw materials has grown faster than demand. In iron ore, we estimate that approximately 100 Mt of incremental lower cost seaborne supply will enter the market in CY2015, outweighing demand growth. In this context, higher cost Chinese domestic production, along with high-cost seaborne exports, continues to exit the market. Private mines in China have seen their operating rates fall from approximately 90 per cent in CY2011 to approximately 35 per cent today. Many producers have also cut their costs. As a result, the iron ore cost curve has both flattened and fallen from previous levels.

In metallurgical coal, while uneconomic high-cost supply has slowly withdrawn from the seaborne market, becauseprices remain subdued as industry-wide cost reductions and weaker producer currencies against the US dollar support continued production from marginal suppliers. Recent quality restrictions have also weakened China’s import demand but this was partially offset by growth in traditional markets. The long-term outlook remains robust as the supply of premium hard coking coals becomes scarce.

Depreciating currencies have sustained Indonesian and Australian thermal coal exports, prolonging the weak pricing environment. Despite healthy seaborne demand growth from India, China’s import demand has weakened, limiting prospects for price recovery in the near term.

In copper, prices were affected by weaker than expected consumption and the strengthening US dollar. In the near term, new supply under development is expected to keep the market well supplied. However, a deficit is expected to emerge at the end of this decade as grade decline, rising costs and a scarcity of high-quality future development opportunities are likely to constrain the industry’s ability to meet attractive demand growth.

Global crude oil demand growth was outpaced by supply growth putting pressure on prices throughout the year. Despite strong demand growth, liquids supply exceeded demand by 2.6 MMboe/d in the second half of FY2015. We expect prices to remain range bound in the short term due to available supply capacity from the United States and OPEC. The long-term demand outlook remains healthy, underpinned by the transport sector, notably in the Asian region.

US natural gas prices declined during the year as production growth was only partially offset by increased consumption in the power sector. In the longer term, demand is expected to benefit from increasing industrial use, growth in gas-fired power generation and the start of LNG exports. As core acreage is depleted, less productive and higher cost shale areas will be required to meet growing demand. In the LNG market, weaker North Asian end-user demand and ample supply have kept prices subdued.

We expect modest growth of the global economy. In the longer term, urbanisation and industrialisation will remain the primary drivers of commodity demand. The transition to consumption-led growth in emerging economies should provide particular support for industrial metals, energy and fertilisers.

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure is important in pursuing our strategy through the development of large-scale resource projects and in sustaining our existing operations. Capital expenditure is disclosed for each Business in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report.

Operating costs

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we do not generally have the ability to offset cost pressures through corresponding price increases; therefore, controlling our operating costs is a key driver of our results. Operating costs for the last three years are set out in section 1.11.1 as well as an analysis of the change in Total expenses. Further analysis of the factors that impacted expenses during FY2015 is set out below and in section 1.15.3.

In discussing the factors that affected Total expenses, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development. Collectively we refer to these as change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include non-cash costs being depreciation, amortisation, impairments,

movements in deferred stripping balances and movements in provisions. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation on the actual costs incurred in the corresponding period, changes in fuel and energy costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and one-off items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all the Businesses based on the factors that are within their control and responsibility.

Change in operating cash costs and change in controllable cash costs are not measures that are recognised under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and they may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT to the financial statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw a decrease in operating cash costs of US$2.7 billion and a reduction in exploration and business development of US$29 million for a combined reduction in controllable cash costs of US$2.7 billion. In addition, the improvement in operating costs was complemented by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$1.7 billion. These improvements were partially offset by inflation of US$433 million and an increase in the production costs associated with higher volumes of US$3.2 billion. With higher depreciation and amortisation charges of US$1.4 billion and higher impairment charges of US$350 million. Total expenses excluding exceptional items of US$3.2 billion decreased from US$36.5 billion to US$33.8 billion.

Exploration and development of resources

Minerals exploration

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around our portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins, which now provide us with growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our greenfield exploration program.

Greenfield minerals (new sites) exploration is focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru, southwestern United States and is organised through our Copper Business. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and multi-million dollar delineation drilling programs.

In addition to our activities focused on finding new world-class deposits, several of our Businesses undertake brownfield exploration, principally aimed at delineating and categorising mineral deposits near existing operations, and advancing projects through the development pipeline.

Our expenditure on minerals exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M
Restated
   US$M
Restated
 

Greenfield exploration

   55     46     179  

Brownfield exploration

   194     340     467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minerals exploration (1)

   249     386     646  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes minerals exploration from Discontinued operations.

The Group’s minerals exploration expenditure declined by 36 per cent in FY2015 to US$249 million as we sharpened our focus on advancing copper targets within Chile, Peru and southwestern United States.

Petroleum exploration

We have reduced exploration expenditure in Petroleum over recent years with a focus on high-impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
      

Petroleum exploration

   567     600     675  

Exploration expense

Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

Exploration expense for each Business over the three-year period is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
      

Exploration expense (1) (2)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   532     544     709  

Copper

   90     111     266  

Iron Ore

   38     56     74  

Coal

   20     29     32  

Group and unallocated items

   18     30     47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   698     770     1,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes exploration expenses from Discontinued operations.

(2)Includes US$28 million (2014: US$72 million; 2013: US$102 million) exploration expense previously capitalised, written off as impaired.

Following our focus on productivity and reducing costs, the reduction in the Group’s exploration expense, excluding impairment of exploration expenditure previously capitalised, increased Underlying EBIT in FY2015 by US$28 million.

Interest rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments. Our policy on interest rate exposure is to pay or receive on a US dollar floating interest rate basis. To achieve this policy, we often use derivative financial instruments, including cross currency and interest rate swaps, to convert an underlying exposure to a US dollar floating rate exposure. Deviation from our policy requires approval from our Financial Risk Management Committee and is managed within our portfolio risk management approach.

Our earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating component of the Group’s net borrowings. Our main exposure is to the 3 month US LIBOR benchmark, which increased by 0.010 per cent in FY2015 to an average of 0.252 per cent. Further information, including the Group’s sensitivity to movements in interest rates, can be found in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Health, safety, environment and community

We operate in an industry where many of our activities are highly regulated by laws governing health, safety and the environment. We are committed to compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries in which we

operate and, where applicable, to exceeding legal and other requirements which are less stringent than our own. However, regulatory standards and community expectations are constantly evolving. As a result, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses, despite our best efforts to work with governments, community groups and scientists to keep pace with regulations, law and public expectations.

Further information about our compliance with HSEC regulations can be found in section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Insurance

During FY2015, we maintained an insurance program encompassing property damage, business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, directors’ and officers’ liability and public and certain other liabilities. The program includes a combination of self-insurance via subsidiary captive insurance companies, industry mutuals and external market insurance and reinsurance. Mandates are established as to risk retention levels, policy cover and, where applicable, insurance and reinsurance counterparty security. As part of our portfolio risk management approach, we regularly conduct an assessment of maximum foreseeable loss potential, cash flow at risk, loss experience, claims received and insurance premiums paid, and will make adjustments to the balance of self-insurance and external insurance and reinsurance as required.

The Group is largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage and business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, primary public liability and employee benefits. For these risks, we internally insure our Businesses (for wholly owned assets and, where permissible, by local insurance regulation and/or commercial market terms our share of joint venture assets) via our captive insurance companies. Any losses incurred will consequently impact the Financial Statements as they arise.

1.15.2    Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the Financial Statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods:

reserve estimates;

exploration and evaluation expenditure;

development expenditure;

taxation;

property, plant and equipment and intangible assets – recoverable amount; and

provision for closure and rehabilitation.

In accordance with IFRS, we are required to include information regarding the nature of the estimates and judgements and potential impacts on our financial results or financial position in the Financial Statements. This information can be found in note 44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the Financial Statements.

1.15.3    Operating results

The following table describes the approximate impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2015 and FY2014. Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
 
   

Underlying EBIT

   22,098    21,680  

Net price impact:

   

Change in sales prices

   (16,433  (2,639

Price-linked costs

   1,209    (111
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (15,224  (2,750
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in volumes:

   

Productivity

   1,220    1,029  

Growth

   1,822    1,929  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,042    2,958  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

   

Operating cash costs

   2,678    1,131  

Exploration and business development

   29    398  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,707    1,529  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in other costs:

   

Exchange rates

   1,567    1,188  

Inflation on costs

   (433  (575

Fuel and energy

   518    (3

Non-cash

   (1,304  (1,737

One-off items

   (456    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (108  (1,127
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Asset sales

   (72  61  

Ceased and sold operations

   22    (349

Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

   (637  43  

Other

   38    53  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   11,866    22,098  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The method of calculation of the factors that affected Underlying EBIT and the Financial Statement line items of Revenue, Other income and Expenses (excluding net finance costs) that are affected by the factors are as follows.

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement

line item affected

Change in sales prices

Change in average realised price for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Revenue

Price-linked costs

Change in price-linked costs for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Expenses

Volumes – Productivity

Change in volumes for each operation not included in the Growth category from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Volumes – Growth

Volume – Growth comprises Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the corresponding period, change in volumes for operations identified as a Growth project from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin, and change in volume for Petroleum Business from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Operating cash costs

Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel and energy costs, non-cash costs and one-off items as defined below for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period.Expenses
Exploration and business developmentExploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Exchange rates

Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses. The majority of the Group’s selling prices are denominated in US dollars and so there is little impact of exchange rate changes on Revenue.Revenue and Expenses

Inflation on costs

Change in inflation rate applied to expenses, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations.Expenses

Fuel and energy

Fuel and energy expense in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Non-cash

Includes non-cash items, mainly depreciation, amortisation and impairments.Expenses

One-off items

Change in costs exceeding a pre-determined threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years.Expenses

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement

line item affected

Asset sales

Profit/loss on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/loss on sale in the corresponding period.Other income
Ceased and sold operationsUnderlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold operations in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold in the corresponding period.Revenue, Other income and Expenses
Share of operating profit from equity accounted investmentsShare of operating profit from equity accounted investments for the period minus Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments in the corresponding period.Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

Other

Variances not explained by the above factors.Revenue, Other income and Expenses

A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT for FY2015 to the Financial Statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

The following commentary describes the principal factors outlined in the table above for FY2015 and FY2014.

Prices

Lower realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$16.4 billion in FY2015. A 41 per cent decline in the average realised price of iron ore was the major contributor and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$9.5 billion. Weaker average realised prices for our Petroleum, Copper and Coal Businesses decreased Underlying EBIT by US$4.2 billion, US$1.6 billion and US$1.1 billion, respectively. A reduction in price-linked costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.2 billion and primarily reflected lower royalty charges in our Iron Ore Business.

Volumes

Productivity-led volume efficiencies and the ramp up of major projects underpinned a US$3.0 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) was the major contributor as the improved performance of our integrated supply chain and the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub supported a US$1.9 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. A doubling of liquids production from both Black Hawk and Permian supported a further US$799 million volume-related increase in Petroleum’s Underlying EBIT.

Controllable cash costs

Operating cash costs

Our focus on best-in-class performance underpinned a US$2.7 billion reduction in operating cash costs during FY2015.

A reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.5 billion during the period. This was most evident in WAIO where the standardisation of our equipment and maintenance systems, and the insourcing of third party services facilitated a step change in the performance of our mining operations. Mining-related efficiencies contributed to a further US$580 million reduction in cash costs and largely reflected improved productivity at Escondida.

Exploration and business development

The Group’s exploration and business development expenditure was broadly in line with FY2014. Our exploration program remains focused on greenfield copper targets within Chile, Peru and the southwestern United States, and petroleum liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.6 billion during the period. This included the restatement of monetary items in the balance sheet, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$637 million relative to FY2014. Further information can be found in note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

Inflation on costs

The impact of inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$433 million during the period. This was most notable in Australia and Chile, which accounted for over 85 per cent of the total variance.

Fuel and energy

A reduction in diesel prices across our minerals businesses supported a US$518 million increase in Underlying EBIT.

Non-cash

An increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.3 billion during the period.

A US$839 million increase in non-cash charges in our Copper Business reflects: higher ore mined which resulted in increased depletion of stripping capitalised at Escondida; increased depreciation following the completion of the Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project; and a US$199 million impairment driven by a lower copper price and permitting uncertainty for the proposed mine life extension at Cerro Colorado.

A US$639 million increase in non-cash charges in our Petroleum Business reflects: US$316 million of higher depreciation and amortisation charges in Onshore US following the ramp-up of liquids production at Black Hawk and the progressive development of our Permian acreage; and US$328 million of impairment charges associated with the divestment of assets in north Louisiana and the Pecos field in the Permian. During the period, a US$79 million impairment of Neptune was also recognised as the fall in near-term oil prices has affected its value due to its short field life.

The decrease in non-cash charges relates to mine site rehabilitation provision charges recognised in FY2014 for the Group’s North American closed mines.

One-off items

One-off items recognised during the period comprise a US$268 million expense related to the mill outage at Olympic Dam and US$188 million costs associated with the implementation of the Escondida Voluntary Redundancy Program.

Asset sales

The contribution of asset sales to Underlying EBIT decreased by US$72 million from FY2014, which included the sale of Liverpool Bay.

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations increased by US$22 million in FY2015. This largely reflected an unfavourable US$143 million adjustment to the Browse divestment proceeds, due to unitisation changes subsequent to the completion of the sale, offset by the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine, both during FY2014.

Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

Lower average realised prices received by our equity accounted investments decreased Underlying EBIT US$637 million.

Net finance costs

Net finance costs decreased by US$300 million to US$614 million. The decrease reflected foreign exchange gains on finance leases and the early redemption of the Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes in August 2014, which resulted in a gain on redemption and lower interest expense.

Taxation expense

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) and exceptional items, was 31.8 per cent (30 June 2014: 32.2 per cent).

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, was US$3.7 billion, representing a statutory effective tax rate of 45.5 per cent (30 June 2014: 31.2 per cent).

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. An exceptional item of US$698 million tax expense (2014: US$ nil) was recognised on a Continuing operations basis for the derecognition of deferred tax assets upon the repeal of the MRRT legislation in Australia.

Adjusted effective tax rate is not an IFRS measure and is reconciled to the Statutory effective tax rate below:

   2015  2014 
   

 

  Restated 

Year ended 30 June

  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M  US$M     US$M  US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

    8,056  (3,666)   45.5 21,735  (6,780)   31.2

Less:

           

Exchange rate movements

           –     339            –       (34)  

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

           –         –            –     (170)  

Exceptional items

    3,196     (250)        (551)     166  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

  11,252  (3,577)   31.8 21,184  (6,818)   32.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements that are not profit based are recognised as operating costs within Profit before taxation. These amounted to US$1.7 billion during the period (30 June 2014: US$2.4 billion).

Exceptional items

Year ended 30 June 2015

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Onshore US assets

   (2,787  829    (1,958

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (409  119    (290

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation(1)

       (698  (698
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,196  250    (2,946
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(12) million.

The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$2.0 billion (after tax benefit) in relation to its Onshore US assets. The gas-focused Hawkville field accounts for the substantial majority of this charge reflecting its geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans. The remainder relates to the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition.

On 12 November 2014, the Group announced that the review of its high-quality metallurgical coals, which are ideally suitedNickel West business was complete and the preferred option, the sale of the business, was not achieved on an acceptable basis. As a result of operational decisions made subsequent to efficient blast furnacethe conclusion of this process, an impairment charge of US$290 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in FY2015.

The legislation to repeal the MRRT in Australia took effect on 30 September 2014. As a result, the Group derecognised a MRRT deferred tax asset of US$809 million, and corresponding taxation charges of US$698 million related to Continuing operations and its geographical proximityUS$111 million related to Asian customers. We have accessDiscontinued operations were recognised in FY2015.

Refer to key infrastructure innote 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Bowen Basin, including a modern, multi-user rail network, our own coal loading terminal at Hay Point, located near the city of Mackay. We also have contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities including the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and Abbot Point Coal Terminal.

Map of Queensland CoalFinancial Statements for more information.

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

     

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

LOGOOn 11 October 2013, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in FY2014.

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi AllianceRefer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information. An analysis of exceptional items for FY2013 are included in section 2.5.5 of this Annual Report.

BMA comprises two unincorporated joint ventures – Central Queensland Coal Associates Joint Venture (CQCA) and Gregory Joint Venture. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development.Discontinued operations

BMA owns and operates open-cut and underground metallurgical coal mines inOn 25 May 2015, the Bowen Basin and also owns and operatesGroup announced that it completed the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The terminal consists of coal inloading dump stations, stacker reclaimers and two ship loaders, capable of loading 44 Mtpa of coal. The terminal is undergoing expansion to increase its capacity to 55 Mtpa through the additiondemerger of a third ship loader.selection of its aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver-lead-zinc assets to create an independent metals and mining company, South32.

South32’s contribution to BHP Billiton’s FY2015 results comprised a US$753 million profit after taxation excluding exceptional items. Exceptional items comprised a tax expense of US$111 million related to the repeal of the MRRT and a net loss on demerger of US$2.2 billion (after tax benefit). This infrastructure enables us to blend productscontribution has been included in Attributable loss after taxation from multiple minesDiscontinued operations of BMA to optimise the valueUS$1.6 billion.

Third party sales

We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales. The table below shows the breakdown between our production and third party products.

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
    

Group production

    

Revenue

   43,457    55,045    52,637  

Related operating costs

   (31,605  (32,962  (31,021
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   11,852    22,083    21,616  

Underlying EBIT Margin

   27.3  40.1  41.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

    

Revenue

   1,179    1,717    1,223  

Related operating costs

   (1,165  (1,702  (1,159
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   14    15    64  

Margin on third party products (2)

   1.2  0.9  5.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Excluding exceptional items and Discontinued operations.

(2)Operating profit divided by revenue.

We engage in third party trading for the following reasons:

Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our own assets means that we sometimes source third party materials to satisfy customer requirements.ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.

To optimise our supply chain outcomes, we may buy physical product from third parties.

In order to support the development of liquid markets, we will sometimes source third party physical product and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.

1.15.4    Cash flow analysis

A Consolidated Cash Flow Statement is contained in the Financial Statements. The explanatory notes appear in note 37 ‘Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement’ to the Financial Statements. A summary table has been presented below to show the key sources and uses of cash.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
    

Cash generated from operations

   21,620    29,318    27,026  

Dividends received

   740    1,264    716  

Net interest paid

   (541  (795  (848

Taxation paid

   (4,025  (6,147  (7,877
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations

   17,794    23,640    19,017  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations

   1,502    1,724    1,137  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

   19,296    25,364    20,154  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (11,947  (15,224  (21,104

Exploration expenditure

   (816  (986  (1,321

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   670    698    1,026  

Purchases of intangibles

   (98  (192  (380

Investment in financial assets

   (15  (1,168  (455

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (71  (44  (84

Net proceeds from investing activities

   775    1,782    4,697  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (11,502  (15,134  (17,621
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (1,066  (700  (1,105
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (13,154  (15,834  (18,726
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (repayment of)/proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

   (728  (1,011  7,255  

Dividends paid

   (7,052  (6,506  (6,945

Contributions from non-controlling interests

   53    1,435    73  

Other financing activities

   (346  (354  (433
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (8,073  (6,436  (50
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (203  (32  (148
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

   (8,276  (6,468  (198
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations

   (1,781  2,070    1,346  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations

   233    992    (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations after interest and tax decreased by 25 per cent to US$17.8 billion during FY2015. The major contributor was the US$7.7 billion decrease in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances), which was partially offset by a decrease of US$2.1 billion in net taxes paid.

BMA operatesNet investing cash outflows from Continuing operations decreased by US$3.6 billion to US$11.5 billion during FY2015 and reflected a US$3.4 billion reduction in capital and exploration expenditure. Expenditure on growth projects totalled US$9.3 billion, including US$4.5 billion on Petroleum projects and US$4.8 billion on Minerals projects. Sustaining capital expenditure and other items totalled US$2.6 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$816 million, including US$670 million classified within net operating cash flows.

Net financing cash outflows from Continuing operations increased by US$1.6 billion to US$8.1 billion. A decrease in proceeds from interest bearing liabilities of US$2.6 billion, a decrease in contributions fromnon-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion and higher dividends paid to non-controlling interests of US$435 million were partially offset by a decrease in repayments of interest bearing liabilities of US$2.9 billion during FY2015.

1.15.5    Net debt and sources of liquidity

Our policies on debt and liquidity management pursue the Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Gregory Crinumfollowing objectives:

a solid ‘A’ credit rating;

gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent;

diversification of funding sources;

maintain borrowings and Blackwater mines. In May 2012, production ceasedexcess cash predominantly in US dollars.

Gearing and net debt

Net debt, comprising Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$24.4 billion, which represented a decrease of US$1.4 billion compared with the net debt position at Norwich Park mine, following a review30 June 2014. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 25.7 per cent at 30 June 2015, compared with 23.2 per cent at 30 June 2014. IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the mine’s viability. Businesses demerged with South32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Cash and cash equivalents less overdrafts at 30 June 2015 was US$6.6 billion compared with US$8.8 billion at 30 June 2014. Included within Cash and cash equivalents were short-term deposits of US$5.8 billion compared with US$7.1 billion at 30 June 2014.

Funding sources

During FY2015, we issued the following long-term debt:

In October 2012, production also ceasedMarch 2015, we issued an A$1.0 billion 3.000 per cent Australian bond due 2020.

In April 2015, we issued a three tranche Euro bond comprising €600 million Floating Rate Notes due 2020 paying three-month Euribor plus 0.350 per cent, €650 million 0.750 per cent bonds due 2022 and €750 million 1.500 per cent bonds due 2030.

None of our Group-level borrowing facilities are subject to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilities in relation to specific Businesses are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, but which would be considered normal for such facilities.

In addition to the Group’s uncommitted debt issuance programs, we hold the following committed standby facilities.

   Facility
available
2015
   Drawn
2015
   Undrawn
2015
��  Facility
available

2014
   Drawn
2014
   Undrawn
2014
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revolving credit facility (1)

   6,000           –     6,000     6,000           –     6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000          6,000     6,000          6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Group’s committed US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The combined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$6.0 billion. As at 30 June 2015, US$ nil commercial paper was drawn (2014: US$ nil), therefore US$6.0 billion of committed facility was available to use (2014: US$6.0 billion). The revolving credit facility has a five-year maturity with one remaining one-year extension option. A commitment fee is payable on the undrawn balance and an interest rate comprising an interbank rate plus a margin applies to any drawn balance. The agreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating.

Additional information regarding the maturity profile of our debt obligations and details of our standby and support agreements is included in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

The Group’s credit ratings are currently A1/P-1 (Moody’s – long-term/short-term) and A+/A-1 (Standard & Poor’s – long-term/short-term). The credit ratings from both agencies remained unchanged in FY2015, however on 4 May 2015 Standard & Poor’s revised the Group’s ratings outlook to negative from stable.

1.15.6    Other information

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We identified our primary market risks in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. A description of how we manage our market risks, including both quantitative and qualitative information about our market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at 30 June 2015, is contained in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Gregory open-cut mine, partFinancial Statements.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

Information in relation to our material off-balance sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 2015 is provided in note 34 ‘Commitments’ and note 35 ‘Contingent liabilities’ to the Financial Statements.

Subsidiary information

Information about our significant subsidiaries is included in note 30 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are outlined in note 33 ‘Related party transactions’ to the Financial Statements.

Significant changes since the end of the Gregory Crinum complex. Firstyear

Significant changes since the end of the year are outlined in note 36 ‘Subsequent events’ to the Financial Statements.

The Strategic Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Dated: 10 September 2015

2    Business overview

2.1    Business Groups

2.1.1    Petroleum and Potash Business

Our Petroleum and Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises conventional and non-conventional oil and gas operations and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Petroleum

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production commenced at Caval Ridgeand marketing activities. We have a high-quality resource base concentrated in the June 2014 quarter.United States and Australia. Our core production operations are located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Australia and Trinidad and Tobago (conventional) and Onshore US (unconventional). We produce crude oil and condensate, gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs).

Our shareoverall production for FY2015 was 255.7 million barrels of totaloil equivalent (MMboe). This was mainly attributable to our US and Australian operations, which produced 162.3 MMboe and 77.7 MMboe, respectively, with the majority of US production in FY2014 was 29.3 Mt. Production figures for BMA include some energy coal (less than three per cent). The reserve lives ofcoming from Onshore US, which produced 125.7 MMboe. Operations outside Australia and the United States delivered the remaining production volumes. Information relating to our mines range from 2.8 years at Gregory Crinum to 37 years at Saraji. The reserve life for each mineoil and gas reserves is set out in section 2.3.2.2.3.1.

BHP Billiton Mitsui CoalIn line with our aim of simplification and a sharper strategic focus, we continue to evaluate our existing portfolio in order to optimise our position around our core business.

BMCUnited States

LOGO

Our production operations include the following:

Gulf of Mexico

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with a 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have ongoing infill drilling in most of our Gulf of Mexico fields and also planned ongoing water injection wells at the Shenzi and Atlantis fields. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore from the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where our Gulf of Mexico fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore. Our US oil production is delivered to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States.

Onshore US

We produce oil, condensate, gas and NGLs in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. Shale reservoirs are characterised by low permeability, so it is necessary to stimulate the reservoir to create additional permeability and, therefore, the flow of liquids and gas to the wellbore. Extracting oil and gas from shale involves hydraulic fracturing, which is a subsidiary company owned by BHP Billiton (80 per cent)process developed to efficiently access supplies of oil and Mitsuigas locked inside dense subsurface rock formations, such as shale. Hydraulic fracturing involves the use of water, sand and Co (20 per cent). BMC ownschemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation to allow the well to produce commercial volumes.

Prices for oil, NGLs and operates South Walker Creekgas are based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, relevant published US regional gas indices for natural gas and Poitrel, both open-cut metallurgical coal minesMont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

Eagle Ford

The Eagle Ford production operation is located primarily in the Bowen Basin.southern Texas counties of DeWitt, Karnes, McMullen and LaSalle. We produce oil, condensate, gas and NGLs from two fields, Black Hawk and Hawkville. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines, and internationally through the export of processed condensate from Black Hawk. The Eagle Ford gathering system consists of 1,602 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to five central delivery points (CDPs), from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Total productionOur Black Hawk acreage comprises 0.1 million net acres and is located primarily in FY2014 was 8.3 Mt. The reserve livesthe DeWitt and Karnes Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from five per cent to 100 per cent. A majority of our mines areinterest (50 per cent share) in the Black Hawk is held with Devon Energy. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 772 gross wells and approximately 427 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 15 years at Poitrel and 11 years at South Walker Creek. The reserve life for each mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

Illawarra Coalper cent of our gross wells.

Our wholly owned Illawarra Coal Asset ownsHawkville acreage comprises 0.2 million net acres and operates three underground coal mines – Appin, West Cliff and Dendrobium,is located primarily in the Illawarra regionMcMullen and La Salle Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from nine per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 494 gross wells and approximately 409 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 84 per cent of New South Wales,our gross wells.

Permian

The Permian production operation consists of 0.2 million net acres and is primarily located in the western Texas county of Reeves. We produce oil, gas and NGLs. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from 14 per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 81 gross wells and approximately 75 net

wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 93 per cent of our gross wells. The Permian gathering system consists of 145 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to third party CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our upstream Onshore US Pecos shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to Silverback Exploration, LLC for a cash consideration of US$75 million. We also sold our Pecos midstream operations to EagleClaw Midstream, LLC for a cash consideration of US$52 million.

Haynesville

The Haynesville production operation is located primarily in northern Louisiana and consists of 0.2 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 1,045 gross wells and approximately 395 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 37 per cent of our gross wells. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our Onshore North Louisiana conventional operations to JW Operating Company for a cash consideration of US$135 million.

Fayetteville

The Fayetteville production operation is located in north central Arkansas and consists of 0.4 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 4,950 gross wells and approximately 1,070 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 20 per cent of our gross wells. The Fayetteville gathering system consists of 763 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to 14 CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Australia

LOGO

Bass Strait

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia.

We sell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia under 12-month contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to the joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from where we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is dispatched via pipeline, road tanker or sea tanker. Ethane is dispatched via pipeline to petrochemical plants in western Melbourne.

Minerva

We are the operator of Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to a processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

North West Shelf

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The mines supply metallurgical coalNorth West Shelf Project supplies gas to the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and liquefied natural gas (LNG) to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts.

North West Shelf gas is piped from the fields to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. LPG, condensate and LNG are transported to market by ship, while domestic gas is transported by the Natural Gas and Pilbara Energy pipelines. We are also a joint venture partner in four nearby BlueScope Port Kembla steelworksoil fields – Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert and Hermes. All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside.

Pyrenees

We operate six oil fields in Pyrenees, which are located offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest in the fields as at 30 June 2015, based on inception-to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market.

Macedon

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia, and an onshore gas processing facility, located approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to otherthe processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold into the Western Australian domestic and export markets.market, mainly under long-term contracts.

Stybarrow

We are the operator of Stybarrow (50 per cent interest), an oil field located 55 kilometres west-northwest of Exmouth, Western Australia. The Appin mineproject uses a FPSO facility. The crude oil produced is currently being developed to sustain Illawarra Coal’s production followingsold internationally on the spot market. Stybarrow reached the end of its field life and ceased production on 30 June 2015.

Other production operations

Trinidad and Tobago

We operate the mine life at West Cliff.Greater Angostura field (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. The crude oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets, while the gas is sold domestically under term contracts.

CoalAlgeria

Our Algerian operations comprise an effective 38 per cent interest in the ROD Integrated Development, which consists of six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train. The oil is exportedsold on a spot basis to international markets. Our interest in ROD is subject to a contractual determination with our joint venture partner ENI, which could result in a future change in our interest under certain conditions.

United Kingdom

We hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Bruce oil and gas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest), a subsea tie-back. Oil and gas from both fields is processed via the Port Kembla Coal Terminal,Bruce platform facilities.

Pakistan

We operate the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan. Both gas and condensate are sold domestically under term contracts in accordance with the Pakistan Government’s pricing policies.

During February 2015, BHP Billiton and Tri-Resources Investments Inc. (a subsidiary of the Hashoo Group) signed a share purchase agreement for the acquisition by Tri-Resources of BHP Billiton’s entire interest in BHP Petroleum (Pakistan), which holds a 38.5 per cent interest in the Zamzama Joint Venture. Completion of the transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

Information on Petroleum operations

The following table contains additional details of our production operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.1) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.1).

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

United States
Neptune (Green Canyon 613)

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico (1,300m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 35%

Marathon Oil 30% W&T Offshore 20%

Maxus US Exploration 15%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities50 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored tension leg platform (TLP)
Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

Hess Corporation 28% Repsol 28%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gas

Stand-alone TLP

Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLP

Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(2,155m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

BP 56%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities200 Mbbl/d oil 180 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored semi-submersible platform
Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 23.9%

BP 60.5%

Chevron 15.6%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities80 Mbbl/d oil 60 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Genesis (Green Canyon 205)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(approximately 790m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 4.95%

Chevron 56.67%

ExxonMobil 38.38%

ChevronLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities55 Mbbl/d oil 72 MMcf/d gasFloating cylindrical hull (spar) moored to seabed with integrated drilling facilities

Onshore US

Eagle Ford

Blackhawk / Hawkville

Onshore, southern Texas

Oil, condensate, gas and NGL

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 5% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 55%

Largest partners include Devon Energy

Hawkville – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 9% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 83%

Largest partners include Lewis Energy, Swift Energy & Hunt Oil Company

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton operated approximately 15% of approximately 772 gross wells

Hawkville – BHP Billiton operated approximately 84% of approximately 494 gross wells

Blackhawk – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.1 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Hawkville – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Blackhawk – average daily production during FY2015 130 MMcf/d gas 82 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

24 Mbbl/d NGL

Hawkville – average daily production during FY2015 168 MMcf/d gas

15 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

17 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells and associated pipeline and compression facilities
Permian
Permian, western TexasOil, gas and NGL

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 14% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 93%

Residual ownership held by multiple partners

BHP Billiton operated approximately 93% of approximately 81 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

30 MMcf/d gas

10 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

4 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells with associated gathering systems, processing plant and compression facilities

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Haynesville
Haynesville, northern Louisiana and eastern TexasGas

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from less than 1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average networking interest is approximately 38%

Largest partners include

Chesapeake Energy and Exco Resources

BHP Billiton operated approximately 37% of approximately 1,045 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

446 MMcf/d gas

Producing gas wells with an associated pipeline owned by a third party and compression infrastructure
Fayetteville
Fayetteville, northern central ArkansasGas

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from less than 1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 22%

Largest partners include Southwestern Energy and XTO Energy

BHP Billiton operated approximately 20% of approximately 4,950 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.4 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

379 MMcf/d gas

Producing gas wells with associated pipeline and compression infrastructure
Australia
Bass Strait
Offshore and onshore VictoriaOil and gas

Gippsland Basin Joint Venture (GBJV):

BHP Billiton 50%

Esso Australia (Exxon Mobil subsidiary) 50%

Oil Basins Ltd 2.5% royalty interest in 19 production licences

Kipper Unit Joint Venture (KUJV):

BHP Billiton 32.5%

Esso Australia 32.5%

Santos Offshore Pty Ltd 35%

Esso Australia

20 production licences and 2 retention leases issued by Australian Government

Expire between 2016 and end of life of field

One production licence held with Santos Ltd

200 Mbbl/d oil

1,075 MMcf/d gas

5,150 tpd LPG

850 tpd ethane

20 producing fields with 23 offshore developments (15 steel jacket platforms, 4 subsea developments, 2 steel gravity based mono towers, 2 concrete gravity based platforms)

Onshore infrastructure:

– Longford facility (3 gas plants, liquid processing facilities)

– Interconnecting pipelines

– Long Island Point LPG and oil storage facilities

– Ethane pipeline

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Minerva
Offshore and onshore VictoriaGas and condensate

BHP Billiton 90%

Santos (BOL) 10%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases150 TJ/d gas 600 bbl/d condensate

2 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 4 km inland from Port Campbell

North West Shelf

Offshore and onshore Western Australia

North Rankin Goodwyn

Perseus Angel and Searipple fields

Domestic gas, LPG, condensate,

LNG

North West Shelf Project is an unincorporated JV

BHP Billiton:

8.33% of original domestic gas JV, will ultimately increase to 16.67%

16.67% of Incremental Pipeline Gas (IPG) domestic gas JV 16.67% of original LNG JV

12.5% of China LNG JV 16.67% of LPG JV

Other participants: subsidiaries of Woodside, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation

Woodside Petroleum Ltd

9 production licences issued by Australian Government

6 expire in 2022 and 3 expire 5 years from end of production

North Rankin Complex: 2,500 MMcf/d gas

60 Mbbl/d condensate

Goodwyn A platform: 1,450 MMcf/d gas 110 Mbbl/d condensate

Angel platform:

960 MMcf/d gas

50 Mbbl/d condensate

Withnell Bay gas plant:

600 MMcf/d gas

5-train LNG plant: 45,000 tpd LNG

Production from North Rankin and Perseus processed through the interconnected North Rankin A and North Rankin B platforms

Production from Goodwyn and Searipple processed through Goodwyn A platform

4 subsea wells in Perseus field tied into Goodwyn A platform

Production from Angel field processed through Angel platform

Onshore gas treatment plant at Withnell Bay processes gas for domestic market

5-train LNG plant

North West Shelf

Offshore Western Australia

Wanaea

Cossack

Lambert and

Hermes fields

Oil

BHP Billiton 16.67%

Woodside 33.34%

BP, Chevron, Japan Australia LNG (MIMI) 16.67% each

Woodside Petroleum Ltd3 production licences issued by Australian Government in September 2014 expire in 2018, 2033, and 2035 respectively

Production:

60 Mbbl/d

Storage:

1 MMbbl

FPSO unit

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Pyrenees

Offshore Western Australia

Crosby

Moondyne

Wild Bull

Tanglehead

Stickle and

Ravensworth fields

Oil

WA-42-L permit:

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

WA-43-L permit:

BHP Billiton 40%

Apache APG Permits 31.5% Inpex Alpha 28.5%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

96 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 920 Mbbl

24 subsea well completions (19 producers, 4 water injectors, 1 gas injector), FPSO
Macedon
Offshore and onshore Western AustraliaGas and condensate

WA-42-L permit

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

200 MMcf/d gas

20 bbl/d condensate

4 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 17 km southwest of Onslow

Stybarrow

Offshore Western Australia

Stybarrow and Eskdale fields

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 50%

Woodside 50%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

80 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 900 Mbbl

10 subsea well completions (6 producers, 3 water injectors, 1 gas injector)

Gas production is reinjected

Ceased production in June 2015

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Other production operations
Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura
Offshore Trinidad and TobagoOil and gas

BHP Billiton 45%

National Gas Company 30% Chaoyang 25%

BHP BillitonProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 2026

100 Mbbl/d oil

280 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to the Kairi-2 platform and gas export platform with 3 satellite wellhead protector platforms and flow lines

Oil pipeline from processing platform to storage and export at Guayaguayare

Gas supplied to Trinidad and Tobago domestic markets

Algeria
ROD Integrated Development
Onshore Berkine Basin, 900 kilometres southeast of Algiers, AlgeriaOil

BHP Billiton 45% interest in 401a/402a production sharing contract

ENI 55%

BHP Billiton effective 38% interest in ROD unitised integrated development

ENI 62%

Joint Sonatrach/ENI entity

Production sharing contract with Sonatrach (title holder)

Expires in 2016 with option for two 5-year extensions under certain conditions specified in the contracts

Approximately 80 Mbbl/d oil

Development and production of 6 oil fields

2 largest fields (ROD and SFNE) extend into neighbouring blocks 403a, 403d

Production through dedicated processing train on block 403

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

United Kingdom
Bruce/Keith
Offshore North Sea, UKOil and gas

Bruce:

BHP Billiton 16%

BP 37%

Total SA 43.25%

Marubeni 3.75%

Keith:

BHP Billiton 31.83%

BP 34.84%

Total SA 25%

Marubeni 8.33%

Bruce – BP

Keith – BHP Billiton

3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2018 and 2046 and end of life of field920 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas platform

Keith developed as tie-back to Bruce facilities

Pakistan
Zamzama

Onshore Sindh Province,

Pakistan

Gas and condensate

BHP Billiton 38.5%

ENI Pakistan 17.75% PKP Exploration 9.375% PKP Exploration 2 9.375%

Government Holdings 25%

BHP Billiton20-year development and production lease from the Pakistan Government expires in 2022 (option to extend 5 years)500 MMcf/d gas 3,350 bbl/d condensate

10 production wells

4 process trains

2 front end compression

trains

Capital projects

United States

Onshore US

The development phase of an onshore shale operation requires an extensive drilling and completion program, which may include associated gas compression and treatment facilities and connecting pipelines. Shale development has a repetitive, manufacturing-like nature that provides opportunities for increased efficiency. Much of our development of the shale reservoirs utilises horizontal drilling, with average lateral lengths between 1,500 and 1,600 metres. We enter into service contracts with third parties to provide drilling and completion services at our operated sites. At the end of FY2015, we had 10 drilling rigs in operation.

BHP Billiton’s Onshore US drilling and development expenditure in FY2015, which is presented on an accruals basis within this section, was US$3.3 billion (FY2014: US$4.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities in our liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian fields, while deferring development in areas that are predominantly gas.

Eagle Ford capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$2.1 billion (FY2014: US$3.1 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 188 net development wells completed during the period. Of the US$2.1 billion, approximately US$95 million was spent on the installation of more than 52 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities. The operated rig count was seven for the year (FY2014: 17).

Permian capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.7 billion (FY2014: US$0.5 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 45 net development wells completed during the year. Of the US$0.7 billion, approximately US$54 million was spent on the installation of more than 101 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities. The operated rig count was three for the year (FY2014: four).

Haynesville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.3 billion (FY2014: US$0.4 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 25 net development wells completed during the year. There were no operated rigs in Haynesville at the end of this year (FY2014: three).

Fayetteville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.2 billion (FY2014: US$0.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to participation in drilling and completion activities for wells operated by third parties, resulting in 45 net development wells completed during the year.

Our Onshore US capital investment is expected to decrease to US$1.5 billion in FY2016 in response to changes in the global commodity markets. This includes an operated rig count of nine for the period, with shale oil investment accounting for approximately 80 per cent of the investment. Our decision to cut spending will mean deferring gas volumes in the near term with our drilling programs in the Fayetteville and Haynesville areas remaining temporarily suspended. However, we expect to realise greater value by developing our acreage as prices recover.

Australia

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin, located offshore from Victoria, was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project included two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of condensate and 80 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas.

Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. The Kipper gas field development comprises the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a

32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning 32.5 per cent and Santos owning 35 per cent. We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

The main Kipper gas field facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production has not yet commenced due to the need to provide for mercury removal. Funding for the installation of the mercury treatment facilities of US$120 million was approved in March 2014, with completion expected to occur in CY2016. Our share of costs incurred to 30 June 2015 was US$59 million.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of five wells and a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d of oil and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres offshore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1.4 billion, of which US$1.3 billion was incurred as of 30 June 2015.

The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, in which we own a 50 per cent interest, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent. Initial production of low carbon dioxide gas through the Turrum facilities occurred in June 2013. High carbon dioxide gas production from the Turrum reservoir will come online with completion of the Longford Gas Conditioning Plant in CY2016.

Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The Project scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. Our share of development costs is approximately US$520 million, of which US$356 million was incurred as of 30 June 2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Esso Australia is the operator of the LGCP, owning a 50 per cent interest and BHP Billiton owns the remaining 50 per cent.

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, approximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. Our share of development costs is approximately US$400 million, of which US$237 million was incurred as of 30 June 2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent interest.

Significant evaluation activities

We perform development evaluation activities to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal. Our significant recent evaluation activities include the following:

United States

Mad Dog Phase 2

The Mad Dog Phase 2 project is in response to the successful Mad Dog South appraisal well, which confirmed significant hydrocarbons in the southern portion of the Mad Dog field. The project was sent back to study phase

in 2013, following which a revised development concept was selected by the owners. The revised concept will undergo further refinement and undertake additional investigations in FY2016. BP is the operator and we hold a 23.9 per cent working interest.

Australia

Scarborough

Development planning for the large Scarborough gas field offshore Western Australia is in progress. Following an assessment, floating LNG has been selected as the preferred development option. Further work to optimise the preferred development option is ongoing. Esso is the operator of the WA-1-R lease and we hold a 50 per cent working interest. We are the operator of, and have a 100 per cent working interest in, the adjacent Thebe discovery and the WA-346-P block.

North West Shelf Other – Greater Western Flank ‘2’

Planning continues for the development of Greater Western Flank ‘2’. Greater Western Flank ‘2’ represents the second phase of development of the core Greater Western Flank fields, behind the GWF-A development, and is located to the southwest of the existing Goodwyn A platform. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent share. During FY2015, the project scope was further defined, with a final investment decision expected in CY2015.

Exploration and appraisal

Our exploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and operatorship. While the majority of the expenditure incurred was in our Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago focus areas, we also incurred expenditure in South Africa, Brazil, South-East Asia, India and Onshore US.

Access

In FY2015, we accessed acreage in the US sector of the Gulf of Mexico and in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados. In the Gulf of Mexico, we were awarded 14 blocks (100 per cent working interest and operator on all blocks; 315 square kilometres) from Lease Sale 238 held during the September 2014 quarter. In addition, BHP Billiton was also awarded all nine of its high bid leases, totalling 210 square kilometres in Central Lease Sale 235 in the June 2015 quarter. In the Caribbean, we finalised production sharing contracts and joint operating agreements for a 65 per cent interest and operatorship in Trinidad and Tobago Blocks 3 and 7 (totalling 2,096 square kilometres) with BG Group Ltd, and signed exploration licences for Barbados Blocks Bimshire and Carlisle Bay (100 per cent working interest; 5,004 square kilometres).

Exploration program expenditure details

During FY2015, our gross expenditure on exploration was US$567 million, of which US$481 million was expensed.

Exploration and appraisal wells drilled or in the process of drilling during the year:

Well

Location

Target

BHP Billiton
equity

Spud date

Water depth

Total well depth

Status

Shenzi North-2

Gulf of Mexico GC609Oil44% (Operator)9 April 20151,309 metres8,733 metresPlugged and abandoned; currently sidetracking

Shenzi North-ST1

Gulf of Mexico GC609Oil44% (Operator)14 June 20151,309 metres8,238 metresDrilling

In the Gulf of Mexico, we drilled the Shenzi North-2 exploration well on Green Canyon Block 609 (44 per cent working interest and operator) during the June 2015 quarter. The lower section of the hole was plugged and abandoned and associated costs expensed. We are currently drilling a sidetrack to further test the opportunity. Significant investment in seismic data acquisition, licensing and reprocessing were also completed in order to evaluate prospectivity in our focus areas.

In Western Australia, we continue to evaluate exploration potential in line with our strategic priorities. To assist this, we are participating in a regional multi-client 3D seismic survey totalling 10,032 square kilometres. The program is anticipated to be completed by the first half of FY2016.

In Trinidad and Tobago, we completed the acquisition of 21,220 square kilometres of 3D seismic data over Blocks 3, 5, 6, 7, 14, 23a, 23b, 28 and 29 by the end of the March 2015 quarter. Evaluation of this information is ongoing. Regional environmental and geological surveys were also carried out during the year, as part of our ongoing assessment programs.

In South Africa, we hold 100 per cent exploration rights to Block 3B/4B off the west coast of South Africa. In FY2014, we completed the processing of the 10,075 square kilometres of 3D seismic survey that was acquired in FY2013. Evaluation of this information is ongoing.

In Brazil, we are planning to acquire 3D seismic data over our two blocks in the deepwater Foz do Amazonas Basin, to fulfil our minimum work commitment.

In Malaysia, we completed the acquisition of 2,941 square kilometres of 3D seismic survey over Block SK-2A and formally assigned our 60 per cent interest and operatorship in Block N to Total during the June 2015 quarter.

In the Philippines, we finalised the re-assignment of our 75 per cent interest and operatorship to PNOC, completing our exit from the region during the June 2015 quarter.

In India, together with the operator BG, we have notified the government of our intent to exit our remaining 50 per cent interest in one deepwater block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round. We are currently awaiting government approval of our exit of nine operated blocks acquired during the NELP VII and VIII licensing rounds and one non-operated block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round.

In Onshore US, we continue to evaluate opportunities aligned with our strategic priorities, leveraging the expertise gained from our production units.

Drilling

The number of wells in FY2014the process of drilling and/or completion as of 30 June 2015 was 7.5 Mt. Production figuresas follows:

   Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total 
   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net(1)   Gross   Net (1) 

Australia

       –         –     5     1     5     1  

United States

   1          236     108     237     109  

Other

                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1          241     109     242     110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents our share of the gross well count.

Delivery commitments

We have delivery commitments of gas and LNG of approximately 2,180 billion cubic feet through FY2031 (82 per cent Australia and Asia, eight per cent United States and 10 per cent Other), crude and condensate

commitments of 17.3 million barrels through FY2022 (51 per cent United States, 39 per cent Australia and Asia and 10 per cent Other) and LPG commitments of 332,072 metric tonnes through FY2017. We have sufficient proved reserves and production capacity to fulfil these delivery commitments.

We have obligations for Illawarra Coal include some energy coal (approximately 20contracted capacity on transportation pipelines and gathering systems on which we are the shipper. In FY2016, volume commitments to gather and transport are 1,123 billion cubic feet of gas (97 per cent)cent Onshore US and three per cent Other) and 42.4 million barrels of oil (51 per cent Onshore US and 49 per cent Offshore US). The reserve livesagreements with the gas gatherers and transporters have annual escalation clauses.

Potash

Our Potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of our mines range from 2.0 years at West Cliff to 25 years at Appin. The reserve life for each mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

Energy Coal South Africa

Energy Coal South Africa (known as BECSA) operates four energy coal mines – Khutala, Klipspruit, Middelburg and Wolvekrans, in the Witbank regionSaskatchewan, covering more than 16,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Mpumalanga,Saskatchewan in Canada. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for the Jansen Potash Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past eight years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term mining leases as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured more than 8,000 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We continue to progress Jansen, a greenfield potash project, located approximately 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon in south-central Saskatchewan. We believe Jansen is one of the world’s best undeveloped potash resources and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth Business within BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment in Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities and was 46 per cent complete as of 30 June 2015.

The level of expenditure on the Project in FY2015 was US$423 million. Shaft excavation is progressing, while the construction workforce camp and service shaft permanent headframe have been completed. Necessary infrastructure work continues to be progressed.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for some of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and subject to Board approval, Jansen is likely to ramp-up production in the decade beginning 2020.

We are continuing to evaluate other areas for which we have exploration permits in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder, Burr and Melville, through analysis of the extensive data collected from successive exploration programs.

In October 2014, the management of the closed mine sites associated with Base Metals North America was transitioned from the Potash to the Petroleum Business. All locations are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.

As at 1 August 2015, management of the Jansen Potash Project transferred from the Petroleum Business to BHP Billiton’s Chief Commercial Officer.

2.1.2    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Santiago, Chile, is one of the world’s leading producers of copper concentrate and cathode, uranium oxide, and a producer of zinc concentrate. Our portfolio of mining operations includes the Escondida mine in Chile, a leading producer of copper, and Olympic Dam in South Africa.Australia, a major producer of copper and uranium oxide. Our total copper production in FY2015 was 1.7 million tonnes (Mt). Our concentrate production, which represents 60 per cent of total production, results from flotation of sulphide ores mined at our Escondida and Antamina mines. Oxide ores and sulphide ores amenable to leaching are mined and processed into copper cathode, using conventional heap leaching, followed by solvent extraction and electrowinning processes at Escondida, Cerro Colorado and Spence. Copper cathode is also produced at Olympic Dam, where sulphide ores are processed through conventional flotation and the resulting concentrate is further transformed into cathodes through a smelting and refining process.

BECSAWe market four primary products: copper cathodes, copper concentrates, zinc concentrates and uranium oxide. We sell our copper cathode production to wire rod mills, brass mills and casting plants around the world under contracts with prices at premiums to the London Metal Exchange (LME) or the Commodity Exchange Inc (COMEX) prices. We sell the majority of our uranium oxide to electricity generating utilities, principally in Western Europe, North America and East Asia. Uranium is 90typically sold under a mix of long-term and short-term contracts. We sell most of our copper and zinc concentrates to smelters located in diversified geographic markets such as China, South America, Japan, India and South Korea. Treatment charges and refining charges (collectively referred to as TCRCs) are negotiated with counterparties on a variety of tenors, trending towards shorter-term, more market-based pricing periods (less than one year). Some of the ores we mine contain quantities of silver and gold, which remain in the base metal concentrates we sell, and are typically subject to payment credits. We sell refined silver and gold from Olympic Dam. Our five operating assets, which are located in South America and Australia, consist of the following:

Americas

Escondida

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is a leading producer of copper. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 12,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 Mt of material per day. Its two open-cut pits currently feed three concentrator plants, Laguna Seca, Los Colorados and the recently commissioned Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1), as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). The Los Colorados concentrator plant will be placed into care and maintenance once OGP1 ramp-up has been completed as current water source volumes cannot sustain the operation of three concentrators at nominal capacity. Escondida is assessing extending the life of the Los Colorados concentrator plant on the completion of the Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project based on the availability of water and mine stability. All three concentrator plants use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate. In FY2015, our share of Escondida production was 526.7 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 178.4 kt of copper cathode. Escondida production for FY2016 will be impacted by BHP Billiton, twoan anticipated 27 per cent owneddecline in ore grades. This will be partly offset by its employees through an Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP)increased throughput, enabled by the completion of the OGP1 and eight per cent owned by a Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) consortium led by Pembani Group Proprietary Limited.

Production in FY2014 was 30.4 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 5.8 years at Khutala to 23 years at Middelburg.operational improvements. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

The availability of key inputs like power and water at competitive prices is an important focus for eachour Copper Business. In November 2013, we awarded a long-term energy agreement to a consortium consisting of Korea Southern Power Co. and Samsung Construction & Trading Corp. for the development, operation and maintenance of a 517 megawatt (MW) combined-cycle gas-fired power plant (Kelar power plant) in the town of Mejillones, Chile. The plant, which will be connected to the Northern Interconnected Grid (SING), will supply

the increasing demand for electricity at our operations. Construction work is progressing as planned with (65.4 per cent completed as of 30 June 2015) and production is expected to begin in the October 2017 quarter.

A contract for the supply of natural gas to the Kelar power plant has been secured with Gas Natural Fenosa. First deliveries are scheduled to commence in CY2016, which will tie-in with the commissioning and commercial operation of the Kelar plant.

To address limitations on the availability of water, we desalinate sea water and carefully manage our use and reuse of available water. The EWS project, which involves the construction of a second desalination plant, will reduce our reliance on the region’s aquifers and help meet our environmental commitments. The EWS project is expected to be commissioned in CY2017.

Pampa Norte

Pampa Norte consists of two operations – Spence and Cerro Colorado. Copper cathode is produced at both operations following a leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning process.

Our wholly owned Spence copper mine is set outlocated in the Atacama Desert, 162 kilometres northeast of Antofagasta in Chile. During FY2015, Spence produced 171.4 kt of high-quality copper cathode, using oxide and sulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning processes. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our wholly owned Cerro Colorado mine, located in the Atacama Desert, 120 kilometres east of Iquique in Chile, remains a significant producer of copper cathode, although production levels have fallen in recent years as grades have declined. Despite this, production in FY2015 reached 78.2 kt of copper cathode. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2. The extension of the existing environmental and mining licences to continue to enable Cerro Colorado to operate beyond December 2016 is currently pending approval.

Antamina

We own 33.75 per cent of Antamina, a large, low-cost copper and zinc mine in north central Peru. Antamina’s total production for FY2015 was 107.7 kt of copper in concentrate and 66.4 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the form ofby-products. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

In FY2014, approximately 55FY2015, following the identification of a number of debottlenecking opportunities, Antamina successfully increased nominal milling capacity to 53 million tonnes per cent of BECSA’s sales were to Eskom, the government-owned electricity utility in South Africa. The remaining production was exported, predominantly to India and China, via the Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT), in which we own a 21 per cent interest.annum (Mtpa).

New Mexico CoalAustralia

We own and operate the San Juan energy coal mine located in the US state of New Mexico. The mine transports its production directly to the nearby San Juan Generating Station. The San Juan mine has a reserve life of 3.5 years, which is the life of the current customer contract. Production for FY2014 was 5.7 Mt.

We also operate the nearby Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico. Full ownership of the Navajo Coal Company transferred to the Navajo Transitional Energy Company (NTEC), an entity of the Navajo Nation, effective 30 December 2013. New Mexico Coal and NTEC have entered into a Mine Management Agreement where New Mexico Coal will continue as mine operator until 31 December 2016.

Navajo mine transports its production directly to the nearby Four Corners Power Plant. Navajo mine reduced capacity during FY2014 from 7.4 Mtpa to 5.4 Mtpa in response to reduced customer demand. Production for FY2014 was 5.1 Mt. As we retain control of the mine until full consideration is paid, production continues to be reported by the Group.

New South Wales Energy CoalOlympic Dam

Our wholly owned New South Wales Energy Coal Asset ownsOlympic Dam mine is a producer of copper cathode and operatesuranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the Mt Arthur Coal open-cut energy coalprimary method of ore extraction islong-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant.

The underground mine extracts copper uranium ore and hauls the ore by an automated train and trucking network feeding underground crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities. The processing plant consists of two grinding circuits in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, Australia. New South Wales Energy Coal produced 20 Mt in FY2014which high-quality copper concentrate is extracted from sulphide ore through a flotation extraction process. The operation includes a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and hasconcentrating circuit, a reserve life of 33 years. In FY2014, we deliveredhydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, a copper refinery and a recovery circuit for precious metals.

The Svedala mill, which accounts for approximately seven60 per cent of Mt Arthur’sOlympic Dam’s production, to a local power stationexperienced an electrical failure in January 2015. Repairs were completed by June 2015 and exported the rest, predominantly to Japanmill is now operating at full capacity. In FY2015, Olympic Dam produced 124.5 kt of copper cathode, 3.1 kt of uranium oxide,104.8 kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and China, via the port724 koz of Newcastle.refined silver. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

We own a 35.5 per cent interestCannington

In May 2015, our Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine was included in the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, which operatesdemerger of South32. Further information can be found in sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Newcastle Third Port export coal loading facility. The facility currently has a port expansion project in execution (refer to Development projects). We also have a 1.75 per cent interest in Port Waratah Coal Services Limited, which operates two coal loading facilities at the port of Newcastle.

Cerrejón

We have a one-third interest in Cerrejón Coal Company, which owns and operates one of the world’s largest open-cut export energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia. Cerrejón also owns and operates integrated rail and port facilities through which the majority of production is exported to European, Middle Eastern, North and South American customers. In FY2014, our share of Cerrejón production was approximately 12.3 Mt. Cerrejón has a reserve life of 17 years.

In FY2012, Cerrejón commenced an expansion project (P40), which is ultimately expected to increase our share of production from 10.7 Mtpa to 13.3 Mtpa (refer to Development projects).Financial Statements.

Information on CoalCopper mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. The tablesThis table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reservesreserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

 

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or


options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

AustraliaAmericas       
Central Queensland Coal Associates Joint VentureCopper        

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow Daunia

Caval Ridge

Peak Downs

Saraji

Blackwater and Norwich Park mines

Escondida
Atacama Desert, 170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile 

Public road

 

CoalCopper cathode transported by privately owned rail to Hay Point, Gladstone,ports at Antofagasta and Abbot Point portsMejillones

 

Distances between the mines andCopper concentrate transported by Escondida-owned pipelines to its Coloso port are between 160 km and 315 kmfacilities

 

BHP Billiton 50%57.5% of Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL)

 

Rio Tinto 30% JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi, Development 50%

JX Nippon Mining and Metals 10% JECO2 Ltd 2.5%

 BMABHP BillitonMining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, expire between 2014 and 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allowsOriginal construction completed in 1990

 

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application periodSulphide leach copper production commenced in

2006

 

Goonyella mine commenced in 1971, merged with adjoining Riverside mine in 1989. Operates as Goonyella Riverside2 open-cut pits: Escondida and Escondida Norte

 

Production commenced at:

Peak Downs in 1972

Saraji in 1974

Norwich Park in 1979

Blackwater in 1967

Broadmeadow (longwall operations) in 2005 Daunia in 2013Escondida and Caval Ridge in 2014Escondida Norte mineral deposits are adjacent but distinct supergene enriched porphyry copper deposits

 

All open-cut except Broadmeadow: longwall undergroundEscondida-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian MoranbahElectricity purchased under contracts expiring 2016 and Rangal Coal measures

Products range from premium quality, low volatile, high vitrinite, hard coking coal to medium volatile hard coking coal, to weak coking coal, some pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal and medium ash thermal coal as a secondary product2029

 Queensland electricity grid underlong-term contracts

On-site beneficiation processing facilities3 concentrator plants extract copper concentrate from sulphide ore by flotation extraction process

 

Combined nominal2 solvent extraction plants produce copper cathode

Nominal capacity: in excess153.7 Mtpa (nominal milling capacity) and 350 ktpa copper cathode (nominal capacity of 61 Mtpatank house)

Two 168 km concentrate pipelines

167 km water pipeline Port facilities at Coloso, Antofagasta

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or


options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Gregory Joint OperationPampa Norte Spence        

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

Gregory and Crinum mines

Atacama Desert, 162 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile
 

Public road

 

CoalCopper cathode transported by rail to Hay Pointports at Mejillones and Gladstone ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 310 km and 370 kmAntofagasta

 

BHP Billiton 50%

Mitsubishi Development 50%

100%
 BMABHP BillitonMining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, expire between 2014 and 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allowsDevelopment cost of US$1.1 billion approved in 2004

 

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

Production commenced at:

Gregory in 1979

Crinum mine (longwall) in 1997

Production at Gregory open-cut mine ceased in October 2012

Gregory: open-cut

Crinum: longwall underground

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian German Creek Coal measures

Product is a high volatile, low ash hard coking coal

Queensland electricity grid under long-term contracts

On-site beneficiation processing facility

Nominal capacity: in excess of 6 Mtpa

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

South Walker Creek and Poitrel mines

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Hay Point and Dalrymple Bay ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 135 km and 165 km

BHP Billiton 80%

Mitsui and Co 20%

BMC

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements expire between 2014 and 2031, and are renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

South Walker Creek commenced in 1996

Poitrel commencedFirst copper produced in 2006

 

Open-cut

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Rangal Coal measures

ProducesEnriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a rangenear-horizontal sequence of coking coal, PCI coalsupergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and thermal coal products with medium to high phosphorus and ash propertieslower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

 Queensland electricity

Spence-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

Electricity purchased under contract

 

South Walker Creek coal beneficiated on-siteProcessing and crushing facilities, separate dynamic (on-off) leach pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

 

Nominal capacity: in excesscapacity of 5 Mtpa

Poitrel mine has Red Mountain joint venture with adjacent Millennium Coal mine to share processing and rail loading facilities

Nominal capacity: in excess of 3 Mtpatank house: 179 ktpa copper cathode

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or


options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Illawarra Coal

Illawarra, New South Wales, Australia

Dendrobium Appin and West Cliff mines

Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado
 

Public road

Coal transported by road or rail to BlueScope Steel’s Port Kembla steelworks or Port Kembla for export

Distances between the mines and port are between 8 km and 38 km

100%BHP BillitonMining leases expire between 2016 and 2033, renewable for further periods as NSW Government legislation allows

Production commenced at:

Appin in 1962 (longwall operations 1969)

West Cliff in 1976 and Dendrobium in 2005

Underground

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Illawarra Coal Measures

Produces premium quality hard coking coal and some thermal coal from the Wongawilli and Bulli seams

New South Wales electricity grid

2 beneficiation facilities

Nominal capacity: in excess of 9 Mtpa

Mt Arthur Coal

       
Approximately 126Atacama Desert, 120 km northwesteast of Newcastle, New South Wales, AustraliaIquique, Chile 

Public road

 

Domestic coal transported by conveyorCopper cathode trucked to Bayswater Power Station

Export coal transported by third party rail to Newcastle port at Iquique

 100% BHP Billiton 

Various mining leases and licences expire between 2010 and 2032

Renewal is being sought for expired mining leases

The original approvals permit mining and other activitiesMining concession
from Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to continue during renewal application


payment of
annual fees)
 

ProductionCommercial production commenced in 20021994

 

Government approval permits extraction of up to 36 Mtpa of run of mine coal from undergroundExpansions in 1996 and open-cut operations, with open-cut extraction limited to 32 Mtpa1998

 

Open-cut

 

ProducesEnriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non- coking)near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

 Local energy providersLong-term contracts with northern Chile power grid 

Beneficiation facilities: coal handling, preparation, washing plants2 primary, secondary and tertiary crushers, leaching pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

 

Nominal capacity:capacity of tank house: 102 ktpa copper cathode

Copper and zinc
Antamina
Andes mountain range, 270 km north of Lima, north central Peru

Public road

Copper and zinc concentrates transported by pipeline to port of Huarmey

Molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrates transported by truck

BHP Billiton 33.75% of Compañía Minera Antamina SA

Glencore 33.75% Teck 22.5% Mitsubishi 10%

Compañía Minera Antamina SAMining rights
from Peruvian
Government held
indefinitely,
subject to
payment of
annual fees and
supply of
information on
investment and
production

Commercial production commenced in excess2001

Capital cost US$2.3 billion (100%)

Open-cut

Zoned porphyry and skarn deposit with central copper-only ores and an outer band of 23copper-zinc ore zone

Long-term contracts with individual power producers

Primary crusher, concentrator, copper and zinc flotation circuits, bismuth/moly cleaning circuit

Nominal milling capacity 53 Mtpa

300 km concentrate pipeline Port facilities at Huarmey

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or


options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

South AfricaAustralia        
KhutalaCopper and uranium        
100
Olympic Dam
560 km eastnorthwest of Johannesburg, Gauteng Province,Adelaide, South AfricaAustralia 

Public road

 

Domestic coalCopper cathode trucked to ports

Uranium oxide transported by overland conveyorroad to Kendal Power Stationports

 

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%

100%
 BHP Billiton 

BECSA holds a 100% share of Converted Mining lease
granted by South
Australian
Government
expires in 2036

Right granted October 2011

Mining Right was amended 15 February 2013 of
extension for
50 years (subject
to include Portion 16 of Zondagsvlei 9 ISremaining
mine life)

 

Production commencedAcquired in 19842005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Open-cut operationsCopper production began in 19961988

 

Commenced mining thermal/metallurgical coal for domestic marketNominal milling capacity raised to 9 Mtpa in 2003

Combination open-cut and underground1999

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking)

Eskom (national power supplier) under long-term contractsUnderground and open-cut crushers: Nominal capacity: in excess of 12 Mtpa
Middelburg/Wolvekrans
20 km southeast of Witbank, Mpumalanga Province, South Africa

Public road

Export coal transported to RBCT by third party rail (558 km)

Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Duvha Power Station

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%

Previous JV (84:16) with Glencore Xstrata Plc (through Tavistock Collieries Pty Limited) was amended in February 2008

BHP Billiton

BECSA and Tavistock are joint holders of 3 Converted Mining Rights in the previous JV ratio (84:16)

BECSA is the 100% holder of a fourth Converted Mining Right

All 4 Rights comprise the Middelburg Mine Complex(1)

The Converted Mining Rights were granted during October and December 2011(2)

Production commenced in 1982

Middelburg Mines and Duvha Colliery became one operation in 1995

Douglas-Middelburg Optimisation project completed in July 20102002

 

Mine was split into Middelburg and Wolvekrans during 2011New copper solvent extraction plant commissioned in 2004

 

Open-cutUnderground

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, mostLarge poly-metallic deposit of which can be beneficiated for the European or Asian export marketsiron oxide-copper-uranium-gold mineralisation

 Eskom under long-term contractsSupplied via 275 kV power line from Port Augusta, transmitted by ElectraNet 

Beneficiation facilities: tipsUnderground automated train and trucking network feeding crushing, plants, storage and ore hoisting facilities

2 export wash plants, middlings wash plant, de-stone plantgrinding circuits

 

Nominal milling capacity: in excess of 1710.3 Mtpa

Flash furnace produces copper anodes, then refined to produce copper cathodes

Electrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by leaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings

Development projects

Americas

Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) is a new concentrator with a 152 kilotonnes per day (ktpd) plant. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allow access to high-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$3.8 billion (US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton share). A US$361 million increase in the budget of OGP1 to US$4.2 billion (US$ 2.4 billion BHP Billiton share) was approved in October 2014 following challenges associated with contractor’s progress. The Project was completed in May 2015 and is currently in the commissioning and ramp-up phase.

The Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project was approved in July 2013 and consists of a new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will provide an alternative water supply to Escondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the 152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and includes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to support the system. The new facility is expected to be commissioned in CY2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (US$2.0 billion BHP Billiton share).

The Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP) was completed in November 2014 and now in production. The Project involved the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that included several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (US$414 million BHP Billiton share) and a US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (US$536 million BHP Billiton share) was approved in March 2014. Expected final cost is US$899 million (US$517 million BHP Billiton share).

Pampa Norte

The Spence Growth Option (SGO) project, currently at pre-feasibility phase, endeavours to maximise Spence’s value by exploiting the large and expandable hypogene resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 ktpd concentrator. This would increase the mine life by approximately 50 years beyond the current FY2025 closure date. The proposed investment is approximately US$3.2 billion and the project is scheduled to commence at the end of the November 2019 quarter. The hypogene ore underlies the supergene reserves currently being exploited and therefore eliminates the need for pre-stripping and additional mine maintenance infrastructure. The option to maximise the use of existing heap leach infrastructure, to recover copper from the lower-grade chalcopyrite ores, is being developed as a complementary process to the concentrator (CPY leach project). The implementation of both the SGO and CPY leach projects will enable Spence to achieve a total copper production of approximately 260 kt on average during the first 10 years of operation.

Olympic Dam

The focus at Olympic Dam is to transform the existing operation to materially lower the cost of production safely and sustainably. We are progressing a pre-feasibility study to examine potential future optimisation and expansion opportunities.

During FY2015, we received approval from the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct a site-based heap leaching demonstration plant, as part of our efforts to identify an alternative, less capital-intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Construction of the demonstration plant is subject to ongoing, off-site demonstration and test work outcomes and Board approvals.

Resolution Copper

We hold a 45 per cent interest in the Resolution Copper project in the US state of Arizona, a project which is operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent interest). Resolution Copper is among the top 10 largest undeveloped copper projects in the world and could eventually become the largest copper producer in North America.

In FY2014, Resolution Copper completed a pre-feasibility study into a 120 ktpd underground panel cave operation and processing facility. Further opportunities to economically optimise the project and minimise any technical risks have been identified, and the project plans to continue to study these opportunities. Additionally, a General Mine Plan of Operations was submitted to the US Forest Service in November 2013. In December 2014, President Obama signed legislation that will allow the US Federal Government to exchange 2,400 acres of federally owned land immediately adjacent to Resolution’s operational site, for 5,300 acres of important wildlife habitat, conservation and recreational land owned by Resolution. Both the land exchange and proposed mine plan will now undergo a comprehensive environmental and regulatory review that includes an assessment under the US National Environmental Policy Act. This process will include public input, government-to-government consultation with Arizona Native American tribes, and a US Federal Government appraisal of the exchange lands.

In November 2014, Resolution Copper completed construction of the No#10 Shaft to a final depth of 2,116 metres. Our share of project expenditure for FY2015 was US$55 million.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2015 were focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru and southwestern United States. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

2.1.3    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines products produced in Australia and produce pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Our two assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) involve an integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, with our headquarters located in Perth. Our focus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal.

Since 2001, we have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. We have completed eight expansion projects during this period to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. This includes the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis). Our share of FY2015 production was 218.0 Mt of ore, which is expected to increase in FY2016 to 233 Mtpa. The reserve lives for our WAIO operations are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing us to plan our development around a series of integrated mining hubs joined to the orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach enables us to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for a number of orebodies.

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product with a stable grade, we produce a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2015, 23 per cent of our sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

WAIO operations

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture (JV) consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create lump and fine products. The ore is then transported to port using Mt Newman JV-owned rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to Port Hedland. Production at the Yarrie mine in the northern Pilbara has been suspended since 25 February 2014, following improved productivity at our other mining operations. The Jimblebar operation comprises the Jimblebar mine, located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 17 Mt during FY2015. The Jimblebar mining hub ramped-up to a production rate exceeding 45 Mtpa during FY2015. All ore is transported by rail on the Mt Newman JV and Mt Goldsworthy JV rail lines to our port facilities. A typical train configuration consists of two locomotives per 124 ore cars, called a rake, with two rakes per train. Each individual ore car carries approximately 132 tonnes of iron ore. Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre, which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point, owned by the Mt Newman JV, and Finucane Island, owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three lump rescreening plants, eight stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders. Vessels depart the harbour via a dredged channel that is approximately 45 kilometres long and has a width of 300 metres.

LOGO

Along with the other joint venture partners, we have entered into marketing agreements in the form of joint ventures with some customers. These customer joint ventures, JW4, Wheelarra and POSMAC, involve subleases of part of WAIO’s existing mineral leases. The ore is sold to the existing joint ventures with contractual terms applying to the customers’ share. As a consequence, we are entitled to 85 per cent of production from these subleases and the customer joint ventures are not joint operations for accounting purposes.

WAIO Ore Reserves are reported for the Pilbara as a whole by ore type, to reflect our production of the Newman Blend lump product and fines, as well as our single logistics chain and associated management system. The reserve lives of our Western Australian mines are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Samarco

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operation in Brazil. Samarco currently comprises a mine and three concentrators located in the state of Minas Gerais, and four pellet plants and a port, located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 400-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore are conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Conveyor systems are used to extract the ore and convey it from the mines. Ore beneficiation then occurs in concentrators, where crushing, milling, desliming and flotation processes produce iron concentrate. The concentrate leaves the concentrators as slurry and is pumped through the slurry pipelines from the Germano facilities to the pellet plants in Ubu, Anchieta, where the slurry is processed into pellets. The iron ore pellets are then heat treated. The pellet output is stored in a stockpile yard before being shipped out of the Samarco-owned Port of Ubu in Anchieta.

Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to steelmakers in 19 countries, with prices generally linked to market indices.

In FY2015, our share of production was 14.5 Mt of pellets. The reserve life for Samarco is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Information on Iron Ore mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Klipspruit

Iron ore

Mt Newman Joint Venture        

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Mt Whaleback

Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 km west of Witbank, Mpumalanga Province, South Africaand 35

 

PublicPrivate road

 

Export coalIron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to RBCT by third party rail (611Port Hedland (427 km)

 

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%85%

 

Phola Coal Plant in JV with Anglo Inyosi Coal 50%Mitsui ITOCHU Iron 10% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 5%

 

BHP Billiton:

Mt Whaleback Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

Operatorship of Orebody 18 transitioned to BHP Billiton in July 2014

 BECSA holds a Converted Mining Right, granted on 11 October 2011lease under the Iron Ore (Mt Newman) Agreement Act 1964 expires in 2030 with right to successive renewals of 21 years 

Production commencedbegan at Mt Whaleback orebody in 20031969

 

Expansion project completedProduction from Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35 complements production from Mt Whaleback

First ore from Newman Hub as part of RGP4 construction delivered in FY2010, includes 50% share in Phola Coal Plant2009

 

Open-cut

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, most ofBedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which can be beneficiated for the export marketare Brockman and Marra Mamba

 Eskom, under long-term contracts

From May 2014

Yarnima power

station started

supplying

approximately

two thirds of

power, with a

supplementary

contract with

Alinta Dewap

Newman power

station for the remaining amount

 

Beneficiation facilities: tipNewman Hub: primary and secondary crushing and screening plants (nominal capacity 63 Mtpa); heavy media beneficiation plant, export wash plantstockyard blending facility, single cell rotary car dumper, train-loading facility

 

NominalOrebody 25: primary and secondary crushing and screening plant (nominal capacity Phola Coal Processing Plant: in excess of 7 Mtpa13 Mtpa)

United States

Yandi Joint Venture
        

San Juan

25 km west of Farmington, New Mexico, USPilbara region, Western Australia 

PublicPrivate road

 

CoalIron ore transported by truck and conveyorMt Newman JV-owned rail to San Juan Generating Station

100%BHP Billiton

Mining leases from federal and state governmentsPort Hedland (316 km)

 

Leases viable as long as minimum production criteria achieved

Surface mine operations commenced in 1973

Development of undergroundYandi JV’s railway spur links Yandi mine to replace open-cut mine approved in 2000

Underground

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

San Juan Generating Station

Coal sized and blended to meet contract quantities and specification

Nominal capacity: 6 Mtpa

Navajo
40 km southwest of Farmington, New Mexico, US

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Four Corners Power PlantNewman main line

 

BHP Billiton 0%85%

 

Navajo TransitionalMitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy Company 100%of Australia 8%

 BHP Billiton Lease held by Navajo Transitional Energy CompanyMining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right to a further 21 years 

Production commencedDevelopment began in 1963

Divested FY20141991

 

BHP Billiton continues as operatorFirst shipment in 1992

Capacity expanded between 1994 and 2013

 

Open-cut

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

 Four Corners Power PlantFrom May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station 

StackersThree processing plants, primary crusher and reclaimers usedoverland conveyor (nominal capacity 80 Mtpa)

Ore delivered to size and blend coal to meet contract quantities and specificationtwo train-loading facilities

Nominal capacity: 5.4 Mtpa

Mine & location

 

Means of

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power

source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

ColombiaJW4 Joint Venture        
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron oreon-sold to Yandi JV, then transported via rail to Finucane Island and Nelson Point shipping facilities, Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 68%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 6.4%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 5.6%

JFE Steel Australia 20%

Sublease agreement over JW4 deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of the mining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right for a further 21 years

Operations began in April 2006

Ore currently being produced is sold to Yandi JV and blended with Yandi ore

Open-cut

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationJW4 processes ore through Yandi
CerrejónJimblebar operation        
La Guajira province, ColombiaPilbara region, Western AustraliaPrivate road

BHP Billiton 85%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

BHP BillitonMining lease under the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires in 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Production at Jimblebar began in March 1989

From 2004, production was transferred to Wheelarra as part of the Wheelarra sublease agreement

First ore from newly commissioned Jimblebar mine was delivered in September 2013

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationTwo primary and secondary crushers, ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Wheelarra Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore is transported via conveyor to Jimblebar mine (6 km)

BHP Billiton 51%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 4.8% Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 4.2% Maanshan Iron & Steel Australia 10% Shagang Australia 10% Hebei Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Wugang Australia 10%

Sublease agreement over Wheelarra deposit

BHP Billiton

Sublease agreement over the Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease with ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia, Mitsui Iron Ore and four separate subsidiaries of Chinese steelmakers

This arrangement, entitles us to 85% of production from the Wheelarra sublease consistent with BHP Billiton ownership in Mt Newman JV

Wheelarra JV produces iron ore from Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease

Ore produced is processed and blended with Jimblebar ore at Jimblebar mine and then sold to Mt Newman JV

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which is Brockman

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationWheelarra processes ore through the Jimblebar hub

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Mt Goldsworthy Joint Venture

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Area C Yarrie Nimingarra

Private road

Yarrie and Nimingarra iron ore transported by Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (218 km)

Area C iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (360 km)

Mt Goldsworthy JV railway spur links Area C mine to Yandi railway spur

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

BHP Billiton

4 mineral leases under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 and the Iron Ore (Goldsworthy – Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972, expire between 2014 and 2028, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

A number of smaller mining leases granted under the Mining Act 1978 expire in 2026

Operations commenced at Mt Goldsworthy in 1966 and at Shay Gap in 1973

Original Goldsworthy mine closed in 1982

Associated Shay Gap mine closed in 1993

Mining at Nimingarra mine ceased in 2007, then continued from adjacent Yarrie area

Opened Area C mine in 2003

Yarrie mine suspended operations in February 2014

Area C, Yarrie and Nimingarra all open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman, Marra Mamba and Nimingarra

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station

Ore processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor

(nominal capacity 60 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

POSMAC Joint Venture
Pilbara Region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore on-sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV, it is then transported via Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail and Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 65%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

POSCO 20%

Sublease agreement over POSMAC deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of mineral lease held by Mt Goldsworthy JV under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Operations commenced in October 2003

Iron ore currently being produced is sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV and blended with Area C ore

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which is Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationPOSMAC processes through Mt Goldsworthy
Samarco
Southeast Brazil 

Public road

 

CoalConveyor belts transport iron ore to beneficiation plant

Three slurry pipelines transport concentrate to pellet plants on coast

Iron pellets exported by company-owned rail to Puerto Bolivar (150 km)via port facilities

 

BHP Billiton 33.33%50% of Samarco Mineração SA

 

Anglo American 33.33% Glencore Xstrata 33.33%Vale SA 50%

 Cerrejón Coal CompanySamarco Mining leases expire in 2034concessions granted by Brazilian Government as long as Alegria complex mined according to agreed plan 

OriginalProduction began at Germano mine began producing in 19761977 and at Alegria complex in 1992

 

BHP Billiton interest acquiredSecond pellet plant built in 20001997

Third pellet plant, second concentrator and second pipeline built in 2008

Fourth pellet plant, third concentrator and third pipeline built in 2014

 

Open-cut

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking, suitable for the export market)Itabirites (metamorphic quartz-hematite rock) and friable hematite ores

 Local Colombian

Samarco holds interests in 2 hydroelectric power systemplants which supply 14.5% of its electricity

Power supply contract with Cemig Geração e Transmissão expires in 2022

 

Beneficiation facilities: crushing plantFacilities with capacity ofto process and pump 32 Mtpa ore concentrate and washing plant

Nominal capacity: 3produce and ship 30.5 Mtpa

(1)This includes the Wolvekrans and Middelburg collieries and excludes the portion Tavistock obtained as a result of the amendment of the Douglas-Tavistock JV agreement.

(2)The JV agreement has been amended so that upon the Department of Mineral Resources amending the Converted Mining Rights, the mining area will be divided into an area wholly owned and operated by Tavistock and an area wholly owned and operated by BECSA as the new Douglas-Middelburg mine. Applications were made in December 2008 to the Department of Mineral Resources to amend the Converted Mining Rights, but a date for execution has not yet been provided. Ministerial consent to amend the Mining Rights has been granted. pellets (100% basis)

Development projects

BMA ExpansionsWestern Australia Iron Ore

In NovemberWAIO has been executing a number of expansion projects in recent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 we approved the developmentfor a total of the Caval Ridge mine project,US$7.4 billion (US$6.6 billion BHP Billiton share) plus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (US$2.1 billion BHP Billiton share), were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a revised investmentminimum capacity of 220 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

These projects, each of which is substantially complete, included:

the Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock in order to deliver a capacity of 35 Mtpa. Initial production was achieved in the September 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$1.93.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). The Caval Ridge mine is an open-cut draglineFinal costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$3.6 billion;

further development of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and truckship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor route, and shovel operation, with coal railed to the Hay Point Coal Terminal. First coal at the Caval Ridge mine occurredassociated rail works and rolling stock. Initial production was achieved in the June 2014 quarter and the mine was 100 per cent completedDecember 2012 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2014.

In March 2011, we approved the expansion of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis). Following a review of the project during FY2013, first shipment is expected in CY2015 with a revised budget of2015 amounted to US$1.51.8 billion (BHP Billiton share). The project was 87 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.

Appin Area 9 Project

In June 2012, approval was given to invest US$845 million to sustain operations at Illawarra Coal by establishing a replacement mining area at Appin mine. The replacement area will have a production capacity of 3.5 Mtpa and will sustain Illawarra Coal’s production capacity at 9 Mtpa. The Appin Area 9 project was 67 per cent complete at 30 June 2014 and isFinal costs are expected to be operational in CY2016, whereupon it will replace production atdelivered below the West Cliff mine. The project includes roadway development, new ventilation infrastructure, newrevised budget of US$1.9 billion;

port blending facilities and reconfigured conveyors and other mine services.

Cerrejón P40 Project

In August 2011, we announced a US$437 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the expansion of Cerrejón, known as the P40 Project, which is expectedrail yards to enable Cerrejón’s thermal coalore blending. Initial production to increase by 8 Mtpa to approximately 40 Mtpa. The project scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain infrastructure. Construction commenced in CY2011 and the project handled its first coalwas achieved in the December 2013 quarter. The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, although operational issuescosts as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to constrainbe delivered below the revised budget of US$1.0 billion.

Our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects includes ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to approximately 35290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term. At 30 June 2014, the project was 94 per cent complete..

Newcastle Port Third Phase ExpansionWestern Australia Iron Ore – Orebody 24 mine

In August 2011, we announced a US$367 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the third stageFY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal handlingOrebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to maintain iron ore production output from the Mt Newman JV operations. The project was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of an ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, in Newcastle.rail spur and other associated support facilities. The port expansion project iscosts as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.6 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to increasebe delivered below the revised budget of US$0.7 billion.

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation, all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and link brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and port facilities. The total capacity atarea covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres. This excludes crown leases, and general purpose and miscellaneous licences, which are used for infrastructure space and access.

The majority of deposits are located on five main lease areas held by BHP Billiton and our joint venture partners, as appropriate. Iron ore mineralised materials fall mainly within the Hamersley Ranges of the Pilbara district, with a minor component of the inventory lying within the Pilbara Craton of northwest Western Australia.

In FY2015, exploration activity was completed over multiple project areas and deposits. The total drilling carried out amounts to approximately 486.7 kilometres, composed of reverse circulation drilling of 445.5 kilometres, diamond drilling of 25.1 kilometres and hydrology drilling of 16.2 kilometres, consisting of approximately 4,500 drill holes. Total exploration expenditure in FY2015 amounted to US$118 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea.

On 29 July 2014, BHP Billiton and ArcelorMittal signed an agreement for the acquisition by ArcelorMittal of BHP Billiton’s 43.5 per cent stake in Euronimba Limited, which holds an effective 95 per cent interest in the Mount Nimba iron ore project in Guinea.

In May 2015, ArcelorMittal terminated the transaction following failure to meet the conditions to closing by the agreed deadline.

We will continue to assess our options for the Mount Nimba iron ore project.

Liberia Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 100 per cent interest in a Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia. This enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases.

On 25 August 2014, BHP Billiton and Cavalla Resources signed a sale and purchase agreement for the acquisition by Cavalla Resources of BHP Billiton’s 100 per cent interest in its Liberia iron ore project. Completion of the transaction remains subject to the receipt of regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

2.1.4    Coal Business

Our Coal Business, headquartered in Brisbane, Australia, is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal, a key input in steel production. Our Coal Business is also a large supplier of seaborne energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and a domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where our mines are located.

Our export metallurgical coal customers are steel producers around the world, principally in China, India, Japan and Europe. In FY2015, the majority of our metallurgical coal sales contracts were based on annual volumes, with prices largely index-linked (with negotiated differentials for quality) or on a spot basis.

We are a domestic supplier of energy coal to the electricity generation industry in Australia and the United States. Our domestic energy sales are generally made to nearby power stations under long-term fixed price or cost plus arrangements. Export sales are delivered to power generators and industrial users principally in China, India and Japan, under contracts that are generally index-linked or short-term fixed.

Total metallurgical coal production in FY2015 was 42.6 Mt and total energy coal production in FY2015 was 41.0 Mt.

Our assets, located in Australia, Colombia and the United States, consist of both open-cut and underground mines. At our open-cut mines, overburden is removed after blasting, using either draglines or truck and shovel. Coal is then extracted using excavators or loaders and loaded onto trucks to be taken to stockpiles or directly to our beneficiation facility. At our underground mines, coal is extracted by either longwall or continuous miner. The coal is then transported to stockpiles on the surface by conveyor. Coal from stockpiles is then crushed, and for a number of the operations, washed and processed through the coal terminal from 53 Mtpapreparation plant. Domestic coal is transported to 66 Mtpa. Thisnearby customers via conveyor, truck or rail. Export coal is expectedtransported to increase New South Wales Energy Coal’s allocation by 4.6 Mtpa to 19.2 Mtpa. Firstthe port via trains, and as part of this coal on ship, beingsupply chain both single and multi-user rail and port infrastructure is used.

Our assets consist of the first ship loading through the new facility, was achieved in June 2013, ahead of schedule. At 30 June 2014, the project was 86 per cent complete.following:

IndoMet Coal Project

IndoMet Coal comprises seven coal contracts of work (CCoWs) covering a large metallurgical coal resource in Central and East Kalimantan, Indonesia, which was discovered by BHP Billiton in the 1990s. Following an assessment of the importance of local participation in developing the project, in 2010 we sold a 25 per cent interest in the project to a subsidiary of PT Adaro Energy TBK. We retain 75 per cent of the project and hold management responsibility.

Construction works onDuring FY2015, IndoMet completed infrastructure development and received an operating permit to commence mining at Haju mine. Production is expected to commence from the 1 Mtpa Haju mine in Indonesia during FY2016.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Metallurgical coal production increased by 13 per cent in FY2015 to a record 43 Mt. Record production and sales volumes at Queensland Coal were supported by the successful ramp-up of the Caval Ridge mine and continued productivity improvements. An increase in equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates underpinned record volumes at six other operations.

Energy coal production, including our proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, for FY2015 decreased by five per cent to 41 Mt as anticipated. Lower production reflected drought conditions and the need to manage dust emissions at Cerrejón, as well as reduced demand for our Navajo Coal product.

Coal revenue for FY2015 decreased by US$678 million to US$5.9 billion. The decrease in revenues was driven by a 20 per cent reduction in the average realised price for hard coking coal to US$105/t, a 21 per cent reduction in the average price received for weak coking coal to US$88/t and a 22 per cent reduction in the average realised price for thermal coal to US$58/t.

Underlying EBIT for FY2015 decreased by US$227 million to US$348 million. The price impact, net of price-linked costs, on Underlying EBIT for FY2015 was a decrease of US$1.0 billion. This was partially offset by a stronger US dollar against the Australian dollar, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$406 million, and productivity cost efficiencies which increased Underlying EBIT by US$418 million.

Unit cash costs is one of the financial measures used to monitor the performance of our individual assets.

Queensland Coal unit cash costs (excluding freight and royalties) declined by 23 per cent to US$65 per tonne, supported by increased equipment and wash-plant utilisation rates, a continued reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs and a favourable currency movement.

Outlook

Metallurgical coal production is forecast to decrease in FY2016 to 40 Mt as operations at Crinum are expected to cease in the first quarter of CY2016 as the mine approaches the end of its economic reserve life. Energy coal production is forecast to remain broadly unchanged in FY2016 at 40 Mt.

In FY2016, unit costs are expected to decline to US$61 per tonne as the benefits from embedded productivity initiatives and a stronger US dollar, more than offset the removal of low-cost Crinum volumes and the expenses associated with its closure.

1.12.6    Other assets

Our Other assets include the following:

Nickel West (Australia)

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. Nickel West production in FY2015 was 89.9 kt of contained nickel. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations.

Performance

Revenue for Nickel West decreased by 13 per cent to US$1.4 billion predominantly due to lower sales volumes.

Underlying EBIT for Nickel West increased by US$134 million due to cost efficiencies and a favourable exchange rate movement, which was partially offset by a movement in ceased and sold operations from the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine during FY2014.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.5 of this Annual Report.

1.13    Our people

Enabling our organisation to realise its potential through our people is fundamental to our success. We are focused on facilitating a culture where our employees are provided with opportunities to develop, are valued and are encouraged to contribute toward making work safer, simpler and more productive. Achieving this in a focused and collaborative way will mean we can deliver greater value to our shareholders.

1.13.1    Employees and contractors

Our Charter enables us to align our people around a common purpose and values, as well as provide clear guidance for how we do business and the way in which we work, wherever we are based in the world.

The table below provides the average number of employees and contractors over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
     Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Employees

   29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  

Contractors

   50,698     13,352     76,759     79,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   80,368     26,511     123,803     126,222  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below shows the gender composition of our workforce, senior leaders and the Board over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
   Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Male employees

   24,487     11,331     39,517     38,920  

Female employees

   5,183     1,828     7,527     7,972  

Female employees (%)

   17     14     16     17  

Male senior leaders (c)

   293     85     317     326  

Female senior leaders (c)

   62     19     55     40  

Female senior leaders (%)

   17     18     15     11  

Male Board members

   10       12     11  

Female Board members (d)

   2       2     2  

Female Board members (%)

   17       14     15  

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c)For UK law purposes, we are required to show information for ‘senior managers’, which is defined to include both senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders. In FY2015, 355 senior leaders comprise the top people in the organisation. There are 50 directors of subsidiary companies who are not senior leaders, comprising 36 males and 14 females. Therefore, for UK law purposes, the total number of senior managers is 329 males and 76 females (19 per cent female).

(d)For information relating to changes to the Board following year-end please refer to section 3.1 of this Annual Report.

The tables below provide a breakdown of the average number of employees across the Group, in accordance with our reporting requirements under the UK Companies Act 2006. The calculation includes the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies, and our share of joint operations, for each of the past three financial years. Employees of equity accounted entities are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during a particular year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014 (a)   2013 (a) 

Average number of employees for Continuing operations

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,224     4,207     4,449  

Copper

   9,138     9,414     9,765  

Iron Ore

   7,483     8,035     6,883  

Coal

   5,579     6,160     6,006  

Group and unallocated

   3,246     3,687     4,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees for Continuing operations

   29,670     31,503     31,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees from Discontinued operations

   13,159     15,541     15,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   42,829     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by geographic region for each of the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2015   2014 (b)   2013 (b) 
   Continuing
operations (a)
   Discontinued
operations (a)
         

Africa

   117     6,875     9,035     9,121  

Asia

   1,022     121     1,105     1,183  

Australasia

   16,839     4,589     23,048     21,977  

Europe

   83     19     146     231  

North America

   4,188          4,373     5,116  

South America

   7,421     1,555     9,337     9,264  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   29,670     13,159     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)For a description of the South32 demerger and reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations, see sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

(b)These figures have not been restated for the purposes of the South32 demerger or reporting of Continuing and Discontinued operations.

Changes in market conditions, and our business transformation programs focused on improving efficiencies and driving greater productivity have resulted in a decrease in our workforce requirements. Additionally, the deferral of some projects has had a consequential reduction in the workforce required for such projects. The FY2015 reductions were predominately in our contractor workforce, primarily in our Petroleum and Potash, Iron Ore and Coal Businesses.

1.13.2    Employee policies and engagement

At BHP Billiton, our people are fundamental to our success. Our people strategy focuses on developing our future leaders, engaging and supporting our high-performance workforce, and continuing to build a diverse team and inclusive workplace culture.

Our people strategy reflects our desire to have a highly motivated team and the importance of building effective leadership and deep functional expertise across our workforce to enable productivity. We strongly believe that having employees who are engaged and connected to our organisation reinforces our shared purpose, aligned toOur Charter, and will result in a more harmonious workplace.

An important component of our people strategy is how we enable our leaders to step up and drive greater productivity. In FY2015, a new leadership development framework, Leading the Future, was developed and implemented to address the findings of our FY2013 employee survey. Based on the premise that leadership drives culture and culture drives performance, the framework is globally consistent, sustainable and designed to build a distinctive BHP Billiton leadership capability. The first program introduced was Leading Step Up, a global approach to shifting our culture in the areas of employee engagement, the way we lead change, and how we develop our people. Targeted at all frontline people leaders in our operations, Group Functions and Marketing, Leading Step Up is delivered locally by BHP Billiton leaders, taught through practical everyday routines, and reinforced with regular feedback and coaching. To ensure continuous improvement, the program will be measured through local observation and feedback discussions, and through our annual employee surveys. Leading the Future will continue to be implemented across the business in FY2016.

Integral to achieving effective employee engagement is our approach to communication. We believe communication is a two-way process that we undertake through a variety of channels, including face-to-face, the

internet, intranet, email, newsletters, online collaboration forums and other means designed to cater for the local environment. Annually we seek feedback from our employees via an Employee Perception Survey. The findings from these surveys inform our HR practices and are used to measure and track people-related performance.

Our Charter, the BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct and Human Resources GLDs prescribe what we will do and the behaviours that we expect of those who work for, or on behalf of, BHP Billiton. All of these documents are accessible to employees. Also, our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the internet or hard copy and receive regular communications on BHP Billiton goals and performance, as well as on other important issues such as health and safety, the environment and theCode of Business Conduct. Dispute and grievance handling processes exist to address issues across the Company. A business conduct advisory service, EthicsPoint, operates worldwide to allow concerns to be raised about conduct that is out of step withOur Charter values, our policies and procedures or legislation.

To help our people focus on clear goals, deliver our strategic and operational priorities and align behaviour toOur Charter, in FY2015, 86 per cent of our total number of employees participated in a formal performance management process, including 86 per cent of our operators and support staff. This process also provides the opportunity for employees to receive feedback and coaching, and identify skills and capabilities requiring further development. Due to industrial agreements, not all our employees are able to participate in individual performance or reward programs.

BHP Billiton is committed to creating a diverse workforce and inclusive work environment in which every employee is respected, treated fairly and embraced for their unique skills, experiences and perspectives. Discrimination on any basis, including disability, is not acceptable. In instances where employees require support for a disability, we work with them to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and offer retraining where required. Where practical to do so, flexible work practices are offered, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. The employment packages under our remuneration policy, which must comply with local regulations, are aligned to our business requirements and are designed to be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain highly capable and experienced candidates.

Our employee share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all permanent full-time and part-time employees, and those on fixed-term contracts, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternate arrangements are in place. As at 30 June 2015, 14,077 employees were participants in Shareplus. Short-term and long-term incentive schemes also operate across the Group. Rewards for eligible individuals are predicated on the need to meet targets relating to the Group’s performance in areas such as health, safety and achievement of financial measures and on the personal performance of each employee.

1.13.3    Inclusion and diversity at BHP Billiton

Our Charter and Human Resources GLDs provide guidance on all aspects of our human resource management, including our approach to inclusion and diversity.

We believe that an inclusive work environment and a diverse workforce, where the unique skills, experiences and perspectives of our people are embraced, is pivotal to sustaining performance and further increasing our productivity. At BHP Billiton, we celebrate diversity in a broad sense, including differences in thought, perspectives, nationality, gender, sexual orientation, age and experience. In relation to gender, the Board had a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to three by the end of CY2015. This has now been achieved with the announcement on 14 August 2015 that Anita Frew has been appointed to the Board (effective 15 September 2015) and will stand for election at the 2015 AGMs.

Each financial year, the Board considers, approves and monitors progress on the Group’s performance objectives. More details are set out below.

Our approach to inclusion and diversity is underpinned by the following principles:

a diverse workforce and an inclusive environment are necessary to the delivery of our strategy that is predicated on diversification by commodity, geography and market;

our aspiration is to have a workforce that best represents the communities in which our assets are located and our employees live;

actions that support our inclusion and diversity objectives should be consistent with our established approach to talent, performance and reward;

achieving an appropriate level of diversity is facilitated by line leadership and structured programs that support employees from an early career stage in developing the necessary skills and experiences for leadership roles;

creating an inclusive work environment will require every employee and leader to embrace diversity and act in a way that is consistent withOur Charter;

measurable objectives in support of inclusion and diversity will be transparent, fit for purpose and focus on (i) engaging, enabling and developing our workforce and (ii) establishing appropriate representation goals.

Progress against measurable objectives

A summary of the three objectives committed to in FY2015 and progress to date are set out below.

1.Each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of its multi-year diversity plan.

As in previous years, monitoring and tracking performance against inclusion and diversity plans was undertaken as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements. Performance for each Business, Group Function and Marketing was evaluated against FY2015 measurable objectives and the results of these evaluations were taken into account in determining bonus remuneration.

2.Execute the inclusion and diversity strategy and actions approved by the GMC.

Our Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing executed the GMC approved inclusion and diversity plan. During the reporting period:

Our CEO and senior management across the organisation reinforced the Company’s commitment to inclusion and diversity through internal and external communication channels, including leadership messages, town hall meetings and participation in external industry events.

Our CEO and the executive team participated in an Inclusive Leadership and Unconscious Bias development experience. Key content was also included in the BHP Billiton Group-wide Leadership Development Program, Leading Step Up, seeking to strengthen the ability of all people leaders to engage, lead change and develop our people.

A Senior Executive Sponsorship program for female talent was launched. In addition, Businesses continued executing their female mentoring programs. These initiatives have contributed to increasing female representation in pipelines to manager and above level roles.

After successful pilot programs during FY2014, flexible work arrangements were implemented in some Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. Implementation was supported by information and engagement sessions led by line managers.

Initiatives to keep employees engaged while on parental leave were successfully implemented. These included keep in touch meetings with employees during their parental leave and parental coaching sessions for managers.

Initiatives to develop and promote diverse talent continued to be deployed across different regions. Key initiatives included career panel discussions, talent discussions sessions for diverse employees and implementing inclusion of diverse candidates for vacant roles.

Actions to increase representation of Indigenous peoples (including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples) in our workforce continued to be executed. Actions included targeted resourcing strategies, training programs and integration initiatives to broaden their employment opportunities.

From our baseline in 2010, female representation increased by (i) 13 per cent in manager and senior leadership roles to 21 per cent and (ii) two per cent in our overall workforce representation to 17 per cent(a). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

In FY2015, female representation in our graduate intake increased by 7.6 per cent at a global level to 42 per cent and by 10 per cent to 46 per cent in Australia(b). Representation of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples in the graduate intake in Australia increased by six per cent to 11 per cent.

3.Demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

As part of our employee survey, we gauge employees’ perceptions of feeling valued and heard. Results, together with tools and materials to assist action planning and improvement, were cascaded to business leaders and line managers. Results demonstrate a three per cent increase from last year.

(a)These figures represent outcomes for Continuing operations. For Discontinued operations, female representation in manager and senior leadership roles was 17 per cent (totalling 19 per cent for the Group for FY2015) and female representation for the overall Discontinued operations workforce was 14 per cent (totalling 16 per cent for the Group for FY2015). We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

(b)These figures represent outcomes for the total Group (including Discontinued operations). In relation to Discontinued operations, three per cent of these graduates from the total Group were transferred to South32 as part of the demerger.

Continuous improvement

In FY2016, we will continue to focus on creating a more inclusive work environment and on enhancing our gender and diversity profile. We will take the following steps to achieve this commitment:

demonstrate progress against key objectives to improve the diversity of our workforce profile with particular emphasis on increasing female representation year-on-year, both overall and in leadership roles;

demonstrate year-on-year improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey index.

As in previous years, each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of their scorecards and appraisal commitments. Successful completion of these objectives will be taken into account in determining bonus remuneration. Progress against each year’s measurable objectives will continue to be tracked as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements and disclosed in the Annual Report.

1.14    Sustainability

Sustainability is core to our business strategy and integrated into our decision-making. It helps us liveOur Charter values of putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting our host communities.

In reporting our sustainability performance, we include our impact on the environment and approach to climate change, water stewardship, resource conservation and biodiversity; and our efforts to ensure the broader economic contributions of our operations benefit the regions in which we operate.

The information (including performance data) contained in this section, unless otherwise stated, covers assets that have been wholly owned and operated by BHP Billiton or that have been operated by BHP Billiton in a joint venture operation (operated assets) for FY2015. It also includes information (including performance data) relating to, and including, the demerged assets for the period from 1 July 2014 to 8 May 2015. Unless otherwise stated, data included in this section is presented on a Continuing operations basis.

We acknowledge the importance of measuring our broader impact. As such, in FY2015 we expanded our definition of work-related activities to align with the recording boundaries of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM). This includes the recording of events that occur outside of our operated locations where we have established the work to be performed and can set and verify the health and safety standards.

1.14.1    Identifying our material sustainability issues

To deliver successfully on our business strategy, we identify and respond to the sustainability issues that have a direct or indirect impact on our business and our stakeholders. Using a materiality assessment process, we identify and prioritise material sustainability issues. The following issues are discussed in this Annual Report:

Governance

Health and safety

Environment

Society

•       Governance and sustainability

•       Identifying and managing our material risks

•       Operating with integrity

•       Climate change

•       Keeping our people and operations safe

•       Focusing on the health of our people

•       Biodiversity management

•       Water

•       Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

•       Engaging with our host communities

•       Respecting human rights

•       Making a positive contribution to society

Additional information relating to our materiality assessment process and our sustainability performance for FY2015 is available in our Sustainability Report 2015 and can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.14.2    Governance

Governance and sustainability

Our Board governs the Group in a manner consistent withOur Charter, our strategy and our commitment to a transparent and high-quality governance system. The Board has established a number of committees to assist in exercising its authority, including monitoring the performance of the Group.

The Sustainability Committee assists the Board in oversight of health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) matters, including climate change. This includes overseeing areas relating to HSEC risk control, compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, and overall HSEC performance of the Group.

During FY2015, the Sustainability Committee continued to assist the Board in its oversight of HSEC issues and performance. This included consideration of strategic environmental and community matters, HSEC audits and trends, and the detailed reports from management of the relevant operation on the event, actions taken and investigations in the event of a fatality or significant incident.

Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the GMC, other management committees and individual members of management to whom authority has been delegated.

At the Group level, health, safety, environment and community teams provide guidance and thought leadership by developing and implementing HSEC management frameworks, focusing on catastrophic and fatal hazards management; identifying relevant HSEC trends; tracking performance and alignment with other Company requirements; and reporting progress against targets.

To link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the FY2015 short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance. Given the importance the Group places on safety, the short-term incentive opportunity attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The Remuneration Committee and the Board also have discretion over both the short-term and long-term incentive opportunities for GMC members and take into consideration HSEC performance. As a consequence of the five tragic fatalities in FY2015, the Board and the Remuneration Committee concluded, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that a zero outcome was appropriate for the CEO’s FY2015 short-term incentive HSEC component, with the decision supported by the CEO.

Further information on the metrics and their assessment is available in the Remuneration Report contained in section 4 of this Annual Report.

Identifying and managing our material risks

In addition to the legal requirements of the countries in which we operate, our approach to sustainability risks is defined by our GLDs. These clearly describe our mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities across the Group and are the foundation for developing and implementing management systems at our operations.

GLDs relating to HSEC matters set our Group-wide HSEC-related performance requirements to ensure effective management control of our sustainability risks. Our GLDs are consistent with the principles and mandatory requirements of the position statements of the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, the United Nations (UN) Global Compact, the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

At our operated assets, we have the ability to set workplace HSEC standards and enforce their application. Contractors working at our operated assets must comply with the minimum performance requirements in our relevant GLDs. In addition we seek to ensure our customers, suppliers, agents and service providers maintain business practices and workplaces that are aligned with our GLDs. We also seek to apply GLD performance requirements to our non-operated assets.

We use the framework in ourRisk Management GLD to identify and manage the risk involved in our business activities, functions and processes. This provides a strong foundation for our active and consistent risk-based approach to sustainability. A broader discussion of our risk factors and management approach is provided in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

Operating with integrity

Integrity and accountability are core values at BHP Billiton and central to our reputation as one of the world’s leading companies. We are committed to ethical business practices and high-quality governance in all that we do. Regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, ourAnti-corruption GLD andCode of Business Conduct prohibit bribery and corruption in all our business dealings. Particulars in relation to theCode of Business Conduct and anti-corruption are referred to the Sustainability Report 2015 and in section 3.17 of this Annual Report. Specific discussion on legal proceedings is available in section 6 of this Annual Report.

Transparency of payments to governments

BHP Billiton considers the licences we have to operate in jurisdictions around the world as a privilege that bestows upon us a responsibility to contribute to the economic and social development of our host countries. A critical component of this responsibility is our taxation obligations to our host governments.

Our payments to governments in FY2015 on a country-by-country basis of US$7.3 billion are presented in our Sustainability Report 2015. Approximately US$1.4 billion in taxes collected on behalf of employees was also remitted to governments in FY2015. More than 99 per cent (excludes demerged assets) of our payments were made to nine countries. Of these, our largest payments were made in Australia, where we have the majority of our assets.

BHP Billiton has long been deeply committed to the role transparency plays in contributing to the good governance of natural resources for the benefit of the governments and citizens of countries that host our operations. This is why BHP Billiton has voluntarily publicly reported our payments of taxes and royalties in our Annual Sustainability Report in increasing detail over the last 15 years and has been a member of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its inception in 2002. We continue our strong support through our active participation on the EITI Board.

We believe that transparency by governments and companies around revenue flows from the extraction of natural resources is an important element in the fight against corruption. A level and globally consistent playing field will ensure all companies disclose on the same basis and reduce the reporting burden for those operating in multiple jurisdictions. To this end, and consistent with our Transparency Principles, we support appropriate national and extra-territorial mandatory corporate reporting to complement the EITI and provide a globally consistent regulatory framework for all extractive industry companies.

We have disclosed our payments of taxes and royalties on a project-by-project basis, and payments to state and provincial governments at a subnational level, in a stand-alone BHP Billiton Economic contribution and payments to governments Report. This Report is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

Closure planning

Closure planning is an important consideration in the planning and development of our mining and petroleum operations. We recognise the significant risks associated with ineffective closure and seek to minimise these through our closure governance framework. The closure framework integrates resource planning and development, health, safety and environment, stakeholder engagement, finance and assurance into business operational design.

Specifically, the framework requires each asset to develop closure plans. These plans describe closure objectives and the management process in place to reduce closure liabilities over the life of the asset.

An ongoing internal audit program continues to test the effectiveness of these closure plans and the business alignment to the closure planning framework, including the financial provisions. Information on these provisions can be found in note 14 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’ to the Financial Statements. Audit findings are reviewed annually and reported to the relevant Business Presidents, while summary reports are considered by the Sustainability Committee of the Board. During FY2015, 11 audits were conducted against performance criteria and recommendations from such audits have been initiated.

Climate change

Our perspective on climate change

We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable.

Sustainable economic growth requires an effective response to climate change. The world needs reliable, affordable energy to support higher living standards and lower GHG emissions to keep the global average temperature rise below two degrees Celsius. We do not prioritise one of these requirements over the other. Both are essential.

Even allowing for significant improvements in energy efficiency, energy demand is expected to increase as the global population grows and living standards improve. Today, fossil fuels are often the most affordable, reliable and accessible way of meeting this demand and provide more than 80 per cent of the world’s primary energy. However, their growing use would substantially increase GHG emissions and exacerbate climate change unless new technology reduces their impact. To meet its development and climate goals, the world must find ways to progressively decarbonise the use of fossil fuels, improve energy efficiency and increase the use of alternative energy sources such as renewables and nuclear power.

Climate change governance

BHP Billiton’s strategy is tied to economic growth in both emerging and developed economies, and sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. Responding to climate change is a priority Board governance and strategic issue for our Company.

Our GMC has primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective position and response to climate, and accountability for performance against GHG emissions, our climate change metric. We also seek input and insight from external experts, such as the Forum on Corporate Responsibility.

To reflect updates in scientific knowledge and global regulatory and political responses, we regularly review our position on climate change. We incorporate climate change considerations into our Group scenario planning to understand potential impacts on our portfolio. We also conduct annual reviews of performance against Business GHG targets to ensure we are on track to achieve our Company target. The Sustainability Committee has considered a range of climate change scenarios and continues to monitor the actions being taken to manage a range of climate change impacts and policy responses.

Our approach

Our strategic approach to climate change is underpinned by engagement with policy makers and other stakeholders, including investors, companies and non-government organisations. We believe industry has a key role to play in climate change policy development by working with governments and other stakeholders to inform the development of effective long-term policy framework that delivers a measured transition to a lower emissions economy. BHP Billiton believes an effective policy framework should include a complementary set of measures, including a price on carbon, support for low-emissions technologies and measures to build resilience.

We continue to share lessons learnt with our stakeholders and identify solutions that we believe can drive emissions reductions at the lowest cost. In September 2014, BHP Billiton signed the World Bank’s Putting a Price on Carbon statement, which was presented at the 2014 UN Climate Summit in New York and we are a member of their Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition. In 2015, we made two climate change policy submissions in response to the Australian Government’s discussion papers Setting Australia’s Post-2020 Target for GHG Emissions and Emission Reduction Fund: Safeguard Mechanism, sharing our perspective on the importance of this issue.

We have also hosted several policy roundtables, bringing cross-sectoral business groups together to discuss different ways that business and government can address climate change. Internationally, we look forward to the 21st Conference of the Parties (COP21) in Paris in December 2015 delivering a positive outcome that puts the world on a path to limit global temperatures to less than 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels, in line with current international commitments.

We are committed to transparent and open communications and have an ongoing and extensive engagement program with investors, government and the broader society, including our voluntary submission to the CDP (formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project). The CDP score is a measure of the actions that a company has demonstrated in carbon management. Our commitment to continuing transparency and disclosure has resulted in an improvement in our CDP score since 2013.

We have been taking action for many years to understand and manage the impacts of climate change on our business. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions and portfolio evaluation for more than a decade and were early adopters of this approach. We maintain a view on carbon pricing using a carbon price protocol, which we update regularly. Our carbon price protocol tracks the progress of national emissions reduction ambitions to tackle climate change throughout the world, including in our major operating regions and customer demand centres. In parallel, we look at the potential for reductions in emissions and the cost associated with those reductions to determine an appropriate long-term price level. We carry out this assessment for various scenarios which reflect the effectiveness and ambition of policies, the timing to implement reductions, the interaction between policy mechanisms and the role of low carbon technologies. We have an integrated approach to addressing climate change that has three key areas: mitigation, adaptation andlow-emissions technology.

Mitigation

As a major producer and consumer of energy, we prioritise GHG reductions and energy efficiency.

BHP Billiton is among the sector leaders in setting an absolute target to limit our GHG emissions. As we grow our business, this target encourages us to look for ways to improve our energy efficiency, increase productivity and implement additional GHG reduction projects across our operations. All our Businesses are required to identify, evaluate and implement suitable GHG reduction opportunities, including during project design and equipment selection.

In FY2015, the Group’s total GHG emissions were 38.3 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e). Taking into account the impact of the demerger, this represents a six per cent reduction on FY2014 GHG emissions. For the purposes of the FY2014 comparison, emissions from assets demerged with South32 for the period 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015 were annualised. This reduction has been driven in part by GHG reduction projects across our Businesses and improved productivity.

GHG Scope 1 and 2 (millions of tonnes CO2-e)(a)

Year ended 30 June (b)

  2015   2014   2013 

Scope 1 (c)

   20.7     22.7     22.0  

Scope 2 (d)

   17.6     22.3     24.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GHG millions of tonnes CO2-e

   38.3     45.0     46.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

(b)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations.

(c)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from our operated assets.

(d)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by our operated assets.

In line with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006, our reported FY2015 GHG intensity was 3.8 tonnes of CO2-e per tonne of copper equivalent production (FY2014: 4.9 tonnes of CO2-e). Our reported FY2015 energy intensity was 30 petajoules per million tonnes of copper equivalent production. Copper

equivalent production has been based on FY2013 average realised product prices. Rather than use an intensity metric, we have set ourselves a challenging goal to limit our overall emissions by keeping our absolute FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline while we continue to grow our business.

A key example of our ongoing activity to reduce GHG emissions is our Fuel Quality Network that brings people together from across our Company to understand and test the benefits of improving fuel quality. Our investigations have shown that improving fuel chemistry can deliver significant reductions in diesel exhaust particulates and GHG emissions. We estimate that improving the quality of fuel delivered to our mobile plants has the potential to reduce energy consumption across the Company by around 4,600 terajoules (TJ) per annum and reduce GHG emissions by approximately 320,000 tonnes of CO2-e per annum. In addition, the Fuel Quality Network will help us to achieve cost savings in maintenance operations and deliver improved productivity.

Projects and initiatives such as these keep us on track to achieve our GHG emissions reduction target. We are committed to continued focus on the delivery of GHG reduction opportunities within our Businesses.

In addition to identifying opportunities within our Company, we also seek to contribute to global GHG emissions reductions. We are currently implementing a strategy to support REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation), an international mechanism that provides economic, social and environmental incentives for developing countries to reduce GHG emissions from deforestation and related activities through the creation of carbon credits. Through project support, improved governance and climate finance market stimulation, BHP Billiton is playing a role in reducing deforestation, enhancing community livelihoods and improving biodiversity and watershed conservation. BHP Billiton and the International Finance Corporation are exploring ways of stimulating demand for REDD+ credits to support forest protection and conservation.

Adaptation

BHP Billiton’s corporate strategy is based on owning and operating long-life assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our success over many years can be attributed to the way we have successfully adapted to the changing business landscape. Building resilience to the physical impacts of climate change is just as essential to long-term business success.

We take a multifaceted approach to climate change adaptation, building resilience across activities both within our operations and investments, and outside of our operational control in our communities and ecosystems. We seek to leverage many of our established core business processes such as risk and planning. Climate risks may occur as a result of acute (extreme) weather events (e.g. floods and cyclones); chronic (incremental) changes in climate conditions, which may progressively increase risk over time (e.g. changes to temperature); and cumulative impacts from the interaction of direct and indirect climate impacts (e.g. changes to water availability). Our analysis has found that climate change will exacerbate existing risks while also exposing our Businesses to new risks. For example, cyclone management is critical for our Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) Asset and maintaining adaptive management practices will allow WAIO to respond to the expected increase in cyclone intensity in the Pilbara. We also require new investments to assess risks associated with the forecast impacts of climate change. For example, during the project design, identification and assessment of increasing storm intensity and storm surge levels resulted in raising the height of the trestle at our Hay Point coal port facility in Queensland, Australia, as part of our expansion plans.

Effective analysis of climate science is critical to our resilience planning and we take care to understand what variables and analysis make the most sense to our business. We are currently working with the CSIRO (Australia’s national science agency) to obtain analyses of the climate science. This will inform climate resilience planning at an asset level, improving our understanding of the material climate vulnerabilities that face our Businesses.

Technology

Technology and innovation have the potential to significantly reduce global emissions and meet long-term climate goals. Given that fossil fuels are likely to continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades, it is vital that low-emissions technologies (LET) are available at scale, lower cost and much faster than the usual commercial time frames to meet the challenge of climate change. Industry has a significant collaborative role to play with government, academia and the community to facilitate this necessary step change.

Since 2007, we have spent over US$400 million on LET research, development and deployment across a number of projects ranging in scale and complexity. For example, the West Cliff Ventilation Air Methane Project (WestVAMP) first piloted at Illawarra Coal’s Appin Colliery in 2001, utilises 20 per cent of available mine ventilation air to produce electricity. This reduces the site’s overall GHG emissions footprint by removing the methane from mine ventilation air.

BHP Billiton is also part of ONE Future, a coalition of companies from across the natural gas industry in the United States focused on identifying solutions for fugitive methane emissions management. ONE Future has developed an approach, that if widely adopted, could lower the total methane emissions of participating coalition companies to less than one per cent of gross production.

To build upon this contribution to the development of LET, we have recently established an integrated strategy that considers investment across a range of technologies that can lead to material emissions reductions in our operations and across our supply chains. When evaluating opportunity areas for potential investment, we look at several different factors, including the potential to impact upon global emissions and the opportunity to use our own skills and expertise to accelerate the change required, including our expertise in geology, engineering and markets.

We also seek to leverage our investments with the contribution of suitable partners, including governments, peers and research organisations. The focus for us is to consider the catalytic role that BHP Billiton can play in working with others to accelerate the deployment of technology to address material sources of emissions.

Our roadmap for investment includes the development and demonstration of carbon capture and storage (CCS) technologies, the reduction of fugitive methane emissions from coal and petroleum operations, high-efficiency/low-emissions power generation, low-emissions transportation and improvement and application of battery storage to enhance the wider deployment of renewable energy.

CCS can play a pivotal role in reducing emissions from oil and gas production, and from the use of fossil fuels in power generation and industrial processes. The key components of CCS (capture, transport and storage of CO2) have all been demonstrated successfully for many years. The challenge for large-scale deployment of CCS technology in the power and industrial sectors is the integration of the key components of CCS and appropriate commercial and regulatory support to foster further development.

Addressing the key barriers to deployment (regulatory uncertainty, cost and stakeholder concern) is essential if CCS is to become a global mitigation tool at the scale required to make a meaningful contribution to long-term climate goals. We have previously contributed to the development of CCS in both Australia and the United States and we are a founding member of CO2CRC, one of the world’s leading collaborative research organisations focused on long-term geological storage of carbon dioxide.

Portfolio evaluation

As well as taking action to reduce emissions, build resilience to the physical impacts of climate change, develop and deploy LETs and support an effective global response, we continue to identify and assess the impacts of climate change on our portfolio.

The starting point of our corporate planning process is the construction of a central case based on extensive analysis and research. Our current central case assumes the US economy continues to recover and strengthen, progressive development of China and India, integration of emerging economies into a multi-polar economic environment, and action on climate change centred on national policies.

Our corporate planning process uses scenario analysis to encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes for key global uncertainties. Designed to interpret external factors including technical, economic, political and governance trends facing the global resources industry, the scenarios offer a means by which to explore potential portfolio discontinuities and opportunities, as well as to test the robustness of decisions. Our scenarios do not constitute preferred outcomes for BHP Billiton. The scenarios are designed to be divergent, but also plausible and internally consistent, spanning unique potential future business environments.

According to independent bodies such as the International Energy Agency (IEA), fossil fuels will continue to supply a significant amount of the world’s energy for decades. This is the case even in the IEA’s ‘450 Scenario’, under which the world achieves a 2ºC outcome. Oil, coal and gas are likely to continue to constitute a significant part of the energy supply mix in countries like China and India, notwithstanding strong growth in renewables.

Given the ongoing role of fossil fuels, and the many uncertainties facing not only the resources sector but the world in general, accurately predicting how the world will respond to the challenge posed by climate change is difficult. Our scenario planning approach endeavours to consider a range of potential outcomes in order to understand the impacts on our portfolio and the critical signposts we must monitor in order to respond in a timely and effective way.

Our analysis highlights that our uniquely diversified portfolio of high-quality assets is robust across our scenarios and is highly unlikely to result in BHP Billiton assets being ‘stranded’. In a scenario where there is strong impetus to develop and implement cleaner, more energy efficient solutions and unified societal action to address climate change, our analysis indicates that there is a potential of upside for uranium, our high-quality hard coking coal and iron ore lump product. Copper is resilient and would offer continued opportunity for growth and our gas exposure may yet provide opportunities during a transition to a lower carbon economy. In aggregate, we anticipate these commodities are robust and provide options that could mitigate potential negative impacts on other commodities.

Regardless of the path the world chooses, we are committed to reducing our own emissions and to supporting global efforts to reduce general emissions.

1.14.3    Health and safety

Keeping our people and operations safe

The health and safety of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate is central to every aspect of our business. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work, or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from occupational harm. However, we do recognise that environments we operate in can be hazardous.

Despite our goal to achieve zero work-related fatalities, tragically we lost five of our colleagues in FY2015. Four fatalities occurred during on-site work activities and one fatality occurred in an off-site transportation accident. Independent investigations were undertaken for each incident, with remedial action taken and findings from the investigations shared across the Group. In FY2014, we had no work-related fatalities at our operated assets, a goal that we will continue to work towards.

As part of our ongoing focus to eliminate fatal and other serious incidents, a Company-level safety intervention was initiated in FY2015. The safety intervention was launched with engagement across our business through a variety of methods, including workshops, team talks and surveys. Feedback was presented at our senior leaders’

meeting in July 2015, identifying the key controls, programs, systems, processes and tools currently in place that require improvement and Company-wide adoption through focused leadership.

Safety risk controls for Company-wide risks are included in ourSafety GLD and serve as the minimum mandatory controls. Each Business is required to assess whether additional controls are required to manage risks and to meet the objective of no fatalities.

During FY2015, our overall total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) performance of 4.1 injuries per million hours worked improved by two per cent compared with FY2014. Over the past five years, our TRIF has reduced by 18 per cent.

Total recordable injury frequency (per million hours worked)

Year ended 30 June (a)

  2015   2014   2013 

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)

   4.1     4.2     4.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

Focusing on the health of our people

We want our people to be fit for work and make sure their work does not negatively impact their health or wellbeing now or in the future.

During FY2015, we continued to establish, maintain and review our exposure profiles and manage significant health risks. The minimum mandatory controls contained within ourHealth GLD are structured around three principal aims: the prevention of illness from exposure; ensuring people are fit for work; and returning people to work after illness or injury. These principal aims form the cornerstone of our health risk management framework.

In FY2012, we established a health target baseline and committed to reduce potential occupational exposure to carcinogens and airborne contaminants by 10 per cent by FY2017. In FY2015, the number of potential exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants requiring the use of personal protective equipment reduced by 40 per cent compared with our FY2012 baseline. We have therefore exceeded our target to date. While good progress has been made in relation to occupational exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants, we remain vigilant in adopting and maintaining effective exposure controls. Our FY2015 results are due to a number of initiatives across our operations, details of which can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

In FY2015, the incidence of employee occupational illness was 4.93 per million hours worked, an increase of 74 per cent compared with FY2014. Noise induced hearing loss cases increased significantly due to a more accurate assessment triggered by incorrectly applying our hearing loss criteria in previous years at some assets. Our reduction in musculoskeletal illnesses was primarily due to the introduction of a multifaceted control program at one of our assets.

Year ended 30 June (a)

  2015   2014   2013 

Noise induced hearing loss

   3.05     0.68     0.51  

Musculoskeletal

   1.52     1.61     1.24  

Other illnesses

   0.36     0.55     0.64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4.93     2.84     2.39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes data for Continuing and Discontinued operations for the financial years being reported.

1.14.4    Environment

We seek to demonstrate our environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and leaving lasting benefits. We approach our environmental management in ways that address our responsibilities to firstly understand and minimise impacts, and, secondly to contribute more broadly as environmental stewards.

We complement our core business processes of risk management, and corporate planning, community development and stakeholder engagement with the minimum mandatory requirements for environmental management of ourEnvironment GLD. In this GLD, we take a risk-based approach and emphasise implementation of the mitigation hierarchy to avoid, minimise and rehabilitate direct, indirect and cumulative impacts within our area of influence across both short-term and long-term business horizons. We require our Businesses to set target environmental outcomes for land, biodiversity, water resources and air, and prevent or minimise GHG emissions, including in project design. Where unacceptable impacts remain to important biodiversity and ecosystems, we apply compensatory actions to address the residual impacts.

Biodiversity management

A sustainable society depends on biodiversity and its associated ecosystem services, such as food, air and water. Similarly, our operations depend on and have the potential to impact biodiversity and its related ecosystem services.

We have two targets focused on biodiversity that acknowledge the importance of maintaining the unique ecosystems and biodiversity of the areas in which we operate and the importance of conserving these more broadly. The first target requires the development and maintenance of land and biodiversity management plans that include controls demonstrating application of the mitigation hierarchy to manage the biodiversity and ecosystem impacts of our operations. This target is supported by the requirements of ourEnvironment GLD. In FY2015, consistent with our target, all operations developed land and biodiversity management plans.

The second target is at a wider Group level and is a voluntary commitment to financing the conservation and ongoing management of areas of high biodiversity and ecosystem value that are of national or international conservation significance. In FY2012, we established an alliance with Conservation International to support the delivery of this target and improve our approach to biodiversity management more broadly. As a result, we will improve our environmental performance and broaden our contributions to lasting environmental benefits beyond what could be achieved by our operations alone. As of FY2015, we have committed more than US$35 million to conservation, in addition to the environmental management activities at our operations.

A central part of our approach to managing our impacts on land and biodiversity is the rehabilitation of land no longer required for our activities. Our Businesses are required to maintain rehabilitation plans that support life-of-asset and closure plans. This includes rehabilitating disturbed areas that are no longer required for our operational purposes, consistent with the pre-disturbance land use or alternate land use, while taking into account regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations. As at the end of FY2015, our total land rehabilitated was 40,800 hectares, a five per cent increase since FY2014, on the total area rehabilitated.

Water

The sustainability of our operations relies on our ability to obtain an appropriate quality and quantity of water, use it responsibly and manage it appropriately, including taking account of natural supply variations. As economies and populations continue to expand and pressure for water becomes more intense, we recognise the role we have as responsible stewards of the water we share with our host communities. We anticipate climate change is likely to make the patterns and cycles of water flow less predictable and require our operations to implement adaptive responses. Managing our shared water resources is therefore a complex task for our business.

To manage our shared water resources, our operations are required to assess the direct, indirect and cumulative impacts and risks to water resources. We do this by understanding the social, cultural, ecological and economic values of these resources at a catchment level within our area of influence. Based on the risks and impacts, our operations apply a mitigation hierarchy; implement controls and monitor their effectiveness. At the operational level, we maintain quantitative water balance models to predict and support the management of water inputs, use and outputs and to enable timely management responses to water-related risks. Where possible, we seek to use lower-quality or recycled water to minimise extraction requirements from higher-quality water resources.

Recognising the regional nature of our water risks, we introduced a target in FY2013 requiring our operations with water-related material risks to implement projects to reduce their impact on associated water resources. The target allows our Businesses to annually review and focus on the water challenges specific to the regions in which they operate. Further discussion on projects implemented as part of our water target can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

We report on our water use publicly, consistent with the Input Output model of the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework (WAF). We are working with the ICMM to support broader adoption across the industry. The WAF aims to improve data integrity and comparability across the sector to allow a more meaningful analysis on which to base policy making and deliver improved outcomes.

Under the WAF, water is categorised as Type 1 (close to drinking water standards), Type 2 (suitable for some purposes), and Type 3 (unsuitable for most purposes). In FY2015, our total water input (water intended for use) was 340,200 megalitres across the Group, with 85 per cent defined as Type 2 or Type 3. Our use of Type 2 and Type 3 water demonstrates our approach to utilising lower-quality water wherever feasible.

Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

Since 2011, we have conducted onshore shale operations in the Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville shale operations according to our North America Shale Operating Principles. These principles state our commitment to safety, and to protect the land where we operate, safeguard and manage water resources, minimise air emissions from our operations, and be a good neighbour to our host communities. We construct and operate our facilities in an environmentally sensitive manner. We conduct environmental assessments, and prepare plans with controls to minimise impacts to air, water, land and biodiversity.

We publicly report the ingredients of the fracturing fluids from each well completion into FracFocus, the hydraulic fracturing chemical disclosure registry. We don’t use benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene or xylene (BTEX) or diesel in our fracturing fluids, and we work with our service companies to reduce toxicity of fracturing fluids where possible.

We check every well we drill against our list of critical elements to ensure well integrity and the safety of our operations. Our Groundwater Risk Management Plan incorporates controls to prevent the loss of containment of pressurised fluids, including: casing annulus monitoring procedures to verify well integrity; proper wellhead and casing design and construction; and specialised training to assure competency. During FY2015, we voluntarily implemented a pre-drilling groundwater monitoring program in the active drilling areas of the Eagle Ford, Permian and Haynesville shale operations to establish a baseline of groundwater quality.

To improve management of water resources and reduce fresh water demand at our Eagle Ford operations, we implemented a mobile reverse osmosis system to produce potable water and treat waste water for reuse in drilling and completions at our drilling camps, while reducing trucking of water and waste. In our Permian shale operation, we use predominately a blend of brackish water and recycled produced water for our drilling and completions operations.

The majority of our air emissions relate to GHG emissions from fuel combustion, flaring and venting during well construction and production. We reduce methane emissions across our shale operations by capturing and selling the produced natural gas that would otherwise be vented or flared.

At our Permian shale operation, we increased the percentage of produced water sent through pipeline to disposal, eliminating a portion of trucking to disposal wells, which also contributed to GHG reductions. We utilise temporary pipelines instead of trucks throughout our shale operations to supply water to our construction operations. This reduces air emissions and relieves traffic stress on local roads and communities.

We accept the scientific basis for linking seismic activity to waste water injection wells associated with unconventional oil and gas production. As such, we conduct enhanced seismicity monitoring and other types of data acquisition to better understand and mitigate the risk of the potential for induced seismic activity associated with waste water disposal operations. We actively participate in cooperative efforts with stakeholders (industry, government, science community and the public) to better understand and promote best practice risk management in our operations.

1.14.5    Society

We strive to be a valued partner in the communities in which we operate and, through all our interactions, seek to foster meaningful, long-term relationships that respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. We believe this is fundamental to being a responsible corporate citizen and is a clear demonstration ofOur Charter values.

Engaging effectively in communities

OurCommunity GLD prescribes an inclusive and proactive approach to stakeholder engagement. We seek to build connections with stakeholders early in the life cycle of our operations, maintain open and ongoing communications with them, and operate transparently in relation to our plans and performance. In order to be effective and reach as many people as possible, we ensure these engagement activities are culturally and socially inclusive.

Our stakeholder engagement process requires our assets and operations to identify and analyse stakeholder groups to determine the level of impact the Company has on them and their level of interest in engaging with us. Each asset and operation then designs community engagement activities suitable for each of the stakeholder groups and individuals, where appropriate. Through engagement, with our host communities we also develop an understanding of the social and economic environment, including potential impacts and opportunities.

To measure the effectiveness of our engagement and community development activities, our operations are required to complete a community perception survey every three years. These surveys provide a valuable external perspective on the quality of our engagement and whether our stakeholders believe we are addressing their key concerns.

Respecting human rights

BHP Billiton’s corporate responsibility to respect human rights is embedded within the Company’s systems and processes and aligns with the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Global Compact principles. The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights require companies to address three aspects to fulfil their responsibility to respect human rights: express a commitment to human rights through a policy statement; perform human rights due diligence to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for potential human rights impacts; and provide remediation where business enterprises have been identified as having caused or contributed to adverse human rights impacts. We meet these requirements by embedding them into our Company systems and processes.

BHP Billiton’s commitment to human rights is publicly stated in ourCode of Business Conduct (the Code), which clearly outlines our responsibilities and expectations. All employees and certain contractors are provided with the Code on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton, and it is a condition of that employment that they behave in accordance with the Code. Annual risk-basedCode of Business Conduct training and communication plans must be completed and executed by each area of the Group. In addition, we measure effectiveness and obtain assurance of our human rights processes through the internal audits of our GLDs.

As part of our human rights due diligence process, our operations are required to identify and document key potential human rights risks by completing a Human Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA). This includes assessing performance against the articles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the UN Global Compact principles, and host country legislation governing human rights issues. We require each HRIA to be reviewed internally on an annual basis.

Every three years, each HRIA is required to be verified through an engagement process with stakeholders and, in medium- and high-risk jurisdictions, validated by a qualified human rights specialist. Where a HRIA identifies a material risk, a Human Rights Management Plan is required to be implemented and reviewed annually. Selected employees and contractors receive training on compliance with BHP Billiton’s human rights commitments.

Managing our security-related material risks

The nature and global reach of our organisation can result in our people working in countries where there is potential exposure to personal and business risks. We require an assessment of each country for the degree of risk associated with visiting, exploring and operating within it, and appropriate controls are developed to mitigate identified risks.

Through our commitment to the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPs), we seek to protect people and property from material security-related risks. Performance requirements related to the VPs are implemented through ourSecurity and Emergency Management GLD. Our operations are required to identify security-related material risks to people and property, and engage relevant stakeholders to develop and manage security programs that respect human rights and fundamental freedoms.

In addition, we require our operations to conduct an annual review for alignment with the VPs and implement an improvement plan to close identified gaps. The process also provides an opportunity to further build awareness and understanding of the VPs across the Company.

Respecting and including Indigenous communities

As many of our operations are located on or near Indigenous peoples’ lands, it is important we recognise the traditional rights and values of Indigenous peoples, respect their cultural heritage and the significance of their lands and provide opportunities for inclusion and advancement.

BHP Billiton’s approach to engaging with and supporting Indigenous peoples is articulated in our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement, which was developed and approved by our GMC in FY2015. Implementation of the Policy Statement will help us strengthen relationships with Indigenous peoples and be a valued partner in their economic, social and cultural empowerment. We are currently in the process of developing a Group-wide Indigenous Peoples Strategy to guide implementation of the Policy Statement.

As a member of the ICMM, our Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement is consistent with the 2013 ICMM Indigenous Peoples and Mining Position Statement and is implemented in accordance with ourCommunity GLD.

Commitments through our Policy Statement include understanding Indigenous peoples’ rights and interests; building cross-cultural understanding; agreeing on appropriate engagement processes; and ensuring effective

participation in decision-making. A number of related commitments address how we engage where government is responsible for managing Indigenous peoples’ interests and how to move forward when differences of opinion arise.

Our Policy Statement specifically addresses the issue of free, prior and informed consent through committing to seek the consent of Indigenous peoples for new operations or major capital projects that are located on lands traditionally owned by, or under customary use of, Indigenous peoples and which are likely to have significant adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples.

In making this commitment, we recognise the right of governments to ultimately make decisions on the development of resources and that, in most countries, neither Indigenous peoples nor other groups have a right to veto projects. Where consent cannot be reached, a host government may decide to proceed with a project after balancing the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with the wider population. In these circumstances, BHP Billiton will determine whether we remain involved with the project. The BHP Billiton Indigenous Peoples Policy Statement can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

Respecting customary rights

At a very early stage of a project, we seek to identify customary owners, occupiers and users of the land on which we intend to operate, as well as conduct land usage surveys. Knowing who is connected to the land and how it is used is critical to establishing effective community consultation and engagement. This helps to ensure people potentially affected by our operations are fully aware of our activities and have an opportunity to express their concerns and aspirations.

In instances where land may be used for customary purposes and no formal land title has been issued, information is requested from relevant organisations, including government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses, and Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area to help identify those with connections to the land. Arising from this engagement, the operational work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Our projects are designed in a way that avoids or minimises resettlement of individuals or communities. If resettlement is required (voluntary or involuntary), programs must be implemented consistent with the requirements set out in the International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standard 5, Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement. This includes being planned and implemented in a participatory manner that leads to a demonstrable improvement in livelihoods of the displaced persons or communities.

Ok Tedi

BHP Billiton exited from Ok Tedi Mining Limited (OTML) in February 2002. The exit arrangements included the transfer of BHP Billiton’s shares in OTML to Papua New Guinea Sustainable Development Program Limited (PNGSDP) and a statutory undertaking protecting BHP Billiton from environmental claims by the PNG Government. In September 2013, the PNG Parliament passed laws which compulsorily acquired PNGSDP’s shares in OTML and changed other aspects of the exit arrangements, including the repeal of the protection from environmental claims by the PNG Government. PNGSDP is challenging the validity of actions taken by the PNG Government to restructure and obtain control of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton retains an indemnity from PNGSDP in respect of environmental claims by the PNG Government and certain environmental claims by third parties. This indemnity is secured against certain key assets of PNGSDP. BHP Billiton remains committed to ensuring that the substantial long-term fund held by PNGSDP remains well governed for the benefit of the people of Papua New Guinea and the Western Province in particular.

Making a positive contribution to society

We know we are successful when our host communities value their relationship with us. Our aim is to work alongside host communities to help them achieve sustainable economic and social benefits, as well as diversified

and resilient local economies, so that these benefits continue beyond the life of our operations. Our broader contribution to local economies can be realised through indirect employment and our support of local businesses that provide a range of services and products, which enable our operations to function effectively.

Our operations around the world support local and national economies through creating jobs, providing infrastructure, purchasing goods and services and contributing significant payments of taxes and royalties to governments. By supplying many of our commodities to markets in developing countries, we also support economic development to help improve living standards and quality of life.

Improving the quality of life in our host communities

We aim to be partners with our host communities and are committed to understanding their needs and priorities. We seek to invest in projects that will continue to promote a benefit to the community beyond the life of the project. Using data from a social baseline study and social impact and opportunity assessment, we prepare a community development management plan. Community development projects and donations are required to be aligned to the overall community development management plan, implemented in consultation with local stakeholders, and meet our due diligence and anti-corruption requirements.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit, calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit, in community programs that aim to have a long-lasting, positive impact on people’s quality of life, including implementing new and supporting existing community projects. With a focus on improving quality of life, our community development programs are developed by working openly with governments and the communities in which we operate, and focusing on the needs and resources of our key stakeholders. This is how we are contributing to economic and social development.

During FY2015, our voluntary community investment totalled US$225 million, comprising US$142 million cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$83 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation. The BHP Billiton Foundation was established in FY2013 to identify and support large sustainable development projects in countries and regions of interest to BHP Billiton, in order to complement the local programs managed by our assets. This builds on contributions that have previously been paid to the BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities charitable organisation. At the end of FY2015, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities had a total of US$62.5 million and the BHP Billiton Foundation had a total of US$219.2 million in funds available for future sustainable development projects.

Community investment (US$M)

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014   2013 

Expenditure (1) (including in-kind support and administrative costs)

   142.0     141.7     139.8  

Contribution into BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities and BHP Billiton Foundation

   83.0     100.0     106.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Community investment

   225.0     241.7     245.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations. Includes payments made by operations demerged with South32.

BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework

During FY2015, we developed a new BHP Billiton Social Investment Framework to guide our approach to voluntary social investment (social and environmental programs with net social benefit) between FY2016 and FY2020, providing a unified and integrated framework across our Company. The Framework is the outcome of an extensive review of BHP Billiton’s existing approach to social investment and has been informed by a thorough analysis of information about our internal and external operating context. Specific inputs to the review

included our material sustainability risks, emerging global trends and the stakeholder needs and expectations of our host communities. Using this information to inform our Social Investment Framework has ensured a strong linkage between our business and social investment objectives.

BHP Billiton is committed to ensuring our significant social investment adds value to the communities in which we operate and leaves behind a lasting change. Details of our new Social Investment Framework can be found in our Sustainability Report 2015.

1.15    Additional information

1.15.1    External factors and trends

The following section describes some of the external factors and trends that have had a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We operate our business in a dynamic and changing environment and with information that is rarely complete and exact. We primarily manage the risks discussed in this section under our portfolio risk management approach, which relies on the effects of diversification, rather than individual risk management programs. Details of our risk factors can be found in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report. Details of our financial risk management strategies and financial instruments outstanding at 30 June 2015 can be found in section 1.7.3 of this Annual Report and in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Management monitors particular trends arising from external factors with a view to managing the potential impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. The following external factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and areas where we make decisions on the basis of information that is incomplete or uncertain.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Commodity prices

The prices we obtain for our products represent a key driver of our business, and fluctuations in these commodity prices affect our results, including cash flows and asset values. The estimated impact on FY2015 profit after taxation of changes of commodity prices is set out below.

US$M

US$1/bbl on oil price

54

US¢10/MMBtu on US gas price

27

US¢1/lb on copper price

24

US$1/t on iron ore price

144

US$1/t on metallurgical coal price

23

US$1/t on energy coal price

11

US¢1/lb on nickel price

2

Commodity markets were influenced by modest growth in global economic activity in FY2015. Solid momentum in the US economy, supported by improved growth in the Eurozone and Japan, saw developed economies contribute an improved share of activity relative to emerging markets. A number of emerging economies, including China, saw growth slow while Russia and Brazil experienced recessions. In the case of most steelmaking raw materials and energy commodities, supply growth was greater than demand growth resulting in lower prices. The price for crude oil dropped significantly, while the Henry Hub gas price declined on higher supply and increased inventory levels relative to the previous year. The Asian LNG price dropped on greater

supply and lower oil prices. The copper price was also lower as supply disruptions were offset by weaker than expected consumption. Although aluminium demand grew, supply exceeded consumption due to increasing production from China. In the manganese market, the supply side response to weak demand growth was slower than expected resulting in a decrease in prices.

The following tables show the prices for our most significant commodities for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 and 2013, on both a Continuing and Discontinued operations basis. These prices represent selected quoted prices from the relevant sources as indicated, and will differ from the realised prices on the sale of the Group’s production due to differences in quotation periods, quality of products, delivery terms and the range of quoted prices that are used for contracting sales in different markets.

Continuing operations

Year ended 30 June

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Natural gas Henry Hub (1) (US$/MMBtu)

   2.81     4.39     3.73     3.32     4.25     3.44  

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG (2) (US$/MMBtu)

   7.30     11.28     15.40     9.74     16.38     15.14  

Crude oil (Brent) (3) (US$/bbl)

   61.05     111.02     102.46     73.91     109.36     108.64  

Ethane (4) (US$/bbl)

   8.40     12.02     9.92     8.56     11.92     12.15  

Propane (5) (US$/bbl)

   16.25     44.47     35.52     29.34     48.05     37.31  

Butane (6) (US$/bbl)

   23.89     54.39     49.51     36.89     56.70     61.74  

Copper (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   2.60     3.15     3.06     2.89     3.18     3.48  

Iron ore (7) (US$/dmt)

   59.50     93.25     116.25     71.61     122.70     127.23  

Metallurgical coal (8) (US$/t)

   88.00     110.50     130.00     102.91     128.40     159.13  

Energy coal (9) (US$/t)

   61.66     70.89     78.89     64.37     78.38     89.10  

Nickel (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   5.30     8.49     6.21     7.02     6.88     7.43  

(1)Platts Gas based on Henry Hub – typically applies to gas sales in the US gas market.

(2)Platts Liquefied Natural Gas Delivery Ex-Ship (DES) Japan/Korea Marker – typically applies to Asian LNG spot sales.

(3)Platts Dated Brent is a benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.

(4)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Ethane – typically applies to ethane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(5)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Propane – typically applies to propane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(6)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Normal Butane – typically applies to butane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(7)Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost and Freight (CFR) China – used for fines.

(8)Platts Low-Vol hard coking coal Index FOB Australia – representative of high-quality hard coking coals.

(9)GlobalCOAL FOB Newcastle 6,000kcal/kg NCV – typically applies to coal sales in the Asia Pacific market.

The following summarises the average and closing pricing trends of our most significant commodities for FY2015.

Natural gas Henry Hub: The Platts US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased by 22 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was a result of increased production growth, partially offset by consumption growth in the power sector. Natural gas inventories ended the year at 2,577 Billion cubic feet (Bcf), one per cent above the five-year average and 35 per cent higher year-on-year. The year-end price was 15 per cent below the average for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased five per cent on 31 August 2015.

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG: The Asian liquefied natural gas spot price decreased by 41 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was driven by weaker north Asian end-user demand and ample global supply availability. In turn, this allowed for more spot purchases on lower prices and provided some support for Asian buyers to maintain higher inventory levels. Meanwhile, the drop in crude oil prices has had a lagged negative impact on oil-linked LNG contracts in the second half of FY2015. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average for the year.

Crude oil: The Platts Dated Brent crude price decreased by 32 per cent during FY2015 following increases in global crude supply, particularly from US production, growing faster than demand. Libyan supply outages returned to market in the latter half of CY2014, and OPEC decided to maintain its production levels. The year-end price was 17 per cent below the average for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the Dated Brent crude price decreased 21 per cent on 28 August 2015.

NGL: A barrel of natural gas liquids consists mainly of ethane and liquefied petroleum gas (propane and butane). The Mont Belvieu ethane and propane price decreased by 28 per cent and 39 per cent, respectively, during FY2015 following increases in ethane and propane supply. Mont Belvieu butane prices decreased by 35 per cent during FY2015 following a decrease in the West Texas Intermediate oil price. The year-end propane and butane prices were 45 per cent and 35 per cent below the average for the year, respectively. Since 30 June 2015, the Mont Belvieu ethane price decreased seven per cent and the Mont Belvieu propane price increased nine per cent on 31 August 2015.

Copper: The London Metal Exchange (LME) copper cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent in FY2015. The copper price trended downwards during the first seven months amid improved supply, weaker than anticipated consumption and the strengthening of the US dollar. The price decreased to a five-year low in mid-January on short-selling by Chinese-backed hedge funds. The price increased in February, impacted by Chilean supply disruption due to flooding, while softening of Chinese demand dampened prices since May. Since 30 June 2015, the copper price decreased 11 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Iron ore: The Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China decreased 42 per cent over FY2015 as low-cost seaborne iron ore supply outpaced demand growth. Productivity and cost compression on the supply side also impacted price as mining companies lowered their cost structures in response to the changed environment. The year-end price was 17 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the iron ore CFR price decreased six per cent on 31 August 2015.

Metallurgical coal: The Platts Low-Vol Hard Coking Coal Index decreased by 20 per cent during FY2015. While demand from traditional markets recovered steadily, the price decrease was mainly driven by continuing supply growth and weak Chinese demand. The year-end price was 15 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the Hard Coking Coal Index decreased eight per cent on 31 August 2015.

Energy coal: The globalCOAL Newcastle FOB price decreased by 18 per cent during FY2015. The decrease was driven by weak Chinese seaborne demand, despite healthy growth from India, and sustained supply from Australia and Indonesia supported by depreciating currencies. Since 30 June 2015, the Newcastle energy coal price decreased seven per cent on 31 August 2015.

Nickel: The LME cash settlement nickel price increased two per cent during FY2015 though the price decreased over the course of the financial year driven by weak demand and adequate supply, as evidenced by rising LME stocks. The year-end price was 25 per cent below the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2015, the nickel price decreased 14 per cent on 28 August 2015.

Discontinued operations

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
Closing
   2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2015
Average
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
 

Aluminium (LME cash) (US$/t)

   1,647     1,851     1,731     1,880     1,764     1,938  

Alumina (2) (US$/t)

   323     312     318     339     321     327  

Manganese Alloys (3) (US$/t)

   821     999     1,038     879     1,020     1,106  

Manganese Ores (4) (US$/dmtu)

   2.98     4.20     5.54     3.89     4.95     5.29  

(1)Post-demerger BHP Billiton’s results will not be impacted by fluctuations in the prices of commodities (aluminium, alumina, manganese alloys and ores) that no longer form part of post-demerger operations. Refer to section 1.6.4 for more details.

(2)Platts PAX Free on Board (FOB) Australia – market price assessment of calcined metallurgical/smelter grade alumina.

(3)Bulk FerroAlloy high carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) Western Europe DDP.

(4)Metal Bulletin manganese ore 44 per cent Mn Cost Insurance Freight (CIF).

The FY2015 pricing trends for the commodities that comprise our Discontinued operations were as follows:

Aluminium: The LME cash settlement price increased by seven per cent during FY2015. However, price premiums in Japan, Europe and the United States ended lower, reflecting the market surplus on increasing production from China. The year-end price was 12 per cent below the average for the year.

Alumina: The FOB Australia price increased six per cent during FY2015, supported by a lack of bauxite availability as a result of the Indonesian ore ban, and growing demand from China.

Manganese: The Metal Bulletin manganese ore China CIF price decreased 21 per cent during FY2015. Demand growth slowed and the market was well supplied amid high Chinese inventories. The year-end price was 23 per cent below the average price for the year. The Western Europe spot high carbon ferromanganese price decreased 14 per cent during FY2015, driven by persistent oversupply and the currency depreciation of major producers in India, Australia, South Africa and Europe.

Exchange rates

We remain exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases, as we believe active currency hedging does not provide long-term benefits to our shareholders. Operating costs and costs of locally sourced equipment are influenced by fluctuations in local currencies, primarily the Australian dollar and Chilean peso. Foreign exchange gains and losses reflected in operating costs owing to fluctuations in the local currencies relative to the US dollar may potentially offset one another. The majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars and we borrow and hold surplus cash predominately in US dollars; those transactions and balances provide no foreign exchange exposure relative to the US dollar functional currency of the Group.

The US dollar strengthened against our main local currencies during FY2015, resulting in stronger average US dollar rates versus the Australian dollar and Chilean peso. Average and closing exchange rates for current and prior periods are contained within note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

We are also exposed to exchange rate translation risk in relation to net monetary liabilities, being our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, including certain debt and other long-term liabilities. Details of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations are contained within note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Changes in product demand and supply

The global economy grew at a modest rate in FY2015 with a mild improvement in developed economies offsetting a moderation in emerging markets.

In China, a slowdown in the property sector and fixed asset investment led to lower economic growth following policy tightening in CY2014. Consumer spending remained resilient reflecting the continued rebalancing of the economy. A number of interest rate reductions, cuts in bank reserve requirements, boosts to infrastructure spending and administrative measures supporting the property market are likely to buttress growth over the remainder of CY2015. In line with our expectations, the economy is growing more slowly, though off a higher base, as it matures over the medium term and the government’s reform program promotes domestic consumption over investment. We expect near-term volatility to continue as the authorities press ahead with reform in a cautious but sustained manner as they seek to improve the efficiency of capital allocation in the economy while maintaining support for employment. However, our robust longer-term outlook for China remains intact as the economy transitions.

The US economy continued to improve despite weakness in the March 2015 quarter caused by severe weather in the northeast and a stronger US dollar. Ongoing strength in the labour market, rising disposable incomes, higher equity markets and improved housing prices supported consumer demand. After a period in which businesses failed to respond to improved economic conditions and higher levels of profitability, corporate investment has begun to show signs of recovery. The Federal Reserve is expected to begin increasing interest rates in the first half of FY2016.

The European Central Bank began a program of quantitative easing in March 2015, which appears to be driving a modest pick-up in economic growth. Activity has improved across the Eurozone, with the exception of Greece, reflecting a broad-based lift in domestic demand and we expect the improvement in growth to continue in FY2016.

Japan’s economy saw growth improve in annualised terms as the year progressed, supported by the Bank of Japan’s quantitative easing and a weaker yen. Growth should be supported by stronger business investment into FY2016. A longer-term, sustainable recovery is contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

Commodity prices generally trended downwards in FY2015, with prices for most of our commodities notably lower going into the new financial year.

Chinese steel production declined by 1.3 per cent in the second half of FY2015 versus the corresponding period in FY2014, triggered largely by a slowing construction sector. New construction starts were lower this year due to considerable levels of existing stock. Although China’s steel exports are at an all-time high, we expect subdued crude steel production growth over the remainder of CY2015 with some upside potential should the construction sector recover. However, with steel stock per capita still well below that of developed nations, we expect moderate but sustainable growth in Chinese steel production over the next decade. An extended view on the life cycle of steel usage has resulted in a lower but longer plateau for crude steel production, peaking between 935 Mt and 985 Mt in the middle of the next decade. The implications for pig iron demand, and therefore iron ore and metallurgical coal, are mitigated in the medium term by lower scrap availability as the scrap cycle in China will take longer to develop. Outside China, steel production growth is improving steadily driven by India, the Middle East and South-East Asia.

The supply of most steelmaking raw materials has grown faster than demand. In iron ore, we estimate that approximately 100 Mt of incremental lower cost seaborne supply will enter the market in CY2015, outweighing demand growth. In this context, higher cost Chinese domestic production, along with high-cost seaborne exports, continues to exit the market. Private mines in China have seen their operating rates fall from approximately 90 per cent in CY2011 to approximately 35 per cent today. Many producers have also cut their costs. As a result, the iron ore cost curve has both flattened and fallen from previous levels.

In metallurgical coal, while uneconomic high-cost supply has slowly withdrawn from the seaborne market, prices remain subdued as industry-wide cost reductions and weaker producer currencies against the US dollar support continued production from marginal suppliers. Recent quality restrictions have also weakened China’s import demand but this was partially offset by growth in traditional markets. The long-term outlook remains robust as the supply of premium hard coking coals becomes scarce.

Depreciating currencies have sustained Indonesian and Australian thermal coal exports, prolonging the weak pricing environment. Despite healthy seaborne demand growth from India, China’s import demand has weakened, limiting prospects for price recovery in the near term.

In copper, prices were affected by weaker than expected consumption and the strengthening US dollar. In the near term, new supply under development is expected to keep the market well supplied. However, a deficit is expected to emerge at the end of this decade as grade decline, rising costs and a scarcity of high-quality future development opportunities are likely to constrain the industry’s ability to meet attractive demand growth.

Global crude oil demand growth was outpaced by supply growth putting pressure on prices throughout the year. Despite strong demand growth, liquids supply exceeded demand by 2.6 MMboe/d in the second half of FY2015. We expect prices to remain range bound in the short term due to available supply capacity from the United States and OPEC. The long-term demand outlook remains healthy, underpinned by the transport sector, notably in the Asian region.

US natural gas prices declined during the year as production growth was only partially offset by increased consumption in the power sector. In the longer term, demand is expected to benefit from increasing industrial use, growth in gas-fired power generation and the start of LNG exports. As core acreage is depleted, less productive and higher cost shale areas will be required to meet growing demand. In the LNG market, weaker North Asian end-user demand and ample supply have kept prices subdued.

We expect modest growth of the global economy. In the longer term, urbanisation and industrialisation will remain the primary drivers of commodity demand. The transition to consumption-led growth in emerging economies should provide particular support for industrial metals, energy and fertilisers.

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure is important in pursuing our strategy through the development of large-scale resource projects and in sustaining our existing operations. Capital expenditure is disclosed for each Business in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report.

Operating costs

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we do not generally have the ability to offset cost pressures through corresponding price increases; therefore, controlling our operating costs is a key driver of our results. Operating costs for the last three years are set out in section 1.11.1 as well as an analysis of the change in Total expenses. Further analysis of the factors that impacted expenses during FY2015 is set out below and in section 1.15.3.

In discussing the factors that affected Total expenses, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development. Collectively we refer to these as change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include non-cash costs being depreciation, amortisation, impairments,

movements in deferred stripping balances and movements in provisions. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation on the actual costs incurred in the corresponding period, changes in fuel and energy costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and one-off items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all the Businesses based on the factors that are within their control and responsibility.

Change in operating cash costs and change in controllable cash costs are not measures that are recognised under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and they may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT to the financial statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw a decrease in operating cash costs of US$2.7 billion and a reduction in exploration and business development of US$29 million for a combined reduction in controllable cash costs of US$2.7 billion. In addition, the improvement in operating costs was complemented by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$1.7 billion. These improvements were partially offset by inflation of US$433 million and an increase in the production costs associated with higher volumes of US$3.2 billion. With higher depreciation and amortisation charges of US$1.4 billion and higher impairment charges of US$350 million. Total expenses excluding exceptional items of US$3.2 billion decreased from US$36.5 billion to US$33.8 billion.

Exploration and development of resources

Minerals exploration

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around our portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins, which now provide us with growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our greenfield exploration program.

Greenfield minerals (new sites) exploration is focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru, southwestern United States and is organised through our Copper Business. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and multi-million dollar delineation drilling programs.

In addition to our activities focused on finding new world-class deposits, several of our Businesses undertake brownfield exploration, principally aimed at delineating and categorising mineral deposits near existing operations, and advancing projects through the development pipeline.

Our expenditure on minerals exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M
Restated
   US$M
Restated
 

Greenfield exploration

   55     46     179  

Brownfield exploration

   194     340     467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minerals exploration (1)

   249     386     646  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes minerals exploration from Discontinued operations.

The Group’s minerals exploration expenditure declined by 36 per cent in FY2015 to US$249 million as we sharpened our focus on advancing copper targets within Chile, Peru and southwestern United States.

Petroleum exploration

We have reduced exploration expenditure in Petroleum over recent years with a focus on high-impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
   2013
US$M
 
      

Petroleum exploration

   567     600     675  

Exploration expense

Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

Exploration expense for each Business over the three-year period is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
   2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
      

Exploration expense (1) (2)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   532     544     709  

Copper

   90     111     266  

Iron Ore

   38     56     74  

Coal

   20     29     32  

Group and unallocated items

   18     30     47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   698     770     1,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes exploration expenses from Discontinued operations.

(2)Includes US$28 million (2014: US$72 million; 2013: US$102 million) exploration expense previously capitalised, written off as impaired.

Following our focus on productivity and reducing costs, the reduction in the Group’s exploration expense, excluding impairment of exploration expenditure previously capitalised, increased Underlying EBIT in FY2015 by US$28 million.

Interest rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments. Our policy on interest rate exposure is to pay or receive on a US dollar floating interest rate basis. To achieve this policy, we often use derivative financial instruments, including cross currency and interest rate swaps, to convert an underlying exposure to a US dollar floating rate exposure. Deviation from our policy requires approval from our Financial Risk Management Committee and is managed within our portfolio risk management approach.

Our earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating component of the Group’s net borrowings. Our main exposure is to the 3 month US LIBOR benchmark, which increased by 0.010 per cent in FY2015 to an average of 0.252 per cent. Further information, including the Group’s sensitivity to movements in interest rates, can be found in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Health, safety, environment and community

We operate in an industry where many of our activities are highly regulated by laws governing health, safety and the environment. We are committed to compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries in which we

operate and, where applicable, to exceeding legal and other requirements which are less stringent than our own. However, regulatory standards and community expectations are constantly evolving. As a result, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses, despite our best efforts to work with governments, community groups and scientists to keep pace with regulations, law and public expectations.

Further information about our compliance with HSEC regulations can be found in section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Insurance

During FY2015, we maintained an insurance program encompassing property damage, business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, directors’ and officers’ liability and public and certain other liabilities. The program includes a combination of self-insurance via subsidiary captive insurance companies, industry mutuals and external market insurance and reinsurance. Mandates are established as to risk retention levels, policy cover and, where applicable, insurance and reinsurance counterparty security. As part of our portfolio risk management approach, we regularly conduct an assessment of maximum foreseeable loss potential, cash flow at risk, loss experience, claims received and insurance premiums paid, and will make adjustments to the balance of self-insurance and external insurance and reinsurance as required.

The Group is largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage and business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, primary public liability and employee benefits. For these risks, we internally insure our Businesses (for wholly owned assets and, where permissible, by local insurance regulation and/or commercial market terms our share of joint venture assets) via our captive insurance companies. Any losses incurred will consequently impact the Financial Statements as they arise.

1.15.2    Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the Financial Statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods:

reserve estimates;

exploration and evaluation expenditure;

development expenditure;

taxation;

property, plant and equipment and intangible assets – recoverable amount; and

provision for closure and rehabilitation.

In accordance with IFRS, we are required to include information regarding the nature of the estimates and judgements and potential impacts on our financial results or financial position in the Financial Statements. This information can be found in note 44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the Financial Statements.

1.15.3    Operating results

The following table describes the approximate impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2015 and FY2014. Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
 
   

Underlying EBIT

   22,098    21,680  

Net price impact:

   

Change in sales prices

   (16,433  (2,639

Price-linked costs

   1,209    (111
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (15,224  (2,750
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in volumes:

   

Productivity

   1,220    1,029  

Growth

   1,822    1,929  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,042    2,958  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

   

Operating cash costs

   2,678    1,131  

Exploration and business development

   29    398  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,707    1,529  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in other costs:

   

Exchange rates

   1,567    1,188  

Inflation on costs

   (433  (575

Fuel and energy

   518    (3

Non-cash

   (1,304  (1,737

One-off items

   (456    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (108  (1,127
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Asset sales

   (72  61  

Ceased and sold operations

   22    (349

Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

   (637  43  

Other

   38    53  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   11,866    22,098  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The method of calculation of the factors that affected Underlying EBIT and the Financial Statement line items of Revenue, Other income and Expenses (excluding net finance costs) that are affected by the factors are as follows.

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement

line item affected

Change in sales prices

Change in average realised price for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Revenue

Price-linked costs

Change in price-linked costs for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by current period volumes.Expenses

Volumes – Productivity

Change in volumes for each operation not included in the Growth category from the corresponding period to the current period, multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Volumes – Growth

Volume – Growth comprises Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the corresponding period, change in volumes for operations identified as a Growth project from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin, and change in volume for Petroleum Business from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Operating cash costs

Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel and energy costs, non-cash costs and one-off items as defined below for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period.Expenses
Exploration and business developmentExploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Exchange rates

Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses. The majority of the Group’s selling prices are denominated in US dollars and so there is little impact of exchange rate changes on Revenue.Revenue and Expenses

Inflation on costs

Change in inflation rate applied to expenses, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations.Expenses

Fuel and energy

Fuel and energy expense in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Non-cash

Includes non-cash items, mainly depreciation, amortisation and impairments.Expenses

One-off items

Change in costs exceeding a pre-determined threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years.Expenses

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement

line item affected

Asset sales

Profit/loss on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/loss on sale in the corresponding period.Other income
Ceased and sold operationsUnderlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold operations in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold in the corresponding period.Revenue, Other income and Expenses
Share of operating profit from equity accounted investmentsShare of operating profit from equity accounted investments for the period minus Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments in the corresponding period.Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

Other

Variances not explained by the above factors.Revenue, Other income and Expenses

A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT for FY2015 to the Financial Statement line items in the Consolidated Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

The following commentary describes the principal factors outlined in the table above for FY2015 and FY2014.

Prices

Lower realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$16.4 billion in FY2015. A 41 per cent decline in the average realised price of iron ore was the major contributor and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$9.5 billion. Weaker average realised prices for our Petroleum, Copper and Coal Businesses decreased Underlying EBIT by US$4.2 billion, US$1.6 billion and US$1.1 billion, respectively. A reduction in price-linked costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.2 billion and primarily reflected lower royalty charges in our Iron Ore Business.

Volumes

Productivity-led volume efficiencies and the ramp up of major projects underpinned a US$3.0 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) was the major contributor as the improved performance of our integrated supply chain and the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub supported a US$1.9 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. A doubling of liquids production from both Black Hawk and Permian supported a further US$799 million volume-related increase in Petroleum’s Underlying EBIT.

Controllable cash costs

Operating cash costs

Our focus on best-in-class performance underpinned a US$2.7 billion reduction in operating cash costs during FY2015.

A reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.5 billion during the period. This was most evident in WAIO where the standardisation of our equipment and maintenance systems, and the insourcing of third party services facilitated a step change in the performance of our mining operations. Mining-related efficiencies contributed to a further US$580 million reduction in cash costs and largely reflected improved productivity at Escondida.

Exploration and business development

The Group’s exploration and business development expenditure was broadly in line with FY2014. Our exploration program remains focused on greenfield copper targets within Chile, Peru and the southwestern United States, and petroleum liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.6 billion during the period. This included the restatement of monetary items in the balance sheet, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$637 million relative to FY2014. Further information can be found in note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the Financial Statements.

Inflation on costs

The impact of inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$433 million during the period. This was most notable in Australia and Chile, which accounted for over 85 per cent of the total variance.

Fuel and energy

A reduction in diesel prices across our minerals businesses supported a US$518 million increase in Underlying EBIT.

Non-cash

An increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.3 billion during the period.

A US$839 million increase in non-cash charges in our Copper Business reflects: higher ore mined which resulted in increased depletion of stripping capitalised at Escondida; increased depreciation following the completion of the Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project; and a US$199 million impairment driven by a lower copper price and permitting uncertainty for the proposed mine life extension at Cerro Colorado.

A US$639 million increase in non-cash charges in our Petroleum Business reflects: US$316 million of higher depreciation and amortisation charges in Onshore US following the ramp-up of liquids production at Black Hawk and the progressive development of our Permian acreage; and US$328 million of impairment charges associated with the divestment of assets in north Louisiana and the Pecos field in the Permian. During the period, a US$79 million impairment of Neptune was also recognised as the fall in near-term oil prices has affected its value due to its short field life.

The decrease in non-cash charges relates to mine site rehabilitation provision charges recognised in FY2014 for the Group’s North American closed mines.

One-off items

One-off items recognised during the period comprise a US$268 million expense related to the mill outage at Olympic Dam and US$188 million costs associated with the implementation of the Escondida Voluntary Redundancy Program.

Asset sales

The contribution of asset sales to Underlying EBIT decreased by US$72 million from FY2014, which included the sale of Liverpool Bay.

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations increased by US$22 million in FY2015. This largely reflected an unfavourable US$143 million adjustment to the Browse divestment proceeds, due to unitisation changes subsequent to the completion of the sale, offset by the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine, both during FY2014.

Share of operating profit from equity accounted investments

Lower average realised prices received by our equity accounted investments decreased Underlying EBIT US$637 million.

Net finance costs

Net finance costs decreased by US$300 million to US$614 million. The decrease reflected foreign exchange gains on finance leases and the early redemption of the Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes in August 2014, which resulted in a gain on redemption and lower interest expense.

Taxation expense

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) and exceptional items, was 31.8 per cent (30 June 2014: 32.2 per cent).

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, was US$3.7 billion, representing a statutory effective tax rate of 45.5 per cent (30 June 2014: 31.2 per cent).

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. An exceptional item of US$698 million tax expense (2014: US$ nil) was recognised on a Continuing operations basis for the derecognition of deferred tax assets upon the repeal of the MRRT legislation in Australia.

Adjusted effective tax rate is not an IFRS measure and is reconciled to the Statutory effective tax rate below:

   2015  2014 
   

 

  Restated 

Year ended 30 June

  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M  US$M     US$M  US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

    8,056  (3,666)   45.5 21,735  (6,780)   31.2

Less:

           

Exchange rate movements

           –     339            –       (34)  

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

           –         –            –     (170)  

Exceptional items

    3,196     (250)        (551)     166  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

  11,252  (3,577)   31.8 21,184  (6,818)   32.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements that are not profit based are recognised as operating costs within Profit before taxation. These amounted to US$1.7 billion during the period (30 June 2014: US$2.4 billion).

Exceptional items

Year ended 30 June 2015

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Onshore US assets

   (2,787  829    (1,958

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (409  119    (290

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation(1)

       (698  (698
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,196  250    (2,946
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(12) million.

The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$2.0 billion (after tax benefit) in relation to its Onshore US assets. The gas-focused Hawkville field accounts for the substantial majority of this charge reflecting its geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans. The remainder relates to the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition.

On 12 November 2014, the Group announced that the review of its Nickel West business was complete and the preferred option, the sale of the business, was not achieved on an acceptable basis. As a result of operational decisions made subsequent to the conclusion of this process, an impairment charge of US$290 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in FY2015.

The legislation to repeal the MRRT in Australia took effect on 30 September 2014. As a result, the Group derecognised a MRRT deferred tax asset of US$809 million, and corresponding taxation charges of US$698 million related to Continuing operations and US$111 million related to Discontinued operations were recognised in FY2015.

Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information.

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

     

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

On 11 October 2013, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in FY2014.

Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information. An analysis of exceptional items for FY2013 are included in section 2.5.5 of this Annual Report.

Discontinued operations

On 25 May 2015, the Group announced that it completed the demerger of a selection of its aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver-lead-zinc assets to create an independent metals and mining company, South32.

South32’s contribution to BHP Billiton’s FY2015 results comprised a US$753 million profit after taxation excluding exceptional items. Exceptional items comprised a tax expense of US$111 million related to the repeal of the MRRT and a net loss on demerger of US$2.2 billion (after tax benefit). This contribution has been included in Attributable loss after taxation from Discontinued operations of US$1.6 billion.

Third party sales

We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales. The table below shows the breakdown between our production and third party products.

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
    

Group production

    

Revenue

   43,457    55,045    52,637  

Related operating costs

   (31,605  (32,962  (31,021
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   11,852    22,083    21,616  

Underlying EBIT Margin

   27.3  40.1  41.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

    

Revenue

   1,179    1,717    1,223  

Related operating costs

   (1,165  (1,702  (1,159
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   14    15    64  

Margin on third party products (2)

   1.2  0.9  5.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Excluding exceptional items and Discontinued operations.

(2)Operating profit divided by revenue.

We engage in third party trading for the following reasons:

Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our own assets means that we sometimes source third party materials to ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.

To optimise our supply chain outcomes, we may buy physical product from third parties.

In order to support the development of liquid markets, we will sometimes source third party physical product and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.

1.15.4    Cash flow analysis

A Consolidated Cash Flow Statement is contained in the Financial Statements. The explanatory notes appear in note 37 ‘Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement’ to the Financial Statements. A summary table has been presented below to show the key sources and uses of cash.

Year ended 30 June

  2015
US$M
  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
    

Cash generated from operations

   21,620    29,318    27,026  

Dividends received

   740    1,264    716  

Net interest paid

   (541  (795  (848

Taxation paid

   (4,025  (6,147  (7,877
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations

   17,794    23,640    19,017  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations

   1,502    1,724    1,137  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

   19,296    25,364    20,154  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (11,947  (15,224  (21,104

Exploration expenditure

   (816  (986  (1,321

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   670    698    1,026  

Purchases of intangibles

   (98  (192  (380

Investment in financial assets

   (15  (1,168  (455

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (71  (44  (84

Net proceeds from investing activities

   775    1,782    4,697  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (11,502  (15,134  (17,621
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (1,066  (700  (1,105
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (13,154  (15,834  (18,726
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (repayment of)/proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

   (728  (1,011  7,255  

Dividends paid

   (7,052  (6,506  (6,945

Contributions from non-controlling interests

   53    1,435    73  

Other financing activities

   (346  (354  (433
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (8,073  (6,436  (50
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (203  (32  (148
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

   (8,276  (6,468  (198
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations

   (1,781  2,070    1,346  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations

   233    992    (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations after interest and tax decreased by 25 per cent to US$17.8 billion during FY2015. The major contributor was the US$7.7 billion decrease in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances), which was partially offset by a decrease of US$2.1 billion in net taxes paid.

Net investing cash outflows from Continuing operations decreased by US$3.6 billion to US$11.5 billion during FY2015 and reflected a US$3.4 billion reduction in capital and exploration expenditure. Expenditure on growth projects totalled US$9.3 billion, including US$4.5 billion on Petroleum projects and US$4.8 billion on Minerals projects. Sustaining capital expenditure and other items totalled US$2.6 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$816 million, including US$670 million classified within net operating cash flows.

Net financing cash outflows from Continuing operations increased by US$1.6 billion to US$8.1 billion. A decrease in proceeds from interest bearing liabilities of US$2.6 billion, a decrease in contributions fromnon-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion and higher dividends paid to non-controlling interests of US$435 million were partially offset by a decrease in repayments of interest bearing liabilities of US$2.9 billion during FY2015.

1.15.5    Net debt and sources of liquidity

Our policies on debt and liquidity management pursue the following objectives:

a solid ‘A’ credit rating;

gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent;

diversification of funding sources;

maintain borrowings and excess cash predominantly in US dollars.

Gearing and net debt

Net debt, comprising Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$24.4 billion, which represented a decrease of US$1.4 billion compared with the net debt position at 30 June 2014. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 25.7 per cent at 30 June 2015, compared with 23.2 per cent at 30 June 2014. IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with South32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Cash and cash equivalents less overdrafts at 30 June 2015 was US$6.6 billion compared with US$8.8 billion at 30 June 2014. Included within Cash and cash equivalents were short-term deposits of US$5.8 billion compared with US$7.1 billion at 30 June 2014.

Funding sources

During FY2015, we issued the following long-term debt:

In March 2015, we issued an A$1.0 billion 3.000 per cent Australian bond due 2020.

In April 2015, we issued a three tranche Euro bond comprising €600 million Floating Rate Notes due 2020 paying three-month Euribor plus 0.350 per cent, €650 million 0.750 per cent bonds due 2022 and €750 million 1.500 per cent bonds due 2030.

None of our Group-level borrowing facilities are subject to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilities in relation to specific Businesses are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, but which would be considered normal for such facilities.

In addition to the Group’s uncommitted debt issuance programs, we hold the following committed standby facilities.

   Facility
available
2015
   Drawn
2015
   Undrawn
2015
��  Facility
available

2014
   Drawn
2014
   Undrawn
2014
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revolving credit facility (1)

   6,000           –     6,000     6,000           –     6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000          6,000     6,000          6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Group’s committed US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The combined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$6.0 billion. As at 30 June 2015, US$ nil commercial paper was drawn (2014: US$ nil), therefore US$6.0 billion of committed facility was available to use (2014: US$6.0 billion). The revolving credit facility has a five-year maturity with one remaining one-year extension option. A commitment fee is payable on the undrawn balance and an interest rate comprising an interbank rate plus a margin applies to any drawn balance. The agreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating.

Additional information regarding the maturity profile of our debt obligations and details of our standby and support agreements is included in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

The Group’s credit ratings are currently A1/P-1 (Moody’s – long-term/short-term) and A+/A-1 (Standard & Poor’s – long-term/short-term). The credit ratings from both agencies remained unchanged in FY2015, however on 4 May 2015 Standard & Poor’s revised the Group’s ratings outlook to negative from stable.

1.15.6    Other information

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We identified our primary market risks in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. A description of how we manage our market risks, including both quantitative and qualitative information about our market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at 30 June 2015, is contained in note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

Information in relation to our material off-balance sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 2015 is provided in note 34 ‘Commitments’ and note 35 ‘Contingent liabilities’ to the Financial Statements.

Subsidiary information

Information about our significant subsidiaries is included in note 30 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are outlined in note 33 ‘Related party transactions’ to the Financial Statements.

Significant changes since the end of the year

Significant changes since the end of the year are outlined in note 36 ‘Subsequent events’ to the Financial Statements.

The Strategic Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Dated: 10 September 2015

2    Business overview

2.1    Business Groups

2.1.1    Petroleum and Potash Business

Our Petroleum and Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises conventional and non-conventional oil and gas operations and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Petroleum

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production and marketing activities. We have a high-quality resource base concentrated in the United States and Australia. Our core production operations are located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Australia and Trinidad and Tobago (conventional) and Onshore US (unconventional). We produce crude oil and condensate, gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs).

Our overall production for FY2015 was 255.7 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe). This was mainly attributable to our US and Australian operations, which produced 162.3 MMboe and 77.7 MMboe, respectively, with the majority of US production coming from Onshore US, which produced 125.7 MMboe. Operations outside Australia and the United States delivered the remaining production volumes. Information relating to our oil and gas reserves is set out in section 2.3.1.

In line with our aim of simplification and a sharper strategic focus, we continue to evaluate our existing portfolio in order to optimise our position around our core business.

United States

LOGO

Our production operations include the following:

Gulf of Mexico

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with a 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have ongoing infill drilling in most of our Gulf of Mexico fields and also planned ongoing water injection wells at the Shenzi and Atlantis fields. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore from the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where our Gulf of Mexico fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore. Our US oil production is delivered to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States.

Onshore US

We produce oil, condensate, gas and NGLs in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. Shale reservoirs are characterised by low permeability, so it is necessary to stimulate the reservoir to create additional permeability and, therefore, the flow of liquids and gas to the wellbore. Extracting oil and gas from shale involves hydraulic fracturing, which is a process developed to efficiently access supplies of oil and gas locked inside dense subsurface rock formations, such as shale. Hydraulic fracturing involves the use of water, sand and chemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation to allow the well to produce commercial volumes.

Prices for oil, NGLs and gas are based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, relevant published US regional gas indices for natural gas and Mont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

Eagle Ford

The Eagle Ford production operation is located primarily in the southern Texas counties of DeWitt, Karnes, McMullen and LaSalle. We produce oil, condensate, gas and NGLs from two fields, Black Hawk and Hawkville. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines, and internationally through the export of processed condensate from Black Hawk. The Eagle Ford gathering system consists of 1,602 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to five central delivery points (CDPs), from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Our Black Hawk acreage comprises 0.1 million net acres and is located primarily in the DeWitt and Karnes Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from five per cent to 100 per cent. A majority of our interest (50 per cent share) in the Black Hawk is held with Devon Energy. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 772 gross wells and approximately 427 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 15 per cent of our gross wells.

Our Hawkville acreage comprises 0.2 million net acres and is located primarily in the McMullen and La Salle Counties in southern Texas. Our ownership interests range from nine per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 494 gross wells and approximately 409 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 84 per cent of our gross wells.

Permian

The Permian production operation consists of 0.2 million net acres and is primarily located in the western Texas county of Reeves. We produce oil, gas and NGLs. The oil and gas produced is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from 14 per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 81 gross wells and approximately 75 net

wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 93 per cent of our gross wells. The Permian gathering system consists of 145 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to third party CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our upstream Onshore US Pecos shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to Silverback Exploration, LLC for a cash consideration of US$75 million. We also sold our Pecos midstream operations to EagleClaw Midstream, LLC for a cash consideration of US$52 million.

Haynesville

The Haynesville production operation is located primarily in northern Louisiana and consists of 0.2 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 1,045 gross wells and approximately 395 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 37 per cent of our gross wells. During FY2015, as part of our continued focus on investing and operating core assets, we sold our interest in our Onshore North Louisiana conventional operations to JW Operating Company for a cash consideration of US$135 million.

Fayetteville

The Fayetteville production operation is located in north central Arkansas and consists of 0.4 million net acres. We produce gas that is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Our ownership interests range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2015, we held an interest in approximately 4,950 gross wells and approximately 1,070 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 20 per cent of our gross wells. The Fayetteville gathering system consists of 763 kilometres of gathering lines that deliver gathered volumes to 14 CDPs, from where processed volumes are transported to market.

Australia

LOGO

Bass Strait

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia.

We sell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia under 12-month contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to the joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from where we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is dispatched via pipeline, road tanker or sea tanker. Ethane is dispatched via pipeline to petrochemical plants in western Melbourne.

Minerva

We are the operator of Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to a processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

North West Shelf

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The North West Shelf Project supplies gas to the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and liquefied natural gas (LNG) to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts.

North West Shelf gas is piped from the fields to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. LPG, condensate and LNG are transported to market by ship, while domestic gas is transported by the Natural Gas and Pilbara Energy pipelines. We are also a joint venture partner in four nearby oil fields – Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert and Hermes. All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside.

Pyrenees

We operate six oil fields in Pyrenees, which are located offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest in the fields as at 30 June 2015, based on inception-to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market.

Macedon

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia, and an onshore gas processing facility, located approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold into the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts.

Stybarrow

We are the operator of Stybarrow (50 per cent interest), an oil field located 55 kilometres west-northwest of Exmouth, Western Australia. The project uses a FPSO facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market. Stybarrow reached the end of its field life and ceased production on 30 June 2015.

Other production operations

Trinidad and Tobago

We operate the Greater Angostura field (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. The crude oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets, while the gas is sold domestically under term contracts.

Algeria

Our Algerian operations comprise an effective 38 per cent interest in the ROD Integrated Development, which consists of six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train. The oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets. Our interest in ROD is subject to a contractual determination with our joint venture partner ENI, which could result in a future change in our interest under certain conditions.

United Kingdom

We hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Bruce oil and gas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest), a subsea tie-back. Oil and gas from both fields is processed via the Bruce platform facilities.

Pakistan

We operate the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan. Both gas and condensate are sold domestically under term contracts in accordance with the Pakistan Government’s pricing policies.

During February 2015, BHP Billiton and Tri-Resources Investments Inc. (a subsidiary of the Hashoo Group) signed a share purchase agreement for the acquisition by Tri-Resources of BHP Billiton’s entire interest in BHP Petroleum (Pakistan), which holds a 38.5 per cent interest in the Zamzama Joint Venture. Completion of the transaction is subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

Information on Petroleum operations

The following table contains additional details of our production operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.1) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.1).

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

United States
Neptune (Green Canyon 613)

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico (1,300m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 35%

Marathon Oil 30% W&T Offshore 20%

Maxus US Exploration 15%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities50 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored tension leg platform (TLP)
Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

Hess Corporation 28% Repsol 28%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gas

Stand-alone TLP

Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLP

Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(2,155m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

BP 56%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities200 Mbbl/d oil 180 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored semi-submersible platform
Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 23.9%

BP 60.5%

Chevron 15.6%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities80 Mbbl/d oil 60 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Genesis (Green Canyon 205)

Offshore

deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(approximately 790m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 4.95%

Chevron 56.67%

ExxonMobil 38.38%

ChevronLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities55 Mbbl/d oil 72 MMcf/d gasFloating cylindrical hull (spar) moored to seabed with integrated drilling facilities

Onshore US

Eagle Ford

Blackhawk / Hawkville

Onshore, southern Texas

Oil, condensate, gas and NGL

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 5% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 55%

Largest partners include Devon Energy

Hawkville – BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 9% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 83%

Largest partners include Lewis Energy, Swift Energy & Hunt Oil Company

Blackhawk – BHP Billiton operated approximately 15% of approximately 772 gross wells

Hawkville – BHP Billiton operated approximately 84% of approximately 494 gross wells

Blackhawk – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.1 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Hawkville – we currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Blackhawk – average daily production during FY2015 130 MMcf/d gas 82 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

24 Mbbl/d NGL

Hawkville – average daily production during FY2015 168 MMcf/d gas

15 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

17 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells and associated pipeline and compression facilities
Permian
Permian, western TexasOil, gas and NGL

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from 14% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 93%

Residual ownership held by multiple partners

BHP Billiton operated approximately 93% of approximately 81 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

30 MMcf/d gas

10 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

4 Mbbl/d NGL

Producing oil and gas wells with associated gathering systems, processing plant and compression facilities

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Haynesville
Haynesville, northern Louisiana and eastern TexasGas

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from less than 1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average networking interest is approximately 38%

Largest partners include

Chesapeake Energy and Exco Resources

BHP Billiton operated approximately 37% of approximately 1,045 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.2 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

446 MMcf/d gas

Producing gas wells with an associated pipeline owned by a third party and compression infrastructure
Fayetteville
Fayetteville, northern central ArkansasGas

BHP Billiton working interest in wells range from less than 1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 22%

Largest partners include Southwestern Energy and XTO Energy

BHP Billiton operated approximately 20% of approximately 4,950 gross wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 0.4 million net acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2015

379 MMcf/d gas

Producing gas wells with associated pipeline and compression infrastructure
Australia
Bass Strait
Offshore and onshore VictoriaOil and gas

Gippsland Basin Joint Venture (GBJV):

BHP Billiton 50%

Esso Australia (Exxon Mobil subsidiary) 50%

Oil Basins Ltd 2.5% royalty interest in 19 production licences

Kipper Unit Joint Venture (KUJV):

BHP Billiton 32.5%

Esso Australia 32.5%

Santos Offshore Pty Ltd 35%

Esso Australia

20 production licences and 2 retention leases issued by Australian Government

Expire between 2016 and end of life of field

One production licence held with Santos Ltd

200 Mbbl/d oil

1,075 MMcf/d gas

5,150 tpd LPG

850 tpd ethane

20 producing fields with 23 offshore developments (15 steel jacket platforms, 4 subsea developments, 2 steel gravity based mono towers, 2 concrete gravity based platforms)

Onshore infrastructure:

– Longford facility (3 gas plants, liquid processing facilities)

– Interconnecting pipelines

– Long Island Point LPG and oil storage facilities

– Ethane pipeline

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Minerva
Offshore and onshore VictoriaGas and condensate

BHP Billiton 90%

Santos (BOL) 10%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases150 TJ/d gas 600 bbl/d condensate

2 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 4 km inland from Port Campbell

North West Shelf

Offshore and onshore Western Australia

North Rankin Goodwyn

Perseus Angel and Searipple fields

Domestic gas, LPG, condensate,

LNG

North West Shelf Project is an unincorporated JV

BHP Billiton:

8.33% of original domestic gas JV, will ultimately increase to 16.67%

16.67% of Incremental Pipeline Gas (IPG) domestic gas JV 16.67% of original LNG JV

12.5% of China LNG JV 16.67% of LPG JV

Other participants: subsidiaries of Woodside, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation

Woodside Petroleum Ltd

9 production licences issued by Australian Government

6 expire in 2022 and 3 expire 5 years from end of production

North Rankin Complex: 2,500 MMcf/d gas

60 Mbbl/d condensate

Goodwyn A platform: 1,450 MMcf/d gas 110 Mbbl/d condensate

Angel platform:

960 MMcf/d gas

50 Mbbl/d condensate

Withnell Bay gas plant:

600 MMcf/d gas

5-train LNG plant: 45,000 tpd LNG

Production from North Rankin and Perseus processed through the interconnected North Rankin A and North Rankin B platforms

Production from Goodwyn and Searipple processed through Goodwyn A platform

4 subsea wells in Perseus field tied into Goodwyn A platform

Production from Angel field processed through Angel platform

Onshore gas treatment plant at Withnell Bay processes gas for domestic market

5-train LNG plant

North West Shelf

Offshore Western Australia

Wanaea

Cossack

Lambert and

Hermes fields

Oil

BHP Billiton 16.67%

Woodside 33.34%

BP, Chevron, Japan Australia LNG (MIMI) 16.67% each

Woodside Petroleum Ltd3 production licences issued by Australian Government in September 2014 expire in 2018, 2033, and 2035 respectively

Production:

60 Mbbl/d

Storage:

1 MMbbl

FPSO unit

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Pyrenees

Offshore Western Australia

Crosby

Moondyne

Wild Bull

Tanglehead

Stickle and

Ravensworth fields

Oil

WA-42-L permit:

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

WA-43-L permit:

BHP Billiton 40%

Apache APG Permits 31.5% Inpex Alpha 28.5%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

96 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 920 Mbbl

24 subsea well completions (19 producers, 4 water injectors, 1 gas injector), FPSO
Macedon
Offshore and onshore Western AustraliaGas and condensate

WA-42-L permit

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

200 MMcf/d gas

20 bbl/d condensate

4 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 17 km southwest of Onslow

Stybarrow

Offshore Western Australia

Stybarrow and Eskdale fields

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 50%

Woodside 50%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production:

80 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 900 Mbbl

10 subsea well completions (6 producers, 3 water injectors, 1 gas injector)

Gas production is reinjected

Ceased production in June 2015

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Other production operations
Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura
Offshore Trinidad and TobagoOil and gas

BHP Billiton 45%

National Gas Company 30% Chaoyang 25%

BHP BillitonProduction sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 2026

100 Mbbl/d oil

280 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to the Kairi-2 platform and gas export platform with 3 satellite wellhead protector platforms and flow lines

Oil pipeline from processing platform to storage and export at Guayaguayare

Gas supplied to Trinidad and Tobago domestic markets

Algeria
ROD Integrated Development
Onshore Berkine Basin, 900 kilometres southeast of Algiers, AlgeriaOil

BHP Billiton 45% interest in 401a/402a production sharing contract

ENI 55%

BHP Billiton effective 38% interest in ROD unitised integrated development

ENI 62%

Joint Sonatrach/ENI entity

Production sharing contract with Sonatrach (title holder)

Expires in 2016 with option for two 5-year extensions under certain conditions specified in the contracts

Approximately 80 Mbbl/d oil

Development and production of 6 oil fields

2 largest fields (ROD and SFNE) extend into neighbouring blocks 403a, 403d

Production through dedicated processing train on block 403

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

United Kingdom
Bruce/Keith
Offshore North Sea, UKOil and gas

Bruce:

BHP Billiton 16%

BP 37%

Total SA 43.25%

Marubeni 3.75%

Keith:

BHP Billiton 31.83%

BP 34.84%

Total SA 25%

Marubeni 8.33%

Bruce – BP

Keith – BHP Billiton

3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2018 and 2046 and end of life of field920 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas platform

Keith developed as tie-back to Bruce facilities

Pakistan
Zamzama

Onshore Sindh Province,

Pakistan

Gas and condensate

BHP Billiton 38.5%

ENI Pakistan 17.75% PKP Exploration 9.375% PKP Exploration 2 9.375%

Government Holdings 25%

BHP Billiton20-year development and production lease from the Pakistan Government expires in 2022 (option to extend 5 years)500 MMcf/d gas 3,350 bbl/d condensate

10 production wells

4 process trains

2 front end compression

trains

Capital projects

United States

Onshore US

The development phase of an onshore shale operation requires an extensive drilling and completion program, which may include associated gas compression and treatment facilities and connecting pipelines. Shale development has a repetitive, manufacturing-like nature that provides opportunities for increased efficiency. Much of our development of the shale reservoirs utilises horizontal drilling, with average lateral lengths between 1,500 and 1,600 metres. We enter into service contracts with third parties to provide drilling and completion services at our operated sites. At the end of FY2015, we had 10 drilling rigs in operation.

BHP Billiton’s Onshore US drilling and development expenditure in FY2015, which is presented on an accruals basis within this section, was US$3.3 billion (FY2014: US$4.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities in our liquids-rich Black Hawk and Permian fields, while deferring development in areas that are predominantly gas.

Eagle Ford capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$2.1 billion (FY2014: US$3.1 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 188 net development wells completed during the period. Of the US$2.1 billion, approximately US$95 million was spent on the installation of more than 52 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities. The operated rig count was seven for the year (FY2014: 17).

Permian capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.7 billion (FY2014: US$0.5 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 45 net development wells completed during the year. Of the US$0.7 billion, approximately US$54 million was spent on the installation of more than 101 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities. The operated rig count was three for the year (FY2014: four).

Haynesville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.3 billion (FY2014: US$0.4 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to drilling and completion activities, resulting in 25 net development wells completed during the year. There were no operated rigs in Haynesville at the end of this year (FY2014: three).

Fayetteville capital expenditure for FY2015 was US$0.2 billion (FY2014: US$0.2 billion). The expenditure was primarily related to participation in drilling and completion activities for wells operated by third parties, resulting in 45 net development wells completed during the year.

Our Onshore US capital investment is expected to decrease to US$1.5 billion in FY2016 in response to changes in the global commodity markets. This includes an operated rig count of nine for the period, with shale oil investment accounting for approximately 80 per cent of the investment. Our decision to cut spending will mean deferring gas volumes in the near term with our drilling programs in the Fayetteville and Haynesville areas remaining temporarily suspended. However, we expect to realise greater value by developing our acreage as prices recover.

Australia

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin, located offshore from Victoria, was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project included two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of condensate and 80 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas.

Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. The Kipper gas field development comprises the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a

32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning 32.5 per cent and Santos owning 35 per cent. We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

The main Kipper gas field facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production has not yet commenced due to the need to provide for mercury removal. Funding for the installation of the mercury treatment facilities of US$120 million was approved in March 2014, with completion expected to occur in CY2016. Our share of costs incurred to 30 June 2015 was US$59 million.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of five wells and a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d of oil and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres offshore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1.4 billion, of which US$1.3 billion was incurred as of 30 June 2015.

The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, in which we own a 50 per cent interest, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent. Initial production of low carbon dioxide gas through the Turrum facilities occurred in June 2013. High carbon dioxide gas production from the Turrum reservoir will come online with completion of the Longford Gas Conditioning Plant in CY2016.

Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The Project scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. Our share of development costs is approximately US$520 million, of which US$356 million was incurred as of 30 June 2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Esso Australia is the operator of the LGCP, owning a 50 per cent interest and BHP Billiton owns the remaining 50 per cent.

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, approximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. Our share of development costs is approximately US$400 million, of which US$237 million was incurred as of 30 June 2015. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent interest.

Significant evaluation activities

We perform development evaluation activities to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal. Our significant recent evaluation activities include the following:

United States

Mad Dog Phase 2

The Mad Dog Phase 2 project is ongoingin response to the successful Mad Dog South appraisal well, which confirmed significant hydrocarbons in the southern portion of the Mad Dog field. The project was sent back to study phase

in 2013, following which a revised development concept was selected by the owners. The revised concept will undergo further refinement and undertake additional investigations in FY2016. BP is the operator and we hold a 23.9 per cent working interest.

Australia

Scarborough

Development planning for the large Scarborough gas field offshore Western Australia is in progress. Following an assessment, floating LNG has been selected as the preferred development option. Further work to optimise the preferred development option is ongoing. Esso is the operator of the WA-1-R lease and we hold a 50 per cent working interest. We are the operator of, and have a 100 per cent working interest in, the adjacent Thebe discovery and the WA-346-P block.

North West Shelf Other – Greater Western Flank ‘2’

Planning continues for the development of Greater Western Flank ‘2’. Greater Western Flank ‘2’ represents the second phase of development of the core Greater Western Flank fields, behind the GWF-A development, and is located to the southwest of the existing Goodwyn A platform. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent share. During FY2015, the project scope was further defined, with initial production from a small minefinal investment decision expected in CY2015.

2.1.5    Aluminium, ManganeseExploration and Nickel Business

Aluminiumappraisal

Our Aluminium, Manganeseexploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and Nickeloperatorship. While the majority of the expenditure incurred was in our Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago focus areas, we also incurred expenditure in South Africa, Brazil, South-East Asia, India and Onshore US.

Access

In FY2015, we accessed acreage in the US sector of the Gulf of Mexico and in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados. In the Gulf of Mexico, we were awarded 14 blocks (100 per cent working interest and operator on all blocks; 315 square kilometres) from Lease Sale 238 held during the September 2014 quarter. In addition, BHP Billiton was also awarded all nine of its high bid leases, totalling 210 square kilometres in Central Lease Sale 235 in the June 2015 quarter. In the Caribbean, we finalised production sharing contracts and joint operating agreements for a 65 per cent interest and operatorship in Trinidad and Tobago Blocks 3 and 7 (totalling 2,096 square kilometres) with BG Group Ltd, and signed exploration licences for Barbados Blocks Bimshire and Carlisle Bay (100 per cent working interest; 5,004 square kilometres).

Exploration program expenditure details

During FY2015, our gross expenditure on exploration was US$567 million, of which US$481 million was expensed.

Exploration and appraisal wells drilled or in the process of drilling during the year:

Well

Location

Target

BHP Billiton
equity

Spud date

Water depth

Total well depth

Status

Shenzi North-2

Gulf of Mexico GC609Oil44% (Operator)9 April 20151,309 metres8,733 metresPlugged and abandoned; currently sidetracking

Shenzi North-ST1

Gulf of Mexico GC609Oil44% (Operator)14 June 20151,309 metres8,238 metresDrilling

In the Gulf of Mexico, we drilled the Shenzi North-2 exploration well on Green Canyon Block 609 (44 per cent working interest and operator) during the June 2015 quarter. The lower section of the hole was plugged and abandoned and associated costs expensed. We are currently drilling a sidetrack to further test the opportunity. Significant investment in seismic data acquisition, licensing and reprocessing were also completed in order to evaluate prospectivity in our focus areas.

In Western Australia, we continue to evaluate exploration potential in line with our strategic priorities. To assist this, we are participating in a regional multi-client 3D seismic survey totalling 10,032 square kilometres. The program is anticipated to be completed by the first half of FY2016.

In Trinidad and Tobago, we completed the acquisition of 21,220 square kilometres of 3D seismic data over Blocks 3, 5, 6, 7, 14, 23a, 23b, 28 and 29 by the end of the March 2015 quarter. Evaluation of this information is ongoing. Regional environmental and geological surveys were also carried out during the year, as part of our ongoing assessment programs.

In South Africa, we hold 100 per cent exploration rights to Block 3B/4B off the west coast of South Africa. In FY2014, we completed the processing of the 10,075 square kilometres of 3D seismic survey that was acquired in FY2013. Evaluation of this information is ongoing.

In Brazil, we are planning to acquire 3D seismic data over our two blocks in the deepwater Foz do Amazonas Basin, to fulfil our minimum work commitment.

In Malaysia, we completed the acquisition of 2,941 square kilometres of 3D seismic survey over Block SK-2A and formally assigned our 60 per cent interest and operatorship in Block N to Total during the June 2015 quarter.

In the Philippines, we finalised the re-assignment of our 75 per cent interest and operatorship to PNOC, completing our exit from the region during the June 2015 quarter.

In India, together with the operator BG, we have notified the government of our intent to exit our remaining 50 per cent interest in one deepwater block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round. We are currently awaiting government approval of our exit of nine operated blocks acquired during the NELP VII and VIII licensing rounds and one non-operated block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round.

In Onshore US, we continue to evaluate opportunities aligned with our strategic priorities, leveraging the expertise gained from our production units.

Drilling

The number of wells in the process of drilling and/or completion as of 30 June 2015 was as follows:

   Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total 
   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net(1)   Gross   Net (1) 

Australia

       –         –     5     1     5     1  

United States

   1          236     108     237     109  

Other

                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1          241     109     242     110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents our share of the gross well count.

Delivery commitments

We have delivery commitments of gas and LNG of approximately 2,180 billion cubic feet through FY2031 (82 per cent Australia and Asia, eight per cent United States and 10 per cent Other), crude and condensate

commitments of 17.3 million barrels through FY2022 (51 per cent United States, 39 per cent Australia and Asia and 10 per cent Other) and LPG commitments of 332,072 metric tonnes through FY2017. We have sufficient proved reserves and production capacity to fulfil these delivery commitments.

We have obligations for contracted capacity on transportation pipelines and gathering systems on which we are the shipper. In FY2016, volume commitments to gather and transport are 1,123 billion cubic feet of gas (97 per cent Onshore US and three per cent Other) and 42.4 million barrels of oil (51 per cent Onshore US and 49 per cent Offshore US). The agreements with the gas gatherers and transporters have annual escalation clauses.

Potash

Our Potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of Saskatchewan, covering more than 16,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Saskatchewan in Canada. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for the Jansen Potash Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past eight years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term mining leases as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured more than 8,000 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We continue to progress Jansen, a greenfield potash project, located approximately 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon in south-central Saskatchewan. We believe Jansen is one of the world’s best undeveloped potash resources and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth Business within BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment in Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities and was 46 per cent complete as of 30 June 2015.

The level of expenditure on the Project in FY2015 was US$423 million. Shaft excavation is progressing, while the construction workforce camp and service shaft permanent headframe have been completed. Necessary infrastructure work continues to be progressed.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for some of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and subject to Board approval, Jansen is likely to ramp-up production in the decade beginning 2020.

We are continuing to evaluate other areas for which we have exploration permits in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder, Burr and Melville, through analysis of the extensive data collected from successive exploration programs.

In October 2014, the management of the closed mine sites associated with Base Metals North America was transitioned from the Potash to the Petroleum Business. All locations are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.

As at 1 August 2015, management of the Jansen Potash Project transferred from the Petroleum Business to BHP Billiton’s Chief Commercial Officer.

2.1.2    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, hasSantiago, Chile, is one of the world’s leading producers of copper concentrate and cathode, uranium oxide, and a producer of zinc concentrate. Our portfolio of assetsmining operations includes the Escondida mine in three stagesChile, a leading producer of the aluminium value chain: mining bauxite, refining bauxite into aluminacopper, and smelting alumina into aluminium metal. We areOlympic Dam in South Australia, a major producer of aluminium, withcopper and uranium oxide. Our total copper production in FY2014 of 1.2 Mt. We also produced 5.2 Mt of alumina in FY2014.

During FY2014, we consumed 35FY2015 was 1.7 million tonnes (Mt). Our concentrate production, which represents 60 per cent of total production, results from flotation of sulphide ores mined at our aluminaEscondida and Antamina mines. Oxide ores and sulphide ores amenable to leaching are mined and processed into copper cathode, using conventional heap leaching, followed by solvent extraction and electrowinning processes at Escondida, Cerro Colorado and Spence. Copper cathode is also produced at Olympic Dam, where sulphide ores are processed through conventional flotation and the resulting concentrate is further transformed into cathodes through a smelting and refining process.

We market four primary products: copper cathodes, copper concentrates, zinc concentrates and uranium oxide. We sell our copper cathode production to wire rod mills, brass mills and casting plants around the world under contracts with prices at premiums to the London Metal Exchange (LME) or the Commodity Exchange Inc (COMEX) prices. We sell the majority of our uranium oxide to electricity generating utilities, principally in Western Europe, North America and East Asia. Uranium is typically sold under a mix of long-term and short-term contracts. We sell most of our aluminiumcopper and zinc concentrates to smelters located in diversified geographic markets such as China, South America, Japan, India and soldSouth Korea. Treatment charges and refining charges (collectively referred to as TCRCs) are negotiated with counterparties on a variety of tenors, trending towards shorter-term, more market-based pricing periods (less than one year). Some of the balanceores we mine contain quantities of silver and gold, which remain in the base metal concentrates we sell, and are typically subject to third party smelters.payment credits. We sell refined silver and gold from Olympic Dam. Our alumina and aluminium customersfive operating assets, which are located mostly in western EuropeSouth America and Asia. Our alumina sales are a mixture of legacy long-term contract sales at LME-linked prices and long-term contracts priced from an alumina index or spot negotiated prices. Prices for our aluminium sales are generally linked to prevailing LME and premium prices. We have a diversified customer portfolio, with demand driven by end-use consumption in transportation, packaging, construction and household items.

Our assetsAustralia, consist of the following operations:following:

Boddington/WorsleyAmericas

Boddington/WorsleyEscondida

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is a leading producer of copper. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 12,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 Mt of material per day. Its two open-cut pits currently feed three concentrator plants, Laguna Seca, Los Colorados and the recently commissioned Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1), as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). The Los Colorados concentrator plant will be placed into care and maintenance once OGP1 ramp-up has been completed as current water source volumes cannot sustain the operation of three concentrators at nominal capacity. Escondida is assessing extending the life of the Los Colorados concentrator plant on the completion of the Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project based on the availability of water and mine stability. All three concentrator plants use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate. In FY2015, our share of Escondida production was 526.7 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 178.4 kt of copper cathode. Escondida production for FY2016 will be impacted by an anticipated 27 per cent decline in ore grades. This will be partly offset by increased throughput, enabled by the completion of the OGP1 and operational improvements. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

The availability of key inputs like power and water at competitive prices is an integrated bauxite mining/alumina refiningimportant focus for our Copper Business. In November 2013, we awarded a long-term energy agreement to a consortium consisting of Korea Southern Power Co. and Samsung Construction & Trading Corp. for the development, operation locatedand maintenance of a 517 megawatt (MW) combined-cycle gas-fired power plant (Kelar power plant) in Western Australia.the town of Mejillones, Chile. The Boddington bauxite mine supplies bauxite oreplant, which will be connected to the Worsley alumina refinery via a 51-kilometre long conveying system. We own 86Northern Interconnected Grid (SING), will supply

the increasing demand for electricity at our operations. Construction work is progressing as planned with (65.4 per cent completed as of 30 June 2015) and production is expected to begin in the October 2017 quarter.

A contract for the supply of natural gas to the Kelar power plant has been secured with Gas Natural Fenosa. First deliveries are scheduled to commence in CY2016, which will tie-in with the commissioning and commercial operation of the mineKelar plant.

To address limitations on the availability of water, we desalinate sea water and carefully manage our use and reuse of available water. The EWS project, which involves the refinery. Itconstruction of a second desalination plant, will reduce our reliance on the region’s aquifers and help meet our environmental commitments. The EWS project is our sole integrated bauxite, mining/alumina refining asset,expected to be commissioned in CY2017.

Pampa Norte

Pampa Norte consists of two operations – Spence and one of the largestCerro Colorado. Copper cathode is produced at both operations following a leaching, solvent extraction and lowest cost refineries in the world. Worsley’s Efficiency and Growth project reached nameplate capacity in FY2014, bringing the capacity of the refinery to 4.6 Mtpa (100 per cent) of alumina. Our share of Worsley’s FY2014 production was 3.9 Mt of alumina. Worsley’s export customers include our own Hillside and Mozal smelters in southern Africa. Boddington has a reserve life of 17 years.

Hillside and Baysideelectrowinning process.

Our wholly owned Hillside and Bayside smelters areSpence copper mine is located at Richards Bay in South Africa. Hillside is the largest aluminium smelter in the southern hemisphere. HillsideAtacama Desert, 162 kilometres northeast of Antofagasta in Chile. During FY2015, Spence produced 171.4 kt of high-quality copper cathode, using oxide and Bayside imported alumina from our Worsley refinerysulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and Alcoa during FY2014; however,electrowinning processes. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our wholly owned Cerro Colorado mine, located in the Alcoa supply was discontinued by 30 June 2014. In June 2014, Bayside completedAtacama Desert, 120 kilometres east of Iquique in Chile, remains a significant producer of copper cathode, although production levels have fallen in recent years as grades have declined. Despite this, production in FY2015 reached 78.2 kt of copper cathode. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2. The extension of the ramp-down of its remaining smelting capacity of 97 ktpa. The Bayside Casthouse continuesexisting environmental and mining licences to continue to enable Cerro Colorado to operate and began processing liquid metal transfers from Hillside in June 2014. Hillside sources power from Eskom, the South African state utility, under long-term contracts, with prices linked to the LME price of aluminium (except for Hillside Potline 3, where the pricebeyond December 2016 is linked to the South African and US producer price indices). The Bayside Casthouse sources power from the grid at market rates. Production in FY2014 for Hillside was 715 kt and Bayside was 89 kt.currently pending approval.

MozalAntamina

We own 47.133.75 per cent of and operate the Mozal aluminium smelter located near Maputo, Mozambique. Mozal sources power generated by Hydro Cahora Basa via Motraco, a transmission joint venture between Eskom and the national electricity utilities of Mozambique and Swaziland. Our share of Mozal’s FY2014 production was 266 kt.

Mineração Rio do Norte

We own a 14.8 per cent investment in Mineração Rio do Norte (MRN), which owns and operatesAntamina, a large, bauxitelow-cost copper and zinc mine located at Porto Trombetasin north central Peru. Antamina’s total production for FY2015 was 107.7 kt of copper in concentrate and 66.4 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the provinceform of Pará, Brazil. MRN has aby-products. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

In FY2015, following the identification of 6.1 years.a number of debottlenecking opportunities, Antamina successfully increased nominal milling capacity to 53 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa).

Australia

Olympic Dam

Our wholly owned Olympic Dam mine is a producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the primary method of ore extraction islong-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant.

The underground mine extracts copper uranium ore and hauls the ore by an automated train and trucking network feeding underground crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities. The processing plant consists of two grinding circuits in which high-quality copper concentrate is extracted from sulphide ore through a flotation extraction process. The operation includes a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and concentrating circuit, a hydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, a copper refinery and a recovery circuit for precious metals.

Alumar

Alumar is an integrated alumina refinery/aluminium smelter. We own 36The Svedala mill, which accounts for approximately 60 per cent of Olympic Dam’s production, experienced an electrical failure in January 2015. Repairs were completed by June 2015 and the Alumar refinerymill is now operating at full capacity. In FY2015, Olympic Dam produced 124.5 kt of copper cathode, 3.1 kt of uranium oxide,104.8 kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and 40 per cent724 koz of the smelter. Alcoa operates both facilities.refined silver. The operations, and their integrated port facility, are located at São Luísreserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Cannington

In May 2015, our Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine was included in the Maranhão provincedemerger of Brazil. BHP Billiton sourcesSouth32. Further information can be found in sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, and 2.1.7 and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the majority of the bauxite it processes at Alumar from MRN.

The Alumar smelter has currently suspended production from pot lines 2 and 3 reducing overall annual capacity to 124 ktpa, from 447 ktpa (100 per cent), due to challenging global market conditions in primary aluminium and increased costs. During FY2014, approximately 16 per cent of Alumar’s alumina production was used to feed the smelter, while the remainder was exported. Our share of Alumar’s FY2014 saleable production was 1.3 Mt of alumina and 104 kt of aluminium.Financial Statements.

Information on AluminiumCopper mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Americas
Copper
Escondida
Atacama Desert, 170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode transported by privately owned rail to ports at Antofagasta and Mejillones

Copper concentrate transported by Escondida-owned pipelines to its Coloso port facilities

BHP Billiton 57.5% of Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL)

Rio Tinto 30% JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi,

JX Nippon Mining and Metals 10% JECO2 Ltd 2.5%

BHP BillitonMining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)

Original construction completed in 1990

Sulphide leach copper production commenced in

2006

2 open-cut pits: Escondida and Escondida Norte

Escondida and Escondida Norte mineral deposits are adjacent but distinct supergene enriched porphyry copper deposits

Escondida-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

Electricity purchased under contracts expiring 2016 and 2029

3 concentrator plants extract copper concentrate from sulphide ore by flotation extraction process

2 solvent extraction plants produce copper cathode

Nominal capacity: 153.7 Mtpa (nominal milling capacity) and 350 ktpa copper cathode (nominal capacity of tank house)

Two 168 km concentrate pipelines

167 km water pipeline Port facilities at Coloso, Antofagasta

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Pampa Norte Spence
Atacama Desert, 162 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode transported by rail to ports at Mejillones and Antofagasta

100%BHP BillitonMining
concession from
Chilean
Government
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)

Development cost of US$1.1 billion approved in 2004

First copper produced in 2006

Open-cut

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

Spence-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

Electricity purchased under contract

Processing and crushing facilities, separate dynamic (on-off) leach pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

Nominal capacity of tank house: 179 ktpa copper cathode

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado
Atacama Desert, 120 km east of Iquique, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode trucked to port at Iquique

100%BHP BillitonMining concession
from Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)

Commercial production commenced in 1994

Expansions in 1996 and 1998

Open-cut

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

Long-term contracts with northern Chile power grid

2 primary, secondary and tertiary crushers, leaching pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

Nominal capacity of tank house: 102 ktpa copper cathode

Copper and zinc
Antamina
Andes mountain range, 270 km north of Lima, north central Peru

Public road

Copper and zinc concentrates transported by pipeline to port of Huarmey

Molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrates transported by truck

BHP Billiton 33.75% of Compañía Minera Antamina SA

Glencore 33.75% Teck 22.5% Mitsubishi 10%

Compañía Minera Antamina SAMining rights
from Peruvian
Government held
indefinitely,
subject to
payment of
annual fees and
supply of
information on
investment and
production

Commercial production commenced in 2001

Capital cost US$2.3 billion (100%)

Open-cut

Zoned porphyry and skarn deposit with central copper-only ores and an outer band of copper-zinc ore zone

Long-term contracts with individual power producers

Primary crusher, concentrator, copper and zinc flotation circuits, bismuth/moly cleaning circuit

Nominal milling capacity 53 Mtpa

300 km concentrate pipeline Port facilities at Huarmey

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Australia
Copper and uranium
Olympic Dam
560 km northwest of Adelaide, South Australia

Public road

Copper cathode trucked to ports

Uranium oxide transported by road to ports

100%BHP BillitonMining lease
granted by South
Australian
Government
expires in 2036

Right of
extension for
50 years (subject
to remaining
mine life)

Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

Copper production began in 1988

Nominal milling capacity raised to 9 Mtpa in 1999

Optimisation project completed in 2002

New copper solvent extraction plant commissioned in 2004

Underground

Large poly-metallic deposit of iron oxide-copper-uranium-gold mineralisation

Supplied via 275 kV power line from Port Augusta, transmitted by ElectraNet

Underground automated train and trucking network feeding crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities

2 grinding circuits

Nominal milling capacity: 10.3 Mtpa

Flash furnace produces copper anodes, then refined to produce copper cathodes

Electrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by leaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings

Development projects

Americas

Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) is a new concentrator with a 152 kilotonnes per day (ktpd) plant. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allow access to high-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$3.8 billion (US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton share). A US$361 million increase in the budget of OGP1 to US$4.2 billion (US$ 2.4 billion BHP Billiton share) was approved in October 2014 following challenges associated with contractor’s progress. The Project was completed in May 2015 and is currently in the commissioning and ramp-up phase.

The Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project was approved in July 2013 and consists of a new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will provide an alternative water supply to Escondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the 152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and includes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to support the system. The new facility is expected to be commissioned in CY2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (US$2.0 billion BHP Billiton share).

The Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP) was completed in November 2014 and now in production. The Project involved the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that included several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (US$414 million BHP Billiton share) and a US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (US$536 million BHP Billiton share) was approved in March 2014. Expected final cost is US$899 million (US$517 million BHP Billiton share).

Pampa Norte

The Spence Growth Option (SGO) project, currently at pre-feasibility phase, endeavours to maximise Spence’s value by exploiting the large and expandable hypogene resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 ktpd concentrator. This would increase the mine life by approximately 50 years beyond the current FY2025 closure date. The proposed investment is approximately US$3.2 billion and the project is scheduled to commence at the end of the November 2019 quarter. The hypogene ore underlies the supergene reserves currently being exploited and therefore eliminates the need for pre-stripping and additional mine maintenance infrastructure. The option to maximise the use of existing heap leach infrastructure, to recover copper from the lower-grade chalcopyrite ores, is being developed as a complementary process to the concentrator (CPY leach project). The implementation of both the SGO and CPY leach projects will enable Spence to achieve a total copper production of approximately 260 kt on average during the first 10 years of operation.

Olympic Dam

The focus at Olympic Dam is to transform the existing operation to materially lower the cost of production safely and sustainably. We are progressing a pre-feasibility study to examine potential future optimisation and expansion opportunities.

During FY2015, we received approval from the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct a site-based heap leaching demonstration plant, as part of our efforts to identify an alternative, less capital-intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Construction of the demonstration plant is subject to ongoing, off-site demonstration and test work outcomes and Board approvals.

Resolution Copper

We hold a 45 per cent interest in the Resolution Copper project in the US state of Arizona, a project which is operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent interest). Resolution Copper is among the top 10 largest undeveloped copper projects in the world and could eventually become the largest copper producer in North America.

In FY2014, Resolution Copper completed a pre-feasibility study into a 120 ktpd underground panel cave operation and processing facility. Further opportunities to economically optimise the project and minimise any technical risks have been identified, and the project plans to continue to study these opportunities. Additionally, a General Mine Plan of Operations was submitted to the US Forest Service in November 2013. In December 2014, President Obama signed legislation that will allow the US Federal Government to exchange 2,400 acres of federally owned land immediately adjacent to Resolution’s operational site, for 5,300 acres of important wildlife habitat, conservation and recreational land owned by Resolution. Both the land exchange and proposed mine plan will now undergo a comprehensive environmental and regulatory review that includes an assessment under the US National Environmental Policy Act. This process will include public input, government-to-government consultation with Arizona Native American tribes, and a US Federal Government appraisal of the exchange lands.

In November 2014, Resolution Copper completed construction of the No#10 Shaft to a final depth of 2,116 metres. Our share of project expenditure for FY2015 was US$55 million.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2015 were focused on advancing targets within Chile, Peru and southwestern United States. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

2.1.3    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines products produced in Australia and produce pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Our two assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) involve an integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, with our headquarters located in Perth. Our focus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal.

Since 2001, we have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. We have completed eight expansion projects during this period to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. This includes the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis). Our share of FY2015 production was 218.0 Mt of ore, which is expected to increase in FY2016 to 233 Mtpa. The reserve lives for our WAIO operations are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Our Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing us to plan our development around a series of integrated mining hubs joined to the orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach enables us to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for a number of orebodies.

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product with a stable grade, we produce a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2015, 23 per cent of our sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

WAIO operations

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent, with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated, except Jimblebar.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture (JV) consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create lump and fine products. The ore is then transported to port using Mt Newman JV-owned rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to Port Hedland. Production at the Yarrie mine in the northern Pilbara has been suspended since 25 February 2014, following improved productivity at our other mining operations. The Jimblebar operation comprises the Jimblebar mine, located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 17 Mt during FY2015. The Jimblebar mining hub ramped-up to a production rate exceeding 45 Mtpa during FY2015. All ore is transported by rail on the Mt Newman JV and Mt Goldsworthy JV rail lines to our port facilities. A typical train configuration consists of two locomotives per 124 ore cars, called a rake, with two rakes per train. Each individual ore car carries approximately 132 tonnes of iron ore. Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre, which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point, owned by the Mt Newman JV, and Finucane Island, owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three lump rescreening plants, eight stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders. Vessels depart the harbour via a dredged channel that is approximately 45 kilometres long and has a width of 300 metres.

LOGO

Along with the other joint venture partners, we have entered into marketing agreements in the form of joint ventures with some customers. These customer joint ventures, JW4, Wheelarra and POSMAC, involve subleases of part of WAIO’s existing mineral leases. The ore is sold to the existing joint ventures with contractual terms applying to the customers’ share. As a consequence, we are entitled to 85 per cent of production from these subleases and the customer joint ventures are not joint operations for accounting purposes.

WAIO Ore Reserves are reported for the Pilbara as a whole by ore type, to reflect our production of the Newman Blend lump product and fines, as well as our single logistics chain and associated management system. The reserve lives of our Western Australian mines are discussed in section 2.3.2.

Samarco

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operation in Brazil. Samarco currently comprises a mine and three concentrators located in the state of Minas Gerais, and four pellet plants and a port, located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 400-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore are conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Conveyor systems are used to extract the ore and convey it from the mines. Ore beneficiation then occurs in concentrators, where crushing, milling, desliming and flotation processes produce iron concentrate. The concentrate leaves the concentrators as slurry and is pumped through the slurry pipelines from the Germano facilities to the pellet plants in Ubu, Anchieta, where the slurry is processed into pellets. The iron ore pellets are then heat treated. The pellet output is stored in a stockpile yard before being shipped out of the Samarco-owned Port of Ubu in Anchieta.

Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to steelmakers in 19 countries, with prices generally linked to market indices.

In FY2015, our share of production was 14.5 Mt of pellets. The reserve life for Samarco is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Information on Iron Ore mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Iron ore

Mt Newman Joint Venture

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Mt Whaleback

Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

Private road

Iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (427 km)

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui ITOCHU Iron 10% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 5%

BHP Billiton:

Mt Whaleback Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

Operatorship of Orebody 18 transitioned to BHP Billiton in July 2014

Mining lease under the Iron Ore (Mt Newman) Agreement Act 1964 expires in 2030 with right to successive renewals of 21 years

Production began at Mt Whaleback orebody in 1969

Production from Orebodies 18, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 35 complements production from Mt Whaleback

First ore from Newman Hub as part of RGP4 construction delivered in 2009

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

From May 2014

Yarnima power

station started

supplying

approximately

two thirds of

power, with a

supplementary

contract with

Alinta Dewap

Newman power

station for the remaining amount

Newman Hub: primary and secondary crushing and screening plants (nominal capacity 63 Mtpa); heavy media beneficiation plant, stockyard blending facility, single cell rotary car dumper, train-loading facility

Orebody 25: primary and secondary crushing and screening plant (nominal capacity 13 Mtpa)

Yandi Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (316 km)

Yandi JV’s railway spur links Yandi mine to Newman main line

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

BHP BillitonMining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right to a further 21 years

Development began in 1991

First shipment in 1992

Capacity expanded between 1994 and 2013

Open-cut

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station

Three processing plants, primary crusher and overland conveyor (nominal capacity 80 Mtpa)

Ore delivered to two train-loading facilities

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

JW4 Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron oreon-sold to Yandi JV, then transported via rail to Finucane Island and Nelson Point shipping facilities, Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 68%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 6.4%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 5.6%

JFE Steel Australia 20%

Sublease agreement over JW4 deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of the mining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right for a further 21 years

Operations began in April 2006

Ore currently being produced is sold to Yandi JV and blended with Yandi ore

Open-cut

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationJW4 processes ore through Yandi
Jimblebar operation
Pilbara region, Western AustraliaPrivate road

BHP Billiton 85%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

BHP BillitonMining lease under the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires in 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Production at Jimblebar began in March 1989

From 2004, production was transferred to Wheelarra as part of the Wheelarra sublease agreement

First ore from newly commissioned Jimblebar mine was delivered in September 2013

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationTwo primary and secondary crushers, ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Wheelarra Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore is transported via conveyor to Jimblebar mine (6 km)

BHP Billiton 51%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 4.8% Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 4.2% Maanshan Iron & Steel Australia 10% Shagang Australia 10% Hebei Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Wugang Australia 10%

Sublease agreement over Wheelarra deposit

BHP Billiton

Sublease agreement over the Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease with ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia, Mitsui Iron Ore and four separate subsidiaries of Chinese steelmakers

This arrangement, entitles us to 85% of production from the Wheelarra sublease consistent with BHP Billiton ownership in Mt Newman JV

Wheelarra JV produces iron ore from Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease

Ore produced is processed and blended with Jimblebar ore at Jimblebar mine and then sold to Mt Newman JV

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which is Brockman

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationWheelarra processes ore through the Jimblebar hub

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Mt Goldsworthy Joint Venture

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Area C Yarrie Nimingarra

Private road

Yarrie and Nimingarra iron ore transported by Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (218 km)

Area C iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (360 km)

Mt Goldsworthy JV railway spur links Area C mine to Yandi railway spur

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

BHP Billiton

4 mineral leases under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 and the Iron Ore (Goldsworthy – Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972, expire between 2014 and 2028, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

A number of smaller mining leases granted under the Mining Act 1978 expire in 2026

Operations commenced at Mt Goldsworthy in 1966 and at Shay Gap in 1973

Original Goldsworthy mine closed in 1982

Associated Shay Gap mine closed in 1993

Mining at Nimingarra mine ceased in 2007, then continued from adjacent Yarrie area

Opened Area C mine in 2003

Yarrie mine suspended operations in February 2014

Area C, Yarrie and Nimingarra all open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman, Marra Mamba and Nimingarra

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station

Ore processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor

(nominal capacity 60 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

POSMAC Joint Venture
Pilbara Region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore on-sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV, it is then transported via Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail and Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 65%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

POSCO 20%

Sublease agreement over POSMAC deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of mineral lease held by Mt Goldsworthy JV under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Operations commenced in October 2003

Iron ore currently being produced is sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV and blended with Area C ore

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which is Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationPOSMAC processes through Mt Goldsworthy
Samarco
Southeast Brazil

Public road

Conveyor belts transport iron ore to beneficiation plant

Three slurry pipelines transport concentrate to pellet plants on coast

Iron pellets exported via port facilities

BHP Billiton 50% of Samarco Mineração SA

Vale SA 50%

SamarcoMining concessions granted by Brazilian Government as long as Alegria complex mined according to agreed plan

Production began at Germano mine in 1977 and at Alegria complex in 1992

Second pellet plant built in 1997

Third pellet plant, second concentrator and second pipeline built in 2008

Fourth pellet plant, third concentrator and third pipeline built in 2014

Open-cut

Itabirites (metamorphic quartz-hematite rock) and friable hematite ores

Samarco holds interests in 2 hydroelectric power plants which supply 14.5% of its electricity

Power supply contract with Cemig Geração e Transmissão expires in 2022

Facilities with capacity to process and pump 32 Mtpa ore concentrate and produce and ship 30.5 Mtpa pellets (100% basis)

Development projects

Western Australia Iron Ore

WAIO has been executing a number of expansion projects in recent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 for a total of US$7.4 billion (US$6.6 billion BHP Billiton share) plus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (US$2.1 billion BHP Billiton share), were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a minimum capacity of 220 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

These projects, each of which is substantially complete, included:

the Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock in order to deliver a capacity of 35 Mtpa. Initial production was achieved in the September 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$3.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$3.6 billion;

further development of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and ship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor route, and associated rail works and rolling stock. Initial production was achieved in the December 2012 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$1.8 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.9 billion;

port blending facilities and rail yards to enable ore blending. Initial production was achieved in the December 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.0 billion.

Our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects includes ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

Western Australia Iron Ore – Orebody 24 mine

In FY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Orebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to maintain iron ore production output from the Mt Newman JV operations. The project was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of an ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, rail spur and other associated support facilities. The project costs as at 30 June 2015 amounted to US$0.6 billion (BHP Billiton share). Final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$0.7 billion.

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation, all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and link brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and port facilities. The total area covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres. This excludes crown leases, and general purpose and miscellaneous licences, which are used for infrastructure space and access.

The majority of deposits are located on five main lease areas held by BHP Billiton and our joint venture partners, as appropriate. Iron ore mineralised materials fall mainly within the Hamersley Ranges of the Pilbara district, with a minor component of the inventory lying within the Pilbara Craton of northwest Western Australia.

In FY2015, exploration activity was completed over multiple project areas and deposits. The total drilling carried out amounts to approximately 486.7 kilometres, composed of reverse circulation drilling of 445.5 kilometres, diamond drilling of 25.1 kilometres and hydrology drilling of 16.2 kilometres, consisting of approximately 4,500 drill holes. Total exploration expenditure in FY2015 amounted to US$118 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea.

On 29 July 2014, BHP Billiton and ArcelorMittal signed an agreement for the acquisition by ArcelorMittal of BHP Billiton’s 43.5 per cent stake in Euronimba Limited, which holds an effective 95 per cent interest in the Mount Nimba iron ore project in Guinea.

In May 2015, ArcelorMittal terminated the transaction following failure to meet the conditions to closing by the agreed deadline.

We will continue to assess our options for the Mount Nimba iron ore project.

Liberia Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 100 per cent interest in a Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia. This enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases.

On 25 August 2014, BHP Billiton and Cavalla Resources signed a sale and purchase agreement for the acquisition by Cavalla Resources of BHP Billiton’s 100 per cent interest in its Liberia iron ore project. Completion of the transaction remains subject to the receipt of regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

2.1.4    Coal Business

Our Coal Business, headquartered in Brisbane, Australia, is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal, a key input in steel production. Our Coal Business is also a large supplier of seaborne energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and a domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where our mines are located.

Our export metallurgical coal customers are steel producers around the world, principally in China, India, Japan and Europe. In FY2015, the majority of our metallurgical coal sales contracts were based on annual volumes, with prices largely index-linked (with negotiated differentials for quality) or on a spot basis.

We are a domestic supplier of energy coal to the electricity generation industry in Australia and the United States. Our domestic energy sales are generally made to nearby power stations under long-term fixed price or cost plus arrangements. Export sales are delivered to power generators and industrial users principally in China, India and Japan, under contracts that are generally index-linked or short-term fixed.

Total metallurgical coal production in FY2015 was 42.6 Mt and total energy coal production in FY2015 was 41.0 Mt.

Our assets, located in Australia, Colombia and the United States, consist of both open-cut and underground mines. At our open-cut mines, overburden is removed after blasting, using either draglines or truck and shovel. Coal is then extracted using excavators or loaders and loaded onto trucks to be taken to stockpiles or directly to our beneficiation facility. At our underground mines, coal is extracted by either longwall or continuous miner. The coal is then transported to stockpiles on the surface by conveyor. Coal from stockpiles is then crushed, and for a number of the operations, washed and processed through the coal preparation plant. Domestic coal is transported to nearby customers via conveyor, truck or rail. Export coal is transported to the port via trains, and as part of this coal supply chain both single and multi-user rail and port infrastructure is used.

Our assets consist of the following:

Queensland Coal

Queensland Coal comprises the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) Assets in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia.

The Bowen Basin is well positioned to supply the seaborne market because of its high-quality metallurgical coals, which are ideally suited to efficient blast furnace operations, and its geographical proximity to Asian customers. We have access to key infrastructure in the Bowen Basin, including a modern, multi-user rail network and our own coal loading terminal at Hay Point, located near the city of Mackay. We also have contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities, including the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and Abbot Point Coal Terminal.

LOGO

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance

BMA comprises two unincorporated joint ventures – Central Queensland Coal Associates Joint Venture (CQCA) and Gregory Joint Venture. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development.

BMA owns and operates open-cut and underground metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin and also owns and operates the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The terminal consists of coal inloading dump stations, stacker reclaimers and two ship loaders, capable of loading 44 Mtpa of coal. The terminal has been undergoing expansion to increase its capacity to 55 Mtpa through the addition of a third berth and ship loader. The terminal expansion is near completion and first coal was loaded through the expanded terminal in January 2015. The terminal infrastructure enables us to blend products from multiple mines of BMA to optimise the value of our production and to satisfy customer requirements.

BMA operates the Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Gregory Crinum and Blackwater mines. In May 2012, production ceased at Norwich Park mine, following a review of the mine’s viability. In October 2012, production also ceased at the Gregory open-cut mine, part of the Gregory Crinum complex. During the year, BMA announced the ramping down of the Crinum underground mine as it approaches the end of its economic reserve life, with longwall production expected to cease in the March 2016 quarter.

Our share of total production in FY2015 was 33.9 Mt. Production figures for BMA include some energy coal (less than three per cent). The reserve lives are discussed in section 2.3.2.

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

BMC is a subsidiary company owned by BHP Billiton (80 per cent) and Mitsui and Co (20 per cent). BMC owns and operates South Walker Creek and Poitrel, both open-cut metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin. Total production in FY2015 was 8.7 Mt. The reserve lives are discussed in section 2.3.2.

New Mexico Coal

We own and operate the San Juan energy coal mine located in the US state of New Mexico. The mine transports its production directly to the nearby San Juan Generating Station (SJGS). Production for FY2015 was 5.1 Mt. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2, which is the life of the current customer contract.

To ensure the ongoing supply of coal to the SJGS beyond 2017, in May 2015, the SJGS owners reached an in principle agreement for a new Coal Supply Agreement with Westmoreland Coal Company. In conjunction with this, in July 2015, New Mexico Coal executed a sales agreement with Westmoreland for the purchase of the San Juan Mine. Subject to regulatory approval, the transaction is expected to be completed at the end of CY2015 with Westmoreland assuming full operation of the mine from 1 January 2016.

We also operate the nearby Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico. Full ownership of the Navajo Coal Company transferred to the Navajo Transitional Energy Company (NTEC), an entity of the Navajo Nation, effective 30 December 2013. New Mexico Coal and NTEC entered into a Mine Management Agreement where New Mexico Coal will continue as mine operator until 31 December 2016, at which time control will pass to a new mine manager. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

Navajo mine transports its production directly to the nearby Four Corners Power Plant. Navajo mine reduced capacity during FY2015 from 5.4 Mtpa to 4.8 Mtpa in response to reduced customer demand. Production for FY2015 was 4.9 Mt. As we retain control of the mine until full consideration is paid, production continues to be reported by the Group.

New South Wales Energy Coal

Our wholly owned New South Wales Energy Coal Asset owns and operates the Mt Arthur Coal open-cut energy coal mine in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, Australia. New South Wales Energy Coal produced 19.7 Mt in FY2015. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2. In FY2015, we delivered approximately six per cent of Mt Arthur’s production to a local power station and exported the rest, predominantly to Japan and China, via the port of Newcastle.

We own a 35.5 per cent interest in the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, which operates the Newcastle Third Port export coal loading facility. The facility currently has a port expansion project in execution (refer to Development projects). We also have a 1.75 per cent interest in Port Waratah Coal Services Limited, which operates two coal loading facilities at the port of Newcastle.

Cerrejón

We have a one-third interest in Cerrejón, which owns, operates and markets one of the world’s largest open-cut export energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia. Cerrejón also owns and operates integrated rail and port facilities through which the majority of production is exported to European, Asian, North and South American customers. In FY2015, our share of Cerrejón production was approximately 11.3 Mt. The reserve life is discussed in section 2.3.2.

In FY2012, Cerrejón commenced an expansion project (P40), which is expected to increase our share of production to 13.3 Mtpa (BHP Billiton share). The P40 project scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain infrastructure. The project was completed during the December 2014 quarter. However, operational issues are expected to constrain capacity to 11.7 Mtpa (BHP Billiton share) in the medium term (refer to Development projects).

Illawarra Coal and Energy Coal South Africa

In May 2015, our Illawarra Coal mines and our 90 per cent interest in Energy Coal South Africa mines were included in the demerger of South32. Information relating to the South32 demerger can be found in sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4 and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ of the Financial Statements.

Information on Coal mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. The tables should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserves tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

 

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Bauxite

Australia       
Boddington bauxite mineCentral Queensland Coal Associates Joint Venture        
Boddington, 123 km southeast of Perth, Western

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow

Daunia

Caval Ridge

Peak Downs

Saraji

Blackwater and Norwich Park mines

 

Public road

 

OreCoal transported by rail to Worsley alumina refinery by a 51Hay Point, Gladstone, Dalrymple Bay and Abbot Point ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 160 km conveyorand 315 km

 

BHP Billiton 86%50%

 

Sojitz Alumina

4%

Japan Alumina Associates 10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JVMitsubishi Development 50%

 BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty LtdBMA 

Mining leases, from Western Australiaincluding undeveloped tenements, expire between 2015 and 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government expire over the period 2014–2032, all with 21-year renewal available. Renewal process in progress for lease that expires in September 2014.legislation allows

 

2 subleases from Alcoa of AustraliaMining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

 

OpenedGoonyella mine commenced in 19831971, merged with adjoining Riverside mine in 1989 Operates as Goonyella Riverside

 

Significantly extendedProduction commenced at:

Peak Downs in 20001972

Saraji in 1974 Norwich Park in 1979

Blackwater in 1967

Broadmeadow (longwall operations) in 2005

Daunia in 2013 and

Caval Ridge in 2014

Production at Norwich Park ceased in May 2012

 

Open-cutAll open-cut except Broadmeadow: longwall underground

 

Surficial gibbsite-rich lateritic weathering of Darling Range rocksBituminous coal is mined from the Permian Moranbah and Rangal Coal measures

Products range from premium quality, low volatile, high vitrinite, hard coking coal to medium volatile hard coking coal, to weak coking coal, some pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal and medium ash thermal coal as a secondary product

 JV-ownedQueensland electricity grid connection is under long-term contracts and power line connected to Worsley alumina refinery siteCrushing plant Nominal capacity: 19 Mtpa bauxite
Mineração Rio do Norte
Porto Trombetas, 880 km from Belém, the capital of Pará state, BrazilSealed road and 28 km of rail connects mine area with Porto Trombetassource is under 5-year contracts 

BHP Billiton 14.8%On-site beneficiation processing facilities

 

Alcoa and affiliates 18.2% Vale 40%

Rio Tinto Alcan 12%

Votorantim 10%

Hydro 5%

MRNMining rights granted by Brazilian Government until reserves exhausted

Production commencedCombined nominal capacity: in 1979

Expanded in 2003

Open-cut

Lateritic weatheringexcess of nepheline syenite occurring primarily as gibbsite in a clay matrix overlain by clay sediments

On-site fuel oil generators

Crushing facilities, conveyors, wash plant

Nominal capacity: 1861 Mtpa washed bauxite

Information on Aluminium smelters and refineries

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Product

Nominal production
capacity

Power source

Aluminium and alumina

Hillside

Aluminium smelter

Richards Bay, 200 km north of Durban, South Africa100%BHP Billiton

Freehold title to property, plant, equipment

Leases over harbour facilities

Standard aluminium ingots

Liquid metal transferred to Bayside Casthouse

726 ktpa primary aluminium

Eskom (national power supplier) under long-term contracts

Contract prices for Hillside 1 and 2 linked to LME aluminium price

Prices for Hillside 3 linked to SA and US producer price indices

Bayside

Aluminium smelter

Richards Bay, 200 km north of Durban,

South Africa

100%BHP BillitonFreehold title to property, plant, equipmentPrimary aluminium, slab productsRamp-down activities completed in June 2014, going forward only the Casthouse will operate processing liquid metal from Hillside

Power requirements reduced due to closure of Reduction plant

Future power supply from grid at market rates

Mozal

Aluminium smelter

17 km from Maputo, Mozambique

BHP Billiton 47.1% of Mozal SARL

Mitsubishi 25% Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Ltd 24%

Mozambique Government 3.9%

BHP Billiton

50-year government concession to use the land

Renewable for 50 years

Standard aluminium ingots561 ktpa

Motraco underlong-term contract

Contract price-linked to SA producer price index

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Product

Nominal production
capacity

Power source

Worsley

Alumina refinery

55 km northeast of Bunbury, Western Australia

BHP Billiton 86%

Sojitz Alumina 4%

Japan Alumina Associates 10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JV

BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd

2,480 ha refinery lease from Western Australia Government expires in 2025

21-year renewal available

Metallurgical grade alumina4.6 MtpaJV-owned on-site coal power station, third party on-site gas-fired steam power generation plant, third party leased on-site multifuel co-generation steam and power generation plant

Alumar

Alumina refinery and aluminium smelter

São Luís, Maranhão, Brazil

Aluminium smelter: BHP Billiton 40%

Alcoa 60% Alumina refinery: BHP Billiton 36% Alcoa and affiliates 54%

Rio Tinto 10%

Alcoa operates both facilitiesAll property held freeholdAlumina and aluminium ingots

Refinery: 3.5 Mtpa alumina

Smelter: 124 ktpa primary aluminium (Potline 1)

Electronorte (Brazilian public power generation concessionaire), under long-term contract

Development projects

There were no active aluminium development projects in FY2014.

Manganese

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business produces a combination of manganese ores and alloys from sites in South Africa and Australia. We are the world’s largest producer of manganese ore and one of the top global producers of manganese alloy. Manganese alloy is a key input into the steelmaking process. Manganese high-grade ore is particularly valuable to alloy producers because of the value in use differential over low-grade ore. The value in use differential is the degree to which high-grade ore is proportionately more efficient than low-grade ore to process in the production of alloy.

Manganese alloy smelters are a key conduit of manganese alloy and ore into steelmaking and enable us to access markets with an optimal mix of ore and alloy, optimise production to best suit market conditions and give us technical insight into the performance of our ores in smelters.

Approximately 83 per cent of our ore production is sold directly to external customers, predominantly located in China, South Korea and India, and the remainder is used as feedstock in our alloy smelters. Manganese alloy is sold to steel mills, mainly in Europe and North America. Manganese ore and alloy are sold on short-term or spot contracts, with prices linked to published indices. Neither commodity is exchange traded, and prices are largely determined by supply and demand balances. Ore is priced per dry metric tonne unit and referenced to a benchmark ore of 44 per cent manganese grade cost insurance freight (CIF) China. Alloy is priced per tonne, typically on a delivered basis (DDP). Manganese production in FY2014 was 8,302 kt of ore and 646 kt of alloy.

We own and manage all of our manganese mining operations and alloy plants through the Manganese joint ventures with Anglo American. In South Africa, we own 60 per cent of Samancor Holdings (Pty) Ltd which via its wholly owned subsidiary, Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd, operates the Metalloys division. Samancor Manganese owns 74 per cent of Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd (HMM), which gives us an effective interest of 44.4 per cent in HMM. The remaining 26 per cent of HMM is owned under the terms of the South AfricanB-BBEE legislation, which reflects our commitment to economic transformation in South Africa. In Australia, we own 60 per cent of Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd (GEMCO) and we have an effective interest of 60 per cent in GEMCO’s wholly owned subsidiary, Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd (TEMCO).

Our assets, Manganese Australia and Manganese South Africa, consist of the following:

Mines

HMM

HMM owns the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine. Mined ore is processed into a saleable product through a crushing and wet screening operation, with some ore undergoing further processing in the form of dense media separation and sintering. Approximately 25 per cent of the ore mined is beneficiated into alloy at Metalloys, with the rest being exported via road and rail through Port Elizabeth (approximately 950 kilometres) and Durban (approximately 1,100 kilometres). In FY2014, the total manganese ore production was 3,526 kt. Wessels has a reserve life of 46 years and Mamatwan has a reserve life of 18 years.

GEMCO

GEMCO is an open-cut mining operation, located 16 kilometres from our port facilities at Milner Bay, Northern Territory. These operations, consisting of crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation, combined with its high-grade ore are in relative close proximity to the Asian export markets. FY2014 production of manganese ore was 4,776 kt. GEMCO has a reserve life of 11 years.

Alloy Plants

Metalloys

The Samancor Manganese Metalloys alloy plant is one of the largest manganese alloy producers in the world. Metalloys produces high- and medium-carbon ferromanganese using ore transported by rail from HMM. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 377 kt.

TEMCO

TEMCO, located in Tasmania, is a medium-sized producer of high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter using ore shipped from GEMCO, primarily using hydroelectric power. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 269 kt.

Information on Manganese mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. These tables should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Gregory Joint Venture

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

Gregory and Crinum mines

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Hay Point and Gladstone ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 310 km and 370 km

BHP Billiton 50%

Mitsubishi Development 50%

BMA

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, expire between 2018 and 2035, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

Production commenced at:

Gregory in 1979

Crinum mine (longwall) commenced in 1997

Production at Gregory open-cut mine ceased in October 2012

Gregory: open-cut

Crinum: longwall underground

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian German Creek Coal measures

Product is a high volatile, low ash hard coking coal

Queensland electricity grid connection is under long-term contracts and power source is under 5-year contracts

On-site beneficiation processing facility

Nominal capacity: in excess of 6 Mtpa

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

South Walker Creek and Poitrel mines

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Hay Point and Dalrymple Bay ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 135 km and 165 km

BHP Billiton 80%

Mitsui and Co 20%

BMC

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements expire between 2015 and 2034, and are renewable for further periods as Queensland Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

South Walker Creek commenced in 1996

Poitrel commenced in 2006

Open-cut

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Rangal Coal measures

Produces a range of coking coal and pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal

Queensland electricity grid

South Walker Creek coal beneficiated on-site

Nominal capacity: in excess of 5 Mtpa

Poitrel mine has Red Mountain joint venture with adjacent Millennium Coal mine to share processing and rail loading facilities

Nominal capacity: in excess of 3 Mtpa

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Manganese oreMt Arthur Coal

��

Approximately 126 km northwest of Newcastle,

New South Wales, Australia

Public road

Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Bayswater Power Station

Export coal transported by third party rail to Newcastle port

100%BHP Billiton

Various mining leases and licences expire between 2015 and 2032

Renewal is being sought for expired mining leases

The original approvals permit mining and other activities to continue during renewal application

Production commenced in 2002

Government approval permits extraction of up to 36 Mtpa of run of mine coal from underground and open-cut operations, with open-cut extraction limited to 32 Mtpa

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking)

Local energy providers

Beneficiation facilities: coal handling, preparation, washing plants

Nominal capacity: in excess of 23 Mtpa

United States        
Hotazel Manganese Mines (HMM)San Juan        

Kalahari Basin, South Africa

Mamatwan and

Wessels mines

25 km west of Farmington, New Mexico, US
 

Public road

 

Most ore and sinter productsCoal transported by rail

Approximately 34% of ore beneficiated locally, balance exported via Port Elizabeth (approximately 950 km)truck and Durban (approximately 1,100 km)conveyor to San Juan Generating Station

 

BHP Billiton

44.4%

Anglo American 29.6%

Ntsimbintle 9% NCAB 7%

Iziko 5%

HMM Education Trust 5%

100%
 BHP Billiton Existing New Order Rights valid until 2035

Mamatwan commissioned in 1964Mining leases from federal and state governments

 

Wessels commissioned in 1973Leases viable as long as minimum production criteria achieved

 

Mamatwan: open-cutSurface mine operations commenced in 1973

 

Wessels:Development of underground

Banded iron manganese ore type mine to replace open-cut mine approved in 2000

 

EskomUnderground

(national power supplier) under contracts at regulated prices

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

 San Juan Generating Station

Mamatwan beneficiation plant: primary, secondaryCoal sized and tertiary crushing with associated screening plantsblended to meet contract quantities and specification

 

Dense medium separator and sinter plant (capacity 1Nominal capacity: 6 Mtpa sinter)(1)

Wessels: primary and secondary crushing circuits with associated screening(1)

Groote Eylandt Mining Company (GEMCO)

Navajo
        
Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, Australia40 km southwest of Farmington, New Mexico, US Ore

Public road

Coal transported 16 km from concentrator by road trainrail to port at Milner BayFour Corners Power Plant

 

BHP Billiton 60%0%

 

Anglo American 40%Navajo Transitional Energy Company 100%

 BHP Billiton 

All leases on Aboriginal landLease held under Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976

Valid until 2031

by Navajo Transitional Energy Company
 Commissioned

Production commenced in 19651963

Divested in FY2014

BHP Billiton continues as operator

 

Open-cut

 

Sandstone claystone sedimentary manganese ore typeProduces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

 On-site diesel power generationFour Corners Power Plant 

Beneficiation process: crushing, screening, washingStackers and dense media separationreclaimers used to size and blend coal to meet contract quantities and specification

 

Produces lump and fines products Capacity:Nominal capacity: 4.8 wet Mtpa

(1)Capacity: Mamatwan – approximately 3.5 Mtpa of ore; Wessels – approximately 1 Mtpa of ore.

Information on Manganese smelters, refineries and processing plants

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant
Mine & location

 

LocationMeans of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

ProductHistory

 

Nominal productionMine type &
capacitymineralisation

style

 

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Manganese alloy

Colombia
       

Metalloys

Cerrejón
       

Manganese alloy plant

(division of Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd)

La Guajira province, Colombia
 Meyerton, South Africa

Public road

Coal exported by company-owned rail to Puerto Bolivar (150 km)

 

BHP Billiton 60%33.33%

 

Anglo American 40%33.33% Glencore 33.33%

 BHP BillitonCerrejón Freehold title over property, plant and equipmentManganese alloys including high-carbon ferromanganese, refined (medium-carbon ferromanganese) alloyMining leases expire in 2034 

410 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese (including hot metal)Original mine began producing in 1976

90 ktpa medium-carbon ferromanganese

BHP Billiton interest acquired in 2000

 

EskomOpen-cut

 

32 MW of internal power generated from furnace off-gases

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company (TEMCO)

Manganese alloy plantProduces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking, suitable for the export market)

 Bell Bay, Tasmania, AustraliaLocal Colombian power system 

BHP Billiton 60%Beneficiation facilities: crushing plant with capacity of 35 Mtpa and washing plant

Anglo American 40%

BHP BillitonFreehold title over property, plant and equipmentFerroalloys, including high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter150 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese 120 ktpa silicomanganese 325 ktpa sinter

Aurora Energy

On-site energy recovery unit generates 11 MW for internal useNominal capacity: 3 Mtpa

Development projects

GEMCOHay Point Coal Terminal Expansion Stage 3

In March 2011, we approved the third expansion

of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis). The project investment has a budget of US$279 million GEMCO Expansion Project (GEEP2) (US$167 million BHP1.5 billion (BHP Billiton share), approved. In January 2015, first coal was loaded through the expanded terminal and the project was 97.6 per cent complete at 30 June 2015.

Cerrejón P40 Project

In August 2011, we announced a US$437 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in July 2011, was delivered on timethe expansion of Cerrejón, known as the P40 Project, which is expected to increase Cerrejón’s thermal coal production by 8 Mtpa to approximately 40 Mtpa (100 per cent basis). The project scope includes a second berth and on budgetdual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain infrastructure. Construction commenced in CY2011 and the project handled its first coal in the December 2013 quarter. GEEP2 increased GEMCO’s capacity from 4.2 MtpaHowever, operational issues are expected to 4.8 Mtpa through the introduction of a dense media circuit by-pass facility. The expansion has also addressed key infrastructure constraints by increasing road and portconstrain capacity to 5.9approximately 35 Mtpa creating 1.1 Mtpa of additional capacity for future expansions.(100 per cent basis) in the medium term. The final cost was US$376 million (BHP Billiton share) and the project was completed during the December 2014 quarter.

Premium Concentrate (PC02)Newcastle Port Third Phase Expansion

In August 20142011, we announced a project to build a stand-alone PC02 plant at GEMCO was approved for US$139367 million (BHP Billiton share US$83 million).share) investment in the third stage development of the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal handling facility in Newcastle. The port expansion project is expected to complete by the December 2015 quarter and produce 0.2 Mtpa in FY2016 and ramp-up to 0.5 Mtpa in FY2017.

HMM

The central block development projectincrease total capacity at the Wessels underground minecoal terminal from 53 Mtpa to 66 Mtpa. This is expected to increase New South Wales Energy Coal’s allocation by 4.6 Mtpa to 19.2 Mtpa. First coal on ship, being progressedthe first ship loaded through the new facility, was achieved in two phases. The first phaseJune 2013, ahead of schedule. At 30 June 2015, the project was 99.5 per cent complete.

IndoMet Coal Project

IndoMet Coal comprises seven coal contracts of work covering a large metallurgical coal resource in Central and East Kalimantan, Indonesia, which was discovered by BHP Billiton in the 1990s. Following an assessment of the importance of local participation in developing the project, in 2010 we sold a 25 per cent interest in the project to a subsidiary of PT Adaro Energy TBK. We retain 75 per cent of the project was commissioned in December 2013 at a cost of US$92.4 million (US$40.7 million BHP Billiton share) and comprised the construction of the ventilation shaft and development of the associated underground ventilation network.hold management responsibility.

The second phase will completeDuring FY2015, IndoMet completed infrastructure required to expand the mine to 1.5 Mtpa and comprises the development of a run of mine infrastructure handling system for central block, the development and equipping of underground workshops, including materials handling design, procurement and installation. A feasibility study was successfully completed in FY2014 and was approved for execution in July 2014received an operating permit to commence mining at a cost of US$30.8 million (US$13.7 million BHP Billiton share). The projectHaju mine. Production is expected to completecommence from the 1 Mtpa Haju mine in the September 2016 quarter.Indonesia during FY2016.

Nickel2.1.5    Other assets

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business primarily supplies nickel products to customers in the stainless steel industry, principally in northern Asia and western Europe. Nickel is an important component of the most commonly used types of stainless steel. We also supply nickel to other markets, including the specialty alloy, foundry, chemicals and refractory material industries. We are a major producer of nickel with total production in FY2014 of 143 kt of contained nickel. We sell our nickel products at various stages including concentrate, matte and metal under a mix of long-term, medium-term and spot volume contracts, with prices linked to the LME nickel price.

Our assets, located in Australia and Colombia, consist of the following operations:

Nickel West

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. We mine nickel-bearing sulphide ore at our Mt Keith and Cliffs operations, located north of Kalgoorlie. Mt Keith has aThe reserve life of 5.9 years. Cliffs is an underground mine with a reserve life of 3.2 years. lives are discussed in section 2.3.2.

We operate concentrator plants at Mt Keith and at Leinster, which also concentrate ore from Cliffs. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations. The Rocky’s Reward open-cut mine, near Leinster, provided a temporary alternative ore supply to Nickel West, with mining operations completed in July 2014.

We also operate the Kambalda concentrator south of Kalgoorlie, where we source ore through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in the Kambalda region. We also have purchase agreements in place for the direct purchase of concentrate, which we re-pulp, dry and blend with other concentrate processed at Kambalda.

Ore from our Mt Keith mine is concentrated at Mt Keith and then transported by road approximately 110 kilometres to Leinster for drying. Ore from the Cliffs and Leinster mines is concentrated and dried at Leinster. Dry nickel concentrate is then transported via road and rail approximately 375 kilometres to our Kalgoorlie smelter. Concentrate from Kambalda is transported via rail approximately 60 kilometres to our Kalgoorlie smelter.

Small volumes of concentrate are sold into the external market; however, the majority of volumes are processed into nickel matte, containing approximately 65 per cent nickel. In FY2014,FY2015, we exported approximately 2930 per cent of our nickel matte production. The remaining nickel matte is transported, principally by rail, to our Kwinana nickel refinery, a distance of approximately 650 kilometres. The nickel matte is processed into nickel metal in the form of LME grade briquettes and nickel powder, together with a range of saleable by-products.

Nickel West production in FY2014FY2015 was 98.990 kt of contained nickel.

Cerro Matoso

Our 99.98 per cent owned Cerro Matoso Asset in Colombia combines a lateritic nickel ore deposit with a ferronickel smelter. The smelter produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. Cerro Matoso has an estimated reserve lifeOn 14 May 2014, we announced we were reviewing the long-term future of 15 years. Production in FY2014 was 44.3 ktNickel West, including considering the sale of nickel in ferronickel form.

During FY2013, Cerro Matoso successfully extended its mining concessions with the Colombian Government until 2029, with a conditional extension until 2044. The agreement includes an increase in the royalty rate from 12 per cent to 13 per cent. The extensionsome or all of the contract termasset. Having carefully considered all of the options available to 2044 is conditionalus, on Cerro Matoso increasing processing capacity by 50 per cent by 2022.12 November 2014, we announced that Nickel West will remain part of BHP Billiton, and that we will continue to operate it to process our known ore reserves.

Information on Nickel mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

 

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Nickel

Australia
        

Nickel

Nickel West
Mt Keith

485 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia

 

Private road

 

Nickel concentrate transported by road to Leinster nickel operations for drying and on-shipping

 100% BHP Billiton 

Mining leases granted by Western Australia Government

 

Key leases expire between 20152029 and 20342036

 

Renewals at government discretion

 

Officially commissionedCommissioned in 1995 by WMC

 

Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Open-cut

 

Disseminated textured magmatic nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with a metamorphosed ultramafic intrusion

 

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines

 

Contracts expire in 2024December 2023

 

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

 

Concentration plant with a nominal capacity:

11 Mtpa of ore

Leinster

        
375 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 

Public road

Nickel concentrate shipped by road and rail to Kalgoorlie nickel smelter

 100% BHP Billiton 

Mining leases granted by Western Australia Government

Key leases expire between 2019 and 2034

Renewals at government discretion

 

Production commenced in 1979

 

Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Perseverance underground mine ceased operations during 2013

 

Open-cut

 

Steeply dipping disseminated and massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows and intrusions

 

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines

 

Contracts expire in 2024December 2023

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

 Concentration plant with a nominal capacity: 3 Mtpa of ore

Mine & location

 

Means of access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Power source

 

Facilities, use &
condition

Cliffs

        
481 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 

Private road

 

Nickel ore transported by road to Leinster nickel operations for further processing

 100% BHP Billiton 

Mining leases granted by Western Australia Government

 

Key leases expire between 2025 and 2028

 

Renewals at government discretion

 

Production commenced in 2008

 

Acquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Underground

 

Steeply dipping massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows

 Supplied from Mt Keith Mine site

Cerro Matoso

Montelibano, Córdoba, ColombiaPublic road

BHP Billiton 99.98%

Employees and former employees 0.02%

BHP BillitonNew terms agreed effective 1 October 2012 until 2029 with conditional extension to 2044 if ore processing capacity is increased 50% by 2022

Mining commenced in 1980

Nickel production started in 1982

Ownership increased to 53% in 1989 and to 99.94% in 2007

Expansion project to double installed capacity completed in 2001

Open-cut

Nickel-laterite mineralisation formed from residual weathering of ophiolitic peridotite

National electricity grid under contracts expiring in December 2014

New supply contract agreed for 2016 to 2018

Renewal process for 2015 in progress

Domestic natural gas for drier and kiln operation supplied by owned pipeline

Gas supply contracts expiring December 2021

Ferronickel smelter and refinery integrated with the mine

Beneficiation plant: primary and secondary crusher

Nominal capacity: 50 ktpa of nickel in ferronickel form

Actual production depends on nickel grade from the mine

Information on Nickel smelters, refineries and processing plants

 

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

 

Location

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

 

Product

 

Nominal production
capacity

 

Power source

Nickel

       

Kambalda

       

Nickel concentrator

 56 km south of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 100% BHP Billiton 

MineralMining leases granted by Western Australia Government

 

Key leases expire in 2028

 

Renewals at government discretion

 Concentrate containing approximately 14%13% nickel 

1.6 Mtpa ore

 

Ore sourced through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in Kambalda region

 

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines supplemented by access to grid power

 

Contracts expire in January 2024December 2023

 

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Kalgoorlie

       

Nickel smelter

 Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 100% BHP Billiton Freehold title over the property Matte containing approximately 65% nickel 110 ktpa nickel matte 

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines supplemented by access to grid power

 

Contracts expire in January 2024December 2023

 

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Kwinana

       

Nickel refinery

 30 km south of Perth, Western Australia 100% BHP Billiton Freehold title over the property 

LME grade nickel briquettes, nickel powder

 

Also intermediate products, including copper sulphide, cobalt-nickel-sulphide, ammonium-sulphate

 70 ktpa nickel metalmatte Power is sourced from the local grid, which is supplied under a retail contract.contract

Development projects

There were no active nickel development projects in FY2014.

2.1.6    Marketing

BHP Billiton’s Marketing organisation managessupports the Group’s revenue line and is responsible for:strategy by:

 

selling the Group’s products and for purchasing all major raw materials;securing sales of BHP Billiton product;

 

supportingrealising the Businesses to maximise thefull value of upstream resources;our products;

 

managing the supply chain from resources to customers;markets;

 

achievingsupporting strategic decision-making by providing market clearing pricesinsights;

minimising operating costs and optimising working capital.

Marketing’s responsibilities, activities and organisational structure are designed to give effect to this purpose.

The Marketing organisation is accountable for managing the Group’s products;

developing the Group-wide view of the markets and future pricing.

Our responsibilities require an active presence in the various commodities markets, the global freight market, and in crude and gas pipeline transportation. We manage the supply chain for our products and develop strong relationships with our customers. We actively manage the levels of finished goods inventory, supply vendor payables and trade receivables, thereby ensuring we do not carry excess working capital. We also manage credit and price risk by assessing customers for creditworthiness while ensuring our sales positions are reflective of the market at the time of delivery by linking to commodity market indices.

revenue line. Marketing adds value by releasing full economic value ofleveraging the Group’s products through maximising unit price; minimising the costs of distribution and major traded raw materials that are consumed in the Businesses’ production processes; supporting the Businesses in optimising theintrinsic value of our resources via our approachproducts, customer relationships and the Group’s broader value proposition relative to qualityother market participants to maximise realised sales prices, minimising the cost of raw materials inputs, optimising freight and other commercial parameters;distribution costs, minimising overheads, enabling the Businesses to maximise upstream resource value, managing market-related risks, and ensuring the Group’s long-run view of long-run markets is well informed and insightful. This allows the Businesses to focus on safety, production and cost, while Marketing focuses on optimising realised prices and sales outcomes.

OurMarketing is organised into trading and marketing units (TMUs) that are specialised in marketing particular commodities, to enable tailored strategies for the differences and features of each of the markets for BHP Billiton’s products. Even within a specific commodity type, the markets can be quite different (e.g. the market insightfor copper cathode is strengthened by our proximityquite different to the market for copper concentrates).

Each TMU is responsible for forming strong partnerships with our customers and placing the flowright product with the right customer at the right time. A solid understanding of informationboth the intrinsic value of our products and the technical requirements of each customer is reflected in the fair value of our centralised marketing structure. We researchproducts.

Marketing also engages in technical collaboration with many customers to enhance mutual understanding of customer perceptions and analyse the fundamentals of demandrequirements and supply and integrate this knowledge into long-run viewshow BHP Billiton products will better serve such requirements by:

developing a solid understanding of the commodity markets, enablingtechnical requirements of a customer’s individual production processes and specific product requirement;

assisting in ensuring customers are able to make optimal use of BHP Billiton’s products.

Consistent with our philosophy of locating our major units close to their main activities, the Group to plan and invest optimally.

The primary hub for our marketing activities is Singapore, where we employ approximately 480 people, while our marketing of oil and gas is headquartered in Houston, United States. The two Marketing hub offices incorporate all the functions required to manage marketingsales and distribution from our Businesses to our customers. In addition, we have regional marketers located close to our customers in 14nine cities across the world. This model enables centralised decision-making supported by regional liaison officesHaving our primary marketing hub in Singapore ensures that we are close to our major customers with Asian commodity flows, which increasingly dominate world flows. Sixty-eight per cent of BHP Billiton’s sales are in Asia.

Singapore not only provides a highly skilled work force, but also provides for a stable and transparent regulatory framework that build long-term value-creating relationships.supports trade and investment. Furthermore, Singapore is a world leader in logistic capabilities and provides a base for world-class connectivity with an effective transportation network. Singapore’s workforce also gives us access to staff that speak the languages of our key customers in Asia. The high living standards in Singapore attract the highly qualified mobile people we need to manage our continuously evolving business.

The consolidation of commercial accountabilities through a centralised model presents one face to markets and customers across multiple commodities, and allows our centralisedassets to focus on their key priorities of maximising production safely at a low cost of production. The model enables the optimisation of ourBHP Billiton’s sales positions, provides greater value to distribution activities, and ensures more effective governance and risk management, which improves commercial capability thereby maximising sales prices for our commercial capability.commodities benefitting the Group as a whole and our production assets specifically. Marketing demonstratesalso utilises a structured, rigorous and consistent framework to identify, plan and execute productivity improvement opportunities.

Co-location of TMUs ensures that market insights can be leveraged across products. Based on these shared insights, our marketers have been able to drive major value accretive initiatives and efficiencies within the Group, as well as across the wider industry. For example, BHP Billiton’s cross-industry engagement and leadership in the drive towards improved liquidity and transparency in the markets for many of our commoditiesthe Group’s products through our investmentssupport of and investment in, centrally located transparent multilateral electronic platforms as physical sales channels,transaction platforms, such as the development and introduction of globalORE, globalCOAL and the China Beijing International Mining Exchange. We actively focus on sustaining relationships with our customers to assure our access to market

Freight and to sell our products at market prices.

Withindistribution costs account for approximately 80 per cent of the Singapore hub, we havetotal costs managed by Marketing. Marketing has a centralised ocean freight businessteam that manages our in-house freight requirements for the Group. The objective of the freight business is to create a competitive advantage through the procurement of safe, sustainable shipping solutions, which both maximise production throughput and minimise costs through the Group’s supply chains.

AsBHP Billiton is one of the largest global shippers of bulk commodities, we are seen as acommodities. The Group’s key trading partner, allowingrole in the market allows us to select amongdrive safety and best practice via our interactions and usage of the highest quality freight service providers and ship owners. The scope and scale of our commodity portfolio

and extensive fleet of hire chartered vessels allows usthe Group to arbitrage and optimise positions to minimise freight costs. This includes flexibility in diverting tonnages between markets;markets, maximising tonnages for both inbound and outbound journeys;journeys, and parcelling of commodities.

BHP Billiton’s market insight is enhanced by the Group’s proximity to customers and the flow of information through the centralised structure. Marketing analyses the fundamentals of demand and supply to inform our long-run views of commodity markets. We are proud ofconsider various global scenarios in our strong partnerships with our customers. We provide them with reliable supply of product at market-reflective prices. We engagemodelling, and regularly monitor ‘signposts’ in technical collaboration with many of our customers,the market to improve ourensure an in-depth understanding of their needsevolving trends.

Our commodity price forecasts support asset and help ensure theyportfolio level investment decisions, strategic planning and capital management. Marketing’s outlook on the global economy, the resource industry and each of the commodities in our portfolio also serve to inform broader organisational priorities, such as our position on climate change.

2.1.7    Discontinued operations

The assets that were demerged from BHP Billiton to form South32 (now Discontinued operations) are ablesummarised below. The information below reflects the assets as at 25 May 2015. For further information on the demerger, see sections 1.3.7 or 1.6.4 of this Annual Report or note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to make optimal usethe Financial Statements.

LOGO

Alumina

Worsley Alumina

Worsley Alumina is an integrated bauxite mining and alumina refining operation located in Western Australia. At the time of our products.separation, Bauxite ore mined near Boddington was conveyed to the Worsley Alumina refinery, located near Bunbury. Alumina was then railed from the refinery to Bunbury for export to Worsley Alumina’s export customers, including South32’s Hillside and Mozal Aluminium smelters in southern Africa.

Aluminium

South Africa Aluminium

South Africa Aluminium comprises the Hillside smelter near Richards Bay, South Africa. Hillside imported alumina from the Worsley Alumina refinery. At the time of separation, approximately 80 per cent of Hillside’s aluminium production was exported through Richards Bay Port with the balance of Hillside’s aluminium production trucked to the Bayside casthouse or to domestic customers.

Mozal Aluminium

Mozal Aluminium is an aluminium smelter located near Maputo, Mozambique. At the time of separation, alumina was supplied to Mozal Aluminium from the Worsley Alumina refinery, which is now majority owned by South32. Most of Mozal Aluminium’s aluminium was exported to Europe through Matola, the port of Maputo.

Brazil Aluminium

Brazil Aluminium comprises an interest in the Mineração Rio do Norte (MRN) Mine, as well as its interests in the Alumar alumina refinery and Alumar aluminium smelter, together with some interests in ancillary facilities

and lands. The MRN Mine is located in the Trombetas region in the state of Para, Brazil and Alumar is located at Sao Luis in the state of Maranhao, Brazil. At the time of separation, the majority of the bauxite produced from the MRN Mine was sold to its shareholders and related parties. Bauxite produced from the MRN Mine was previously supplied to the Alumar refinery, where most of the alumina produced was exported via the nearby Sao Marcos Bay facilities, with a small portion transferred to the Alumar smelter. All of Alumar’s aluminium production was trucked to domestic customers.

Coal

South Africa Energy Coal

South Africa Energy Coal operates four energy coal mines in the Witbank region, located in the Mpumalanga province of South Africa. At the time of separation, approximately 55 per cent of coal produced was sold domestically and the remainder was exported through the Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT).

Illawarra Metallurgical Coal

Illawarra Metallurgical Coal operates three underground metallurgical coal mines near Wollongong in New South Wales, Australia. At the time of separation, metallurgical coal was trucked to Port Kembla Coal Terminal or to BlueScope Steel Limited’s Port Kembla steelworks.

Manganese

Australia Manganese

Australia Manganese comprises the GEMCO open-cut manganese mine and the TEMCO manganese alloy plant. At the time of separation, GEMCO, which is located in the Northern Territory, Australia, exported approximately 90 per cent of its ore product to customers through port facilities at Milner Bay and the balance of the ore was shipped to the TEMCO manganese alloy plant in Bell Bay, Tasmania, Australia. The majority of TEMCO’s alloy production was exported to customers in Asia and North America, with the balance of TEMCO’s production being sold to steel customers in Australia and New Zealand.

South Africa Manganese

South Africa Manganese comprises the Hotazel Mines, being the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine, and the Metalloys plant. The Hotazel Mines are located near the town of Kuruman, South Africa. At the time of separation, approximately 75 per cent of the ore was processed at the mine resulting in export saleable product. The remainder of the ore was converted to alloy at the Metalloys plant, which is located near Johannesburg, South Africa.

Nickel

Cerro Matoso

Cerro Matoso is an open-cut lateritic nickel mine and ferronickel smelter, located near Montelibano, in the Cordoba Department in northern Colombia, which produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. At the time of separation, the product was transported approximately 260 kilometres by road to Cartagena.

Silver

Cannington

Cannington is a silver, lead and zinc underground mine and concentrator operation located approximately 200 kilometres southeast of Mount Isa in northwest Queensland, Australia. At the time of separation, concentrate produced at Cannington was trucked to the Yurbi rail loading facility and then railed approximately 800 kilometres to the Port of Townsville for export to customers mainly located in northeast Asia, Europe and Canada.

2.2    Production

2.2.1    Petroleum

The table below details Petroleum’s historical net crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids production, primarily by geographic segment, for each of the three years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012.2013. We have shown volumes of marketable production after deduction of applicable royalties, fuel and flare. We have included in the table average production costs per unit of production and average sales prices for oil and condensate and natural gas for each of those periods.

 

 BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
  BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
     2014         2013         2012          2015         2014         2013     

Production volumes

      

Crude oil and condensate(’000 of barrels)

      

Australia

  23,645    25,922    31,145    21,397   23,645   25,922  

United States

  53,964    38,724    30,824    71,626   53,964   38,724  

Other(5)

  6,452    7,866    9,232    5,559   6,452   7,866  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total crude oil and condensate

  84,061    72,512    71,201    98,582   84,061   72,512  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural gas(billion cubic feet)

      

Australia

  287.5    276.13    249.97    294.8   287.5   276.13  

United States

  460.2    489.03    456.69    431.7   460.2   489.03  

Other(5)

  91.6    109.11    115.60    60.1   91.6   109.11  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total natural gas

  839.3    874.27    822.26    786.6   839.3   874.27  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural Gas Liquids(1)(’000 of barrels)

      

Australia

  8,448    7,927    7,943    7,214   8,448   7,927  

United States

  13,620    9,575    5,744    18,681   13,620   9,575  

Other(5)

  18    37    398    101   18   37  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total NGL(1)

  22,086    17,539    14,085    25,996   22,086   17,539  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total production of petroleum products(million barrels of oil equivalent)(2)

      

Australia

  80.01    79.87    80.75    77.74   80.01   79.87  

United States

  144.28    129.80    112.69    162.26   144.28   129.80  

Other(5)

  21.74    26.09    28.90    15.68   21.74   26.09  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total production of petroleum products

  246.03    235.76    222.34    255.68   246.03   235.76  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Average sales price

      

Crude oil and condensate(US$ per barrel)

      

Australia

  111.88    110.83    114.33    76.30   111.88   110.83  

United States

  97.57    102.33    106.22    64.77   97.57   102.33  

Other(5)

  108.13    107.46    113.26    72.90   108.13   107.46  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total crude oil and condensate

  102.47    105.91    110.66    67.68   102.47   105.91  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural gas(US$ per thousand cubic feet)

      

Australia

  5.20    4.73    4.62    4.88   5.20   4.73  

United States

  4.10    3.29    2.82    3.27   4.10   3.29  

Other(5)

  3.92    4.42    4.13    4.00   3.92   4.42  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total natural gas

  4.35    3.76    3.40    3.77   4.35   3.76  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural Gas Liquids(US$ per barrel)

      

Australia

  63.12    63.13    61.61    63.26   63.12   63.13  

United States

  30.28    30.41    45.72    18.35   30.28   30.41  

Other(5)

  32.00    28.61    55.06    29.55   32.00   28.61  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total NGL

  42.28    45.70    54.85    44.72   42.28   45.70  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Average production cost(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent)(3) (4)

   

Total average production cost(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent) (3) (4)

   

Australia

  8.18    8.23    7.95    7.08   8.18   8.23  

United States

  7.80    6.27    5.91    7.73   7.80   6.27  

Other(5)

  9.58    8.45    7.84    13.32   9.58   8.45  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Average production cost

  8.08    7.18    6.90  

Total average production cost

  7.88   8.08   7.18  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1) LPG and ethane are reported as Natural Gas Liquids (NGL).

 

(2) Total barrels of oil equivalent (boe) conversion is based on the following: 6,000 scfstandard cubic feet (scf) of natural gas equals one boe.

 

(3) Average production costs include direct and indirect costs relating to the production of hydrocarbons and the foreign exchange effect of translating local currency denominated costs into US dollars, but excludes ad valorem and severance taxes.

 

(4)Total average production costs reported here do not include the costs to transport our produced hydrocarbons to the point of sale. Total production costs, including transportation costs, but excluding ad valorem and severance taxes, were US$11.7011.09 per boe, US$10.8511.70 per boe, and US$10.0010.85 per boe for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012,2013, respectively.

 

(5) Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago, and the United Kingdom.

2.2.2    Minerals

The table below details our mineral and derivative product production for all Businesses except Petroleum for the three years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 2013 and 2012. The2013. Unless otherwise stated, the production numbers represent our share of production including ourand include the proportional share of production forfrom which incomeprofit is derived from our equity accounted investments, unless otherwise stated. The Group changed its accounting policyinvestments. Production information for equity accounted investments from 1 July 2013 as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ and note 37 ‘Impactis included to provide insight into the operational performance of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies’ in the Financial Statements.these entities. For discussion of minerals pricing during the past three years, refer to section 1.15.1.

 

  BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
   BHP Billiton
Group interest

%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production (1)
Year ended 30 June
 
      2014           2013           2012           2015           2014           2013     

Copper Business (1)(2)

                

Copper

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

                

Escondida, Chile (2)

   57.5     844.7     831.5     580.5  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     143.5     139.7     127.0  

Pinto Valley, United States (3)

   100     12.5     16.6       

Escondida, Chile (3)

   57.5     916.1     844.7     831.5  

Antamina, Peru (4)

   33.75     107.7     143.5     139.7  

Pinto Valley, United States (5)

   100          12.5     16.6  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total copper concentrate

     1,000.7     987.8     707.5       1,023.8     1,000.7     987.8  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Copper cathode(’000 tonnes)

                

Escondida, Chile (2)

   57.5     308.0     297.9     299.1  

Escondida, Chile (3)

   57.5     310.4     308.0     297.9  

Pampa Norte, Chile (4)(6)

   100     233.1     232.6     263.7     100     249.6     233.1     232.6  

Pinto Valley, United States (3)

   100     0.9     4.9     5.4  

Pinto Valley, United States (5)

   100          0.9     4.9  

Olympic Dam, Australia

   100     184.4     166.2     192.6     100     124.5     184.4     166.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total copper cathode

     726.4     701.6     760.8       684.5     726.4     701.6  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total copper concentrate and cathode

     1,727.1     1,689.4     1,468.3       1,708.3     1,727.1     1,689.4  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Lead

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

                

Cannington, Australia

   100     186.5     213.4     239.1  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     1.5     1.0     0.8  

Antamina, Peru (4)

   33.75     2.1     1.5     1.0  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total lead

     188.0     214.4     239.9       2.1     1.5     1.0  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Zinc

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Antamina, Peru (4)

   33.75     66.4     52.0     71.9  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total zinc

     66.4     52.0     71.9  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

  BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
   BHP Billiton
Group interest

%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production (1)
Year ended 30 June
 
      2014           2013           2012           2015           2014           2013     

Zinc

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100     57.9     56.3     54.7  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     52.0     71.9     57.5  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total zinc

     109.9     128.2     112.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Gold

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 ounces)

                

Escondida, Chile(2)

   57.5     72.9     71.5     88.5  

Pinto Valley, United States(3)

   100     0.1            

Escondida, Chile (3)

   57.5     81.5     72.9     71.5  

Pinto Valley, United States (5)

   100          0.1       

Olympic Dam, Australia (refined gold)

   100     121.3     113.3     117.8     100     104.8     121.3     113.3  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total gold

     194.3     184.8     206.3       186.3     194.3     184.8  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Silver

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 ounces)

                

Escondida, Chile(2)

   57.5     4,271     2,960     3,341  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     4,359     3,952     4,272  

Cannington, Australia

   100     25,161     31,062     34,208  

Escondida, Chile (3)

   57.5     4,786     4,271     2,960  

Antamina, Peru (4)

   33.75     3,826     4,359     3,952  

Olympic Dam, Australia (refined silver)

   100     972     880     907     100     724     972     880  

Pinto Valley, United States(3)

   100     41     59       

Pinto Valley, United States (5)

   100          41     59  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total silver

     34,804     38,913     42,728       9,336     9,643     7,851  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Uranium

                

Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)

                

Olympic Dam, Australia

   100     3,988     4,066     3,853     100     3,144     3,988     4,066  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total uranium

     3,988     4,066     3,853       3,144     3,988     4,066  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Molybdenum

                

Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)

                

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     1,201     1,561     2,346  

Antamina, Peru (4)

   33.75     472     1,201     1,561  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total molybdenum

     1,201     1,561     2,346       472     1,201     1,561  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Iron Ore Business

                

WAIO

        

Production (’000 tonnes)(5)

        

Western Australia Iron Ore

        

Production (’000 tonnes) (7)

        

Newman, Australia

   85     56,915     44,620     39,988     85     63,697     56,915     44,620  

Yarrie, Australia(6)

   85     836     1,106     768  

Yarrie, Australia (8)

   85          836     1,106  

Area C Joint Venture, Australia

   85     46,960     44,717     42,425     85     49,994     46,960     44,717  

Yandi Joint Venture, Australia

   85     68,518     60,054     53,536     85     68,551     68,518     60,054  

Jimblebar, Australia(7)

   85     8,863            

Wheelarra, Australia(8)

   85     10,553     8,377     11,338 

Jimblebar, Australia (9)

   85     16,759     8,863       

Wheelarra, Australia (10)

   85     18,994     10,553     8,377  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total WAIO

     192,645     158,874     148,055  

Total Western Australia Iron Ore

     217,995     192,645     158,874  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Samarco, Brazil

   50     10,919     10,982     11,423  

Samarco, Brazil (4)

   50     14,513     10,919     10,982  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total iron ore

     203,564     169,856     159,478       232,508     203,564     169,856  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
         2014           2013           2012     

Coal Business

        

Metallurgical coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes) (9)

        

Blackwater, Australia

   50     6,730     5,432     4,435  

Goonyella Riverside, Australia

   50     7,330     6,221     5,003  

Peak Downs, Australia

   50     4,909     4,545     3,534  

Saraji, Australia

   50     4,558     3,449     3,053  

Gregory Joint Venture, Australia

   50     2,965     2,523     1,411  

Daunia, Australia

   50     2,201     475       

Caval Ridge, Australia (10)

   50     563            

Norwich Park, Australia

   50               1,175  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BMA

     29,256     22,645     18,611  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

South Walker Creek, Australia (11)

   80     5,246     4,351     4,081  

Poitrel, Australia (11)

   80     3,063     2,712     2,612  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

     8,309     7,063     6,693  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Queensland Coal

     37,565     29,708     25,304  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Illawarra Coal, Australia

   100     7,513     7,942     7,926  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total metallurgical coal

     45,078     37,650     33,230  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Energy coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Navajo, United States (12)

   100     5,127     7,468     7,054  

San Juan, United States

   100     5,685     5,323     5,514  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New Mexico Coal

     10,812     12,791     12,568  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Middelburg/Wolvekrans, South Africa (13)

   90     13,368     14,669     14,848  

Khutala, South Africa (13)

   90     9,718     9,554     10,863  

Klipspruit, South Africa (13)

   90     7,298     7,404     7,568  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Energy Coal South Africa

     30,384     31,627    33,279  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mt Arthur Coal, Australia

   100     19,964     18,010     16,757  

Cerrejón, Colombia

   33.3     12,332     10,017     11,663  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total energy coal

     73,492     72,445     74,267  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

        

Alumina

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Worsley, Australia

   86     3,916     3,675     2,917  

Alumar, Brazil

   36     1,262     1,205     1,235  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alumina

     5,178     4,880     4,152  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hillside, South Africa

   100     715     665     621  

Bayside, South Africa (14)

   100     89     96     98  

Alumar, Brazil

   40     104     154     170  

Mozal, Mozambique

   47     266     264     264  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total aluminium

     1,174     1,179     1,153  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   BHP Billiton
Group interest

%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production (1)
Year ended 30 June
 
         2015           2014           2013     

Coal Business

        

Metallurgical coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes) (11)

        

Blackwater, Australia

   50     6,994     6,730     5,432  

Goonyella Riverside, Australia

   50     8,510     7,330     6,221  

Peak Downs, Australia

   50     5,111     4,909     4,545  

Saraji, Australia

   50     4,506     4,558     3,449  

Gregory Joint Venture, Australia

   50     3,294     2,965     2,523  

Daunia, Australia

   50     2,383     2,201     475  

Caval Ridge, Australia (12)

   50     3,064     563       
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance

     33,862     29,256     22,645  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

South Walker Creek, Australia (13)

   80     5,293     5,246     4,351  

Poitrel, Australia (13)

   80     3,466     3,063     2,712  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

     8,759     8,309     7,063  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Queensland Coal

     42,621     37,565     29,708  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total metallurgical coal

     42,621     37,565     29,708  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Energy coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Navajo, United States (14)

   100     4,858     5,127     7,468  

San Juan, United States

   100     5,165     5,685     5,323  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New Mexico Coal

     10,023     10,812     12,791  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

New South Wales Energy Coal, Australia

   100     19,698     19,964     18,010  

Cerrejón, Colombia (4)

   33.3     11,291     12,332     10,017  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total energy coal

     41,012     43,108     40,818  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets

        

Nickel

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Nickel West, Australia

   100     89.9     98.9     103.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nickel

     89.9     98.9     103.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations (15)

        

Lead

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100     151.6     186.5     213.4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lead

     151.6     186.5     213.4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Zinc

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100     60.0     57.9     56.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total zinc

     60.0     57.9     56.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
         2014           2013           2012     

Manganese ores

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hotazel Manganese Mines, South Africa (15)

   44.4     3,526     3,490     3,625  

GEMCO, Australia (15)

   60     4,776     5,027     4,306  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese ores

     8,302     8,517     7,931  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese alloys

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Metalloys, South Africa (15) (16)

   60     377     374     404  

TEMCO, Australia (15)

   60     269     234     198  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese alloys

     646     608     602  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nickel

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Cerro Matoso, Colombia

   99.9     44.3     50.8     48.9  

Nickel West, Australia

   100     98.9     103.3     109.0  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nickel

     143.2     154.1     157.9  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Divested businesses

        

Diamonds

        

Production (’000 carats)

        

EKATI, Canada

   80          972     1,784  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total diamonds

          972     1,784  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Titanium minerals

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Titanium slag

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          53     384  

Rutile

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          6     38  

Zircon

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          16     100  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total titanium minerals

          75     522  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   BHP Billiton
Group interest

%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production (1)
Year ended 30 June
 
         2015           2014           2013     

Silver

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 ounces)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100     18,718     25,161     31,062  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total silver

     18,718     25,161     31,062  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metallurgical coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Illawarra Coal, Australia

   100     7,216     7,513     7,942  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total metallurgical coal

     7,216     7,513     7,942  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Energy coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Energy Coal South Africa, South Africa (16)

   90     28,677     30,384     31,627  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total energy coal

     28,677     30,384     31,627  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nickel

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Cerro Matoso, Columbia

   99.9     33.7     44.3     50.8  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nickel

     33.7     44.3     50.8  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Alumina

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Worsley, Australia

   86     3,181     3,916     3,675  

Alumar, Brazil

   36     1,103     1,262     1,205  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alumina

     4,284     5,178     4,880  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hillside, South Africa

   100     581     715     665  

Bayside, South Africa (17)

   100          89     96  

Alumar, Brazil

   40     40     104     154  

Mozal, Mozambique

   47     222     266     264  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total aluminium

     843     1,174     1,179  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese ores

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hotazel Manganese Mines, South Africa (18)

   44.4     3,138     3,526     3,490  

GEMCO, Australia (18)

   60     4,086     4,776     5,027  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese ores

     7,224     8,302     8,517  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese alloys

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Metalloys, South Africa (18) (19)

   60     379     377     374  

TEMCO, Australia (18)

   60     233     269     234  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese alloys

     612     646     608  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   BHP Billiton
Group interest

%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production (1)
Year ended 30 June
 
         2015           2014           2013     

Divested businesses

        

Diamonds

        

Production (’000 carats)

        

EKATITM, Canada

   80               972  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total diamonds

               972  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Titanium minerals

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Titanium slag

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76               53  

Rutile

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76               6  

Zircon

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76               16  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total titanium minerals

               75  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)BHP Billiton Group share of production includes the proportional share of production for which profit is derived from our equity accounted investments, unless otherwise stated.

(2) Metal production is reported on the basis of payable metal.

 

(2)(3) Shown on 100 per cent basis following the application of IFRS 10, which came into effect from 1 July 2013. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 57.5 per cent.

 

(3)(4)For statutory financial reporting purposes, this is an equity accounted investment. We have included production numbers from our equity accounted investments as the level of production and operating performance from these operations impacts Underlying EBIT of the Group. Our use of Underlying EBIT is explained in section 1.11.1 of this Annual Report.

(5) On 11 October 2013, BHP Billiton completed the sale of its Pinto Valley operations.

 

(4)(6) Includes Cerro Colorado and Spence.

 

(5)(7) Iron ore production is reported on a wet tonnes basis.

 

(6)(8) Yarrie ceased production on 25 February 2014.

 

(7)(9) Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 85 per cent.

 

(8)(10) All production from Wheelarra is now processed via the Jimblebar processing hub.

 

(9)(11)Metallurgical coal production is reported on the basis of saleable product. Production figures include some thermal coal.

(10)(12) Caval Ridge achieved first production in the June 2014 quarter.

 

(11)(13)Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 80 per cent.

 

(12)(14)BHP Billiton completed the sale of Navajo Mine on 30 December 2013. As BHP Billiton will retain control of the mine until full consideration is received, production will continue to be reported by the Group.

 

(13)(15)Production shown from 1 July 2014 to 30 April 2015. Refer to sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, 2.1.7 and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements for more information on the demerger of assets to form South32.

(16) Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 90 per cent.

 

(14)(17) Aluminium smelting at Bayside ceased with the closure of the final potline in June 2014.

 

(15)(18) Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 60 per cent, except Hotazel Manganese Mines which is 44.4 per cent.

 

(16)(19) Production includes medium-carbon ferromanganese.

2.3    Reserves

2.3.1    Petroleum reserves

Reserves and production

BHP Billiton Petroleum proved reserves are estimated and reported according to US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) standards and have been determined in accordance with SEC Rule 4-10(a) ofRegulation S-X. Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGL), which, that, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, operating contracts and government regulations. Unless evidence indicates that renewal of existing operating contracts is reasonably certain, estimates of economically producible reserves reflect only the period before the contracts expire. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence within a reasonable time. Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods, and through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserve estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well. As specified in SEC Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X, oil and gas prices are taken as the unweighted average of the corresponding first day of the month prices for the 12 months prior to the ending date of the period covered.

Estimates of oil and gas reserves are inherently imprecise, require the application of judgement and are subject to future revision. Accordingly, financial and accounting measures (such as the standardised measure of discounted cash flows, depreciation, depletion and amortisation charges, the assessment of impairments and the assessment of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets) that are based on reserve estimates are also subject to change.

Proved reserves were estimated by reference to available well and reservoir information, including but not limited to well logs, well test data, core data, production and pressure data, geologic data, seismic data and, in some cases, to similar data from analogous, producing reservoirs. A wide range of engineering and geoscience methods, including performance analysis, well analogues and geologic studies were used to estimate high confidence proved developed and undeveloped reserves in accordance with SEC regulations. For our conventional assets,operations, performance of producing wells was based on rate and pressure decline methods, including material balance, and was supplemented by reservoir simulation models where appropriate. In our Onshore US shale assets,operations, performance of producing wells was based on decline and pressure normalised decline curve analysis methods. For wells that lacked sufficient production history, reserves were estimated using performance-based type curves and offset location analogues with similar geologic and reservoir characteristics. When assessing proved undeveloped locations, a combination of geologic and engineering data, and where appropriate, statistical analysis was used to support the assignment of proved undeveloped reserves. Performance data, along with log and core data, was used to delineate consistent, continuous reservoir characteristics in core areas of the

development. Proved undeveloped locations were included in core areas between known data and adjacent to productive wells. Locations where a high degree of certainty could not be demonstrated using the above technologies and techniques were not categorised as proved.

Proved reserve estimates were attributed to future development projects only where there is a significant commitment to project funding and execution, and for which applicable government and regulatory approvals have been secured or are reasonably certain to be secured. Furthermore, estimates of proved reserves include only volumes for which access to market is assured with reasonable certainty. All proved reserve estimates are

subject to revision, either upward or downward, based on new information, such as from development drilling and production activities, or from changes in economic factors, including product prices, contract terms or development plans.

Reserve estimates contained in this section have been estimated with deterministic methodology, with the exception of the North West Shelf gas operation in Australia, where probabilistic methodology has been utilised to estimate and aggregate reserves for the reservoirs dedicated to the gas project only. The probabilistic based portion of these reserves totals 3038 MMboe (total boe conversion is based on the following: 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe) and represents approximately onetwo per cent of our total reported proved reserves. Aggregation of proved reserves beyond the field/project level has been performed by arithmetic summation. Due to portfolio effects, aggregates of proved reserves may be conservative. The custody transfer point(s) or point(s) of sale applicable for each field or project are the reference point for reserves. The reserves replacement ratio is the reserves change during the year before production, divided by the production during the year stated as a percentage.

The Petroleum Reserves Group (PRG) is a dedicated group that provides oversight of the reserves’ assessment and reporting processes. It is independent of the various assetoperation teams directly responsible for development and production activities. The PRG is staffed by individuals averaging more than 2520 years’ experience in the oil and gas industry. The manager of the PRG, Abhijit Gadgil, is a full-time employee of BHP Billiton and is the individual responsible for overseeing and supervising the preparation of the reserve estimates and compiling the information for inclusion in this Annual Report. He has an advanced degree in engineering and more than 30 years of diversified industry experience in reservoir engineering, reserves assessment, field development and technical management and is a 30-year member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE). He has also served on the Society of Petroleum Engineers Oil and Gas Reserves Committee. Mr Gadgil has the qualifications and experience required to act as a qualified petroleum reserves evaluator under the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The estimates of petroleum reserves are based on, and fairly represent, information and supporting documentation prepared under the supervision of Mr Gadgil and he has reviewed and agrees with the information included in section 2.3.1 of this Annual Report and has given his prior written consent for its publication. No part of the individual compensation for members of the PRG is dependent on reported reserves.

Petroleum’s reserves are estimated as of 30 June 2014.2015. Reserve assessments for all Petroleum operations were conducted by technical staff within the operating organisation. These individuals meet the professional qualifications outlined by the Society of Petroleum Engineers,SPE, are trained in the fundamentals of SEC reserves reporting and the reserves processes and are endorsed by the PRG. Each reserve assessment is reviewed annually by the PRG to ensure technical quality, adherence to internally published Petroleum guidelines and compliance with SEC reporting requirements. Once endorsed by the PRG, all reserves receive final endorsement by senior management and the Risk and Audit Committee prior to public reporting. Our internal Group Risk Assessment and Assurance provides secondary assurance of the oil and gas reserve reporting processes through annual audits.

Production for FY2014FY2015 totalled 246256 MMboe in sales, which is an increase of 10 MMboe from FY2013.FY2014. There were an additional 6 MMboe in non-sales production, primarily for fuel consumed in our Petroleum operations. During FY2014, Petroleum added a total

As of 131 MMboe of proved oil and gas reserves. Excluding net purchases and sales of negative 14 MMboe, proved additions of 145 MMboe replaced 58 per cent of production sales and fuel through extensions, discoveries, and revisions. At 30 June 2014, approximately 472015, our proved reserves of 1907.9 MMboe reflect a net reduction of 274 MMboe and total production of 261 MMboe (including 5 MMboe in non-sales production primarily related to fuel consumed in Petroleum operations) compared to the previous estimate as at 30 June 2014. Approximately 58 per cent of our proved reserves as of 30 June 2015 were in conventional assets,operations, while approximately 5342 per cent were in unconventional assets.

New additions from extensionsoperations. As discussed below, the decrease in proved reserves was largely driven by the very challenging commodity price environment and discoveries totalled 368 MMboe, primarilya reduced capital and drilling program for new development projectsthe Onshore US, which has resulted in the North American shale fields where areas with high liquids production and greater value are being targeted. The Eagle Ford shale area contributed 157 MMboe to these new additions, while the Haynesville and Fayetteville areas contributed 131 MMboe. Revisions were negative 222 MMboe and are primarily related to deferral of drilling and adjustmentsinto future years. As we continue to predicted well performance in undeveloped areasdefer development of these operations for long-term value, the Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville areas. The locations of the wells where drilling has been deferred are in relatively dry gas areas and are now planned to be drilled in more than five years’ time, as a result of our refocused drilling plans, and have been reclassified out of proved undeveloped reserves. None of the current unconventionalrelated proved undeveloped reserves will be more than five years old athave been migrated to non-proven categories within our resource base in accordance with applicable SEC standards.

Discoveries and extensions during the time they are drilled.

Ouryear added 208 MMboe to proved additions throughreserves, including 165 MMboe of extensions and revisions for conventional assets excluding purchases and sales totalled 83 MMboe in FY2014. Strong production performance in Macedon and other fields, and the Pyrenees Phase III infill project allowed the addition of 42 MMboerelated to drilling in our Australian operated fields whileUS shale operations, 5 MMboe of extensions related to drilling in the non-operated joint interest Bass Strait and North West Shelf fields added 6 MMboe. OurAtlantis field in the US Gulf of Mexico fields hadand 38 MMboe of discoveries following approval of the Greater Western Flank Phase 2 project in Australia, which allowed the transfer of the contingent resources carried for the project into proved undeveloped reserves. Improved recovery additions resulted in a further 4 MMboe increase to proved reserves for a new water injection project in the Shenzi field in the US Gulf of Mexico.

The divestment of conventional operations in North Louisiana and unconventional operations in the Pecos area in our Permian operation contributed to a reduction of 34 MMboe. There were no purchases during the year.

During FY2015, net revisions to our prior estimates reduced proved reserves by 452 MMboe, primarily due to the very challenging price environment. In addition, lower commodity prices have prompted reductions in our capital program which have resulted in the deferral of development plans and transfer of proved undeveloped reserves into other non-proven categories within our resource base.

In our US operations, the overall reduction in proved reserves through revisions totalled 484 MMboe, including downward revisions of 496 MMboe for our onshore unconventional operations that were partially offset by additions of 1612 MMboe fromfor better than expected performance, primarily in the Shenzi field in our Gulf of Mexico operations. The downward revisions in our onshore unconventional operations comprised reductions related to price impact on economic productive life, deferral of development drilling beyond the required five-year development window, reductions of prior estimated due to new information and other development program revisions and data adjustments. The Haynesville operation had the largest reductions due to price and deferral of development drilling, while the largest reduction through revisions of prior estimates occurred in the Hawkville operation. The majority of the Hawkville reductions of prior estimates reflect interference between wells related to the combination of completion design and natural reservoir fractures. When combined with the 165 MMboe addition for US unconventional drilling extensions noted above, the net effect of revisions and revisions, while 27extensions in our US unconventional operations resulted in a net reduction of 331 MMboe.

The reductions noted above were also partially offset by the addition of 25 MMboe wasto proved reserves in Australia through better than expected performance primarily in the Macedon field and, to a lesser extent, a number of fields in the Bass Strait and the North West Shelf project. Operations outside of Australia and the USA also added a combined 8 MMboe for the extended gas sales project and productionbetter than expected performance, forprimarily in the Angostura projectfield in Trinidad and Tobago. During the year, we sold our interest in the Liverpool Bay fields in the UK offshore, which reduced proved reserves by 13 MMboe.

These results are summarised in the following tables, below, which detail estimated oil, condensate, NGL and natural gas reserves at 30 June 2014,2015, 30 June 20132014 and 30 June 2012,2013, with a reconciliation of the changes in each year. Reserves have been calculated using the economic interest method and represent net interest volumes after deduction of applicable royalty. Reserves of 7572 MMboe are in two production and risk-sharing arrangements that involve the Group in upstream risks and rewards without transfer of ownership of the products. At 30 June 2014,2015, approximately threefour per cent of the proved reserves are attributable to thosesuch arrangements.

Millions of barrels

 Australia  United
States
  Other (b)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil and condensate reserves (a)

    

Reserves at 30 June 2011

  171.2    257.9    40.8    469.9  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

      33.2        33.2  

Revisions of previous estimates

  8.7    120.6    5.1    134.4  

Extensions and discoveries

  8.8    2.9        11.7  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      32.0        32.0  

Production

  (31.2  (30.8  (9.2  (71.2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (13.6  157.8    (4.1  140.1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

  157.6    415.7    36.6    610.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

      12.6    0.1    12.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

  13.7    (65.7  1.1    (50.9

Extensions and discoveries

  0.2    137.5    0.2    137.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (1.9      (1.9

Production

  (25.9  (38.7  (7.9  (72.5
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (12.0  43.8    (6.5  25.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

  145.7    459.6    30.1    635.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                

Revisions of previous estimates

  14.2    (50.0  (0.4  (36.1

Extensions and discoveries

      99.0    0.3    99.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (0.4  (3.5  (3.9

Production

  (23.6  (54.0  (6.5  (84.1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (9.4  (5.4  (10.0  (24.8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

  136.2    454.2    20.1    610.5  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

    

Proved developed oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2011

  116.0    92.2    38.5    246.7  

as of 30 June 2012

  101.5    148.6    36.5    286.6  

as of 30 June 2013

  105.0    209.5    27.7    342.2  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

  96.5    237.8    14.7    349.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

    

Proved undeveloped oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2011

  55.2    165.7    2.2    223.1  

as of 30 June 2012

  56.2    267.1    0.1    323.4  

as of 30 June 2013

  40.6    250.1    2.5    293.2  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

  39.7    216.4    5.4    261.5  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

(b)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago, and the United Kingdom.

Millions of barrels

  Australia United
States
 Other (c) Total  Australia United
States
 Other (b) Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped NGL reserves(a)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   102.9    9.6    0.7    113.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       0.9        0.9  

Revisions of previous estimates

   0.2    49.7    (0.1  49.9  

Extensions and discoveries

       2.1        2.1  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       41.9        41.9  

Production(b)

   (7.9  (5.7  (0.4  (14.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (7.7  89.0    (0.5  80.8  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil and condensate reserves (a)

    

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   95.2    98.6 (d)   0.2    194.0 (d)   157.6    415.7    36.6    610.0  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       1.0        1.0       12.6   0.1   12.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

   3.5    (23.3      (19.8 13.7   (65.7 1.1   (50.9

Extensions and discoveries

   0.1    82.2        82.3   0.2   137.5   0.2   137.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

                      (1.9     (1.9

Production(b)

   (7.9  (9.6      (17.5

Production

 (25.9 (38.7 (7.9 (72.5
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (4.3  50.3        45.9   (12.0 43.8   (6.5 25.4  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   90.9    148.9 (d)   0.2    239.9 (d)   145.7    459.6    30.1    635.4  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

                                 

Revisions of previous estimates

   (0.3  (25.3  (0.1  (25.7 14.2   (50.0 (0.4 (36.1

Extensions and discoveries

       46.9        46.9       99.0   0.3   99.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.2      (0.2     (0.4 (3.5 (3.9

Production(b)

   (8.5  (13.6      (22.1

Production

 (23.6 (54.0 (6.5 (84.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (8.8  7.7    (0.1  (1.2 (9.4 (5.4 (10.0 (24.8
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   82.1    156.6 (d)       238.7 (d)   136.2    454.2    20.1    610.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

     3.4   0.1   3.5  

Revisions of previous estimates

 3.2   (53.7 2.4   (48.1

Extensions and discoveries

 5.9   52.0       58.0  

Purchase/sales of reserves

     (1.0     (1.0

Production

 (21.4 (71.6 (5.6 (98.5
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

 (12.2 (70.9 (3.1 (86.2
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2015

  124.0    383.3    17.1    524.3  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Developed

         

Proved developed NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   60.3    2.6    0.7    63.6  

Proved developed oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2012

   53.9    22.5    0.2    76.6   101.5   148.6   36.5   286.6  

as of 30 June 2013

   54.7    54.1    0.2    108.9   105.0   209.5   27.7   342.2  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   46.0    75.0        121.0  

as of 30 June 2014

 96.5   237.8   14.7   349.0  

Developed reserves as of 30 June 2015

  81.2    225.4    11.7    318.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Undeveloped

         

Proved undeveloped NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   42.6    7.0    0.1    49.7  

Proved undeveloped oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2012

   41.3    76.1        117.4   56.2   267.1   0.1   323.4  

as of 30 June 2013

   36.2    94.8        131.0   40.6   250.1   2.5   293.2  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   36.1    81.5        117.7  

as of 30 June 2014

 39.7   216.4   5.4   261.5  

Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2015

  42.7    157.9    5.4    206.0  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(b)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Millions of barrels

  Australia  United
States
  Other (c)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped NGL reserves (a)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   95.2    98.6    0.2    194.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       1.0        1.0  

Revisions of previous estimates

   3.5    (23.3      (19.8

Extensions and discoveries

   0.1    82.2        82.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

                 

Production (b)

   (7.9  (9.6      (17.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (4.3  50.3        45.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   90.9    148.9 (d)   0.2    239.9 (d) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                 

Revisions of previous estimates

   (0.3  (25.3  (0.1  (25.7

Extensions and discoveries

       46.9        46.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.2      (0.2

Production (b)

   (8.5  (13.6      (22.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (8.8  7.7    (0.1  (1.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   82.1    156.6 (d)       238.7 (d) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       0.3        0.3  

Revisions of previous estimates

   0.6    (62.4  0.1    (61.7

Extensions and discoveries

   1.1    33.1        34.2  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.2      (0.2

Production (b)

   (7.2  (18.7  (0.1  (26.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (5.5  (48.0      (53.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2015

   76.6    108.6 (d)       185.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2012

   53.9    22.5    0.2    76.6  

as of 30 June 2013

   54.7    54.1    0.2    108.9  

as of 30 June 2014

   46.0    75.0        121.0  

Developed reserves as of 30 June 2015

   40.1    59.7        99.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2012

   41.3    76.1        117.4  

as of 30 June 2013

   36.2    94.8        131.0  

as of 30 June 2014

   36.1    81.5        117.7  

Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2015

   36.5    48.9        85.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

(b)Production includes volumes consumed in operations.

 

(c)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

 

(d)For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 1.7, 4.0, 3.9 and 3.94.2 million barrels respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in the United States.

Billions of cubic feet

  Australia (c) United
States
 Other (d) Total   Australia (c) United
States
 Other (d) Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped natural gas reserves (a)

          

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   4,038.1    2,729.8    735.6    7,503.5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       3.3        3.3  

Revisions of previous estimates

   90.1    328.1    29.1    447.3  

Extensions and discoveries

   6.6    128.3        134.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       3,297.3        3,297.3  

Production (b)

   (276.1  (458.4  (122.6  (857.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (179.5  3,298.7    (93.5  3,025.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   3,858.6 (e)   6,028.5 (f)   642.1 (g)   10,529.2 (h)    3,858.6    6,028.5    642.1    10,529.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       3.4        3.4        3.4       3.4  

Revisions of previous estimates

   34.6    (1,159.5  (54.9  (1,179.8   34.6   (1,159.5 (54.9 (1,179.8

Extensions and discoveries

   8.7    1,675.4        1,684.1     8.7   1,675.4       1,684.1  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.5      (0.5      (0.5     (0.5

Production (b)

   (299.3  (491.3  (116.3  (906.9   (299.3 (491.3 (116.3 (906.9
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (255.9  27.4    (171.2  (399.7   (255.9 27.4   (171.2 (399.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   3,602.6 (e)   6,055.9 (f)   471.0 (g)   10,129.5 (h)    3,602.6 (e)   6,055.9 (f)   471.0 (g)   10,129.5 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

                                  

Revisions of previous estimates

   207.9    (1,174.3  3.4    (962.9   207.9   (1,174.3 3.4   (962.9

Extensions and discoveries

       1,205.9    123.6    1,329.5        1,205.9   123.6   1,329.5  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (1.5  (58.4  (59.9      (1.5 (58.4 (59.9

Production (b)

   (315.2  (462.7  (96.9  (874.8   (315.2 (462.7 (96.9 (874.8
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

�� 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (107.2  (432.4  (28.4  (568.0   (107.2 (432.4 (28.4 (568.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   3,495.4 (e)   5,623.5 (f)   442.6 (g)   9,561.5 (h)    3,495.4 (e)   5,623.5 (f)   442.6 (g)   9,561.5 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

      0.8       0.8  

Revisions of previous estimates

   124.3   (2,207.6 32.8   (2,050.5

Extensions and discoveries

   185.4   509.7       695.1  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (195.6     (195.6

Production(b)

   (321.8 (434.6 (64.8 (821.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (12.0 (2,327.3 (32.0 (2,371.3
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2015

   3,483.4 (e)   3,296.1 (f)   410.6 (g)   7,190.2 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Developed

          

Proved developed natural gas reserves

          

as of 30 June 2011

   1,754.0    1,122.1    719.9    3,596.0  

as of 30 June 2012

   1,619.0    2,742.5    634.5    4,996.0     1,619.0   2,742.5   634.5   4,996.0  

as of 30 June 2013

   2,674.4    3,094.3    471.0    6,239.7     2,674.4   3,094.3   471.0   6,239.7  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   2,553.7    3,208.3    315.5    6,077.5  

as of 30 June 2014

   2,553.7   3,208.3   315.5   6,077.5  

Developed reserves as of 30 June 2015

   2,400.7    2,499.0    281.1    5,180.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Undeveloped

          

Proved undeveloped natural gas reserves

          

as of 30 June 2011

   2,284.1    1,607.7    15.7    3,907.4  

as of 30 June 2012

   2,239.6    3,286.0    7.6    5,533.2     2,239.6   3,286.0   7.6   5,533.2  

as of 30 June 2013

   928.2    2,961.6        3,889.8     928.2   2,961.6       3,889.8  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   941.7    2,415.2    127.1    3,484.0  

as of 30 June 2014

   941.7   2,415.2   127.1   3,484.0  

Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2015

   1,082.7    797.1    129.6    2,009.4  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(b) Production includes volumes consumed by operations.

 

(c)Production for Australia includes gas sold as LNG.

 

(d)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

 

(e) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 397, 387, 360 and 360343 billion cubic feet respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Australia.

 

(f) For 2012,FY 2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 104, 91, 185 and 185154 billion cubic feet respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in the United States.

 

(g) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 65, 49, 30, and 3027 billion cubic feet respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Other areas.

 

(h) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 566, 527, 575 and 575524 billion cubic feet respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations.

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent(a)

  Australia United
States
 Other (d) Total   

Australia

 United
States
 Other (d) Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves(b)

          

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   947.2    722.4    164.1    1,833.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       34.7        34.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

   23.9    225.0    9.9    258.8  

Extensions and discoveries

   9.9    26.4        36.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       623.5        623.5  

Production (c)

   (85.1  (113.0  (30.1  (228.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (51.3  796.6    (20.2  725.2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   895.9 (e)   1,519.0 (f)   143.9 (g)   2,558.8 (h)    895.9    1,519.0    143.9    2,558.8  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

       14.2        14.2        14.2       14.2  

Revisions of previous estimates

   23.0    (282.3  (8.1  (267.3   23.0   (282.3 (8.1 (267.3

Extensions and discoveries

   1.8    498.9    0.2    500.9     1.8   498.9   0.2   500.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (2.0      (2.0      (2.0     (2.0

Production (c)

   (83.7  (130.2  (27.3  (241.2   (83.7 (130.2 (27.3 (241.2
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (59.0  98.7    (35.1  4.7     (59.0 98.7   (35.1 4.7  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   837.0 (e)   1,617.7 (f)   108.8 (g)   2,563.5 (h)    837.0 (e)   1,617.7 (f)   108.8 (g)   2,563.5 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

                                  

Revisions of previous estimates

   48.6    (271.0  0.1    (222.4   48.6   (271.0 0.1   (222.4

Extensions and discoveries

       346.8    20.9    367.7        346.8   20.9   367.7  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.9  (13.2  (14.1      (0.9 (13.2 (14.1

Production (c)

   (84.6  (144.7  (22.6  (251.9   (84.6 (144.7 (22.6 (251.9
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (36.1  (69.7  (14.9  (120.6   (36.1 (69.7 (14.9 (120.6
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   800.9 (e)   1,548.0 (f)   93.9 (g)   2,442.8 (h)    800.9 (e)   1,548.0 (f)   93.9 (g)   2,442.8 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Improved recovery

      3.8   0.1   3.9  

Revisions of previous estimates

   24.6   (484.0 7.9   (451.5

Extensions and discoveries

   37.9   170.0       208.0  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (33.8     (33.8

Production (c)

   (82.2 (162.7 (16.5 (261.4
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total changes

   (19.8 (506.7 (8.4 (534.9
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2015

   781.1 (e)   1,041.3 (f)   85.5 (g)   1,907.9 (h) 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Developed

          

Proved developed oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves

          

as of 30 June 2011

   468.6    281.9    159.2    909.7  

as of 30 June 2012

   425.1    628.2    142.5    1,195.8     425.1   628.2   142.5   1,195.8  

as of 30 June 2013

   605.5    779.2    106.3    1,491.0     605.5   779.2   106.3   1,491.0  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   568.1    847.6    67.3    1,483.0  

as of 30 June 2014

   568.1   847.6   67.3   1,483.0  

Developed reserves as of 30 June 2015

   521.5    701.6    58.5    1,281.6  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Undeveloped

          

Proved undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves

          

as of 30 June 2011

   478.6    440.5    4.9    924.0  

as of 30 June 2012

   470.8    890.8    1.4    1,363.0     470.8   890.8   1.4   1,363.0  

as of 30 June 2013

   231.5    838.5    2.5    1,072.5     231.5   838.5   2.5   1,072.5  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   232.8    700.4    26.6    959.8  

as of 30 June 2014

   232.8   700.4   26.6   959.8  

Undeveloped reserves as of 30 June 2015

   259.6    339.7    27.0    626.3  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Barrel oil equivalent conversion based on 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe.

 

(b) Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(c) Production includes volumes consumed by operations.

 

(d) Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

(e) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 66, 64, 60 and 6057 million barrels equivalent respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Australia.

 

(f) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 19, 1935 and 3530 million barrels equivalent respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in the United States.

 

(g) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 11, 8, 5 and 54 million barrels equivalent respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Other areas.

 

(h) For 2012, 2013FY2013, FY2014 and 2014,FY2015, amounts include 96, 92, 100 and 10091 million barrels equivalent respectively, thatwhich are anticipated to be consumed in operations.

Proved undeveloped reserves

At 30 June 2014,2015, Petroleum had 960626 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves, which represented 33 per cent of which 604our year-end 2015 proved reserves of 1,908 MMboe. Approximately 373 MMboe or 6360 per cent resided in our North American shale fields, while 356 MMboe or 37 per cent residedof the proved undeveloped reserves resides primarily in our conventional offshore conventional fields in Australia, the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean. Compared to the totalTrinidad and Tobago, while 253 MMboe or 40 per cent reside in our North American shale fields.

The current proved undeveloped reserves reflect a net reduction of 1,072334 MMboe from the 960 MMboe reported at 30 June 2013, this represents a net reduction of 112 MMboe in proved undeveloped reserves during the year.2014. This reduction was the combined result of development activities that converted 121 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves into proved developed, the addition of new North American shale drilling locations, as well as revisions to the proved undeveloped reserves previously reported at 30 June 2013. Our active development program successfully drilled and converted 190 MMboe from proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves, duringdownward proved undeveloped reserves revisions of 361 MMboe primarily driven by the year. Development activitiesdecline in product prices in FY2015 and reductions in our North American shaleplanned Onshore US drilling program in response to the lower price environment. The Onshore US portion of these reductions totalled 356 MMboe. Partially offsetting the reductions were new additions of 148 MMboe as extensions/discoveries and improved recovery for new development projects, including 102 MMboe for new drilling locations in our Onshore US fields converted 132which extended the proven area of the fields (all of which will be drilled within five years), and the approval of the Greater Western Flank Phase 2 project in Australia, which added 38 MMboe (which is reported as a discovery). Also included were an extension of this amount, while 34 MMboe of proved undeveloped were converted into proved developedreservoir limits in the Atlantis field, which added 5 MMboe; and an improved recovery project in the Shenzi field, which added 4 MMboe, both of which are in the Gulf of Mexico, with the remaining 20 MMboe of conversions in the Pyrenees, Macedon and Minerva fields in Australia.

New additions to proved undeveloped reserves through extensions to existing proven acreage for new planned drilling locations totalled 280 MMboe. Of this amount, 218 MMboe was added in our North American Shale fields for new planned wells, which will be fully drilled within the next five years. Other extensions totalling 41 MMboe occurred in the Atlantis and Mad Dog fields in the US Gulf of Mexico, with the remaining 21 MMboe for the Angostura field Phase III expansion in Trinidad and Tobago. Offsetting these new additions were revisions which reduced proved undeveloped reserves by 203 MMboe. Virtually all of these revisions were in our North American shale fields and resulted from refocusing of our drilling program to target the most productive and highest value drilling locations. This resulted in the deferral of planned drilling for selected locations beyond our five-year plan and reclassification of the related volumes from proved undeveloped into non-proved categories. Technical adjustments reflecting observed well performance also contributed to this reduction.Mexico.

Of the 960626 MMboe currently classified as proved undeveloped at 30 June 2014, 2102015, 225 MMboe has been reported for five or more years. All of this amount isthese reserves are in our offshore conventional fields that are currently producing or being actively pursued,have significant development in place, which are scheduled to start producing within the next five years. The largest component of this is 128133 MMboe in the Kipper-Tuna-Turrum project in Bass Strait, Australia. This project is expected to be on production in 2016.2016 when the gas conditioning plant is completed. The Atlantis field in the Gulf of Mexico contains 3931 MMboe, which is actively being drilled. The remainder resides in other Australian offshore fields that have active development plans. Our North American shale fields do not contain any proved undeveloped reserves that have been reported for five or more years. In addition, management plans anticipate drilling all the proved undeveloped reserves in the North American shale fields in the next five years, with none of the proved undeveloped reserves being more than five years old at the time they are drilled.

During FY2014,FY2015, Petroleum continued timelyactive development of our inventory of proved undeveloped projects by converting 190121 MMboe to proved developed reserves. Over the past three years, the conversion of proved undeveloped to developed has totalled 585636 MMboe, averaging 195212 MMboe per year. In currently producing conventional fields, the remaining proved undeveloped reserves will be developed and brought on stream in a phased manner to best optimise the use of production facilities and to meet sales commitments. During FY2014,FY2015, Petroleum spent US$6.14.5 billion on development activities worldwide.

2.3.2    Ore Reserves

Ore Reserves are estimates of the amount of ore that can be economically and legally extracted and processed from our mining properties. In order to estimate reserves, assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantity and/or grade of Ore Reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples. Because the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period and becauseas additional geological and operational data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. All of the Ore Reserve figuresReserves estimates presented are reported in 100 per cent terms, and represent estimates at 30 June 2014 (unless otherwise stated).2015 and have been prepared by experienced engineers. All tonnes and grade information has been rounded, hence small differences may be present in the totals. Tonnes are reported as dry metric tonnes unless(unless otherwise stated.stated).

Our mineral leases are of sufficient duration (or convey a legal right to renew for sufficient duration) to enable all Ore Reserves on the leased properties to be mined in accordance with current production schedules. Our Ore Reserves may include areas where some additional approvals remain outstanding but where based on the technical investigations we carry out as part of our mine planning process, and our knowledge and experience of the approvals process, we expect that such approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and within the timeframe required by the current life of mine schedule.

The reported Ore Reserves contained in this Annual Report do not exceed the quantities that we estimate could be extracted economically if future prices for each commodity were equal to the average historical prices for the three years to 31 December 2013,2014, using current operating costs. However, we do not use a bauxite, aluminium or alumina price to determine bauxite reserves. The primary criteria for determining bauxite reserves are the feed specifications required by the captive alumina refinery. In addition to these specifications a number of modifying factors are used to differentiate bauxite reserves from other mineralised material. For our Hotazel Manganese Mines, geological stratigraphic controls, cut-off grade and plant feed requirements are used to determine reserves.

Also, in some cases where commodities are produced as by-products (or co-products) with other metals, we use the three-year average historical prices for the combination of commodities produced at the relevant mine in order to verify that each ore reserve is economic. The three-year historical average prices used for each traded commodity to test for impairment of the Ore Reserves contained in this Annual Report are as follows:

 

Commodity Price

    US$

Copper

    3.65/3.35/lb

Gold

    1,550/1,449/oz

Nickel

    8.39/7.47/lb

Silver

    30.07/24.68/oz

Lead

    1.00/0.95/lb

Zinc

    0.92/0.91/lb

Uranium

    47.91/40.08/lb

Iron Ore – Fines

Iron Ore – Lump

    

2.194/1.811/dmtu

2.361/1.970/dmtu

Metallurgical Hard Coking Coal

    200.5/151.0/t

Thermal Coal Newcastle(1)

    99.7/82.9/t

Thermal Coal Colombia(1)

    88.4/73.6/t

 

(1) Thermal coal prices reported are sourced from the McCloskey Report FOB by region. Newcastle and Columbia 6000 kcal/tonne Net As Received and Colombia 11,300 British Thermal Units Gross As Received. These are comparable to realised prices used to test for impairment. The realised price for South African Coal used to test for impairment is not aligned with the McCloskey Report price and is not disclosed in this table due to contractual commercial sensitivity.

The reported reserves may differ in some respects from the reserves we report in our home jurisdictions of Australia and the UK. Those jurisdictions require the use of the Australasian Code for reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, December 2012 (the JORC Code), which contemplatesprovides guidance on the use of reasonable investment assumptions in calculating reserve estimates.

Ore Reserves of mining operations assigned to South32 in May 2015 as part of the Demerger are not reported because those mining operations are no longer owned or operated by BHP Billiton. For further information on the South32 Demerger, refer to sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4 and 2.1.7.

Copper Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2014

 As at 30 June 2013 

As at 30 June 2015

As at 30 June 2015

 As at 30 June 2014 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)

 Ore Type Proven Ore Reserves Probable Ore Reserves Total Ore Reserves Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves Reserve
Life
(years)
  Ore Type Proven Ore Reserves Probable Ore Reserves Total Ore Reserves Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves Reserve
Life
(years)
 
 Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu       Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu     Mt % TCu % SCu     

Copper

                                                

Escondida(5)

 Oxide  92    0.88          53    0.67          145    0.80            145    0.81          Oxide 105   0.81         42   0.63         147   0.76         54   57.5   145   0.80         52  
 Sulphide  3,540    0.75          1,610    0.59          5,150    0.70          52    57.5    5,100    0.72          54   Sulphide 3,720   0.73         1,890   0.56         5,610   0.67           5,150   0.70         
 Sulphide
Leach
  1,650    0.46          610    0.40          2,260    0.44            2,020    0.44          Sulphide
Leach
 1,880   0.46         770   0.41         2,640   0.45           2,260   0.44         

Cerro Colorado(6)

 Oxide  30    0.59    0.42      73    0.55    0.37      103    0.56    0.38      9.0    100    113    0.59    0.42      9   Oxide 16   0.59   0.43     83   0.56   0.39     99   0.56   0.40     7.9   100   103   0.56   0.38     9.0  
 Sulphide  33    0.65    0.13      29    0.66    0.11      62    0.65    0.12        66    0.64    0.13      Sulphide 16   0.68   0.11     38   0.61   0.12     54   0.63   0.12       62   0.65   0.12     

Spence(7)

 Oxide  34    0.76    0.53      2.8    0.77    0.63      37    0.76    0.54      10    100    35    0.79    0.57      10   Oxide 38   0.68   0.48     2.9   0.72   0.60     41   0.68   0.49     8.9   100   37   0.76   0.54     10  
 Oxide
Low
Solubility
  21    0.96    0.44      12    0.57    0.22      33    0.82    0.36        38    0.83    0.36      Oxide
Low
Solubility
 14   0.86   0.39     12   0.57   0.22     26   0.73   0.31       33   0.82   0.36     
 Sulphide  121    0.96    0.12      32    0.64    0.11      153    0.90    0.12        153    0.92    0.12      Supergene
Sulphide
 104   0.93   0.12     31   0.62   0.11     135   0.86   0.12       153   0.90   0.12     
 ROM                61    0.39    0.09      61    0.39    0.09        85    0.35    0.09      ROM               55   0.37   0.08     55   0.37   0.08       61   0.39   0.09     

Pinto Valley (5)

 Sulphide                                                    67    0.39          4  
 Low-grade
Leach
                                              13    0.21         
 Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg     Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg    Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg     Mt % Cu kg/t
U3O8
 g/tAu g/tAg   

Copper Uranium

                                                

Olympic Dam(6)

 Sulphide  129    1.97    0.59    0.72    4    389    1.82    0.56    0.72    4    518    1.86    0.57    0.72    4    47    100    619    1.76    0.57    0.74    3    56  

Olympic Dam(8)

 Sulphide 144   2.02   0.61   0.71   5   340   1.92   0.58   0.75   3   484   1.95   0.59   0.74   4   48   100   518   1.86   0.57   0.72   4   47  
 SP 7.9   0.99   0.36   0.59   2   36   0.99   0.37   0.49   2   44   0.99   0.37   0.51   2                         
 Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo     Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo    Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo     Mt % Cu % Zn g/tAg ppmMo   

Copper Zinc

                                                

Antamina

 Sulphide
Cu only
  136    1.00    0.14    9    350    277    0.98    0.17    9    290    413    0.99    0.16    9    310    13    33.75    498    0.92    0.11    9    290    14   Sulphide
Cu only
 128   1.03   0.15   9   370   224   0.98   0.18   8   330   352   1.00   0.17   8   340   12   33.75   413   0.99   0.16   9   310   13  
 Sulphide
Cu-Zn
  53    1.12    2.02    18    90    207    0.91    1.86    14    70    260    0.95    1.89    15    74      226    0.96    2.08    15    70    Sulphide
Cu-Zn
 62   1.05   2.24   17   100   200   0.83   2.07   13   80   262   0.88   2.11   14   80     260   0.95   1.89   15   74   
 Mt g/tAg % Pb % Zn   Mt g/tAg % Pb % Zn   Mt g/tAg % Pb % Zn       Mt g/tAg % Pb % Zn     

Silver Lead Zinc

                        

Cannington

 UG
Sulphide
  18    239    6.38    3.92     2.7    240    6.15    4.01     21    239    6.35    3.93     9.0    100    25    247    6.45    3.81     11  

 

(1)Cut-off grades:

 

Deposit

  

Ore Type

  

Ore Reserves

Escondida

  Oxide  ³ 0.20%SCu
  Sulphide
Sulphide Leach  ³ 0.30%TCu and lower than variable cut-off grade (V_COG) of concentrator – thisconcentrator. Sulphide Leach is a complementaryan alternative process to the concentrators.
  Concentrator  Greater than V_COG – mine plans optimised considering financial and technical parameters in order to maximise Net Present Value.

Cerro Colorado

  Oxide & Sulphide  ³ 0.30%TCu

Spence

  Oxide  ³ 0.30%TCu
  Oxide Low Solubility  ³ 0.30%TCu
  Supergene Sulphide  ³ 0.30%TCu
  ROM  ³ 0.10%TCu

Olympic Dam

  Sulphide  Variable between 1.2%0.8%Cu and 1.5%1.4% Cu
SP³ 0.16% Cu

Antamina

  Sulphide Cu only  Net value per concentrator hour incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit averages 0.23%0.25% Cu, 7g/5g/tAg, 31ppmMo10ppmMo and 5,530t/6,700t/hr mill throughput.
  Sulphide Cu-Zn  Net value per concentrator hour incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit averages 0.11%Cu, 0.83%0.75% Zn, 12g/8g/tAg and 5,760t/6,400t/hr mill throughput.

Cannington

UG SulphideNet value cut-off incorporating material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at A$140/t averages 99g/tAg, 4.40%Pb and 2.82%Zn.

Antamina and Cannington: All metals used in net value calculations for the Antamina and Cannington reserves arewere assumed to be recovered into concentrate (see footnote 4 for averages) and sold.

(2) Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Ore Reserves

  

Probable Ore Reserves

Escondida

  Oxide: 30m x 30m
Sulphide: 50m x 50m
Sulphide Leach: 60m x 60m
  Oxide: 45m x 45m
Sulphide: 90m x 90m
Sulphide Leach: 115m x 115m

Cerro Colorado

  70m x 70m on first kriging pass45m to 55m drill spacing  120m x 120m on second kriging passdrill spacing

Spence

  Oxide: maximum 50m x 50m
Supergene Sulphide: maximum 75m65m x 75m65m
  Oxide and Supergene Sulphide: maximum 100m125m x 100m125m

Olympic Dam

  Drilling grid of 20m to 30m  Drilling grid of 30m to 70m

Antamina

  30m drill spacingDrilling grid of 25m to 35m  55m drill spacing

Cannington

12.5m sectional x 15m vertical25m sectional x 25m verticalDrilling grid of 40m to 60m

 

(3) Ore delivered to process plant.

(4) Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

 

Deposit

  

Metallurgical Recovery

Escondida

  Oxide: 70%
Sulphide: 84%
Sulphide Leach: 32%

Cerro Colorado

  74%71% of TCu

Spence

  Oxide: 73% of TCu
Oxide Low Solubility: 71% of TCu
Supergene Sulphide: 72%
ROM: 30%

Olympic Dam

  Cu 94%, U3O8 72%73%, Au 70%71%, Ag 64%

Antamina

  Sulphide Cu only: Cu 93%, Zn 0%, Ag 78%79%, Mo 64%
Sulphide Cu-Zn: Cu 79%78%, Zn 80%81%, Ag 69%66%, Mo 0%

Cannington

Ag 87%, Pb 86%, Zn 79%

 

(5) DivestmentEscondida – The increase in Ore Reserves was mainly due to additional drilling to define and convert Probable Reserves to Proven Reserves. Inherent within the Reserve Life calculation were Oxide and Sulphide Leach which have a Reserve Life of Pinto Valley was completed in October 2013.11 and 51 years respectively.

 

(6) Cerro Colorado – Environmental and mining permit approvals required to continue operations were delayed, but are expected to be granted during CY2015 as part of the normal course of business. The current Environmental Qualification Resolution is in effect until December 2016.

(7)Spence – Ore type previously reported as Sulphide was redefined as Supergene Sulphide.

(8)Olympic Dam – The decrease in reserves was due to changes in Proven and ProbableOre Reserves and a revised stope design process.were based on underground sub-level open stoping extraction.

Iron Ore Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 
    Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves        Reserve
Life
(years)
 

Commodity
Deposit(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)

 

Ore
Type

 Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI    Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  

Iron Ore

                            

WAIO (1)(2)(8)(9)

 BKM  700    63.7    0.10    2.9    1.9    3.5    1,400    61.5    0.12    4.1    2.3    5.0    2,100    62.2    0.12    3.7    2.2    4.5    16    88    2,000    62.6    0.11    3.5    2.1    4.3    17  
 

BKM Bene

  90    61.3    0.09    6.7    2.7    1.7    80    60.0    0.09    8.3    2.8    1.8    170    60.7    0.09    7.5    2.7    1.7      160    60.6    0.09    7.5    2.9    1.7   
 

CID

  650    56.3    0.05    6.3    1.8    10.9    190    57.3    0.05    5.7    1.5    10.4    840    56.5    0.05    6.1    1.7    10.8      950    56.6    0.05    6.2    1.6    10.8   
 

MM

  220    62.1    0.07    3.1    1.7    5.7    310    61.0    0.07    3.8    2.0    6.2    530    61.5    0.07    3.5    1.9    6.0      500    61.7    0.07    3.4    1.9    5.9   
 

NIM

  10    59.6    0.06    10.2    1.4    2.5    20    60.0    0.05    10.1    1.0    2.1    30    59.8    0.05    10.2    1.2 ��  2.3      20    59.9    0.06    10.0    1.2    2.3   
   Mt    % Fe    % Pc       Mt    % Fe    % Pc       Mt    % Fe    % Pc         Mt    % Fe    % Pc      

Samarco JV

 ROM  1,800    40.1    0.05       1,100    38.8    0.05       2,900    39.6    0.05       39    50    3,000    39.7    0.05       40  

As at 30 June 2015

  As at 30 June 2014 
    Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves        Reserve
Life
(years)
 

Commodity
Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 

Ore
Type

 Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO2  %Al2O3  %LOI  Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO2  %Al2O3  %LOI  Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO2  %Al2O3  %LOI    Mt  %Fe  %P  %SiO2  %Al2O3  %LOI  

Iron Ore

                            

WAIO(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)

 BKM  940    63.1    0.11    3.1    2.1    4.0    1,400    61.5    0.12    4.2    2.3    4.9    2,400    62.2    0.12    3.8    2.2    4.6    15    89    2,100    62.2    0.12    3.7    2.2    4.5    16  
 

BKM Bene

  80    61.5    0.11    6.2    2.8    1.7    90    60.8    0.13    6.9    2.7    1.7    170    61.2    0.12    6.5    2.7    1.7      170    60.7    0.09    7.5    2.7    1.7   
 

CID

  600    56.2    0.05    6.4    1.8    10.9    130    57.6    0.05    5.5    1.4    10.4    740    56.5    0.05    6.2    1.7    10.8      840    56.5    0.05    6.1    1.7    10.8   
 

MM

  200    62.3    0.06    3.0    1.6    5.8    410    60.7    0.07    4.0    2.2    6.3    610    61.2    0.07    3.6    2.0    6.1      530    61.5    0.07    3.5    1.9    6.0   
 

NIM

                                                                            30    59.8    0.05    10.2    1.2    2.3   
   Mt    %Fe    %Pc       Mt    %Fe    %Pc       Mt    %Fe    %Pc         Mt    %Fe    %Pc      

Samarco JV(11)

 ROM  1,400    40.4    0.05       1,500    38.8    0.05       2,900    39.6    0.05       38    50    2,900    39.6    0.05       39  

 

(1)Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) Reserves are reported on a Pilbara basis by ore type to align with our production of the Newman Blend lump product which comprises of BKM, BKM Bene and MM ore types, in addition to other lump and fines products. This also reflects our single logistics chain and associated management system and our equalisation of joint venture equity.

(2)WAIO BHP Billiton interest is reported as Pilbara reserve tonnes weighted average across all Joint Ventures.

(3) Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Ore Reserves

  

Probable Ore Reserves

WAIO

  50m x 50m  150m x 50m

Samarco JV

  Maximum 150m x 100m  Maximum 300m x 200m

 

(4)(2) WAIO metallurgical recovery was 100%, except for BKM Bene-BrockmanBene – Brockman Beneficiated Ore, where recovery was 73%74% (tonnage basis), due to the beneficiation plant processing ore from Whaleback. Samarco JV recovery was 82% (metal basis).

 

(5)(3) The reservesreserve grades listed refer to in situ mass percentage on a dry weight basis. WAIO tonnages represent wet tonnes based on the following moisture contents: BKM – Brockman 3%, BKM Bene – 3%, CID – Channel Iron Deposits 8%, MM – Marra Mamba 4%, NIM – Nimingarra 3.5%. For Samarco JV, the reserve tonnages also represent wet tonnes based on a moisture content of 6.5% for ROM. Iron ore is marketed for WAIO as Lump (direct blast furnace feed) and Fines (sinter plant feed) and for Samarco JV as Fines (sinter plant feed), direct reduction and blast furnace pellets.

 

(6)(4) Cut-off grades: WAIO 50 – 50–58%Fe for all material types; Samarco JV Fe³ 22%, Pc£ 0.097% (phosphorous in concentrate) and PPCc£ 7.7% (LOI in concentrate).

 

(7)(5) Ore delivered to process plant.

 

(8)(6) The operations to support NIMWAIO reserves are reported on a Pilbara basis by ore type are currently on careto align with our production of the Newman Blend lump product which comprises of BKM, BKM Bene and maintenance.MM ore types, in addition to other lump and fines products. This also reflects our single logistics chain and associated management system.

 

(9)(7)WAIO BHP Billiton interest is reported as Pilbara reserve tonnes weighted average across all Joint Ventures. BHP Billiton ownership varies between 85% and 100%.

(8) WAIO reserves are all located on State Agreement mining leases that guarantee the right to mine, except Callawa (NIM), which resides on a standard Western Australian mining lease.mine. Across WAIO, State Government approvals (including environmental and heritage clearances) are required before commencing mining operations in a particular area. Included in the Ore Reservesreserves are select areas where one or more approvals remain outstanding, but where, based on the technical investigations carried out as part of the mine planning process and company knowledge and experience of the approvals process, it is expected that such approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and within the time frame required by the current mine schedule.

(9)WAIO – Reporting of NIM ore type was discontinued due to suspension of mining activities at the Yarrie mine in the Northern Pilbara in February 2014.

(10)WAIO – The increase in reserves was due to revised economic assumptions used in the mine planning process. The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increase in nominated production rate from 233Mt in FY2014 to 264Mt in FY2015.

(11)Samarco JV – Delays in environmental approvals due to changes in Brazilian legislation for the protection of caves within the declared reserves footprint resulted in downgrading of 400Mt Proven Reserves to Probable Reserves. Although it is too early to assess the final impact of these regulations on Samarco’s operations, industry precedent suggests that such approvals could be anticipated.

Coal Business

OreCoal Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2014

 As at 30 June 2013 

As at 30 June 2015

As at 30 June 2015

 As at 30 June 2014 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 

Mining
Method

 

Coal
Type

 Proven Coal
Reserves
 Probable Coal
Reserves
 Total Coal
Reserves
 Proven Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Probable Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Total Marketable Coal
Reserves
 Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal
Reserves
 Reserve
Life
(years)
  

Mining
Method

 

Coal
Type

 Proven Coal
Reserves
 Probable Coal
Reserves
 Total Coal
Reserves
 Proven Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Probable Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Total Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable
Coal Reserves
 Reserve
Life
(years)
 
 Mt Mt Mt Mt % Ash % VM % S Mt % Ash % VM % S Mt % Ash % VM % S Mt % Ash % VM % S   Mt Mt Mt Mt %Ash %VM %S Mt %Ash %VM %S Mt %Ash %VM %S Mt %Ash %VM %S 

Metallurgical Coal

                                                

Queensland Coal

                                                

CQCA JV

                                                

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow(6)

 OC Met  321    224    545    244    9.3    22.7    0.50    160    10.5    22.7    0.50    404    9.8    22.7    0.50    30    50    417    9.8    22.7    0.50    32   OC Met  599    19    618    469    9.1    22.8    0.53    14    10.9    23.1    0.57    483    9.2    22.8    0.53    33    50    404    9.8    22.7    0.50    30  
 UG Met  43    160    203    35    8.0    23.0    0.52    109    9.3    23.6    0.54    144    9.0    23.4    0.54      146    7.0    24.2    0.52    UG Met  37    160    197    30    8.0    23.0    0.52    110    9.3    23.6    0.55    140    9.0    23.4    0.54      144    9.0    23.4    0.54   

Peak Downs(6)(7)

 OC Met  492    548    1,040    296    10.6    22.3    0.60    317    10.3    21.9    0.59    613    10.5    22.1    0.60    34    50    626    10.5    22.1    0.60    34   OC Met  463    548    1,011    282    10.6    22.3    0.60    319    10.3    21.9    0.59    601    10.5    22.1    0.60    33    50    613    10.5    22.1    0.60    34  

Saraji(8)

 OC Met  386    153    539    240    10.6    18.0    0.60    87    10.6    18.5    0.70    327    10.6    18.1    0.63    37    50    336    10.6    18.1    0.63    39   OC Met  372    153    525    234    10.6    18.0    0.60    88    10.6    18.5    0.70    322    10.6    18.1    0.63    30    50    327    10.6    18.1    0.63    37  

Norwich Park(7)(9)

 OC Met  154    62    216    111    10.3    16.8    0.70    42    10.3    16.4    0.70    153    10.3    16.7    0.70    25    50    153    10.3    16.7    0.70    25   OC Met  154    76    230    112    10.3    16.9    0.70    54    10.3    16.9    0.70    166    10.3    16.9    0.70    66    50    153    10.3    16.7    0.70    25  

Blackwater(8)

 OC Met/Th  143    379    522    126    8.0    26.7    0.40    333    9.1    26.1    0.40    459    8.8    26.3    0.40    30    50    472    8.8    26.3    0.40    35   OC Met/Th  128    379    507    114    8.0    26.7    0.40    337    9.1    26.1    0.40    451    8.8    26.3    0.40    29    50    459    8.8    26.3    0.40    30  

Daunia (9)

 OC Met  88    50    138    72    8.2    20.8    0.36    40    8.4    20.5    0.34    112    8.3    20.7    0.35    25    50    116    8.2    20.7    0.36    32   OC Met  84    55    139    69    8.0    20.8    0.35    47    9.1    19.9    0.34    116    8.4    20.4    0.35    25    50    112    8.3    20.7    0.35    25  

Gregory JV

                                                

Gregory Crinum (7)(9)

 OC Met  6.6    0.3    6.9    5.4    7.0    34.8    0.60    0.2    7.0    35.3    0.60    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    2.8    50    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    3   OC Met  6.6    0.3    6.9    5.4    7.0    34.8    0.60    0.2    7.0    35.3    0.60    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    4.0    50    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    2.8  
 UG Met      13    13                    11    7.2    33.8    0.58    11    7.2    33.8    0.58      14    7.5    33.7    0.60    UG Met      2.4    2.4                    2.2    7.2    34.2    0.57    2.2    7.2    34.2    0.57      11    7.2    33.8    0.58   

BHP Billiton Mitsui

                                                

South Walker Creek (10)

 OC Met  68   ��21    89    50    9.0    14.3    0.32    15    9.0    13.9    0.31    65    9.0    14.2    0.32    11    80    85    9.0    14.3    0.30    21   OC Met  73    35    108    52    9.2    12.8    0.32    25    9.2    12.4    0.31    77    9.2    12.7    0.32    14    80    65    9.0    14.2    0.32    11  

Poitrel-Winchester (11)

 OC Met  33    33    66    23    8.3    23.2    0.33    22    8.3    24.0    0.34    45    8.3    23.6    0.34    14    80    38    8.5    23.5    0.34    13   OC Met  61    36    97    42    9.0    23.5    0.32    25    8.9    24.0    0.31    67    9.0    23.7    0.31    20    80    45    8.3    23.6    0.34    14  

Illawarra Coal

                        

Appin

 UG Met/Th  24    133    157    20    8.9    23.5    0.37    112    8.9    24.9    0.36    132    8.9    24.7    0.36    25    100    134    8.9    24.7    0.36    26  

West Cliff

 UG Met/Th  5.4    0.4    5.8    3.8    8.9    20.6    0.36    0.3    8.9    20.1    0.36    4.1    8.9    20.6    0.36    2.0    100    5.8    8.9    20.7    0.36    3  

Dendrobium

 UG Met/Th  21    24    45                                                     100                    10  
 UG Met              8.6    9.7    23.8    0.59    9.9    9.7    24.2    0.59    18    9.7    24.0    0.59    8.9     20    9.7    24.0    0.59   
 UG Th              5.2    23.0            6.3    23.0            12    23.0              13    23.0           

 

(1)Cut-off criteria applied were: Goonyella Riverside, Peak Downs, Saraji, Norwich Park, Blackwater, Daunia and Gregory³ 0.5m seam thickness; Broadmeadow³ 2.5m seam thickness; Crinum³ 2.0m seam thickness; South Walker Creek and Poitrel-Winchester seam thickness cut-off applied after economic assessment.

(2)Only geophysically logged, fully analysed cored holes with greater than 95% recovery were used to classify the reserves. Drill hole spacings vary between seams and geological domains and were determined in conjunction with geostatistical analyses where applicable. The range of maximum spacings was:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Coal Reserves

  

Probable Coal Reserves

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow

  500m900m to 1,000m1,300m plus 3D seismic coverage for UG  1,000m1,750m to 2,050m2,400m

Peak Downs

  500m to 1,050m  500m to 2,100m

Saraji

  500m to 1,040m  900m to 2,100m

Norwich Park

  500m to 1,400m  1,000m to 2,800m

Blackwater

  500m  500m to 1,000m

Daunia

  500m to 1,000m650m  1,000m to 2,000m1,200m

Gregory Crinum

  850m plus 3D seismic coverage for UG  850m to 1,700m

South Walker Creek

  500m to 800m  1,000m to 1,500m

Poitrel-Winchester

  300m to 950m  550m to 1,850m

Appin

700m1,500m

West Cliff

700m1,500m

Dendrobium

700m1,500m

(2)GoonyellaRiverside Broadmeadow and Daunia – The classification criteria were revised based on a drill hole spacing analysis study.

(3)Product recoveries for the operations were:

 

Deposit

  

Product Recovery

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow

  73%76%

Peak Downs

  

Peak Downs: 62%

Caval Ridge: 56%

56-62%

Saraji

  61%

Norwich Park

  71%72%

Blackwater

  88%89%

Daunia

  80%83%

Gregory Crinum

  80%84%

South Walker Creek

  73%71%

Poitrel-Winchester

  67%

Appin

84%

West Cliff

71%

Dendrobium

67%69%

 

(3)(4)Total Coal Reserves arewere at the moisture content when mined (4% CQCA JV, Gregory JV, BHP Billiton Mitsui; 6% Appin, West Cliff; 7% Dendrobium)Mitsui). Total Marketable Coal Reserves are the tonnes of coal available,were at a product specific moisture content (9% CQCA JV,(9.5-10% Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow; 9.5-10% Peak Downs; 10% Saraji; 7.5-11% Blackwater; 9.5-10% Daunia; 10-11% Norwich Park; 8.5% Gregory JV, Appin, West Cliff; 9.5%Crinum; 9% South Walker Creek; 12.0% Poitrel-Winchester; 13.5% Dendrobium Met; 7% Dendrobium Th)9.5-12% Poitrel-Winchester) and at an air-dried qualities,quality basis, for sale after the beneficiation of the Total Coal Reserves.

 

(4)(5)Cut-off criteria applied were – Goonyella Riverside, Peak Downs, Caval Ridge, Saraji, Norwich Park, Blackwater, Gregory, South Walker Creek³ 0.5m seam thickness; Broadmeadow³ 2.5m seam thickness; Daunia, Poitrel-Winchester³ 0.3m seam thickness; Crinum³ 2.0m seam thickness; Appin, West Cliff, Dendrobium³ 1.8m seam thickness.

(5)Coal delivered to wash plant.

 

(6)Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow – The increase in Coal Reserves was due to revised mining and cost assumptions.

(7)Peak Downs – The reservesCoal Reserves for Caval Ridge are reported as part of Peak Downs.

 

(7)(8)Norwich Park and Gregory mines remain on care and maintenance.

(8)BlackwaterSaraji – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 15.4Mtpa14.4Mtpa in FY2013FY2014 to 17.7Mtpa17.3Mtpa in FY2014.FY2015.

 

(9)Daunia –Norwich Park and Gregory mines remain on care and maintenance. The decreaseincreases in Reserve Life waswere due to an increased nominated production rate from 4.5Mtpa in FY2013revised assumptions and are subject to 5.5Mtpa in FY2014.ongoing review.

 

(10)South Walker Creek – The decreaseincrease in Coal Reserves was mainly due to revised price and costeconomic assumptions. The decrease in Reserve Life was due to the decrease in Coal Reserves and an increased nominated production rate from 5.6Mtpa in FY2013 to 7.9Mtpa in FY2014.

 

(11)Poitrel-Winchester – The decreaseincrease in Reserve LifeCoal Reserves was due to an increased nominated production rate from 4.2Mtpa in FY2013 to 4.7Mtpa in FY2014.incorporation of additional drilling information.

Coal Business

OreCoal Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 Mining
Method
 Coal
Type
 Proven
Coal
Reserves
  Probable
Coal
Reserves
  Total
Coal
Reserves
  Proven Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Probable Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
    Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  % Total
Moisture (6)
  

Energy Coal

                             

New Mexico

                             

San Juan (7)

 UG Th  21        21    21    17.2     0.99    5,640                        21    17.2        0.99    5,640    3.5    100    25    22.7        0.85    5,400    8.5    4  

Navajo(7)(8)

 OC Th  17        17    17    21.8     0.76    4,900                        17    21.8        0.76    4,900    3.1        22    21.8        0.76    4,900    13.0    3  

South Africa(9)

                             

Khutala (10)

 OC Th  1.4        1.4    1.3    35.7    21.1    1.15    4,640                        1.3    35.7    21.1    1.15    4,640     90    3.0    34.0    21.6    1.25    4,700    7.0   
 UG Th  36        36    33    33.6    20.3    0.76    4,440                        33    33.6    20.3    0.76    4,440    5.8    90    44    34.4    20.1    0.70    4,400    7.0    7  

Wolvekrans (11)

 OC Th  389    17    406    273    21.8    23.4    0.47    6,010    12    22.5    23.7    0.45    5,950    285    21.8    23.4    0.46    6,010    21    90    328    24.2    22.6    0.48    5,900    8.0    22  

Middelburg (12)

 OC Th  97        97    80    23.2    23.0    0.47    5,890                        80    23.2    23.0    0.47    5,890    23    90    93    24.5    22.5    0.50    5,900    8.0    24  

Klipspruit (13)

 OC Th  43        43    36    23.0    23.3    0.82    5,800                        36    23.0    23.3    0.82    5,800    6.0    90    47    22.9    23.3    0.61    5,800    8.7    7  

Australia

                             

Mt Arthur Coal(14)

 OC Th  560    464    1,024    445    16.6    30.7    0.57    6,420    372    16.8    29.9    0.50    6,410    817    16.7    30.3    0.54    6,410    33    100    837    16.7    30.3    0.54    6,400    8.7    40  

Colombia

                             

Cerrejón(15)

 OC Th  629    96    725    610    9.4    33.8    0.60    6,180    94    9.0    32.7    0.60    6,110    704    9.3    33.7    0.60    6,170    17    33.33    730    9.3    33.7    0.60    6,200    12.5    19  

As at 30 June 2015

  As at 30 June 2014 

Commodity Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 Mining
Method
 Coal
Type
 Proven
Coal
Reserves
  Probable
Coal
Reserves
  Total
Coal
Reserves
  Proven Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Probable Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
    Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  

Energy Coal

                            

New Mexico

                            

San Juan(6)(7)

 UG Th  15        15    15    17.2        0.99    5,640                        15    17.2        0.99    5,640    2.5    100    21    17.2        0.99    5,640    3.5  

Navajo(6)(8)

 OC Th  13        13    13    21.8        0.76    4,900                        13    21.8        0.76    4,900    2.6        17    21.8        0.76    4,900    3.1  

Australia

                            

Mt Arthur Coal(9)

 OC Th  519    479    998    409    17.3    30.5    0.56    6,380    376    17.6    29.6    0.49    6,410    785    17.4    30.1    0.53    6,400    31    100    817    16.7    30.3    0.54    6,410    33  

Colombia

                            

Cerrejón (10)

 OC Th  557    92    648    543    9.0    32.8    0.60    6,080    90    8.8    32.6    0.50    5,970    633    9.0    32.8    0.60    6,070    17    33.33    704    9.3    33.7    0.60    6,170    17  

 

(1) Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

Deposit

Proven Coal Reserves

Probable Coal Reserves

San Juan

<500m (250m radius from drill hole)500m to 1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill hole)

Navajo

<500m (250m radius from drill hole)500m to 1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill hole)

Khutala

>8 boreholes per 100ha4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Wolvekrans

>8 boreholes per 100ha4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Middelburg

>8 boreholes per 100ha4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Klipspruit

>8 boreholes per 100ha4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Mt Arthur Coal

<500 m500m to 1,000m

Cerrejón

> 6 boreholes per 100ha2 to 6 boreholes per 100ha

(2)Product recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Product Recovery

San Juan

100%

Navajo

100%

Khutala

92%

Wolvekrans

70%

Middelburg

82%

Klipspruit

84%

Mt Arthur Coal

79%

Cerrejón

97%

(3)Cut-off criteria applied were:criteria:

 

Deposit

  

Coal Reserves

San Juan

  ³ 3.0m seam thickness,³ 5,000KCal/kg CV

Navajo

  ³ 0.6m seam thickness

Khutala

³ 1.0m seam thickness for OC and³ 3.6m seam thickness for UG

Wolvekrans

³ 1.0m seam thickness,³ 2,870KCal/kg CV,£ 45% ash,³ 17.9% volatile matter

Middelburg

³ 1.0m seam thickness,³ 2,870KCal/kg CV,£ 45% ash,³ 17.9% volatile matter

Klipspruit

³ 1.0m seam thickness, varying³ 3,580KCal/kg to³ 4,300KCal/kg,£ 45% ash

Mt Arthur Coal

  ³ 0.3m mineable seam thickness,£ 26.5% ash,³ 50% product yield

Cerrejón

  ³ 0.65m seam thickness

 

(4)Coal delivered to wash plant, except for San Juan, Navajo and Khutala, where coal is not washed.

(5)Total Coal Reserves are at the moisture content when mined (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 8.7% Mt Arthur Coal; 12.8% Cerrejón). Total Marketable Coal Reserves are the tonnes of coal available, at moisture content (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 9.3% Mt Arthur Coal; 14.1% Cerrejón) and air-dried qualities, for sale after the beneficiation of the Total Coal Reserves.

(6)Total moisture is for Total Marketable Coal Reserves product.

(7)San Juan and Navajo – Coal Reserves were reduced to align with current sales contracts.

(8)Navajo – Divestment completed in December 2013. BHP Billiton will remain the mine manager and operator until 2016 and therefore production will continue to be reported.

(9)Tonnages and qualities for Khutala, Wolvekrans, Middelburg and Klipspruit are reported on an air-dried basis.

(10)Khutala – The decrease in Coal Reserves was due to revised extraction factors for underground pillars in structurally disturbed areas.

(11)Wolvekrans – The decrease in Marketable Coal Reserves was due to a reduced yield impact as a result of increased loss and dilution in pillar mining areas.

(12)Middelburg – The decrease in Coal Reserves was mainly due to the inclusion of a 100m bufferzone around major powerlines and the exclusion of environmentally sensitive areas.

(13)Klipspruit – The decrease in Coal Reserves was due to a lower extraction factor. In addition, the Marketable Coal Reserves decreased due to a revised wash plant efficiency factor used to determine the product yield.

(14)Mt Arthur Coal – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 26Mtpa in FY2013 to 30.8Mtpa in FY2014.

(15)Cerrejón – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 40 Mtpa in FY2013 to 41.5 Mtpa in FY2014.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)

    Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
 Ore Type  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2    Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  

Bauxite

                

Australia

                

Worsley

  Laterite    274    31.0    1.6    22    30.2    1.7    295    31.0    1.6    17    86    301    30.9    1.8    17  

Brazil

                

MRN (5)(6)

  
 
MRN
Washed
  
  
  79    49.3    4.6    19    49.8    4.8    98    49.4    4.6    6.1    14.8    51    50.9    4.1    3  

(1)Cut-off grades – Worsley: variable ranging from 24-29.5%A.Al2O3,£ 3%R.SiO2 and³ 1m thickness; MRN:³ 50%TAl2O3,£ 10%TSiO2,³ 1m thickness and³ 30% recovery on a weight per cent basis.

(2)Ore delivered to process plant.

(3)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

Worsley

Maximum 80mMaximum 160m

MRN

A bauxite intersection grid of 200m, plus at least 10 samples reached by search ellipsoid. Mining and metallurgical characterisation (test pit/bulk sample), plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution dataThose areas with a bauxite intersection grid spacing of less than 400m and/or a 400m spaced grid with a 200m offset fill in, plus a minimum of 7 samples reached by search ellipsoid, plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution data

(4)Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Estimated Metallurgical Recovery of A.Al2O3

Worsley (Worsley Refinery)

91%

MRN (Alumar Refinery)

92%

(5)MRN – Washed tonnes and grade represent expected product based on forecast beneficiated yield.

(6)MRN – The reserves are located on mining leases that provide MRN the right to mine. Current mining areas have environmental approval to operate. The increase in reserves was due to the approval of mining permits for additional plateaus.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)

 Ore Type Proven Ore
Reserves
  Probable Ore
Reserves
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
  Mt  % Mn  % Yield  Mt  % Mn  % Yield  Mt  % Mn  % Yield    Mt  % Mn  % Yield  

Manganese

                

Australia

                

GEMCO(5)

 ROM  78    45.0    58    16    42.6    57    94    44.6    58    11    60    101    44.7    59    12  
South Africa(6)   Mt  % Mn  % Fe  Mt  % Mn  % Fe  Mt  % Mn  % Fe        Mt  % Mn  % Fe    

Wessels

 Lower Body-HG  1.2    48.0    12.2    7.2    47.6    12.3    8.4    47.7    12.3    46    44.4    11    47.6    11.9    48  
 Lower Body-LG  2.2    41.3    11.9    13    41.8    13.2    15    41.7    13.0      13    42.1    13.2   
 Upper Body     46    41.4    18.2    46    41.4    18.2      48    41.5    17.9   

Mamatwan

 M, C, N Zones  19    37.6    4.4    41    37.1    4.5    60    37.3    4.5    18    44.4    65    37.2    4.5    20  
 X Zone  1.6    38.2    4.7    2.4    36.7    4.8    4.0    37.3    4.8      4.0    36.7    4.8   

(1)Cut-off grades – GEMCO:³ 40%Mn washed product and³ 1m ore thickness; Wessels:³ 45%Mn for Lower Body-HG,³ 37.5%Mn for Lower Body-LG and Upper Body; Mamatwan:³ 35%Mn for M, C, N and X Zones.

(2)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

GEMCO

60m x 120m and 60m x 60m120m x 120m

Wessels

Defined as rim ±30m wide around mined-out areas, supplemented by some economically viable remnant blocks within mined-out areasDefined as all ground beyond 30m

Mamatwan

80m x 80m160m x 160m

(3)Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

GEMCO

See yield in Ore Reserves table

Wessels

88%

Mamatwan

96%

(4)Ore delivered to process plant.

(5)GEMCO – Tonnes are stated as ROM, manganese grades are reported as expected product and should be read together with their respective tonnage yields.

(6)Wessels and Mamatwan – Tonnes are stated as wet tonnes.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

   As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity

Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)

  Ore Type  Proven Ore
Reserves
   Probable Ore
Reserves
   Total Ore
Reserves
   Reserve
Life
(years)
   BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
   Total Ore
Reserves
   Reserve
Life
(years)
 
    Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni       Mt   % Ni   

Nickel

Colombia

                        

Cerro Matoso(5)

  Laterite   16     1.2     7.7     1.0     24     1.1     15     99.94     43     1.2     28  
  SP   24     1.3               24     1.3         40     1.2    
  MNR Ore                                     18     0.2    

Australia – Nickel West

                        

Leinster(6)

  OC   2.8     1.3     0.2     0.9     3.0     1.3     1.5     100     3.1     1.3     8  
  SP                                     0.1     2.3    
  UG                                     9.3     1.8    

Mt Keith(7)

  OC   51     0.6     1.1     0.5     52     0.6     5.9     100     93     0.6     12  
  SP   5.7     0.5     5.5     0.5     11     0.5         20     0.5    

Cliffs

  UG   0.7     2.6     0.9     2.5     1.6     2.6     3.2     100     1.6     2.8     4  

(1)Cut-off grades – Cerro Matoso:³ 0.7%Ni for Laterite and SP; Leinster:³ 0.6%Ni for OC,³ 0.9%Ni for UG and SP; Mt Keith: variable ranging from 0.35-0.40% Ni and³ 0.18% recoverable Ni for OC and SP; Cliffs:³ 1.1% Ni for UG.

(2) Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven OreCoal Reserves

  

Probable OreCoal Reserves

Cerro MatosoSan Juan

  35m or less with three< 500m (250m radius from drill holeshole)  35m500m to 100m with three1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill holeshole)

LeinsterNavajo

  25m x 25m< 500m (250m radius from drill hole)  25m x 50m500m to 1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill hole)

Mt KeithArthur Coal

  60m x 40m< 500m  80m x 80m500m to 1,000m

CliffsCerrejón

  25m x 25m (and development)> 6 drill holes per 100ha  50m x 50m2 to 6 drill holes per 100ha

 

(3)       MetallurgicalProduct recoveries for the operations were:

 

Deposit

  

MetallurgicalProduct Recovery

Cerro MatosoSan Juan

  82% (reserves to metal)100%

Leinster Concentrator (including Cliffs)Navajo

  84% at 12% concentrate grade100%

Mt KeithArthur Coal

  57% at 16% concentrate grade79%

Cerrejón

98%

 

(4) Total Coal Reserves were at the moisture content when mined (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 8.7% Mt Arthur Coal; 13.2% Cerrejón). Total Marketable Coal Reserves were at a product specific moisture content (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 9.6% Mt Arthur Coal; 14.2% Cerrejón) and at an air-dried quality basis, for sale after the beneficiation of the Total Coal Reserves.

(5)Coal delivered to wash plant, except for San Juan and Navajo, where coal is not washed.

(6)Volatile matter was not estimated for San Juan and Navajo because %VM is not a quality requirement in the current sales contract.

(7)San Juan – Divestment is in progress.

(8)Navajo – Divestment completed in December 2013. BHP Billiton will remain the mine manager and operator until 2016 and therefore production will continue to be reported. The Reserve Life decreased due to a decrease in nominated production rate from 5.4Mtpa in FY2014 to 4.8Mtpa in FY2015.

(9)Mt Arthur Coal – The Reserve Life decreased due to an increase in nominated production rate from 30.8Mtpa in FY2014 to 32Mtpa in FY2015.

(10)Cerrejón – The decrease in Coal Reserves was due to a revised life of mine plan. The Reserve Life remained constant due to a decrease in nominated production rate from 41.5Mtpa in FY2014 to 38.8Mtpa in FY2015.

Other Assets

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2015

  As at 30 June 2014 

Commodity Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)

   Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
 Ore Type Mt  %Ni  Mt  %Ni  Mt  %Ni    Mt  %Ni  

Nickel

            

Nickel West

            

Leinster (5)

 OC                              100    3.0    1.3    1.5  

Mt Keith

 OC  46    0.6    1.0    0.5    47    0.6    5.0    100    52    0.6    5.9  
 SP  3.6    0.5    3.1    0.5    6.7    0.5      11    0.5   

Cliffs(5)

 UG                              100    1.6    2.6    3.2  

(1)Cut-off grades – Mt Keith: variable ranging from 0.35-0.40% Ni and³ 0.18% recoverable Ni for OC and SP.

(2)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the Mt Keith reserves were: Proven Reserves 60m x 40m, Probable Reserves 80m x 80m.

(3)Ore delivered to process plant.

 

(5)(4)Cerro Matoso – The decrease in lateriteMetallurgical recoveries for Mt Keith for FY2015 were 58% at 17% concentrate grade. Metallurgical recoveries differ from the recovery assumptions applied to generate the reserves was due to the exclusion of La Esmerelda (environmental licence approval delay), lower nickel price assumptions, an updated geotechnical model, revised processing plant specifications and changed stockpile assumptions.variable ore quality.

 

(6)(5)Leinster (including Cliffs) The decrease in reserves wasOre Reserves were not reported due to suspension of mining at the Perseverance underground mine subsequent to a seismic event in October 2013.

(7)Mt Keith – The decrease in in-situ reserves was due to the exclusion of Stage H2being uneconomic after testing with current prices.the 3 year average historical nickel price.

2.4    Major projects

Major projects

At the end of FY2014,FY2015, BHP Billiton had seven low-risk, relativelythree brownfield major projects under development and one major ‘pre-development’ project in evaluation (Jansen Potash) with a combined budget of US$14.17.0 billion. The Group completed the WAIO Jimblebar Mine Expansion and Caval Ridge projects during the year. In addition a further four projects were successfully completed; namely: Macedon; North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression; Samarco Fourth Pellet Plant; and WAIO Port Blending and Rail Yard Facilities. Another two projects, Newcastle Third Port Stage 3 and Cerrejón P40, delivered first coal during the year.

The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, although operational issues are expected to constrain capacity at approximately 35 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term.

A US$212 million increase in the budget of the Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP) to US$933 millionin November 2014 and the Escondida Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) in May 2015. In January 2015, first coal was approved duringloaded through the period. Theexpanded Hay Point Coal Terminal and the project is now expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014, with no associated impact to production.

In July 2013, BHP Billiton announced an investment of US$3.4 billion to construct a desalination facility which will deliver sustainable water supply to Escondida over the long term. In August 2013, BHP Billiton also approved a US$2.6 billion investment to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.was 97.6 per cent complete at 30 June 2015.

BHP Billiton’s share of capital and exploration expenditure declined by 32 per cent24 percent during FY2014,FY2015, to US$15.211.0 billion. Capital and exploration expenditure is expected to remain broadly unchangeddecline to US$8.5 billion in the 2015 financial year with a planned investment rate of US$14.8 billion.FY2016.

Projects completed or which delivered first production during the 20142015 financial year

 

Business

 

Project

 

Capacity(1)

 Capital
expenditure
(US$M)(1)
  Date of initial production 
   Actual (2)  Budget  Actual  Target 

Petroleum

 Macedon (Australia) 71.43% (operator) 200 million cubic feet of gas per day.  1,200    1,050    Q3 CY13    CY13  
 North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression (Australia) 16.67% (non-operator) 2,500 million cubic feet of gas per day.  721    850    Q4 CY13    CY13  

Iron Ore

 Samarco Fourth Pellet Plant (Brazil) 50% Increases Samarco iron ore pellet production capacity by 8.3 million tonnes per annum to 30.5 million tonnes per annum.  1,576    1,750    Q1 CY14    H1 CY14  
 WAIO Jimblebar Mine Expansion (Australia) 85% Increases mining and processing capacity to 35 million tonnes per annum with incremental debottlenecking opportunities to 55 million tonnes per annum.  3,380    3,640 (3)(4)   Q3 CY13    Q4 CY13 (4) 

Business

 

Project

 

Capacity(1)

 Capital
expenditure
(US$M)(1)
 Date of initial production  

Project and ownership

 

Capacity (1)

 Capital
expenditure
(US$M) (1)
 Date of initial production 
 Actual (2) Budget Actual Target   Actual (2) Budget Actual Target 

Copper

 Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (Chile) 57.5% New dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system. Maintains oxide leaching capacity  899    933 (3)   Q4 CY14    H2 CY14 (3) 
 WAIO Port Blending and Rail Yard Facilities (Australia) 85% Optimises resource and enhances efficiency across the WAIO supply chain.  916    1,000 (3)(4)   Q4 CY13    H2 CY14   Escondida Organic Growth Project 1 (Chile) 57.5% Replaces the Los Colorados concentrator with a new 152,000 tonnes per day plant  4,279    4,199 (3)   Q2 CY15    H1 CY15  

Coal

 Caval Ridge (Australia) 50% Greenfield mine development to produce an initial 5.5 million tonnes per annum of export metallurgical coal.  1,706    1,870 (3)   Q2 CY14    CY14   Hay Point Stage Three Expansion (Australia) 50% Increases port capacity from 44 million tonnes per annum to 55 million tonnes per annum and reduces storm vulnerability  1,505    1,505 (3)(4)   Q1 CY15    H1 CY15 (3) 
 Newcastle Third Port Project Stage 3 (Australia) 35.5% Increases total coal terminal capacity from 53 million tonnes per annum to 66 million tonnes per annum.  367    367    Q3 CY13    CY14     

 

  

 

   
 Cerrejón P40 Project (Colombia) 33.3% Increases saleable thermal coal production by 8 million tonnes per annum to approximately 40 million tonnes per annum.  437    437    Q4 CY13    CY13      6,683    6,637    
   

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

   
    10,303    10,964    
   

 

  

 

   

Projects in execution at the end of the 20142015 financial year

 

Business

 

Project and ownership

 

Capacity(1)

 Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
  Date of initial production 

Projects under development

    Budget     Target 

Petroleum

 North West Shelf Greater Western Flank-A (Australia) 16.67%(non-operator) To maintain LNG plant throughput from the North West Shelf operations    400      CY16  
 Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (Australia) 50%(non-operator) Designed to process approximately 400 million cubic feet per day of high CO2 gas    520      CY16  

Copper

Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (Chile) 57.5%New dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system. Maintains oxide leaching capacity933 (4)H2 CY14 (4)
Escondida Organic Growth Project 1 (Chile) 57.5%Replaces the Los Colorados concentrator with a new 152,000 tonnes per day plant3,838H1 CY15
 Escondida Water Supply (Chile) 57.5% New desalination facility to ensure continued water supply to Escondida    3,430      CY17

Business

Project

Capacity(1)

Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
Date of initial production

Projects under development

BudgetTarget

Coal

Hay Point Stage Three Expansion (Australia) 50%Increases port capacity from 44 million tonnes per annum to 55 million tonnes per annum and reduces storm vulnerability1,505 (3)(4)CY15 (4)
Appin Area 9 (Australia) 100%Maintains Illawarra Coal’s production capacity with a replacement mining domain and capacity to produce 3.5 million tonnes per annum of metallurgical coal845CY16  
     

 

 

    
      11,4714,350     
     

 

 

 ��  

Other projects in progress at the end of the 20142015 financial year

 

Business

 

Project and ownership

 

Capacity(1)Scope

  Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
 

Projects under development

      Budget 

Potash

 Jansen Potash (Canada) 100% Investment to finish the excavation and lining of the production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.utilities   2,600  
    

 

 

 
     14,0716,950  
    

 

 

 

 

(1) Unless noted otherwise, references to capacity are on a 100 per cent basis, references to capital expenditure from subsidiaries are reported on a 100 per cent basis and references to capital expenditure from equity accounted investments and otherjoint operations are reported at our equity share.on a proportionate consolidation basis.

 

(2) Number subject to finalisation.

 

(3) Excludes announced pre-commitment funding.As per revised budget and/or schedule.

 

(4) As per revised budget schedule.Excludes announced pre-commitment funding.

2.5    Business performance

The discussion of results for our Businesses is set out in section 1.12 of this Annual Report with further information below.

2.5.1    Group Revenue and Underlying EBIT

Year ended 30 June 20142015 compared with year ended 30 June 20132014

An analysis of the financial performance of the Group for FY2014FY2015 compared to FY2013FY2014 is included in section 1.15.3.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

The following table reconciles our statutory income statement to the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2014.FY2015. For further information on our use of Underlying EBIT, see section 1.11.1 of this Annual Report.

 

US$M

 Revenue Total expenses,
other income and
share of equity
accounted
investments
 Profit from
operations
 Exceptional
items
 Underlying
EBIT
 

For the year ended 30 June 2013

     
 Revenue
US$M
 Total expenses,
other income and
share of equity
accounted
investments

US$M
 Profit from
operations

US$M
 Exceptional
Items

US$M
 Underlying
EBIT

US$M
 

For the year ended 30 June 2014 (Restated)

     

Revenue

  65,953        56,762      

Other income

   3,947        1,225     

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   (50,040      (36,523   

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   1,142        1,185     
  

 

      

 

    

Total expenses, other income and share of equity accounted investments

   (44,951      (34,113   
   

 

      

 

   

Profit from operations

    21,002        22,649    

Exceptionals items

     1,928   

Exceptional items

     (551 
     

 

      

 

 

Underlying EBIT

      22,930        22,098  

Changes in volumes:

          

Productivity

  2,260    (1,298  962        962   2,774   (1,554  1,220        1,220  

Growth

  3,221    (1,292  1,929        1,929   3,421   (1,599  1,822        1,822  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  5,481    (2,590  2,891        2,891   6,195   (3,153  3,042        3,042  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net price impact:

     

Net Price impact:

     

Change in sales prices

  (3,301  (95  (3,396      (3,396 (17,046 613    (16,433      (16,433

Price-linked costs

      (80  (80      (80     1,209    1,209        1,209  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  (3,301  (175  (3,476      (3,476 (17,046 1,822    (15,224      (15,224
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

          

Operating cash costs

      1,524    1,524        1,524       2,678    2,678        2,678  

Exploration and business development

      398    398        398       29    29        29  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
      1,922    1,922        1,922       2,707    2,707        2,707  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in other costs:

          

Exchange rates

  (202  1,962    1,760        1,760   (87 1,654    1,567        1,567  

Inflation on costs

      (805  (805      (805     (433  (433      (433

Fuel and energy

      (46  (46      (46     518    518        518  

Non-cash

      (2,091  (2,091      (2,091     (1,304  (1,304      (1,304

One-off items

     (456  (456      (456
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  (202  (980  (1,182      (1,182 (87 (21  (108      (108
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Asset sales

      53    53        53       (72  (72      (72

Ceased and sold operations

  (494  2    (492      (492 (448 470    22        22  

Exceptional items

      2,479    2,479    (2,479         (3,747  (3,747 3,747      

Profit from equity accounted investments

     (637  (637      (637

Other

  (231  446    215        215   (740 778    38        38  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

For the year ended 30 June 2014

     

For the year ended 30 June 2015

     

Revenue

  67,206        44,636      

Other income

   1,524     

Other Income

   496     

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   (46,513      (37,010   

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   1,195        548     
  

 

      

 

    

Total expenses, other income and share of equity accounted investments

   (43,794      (35,966   
   

 

      

 

   

Profit from operations

    23,412        8,670    

Exceptionals items

     (551 

Exceptional items

     3,196   
     

 

      

 

 

Underlying EBIT

      22,861        11,866  

Management believes the following information presented by each Business provides meaningful indicators of the underlying performance of the assets, including equity accounted investments, of each reportable segment. Information relating to equity accounted investments has been provided on a ‘proportionate consolidation’ basis to provide insight into the drivers of the equity accounted results from these operations. Segment information is reported on a statutory basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ and consequently the tables below include adjustments to reconcile the proportionate consolidation information to the statutory segment results.

As discussed in section 1.11.1 of this Annual Report, Underlying EBIT is one measure used by management to assess the performance of our Businesses, make decisions on the allocation of resources and assess operational management. Underlying EBIT at the segment or statutory level is reported net of the Group’s share of net finance costs and taxation of equity accounted investments.

Year ended 30 June 20132014 compared with year ended 30 June 20122013

Comparative financial information for FY2014 and FY2013 has been restated for the effects of the application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32, unless otherwise noted. The Consolidated Balance Sheet for these periods is not required to be and has not been restated, for further information refer to note 41 ‘Basis of preparation and measurement’ to the Financial Statements.

Information in this section has been presented on a Continuing operations basis to exclude the contribution from assets that were demerged with South32, unless otherwise noted. Details of the contribution of the South32 assets to the Group’s results are disclosed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

Revenue in FY2013FY2014 was US$66.056.8 billion, a decreasean increase of US$4.52.9 billion, or 6.4five per cent, from US$70.553.9 billion in the corresponding period. The revenue decreaseincrease was primarily driven byreflected in the Iron Ore and CoalPetroleum and Potash Businesses, with decreasesincreases of US$2.02.8 billion and US$2.61.6 billion, respectively. TheThese increases were offset by decreases in our Copper Business of US$383 million, in our Coal Business of US$11 million and the loss of revenue due to the sale of assets previously reported in theour disposed former Diamonds and Specialty Products Business (decrease of US$382 million) and the decrease in the Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business (US$633 million) were offset by the increase in the Copper Business of US$1.0 billion. The breakdown of revenue by Business for FY2013 and FY2012 is set out in section 1.12.1.325 million.

The decreaseincrease in revenue in Iron Ore was driven by aprimarily due to an increase in sales volumes of 17 per cent fallto 202 Mt, which contributed to an increase in therevenue of US$3.2 billion, partially offset by a six per cent decline in average realised price of iron ore to US$110103 per wet metric tonne (FOB), which more than offset record sales volumes at WAIO,reduced revenue by US$522 million. The increase in revenue in Petroleum was primarily due to an increase in volume of four per cent in FY2014 to 246 MMboe, which increased 9.6 per cent.contributed to an increase in revenue of US$1.4 billion, and to higher realised prices, which contributed to an additional increase of US$219 million. The revenue decrease in Coal alsoother businesses mainly reflected lower realised prices as hard coking coalin our Copper Business of US$1.0 billion and weak coking coal prices fell 34 per cent and 31 per cent, respectively, partially offset by higher sales volumes driven by a 19 per cent increase (100 per cent basis) in production at Queensland Coal. The revenueCoal Business of US$1.1 billion.

Overall, the US$2.9 billion increase in Copper was largely drivenrevenue in FY2014 can be attributed to US$6.3 billion related to increased volumes, which are within our control, offset primarily by an increase in production at Escondida of 28 per cent, partially offset by a five per cent decrease in average realised copperUS$2.6 billion related to prices, towhich are uncontrollable, US$3.41 per pound.468 million for ceased and sold operations, and US$128 million for exchange rates.

Year ended 30 June

  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
   

Raw materials and consumables used

   5,540    5,407  

Employee benefits expense

   5,413    5,578  

External services (including transportation)(1)

   9,899    10,202  

Third party commodity purchases

   1,702    1,158  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   168    (187

Fair value change on derivatives

   (122  63  

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,412    2,179  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   7,716    6,067  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

   698    1,026  

Impairment of assets(2)

   478    3,286  

Operating lease rentals

   665    679  

Other operating expenses(3)

   1,954    1,371  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   36,523    36,829  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less exceptional items

       (2,862
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses excluding exceptional items

   36,523    33,967  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$96 million).

(2)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$2,924 million).

(3)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: credit of US$158 million).

Total expenses increaseddecreased from US$48.636.8 billion in FY2012FY2013 to US$50.036.5 billion in FY2013.FY2014. Excluding exceptional items, the majority of which related to impairments in FY2013, total expenses were almost unchanged athave increased by US$45.02.6 billion in FY2013 comparedor eight per cent during FY2014 from US$33.9 billion to US$44.9 billion in FY2012.36.5 billion.

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,926    8,128  

Employee benefits expense

   7,168    6,035  

External services (including transportation)(1)

   12,478    14,293  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,759    3,402  

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

   (284  (571

Fair value change on derivatives

   79    (141

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,562    2,880  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   7,031    6,431  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

   1,047    1,644  

Impairment of assets(2)

   5,496    3,763  

Operating lease rentals

   776    658  

Other operating expenses(3)

   2,002    2,122  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   50,040    48,644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less exceptional items

   (5,087  (3,786
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses excluding exceptional items

   44,953    44,858  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes exceptional items of US$96 million (2012: US$ nil).

(2)Includes exceptional items of US$5,149 million (2012: US$3,663 million).

(3)Includes exceptional items credit of US$158 million (2012: US$ nil).

Reductions in various costs were offset by higherThe majority of the increase relates to non-cash costs and one-off items. Our focus on reducing operating costs was demonstrated by a decrease of external services costs of US$1.8 billion In addition we reduced exploration and evaluation expenditure by US$597 million. These savings were predominantly offset by higher impairment charges of US$1.7 billion, higherexpenses for depreciation and amortisation charges of US$600 million1.6 billion and an unfavourable variancechanges to provisions for mine site rehabilitation of US$300 million. Increases in the change in fair value on derivatives of US$220 million.other non-cash charges also included provisions for restructuring and a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte. Increases in costs attributable to inflation were US$646575 million.

Higher expenses associated with increased production across our four major Businesses were partially offset by reduced operating costs. Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw cost efficiencies in our Businesses, in particular our Coal Business.

Additional increases in Total expenses were recognised in Third party commodity purchases of US$544 million and Other operating expenses (excluding exceptionals) of US$425 million. In total operating costs were decreased by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$1.3 billion.

Other income increaseddecreased from US$898 million3.8 billion in FY2012FY2013 to US$3.91.2 billion mainly due to US$3.2 billion relatedexceptional items in FY2013, the majority of which relates to gains on the sale of Yeelirrie, Richards Bay Minerals and interests inassets. For further information, refer to note 5 ‘Other income’ to the East and West Browse Joint Ventures, which were all classified as exceptional items. Excluding exceptional items, other income increased from US$598 million to US$788 million.Financial Statements.

Profit from operations decreasedincreased by US$3.6 billion672 million, or 15three per cent, from US$24.622.0 billion to US$21.022.6 billion. Exceptional items during FY2013 wereFY2014 comprised of a chargegross exceptional income on the sale of our Pinto Valley

mining operation of US$551 million, compared with gross exceptional charges of US$297 million in FY2013. FY2014 Profit from operations excluding exceptional items, which we refer to as Underlying EBIT, increased by 1.9 per cent, or US$418 million, to US$22.1 billion.

Underlying EBIT

In discussing the operating results of the Group, we focus on a financial measure we refer to as Underlying EBIT. Underlying EBIT is the key measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of our Businesses, make decisions on the allocation of resources and assess operational management. Management uses this measure because financing structures and tax regimes differ across our assets and substantial components of our tax and interest charges are levied at a Group level rather than an operational level.

We exclude exceptional items from Underlying EBIT in order to enhance the comparability of the measure from period to period and provide clarity into the underlying performance of our operations. Our management monitors exceptional items separately.

The following table reconciles Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations.

Year ended 30 June

  2014
US$M
Restated
   2013
US$M
Restated
 
    

Underlying EBIT

   22,098     21,680  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 1.15.3

   551     297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   22,649     21,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable profit increased by 23 per cent to US$13.8 billion mainly comprised of US$3.2 billion (before taxation) of assets sales offsetdriven by impairment charges and related costs of US$5.3 billion (before taxation), compared with net exceptional before taxation charges mainly impairment charges, of US$3.5 billion in FY2012.

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT

   22,930    28,086  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 2.5.5 below

   (1,928  (3,486
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   21,002    24,600  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable profit in FY2013 of US$11.2 billion was negatively affected by an increasea decrease in the Group’s effective tax rate from 30.6 per cent to 35.0 per cent. In addition Attributable profit decreased due to an increase in net interest expense and a change in fair value on non-hedging instruments of US$572 million, including financing charges of US$280 million incurred in managing interest rate exposure on debt securities issued during FY2013.

Underlying Attributable profit (comprising Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group less exceptional items) of US$12.2 billion decreased by US$5.0 billion from US$17.2 billion in FY2012.rate.

Net operating cash flows of US$20.2 billion declinedfrom Continuing operations after interest and tax increased by 2024 per cent fromto US$25.323.6 billion in FY2012.FY2014. A decrease of US$4.22.3 billion increase in cash generated from operations an increase of(after changes in working capital balances) and a US$374 million1.7 billion decrease in net interesttaxes paid and an income tax refund of US$530 million received in FY2012 were the major contributors to that decline.the increase. We delivered a substantial US$7.1 billion increase in free cash flow, being Net operating cash flows less Net investing cash flows, despite weaker commodity prices. Capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) declined to US$14.6 billion for the period.

We finished the period with net debt of US$25.8 billion (2013: US$27.5 billion), which included finance leases of US$1.3 billion (2013: US$137 million), for a gearing ratio of 23 per cent (2013: 27 per cent). IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 and FY2013 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with South32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

2.5.2    Underlying EBIT

Year ended 30 June 2015 compared with year ended 30 June 2014

An analysis of the consolidated EBIT for FY2015 compared to FY2014 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the consolidated EBIT forFor FY2014, compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

A description of the impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT in FY2013 as compared to FY2012 is set out in the table in section 1.15.3.

Underlying EBIT for FY2013 was US$22.9 billion, compared with US$28.1 billion in the corresponding period, a decrease of 18.4 per cent.

Volumes

Strong operating performance across the Group’s major basins in FY2013 delivered an increase in total production volumes in a number of Businesses. This was underpinned by a thirteenth consecutive annual production record at WAIO and a 28declined 1.9 per cent increase in copper production at Escondida. This volume growth was supported by a significant recovery in production at Queensland Coal and a 76 per cent increase in liquids production at our Onshore US Asset.

In this context, stronger sales volumes increased Underlying EBIT byto US$2.0 billion in FY2013, of which US$1.3 billion were volume efficiencies attributed to productivity. Increased iron ore, copper and coal sales were22.1 billion.

the major contributors and together increased Underlying EBIT by US$2.5 billion. In contrast, natural field decline at our conventional Australian oil and gas assets contributed to a US$526 million volume relatedA reduction in Petroleum’s Underlying EBIT.

Prices

Substantially lowercommodity prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$8.5 billion in FY2013. The major contributor to the decline2.6 billion. This was a 17 per cent reduction in the average realised price of iron ore, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.8 billion. The recovery in low-cost supply led to a significant decline in metallurgical coal prices, which, together with softer energy coal prices, reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$3.5 billion. Overcapacity in the nickel and aluminium markets, and concerns of a near-term rebalancing in the copper market, also weighed on metals prices and reduced Underlying EBIT by a combined US$1.2 billion.

A 17 per cent increase in the average realised price of US natural gas and a four per cent rise in the average realised price of liquefied natural gas (LNG) benefited Underlying EBIT during the period; however, this was largely offset by a four per cent decrease in the average realised price of oil.

A reduction in price-linked costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$582 million during the period and primarily reflected lower price-linked royalty charges in our Iron Ore and Metallurgical Coal Businesses.

Controllable cash costs

The Group’s concentrated effort to reduce operating costs and drive productivitycost improvements realised tangible results, with a decrease in controllable cash costs of US$2.5 billion during the period, beingwhich underpinned a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.61.1 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$949398 million. In addition, higher volumes attributed to our development projects coming on line and through productivity efficiencies at existing assets, primarily in Iron Ore and Petroleum, contributed an additional US$3.0 billion to Underlying EBIT. This was offset by increased depreciation and amortisation which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.6 billion.

Prices

Lower average prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$2.6 billion in FY2014.

In metallurgical coal, an increase in seaborne supply and the resilience of higher cost, along with uneconomic capacity led to a 19 per cent and 14 per cent decline in the average realised price of hard coking coal and weak coking coal, respectively. The average price received for thermal coal also declined by 14 per cent during the period. In total, lower average realised prices in our Coal Business reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.2 billion.

A five per cent decline in the average realised price of copper reflected the near-term rebalancing of the market, while the acceleration of low-cost, seaborne iron ore supply growth, predominantly from Australia’s Pilbara region, weighed on prices in the June 2014 half year. In total, lower average realised prices for copper and iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.4 billion.

The value of diversification was again evident as higher average realised prices for our petroleum products increased Underlying EBIT by US$219 million. The average price achieved for our natural gas sales book, covering domestic and international markets, increased by 16 per cent.

Price-linked costs decreased Underlying EBIT by US$111 million during the period, primarily reflecting higher royalty charges in our Petroleum and Iron Ore Businesses.

Volumes

Volume efficiencies attributed to productivity and the ramp-up of major projects, underpinned an increase in production in a number of Businesses in FY2014 and an additional US$3.0 billion in Underlying EBIT. WAIO was the major contributor as the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub and a series of productivity initiatives raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain and supported a US$1.8 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Despite the impact of natural field decline, stronger volumes in our Petroleum Business generated an additional US$994 million of Underlying EBIT, reflecting 73 per cent growth in Onshore US liquids volumes and a near doubling of production at Atlantis.

Controllable cash costs

A broad-based improvement in productivity underpinned a decrease in controllable cash costs of US$1.5 billion during the period, including a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.1 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$398 million.

Operating cash costs

The reductionGroup’s commitment to further improve the competitive position of its assets delivered tangible results in costs was underpinned by a reduction of US$1.6 billion of operating cash costs. A strong focus on contractor usage and rates and a significant reduction in consumables expenditure contributed to the substantial reduction in operating costs at Queensland Coal, which contributed to a US$933 million reduction in operating cash costs. Productivity gains at Escondida associated with a 12 per cent improvement in concentrator throughput following a major maintenance campaign and a 24 per cent increase in the ore grade mined during the period contributed US$653 million to Underlying EBIT. With productivity improvements already well advanced, consisting principally of the improvement plan at Worsley, substantial cost savings of US$368 million were achieved during the period in Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel. These savings were offset by an increase inFY2014 as operating cash costs ofdeclined by US$405 million1.1 billion. A general increase in Iron Ore which reflects our decision to invest in operating capability prior tolabour and contractor productivity had the full commissioning and ramp-up of expanded capacity at WAIO.greatest impact, increasing Underlying EBIT by US$1.3 billion.

Exploration and business development

Our increased focus on reducing our cost base in FY2013 and our confidence in the quality and longevity of our asset base led to a substantial US$949 million reduction in theThe Group’s exploration and business development expenditure. Total exploration expenditure declined by 4625 per cent in FY2014 to US$1.4 billion in FY2013, with a986 million as we sharpened our focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru, and oil and gas prospectshigh impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and offshore Western Australia.Trinidad and Tobago. The associated declinereduction in the Group’s exploration expense increased Underlying EBIT by US$597328 million.

A general reduction in business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$352 million in FY2013, primarily in Iron Ore for US$102 million and Coal for US$194 million.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar against several producer currencies, in particular the South African rand, benefited our cost base during the period and increased Underlying EBIT but this was partially offset by US$1.2 billion and included the revaluationrestatement of monetary items in the balance sheet, with year-end exchange rates. In total, exchange rate volatility increasedwhich reduced Underlying EBIT by US$229352 million.

Average and closing exchange rates for FY2013FY2014 and FY2012FY2013 are detailed in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ to the financial statements.Financial Statements.

Inflation on costs

Inflation had an unfavourable impact on all Businesses and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$646575 million in FY2013.during FY2014. This was most notable in Australia and South Africa,Chile, which accounted for over 7585 per cent of the total variance.

Non-cash

Non-cash costs had a favourable impact onAn increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.7 billion during the period.

A US$631 million increase in the depreciation and amortisation charge at Onshore US reflected the ramp-up of liquids production and the progressive development of our Permian acreage. We continue to expect the depreciation rate in the Permian to normalise at a lower level as reserves are booked and the production rate grows towards 100 Mboe per day over the medium term. The completion and progressive ramp-up of several major projects in our Iron Ore and Coal Businesses resulted in an US$154704 million increase in FY2013. This was principally duethe depreciation and amortisation expense during the period.

Depreciation and amortisation expense included the following impairment charges: a US$184 million charge related to minor Gulf of Mexico assets; and a higherUS$68 million charge associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (United States) to lapse.

A US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisions for the Group’s North American closed mines and a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping mainly in Copper and Iron Ore.

One-off items

The only One-off item was due to higher costs at Escondida relatingand Pampa Norte also contributed to major maintenance activities undertaken on the conveyor belt system and at both concentrator plants.increase in non-cash charges.

Asset sales

The divestmentsdivestment of Yeelirrie, RichardsLiverpool Bay Minerals,more than accounted for the East and West Browse Joint Ventures and our diamonds business were completed during the period. The gains or losses arising from each sale were reported within exceptional items, and therefore were not includedUS$61 million increase in Underlying EBIT.

The contribution ofEBIT related to asset sales to Underlying EBIT declined by US$66 million in FY2013. The variance was largely attributable to a post-closing payment received during FY2012 that followed the divestment of our interests in Cascade and Chinook.sales.

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations declined by US$657 million in FY2013. The decline largely reflected a reduced contribution, decrease in Underlying EBIT of US$310 million, from EKATI, following the sale of our diamonds business. Ceased and sold operations included a further reduction of Underlying EBIT of US$126 million related to the sale of Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company.

Other

A decrease in our share of operating profit in equity accounted investments primarily contributed to the reduction of Underlying EBIT by US$531 million. Cerrejon profit after taxation decreased by US$177349 million in FY2014 and largely reflected: a US$143 million negative adjustment to US$117 million mainly duethe Browse divestment price and the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine in November 2013.

2.5.3    Net finance costs

Year ended 30 June 2015 compared with year ended 30 June 2014

An analysis of net finance costs for FY2015 compared to reduced production and decreased thermal coal prices. Antamina profit after taxationFY2014 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

Net finance costs of US$914 million decreased by US$83235 million to US$531 million as increased copper productionfrom the prior period. This was more than offset by weaker sales prices and general cost pressure over our Copper portfolio. Samarco profit after taxation decreased by US$396 million to US$513 million mainlyprimarily due to a decrease of US$299 million in sales prices.

These decreases werenet interest expense, partially offset by a non-cash adjustmentless interest capitalised of our Angostura (Trinidad and Tobago) Production Sharing Contract.

US$108 million.

2.5.4    Taxation expense

2.5.3    Net finance costsYear ended 30 June 2015 compared with year ended 30 June 2014

An analysis of taxation expenses for FY2015 compared to FY2014 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of net finance costs for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Net finance costs increased to US$1.3 billion from US$668 million in the corresponding period. This was primarily attributable to an increase in net interest expense on higher net debt and financing charges of US$280 million incurred in managing interest rate exposure on debt securities issued in FY2013. The US$280 million was composed of realised fair value losses of US$97 million on non-hedging derivatives recognised in interest on borrowings and unrealised fair value losses of US$183 million on similar instruments. Net interest expense on other debt securities increased net finance costs by an additional US$270 million.

2.5.4    Taxation expense

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of taxation expenses for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements and exceptional items, was US$6.96.8 billion, representing ana statutory effective tax rate of 35.031.2 per cent (2012: 30.6(30 June 2013: 32.1 per cent).

Exceptional items decreased taxation expense by US$943 million (2012: decrease of US$1.7 billion), predominantly due to the income tax benefit on impairments of US$1.4 billion, which more than offset the income tax expense associated with divestments of US$371 million, as detailed in section 1.15.3.

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. Royalty-related taxation, excluding exceptional items, contributed US$1.2 billion to taxation expense. The Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) came into effectreduced taxation expense by US$198 million in Australia on 1 July 2012 andFY2014 (30 June 2013: increase of US$180 million) as royalty-related credits in the Group expensed US$321 million of MRRT in FY2013, mainly due toCoal Business more than offset Iron Ore MRRT expense for the period. This included the remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT which increaseddecreased taxation expense by US$207170 million in FY2013.the period (30 June 2013: increase of US$12 million).

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, exceptional items and the remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT, was 34.232.2 per cent (2012: 31.8(30 June 2013: 33.8 per cent).

Adjusted effective tax rate is not an IFRS measure and is reconciled to the statutory effective tax rate below:

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M   US$M     US$M   US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

   19,726     (6,906  35.0  23,932     (7,315  30.6

Less:

         

Exchange rate movements

        245          347   

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

        207             

Exceptional items

   1,928     (943   3,486     (1,745 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

   21,654     (7,397  34.2  27,418     (8,713  31.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014
Restated
  2013
Restated
 
   Profit
before tax

US$M
 Income tax
expense

US$M
 %  Profit
before tax

US$M
  Income tax
expense

US$M
 % 
         

Statutory effective tax rate

  21,735 (6,780)  31.2 20,828  (6,696)  32.1

Less:

        

Exchange rate movements

           –      (34)           –        134   

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

           –    (170)           –          12   

Exceptional items

      (551)     166    ��   (297)    (384) 
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

  21,184 (6,818)  32.2 20,531  (6,934)  33.8
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements whichthat are not profit based are recognised as operating costs within Profit before taxation. These amounted to US$2.62.4 billion during the period (2012:(30 June 2013: US$2.92.2 billion).

2.5.5    Exceptional items

Years ended 30 June 20142015 and 30 June 20132014

An analysis of the exceptional items for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013FY2014 are included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Gross
US$M
  Tax
US$M
  Net
US$M
 
    

Exceptional items by category

    

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420        420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212    (183  1,029  

Sale of diamonds business

   (97  (42  (139

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

   1,539    (188  1,351  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (1,698  454    (1,244

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

   (266  99    (167

Other impairments arising from capital project review

   (971  291    (680

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   158    (47  111  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   297    384    681  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Group announced the sale of its wholly owned Yeelirrie uranium deposit resulting in a gain on sale of US$420 million, while the associated tax expense was offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses.

Year ended 30 June 2012

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835  996    (1,839

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (449  94    (355

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects (1)

   (502  108    (394

Settlement of insurance claims(1)

   300    (90  210  

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia

       637    637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,486  1,745    (1,741
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Group announced it had completed the sale of its 37.76 per cent effective interest in Richards Bay Minerals resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.0 billion (after tax expense).

(1)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(34) million (US$7 million tax expense).

The Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations. The transaction was completed on 10 April 2013 for an aggregate cash consideration of US$553 million (after adjustments). An impairment charge of US$139 million (after tax expense) was recognised based on the final consideration.

The Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.5 billion being recognised in FY2013. The associated tax expense of US$462 million was partly offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$241 million and the derecognition of deferred tax liabilities of US$33 million. The final sales price was determined during FY2014 requiring a loss of US$143 million recognised in FY2014.

As a result of expected continued strength in the fall in United States domestic gasAustralian dollar and weak nickel prices, and the Company’s decision to adjust its development plans, the Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets in relation to its Fayetteville shale gas assets. A totalan impairment charge of US$1.81.2 billion (after tax benefit) was recognised in FY2012.

The Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets at Nickel West as a result of the continued downturn in the nickel price and margin deterioration. A totalFY2013.

An impairment charge of US$355167 million (after tax benefit) was recognised as the performance of specific evaluation wells in FY2012.certain areas of the Permian Basin (United States) did not support economic development.

As part of our regular portfolio review, various operationsIn FY2013, WAIO refocused its attention on the capital efficient expansion opportunity that exists within the Port Hedland inner harbour, and projects aroundall early works associated with the Groupouter harbour development option were either suspended, closed early or changed in status. These included:suspended. This revision to the WAIO development sequence and the change in status of the Olympic Dam expansion project; the temporary suspension of production at TEMCO and the permanent closure of the Metalloys South Plant in South Africa; the indefinite cessation of production at Norwich Park; and the suspension of other minor capital projects. As a result,projects across the Group resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$338 million (after tax benefit), idle capacity costs and inventory write-down of US$28604 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$2876 million (after tax benefit) in FY2013, of which US$580 million (after tax benefit) were recognised in FY2012, of which US$242 million (after tax benefit) related to Olympic Dam.WAIO.

During 2008, extreme weather across the central Queensland coalfields affected production from the BMA and BMC operations.

The Group settled insurance claimsrecognised a decrease of US$158 million (before tax expense) to its rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the lost productionNewcastle steelworks (Australia). This followed the completion of the Hunter River Remediation Project and insurance claim income of US$210 million (after tax expense) was recognised in FY2012.

The Australian MRRT and PRRT extension legislation were enactedreaching agreement with the Environment Protection Authority in March 2012. Under2013 regarding the legislation,necessary scope of work to repeal the Group is entitled to a deduction against future MRRT and PRRT liabilities based on the market value of its Coal, Iron Ore and Petroleum assets. A deferred tax asset, and an associated net income tax benefit of US$637 million, was recognised in FY2012 to reflect the future deductibility of these market values for MRRT and PRRT purposes, to the extent they were considered recoverable.

Exceptional items during FY2012 are classified by nature as follows.Environmental Classification at Steel River.

 

Year ended 30 June 2012

US$M

  Impairment of
goodwill and
other assets
  Idle capacity
costs and
inventory
write-downs
  Restructuring
costs
  Insurance
recoveries
   Gross 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835               (2,835

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (406  (43           (449

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects

   (422  (40  (40       (502

Settlement of insurance claims

               300     300  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (3,663  (83  (40  300     (3,486
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

US$M

  Sale of
assets
   Impairment of
goodwill and
other assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
   Gross 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420                  420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212                  1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

        (97           (97
Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures   1,539                  1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

        (1,698           (1,698

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

        (266           (266
Other impairments arising from capital project review        (863  (108       (971

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

                158     158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,171     (2,924  (108  158     297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2.5.6    Petroleum and Potash Business

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the financial performance of our Petroleum and Potash Business for FY2014FY2015 compared to FY2013FY2014 is included in section 1.12.2.

Financial information for the Petroleum and Potash Business for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013FY2014 is presented below.

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i)(ii) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure (iii)
 Exploration
gross(iv)
 Exploration
to profit(v)
 

Year ended

30 June 2015

US$M

 Revenue (i) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
 Exploration
gross (ii)
 Exploration
to profit (iii)
 

Australia Production Unit (iv)

 1,003   862   337   525   1,091   44    

Bass Strait

  1,885    1,555    132    1,423    2,864    259     1,291   1,025   127   898   3,055   328    

North West Shelf (vi)

  2,432    1,599    175    1,424    1,691    193    

North West Shelf

 1,899   1,351   186   1,165   1,400   135    

Atlantis

  1,535    1,407    335    1,072    2,272    409     1,071   904   368   536   2,146   354    

Shenzi

  1,430    1,281    243    1,038    1,598    306     973   868   287   581   1,399   268    

Mad Dog

  217    171    16    155    461    83     175   87   34   53   581   101    

Onshore US

  4,264    2,270    2,426    (156  26,945    4,226    

Eagle Ford (v)

 2,932   1,792   2,172   (380 10,754   2,315    

Permian (v)(vi)

 263   69   502   (433 1,096   773    

Haynesville(v)(vi)

 532   13   554   (541 5,916   411    

Fayetteville(v)

 448   162   195   (33 2,960   183    

Trinidad/Tobago (iv)

 220   159   28   131   827   10    

Algeria

  465    396    30    366    104    19     309   247   38   209   97   23    

UK(vii)

  155    70    52    18    (38  15    

Exploration

      (369  113    (482  464             (481 48   (529 733        

Other(viii)(ix)

  2,027    1,744    735    1,009    1,907    369    

Other(vii)(viii)

 276   98   342   (244 2,518   78    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum

  14,410    10,124    4,257    5,867    38,268    5,879    600    497   11,392   7,156   5,218   1,938   34,573   5,023   567   529  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Potash

      (211  74    (285  2,255    544    47    47       (178 6   (184 2,684   336   3   3  

Other(x)

      (298      (298  (1,009            

Other(ix)

     47       47   (970            
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash from Group production

  14,410    9,615    4,331    5,284    39,514    6,423    647    544   11,392   7,025   5,224   1,801   36,287   5,359   570   532  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Third party products

  437    3        3             69   1       1            
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash

  14,847    9,618    4,331    5,287    39,514    6,423    647    544   11,461   7,026   5,224   1,802   36,287   5,359   570   532  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Statutory adjustments (xi)

  (14  (3  (3                    

Adjustment for equity accounted investments (x)

 (14 (3 (3                    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash statutory result

  14,833    9,615    4,328    5,287    39,514    6,423    647    544    11,447    7,023    5,221    1,802    36,287    5,359    570    532  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i)(ii) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure (iii)
 Exploration
gross(iv)
 Exploration
to profit(v)
 

Year ended

30 June 2014

(Restated)

US$M

 Revenue (i) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
 Exploration
gross (ii)
 Exploration
to profit (iii)
 

Australia Production Unit (iv)

 1,418   1,220   309   911   1,464   419    

Bass Strait

  1,921    1,564    119    1,445    2,834    526     1,885   1,555   132   1,423   2,864   259    

North West Shelf

  2,578    1,913    234    1,679    1,880    221    

North West Shelf(xi)

 2,432   1,599   175   1,424   1,691   193    

Atlantis

  853    710    147    563    2,166    419     1,535   1,407   335   1,072   2,272   385    

Shenzi

  1,614    1,519    283    1,236    1,524    289     1,430   1,281   243   1,038   1,598   210    

Mad Dog

  276    233    98    135    420    89     217   171   16   155   461   68    

Onshore US

  2,987    1,508    1,795    (287  25,019    4,699    

Onshore US(v)

 4,264   2,270   2,426   (156 23,377   4,226    

Trinidad/Tobago(iv)

 273   374   52   322   709   8    

Algeria

  533    460    18    442    90    22     465   396   30   366   104   19    

UK

  244    95    46    49    45    8    

Exploration

      (522  230    (752  529             (369 113   (482 464        

Other(viii)(ix)

  2,032    1,746    282    1,464    1,973    794    

Other(vii)(viii)(xii)

 491   220   426   (206 3,264   92    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum

  13,038    9,226    3,252    5,974    36,480    7,067    675    620   14,410   10,124   4,257   5,867   38,268   5,879   600   497  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Potash

      (309  25    (334  1,758    608    89    89       (211 74   (285 2,255   544   47   47  

Other(x)

  18    (15      (15  (713            

Other(ix)

     (298     (298 (1,009            
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash from Group production

  13,056    8,902    3,277    5,625    37,525    7,675    764    709   14,410   9,615   4,331   5,284   39,514   6,423   647   544  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Third party products

  175    11        11             437   3       3            
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash

  13,231    8,913    3,277    5,636    37,525    7,675    764    709   14,847   9,618   4,331   5,287   39,514   6,423   647   544  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Statutory adjustments(xi)

  (7  (3  (3                    

Adjustment for equity accounted investments (x)

 (14 (3 (3                    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash statutory result

  13,224    8,910    3,274    5,636    37,525    7,675    764    709   14,833   9,615   4,328   5,287   39,514   6,423   647   544  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Petroleum revenue from Group production includes: crude oil US$8,6456,592 million (2013:(2014: US$7,6048,645 million), natural gas US$3,1192,489 million (2013:(2014: US$2,8423,119 million), LNG US$1,6141,366 million (2013:(2014: US$1,6861,614 million), NGL US$916665 million (2013:(2014: US$823916 million) and other US$102266 million (2013:(2014: US$76102 million).

 

(ii)Includes inter-segment revenueUS$86 million of capitalised exploration (2014: US$262 million (2013: US$ nil)231 million).

 

(iii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises Petroleum US$5,600 million growth and US$279 million other (2013: US$6,883 million growth and US$184 million other) and Potash US$533 million growth and US$11 million other (2013: US$597 million growth and US$11 million other).

(iv)Includes US$23148 million of Petroleum capitalised exploration (2013: US$153 million).

(v)Includes US$128 million of Petroleum exploration expenditure previously capitalised, written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013:(2014: US$98128 million).

 

(iv)Australia Production Unit includes Macedon, Pyrenees, Minerva and Stybarrow. Comparative period has been restated to report Australia Production Unit and Trinidad/Tobago separately from Other.

(v)For FY2015 onwards Onshore US has been reported separately between Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville.

(vi)Includes an expenseUS$328 million of US$143 million incurredimpairments associated with the divestment of assets in May 2014 related toNorth Louisiana (Haynesville) and the purchase price adjustment for the Browse asset sale completed in the 2013 financial year.Pecos field (Permian).

 

(vii)Includes an expense of US$112 million incurred in November 2013 related to the closure of the UK pension plan. Also includes a gain of US$120 million related to the sale of the Liverpool Bay asset in March 2014.

(viii)Includes Macedon, Pyrenees, Stybarrow, Neptune, Minerva, Angostura, Genesis, Pakistan,Predominantly divisional activities, business development, Pakistan, UK, Neptune, Genesis and ceased and sold operations. Also includes the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline which are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

 

(ix)(viii)Includes an unrealised gainGoodwill associated with Onshore US of US$743,026 million related to Angostura embedded derivative (2013:is included in Other Net operating assets (2014: US$84 million unrealised loss)3,568 million).

 

(x)(ix)Includes closed mining and smelting operations in Canada and the United States.

(xi)(x)Includes statutory adjustments for

Total Petroleum and Potash segment Revenue excludes US$14 million (2014: US$14 million) revenue related to the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business totalpipeline. Total Petroleum and Potash segment

Underlying EBITDA includes US$3 million (2014: US$3 million) D&A related to the statutory result.Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline.

(xi)Includes an expense of US$143 million incurred in May 2014 related to the purchase price adjustment for the Browse asset sale completed in the 2013 financial year.

(xii)Includes an expense of US$112 million incurred in November 2013 related to the closure of the UK pension plan. Also includes a gain of US$120 million related to the sale of the Liverpool Bay asset in March 2014.

Year ended 30 June 20132014 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Petroleum production increased by six per cent in FY2013, to 236 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe) (BHP Billiton share) and included strong performance from Onshore US, which delivered 99 MMboe (BHP Billiton share). The Eagle Ford area contributed 33 per cent of total Onshore US production to become Petroleum’s largest producing field at the end of the period.2013

Petroleum and Potash revenue increased by US$291 million1.6 billion to US$13.214.8 billion, in FY2013. Revenue formainly due to Onshore US, grewwhich increased by US$818 million43 per cent to US$3.04.3 billion, an increase of 37.7and Atlantis, which increased by 80 per cent. cent to US$1.5 billion.

The increase in revenue in Onshore USprimarily resulted from higher volumes, which grew by 15.9 per cent. Thean increase in volume includedof four per cent in FY2014 to 246 MMboe. A 16 MMboe increase in liquids production was underpinned by a 7673 per cent increase in higher valueOnshore US liquids productionvolumes and a sevennear doubling of production at Atlantis. Natural gas volumes declined by four per cent increase in naturalas the delivery of first gas production. Increases in revenue at Mad Dog of US$276 million, with recommencement of operations during the year, and an increase at North West Shelf of US$203 million, due to higher LNG sales, werefrom Macedon partially offset by reductions in our other assets, primarily due tolower demand at Bass Strait and natural field decline at our operated Australian oil and gas assets.Haynesville.

The average realised price of natural gas across our portfolio increased by 1116 per cent in FY2013 to US$3.764.35 per Mscf.thousand standard cubic feet (Mscf). This included a 1725 per cent increase in the average realised price of US natural gas to US$3.294.10 per Mscf. The average realised price of LNG also increased during the period, rising by four per cent to US$14.82 per Mscf. These gains wereThis increase was partially offset by a four per cent decreasedecline in the average realised price of oil to US$106102 per barrel. Thebbl, a one per cent decline in the average realised price of LNG to US$14.67 per Mscf and a seven per cent decline in the average realised price of natural gas liquids (NGLs) was(NGL) to US$45.7042.28 per barrel.

Petroleum and Potash Underlying EBIT for FY2013 declinedPetroleum decreased by US$397115 million to US$5.6 billion. Petroleum’s5.9 billion in FY2014. Price-related increases, net of price-linked costs, contributed US$113 million to Underlying EBIT decreasedand volumes contributed an additional US$994 million, although this was partially offset by US$363 million to US$6.0 billion. The natural field declinean increase in depreciation and amortisation expense at our Australian assetsOnshore US that reflected the ramp-up of liquids production and the negative contributionprogressive development of Onshore US contributedour Permian acreage. In this regard, our position within our focus area in the Permian increased by 25 per cent in the period to 74 thousand net acres.

Additional charges were also recognised during the period, including: a US$526184 million volume related reduction in Underlying EBIT. A seriesimpairment of charges, which included Onshore US drill rig contract termination costs and an impairment that followed the suspension of studies and re-evaluation of alternative development options associated with the Mad Dog Phase 2 project, reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$160 million. In contrast, a US$126 million reduction in exploration and business development expense reflected our sharpened focus on high value oil and gas prospects in theminor Gulf of Mexico assets; a US$143 million adjustment to the Browse divestment proceeds; and offshore Western Australia.a US$112 million UK pension plan expense. The Group also incurred a charge of US$135 million for underutilised gas pipeline capacity, primarily in the Haynesville.

The Onshore US Underlying EBIT for FY2014 was a loss of US$287156 million compared with a loss in FY2013 of US$140 million in FY2012. The FY2013 loss included a charge for the drill rig termination costs of US$77287 million. The FY2012 loss included a gain ofOnshore US Underlying EBITDA for FY2014 was US$192 million associated2.3 billion compared with legacy US gas derivatives. Adjusting for the gains and losses, the loss in Underlying EBIT reduced year-over-year. The reduced loss was primarily due to increased volumes and prices partially offset by higher depreciation and amortisation of US$355 million and higher transportation costs due to higher volumes.

Capital expenditure for our conventional and unconventional operations totalled US$7.11.5 billion in FY2013. Second half June 2014 EBITDA increased by more than 60 per cent to US$1.4 billion. As a result, Onshore US generated an Underlying EBIT of US$142 million during the second half of FY2014. This included US$4.7 billion inthe aforementioned underutilised gas pipeline capacity charges.

In FY2014, approximately 75 per cent of Onshore US drilling and development expenditure with over 80 per cent of drilling activity directed towardsUS$4.2 billion was invested in the Eagle Ford, and Permian areas. While stillwith the majority focused on our Black Hawk acreage. The repetitive, manufacturing-like nature of shale development is ideally suited to our productivity agenda. Drilling costs in its early stages, the Permian evaluation program continuesBlack Hawk declined by 16 per cent to deliver encouraging results, as demonstratedUS$4.2 million per well during the period while spud to sales timing improved by the 1 MMboe produced in FY2013.21 per cent.

Petroleum exploration expenditure for FY2013FY2014 was US$675600 million, of which US$522369 million was expensed. During the period, we signed a production sharing contract for Block 23b (60 per cent interest and operator) and farmed into Blocks 23a and 14 (70 per cent interest and operator) in Trinidad and Tobago.

During the period, we completed the divestment of our 46.1 per cent interest in Liverpool Bay and our South Midland acreage in the Permian basin, Onshore US. Combined proceeds of US$182 million were realised (before customary adjustments) and a gain on sale of US$116 million was recognised in Underlying EBIT.

Potash recorded an Underlying EBIT loss of US$583 million. This included: a US$68 million impairment associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (US) to lapse; and a US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisions for the Group’s North American closed mines, which are managed by our Potash Business. In addition, exploration expense for Potash was US$47 million, a US$42 million reduction from FY2013.

The Jansen Potash Business is not in productionProject was 30 per cent complete at the end of the period with significant progress made on surface infrastructure and had a loss, in Underlying EBIT terms, for FY2013 of US$334 million, which was largely unchanged from the prior period. A reduction in our global potash exploration activity was offset by higher costs associated with the establishment of our Potash Business in Saskatchewan (Canada).shaft excavation continuing.

2.5.7    Copper Business

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the financial performance of our Copper Business for FY2014FY2015 compared to FY2013FY2014 is included in section 1.12.3.

Financial information for the Copper Business for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013FY2014 is presented below.

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida (ii)

  8,085    4,754    760    3,994    11,779    3,186    

Pampa Norte (iii)

  1,796    785    429    356    2,575    336    

Antamina (iv)

  1,261    818    84    734    1,341    262    

Cannington

  1,079    459    47    412    234    60    

Olympic Dam

  1,777    299    265    34    6,320    167    

Other (iv)(v)

  101    (193  7    (200  (18  13    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  14,099    6,922    1,592    5,330    22,231    4,024    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  1,030    8        8            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  15,129    6,930    1,592    5,338    22,231    4,024    118    118  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(vi)

  (1,261  (344  (86  (258      (267  (2  (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  13,868    6,586    1,506    5,080    22,231    3,757    116    116  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2015

US$M

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida(i)

  7,819    4,064    920    3,144    13,909    3,273    

Pampa Norte(ii)

  1,437    762    669    93    1,926    242    

Antamina(iii)

  854    420    107    313    1,379    163    

Olympic Dam

  1,244    280    253    27    6,665    307    

Other(iii)(iv)

      (152  11    (163  (178      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  11,354    5,374    1,960    3,414    23,701    3,985    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  953    23        23            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  12,307    5,397    1,960    3,437    23,701    3,985    91    91  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustment for equity accounted investments (v)

  (854  (192  (108  (84      (163  (1  (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  11,453    5,205    1,852    3,353    23,701    3,822    90    90  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida(ii)

  8,596    5,175    649    4,526    9,450    2,859    

Pampa Norte (iii)

  1,913    841    291    550    2,643    348    

Antamina(iv)

  1,295    901    80    821    1,311    326    

Cannington

  1,365    646    40    606    206    39    

Olympic Dam

  1,873    245    249    (4  6,418    399    

Other (iv)(v)

  90    (554  19    (573  46    289    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  15,132    7,254    1,328    5,926    20,074    4,260    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  700    3        3            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  15,832    7,257   1,328    5,929   20,074    4,260    277    277  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(vi)

  (1,295  (372  (82  (290      (330  (3  (3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  14,537    6,885   1,246    5,639   20,074    3,930    274    274  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

(Restated)

US$M

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida(i)

  8,085    4,754    760    3,994    11,779    3,186    

Pampa Norte(ii)

  1,796    785    429    356    2,575    336    

Antamina(iii)

  1,261    818    84    734    1,341    262    

Olympic Dam

  1,777    299    265    34    6,320    167    

Other(iii)(iv)

  101    (193  7    (200  (18  13    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  13,020    6,463    1,545    4,918    21,997    3,964    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  1,030    8        8            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  14,050    6,471    1,545    4,926    21,997    3,964    113    113  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustment for equity accounted investments(v)

  (1,261  (344  (86  (258      (267  (2  (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  12,789    6,127    1,459    4,668    21,997    3,697    111    111  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(i)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$2,629 million growth and US$1,128 million other (2013: US$2,167 million growth and US$1,763 million other).

(ii) Escondida is consolidated under IFRS 10 and reported on a 100 per cent basis.

 

(iii)(ii) Includes Spence and Cerro Colorado.

 

(iv)(iii) Antamina and Resolution are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

(v)(iv) Predominantly comprises divisional activities, greenfield exploration, business development and ceased and sold operations. Includes Pinto Valley and Resolution. Pinto Valley was sold effective 11 October 2013.

 

(vi)(v) Includes statutory adjustments forTotal Copper segment Revenue excludes US$854 million (2014: US$1,261 million) revenue related to Antamina. Total Copper segment Underlying EBITDA includes US$108 million (2014: US$86 million) D&A and US$84 million (2014: US$258 million) net finance costs and taxation expense related to Antamina and Resolution that are also included in Underlying EBIT. Copper segment Capital expenditure excludes US$163 million (2014: US$267 million) and US$1 million (2014: US$2 million) Exploration expenditure related to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. Statutory Underlying EBIT includes net finance costs of US$4 millionAntamina and taxation of US$254 million (2013: net finance costs of US$ nil and taxation of US$290 million).Resolution.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Copper production increased by 10 per cent in FY2013 to 1.7 Mt. Escondida copper production increased by 28 per cent to 1.1 Mt (100 per cent basis) as the average copper grade mined rose to 1.4 per cent and milling rates improved. Record annual copper production at Antamina also contributed to the strong result having benefited from a full-year contribution from the recently expanded concentrator.

Copper revenue increased by US$984 million to US$14.5 billion, largely driven by production increases at Escondida, partially offset by a five per cent decrease in average realised copper prices. Revenue for Escondida increased to US$8.6 billion due to the 28 per cent increase in production, driven by higher average copper grades mined and improved milling rates partially offset by lower average realised prices. This increase was partially offset by decreases at Pampa Norte , Cannington and Olympic Dam in line with lower production and lower average realised prices.

The average realised price of copper for the period declined by five per cent to US$3.41 per pound.

Underlying EBIT for FY2013 increased by US$326 million to US$5.6 billion. Increased sales volumes and operating cash cost savings associated with productivity gains and broader economies of scale increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.1 billion. In this context, strong production growth and a material reduction in operating cash costs contributed to a 15 per cent reduction in unit cash costs at Escondida. In contrast, the external influences of lower prices, inflation and foreign exchange variations reduced Underlying EBIT by US$808 million. Payments associated with major planned maintenance programs at Escondida reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$103 million.

Revenue for Olympic Dam decreased by US$273 million to US$1.9 billion, primarily due to lower prices and reduced volumes. Price, grade and smelter availability contributed to the decrease in Underlying EBIT from US$214 million in FY2012 to an Underlying EBIT loss of US$4 million in FY2013.

2.5.8    Iron Ore Business

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

Total copper production in FY2014 increased by two per cent to 1.7 Mt. Escondida copper production increased by two per cent to 1.2 Mt as an improvement in mill throughput and concentrator utilisation offset a nine per cent decline in ore grades. Record mining rates at Olympic Dam underpinned an 11 per cent increase in copper production to 184 kt while Pampa Norte copper production of 233 kt was unchanged from the prior period. Antamina achieved record annual mill throughput and copper production in FY2014.

Copper revenue decreased by US$383 million to US$12.8 billion. Revenue for Escondida decreased by six per cent to US$8.1 billion. The decrease in revenue primarily resulted from a five per cent decline in the average realised price of copper to US$3.22 per pound.

Lower average realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$828 million, net of price-linked costs. In contrast, a stronger US dollar against the Chilean peso and Australian dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$296 million.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 decreased by US$365 million to US$4.7 billion. Unit cash costs, which we calculate excluding revenue from by-products, at our operated copper assets declined by six per cent during FY2014 despite the impact of the nine per cent reduction in ore grades at Escondida. Productivity cost efficiencies increased Underlying EBIT by US$186 million and reflected insourcing initiatives and the broader optimisation of contractor activities across the business. A reduction in exploration and business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$214 million as the Group sharpened its focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru. In contrast, an increase in non-cash charges reflected a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte, and a general increase in depreciation and amortisation, and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$328 million during the period.

Underlying EBIT of Olympic Dam for FY2014 increased by US$38 million to US$34 million, where costs efficiencies offset the decrease in commodities prices.

At 30 June 2014, the Group had 350 kt of outstanding copper sales that were revalued at a weighted average price of US$3.19 per pound. The final price of these sales will be determined in FY2015. In addition, 386 kt of copper sales from FY2013 were subject to a finalisation adjustment in FY2014. These provisional pricing and finalisation adjustments increased Underlying EBIT by US$73 million in FY2014 (FY2013: US$303 million decrease).

A gain on the sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company of US$385 million (after tax) was recognised in FY2014 and was reported as an exceptional item.

2.5.8    Iron Ore Business

An analysis of the financial performance of our Iron Ore Business for FY2014FY2015 compared to FY2013FY2014 is included in section 1.12.4.

Financial information for the Iron Ore Business for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013FY2014 is presented below.

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure (ii)
 Exploration
gross(iii)
 Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Year ended

30 June 2015

US$M

 Revenue Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
 Exploration
gross
 Exploration
to profit
 

Western Australia
Iron Ore

  21,013    12,988    1,429    11,559    22,278    2,947     14,438   8,297   1,713   6,584   22,804   1,911    

Samarco(v)(i)

  1,634    846    56    790    1,072    424     1,406   695   118   577   1,044   170    

Other(vi)

      (54      (54  40        

Other(ii)

 135   (8 3   (11 106   19    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

Total Iron Ore from Group production

  22,647    13,780    1,485    12,295    23,390    3,371     15,979   8,984   1,834   7,150   23,954   2,100    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

Third party products(vii)

  343    (3      (3          

Third party products(iii)

 180   (10     (10          
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Iron Ore

  22,990    13,777    1,485    12,292    23,390    3,371    169    56   16,159   8,974   1,834   7,140   23,954   2,100   118   38  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Statutory adjustments(viii)

  (1,634  (246  (56  (190      (422        

Adjustment for equity accounted investments(iv)

 (1,406 (326 (118 (208     (170        
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Iron Ore statutory result

  21,356    13,531    1,429    12,102    23,390    2,949    169    56    14,753    8,648    1,716    6,932    23,954    1,930    118    38  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i) Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure (ii)
 Exploration
gross(iii)
 Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Year ended

30 June 2014

(Restated)

US$M

 Revenue Underlying
EBITDA
 D&A Underlying
EBIT
 Net
operating
assets
 Capital
expenditure
 Exploration
gross
 Exploration
to profit
 

Western Australia
Iron Ore(v)

  18,452    11,668    1,004    10,664    21,074    5,979     20,883   12,966   1,427   11,539   22,223   2,947    

Samarco(v)(i)

  1,622    811    61    750    1,037    772     1,634   846   56   790   1,072   424    

Other(vi)

      (84      (84  15        

Other(ii)(v)

 130   (32 2   (34 95        
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

Total Iron Ore from Group production

  20,074    12,395    1,065   11,330    22,126   6,751     22,647   13,780   1,485   12,295   23,390   3,371    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

Third party products(vii)

  141    31        31            

Third party products(iii)

 343   (3     (3          
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Iron Ore

  20,215    12,426    1,065   11,361    22,126   6,751    217    74   22,990   13,777   1,485   12,292   23,390   3,371   169   56  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Statutory adjustments(viii)

  (1,622  (313  (61  (252      (772        

Adjustment for equity accounted investments(iv)

 (1,634 (246 (56 (190     (422        
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Iron Ore statutory result

  18,593    12,113    1,004   11,109    22,126   5,979    217    74   21,356   13,531   1,429   12,102   23,390   2,949   169   56  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Includes inter-segment revenue of US$213 million (2013: US$55 million).

(ii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$2,762 million growth and US$187 million other (2013: US$5,848 million growth and US$131 million other).

(iii)Includes US$57 million capitalised exploration (2013: US$143 million).

(iv)Includes a reversal of US$56 million of exploration expenditure previously written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013: US$ nil).

(v) Samarco is an equity accounted investment and is reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets). This includes the wholly owned holding company of Samarco, which is consolidated.

 

(vi)(ii) Predominantly comprises divisional activities, towage services, business development and ceased operations.

 

(vii)(iii) Includes inter-segment and external sales of contracted gas purchases.

 

(viii)(iv) Includes statutory adjustments for SamarcoTotal Iron Ore segment Revenue excludes US$1,406 million (2014: US$1,634 million) revenue related to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. StatutorySamarco. Total Iron Ore segment Underlying EBITEBITDA includes US$118 million (2014: US$56 million) D&A and US$208 million (2014: US$190 million) net finance costs of US$87 million and taxation ofexpense related to Samarco that are also included in Underlying EBIT. Iron Ore segment Capital expenditure excludes US$103170 million (2013: net finance costs of(2014: US$25 million and taxation of US$227422 million). related to Samarco.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Iron ore production increased by seven per cent in FY2013 to 170 Mt (BHP Billiton share). WAIO production of 187 Mt (100 per cent basis) represented a thirteenth consecutive annual production record. The delivery of WAIO’s capital efficient growth program and continued strong operating performance across the supply chain contributed to this record result. The three pellet plants at Samarco continued to operate at capacity during the period.

Iron Ore revenue decreased by US$2.0 billion to US$18.6 billion in FY2013. Revenue for WAIO decreased US$2.0 billion to US$18.5 billion, a decrease of 9.9 per cent. Record sales volumes at WAIO, which increased 9.6 per cent, were more than offset by a 17 per cent fall in the average realised price of iron ore to US$110 per tonne.

Underlying EBIT for FY2013 declined by US$2.9 billion to US$11.1 billion. The increased sales volumes at WAIO increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.5 billion. However, this was more than offset by the fall in the average realised price of iron ore, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.6 billion, net of price-linked costs. WAIO’s export volumes for FY2013 were sold on the basis of shorter term, market-based prices. Revenue for FY2013 reflected the average index price one month prior to the month of shipment, adjusted for product characteristics such as iron and moisture content. Approximately 65 per cent of shipments were delivered on a Cost and Freight (CFR) basis.

Increased operating cash costs associated with labour and contractor costs were the main contributor to the reduction in Underlying EBIT of US$405 million during FY2013. This largely reflected our decision to invest in operating capability prior to the full commissioning and ramp-up of expanded capacity at WAIO. WAIO unit cash costs, including freight and royalty charges of US$856 million and US$1.2 billion, respectively, remained largely unchanged during FY2013.

2.5.9    Coal Business

(v)The 30 June 2014 period has been restated to reallocate towage services from Western Australian Iron Ore to Other.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

Iron Ore revenue increased by US$2.8 billion to US$21.4 billion. Revenue for WAIO increased by US$2.6 billion, an increase of 13.9 per cent. An 18 per cent increase in WAIO sales volumes was the major contributor, which was partially offset by a six per cent decline in average realised price of iron ore to US$103 per wet metric tonne (FOB).

Iron ore production increased by 20 per cent in FY2014 to a record 204 Mt, exceeding initial full-year guidance by more than eight per cent. WAIO production of 225 Mt (100 per cent basis) represents a fourteenth consecutive annual record and was underpinned by the early commissioning of Jimblebar and our productivity agenda, which raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$993 million to US$12.1 billion. The fall in the average realised price of iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$864 million, net of price-linked costs, although this was partially offset by a weaker Australian dollar which increased Underlying EBIT by US$383 million. Iron ore sales, on average, were linked to the index price for the month of shipment, with price differentials reflecting product quality and the increase in WAIO sales volumes, adding US$1.8 billion to Underlying EBIT. Conversely, the progressive ramp-up of several major projects resulted in a US$425 million increase in

depreciation and amortisation expense during the period. Having redirected the WAIO supply-chain bottleneck away from the mines and back to the port, WAIO unit costs decreased by six per cent in FY2014 to US$27.53 per tonne. A 12 per cent reduction in unit costs to US$25.89 per tonne was achieved in the June 2014 half year.

2.5.9    Coal Business

An analysis of the financial performance of our Coal Business for FY2014FY2015 compared to FY2013FY2014 is included in section 1.12.5.

Financial information for the Coal Business for FY2014FY2015 and FY2013FY2014 is presented below.

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,666    949    514    435    9,115    1,790    

Illawarra(ii)

  886    131    170    (39  1,384    309    

Energy Coal South Africa (ii)

  1,279    315    485    (170  989    65    

New Mexico

  520    105    46    59    202    26    

New South Wales Energy Coal (ii)

  1,350    324    150    174    1,392    170    

Colombia (ii)

  814    305    85    220    1,037    133    

Other (iii)

      (166  2    (168  162    34    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  9,515    1,963    1,452    511    14,281    2,527    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  456    18        18    19        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal

  9,971    1,981    1,452    529    14,300    2,527    34    34  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments (iv)

  (856  (264  (121  (143      (182        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  9,115    1,717    1,331    386    14,300    2,345    34    34  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2015

US$M

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,221    1,006    719    287    9,154    599    

New Mexico

  531    134    47    87    173    20    

New South Wales Energy Coal(i)

  1,225    303    161    142    1,322    121    

Colombia(i)

  719    231    105    126    924    73    

Other(ii)

      (91  1    (92  196    17    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  6,696    1,583    1,033    550    11,769    830    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  7                        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal

  6,703    1,583    1,033    550    11,769    830    20    20  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustment for equity accounted investments (iii)

  (818  (341  (139  (202      (101        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  5,885    1,242    894    348    11,769    729    20    20  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,452    627    376    251    7,988    2,771    

Illawarra (ii)

  1,287    311    148    163    1,238    357    

Energy Coal South Africa (ii)

  1,457    177    211    (34  1,334    133    

New Mexico

  588    95    49    46    164    28    

New South Wales Energy Coal (ii)

  1,526    314    120    194    1,372    366    

Colombia (ii)

  828    307    65    242    997    265    

Other (iii)

      (158  2    (160  111    85    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  10,138    1,673   971    702   13,204    4,005    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

  585    44        44    21        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal

  10,723    1,717   971    746   13,225    4,005    42    42  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments (iv)

  (828  (237  (86  (151      (379  (3  (3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  9,895    1,480   885    595   13,225    3,626    39    39  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2014

(Restated)

US$M

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,666    949    514    435    9,115    1,790    

New Mexico

  520    105    46    59    202    26    

New South Wales Energy Coal(i)

  1,350    324    150    174    1,392    170    

Colombia(i)

  814    305    85    220    1,037    133    

Other(ii)

      (166  2    (168  162    34    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  7,350    1,517    797    720    11,908    2,153    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  27                1        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal

  7,377    1,517    797    720    11,909    2,153    29    29  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjustment for equity accounted investments (iii)

  (814  (259  (114  (145      (182        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  6,563    1,258    683    575    11,909    1,971    29    29  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(i)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$1,563 million growth and US$782 million other (2013: US$2,898 million growth and US$728 million other).

(ii)Cerrejón, Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Port Kembla Coal Terminal and Richards Bay Coal TerminalCerrejón are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

(iii)(ii)Predominantly comprises divisional activities and greenfield projects.

 

(iv)(iii)Includes statutory adjustments for Cerrejón,Total Coal segment Revenue excludes US$818 million (2014: US$814 million) revenue related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Port Kemblaand Cerrejón. Total Coal Terminalsegment Underlying EBITDA includes US$105 million (2014: US$85 million) D&A and Richards Bay Coal Terminal to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. Statutory Underlying EBIT includesUS$126 million (2014: US$80 million) net finance income of US$1 millioncosts and taxation ofexpense related to Cerrejón, that are also included in Underlying EBIT. Total Coal segment Underlying EBITDA excludes US$8134 million (2013: net finance income of(2014: US$129 million) D&A and US$76 million (2014: US$65 million) total EBIT related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, that is excluded from Underlying EBIT. Coal segment Capital expenditure excludes US$101 million (2014: US$182 million) related to Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group and taxation of US$99 million).Cerrejón.

Year ended 30 June 20132014 compared with year ended 30 June 20122013

Metallurgical coal production increased by 1326 per cent in FY2013FY2014 to a record 38 Mt. A 19 per cent increase (100 per cent basis) inMt (BHP Billiton share). Record production and sales volumes at Queensland Coal was underpinned byreflected strong performance across all operations. This included first production from Caval Ridge, the successful ramp-up of Daunia and record annual performanceproduction at both Peak Downs, andSaraji, South Walker Creek and this was achieved despite the indefinite closure of Norwich Park and Gregory. In addition, Illawarra Coal achieved record annual production in FY2013.Poitrel.

Energy coal production of 43 Mt for FY2014 increased by two per cent in FY2013 to 72 Mt, which included recordsix percent from the prior period. Another year of robust performance was underpinned by a fifth consecutive annual production from New South Wales Energy Coal following the successful ramp-up of the RX1 project.

Coal revenue for FY2013 decreased by US$2.6 billion to US$9.9 billion. Revenue at Queensland Coal decreased US$1.4 billion to US$4.5 billion, a decrease of 24.2 per cent. Volume increases at Queensland Coal were more than offset by the effect of decreases in average realised prices. Hard coking coal and weak coking coal prices fell 34 per cent and 31 per cent, respectively. Revenue at Energy Coal South Africa (BECSA) decreased by US$437 million reflecting reduced production and decreased thermal coal prices, which fell 18 per cent during FY2013. Revenuerecord at New South Wales Energy Coal and New Mexicorecord volumes at Cerrejón. Navajo Coal wereproduction declined following the permanent closure of three of the five power units at the Four Corners Power Plant.

Coal revenue for FY2014 decreased by US$11 million to US$6.6 billion. The decrease in line with FY2012, with volume increases offsetrevenues was driven by reduced thermal coal prices.

Underlying EBITa 19 per cent reduction in the average price for FY2013 declined by US$2.0 billion to US$595 million. The fall in hard coking coal and 14 per cent reduction in the average price received for both weak coking coal and thermal coal prices,coal; this was partially offset by an increase in revenue of 5 per cent for Queensland Coal to US$4.7 billion.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$151 million to US$575 million as productivity volume and cost efficiencies of US$1.1 billion were embedded during the period.

A stronger US dollar against the Australian dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$403 million. This was offset by the reduction in the average price, which in total, reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.21.1 billion, net of price-linked costs. This

A sustainable increase in truck and wash plant utilisation rates underpinned the improvement in productivity while a reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs was also achieved. Redundancies totalling US$28 million were recognised in FY2014 while an increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$176 million.

2.5.10 Other Assets

Nickel West production declined by four per cent following the closure of the Perseverance underground mine in November 2013.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$106 million to (US$208) million mainly due to cost efficiencies and a favourable exchange rate movement, which was partially offset by increased sales volumes, operating cash cost savings and reduced exploration and business development expenses, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.7 billion. A strong focus on contractor usage and rates and a significant reduction in consumables expenditure contributed tocosts associated with the substantial reduction in operating costsclosure of the Perseverance underground mine at Queensland Coal, as demonstrated by the 30 per cent decline in mine site unit cash costs at BMA.

During FY2013, the Daunia and Broadmeadow Life Extension projects (both Australia) delivered first production, ahead of schedule.Nickel West.

2.5.10 Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business2.5.11 Cash flow analysis

Year ended 30 June 2015 compared with year ended 30 June 2014

An analysis of the cash flow for FY2015 compared to FY2014 is included in section 1.15.4.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis

Year ended 30 June

  2014
US$M
Restated
  2013
US$M
Restated
 
   

Cash generated from operations

   29,318    27,026  

Dividends received

   1,264    716  

Net interest paid

   (795  (848

Taxation paid

   (6,147  (7,877
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations

   23,640    19,017  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations

   1,724    1,137  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

   25,364    20,154  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (15,224  (21,104

Exploration expenditure

   (986  (1,321

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   698    1,026  

Purchases of intangibles

   (192  (380

Investment in financial assets

   (1,168  (455

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (44  (84

Net proceeds from investing activities

   1,782    4,697  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (15,134  (17,621
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (700  (1,105
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (15,834  (18,726
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (repayment of)/proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

   (1,011  7,255  

Dividends paid

   (6,506  (6,945

Contributions from non-controlling interests

   1,435    73  

Other financing activities

   (354  (433
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations

   (6,436  (50
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations

   (32  (148
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

   (6,468  (198
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations

   2,070    1,346  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations

   992    (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 24 per cent to US$23.6 billion in FY2014. A US$2.3 billion increase in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and a US$1.7 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the increase. The decrease in net taxes paid was attributed to lower income tax payments in the year of US$798 million in line with our lower effective tax rate and income tax refunds of US$848 million.

Net investing cash outflows decreased by US$2.5 billion to US$15.1 billion during the financial performanceperiod. This reflected a US$5.9 billion reduction in capital and exploration expenditure partially offset by a decline in proceeds from asset sales of US$2.9 billion. Expenditure on major growth projects totalled US$13.0 billion, including US$5.6 billion on petroleum projects and US$7.4 billion on minerals projects. Sustaining capital expenditure and other items totalled US$2.2 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$986 million, including US$698 million classified within net operating cash flows.

Net financing cash flows of US$6.4 billion included the proceeds from interest bearing liabilities and contributions from non-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion. The contributions from non-controlling interests was due to the sale of shares in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd to ITOCHU and Mitsui of eight and seven percent, respectively, in the Jimblebar mining hub and resource. Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities included the issuance of a four tranche Global Bond of US$5.0 billion. These inflows were more than offset by debt repayments of US$7.0 billion and dividend payments to our Aluminium, Manganeseshareholders of US$6.4 billion.

2.5.12 Net debt and Nickel Business for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.12.6.sources of liquidity

Financial information for the Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business for FY2014 and FY2013 is presented below.

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross (iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Alumina

  1,548    217    202   15    4,454   60    

Aluminium

  2,398    178    145   33    1,790   41    

Intra-divisional adjustment

  (659                      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,287    395    347   48    6,244   101    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Manganese

  2,096    639    163   476    1,613   178    

Nickel West

  1,605    (91  117   (208  534   163    

Cerro Matoso

  595    104    94   10    860   56    

Other (v)

      (36  1   (37  71       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel from Group production

  7,583    1,011    722    289    9,322    498    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  828    18        18            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

  8,411    1,029    722    307    9,322    498    44    38  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments

                                
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel statutory result

  8,411    1,029    722    307    9,322    498    44    38  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross(iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Alumina

  1,422    114    239   (125  3,844   157    

Aluminium

  2,620    88    127    (39  2,154    27    

Intra-divisional adjustment

  (638                      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,404    202    366   (164  5,998   184    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Manganese

  2,113    623    116    507    1,658    375    

Nickel West

  1,773    (104  210    (314  123    280    

Cerro Matoso

  803    235    79    156    955    50    

Other (v)

      (79  (14  (65  75    4    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel from Group production

  8,093    877    757   120    8,809   893    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  1,185    38        38            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

  9,278    915    757   158    8,809   893    57    53  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments

                                
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel statutory result

  9,278    915    757   158    8,809   893    57    53  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Includes inter-segment revenue of US$5 million (2013: US$20 million).

(ii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$43 million growth and US$455 million other (2013: US$285 million growth and US$608 million other).

(iii)Includes US$6 million capitalised exploration (2013: US$8 million).

(iv)Includes US$ nil exploration expenditure previously capitalised, written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013: US$4 million).

(v)Predominantly comprises divisional activities and business development.

Year ended 30 June 20132015 compared with year ended 30 June 20122014

Alumina production increased by 18 per cent in FY2013 to a record 4.9 Mt (BHP Billiton share), underpinned by the ramp-upAn analysis of the Efficiencygearing and Growth project at Worsley. Aluminium production increased by two per centnet debt for FY2015 compared to 1.2 Mt (BHP Billiton share), with improved performance at our southern African smelters.

Total manganese ore production increased by seven per centFY2014 is included in FY2013 to a record 8.5 Mt (100 per cent basis) and reflected a substantial improvement in plant availability at GEMCO (Australia). Total manganese alloy volumes were largely unchanged from FY2012. The recovery in TEMCO (Australia) production that followed the temporary suspension of operations in the prior period was offset by the permanent closure of energy-intensive silicomanganese production at Metalloys in January 2012.

Nickel production in FY2013 was largely unchanged from the prior period. Strong operating performance at Cerro Matoso was offset by planned maintenance at the Nickel West Kalgoorlie smelter and Kwinana refinery.

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel revenue decreased by 6.4 per cent, or US$633 million, to US$9.3 billion. The reduction was primarily due to decreases at Nickel West of US$270 million and from sales of third party products of US$398 million. The decrease in revenue was mainly driven by lower realised prices across all parts of the Business. In this context, lower average realised prices for aluminium (down six per cent to US$2,191 per tonne), alumina (down nine per cent to US$302 per tonne), nickel (down 15 per cent to US$16,319 per tonne) and manganese alloy (down 10 per cent to US$1,051 per tonne) were only partially offset by an increase in the average realised price of manganese ore (up nine per cent to US$4.83 per dry metric tonne unit).

Underlying EBIT for FY2013 increased by US$182 million to US$158 million. With productivity improvements already well advanced, consisting principally of the improvement plan at Worsley, substantial controllable cash cost savings of US$442 million were achieved during the period, while a stronger US dollar increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$243 million. In contrast, weaker markets continued to challenge the Business as lower average realised prices contributed to a US$474 million reduction in Underlying EBIT, net of price-linked costs.

The US$167 million (BHP Billiton share) GEEP2 expansion at GEMCO delivered first production during FY2013, ahead of schedule.

2.5.11 Cash flow analysissection 1.15.5.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the cash flow for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.4.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash generated from operations

   28,793    32,987  

Dividends received

   721    722  

Net interest paid

   (786  (412

Taxation paid

   (8,574  (8,038
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cashflows

   20,154    25,259  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (22,243  (18,637

Exploration expenditure

   (1,351  (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   1,047    1,644  

Purchases of intangibles

   (400  (219

Investment in financial assets

   (475  (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities

       (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (84  (83

Net proceeds from investing activities

   4,780    330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (18,726  (32,485
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net proceeds (repayment of)/from interest bearing liabilities

   7,157    8,644  

Share buy-back

       (83

Dividends paid

   (7,004  (6,220

Contribution from non-controlling interest

   73    101  

Other financing activities

   (424  (403
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financingcash flows

   (198  2,039  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   1,230    (5,187
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flow of US$20.2 billion declined by 20 per cent from US$25.3 billion in FY2012. A decrease of US$4.2 billion in cash flow generated from the operation, an increase of US$374 million in net interest paid and an income tax refund of US$530 million received in FY2012 were the major contributors to that decline.

A US$13.8 billion reduction in net investing cash outflows to US$18.7 billion primarily reflected the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation in the prior period and a US$4.5 billion increase in proceeds from asset sales. Capital and exploration expenditure totalled US$23.6 billion in FY2013. Expenditure on major growth projects was US$18.7 billion, including US$6.9 billion on Petroleum projects and US$11.8 billion on Minerals projects. Capital expenditure on sustaining and other items was US$3.5 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$1.4 billion, including US$1.0 billion classified within net operating cash flows. The breakdown of capital and exploration expenditure by Business is set out in section 1.6.3.

Net financing cash flows included proceeds from borrowings of US$9.2 billion and were partially offset by debt repayments of US$2.0 billion and dividend payments to our shareholders of US$6.2 billion. Proceeds from

borrowings include the issuance of a two tranche Euro bond of €2.0 billion, a two tranche Sterling bond of £1.75 billion, an Australian dollar bond of A$1.0 billion, a Euro bond of €750 million and a Canadian dollar bond of C$750 million.

2.5.12 Net debt and sources of liquidity

Gearing and net debt

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the gearing and net debt for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.5.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Net debt, comprising Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$27.525.8 billion, which represented an increasea decrease of US$5.31.7 billion compared with the net debt position at 30 June 2012.2013. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 23.2 per cent at 30 June 2014, compared with 26.8 per cent at 30 June 2013, compared2013. IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ does not require the Consolidated Balance Sheet to be restated for comparative periods. The FY2014 and FY2013 figures therefore includes assets and liabilities of the Businesses demerged with 24.3 per cent at 30 June 2012. The primary reason for the increase in gearing during FY2013 was dueSouth32. For information relating to Discontinued operations refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the issue of bonds during the period.Financial Statements.

Cash at bank and in hand less overdrafts at 30 June 20132014 was US$5.78.8 billion compared with US$4.55.7 billion at 30 June 2012.2013. Included within this were short-term deposits at 30 June 20132014 of US$3.27.1 billion compared with US$3.33.2 billion at 30 June 2012.2013.

Funding sources

During FY2014, the Group issued a four tranche Global Bond totalling US$5.0 billion comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2016 paying interest at three month US dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023, and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043.

3    Corporate Governance Statement

3.1    Governance at BHP Billiton

Dear Shareholder

Welcome to BHP Billiton’s Corporate Governance Statement.

At BHP Billiton, we have a governance framework that goes beyond an interest in governance for its own sake or the need to comply with regulatory requirements. Instead, weWe believe that high-quality governance supports long-term value creation. Simply put, we think good governance is good business, and our approach is to adopt what we consider to be the betterbest of the prevailing governance standards in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States.

In the same spirit, we do not see governance as just a matter for the Board. Good governance is also the responsibility of executive management and is embedded throughout the organisation.

The diagram on the following page describes the governance framework at BHP Billiton. It shows the interaction between the shareholders and the Board, demonstrates how the Board Committee structure facilitates the interactionrelationship between the Board and the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and illustrates the flow of delegation from shareholders. We have robust processes in place to ensure that the delegation flows through the Board and its committees to the CEO and Group Management Committee (GMC) and into the organisation. At the same time, accountability flows back upwards from the Company to shareholders. This process helps to ensure alignment with shareholders.

As part of our corporate planning cycle, we have embeddedinclude a range of scenarios that are reviewed annually and updated by the Group with the GMC’sexecutive management involvement. The scenarios, and the governance process supporting them, also form part of the Board agenda.

These scenarios provide a lens to assess the performance of our business portfolio. They include assumptions around carbon and commodity prices, currencies, costs, and tax rates and the price of carbon and ranges for a number of risks that face the Group including climate change,faces. These include global growth, levels of trade, geopolitical situationsituations, climate change and technology focus.technology. All of the scenarios are used to inform BHP Billiton’s strategy and the resilience of our diversified asset portfolio over the short and long term.

Regardless of which direction the world may take, we will always be guided byOur BHP Billiton Chartervalues, including our value of Sustainability, in how we operate our business, interact with our stakeholders and plan for the future.

As we set out later in this report, while the five committees have accountability for making recommendations to the Board on certain matters such as remuneration and sustainability, we ensure that all the Board members have oversight and the opportunity for full discussion of those issues through the committee report-out process to the full Board.

Our BHP Billiton Charter is core to the governance framework of BHP Billiton. It embodies our corporate purpose, strategy and values, and defines when we are successful. We foster a culture that values and rewards high ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.

We live the values ofOur Charter and adhere to the standards of conduct required by our BHP BillitonCode of Business ConductConduct..

BHP Billiton governance structure

 

LOGOLOGO

AppointmentSir John Buchanan

On 13 July 2015, Sir John Buchanan sadly passed away after an illness. Sir John was a Director of Mr Brinded

We are focused on enhancingBHP Billiton from February 2003 until the diversitytime of perspective onhis death. He provided wise counsel to his fellow Directors and to management. He made an invaluable contribution as a Director having regard to his long-standing relationships in the Board. We do this in a structured manner, looking out over a five-year period at the skills, backgrounds, knowledge,investor community, his strategic approach and his financial and business acumen. His many years of experience and diversity on the Board. The right blend of skills, experiencegave him great insight and perspective is critical to ensuring the Board overseeswhen addressing key governance issues. He was a true gentleman and all of us at BHP Billiton effectively for shareholders. miss him greatly.

Ongoing renewal

As a result of this process, and as describednoted in last year’s Annual Report, we have been seeking additional upstream oil, gas and shale experience.

We are therefore pleased that Malcolm Brinded joinedDavid Crawford retired from the Board at the 2014 BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting (AGM). This followed his appointment as Chairman-designate of South32. Following shareholder approval for the demerger, Keith Rumble also became a Non-executive Director and member of the Sustainability Committee in April 2014. Mr Brinded served onSouth32. He retired from the Board of Royal Dutch Shell plc between 2002 and 2012. During his 37-year careerBHP Billiton with Shell, he held leadership roles, including Executive Director of Exploration and Production, Executive Director of Upstream International and UK Country Chair and Managing Director. His appointment reflects the structured and rigorous approach to the Board’s succession and planning.effect from 22 May 2015.

Ongoing renewal

As part of our ongoing renewal of the Board,On 14 August 2015, we announced in August that David Crawford willCarlos Cordeiro would be retiring from the Board after the forthcoming Annual General Meetings. Mr Crawford has been appointed Chairman-designate of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in a demerger.2015 AGMs. On behalf of all shareholders, I would like to thank himCarlos for his exceptional service to the Board and the Group over many years, and wish him all the best for the future. We also announced that Anita Frew had been appointed to the Board effective 15 September 2015. Anita has over 18 years’ experience as a director and chairman on public company boards across a range of global sectors, including chemicals, engineering and finance. She is currently Deputy Chairman of Lloyds Banking Group and Chairman of Croda International Plc, the speciality chemicals group. Her appointment reflects the structured and rigorous approach adopted by BHP Billiton to Board succession planning, having regard to the skills, experience and attributes required to effectively govern and manage risk within the business.

We also announced in August 2015 that Shriti Vadera had been appointed as Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc. The Board believes that Shriti’s skills and attributes, as well as her experience with BHP Billiton over the past four years, will enable her to support the Chairman and the Board in this important governance role. It iswas also intendedannounced that Shriti had been appointed a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

A number of other changes were made to the composition of our Board committees during FY2015. Sir John Buchanan stepped down from his role as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, but remained a member of

that Committee. Carolyn Hewson was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 January 2015. At the same time, Carolyn stepped down from the Risk and Audit Committee, and Malcolm Broomhead joined the Risk and Audit Committee. Pat Davies was appointed to the Sustainability Committee also with effect from 1 January 2015 and Keith Rumble will become a Non-executive Director ofleft the demerged company, and thatSustainability Committee at the time he will retireretired from the BHP Billiton Board at or around the time the demergerBoard. Further information is completed (currently scheduled for mid-2015).set out in section 3.14 of this Annual Report.

In relation to gender diversity, the Board has set a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three. This remains our target, which we aim to achieve byWith the endappointment of 2015.Anita Frew, who joined the Board on 15 September 2015, that goal was met. More details about the Board’s diversity of skills and experience are set out in section 3.8 of this Annual Report.

Continuous improvement

The Board has a commitment to ongoing improvement. This year, the Board undertook a review of the Finance Committee and it was decided that with effect from 1 January 2015, a separate focused committee was no longer required by the Board. The work around capital management (funding, liquidity, balance sheet management and dividends) has become part of the terms of reference for the Risk and Audit Committee. Given the established capital prioritisation process, it is considered appropriate that decisions on investments and divestments remain with the full Board, subject to future delegation.

In addition, we conducted an internal review of compliance with theBoard Governance Document and an externally facilitated reviewevaluation of the Board committees and individual Directors. The assessments determined that each of the committees continues to function effectively. Potential enhancements related to continuing to ensure that the Board, the Group and its systems and processes are right-sized for a rangesimplified BHP Billiton following the demerger of improvements toSouth32. Further information, including outcomes of the Board’s workBoard committee evaluation and effectiveness has been agreed, which arethe Director assessment, is set out in section 3.11. In particular, the formalising of a focused strategy day built around scenariossections 3.11 and sign posts for future developments provides an opportunity for the Board to undertake a deeper dive into a range of strategic and long-term plans.3.14.

I hope you find this description of our corporate governance useful and look forward to receiving any feedback that fellow shareholders may have.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

1110 September 20142015

3.2    Board of Directors and Group Management Committee

3.2.1    Board of Directors

Jac NasserAO, BBus, Hon DT, 6667

Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2006. Appointed Chairman of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on 31 March 2010.

Skills and experience:

Following a 33-year career with Ford Motor Company in leadership positions in Europe, Australia, Asia, South America and the United States, Mr Nasser served as a member of the Board of Directors and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ford Motor Company from 1998 to 2001. He has more than three decades of experience in large-scale global businesses and a decade of private equity investment and operating expertise.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Director of 21st Century Fox (since June 2013).

Consultant to One Equity Partners (since March 2013) (Partner from November 2002 until March 2010, Non-Executive Advisory Partner from March 2010 to March 2013).

 

Member of Australian Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Council (since December 2013).

Director of 21st Century Fox (since June 2013).

Director of Koç Holding A.Ş. (since March 2015).

Former Non-executive Consultant (March 2010 to August 2014) to One Equity Partners (Partner from November 2002 until March 2010).

 

Member of the International Advisory Council of Allianz Aktiengesellschaft (since February 2001).

 

Former Director of British Sky Broadcasting Group plc (from November 2002 to November 2012).

Board Committee membership:

 

Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

Andrew MackenzieBSc (Geology), PhD (Chemistry), 5758

Non-independent

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since May 2013. Mr Mackenzie was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 10 May 2013.

Skills and experience:

Mr Mackenzie has over 30 years’ experience in oil and gas, petrochemicals and minerals. He joined BHP Billiton in November 2008 as Chief Executive Non-Ferrous.Non-Ferrous and commenced as Chief Executive Officer in May 2013. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Mackenzie worked at Rio Tinto, where he was Chief Executive of Diamonds and Minerals, and BP, where he held a number of senior roles, including Group Vice President for Technology and Engineering, and Group Vice President for Chemicals.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of the Grattan Institute (since May 2013).

 

Director of the International Council on Mining and Metals (since May 2013).

 

Former Non-executive Director of Centrica plc (from September 2005 to May 2013).

Board Committee membership:

 

None.

Malcolm Brinded CBE, MA, 6162

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since April 2014.

Skills and experience: Malcolm

Mr Brinded has extensive experience in energy, governance and sustainability. He served as a member of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch Shell plc from 2002 to 2012. During his 37-year career with Shell, heMr Brinded held various leadership positions in the United Kingdom, Europe, the Middle East and Asia, including Executive Director of Exploration and Production, Executive Director of Upstream International and Chairman and Upstream Managing Director of Shell UK.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Director of CH2M Hill Companies, Ltd (since July 2012).

Director of Network Rail Ltd; Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd (since October 2010).

 

Former Director of Royal Dutch Shell plc (from July 2002 to March 2012, including as a Director of Royal Dutch Petroleum and Shell Transport and Trading Ltd prior to unification of Shell’s corporate structure).

 

Former Director of Shell Petroleum N.V. (from July 2002 to March 2012).

Director of CH2M Hill Companies, Ltd (since July 2012).

Director of Network Rail Ltd; Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd (since October 2010).

 

Chairman of the Shell Foundation (since(from July 2009 and Trustee sincefrom June 2004).

 

Vice President of The Energy Institute, UK (since(from October 2013).

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

Malcolm BroomheadMBA, BE, 6263

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since March 2010.

Skills and experience:

Mr Broomhead has extensive experience in running industrial and mining companies with a global footprint and broad global experience in project development in many of the countries in which BHP Billiton operates. Mr BroomheadHe was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Orica Limited from 2001 until September 2005. Prior to joining Orica, Mr Broomhead held a number of senior positions at North Limited, including Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and, prior to that, held senior management positions with Halcrow (UK), MIM Holdings, Peko Wallsend and Industrial Equity.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Asciano Limited (since October 2009).

 

Former Director of Coates Group Holdings Pty Ltd (from January 2008 to July 2013).

Director of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research (since July 2014).

Board Committee memberships:membership:

 

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

 

Member of the Finance Committee.

Sir John Buchanan BSc, MSc (Hons 1), PhD, 71

Senior Independent Director, BHP Billiton Plc

Director of BHP Billiton LimitedRisk and BHP Billiton Plc since February 2003.

Skills and experience: Educated at Auckland, Oxford and Harvard, Sir John Buchanan has broad international business experience gained in large and complex international businesses. Sir John has substantial experience in the petroleum industry and knowledge of the international investor community. Sir John has held various leadership roles in commercial, strategic, financial, operational and marketing positions, including executive experience in different countries. Sir John is a former Executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer of BP.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce (UK) (since May 2008).

Former Chairman of the UK Trustees for the Christchurch Earthquake appeal (from April 2011 to September 2014).

Former Chairman of Smith & Nephew Plc (from April 2006 to April 2014) and former Deputy Chairman (from February 2005 to April 2006).

Former Chairman of ARM Holdings Plc (UK) (from May 2012 to March 2014).

Former member of Advisory Board of Ondra Bank (from June 2009 to November 2013).

Former Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Vodafone Group Plc (from July 2006 to July 2012) and Director (from April 2003 to July 2012).

Former Director of AstraZeneca Plc (from April 2002 to April 2010).

Board Committee memberships:

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

Member of the Nomination and GovernanceAudit Committee.

Carlos Cordeiro AB, MBA, 5859

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since February 2005.

Skills and experience:

Mr Cordeiro brings to the Board more than 30 years’ experience in providing strategic and financial advice to corporations, financial institutions and governments around the world. Mr CordeiroHe was previously Partner and Managing Director of Goldman Sachs Group Inc and Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Non-executive Advisory Director of The Goldman Sachs Group Inc (since December 2001).

 

Non-executive Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC (since December 2001).

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

David Crawford AO, BComm, LLB, FCA, FCPA, 70

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Limited since May 1994. Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2001.

Skills and experience: Mr Crawford has extensive experience in risk management and business reorganisation. He has acted as a consultant, scheme manager, receiver and manager and liquidator to very large and complex groups of companies. Mr Crawford was previously Australian National Chairman of KPMG, Chartered Accountants.

Mr Crawford is the Chairman-designate of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Crawford will retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Chairman of Australia Pacific Airports Corporation Limited (since May 2012).

Chairman of Lend Lease Corporation Limited (since May 2003) and Director (since July 2001).

Former Chairman (from November 2007 to December 2011) and former Director (from August 2001 to December 2011) of Foster’s Group Limited.

Board Committee membership:

Chairman of the Finance Committee.

Pat DaviesBSc (Mechanical Engineering), 6364

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2012.

Skills and experience:

Mr Davies has broad experience in the natural resources sector across a number of geographies, commodities and markets. From July 2005 until June 2011, Mr Davieshe was Chief Executive of Sasol Limited, an international energy, chemical and mining company with operations in 38 countries and listings on the Johannesburg and New York stock exchanges. Mr Davies began his career at Sasol in 1975 and held a number of diverse roles, including managing the group’sgroup���s oil and gas businesses, before becoming Chief Executive in July 2005. He is a former Director of various Sasol Group companies and joint ventures.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Former Director (from August 1997 to June 2011) and Chief Executive (from July 2005 to June 2011) of Sasol Limited.

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

Anita FrewBA (Hons), MRes, Hon. D.Sc, 58

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since September 2015.

Skills and experience:

Ms Frew has extensive board, strategy, marketing, governance and risk management experience in the chemicals, engineering, water and finance industries. She is the Chairman of Croda International Plc and Deputy Chairman of Lloyds Banking Group. She was until recently the Chairman of Victrex PLC, Senior Independent Director of Aberdeen Asset Management Plc and IMI Plc and a Non-executive Director of Northumbrian Water.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Chairman of Croda International Plc (since September 2015; Chairman Designate since March 2015).

Deputy Chairman of Lloyds Banking Group (since December 2010).

Former Senior Independent Director of Aberdeen Asset Management Plc (from October 2004 to September 2014).

Former Senior Independent Director of IMI Plc (from March 2006 to May 2015).

Former Chairman of Victrex Plc (from 2008 to October 2014).

Carolyn Hewson AO, BEc (Hons), MA (Econ), 5960

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since March 2010.

Skills and experience:

Ms Hewson is a former investment banker and has over 30 years’ experience in the finance sector. Ms HewsonShe was previously an Executive Director of Schroders Australia Limited and has extensive financial markets, risk

management and investment management expertise. Ms Hewson is a former Director of BT Investment Management Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation, AMP Limited, CSR Limited, AGL Energy Limited, the Australian Gas Light Company, South Australian Water and the Economic Development Board of South Australia.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Member of Australian Federal Government Financial Systems Inquiry (sinceGrowth Centres Advisory Committee (from January 2014)2015).

 

Director of Stockland Group (since March 2009).

 

Trustee Westpac Foundation (since May 2015).

Member of Australian Federal Government Financial Systems Inquiry (from January 2014 to December 2014).

Former Member of the Advisory Board of Nanosonics Limited (since(from June 2007)2007 to August 2015).

 

Former Director of BT Investment Management Limited (from December 2007 to December 2013).

Former Director of Australian Charities Fund Operations Limited (from June 2000 to February 2014).

 

Former Director and Patron of the Neurosurgical Research Foundation (from April 1993 to December 2013).

 

Former Trustee and Chairman of Westpac Buckland Fund (from January 2011 to December 2013) and Chairman of Westpac Matching Gifts Limited (from August 2011 to December 2013), together known as the Westpac Foundation.

 

Former Director of Westpac Banking Corporation (from February 2003 to June 2012).

Board Committee memberships:membership:

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

MemberChairman of the Remuneration Committee.

Lindsay MaxstedDipBus (Gordon), FCA, FAICD, 6061

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since March 2011.

Skills and experience:

Mr Maxsted is a corporate recovery specialist who has managed a number of Australia’s largest corporate insolvency and restructuring engagements and, until 2011, continued to undertake consultancy work in the restructuring advisory field. He was the Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Australia between 2001 and 2007. Mr Maxsted is the Board’s nominated ‘audit committee financial expert’ for the purposes of the US Securities and Exchange Commission Rules, and the Board is satisfied that he has recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Westpac Banking Corporation (since December 2011) and a Director (since March 2008).

 

Chairman of Transurban Group (since August 2010) and a Director (since March 2008).

 

Director and Honorary Treasurer of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute (since June 2005).

Board Committee membership:

 

Chairman of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Member of the Finance Committee.

Wayne MurdyBSc (Business Administration), CPA, 7071

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2009.

Skills and experience:

Mr Murdy has a background in finance and accounting, where he has gained comprehensive experience in the financial management of mining, oil and gas companies during his career with Getty Oil, Apache Corporation and Newmont Mining Corporation. He served as the Chief Executive Officer of Newmont Mining Corporation from 2001 to 2007 and Chairman from 2002 to 2007. Mr Murdy is also a former Chairman of the International Council on Mining and Metals, a former Director of the US National Mining Association and a former member of the Manufacturing Council of the US Department of Commerce.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of Weyerhaeuser Company (since January 2009).

 

Former Director of Qwest Communications International Inc (from September 2005 to April 2011).

Board Committee memberships:membership:

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Member of the Finance Committee.

Keith Rumble BSc, MSc (Geology), 60

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since September 2008.

Skills and experience: Mr Rumble was previously Chief Executive Officer of SUN Mining, a wholly owned entity of the SUN Group, a principal investor and private equity fund manager in Russia, India and other emerging and transforming markets. Mr Rumble has over 30 years’ experience in the resources industry, specifically in titanium and platinum mining, and is a former Chief Executive Officer of Impala Platinum (Pty) Ltd and former Chief Executive Officer of Rio Tinto Iron and Titanium Inc in Canada. Mr Rumble began his career at Richards Bay Minerals in 1980 and held various management positions before becoming Chief Executive Officer in 1996.

It is intended that Mr Rumble will become a Non-executive Director of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Rumble would retire from the BHP Billiton Board at the time the shareholders vote on this demerger proposal.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Director of Enzyme Technologies (Pty) Limited (since September 2011).

Director of Elite Wealth (Pty) Limited (since August 2010).

Board of Governors of Rhodes University (since April 2005).

Trustee of the World Wildlife Fund, South Africa (since October 2006).

Former Director of Aveng Group Limited (from September 2009 to December 2011).

Board Committee membership:

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

John SchubertAO, BCh Eng, PhD (Chem Eng), 7172

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Limited since June 2000 and a Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2001.

Skills and experience:

Dr Schubert has considerable experience in the international oil industry, including at Chief Executive Officer level. Dr SchubertHe has had executive mining and financial responsibilities and was Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer International Limited for six years, where he operated in the building materials industry in 16 countries. Dr Schubert has experience in mergers, acquisitions and divestments, project analysis and management. He was previously Chairman and Managing Director of Esso Australia Limited and President of the Business Council of Australia.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Garvan Institute of Medical Research (since May 2013).

Chairman of the Great Barrier Reef Foundation (since November 2004).

 

Former Chairman of G2 Therapies Pty Limited (from November 2000 to April 2013).

 

Former Director of Qantas Airways Limited (from October 2000 to November 2012).

 

Former Chairman (from November 2004 to February 2010) and Director (from October 1991 to February 2010) of Commonwealth Bank of Australia.

Former Chairman and Director of Worley Parsons Limited (from November 2002 to February 2005).

Board Committee memberships:membership:

 

Chairman of the Sustainability Committee.

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

Member of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

Baroness Shriti VaderaMA, 5253

SeniorIndependent Non-executive Director, BHP Billiton Plc

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since January 2011.

Skills and experience:

Baroness Vadera brings wide-ranging experience in finance, economics and public policy as well as extensive experience of emerging markets and international institutions. In recent years, sheShe is Chairman of Santander UK and has undertakenbeen a numberDirector of international assignments, including advising on the Eurozone crisis and workingAstraZeneca since 2011. She was an investment banker with the Korean chair of the G20. Baroness Vadera was a Minister in the British GovernmentS G Warburg / UBS from 20071984 to 2009 in the Department for International Development, the Business Department and the Cabinet Office, where she was responsible for the response to the global financial crisis. She was1999, on the Council of Economic Advisers, HM Treasury from 1999 to 2007, focusing on business and international economic issues. Prior to her timeMinister in the British Government, Baroness Vadera spent 14 yearsUK Department of International Development in investment2007, Minister in the Cabinet Office and Business Department 2008 to 2009 with responsibility for dealing with the financial crisis, G20 Adviser 2009 to 2010, and advised governments, banks and investors on the Eurozone crisis, banking at UBS Warburg, where she specialised in advisory work in emerging markets.sector, debt restructuring and markets from 2010 to 2014.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Chairman of Santander UK Plc (since March 2015).

 

Director of AstraZeneca Plc (since January 2011).

Former Trustee of Oxfam (from 2000 until 2005).

Board Committee membership:

Member of the Nomination and Governance Committee

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Jane McAloonMargaret Taylor BEc (Hons),BA, LLB, GDipGov, FCIS, 5055

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary and Chairman of the Disclosure Committee.Committee

Skills and experience:Ms McAloonTaylor was appointed to the Group Management Committee as President, Governance and Group Company Secretary in May 2013 after serving asof BHP Billiton effective June 2015. Previously she was Group Company Secretary since July 2007. Ms McAloon joinedof Commonwealth Bank of Australia, and before joining the BHP Billiton Group in September 2006 as Company Secretary for BHP Billiton Limited. Prior to joining BHP Billiton, sheBank, held the position of Group General Counsel and Company Secretary of Boral Limited. Prior to that, Ms Taylor was Regional Counsel Australia/Asia with BHP Billiton, and Group Manager Externalearlier, a partner with law firm Minter Ellison, specialising in corporate and Regulatory Services in the Australian Gas Light Company. She previously held various Australian State and Commonwealth government positions, including Director General of the New South Wales Ministry of Energy and Utilities and Deputy Director General for the New South Wales Cabinet Office, as well as working in private legal practice.securities laws. She is a Non-executive Director of Energy Australia, a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Fellow of Australian Institute of Company Directors.Australia.

3.2.2    Group Management Committee

Andrew Mackenzie BSc (Geology), PhD (Chemistry), 5758

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Chairman of the Group Management Committee

Mr Mackenzie commenced as Chief Executive Officerhas over 30 years’ experience in May 2013.oil and gas, petrochemicals and minerals. He joined BHP Billiton in November 2008 as Chief Executive Non-Ferrous.Non-Ferrous and commenced as Chief Executive Officer in May 2013. Prior to BHP Billiton, heMr Mackenzie worked at Rio Tinto, where he was Chief Executive of Diamonds and Minerals, and BP, where he held a number of senior roles, including Group Vice President for Technology and Engineering, and Group Vice President for Chemicals. In July 2014 he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society.

Peter Beaven BAcc, CA, 4748

President, CopperChief Financial Officer

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Beaven was appointed President, CopperChief Financial Officer in May 2013.October 2014. Previously he was the President of Base MetalsCopper and prior to that appointment in November 2010,May 2013, President of Base Metals. Mr Beaven was previously the President of BHP Billiton’s Manganese business,Business, and Vice President and Chief Development Officer for Carbon Steel Materials. He has wide experience across a range of regions and businesses in BHP Billiton, UBS Warburg, Kleinwort Benson and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Mr Beaven will be appointed as Chief Financial Officer, effective 1 October 2014.

Tony Cudmore BA (Politics and Economics), 4546

President, CorporateChief Public Affairs (since 3 March 2014)Officer

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Cudmore joined BHP Billiton as President, Corporate Affairs in March 2014. Mr Cudmore’s title changed to Chief Public Affairs Officer effective 1 July 2015. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Cudmore worked with ExxonMobil for 13 years and held a wide range of senior and global Corporate Affairs roles in Australia and the United States. Before joining ExxonMobil, Mr Cudmore was a Media Relations and Policy Adviser before becoming Principal Adviser to then Premier of Victoria, The Hon Jeff Kennett MP, followed by his role as Assistant Director of the Australian Institute of Petroleum.

Tim Cutt BSc, 54BS (Petroleum Engineering), 55

President, Petroleum and Potash (since 2 July 2013)

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Cutt was appointed President, Petroleum and Potash in July 2013. He joined BHP Billiton in 2007 as the President of the Production Division in the Petroleum business. Mr Cutt was appointed to the position of

President, Diamonds and Specialty Products in 2011.2011 – a role that included responsibility for Potash. He has over 30 years’ experience in the resources industry. Before joining BHP Billiton, Mr Cutt had a successful 24-year careerheld positions in engineering, operations and senior management with Mobil Oil Corporation and then ExxonMobil, where he was President Hibernia Management and Development Company in roles of significant oilCanada and gas responsibility, including President of ExxonMobil de Venezuela and President of Hibernia Management and Development Company.Venezuela.

Dean Dalla Valle MBA, 5556

President, CoalChief Commercial Officer

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Dalla Valle was appointed President, CoalHSE, Marketing & Technology in May 2013.January 2015. Mr Dalla Valle’s title changed to Chief Commercial Officer effective 1 July 2015. He has 3738 years’ experience in BHP Billiton. Mr Dalla Valle was previously the President of the Coal Business, President of the Uranium business for three years and prior to that held the positions of Asset President, Olympic Dam, Asset President of the Cannington silver mine and Vice President Ports for Iron Ore. He was also the General Manager of the Appin, Tower and West CliffWestcliff Collieries for Illawarra Coal.

Mike Fraser BCom, MBL, 49

President, Human Resources (since 27 August 2013)

Mr Fraser joined BHP Billiton in January 2000. Mr Fraser joined the Group Management Committee in August 2013 as President, Human Resources. He was previously Head of Group Human Resources. Before becoming Head of Human Resources, Mike was Asset President Mozal, based in Mozambique. His previous roles with the Company included Human Resources Vice President for the Aluminium and Energy Coal businesses.

Geoff Healy BEc, LLB, 4849

Chief Legal Counsel

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Healy joined BHP Billiton as Chief Legal Counsel in June 2013. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Healy was a partner at Herbert Smith Freehills for 16 years, and a member of its Global Partnership Council, and worked widely across its network of Australian and international offices. His core field of expertise is complex corporate and regulatory advisory work, risk management, investigations and disputes.

Mike Henry BSc (Chem), 4849

President, HSE, Marketing and TechnologyCoal

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Henry joined BHP Billiton in 2003 and has served as President, HSE, Marketing and TechnologyCoal since May 2013.January 2015. Prior to this, he was ChiefPresident, HSE, Marketing Officer.& Technology. His earlier career with BHP Billiton included various business development and marketing roles, including Chief Marketing Officer, Marketing Director for Petroleum, Marketing Director for Energy Coal and Freight and Vice President, Business Development for the Energy Coal Business. Prior to joining BHP Billiton, Mr Henry worked for Mitsubishi Corporation, where he held a number of commercial roles.

Graham Kerr BBus, FCPA, 43

Chief Financial Officer and Chairman of the Investment Committee and Financial Risk Management Committee

Mr Kerr joined BHP Billiton in 1994 and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in November 2011. Prior to this, he was President of Diamonds and Specialty Products. Mr Kerr has worked in a wide range of finance, treasury and operational roles across the Group, and has held the positions of Chief Financial Officer of Stainless Steel Materials, Vice President, Finance – BHP Billiton Diamonds and Finance Director for the EKATI diamond mine. In 2004, Mr Kerr left BHP Billiton for a two-year period, when he was General Manager Commercial for Iluka Resources Ltd.

In August 2014, Mr Kerr was appointed as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Kerr will retire from the Group Management Committee, and as Chief Financial Officer of BHP Billiton, on 1 October 2014.

Jane McAloon BEc (Hons), LLB, GDipGov, FCIS, 50

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary and Chairman of the Disclosure Committee

Ms McAloon was appointed to the Group Management Committee as President, Governance and Group Company Secretary in May 2013, after serving as Group Company Secretary since July 2007. Ms McAloon joined the BHP Billiton Group in September 2006 as Company Secretary for BHP Billiton Limited.

Daniel Malchuk BEng, MBA, 49

President, Aluminium, Manganese and NickelCopper

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Malchuk was appointed President, Copper in March 2015. Previously, he was the President of Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel and prior to that appointment in May 2013. Previously, he was the2013, President of Minerals Exploration, a position he held from July 2012. He worked for the Company between 1996 and 1998 in BHP Copper, in the United States, and has held a number of roles in the Base Metals business since he rejoined BHP Billiton in 2002. In 2006, he took the role of Asset Leader Joint Ventures and a year later was appointed Vice President Strategy and Development in Base Metals.

Athalie Williams BA (Hons), 45

Chief People Officer

Member of the Group Management Committee

Ms Williams joined BHP Billiton in 2007 and was appointed to the Group Management Committee as President, Human Resources in January 2015. Ms Williams’ title changed to Chief People Officer effective 1 July 2015. She has previously held senior Human Resources positions including Vice President Human Resources Marketing, Vice President Human Resources for the Uranium business and Group HR Manager, Executive Resourcing & Development. Prior to BHP Billiton, Ms Williams was an organisation strategy and workforce transformation advisor with Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting) and National Australia Bank.

Jimmy Wilson BSc (Mechanical Engineering), 5253

President, Iron Ore

Member of the Group Management Committee

Mr Wilson was appointed President, Iron Ore in March 2012. He has had an extensive career in the mining industry, and held key managerial and operational roles throughout BHP Billiton including President, Energy Coal (2009 – 2012) and President, Stainless Steel Materials (2007 – 2009). Prior to these roles, Mr Wilson was President and Chief Operating Officer Nickel West, President and Chief Operating Officer Samancor Chrome and General Manager of Billiton’s Bayside Aluminium.

Karen Wood BEd, LLB (Hons), 58

President (until 19 August 2014)

Ms Wood joined BHP Billiton in 2001. Her previous positions were President Corporate Affairs, Chief People Officer, Chief Governance Officer, Special Adviser and Head of Group Secretariat and Group Company Secretary. Prior to her retirement from the GMC, she provided advice to the Chief Executive Officer and worked on a range of significant corporate and Board issues. Ms Wood retired from BHP Billiton on 20 August 2014 and will continue to provide advice and assistance, on an ongoing consultancy basis, to the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors on several matters including the proposed demerger. Before joining BHP Billiton, she was General Counsel and Company Secretary for Bonlac Foods Limited.

3.3    Shareholder engagement

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP Billiton takes to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Outside of the Annual General Meeting (AGM),two AGMs, which isare an important step in the governance and investor engagement process, and is described below, the Board uses a range of formal and informal communication channels to understand shareholder views to ensure it can represent shareholders in governing BHP Billiton. Regular proactive engagement with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations takes place in Australia, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States. The purpose of these meetings is to discuss the full range of governance issues, as well as the broad strategy of the Group. They offerThe meetings are an important opportunity to build relationships and to engage directly with governance managers, fund managers and governance advisers. The meetings are led by:

 

the Chairman, supported by the Group Governance and Company Secretariat team – strategy, governance and remuneration;

the Remuneration Committee Chairman andor Senior Independent Director – governance and remuneration;

 

 the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), senior management and the Investor Relations team – strategy, financial and operating performance. Important briefings are webcast live from our website:www.bhpbilliton.comwww.bhpbilliton.com.. During FY2014,FY2015, meetings between management and shareholders were held in Australia, Canada, China, Germany, Japan, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland, the UK and the US. Meetings between management and bondholders were held in Australia, Canada, South Africa,China, France, Germany, Singapore, the UK and the US as part of our commitment to engage with providers of all types of capital;

 

the Head of Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) – HSE and Community (HSEC) – HSEC strategy and briefings.(together, HSEC). Each year, we conduct group and one-on-one meetings and briefings with investors focused on key HSEC issues. During FY2014,FY2015, these took place in Australia, France, South Africa and the UK, with groupadditional meetings in mainland Europe held by conference call;

 

Group Governance and Company Secretariat – governance strategy and briefings. The Governance and Company Secretariat team provides a conduit to enable the Board and its committees to remain abreast of evolving investor expectations and to continuously enhance the governance processes of the Group.

The Chairman’s meetings are scheduled throughout the year to ensure continual feedback. This is designed to ensure that governance issues can be discussed separateseparately to the AGM and, where appropriate, allows time to respond to feedback and shape new policies for the forthcoming financial year. During FY2014,FY2015, the Chairman’s meetings included investors in Australia the UK and the US.United Kingdom. Alongside these meetings, members of the Group Governance and Investor Relations teams met with shareholders in South Africa.Africa, the United States, Netherlands, France and Sweden.

As a Group, we take a coordinated approach to investor engagement on corporate governance, and during the year responded to a wide range of shareholders, their representatives and non-governmental organisations. Issues covered included climate change and strategic risk assessment; safety; biodiversity; water management; hydraulic fracturing; joint venture governance;long-termism, tax; remuneration; and collective bargaining.

The Company provides shareholders with the option to receive communications from, and send communications to, the Company and our registrar electronically. Shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com. Feedback from shareholders is regularly reported to the Board. Shareholder and analyst feedback is shared with the Board through the Chairman, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, (also the Senior Independent Director), other Directors, the CEO, the CFO and the Group Company Secretary. In addition, the Head of Investor Relations and Vice President Governance provide regular reports to the Board on shareholder and governance manager feedback and analysis. This approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of issues raised and have a good understanding of current shareholder views.

LOGO

LOGO

Annual General Meetings

As described above, a key part of our approach to governance involves shareholders’ views being heard and understood. The AGMs areprovide an opportunity for shareholdersimportant forum to ask questions of the Board.facilitate this.

Our Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure means that we hold two AGMs each year. The AGMs are important dates in the BHP Billiton calendar. In October each year, the BHP Billiton Plc meeting is held in the United Kingdom, and in November, the BHP Billiton Limited meeting is held in Australia. These meetings provide an update for shareholders on the Group’s performance and offer an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions and vote. Shareholders vote on important matters affecting the Group, including the election of Directors, any changes to our constitutional documents, the receipt of annual Financial Statements and incentive arrangements for the Executive Director. Shareholders may appoint proxies electronically through our website and may also use the BHP Billiton mobile voting service for smart phones. The Notice of Meeting describes how this can be done. As described above, a key part of our approach to governance is that shareholders’ views are heard and understood. The AGMs provide an important forum to enable this.

Questions can be registered prior to the meeting by completing the relevant form accompanying the Notice of Meeting. Shareholders can also email the Group atinvestor.relations@bhpbilliton.com. Questions can be lodged ahead of the meeting and the answers to the most frequently asked questions are posted to our website.meeting.

Key members of management, including the CEO and CFO, are present and available to answer questions. The External Auditor attends the AGMs and is also available to answer questions.

Proceedings at shareholder meetings are webcast live from our website. Copies of the speeches delivered by the Chairman and CEO to the AGMs are released to the stock exchanges and posted to our website. A summary of proceedings and the outcome of voting on the items of business are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted to our website as soon as they are available following the completion of the BHP Billiton Limited meeting.

 

Information relating to the 2013 AGMTheBoard Governance Document is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/investors/shareholderinfo/Pages/Meetings.aspxmeetings.

3.4    Role and responsibilities of the Board

The Board’s role is to represent the shareholders. It is accountable to them for creating and delivering value through the effective governance of the Group. This role requires a high-performing Board, with all Directors contributing to the Board’s collective decision-making processes.

TheBoard Governance Document is a statement of the practices and processes the Board has adopted to discharge its responsibilities. It includes the processes the Board has implemented to undertake its own tasks and

activities; the matters it has reserved for its own consideration and decision-making; the authority it has delegated to the CEO, including the limits on the way in which the CEO can execute that authority; and provides guidance on the relationship between the Board and the CEO.

TheBoard Governance Document also specifies the role of the Chairman, the membership of the Board and the role and conduct of Non-executive Directors. It also provides that the Group Company Secretary is accountable to the Board and advises the Chairman, and through the Chairman, the Board and individual Directors, on all matters of governance process. Further information is atset out in sections 3.5 to 3.8.

 

TheBoard Governance DocumentInformation relating to our AGMs is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

Allocation of decision-making authority

The matters that the Board has specifically reserved for its decision are:

 

appointments to the position of CEO and approval of the appointment of executives reporting directly to the CEO;

 

approval of strategy and annual budgets of the Group;

 

determination of capital and non-capital items in accordance with the approved delegations of authority;

 

determination and adoption of documents (including the publication of reports and statements to shareholders) that are required by the Group’s constitutional documents, by statute or by other external regulation.

The Board is free to alter the matters reserved for its decision, subject to the limitations imposed by the constitutional documents and the law.

The CEO is delegated authority to take all decisions and actions that further the corporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. This is subject to the limits imposed by the Board on the CEO’s decision-making authority and set out in theBoard Governance Document, and the matters the Board has specifically reserved for its decision, including in the Group’s authorities framework. The CEO remains accountable to the Board for the authority that is delegated and for the performance of the Group, with the expectation that the CEO works in a constructive partnership with the Board. The Board monitors the decisions and actions of the CEO and the performance of the Group to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate purpose within the limits imposed through the

Group’s governance assurance framework. The Board also monitors the performance of the Group and assesses its risk profile through its committees. Reports from each of the committees are set out in section 3.14.

The CEO is required to report regularly to the Board in a spirit of openness and trust on the progress being made by the Group. The Board and its committees determine the information required from the CEO and any employee or external party, including the External Auditor. Open dialogue between individual members of the Board and the CEO and other members of the management team is encouraged to enable Directors to gain a better understanding of the Group.

Independent advice

The Board and its committees may seek advice from independent experts whenever it is considered appropriate. Individual Directors, with the consent of the Chairman, may seek independent professional advice at the Group’s expense on any matter connected with the discharge of their responsibilities at the Group’s expense.responsibilities.

Strategic focus and review

Within this framework, at the start of the calendar year, the Board agrees its strategic focus and priorities for the year ahead. This ensures that the work of the Board is aligned with the corporate purpose and takes into account external factors, such as commodity market developments and changes to the operating and regulatory environment.

The Board also evaluates its activities on a regular basis taking into account:

 

matters considered by the Board (including time spent on those matters);

 

legal and governance requirements of the Board and its committees;

 

feedback from shareholders and other stakeholders;

 

the outcomes of its evaluation process.

The Board is satisfied that it has discharged its obligations as set out in theBoard Governance DocumentDocument..

Key activities during the year

BHP Billiton’s strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market remains the foundation for creating shareholder value. At the end of FY2014, the Group had seven major projects and one other project under development with a combined budget of US$14.1 billion. Beyond our current projects in execution, the Board believes that the Group’s diversified portfolio is a point of differentiation and allows us to maintain an internal focus. As we concentrate investment in our major basins, it is expected that fewer projects will pass through our tollgate and prospective investment returns will rise. We believe that an average rate of return of greater than 20 per cent (ungeared, after tax, nominal dollars) is achievable for our favoured development options.

No major growth projects were approved during FY2014. Our commitment to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating remains unchanged. Within this context, theThe Board approved a range of business decisions including:

the investment of US$1.97 billion (BHP Billiton share) to sustain operations at Escondida in Chile, by constructing a new 2,500 litre per second sea water desalination facility;

the investment of US$2.6 billion, spread over a number of years, to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities;

the pricing of a four tranche Global Bond comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2016, paying interest at three-month US Dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023 and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043;

the redemption of all outstanding Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes due 2014 and 2015 with a total aggregate principal value of approximately US$1.4 billion;

the appointment of Mike Fraser as President, Human Resources, and Tony Cudmore as President, Corporate Affairs, as part of the senior management team following the appointment of Andrew Mackenzie as CEO;

after the year-end, the redemption of all outstanding Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes due 2018 and 2019 with a total aggregate principal value of approximately US$1.8 billion;

also after the year-end, announcing plans to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a demerger of a selection of the Group’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets subject to the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, final Board approval to proceed and shareholder approval; and

the retirement of Graham Kerr from the GMC with effect from 1 October 2014, his appointment as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the planned demerged company, his replacement as BHP Billiton CFO by Peter Beaven, currently President, Copper and the retirement from the GMC of Karen Wood on 19 August 2014.

Board and committee renewal

Another significant activity during the year, was Board and committee succession planning and renewal. The Board believes that orderly succession planning and renewal isas outlined in the best interests of the Group. During FY2014, Mr Brinded was appointed to the Board, with effect from 15 April 2014, and subsequently joined the Sustainability Committee. In addition, Carolyn Hewson joined the Remuneration Committee in January 2014. As noted above, David Crawford intends to retire from the Board following the BHP Billiton Limited AGM. He has been appointed as Chairman-designate of the planned demerged company. The Board also intends to appoint Keith Rumble to the demerged company Board.section 5.1.

3.5    Board membership

The Board currently has 1412 members, each of whom must seek re-election by shareholders annually. Of these, 13, includingFollowing the Chairman, are independent Non-executive Directors.retirement of Carlos Cordeiro after the forthcoming AGMs, the Board will have 11 members. The Non-executive Directors (including Anita Frew) are considered by the Board to be independent of management and free from any business relationship or other circumstance that could materially interfere with the exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement. FurtherFor further information on the process for assessing independence, is inrefer to section 3.10.

In terms of Non-executive Directors, the Nomination and Governance Committee retains the services of external recruitment specialists to continue to assist in the identification of potential candidates for the Board.

The Board considers that there is an appropriate balance between Executive and Non-executive Directors to promote shareholder interests and govern the Company effectively. While the Board includes a smaller number of Executive Directors than is common for UK-listed companies, its composition is appropriate for the DLC structure and is in line with Australian-listed company practice. In addition, the Board has extensive access to members of senior management, who frequently attend Board meetings, where they make presentations and engage in discussions with Directors, answer questions, and provide input and perspective on their areas of responsibility. The Board, led by the Chairman, also deliberatesholds discussions in the absence of management at the beginning and end of each meeting.

The Directors of the Group, along with their biographical details, are set outlisted in section 3.2.1.

3.6    Chairman

The Chairman, Jac Nasser, is considered by the Board to be independent. He was appointed Chairman of the Group from 31 March 2010 and has been a Non-executive Director of the Group since 6 June 2006. Mr Nasser was last re-elected at the 20132014 AGMs and, in accordance with the Group’s policy that each Director stand for election annually, will stand for re-election in 2014.2015. Further information in relation to his tenure on the Board is set out in section 3.10.

The Chairman’s role includes:

 

leading the Board and ensuring that it is operating to the highest governance standards;

 

encouraging a culture of openness and debate to foster a high-performing and collegial team of Directors that operates effectively;

 

ensuring strategic issues, shareholder and relevant stakeholder and shareholder views are regularly reviewed, clearly understood and underpin the work of the Board;

 

facilitating the relationship between the Board and the CEO;

 

ensuring the provision of accurate, timely and clear information;

 

setting agendas for meetings of the Board, in consultation with the CEO and Group Company Secretary, that focus on the strategic direction and performance of the Group’s business;

 

ensuring that adequate time is available for discussion on all agenda items;

 

leading the Board and individual Director performance assessments;

 

speaking and acting for the Board and representing the Board to shareholders.

The Board considers that none of Mr Nasser’s other commitments (set out in section 3.2.1) interfereinterferes with the discharge of his responsibilities to the Group. The Board is satisfied that he makes sufficient time available to serve the Group effectively.

The Group does not have a Deputy Chairman, but has identified John Schubert to act as Chairman should the need arise at short notice.

3.7    Senior Independent Director

The Board has appointedDuring the year under review, and from February 2003, Sir John Buchanan held the role of Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc. He acted independently in the best interests of the Group. His expertise and broad international experience materially enhanced the skills and experience profile of the Board and he continued to make a substantial contribution as Senior Independent Director and in his other Board roles until his death in July 2015.

On 14 August 2015, the Board announced that it had appointed Shriti Vadera as the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Sir JohnShe is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chairman, CEO or CFO. As Senior Independent Director, heshe also provides a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for other Directors if necessary.

3.8    Director skills, experience and attributes

Skills, experience and attributes required

The Board considers that a diversity of skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience, geographic location, nationalities and gender is required in order to effectively govern the business. The Board and its Nomination and Governance Committee work to ensure that the Board continues to have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge its responsibilities in accordance with the highest standards of governance.

In order to govern the Group effectively, Non-executive Directors must have a clear understanding of the Group’s overall strategy, together with knowledge about the Group and the industries in which it operates. Non-executive Directors must be sufficiently familiar with the Group’s core business to be effective contributors to

the development of strategy and to monitor performance. Part of the required understanding of strategy and the

core business is the requirement to understand the risks that the Group faces and the processes in place to mitigate and manage those risks. We operate in an uncertain external environment, and the Group is exposed to many material risks across its operations, including some that are systemic, such as financial risks and climate change. All those risks are factored into the Board’s approach to strategy and its assessment of an optimised portfolio. The risk management governance structure is set outdescribed in section 3.15.

TheBoard Governance Document requires that Directors demonstrate unquestioned honesty and integrity, preparedness to question, challenge and critique, and a willingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of governance. Directors must commit to the collective decision-making processes of the Board. Individual Directors are required to debate issues openly and constructively, and are free to question or challenge the opinions of others. Directors must also commit to active involvement in Board decisions and the application of strategic thought to matters in issue. Directors must be clear communicators and good listeners who actively contribute to the Board in a collegial manner. Each Director must ensure that no decision or action is taken that places his or her interests in front of the interests of the Company.

Directors must be prepared to commit sufficient time and resources to perform their role effectively. The Nomination and Governance Committee takes account of the other positions held by each potential Director candidate. It assesses whether they will have adequate time to devote to the Board, prior to making a recommendation to the Board on whether to appoint them as a Director. In addition, Directors are required to consult with the Chairman before accepting any additional commitments that could conflict with or impact on the time Directors can devote to their role.

The Nomination and Governance Committee is required to assist the Board in ensuring that the Board is comprised of high-calibre individuals whose background, skills, experience and personal characteristics will augment the present Board and meet its future needs and diversity aspirations.

Current Board profile

The following table sets out the key skills and experience of the Directors and the extent to which they are represented on the Board and its committees. As a Board, the Non-executive Directors contribute:

international business and senior executive experience;

relevant operating experience;

understanding of the sectors in which we operate;

knowledge of world capital markets;

regulatory and government policy experience;

an understanding of the health, safety, environmental and community challenges that we face;

experience of managing in the context of uncertainty, and an understanding of the risk environment of the Group, and the potential for risk to impact our health and safety, environment, community, reputation, regulatory, market and financial performance.

The Executive Director brings additional perspectives to the Board’s work through a deep understanding of the Group’s business.

In addition to the skills and experience set out in the table, the Board considers that each Directorof the Non-executive Directors has the following attributes:

time to undertake the responsibilities of the role;

 

unquestioned honesty and integrity;

 

a proven track recordwillingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of creating value for shareholders;

time available to undertake the responsibilities;governance;

 

an ability to apply strategic thought to matters in issue;relevant matters;

 

an ability to consider materiality and risk tolerance as key considerations in decision-making;

 

a preparedness to question, challenge and critique;

 

experience of managing in the context of uncertainty, and an understanding of the risk environment of the Group, including the potential for risk to impact our health and safety, environment, community, reputation, regulatory, market and financial performance;

knowledge of world capital markets;

a willingness to understand and commitproven track record of creating value for shareholders.

The Executive Director brings additional perspectives to the highest standardsBoard through a deeper understanding of governance.the Group’s business and day-to-day operations.

The following table sets out the mix of skills and experience that the Board considers necessary or desirable in its Directors and the extent to which they are represented on the Board and its committees. The table includes Anita Frew, who joined the Board on 15 September 2015.

 

Skills and experience

 Board  Risk and
Audit
  Nomination
and
Governance
  Remuneration  Sustainability Finance

Total Directors

  1412 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors    5 Directors4 Directors    4 Directors  

Executive leadership

     
Sustainable success in business at a very senior executive level in a successful career.  1312 Directors    34 Directors    3 Directors    4 Directors    4 Directors  4 Directors

Global experience

     
Senior management or equivalent experience in multiple global locations, exposed to a range of political, cultural, regulatory and business environments.  1412 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors    5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Governance

Commitment to the highest standards of governance, including experience with a major organisation that is subject to rigorous governance standards, and an ability to assess the effectiveness of senior management.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Strategy / Risk

Track record of developing and implementing a successful strategy, including appropriately probing and challenging management on the delivery of agreed strategic planning objectives. Track record in developing an asset or business portfolio over the long term that remains resilient to systemic risk.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors    4 Directors  

Skills and experience

 Board  Risk and
Audit
  Nomination
and
Governance
  Remuneration  Sustainability 

Governance

 Finance
Commitment to the highest standards of governance, including experience with a major organisation that is subject to rigorous governance standards, and an ability to assess the effectiveness of senior management.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors  

Strategy/Risk

Track record of developing and implementing a successful strategy, including appropriately probing and challenging management on the delivery of agreed strategic planning objectives. Track record in developing an asset or business portfolio over the long term that remains resilient to systemic risk.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Financial acumen

     
Senior executive or equivalent experience in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance and internal financial controls, including an ability to probe the adequacies of financial and risk controls.  1412 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors    5 Directors4 Directors    4 Directors  

Capital projects

     
Experience working in an industry with projects involving large-scale capital outlays and long-term investment horizons.  1210 Directors4 Directors    3 Directors    3 Directors3 Directors42 Directors    4 Directors  

Health, safety and environment

     
Experience related to workplace health and safety, environmental and social responsibility, and community.  1311 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors    4 Directors43 Directors    4 Directors  

Remuneration

     
Board Remuneration Committee membership or management experience in relation to remuneration, including incentive programs and pensions/superannuation and the legislation and contractual framework governing remuneration.  1412 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors    5 Directors4 Directors    4 Directors  

Mining

     
Senior executive experience in a large mining organisation combined with an understanding of the Group’s corporate purpose to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.  54 Directors    1 Director2 Directors    0 Directors    1 Director    2 Directors  2 Directors

Skills and experience

 Board  Risk and
Audit
  Nomination
and
Governance
  Remuneration  Sustainability Finance

Oil and gas

     
Senior executive experience in the oil and gas industry, including in-depth knowledge of the Group’s strategy, markets, competitors, operational issues, technology and regulatory concerns.  65 Directors    1 Director    2 Directors1 Director1 Director    3 Directors  2 Directors1 Director

Marketing

     
Senior executive experience in marketing and a detailed understanding of the Group’s corporate purpose to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.  1210 Directors3 Directors    2 Directors    3 Directors4 Directors42 Directors    4 Directors  

Public policy

     
Experience in public and regulatory policy, including how it affects corporations.  1412 Directors    4 Directors    3 Directors5 Directors    4 Directors    4 Directors  

Renewal

The Board plans for its own succession, with the assistance of the Nomination and Governance Committee. In doing this, the Board:

 

considers the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and diversity of geographic location, nationality and gender necessary to allow it to meet the corporate purpose;

 

assesses the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and diversity currently represented;

 

identifies any inadequate representation of those attributes and agrees the process necessary to ensure a candidate is selected who brings them to the Board;

 

reviews how Board performance might be enhanced, both at an individual Director level and for the Board as a whole.

The Board believes that orderly succession and renewal isare achieved as a result of careful planning, wherewith the appropriate composition of the Board is continually under review. This planning involves looking out over a five-year period, which provides a robust framework within which to consider Board succession and renewal.

When considering new appointments to the Board, the Nomination and Governance Committee oversees the preparation of a position specification that is provided to an independent recruitment organisation retained to conduct a global search. Independent search firms are instructed to consider a wide range of candidates, including taking into account geographic location, nationality and gender. In addition to the specific skills, knowledge and experience deemed necessary, the specification contains the criteria required by theBoard Governance Document.

Once a candidate is identified, the Board, with the assistance of external consultants where necessary, conducts appropriate background and reference checks before the candidate is appointed to the Board or put forward to shareholders for election.

The Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the terms on which Non-executive Directors will be appointed, including the basis upon which they will be indemnified. The letter of appointment clearly defines the role of Directors, including the expectations in terms of independence, participation, time commitment and continuous improvement. In summary, Directors are expected to constructively challenge; set the values and standards of the Group; monitor the performance of management and of the Group; satisfy themselves as to the adequacy and integrity of the Financial Statements; and satisfy themselves that the systems for the identification and management of risks are robust and appropriate. Directors are also expected to commit sufficient time to carry out their role and to participate in continuous improvement programs and internal reviews to support ongoing development. The letter of appointment also makes it clear that Directors are required to disclose circumstances that may affect, or be perceived to affect, their ability to exercise independent judgement so that the Board can assess independence on a regular basis.

 

A copy of the terms of appointment for Non-executive Directors is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

DiversityInclusion and diversity

Our Charter and Human Resources Group Level Documents guide management on all aspects of human resource management, including inclusion and diversity. Underpinning the Group Level Documents and supporting the achievement of diversity across the Group are principles and measurable objectives that define our approach to diversity and our focus on creating an inclusive work environment.

The Board and the Nomination and Governance Committee believe that many facets of diversity are required in order to meet the corporate purpose. This diversity is not restricted to gender but also includes geographic location, nationality, skills, background, knowledge and experience.

The Board is committed to ensuring gender diversity is actively pursued and implemented in terms of current and future Board composition. Diversity is a core consideration in ensuring that the Board and its committees have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge their responsibilities. The right blend of perspectives is critical to ensuring the Board oversees BHP Billiton effectively for shareholders.

In 2011, theFurther information relating to diversity is set out in section 3.14.3.

Alongside Board outlined its aspirational goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three, having appointed Carolyn Hewson and Baroness Shriti Vadera in 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Board remains committed to this goal, and continues to work towards it in a structured manner, looking out over a five-year period. We have used this structured approach now for several years and it provides a robust framework to consider what the Board requires over time, including diversity of gender, background, geography, skills, knowledge and experience.

For the past two years, two executive search firms, JCA Group and Heidrick & Struggles, have produced all-women short lists focused on the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, which are continually refreshed. The two lists – combined with our skills and experience profile five-year matrix – ensure we maximise the number of female candidates we talk with and consider for appointment. Short-listed candidates are considered by the Nomination and Governance Committee, and during FY2014, the Chairman met regularly with potential female candidates who have a range of backgrounds.

While we are making good progress, our goal is unlikely to be achieved until the end of 2015. Our immediate business imperative in FY2014 has been to appoint an additional Director with skills and experience in the upstream oil and gas sector. The candidate search actively considered both potential female candidates and other diversity considerations, including background, experience and culture. Former Royal Dutch Shell Director, Malcolm Brinded, was appointed to the Board in 2014, bringing specific oil and gas sector experience. The Board also considers that it is important to continue to develop the potential of women at all levels of the Company, andcomposition, part of the Board’s role is to consider and approve the Group’s measurable objectives for workforce diversity each financial year, and to oversee the Group’s progress towards thesein achieving those objectives. This progress will continue to be disclosed in the Annual Report, along with the proportion of women in our workforce, in senior management positions and on the Board. Further information on inclusion and diversity at BHP Billiton, including our progress against FY2015 measurable objectives, and our employee profile more generally, is set out in relation to the initiatives in place to address diversity across the broader Group,sections 1.13.1 and the impact they are having, is contained in section 1.13.1.13.3.

Board skills, experience and diversity

 

LOGOLOGO

 

Note: Percentages inThis diagram includes Anita Frew, who joined the diagram reflect the number of Directors represented in each category.Board on 15 September 2015

3.9    Director induction, training and development

The Board considers that the development of industry and Group knowledge is a continuous and ongoing process.

Upon appointment, each new Non-executive Director undertakes an induction program specifically tailored to their needs.

 

A copy of an indicative induction program is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

BHP Billiton’s long-stated strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. The Board’s development activity reflects this diversification through the provision of regular updates to Directors on each of the Group’s commodities, geographies and markets.

Non-executive Directors also participate in continuous improvement programs, in accordance with their terms of appointment. Programs are designed to maximise the effectiveness of the Directors throughout their tenure and link in with their individual Director performance evaluations. The Training and Development Program covers a range of matters of a business nature, including environmental, social and governance matters.

Structured opportunities are provided to build knowledge through initiatives such as visits to BHP Billiton sites and briefings provided at Board meetings. Non-executive Directors also build their Group and industry knowledge through the involvement of the GMC and other senior Group employees in Board meetings.

Briefings, site visits and development sessions underpin and support the Board’s work in monitoring and overseeing progress towards the corporate purpose. We therefore continuously build Directors’ knowledge to ensure the Board remains up to dateup-to-date with developments within our Businesses, as well as developments in the markets in which we operate.

During the year, Non-executive Directors participated in the following activities:

 

briefings intended to provide each Director with a deeper understanding of the activities, environment and key issues and direction of the Businesses. These briefings are provided to the Board by senior executives, including GMC members and other team members with operational and non-operational responsibilities. They are comprehensive briefings on the commodities, assets and markets in which we operate, including HSEC, and public policy considerations. The briefings provided during FY2014FY2015 covered petroleum (conventionalPotash, the Group Technology strategy, Iron Ore, and non-conventional), copper, coal and marketing.Group scenario planning (including sign posts). When these briefings were combined with a site visit, they took place on-site, otherwise they took place at Board meetings where the relevant executives joined Directors;

 

development sessions on specific topics of relevance, such as climate change, commodity markets, world economy, changes in corporate governance standards, diversity and inclusion, Directors’ duties and shareholder feedback. In relation to climate change, the Board and its committees once again spent time along with its committees, considering systemic climate change considerations relatingas it relates to the resilience of, and opportunities for, the Group’s portfolio, and receiving reports on scenarios and sign posts, which point to longer-term directional change and considering actions to manage the implications of climate change;

 

visits to Khutala Colliery, BECSA, South Africa; HillsideHouston, Petroleum, United States; Olympic Dam, Copper, Australia; Western Australia Iron Ore; Eagle Ford, Petroleum, United States; Peak Downs, Coal, Australia, and Bayside, aluminium smelters, South Africa; Worsley, alumina refinery, Australia; and Houston, Petroleum,Mount Arthur, Coal, Australia, including briefings on the assets, operations and other relevant issues, and meetings with key personnel;

 

addresses by expert external speakers, who are generally experts in their field.speakers.

These sessions and site visits provide not only an update on the main Businesses and assets, but also allow an opportunity to discuss, in detail, the changing risk environment and the potential for impacts on the achievement of our corporate purpose and business plans. More detail on the management of principal risks is set out in sections 1.7.3 and 3.15. Director involvement and continuous development through site visits, Business Risk and Audit Committee (Business RAC) meetings and on-site briefings are summarised in the following map.

Business RAC meetings take place twice yearly as part of our financial governance framework. Directors who are members of the Board’s Risk and Audit Committee chair the Business RAC meetings. FurtherFor further information on Business RACs, is atrefer to section 3.14.1.

Director site visits, on-site briefings and Business RAC meetings 2012-20142013-2015

 

LOGOLOGO

The Nomination and Governance Committee oversees the Directors’ Training and Development Program, and, as part of the yearly review process, the Chairman discusses development areas with each Director. Board committees in turn review and agree their training needs. The benefit of this approach is that induction and learning opportunities can be tailored to Directors’ committee memberships, as well as the Board’s specific areas of focus. In addition, thisThis approach also ensures a coordinated process in relation to succession planning, Board renewal, training and development and committee composition, which are all relevant to the Nomination and Governance Committee’s role in securing the supply of talent to the Board.

In addition, each Board committee provides a standing invitation for any Non-executive Director to attend committee meetings (rather than just limiting attendance to committee members). Committee agendas are provided to all Directors to ensure that Directors are aware of matters to be considered by the committees, and can elect to attend meetings where appropriate.

3.10    Independence

The Board is committed to ensuring a majority of Directors areis independent. The Board considers that all the current Non-executive Directors, including the Chairman, are independent.

Process to determine independence

The Board has a policy that it uses to determine the independence of its Directors. This determination is carried out upon appointment, annually and at any other time where the circumstances of a Director change such as to warrant reconsideration.

 

A copy of the policy on Independence of Directors is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

Under the policy, an ‘independent’ Director is one who is: ‘independent of management and any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement by the Director or the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the BHP Billiton Group’.

Where a Director is considered by the Board to be independent, but is affected by circumstances that appear relevant to the Board’s assessment of independence, the Board has undertaken to explain the reasons why it reached its conclusion. In applying the independence test, the Board considers relationships with management, major shareholders, subsidiary and associated companies and other parties with whom the Group transacts business against predeterminedpre-determined materiality thresholds, all of which are set out in the policy. A summary of the factors that may be perceived to impact the independence of certain Directors is set out below.

Tenure

DuringAs at the end of the year under review, four Directors, David Crawford,Jac Nasser, John Schubert, Sir John Buchanan and Carlos Cordeiro, havehad each served on the Board for more than nine years. DrTwo of those Directors – Jac Nasser and John Schubert Sir John and Mr Cordeiro are standing for re-election at the 20142015 AGMs, having each undergone a formal performance assessment. As noted above,

Mr Crawford will retire fromNasser was first appointed to the BHP Billiton Board followingin June 2006 as an independent Non-executive Director. The Board believes that his expertise and broad international experience materially enhance the BHP Billiton Limited AGM in November 2014.skills and experience profile of the Board. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Mr Nasser’s term of appointment has been subject to a particularly rigorous review, which took into account the need for progressive refreshing of the Board.

Dr Schubert was first elected to the Board of BHP Limited in 2000. The Board is of the view that Dr Schubert continues to make a valuable contribution through his role as Chairman of the Sustainability Committee and his rolesrole on the Remuneration and Nomination and Governance Committees,Committee, as well as to the work of the Board more broadly. Dr Schubert’s extensive experience as an executive, particularly in the international oil industry, and subsequently as a public company director across multiple industries, adds significantly to the skills and expertise of the Board.

Sir John was first appointed to the Board (and as Senior Independent Director) in February 2003. The Board believes that he continues to act independently in the best interests of the Group. His expertise and broad international experience materially enhance the skills and experience profile of the Board and he continues to make a substantial contribution in his roles, as a member of the Board, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee and as Senior Independent Director.

Mr Cordeiro was first appointed to the Board in February 2005. The Board is of the view that Mr Cordeiro continues to make a valuable contribution through his role on the Remuneration Committee as well as to the work of the Board. The Board believes that he continues to act independently in the best interests of the Group.

The Board does not believe that Mr Crawford’s,Nasser’s or Dr Schubert’s Sir John’s or Mr Cordeiro’s tenure materially interferes with their ability to act in the best interests of the Group. The Board also believes that each of them has retained independence of character and judgement and has not formed associations with management (or others) that might compromise their ability to exercise independent judgement or act in the best interests of the Group.

Retirement plan

As a former DirectorsDirector of BHP Limited prior(prior to the mergerestablishment of the Dual Listed Company structure with Billiton Plc which formed the Group in 2001, Mr Crawford and2001), Dr Schubert participated in a retirement plan approved by shareholders in 1989. The plan was closed on 24 October 2003. Benefits accrued to that date, together with interest earned on the benefits, have been preserved and will be paid on retirement. The Board does not believe that the independence of any participating DirectorDr Schubert is compromised as a result of this plan.

Relationships and associations

Lindsay Maxsted was the CEO of KPMG in Australia from 2001 until 2007. The Board considers that this prior relationship with KPMG does not materially interfere with Mr Maxsted’s exercise of objective, unfettered or

independent judgement, or his ability to act in the best interests of the BHP Billiton Group. The Board has determined, consistent with its policy on the independence of Directors, that Mr Maxsted is independent. The Board notes in particular that:

 

at the time of his appointment to the Board, more than three years had elapsed since Mr Maxsted’s retirement from KPMG. The Director independence rules and guidelines that apply to the Group – which are a combination of Australian, UK and US rules and guidelines – all use three years as the benchmark ‘cooling off’ period for former audit firm partners;

a combination of Australian, UK and US rules and guidelines – all use three years as the benchmark ‘cooling off’ period for former audit firm partners;

 

Mr Maxsted has no financial (e.g. pension, retainer or advisory fee) or consulting arrangements with KPMG;

 

Mr Maxsted was not part of the KPMG audit practice after 1980 and, while at KPMG, was not in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP Billiton.

The Board considers Mr Maxsted’s financial acumen and extensive experience in the corporate restructuring field to be important in the discharge of the Board’s responsibilities. His membership of the Board and Chairmanship of the RACRisk and Audit Committee are considered by the Board to be appropriate and desirable.

Mr Crawford was a partner of KPMG in Australia until his retirement in June 2001. He has had no commercial relationship with KPMG since that time and the Board does not consider Mr Crawford’s independence to be compromised as a result of this association that ended more than 13 years ago.

Some of the Directors hold or have previously held positions in companies with which we haveBHP Billiton has commercial relationships. Those positions and companies are set out in the Director profiles in section 3.2.1. The Board has assessed all of the relationships between the Group and companies in which Directors hold or held positions and has concluded that in all cases the relationships do not interfere with the Directors’ exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement or their ability to act in the best interests of the Group.

A specific instance is Malcolm Broomhead, who, until 29 July 2013, was a Non-executive Director of Coates Group Holdings Pty Limited, a company with which BHP Billiton has commercial dealings. Coates Group provides equipment hire to the mining and resources industry, among others. Prior to and since the appointment ofBrinded. Mr Broomhead as a Director of BHP Billiton, the Board has assessed the relationship between BHP Billiton and Coates Group and remained satisfied that Mr Broomhead was able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton. In addition, no commercial dealings with Coates Group were discussed at Board or Board committee level.

A second instance is Mr Crawford, who is an Advisory Board member for the commercial law firm Allens, which advises BHP Billiton on specific matters from time to time, but is not one of BHP Billiton’s relationship law firms. Mr Crawford’s role is as a member of the Advisory Board, a wholly advisory body that does not have decision-making authority for Allens. The Board has assessed the relationship and remains satisfied that Mr Crawford is independent in mind and judgement and is able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton. In addition, the allocation of business to Allens was not discussed at Board or Board committee level, and to the extent it is in the future, Mr Crawford will absent himself fully from those deliberations.

A third instance is Malcolm Brinded who is a former executive Director of Royal Dutch Shell Plc, which is a material customer of the BHP Billiton Group. Mr Brinded stepped down from the Board of Shell on 1 April 2012 and left Shell group employment on 30 April 2012. Prior to and since the appointment of Mr Brinded as a Director of BHP Billiton, the Board has assessed the relationship between BHP Billiton and Shell group and remains satisfied that Mr Brinded is able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton.

Transactions during the year that amounted to related-partyrelated party transactions with Directors or Director-related entities under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are outlined in note 3133 ‘Related party transactions’ to the Financial Statements.

Executive Director

The Executive Director, Andrew Mackenzie, is not considered independent because of his executive responsibilities. Mr Mackenzie does not hold directorships in any other company included in the ASX 100 or FTSE 100.

Conflicts of interest

The UK Companies Act 2006 requires that BHP Billiton Directors avoid a situation where they have, or can have, an unauthorised direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the Company’s interests, unless approved by non-interested Directors. In accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006, BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association allow the Directors to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts where appropriate. A procedure operates to ensure the disclosure of conflicts and for the consideration and, if appropriate, the authorisation of them by non-conflicted Directors. The Nomination and Governance Committee supports the Board in this process, both by reviewing requests from Directors for authorisation of situations of actual or potential conflict and making recommendations to the Board, and by regularly reviewing any situations of actual or potential conflict that have previously been authorised by the Board, and making recommendations regarding whether the authorisation remains appropriate. In addition, in accordance with Australian law, if a situation arises for consideration in which a Director has a material personal interest, the affected Director takes no part in decision-making. Provisions for Directors’ interests are set out in the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited.

3.11    Board evaluation

The Board is committed to transparency in determining Board membership and in assessing the performance of Directors. The Board evaluates its performance through a combination of both internal peer and externally facilitated assessments. Contemporary performance measures are considered an important part of this process. Directors’ performance is also measured against their individual development plans.

The Board conducts regular evaluations of its performance, the performance of its committees, the Chairman, individual Directors and the governance processes that support the Board’s work. The Board evaluation process comprises both assessment and review, as summarised in the diagram below. This includes analysis of how the Board and its Directors are functioning, the time spent by the Board considering matters and whether the terms of reference of the Board committees have been met, as well as compliance with theBoard Governance Document.

In addition, theThe evaluation considers the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Company and the Board, its overall diversity, including gender, and how the Board works together as a unit.

The assessment of the Board’s performance is conducted by focusing on individual Directors and Board committees in one year and the Board as a whole in the following year. Our approach has been to conduct an externally facilitated review of the Board of Directors and committees at least every two years. As described in last year’s Annual Report, the FY2013 Board assessment was internally rather than externally facilitated. This was to provide an opportunity for the new management structure to become sufficiently established for a meaningful review, while also adhering to our commitment of continuous improvement. We therefore conducted an external assessment of the Board during FY2014, as set out in more detail below.

In addition, each year the Board, with the assistance of the Nomination and Governance Committee, conducts a review of the performance of each Director seeking re-election and uses the results of that review when

considering whether to recommend the re-election of each Director. As the Board has adopted a policy of annual election, this effectively means that all Directors are subject to a performance review annually should they wish to remain on the Board.

 

LOGOLOGO

Directors provide anonymous feedback on their peers’ performance and individual contributions to the Board, which is passed on to the relevant Director via the Chairman. In respect of the Chairman’s performance, Directors provide feedback directly to either Dr Schubert or Sir John asthe Senior Independent Director. External independent advisers are engaged to assist with these processes, as necessary. The involvement of an independent third party has assisted in the evaluation processes being rigorous, fair and ensuring continuous improvement in the operation of the Board and committees, as well as the contributions of individual Directors.

Director evaluation

The evaluation of individual Directors focuses on the contribution of the Director to the work of the Board and the expectations of Directors as specified in the Group’s governance framework. The performance of individual Directors is assessed against a range of criteria, including the ability of the Director to:

 

consistently take the perspective of creating shareholder value;

 

contribute to the development of strategy;

 

understand the major risks affecting the Group;

 

provide clear direction to management;

 

contribute to Board cohesion;

commit the time required to fulfil the role and perform their responsibilities effectively;

 

listen to and respect the ideas of fellow Directors and members of management.

Board effectiveness

The effectiveness of the Board as a whole and of its committees is assessed against the accountabilities set down in theBoard Governance Document and each committee’s terms of reference. Matters considered in evaluations include:

 

the effectiveness of discussion and debate at Board and committee meetings;

 

the effectiveness of the Board’s and committees’ processes and relationship with management;

 

the quality and timeliness of meeting agendas, Board and committee papers and secretariat support;

 

the composition of the Board and each committee, focusing on the blend of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Group and its diversity, including geographic location, nationality and gender.

The process is managed by the Chairman, butwith feedback on the Chairman’s performance isbeing provided to him by Dr Schubert.

Information about the performance review process for executives is set out in section 3.16.

Evaluations conducted in FY2014FY2015

During the year under review, the Board conducted an internal review of compliance with theBoard Governance Document; an externally facilitated evaluation of the Board assessment,committees; and an externally facilitated evaluation of individual Directors.

Board review

The internal review focused on compliance with theBoard Governance Document. The review of the Board included analysis of matters considered by the Board, matters referred by management, monitoring and assurance, and site visits. The review indicated that the Board is continuing to function effectively and in accordance with the terms of theBoard Governance Document.

Director assessment

In respect of FY2015, an externally facilitated evaluation of each Director was conducted using the electronic Lintstock service. Lintstock is a UK-based provider of corporate advice, which has no other connection to the BHP Billiton Group. Completed evaluations for individual Directors were submitted to the Chairman, and the Chairman’s evaluation was submitted to Dr Schubert. The evaluation found that the Board was described as cohesive and collegiate in nature with effective engagement, particularly when addressing difficult issues. The review also noted that as the Board continues to progress through this period of transition, the willingness to speak up, and effective working relationships, will continue to be an internal committee review to ensure continued compliance with the recently updated committee termsarea of reference.focus.

BoardCommittee assessment

In respect of FY2015, an externally facilitated evaluation of each Board committee was conducted using the electronic Lintstock service. The external assessment focused in particularevaluation was designed to draw out views on work, process and overall effectiveness of the Board’s interface withcommittees. Some of the CEO and senior management; the Board’s priorities; and the focusoutcomes from each of the Board committees and their interface with the Board. It also sought the viewscommittee evaluations are set out in section 3.14. The assessments determined that each of the Directors for suggestions for improvingcommittees continues to function effectively. Potential enhancements related to continuing to ensure that the Board’s overall effectiveness. The review was facilitated by JCABoard, the Group and involved an interview with each Director. The findings were discussedits systems and processes are right-sized for a simplified BHP Billiton following the demerger of South32.

Enhancements following previous evaluations

Board and committee evaluations conducted in depth by the Board. A rangerecent years have led to a number of improvements to Board meeting processes to enhance the Board’s work and effectiveness will be incorporated intoeffectiveness. Following the workexternal assessment of the Board and procedures, including:in FY2014, changes included streamlining of the Board meeting processes and procedures, the introduction of regular Asset President meetings to allow Board members to engage with operating executives on a broad range of issues, and formalisation of the focused Board strategy day. This annual event is built around scenarios and sign posts for future developments and provides an opportunity forforum. In addition, as a result of the Board to undertake a deeper dive into a range of strategic and long-term plans.

Director assessment

Due to the previous year’s externally facilitated Board assessment, the FY2014 Director assessmentFinance Committee was internally facilitated. The overall findings were presented todissolved and its responsibilities allocated between the Board and discussed. Each Director was provided feedback on their contribution to the BoardRisk and its committees. This review supported the Board’s decision to endorse all retiring Directors standing for re-election.

Committee review

During FY2014, an internal review was conducted to confirm continued compliance with each committee’s respective terms of reference, which were updatedAudit Committee. Further information is set out in FY2013.section 3.14.5.

During the previous year, we conducted external assessments of the committees, which utilised an electronic survey tool provided by Lintstock, and were focused to draw out views on work, overall effectiveness, decision-making and other processes. Outcomes and recommendations from each committee were considered and approved by the Board prior to implementation.

Enhancements following previous evaluations

Board and committee evaluations conducted in recent years have led to a number of enhancements to Board meeting processes:

Board assessment:Following the internal assessment of the Board in FY2013, a number of changes were introduced to enhance the Board’s work and effectiveness. These included introducing formal strategy days to the Board program to support the discussions of strategy that currently take place between management and the Board at each meeting; implementing an updated plan for Board engagement on strategy, execution and monitoring; effective methods for engaging in the increasing number of Board matters considered out of session; increased use of the committee report-out process, which is used for committee chairmen to summarise the key discussions; new items for the training and development of Directors; and updating the format of materials provided to the Board.

Chairman’s matters: For some time, the Board has held a closed session at the end of Board meetings. An additional closed session has been incorporated so that all Board meetings start with a closed session of all Directors (there are no members of the GMC present other than the Executive Director and the President Governance and Group Company Secretary). This allows the Chairman to outline matters to be considered by the Board and set the context for the meeting. It is also an opportunity for Directors to raise the items of business they believe warrant particular attention or any other relevant issues.

3.12    Board meetings and attendance

The Board meets as often as necessary to fulfil its role. Directors are required to allocate sufficient time to the Group to perform their responsibilities effectively, including adequate time to prepare for Board meetings. During the reporting year, the Board met eight10 times, with fivesix of those meetings being held in Australia twoand four in the United Kingdom and one in the United States.Kingdom. Regularly scheduled Board meetings run over three days (including committee meetings and Director training and development sessions).

Members of the GMC and other members of senior management attended meetings of the Board by invitation. Senior managers delivered presentations on the status and performance of our Businesses and matters reserved for the Board, including the approval of budgets, annual Financial Statements and strategy.

Attendance at Board and standing Board committee meetings during the year ended 30 June 2014FY2015 is set out in the table below.

 

  Board   Risk
and Audit
   Nomination and
Governance
   Remuneration   Sustainability   Finance   Board   Risk
and Audit
   Nomination and
Governance
   Remuneration   Sustainability   Finance 
  A   B     A       B     A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B 

Malcolm Brinded

   2     2                                   2     2               10     10                 6     6      

Malcolm Broomhead

   8     8                                   7     7     10     10     10     10     3     3             6     6     2     2  

John Buchanan

   8     8               6     6     7     7                         10     8         5     4     7     5          

Carlos Cordeiro

   8     8                         7     7                         10     10             7     7          

David Crawford

   8     8                                             10     10     4     4                     2     2  

Pat Davies

   8     8                         7     7                         10     10             7     7     3     3      

Carolyn Hewson

   8     8     9     9               3     3                         10     10     4     4         7     7          

Andrew Mackenzie

   8     8                                                       10     10                      

Lindsay Maxsted

   8     8     9     9                                   10     10     10     10     8     8                 2     2  

Wayne Murdy

   8     8     9     9                                   10     10     10     10     8     8                 2     2  

Jac Nasser

   8     8               6     6                                   10     10         5     5              

Keith Rumble

   8     8                                   7     7               9     8                 5     5      

John Schubert

   8     8               6     6     7     7     7     7               10     10         5     5     4     4     6     6      

Shriti Vadera

   8     8     9     9                                             10     10     8     8         3     3          

 

Column A –A: indicates the number of scheduled and ad-hoc meetings held during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.

Column B –B: indicates the number of scheduled and ad-hoc meetings attended by the Director during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.

3.13    Director re-election

The Board has adopted a policy, consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board. This policy took effect at the 2011 AGMs. The Board believes that annual re-election promotes and supports accountability to shareholders, and theshareholders. The combined voting outcome of the BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited 20132014 AGMs meant that each Director received more than 97.598.3 per cent in support of their re-election.

Board support for reappointment is not automatic. Directors who are seeking re-election are subject to a performance appraisal overseen by the Nomination and Governance Committee of the Board. Annual re-election effectively means all Directors are subject to a performance appraisal annually. The Board, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Governance Committee, makes a determination as to whether it will endorse a retiring Director for re-election. The Board will not endorse a Director for re-election if his or her performance is not considered satisfactory. The Board will advise shareholders in the Notice of Meeting will provide information that is material to a shareholder’s decision whether or not to re-elect a Director, including whether or not re-election is supported.supported by the Board.

BHP Billiton does not apply or implement a ‘no vacancy’ rule in relation to Board appointments. Accordingly, Director candidates can be elected to the Board by ordinary resolution and are not required to out-poll an incumbent Director in order to be elected.

3.14    Board committees

The Board has established committees to assist it in exercising its authority, including monitoring the performance of the Group to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate purpose within the limits imposed by the Board.

Each of the permanent committees has terms of reference under which authority is delegated by the Board.

The office of the Company SecretarySecretariat provides secretariat services for each of the committees. Committee meeting agendas, papers and minutes are made available to all members of the Board. Subject to appropriate controls and the overriding scrutiny of the Board, committee chairmen are free to use whatever resources they consider necessary to discharge their responsibilities.

Reports from each of the committees follow.

 

The terms of reference for each committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspxgovernance..

3.14.1    Risk and Audit Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) is to assist the Board in monitoring the decisions and actions of the CEO and the Group and to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate purpose within the limits imposed by the Board, as set out in theBoard Governance Document.

The RAC discharges its responsibilities by overseeing:

 

the integrity of the Group’s Financial Statements;

 

the appointment, remuneration, qualifications, independence and performance of the External Auditor and the integrity of the audit process as a whole;

the plans, performance, objectivity and leadership of the internal audit function and the integrity of the internal audit process as a whole;

 

the effectiveness of the systems of internal controls and risk management;

 

the Group’s systems for compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements within the RAC’s area of responsibility;

 

capital management (funding, liquidity, balance sheet management, dividends);

the CEO’s compliance with the relevant CEO limits.

The role of the RAC in the context of the Board’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below. FurtherFor further information about our approach to risk, can be found inrefer to sections 1.71.7.1 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Risk and Audit Committee

LOGO3.15.

The RAC met nineeight times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12 and information on theirCommittee members’ qualifications is includedset out in section 3.2.1.

In addition to the regular business of the year, the Committee discussed matters including the proposals for change incompliance organisation updates and anti-corruption plan, taxation, funding updates, commodity price protocols, and continued development of the regulatory environment across the jurisdictions in which our securities are listed. These included revisions to the 2012 UK Corporate Governance Code relating to annual reports being fair, balanced and understandable, and the proposals in respect of audit from the European Union and the UK Competition and Markets Authority.Assurance function. Statements relating to tendering of the external audit contract, significant matters relating to the Financial Statements and the process for evaluating the external audit are set out below.

The RAC continues to monitor regulatory developments in relation to the audit regime and the role of risk and audit committees, and will continue to review and assess how these will impact the Group in the future. In addition, the RAC considered and discussed updates in relation to the ongoingrecently concluded US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) anti-corruption investigation, as well as the US Department of Justice investigation, and the ongoing Australian Federal Police (AFP) investigation, which are outlined in section 3.17.

Risk and Audit Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Lindsay Maxsted (Chairman) (1)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Broomhead

Member from 1 January 2015

Carolyn Hewson

Member until 31 December 2014

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

Shriti Vadera

Member for whole period

(1)Mr Maxsted is the Committee’s financial expert nominated by the Board.

Business Risk and Audit committeesCommittees

To assist management in providing the information necessary to allow the RAC to discharge its responsibilities, Business Risk and Audit committeesCommittees have been established, incorporatingcovering each Business, and for key functional areas such as Marketing and Treasury. These committees, known as Business RACs, operate as committees of management, but are chaired by members of the RAC. The responsible member of the GMC participates in those meetings. Business RACs perform an important monitoring function in the overall governance of the Group.

Significant financial and risk matters raised at Business RAC meetings are reported to the RAC by the Head of Group Reporting and the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance.

Risk and Audit Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Lindsay Maxsted (Chairman)(a)

Member for whole period

Carolyn Hewson

Member for whole period

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

Shriti Vadera

Member for whole period

(a)Mr Maxsted is the Committee’s financial expert nominated by the Board.

Activities undertaken during the year

Fair, balanced and understandable

One of the major items of discussion by the RAC during the year were the revisions to the UK Corporate Governance Code, which requires the Directors are required to confirm that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, isto be fair, balanced and understandable, and providesare required to provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Group has a substantial assurancegovernance framework in place for the Annual Report already in place.Report. This includes management representation letters, CEO and CFO certifications, RAC oversight of the Financial Statements and a range of other financial governance procedures focused on the financial section of the Annual Report, together with detailed verification and internal audit procedures for the narrative reporting section of the Report.

The Board requestedRAC is required in its terms of reference to provide advice to the RAC provide adviceBoard on whether the Annual Report meets the fair, balanced and understandable requirement and, as a result, the RAC terms of reference were updated to reflect this role.requirement. The RAC considered it appropriate to useused the UK Corporate Governance Code revisionsprovisions to enhanceguide its oversight of the existing project plans that support the preparation of the Annual Report suite, in order to provide the Board with appropriate assurance.

As part of the enhanced assuranceenhancements to the governance process, which were put in place in FY2014, the following is required:

 

ensuring all individuals involved in the preparation of any part of the Annual Report are briefed on the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, through training sessions for each content manager that detail the key attributes of ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

 

formalising the process whereby employees who have been closely involved in the preparation of the Financial Statements review the entire narrative for the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, and sign off an appropriate sub-certification;

 

having the key members of the team preparing the Annual Report confirm they have taken the fair, balanced and understandable requirement into account and that they have raised, with the Annual Report project team, any concerns they have in relation to meeting this requirement;

 

amending the Annual Report suite sub-certification to incorporate the requirement;incorporates a fair, balanced and understandable declaration;

 

in relation to the new requirement for the auditor to review parts of the narrative report for consistency with the audited Financial Statements, asking the auditorExternal Auditor to raise any issues of inconsistency at an early stage.

As a result of the existing and enhanced process above, the RAC, and then the Board,Directors, were able to confirm their view that BHP Billiton’s 20142015 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board’s statement on the reportReport is on page 209.set out in section 5.

Integrity of Financial Statements

In addition to the enhancedassurance process above, the RAC continues to assist the Board in assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with Accounting Standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit. It reviews the half-yearly and annual Financial Statements and makes recommendations on specific actions or decisions (including formal adoption of the Financial Statements and reports) the Board should consider in order to maintain the integrity of the Financial Statements. From time to time, the Board may delegate authority to the RAC to approve the release of the statements to the stock exchanges, shareholders and the financial community.

TheFor the FY2015 full year and the half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that the 2014Group’s financial records have been properly managed and that the 2015 Financial Statements present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Significant mattersissues

Another of the new UK Corporate Governance Code provisions that appliesIn addition to the Group is the requirement to report the significant issues that the RAC consideredGroup’s critical accounting policies and estimates set out in relationnote 44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the 2015 Financial Statements, and how these issues were addressed. During FY2014, the Committee also considered the following significant issues:

New accounting standards

The Committee considered and approved accounting policy changes resulting from the application of:

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’;

Amendments to IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production PhaseCarrying value of a Surface Mine’.

Significant consideration was given to the appropriate application of these new and amended standards and interpretations to BHP Billiton. The Committee reviewed management’s analysis and concurred with its recommendations, which resulted in significant changes to the basis of accounting for Escondida, Samarco and Antamina.

Impairmentlong-term assets

The Committee reviewed the resultscarrying value of impairment assessments for Nickel West and Worsleythe US Onshore petroleum assets, in Western Australiaincluding goodwill, and concluded that no furtheran impairment charges or reversals werecharge was appropriate. In all cases,undertaking the review, specific consideration was given to the most recent short and long-term prices, geological complexity, expected production volumes and mix, amended development plans, operating and capital costs and discount rates.

In addition, the Committee reviewed the carrying value of the following:

conventional onshore assets in north Louisiana, United States;

unconventional gas assets in the Pecos field of the Permian basin;

conventional oil and gas Neptune field in the Gulf of Mexico,

and concluded that impairment charges on these assets were appropriate given specific consideration of most recent prices for both oil and gas.

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the Nickel West business when the proposed sale of the business was not achieved. Specific consideration was given to most recent prices and foreign exchange rates as well as anticipated cost savings and price curves. Inpotential development options.

The Committee reviewed the casecarrying value of Nickel West, specificCerro Colorado and concluded that an impairment charge was appropriate. Specific consideration was given to the following:

recent foreign exchange and copper price curves together with the impactlikelihood of the closureextension of environmental permits, which directly impacted the life of the Leinster Perseverance Underground Mine;
asset.

For further information refer to note 12 ‘Intangible assets’ to the Financial Statements.

anticipated cost savings;

additional production volumes available from adjacent developments.

Income taxTax and royalty liabilities

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of tax and royalty provisions and contingent liabilities arising from various income tax matters including the following:

 

transfer pricing issues;estimates impacting taxes and royalties payable in various jurisdictions;

 

statuschanges in the Chilean Tax law and the repeal of income tax audits;the Minerals Resource Rent Tax in Australia;

 

other matters not yet subject to specific consideration by taxation authorities but where uncertainty exists in the application of the law.

DivestmentsDemerger of South32

The Committee reviewed the accounting treatment formeasurement and disclosure of the saledemerger of Pinto Valley, United States,South32. Specific consideration was given to Discontinued operations disclosures and concluded that the gain on salefair value of US$385 million (after tax) required disclosure as an exceptional item.the shares issued to effect the demerger. The Committee also reviewedconsidered measurement issues related to the saleSouth32 assets prior to demerger, including the recognised gain on loss of control of the BHP Navajo Coal CompanyManganese business and while binding agreementssubsequent impairments resulting from the demerged assets being held for the sale have been entered into, determined that the disposal date for accounting purposes will be achieved only when the risks and rewards ultimately transfer to the acquirer.distribution.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions

The Committee reviewed the various changes in estimates for closure and rehabilitation provisions recognised during the year. Consideration was given to the results of the most recently completed surveying data, current cost estimates and appropriate inclusion of contingency in cost estimates to allow for both known and residual risks.

External Auditor

The RAC manages the relationship with the External Auditor on behalf of the Board. It considers the reappointment of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement, and makes a recommendation to the Board. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the RAC’s capacity to recommend a particular firm for appointment as auditor.

The last audit tender was in 2002, at which time the Group had three external auditors following the completion of the DLC merger.structure. The tender resulted in KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers being appointed as joint auditors for FY2003 and, therefore, a reduction in audit providers. A competitive audit review was undertaken in 2003, which resulted in KPMG being appointed as the External Auditor by the Board on the recommendation of the RAC.

The lead audit engagement partners in both Australia and the United Kingdom have been rotated every five years. The current Australian audit engagement partner was appointed for the FY2010 year-end, and therefore FY2014 was his last year. There has therefore been a transition period to the new engagement partner who took formal responsibility at the start of FY2015. A new UK audit engagement partner was appointed for the FY2013 year-end, and therefore FY2017 is scheduled to be his last year.

During FY2014, the Committee continued to monitor and discuss the UK and EU developments in regard to audit firm tender and rotation. The Committee is satisfied with the External Auditor’s performance and independence and therefore does not believe a tender in the near term is appropriate. Consistent with the guidance on transitional arrangements published by the UK Financial Reporting Council,and EU requirements in regard to audit firm tender and rotation, which were finalised during FY2015, the Committee’s current intention is to conduct an audit firm tender for either FY2018 or FY2019.

Evaluation of External Auditor and external audit process

The RAC evaluates the performance of the External Auditor during its term of appointment against specified criteria, including delivering value to shareholders and the Group, and also assesses the effectiveness of the external audit process. It does so through a range of means, including:

 

the Committee considers the External Audit Plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year;

 

throughout the year, the Committee meets with the audit partners, particularly the lead Australian and UK audit engagement partners, without management present;

 

following the completion of the audit, the Committee considers the quality of the External Auditor’s performance drawing on survey results. The survey is based on a two-way feedback model where the BHP Billiton and KPMG teams assess each other against a range of criteria. The criteria against which the BHP Billiton team evaluates KPMG’s performance include ethics and integrity, insight, service quality, communication and reporting, and responsiveness;

 

reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor;

 

discussing with the audit engagement partners the skills and experience of the broader audit team;

 

reviewing audit quality inspection reports on KPMG published by the UK Financial Reporting Council;

 

overseeing (and approving where relevant) non-audit services as described below.

The RAC also reviews the integrity, independence and objectivity of the External Auditor.Auditor, and assesses whether there is any element of the relationship that impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement of independence. This review includes:

 

confirming that the External Auditor is, in its judgement, independent of the Group;

 

obtaining from the External Auditor an account of all relationships between the External Auditor and the Group;

monitoring the number of former employees of the External Auditor currently employed in senior positions within the Group and assessing whether those appointments impair, or appear to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;Group;

 

considering whether the various relationships between the Group and the External Auditor collectively impair, or appear to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;Auditor;

 

determining whether the compensation of individuals employed by the External Auditor who conduct the audit is tied to the provision of non-audit services and, if so, whether this impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;services;

 

reviewing the economic importance of the Group to the External Auditor and assessing whether that importance impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence.Auditor.

The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.

Non-audit services

Although the External Auditor does provide some non-audit services, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor isare safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services. For example, certain types of non-audit services may only be undertaken by the External Auditor with the prior approval of the RAC (as described below), while other services may not be undertaken at all, including services where the External Auditor:

 

may be required to audit its own work;

 

participates in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

 

is remunerated through a ‘success fee’ structure;

 

acts in an advocacy role for the Group.

The RAC has adopted a policy entitled ‘Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor’, covering the RAC’s pre-approval policies and procedures to maintain the independence of the External Auditor.

 

Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspxgovernance..

In addition to audit services, the External Auditor will be permitted to provide other (non-audit) services that are not, and are not perceived to be, in conflict with the role of the External Auditor. In accordance with the requirements of the US1934 Securities Exchange Act and guidance contained in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Release 2004-001, certain specific activities are listed in our detailed policy that have been ‘pre-approved’ by the RAC.

The categories of ‘pre-approved’ services are as follows:

 

Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope of the statutory audit and includes the statutory audits of the Group and its entities (including interim reviews). The RAC will monitor the audit services engagements and approve, if necessary, any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.

 

Audit-related/assurance services – work that is outside the required scope of the statutory audit, but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor. This category includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope, is of an assurance or compliance nature and is work that the External Auditor must or is best placed to undertake.

 

Tax services – work of a tax nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

 

Other advisory services – work of an advisory nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Activities not listed specifically are therefore not ‘pre-approved’ and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. Additionally, any engagement for other services with a value over US$100,000, even if listed as a ‘pre-approved’ service, can only be approved by the RAC, and all engagements for other services, whether ‘pre-approved’ or not, and regardless of the dollar value involved, are reported quarterly to the RAC.

While not specifically prohibited by ourBHP Billiton’s policy, any proposed non-audit engagement of the External Auditor relating to internal control (such as a review of internal controls or assistance with implementing the regulatory requirements, including those of the US1934 Securities Exchange Act) must obtain specific prior approval from the RAC. With the exception of the external audit of the Group Financial Statements, any engagement identified that contains an internal control-related element is not considered to be pre-approved. In addition, while the categories shown above include a list of certain pre-approved services, the use of the External Auditor to perform such services shall always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the policy.

An exception can be made to the above policy where such an exception is in ourBHP Billiton’s interests and appropriate arrangements are put in place to ensure the integrity and independence of the External Auditor. Any such exception requires the specific prior approval of the RAC and must be reported to the Board. No exceptions were approved during the year ended 30 June 2014.2015.

In addition, the RAC approved no services during the year ended 30 June 20142015 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of the SEC Regulation S-X.

Fees paid to the Group’s External Auditor during the year for audit and other services were US$28.230.4 million, of which 6151 per cent comprised audit fees, 3445 per cent related to legislative requirements (including Sarbanes-Oxley)Sarbanes-Oxley and fiveservices in connection with the South32 demerger) and four per cent was for other services. Details of the fees paid are set out in note 3538 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the Financial Statements.

Based on the review by the RAC, the Board is satisfied that the External Auditor is independent.

Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

The former auditor of BHP Billiton Plc for the 2013 and 2012 financial years, KPMG Audit Plc, has instigated an orderly wind down of business; accordingly KPMG Audit Plc did not stand for re-election at our annual general meeting on 24 October 2013. A resolution was approved at the annual general meeting for the appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of BHP Billiton Plc. The decision to change auditor was recommended to the Board of Directors by the Risk and Audit Committee.

During the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, (1) KPMG Audit Plc has not issued any reports on the financial statements of the Group or on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting that contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the auditors’ reports of KPMG Audit Plc qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, (2) there has not been any disagreement over any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement if not resolved to KPMG Audit Plc’s satisfaction would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its auditors’ reports, or any “reportable event” as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

The Group has provided KPMG Audit Plc with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and has requested that KPMG Audit Plc furnish the Group with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) stating whether KPMG Audit Plc agrees with such disclosure and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of KPMG Audit Plc’s letter, dated 25 September 2014, in which KPMG Audit Plc stated that it agrees with such disclosure, is filed herewith as Exhibit 15.1.

There were no changes to the auditor of BHP Billiton Limited during FY2014.

Internal

Business Risk and Audit Committees

The InternalTo assist management in providing the information necessary to allow the RAC to discharge its responsibilities, Business Risk and Audit function is carried out internallyCommittees have been established, covering each Business, and for key functional areas such as Marketing and Treasury. These committees, known as Business RACs, operate as committees of management, but are chaired by Group Risk Assessment and Assurance (RAA). The role of RAA is to determine whether risk management, control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit function is independentmembers of the External Auditor.RAC. The RAC reviews the mission and charter of RAA, the staffing levels and its scope of work to ensure that it is appropriate in lightresponsible member of the key risks we face. It also reviews and approves the annual internal audit plan and monitors and reviewsGMC participates in those meetings. Business RACs perform an important monitoring function in the overall effectivenessgovernance of the internal audit activities.Group.

TheSignificant financial and risk matters raised at Business RAC also approvesmeetings are reported to the appointmentRAC by the Head of Group Reporting and dismissal of the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance and assesses his or her performance, independence and objectivity. The role of the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance includes achievement of the internal audit objectives, risk management policies and insurance strategy. The position was held throughout the year by Alistair Mytton. Mr Mytton reported to senior management and had all necessary access to management and the RAC.

Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management

In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits set out in theBoard Governance Document. Limits on the CEO’s authority require the CEO to ensure that there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in the Group. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose and regularly review their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.

The RAC is responsible for the oversight of risk management and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems. In undertaking this role, the RAC reviews the following:

procedures for identifying business and operational risks and controlling their financial impact on the Group and the operational effectiveness of the policies and procedures related to risk and control;

budgeting and forecasting systems, financial reporting systems and controls;

policies and practices put in place by the CEO for detecting, reporting and preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct and whistle-blowing procedures;

procedures for ensuring compliance with relevant regulatory and legal requirements;

arrangements for protecting intellectual property and other non-physical assets;

operational effectiveness of the Business RAC structures;

overseeing the adequacy of the internal controls and allocation of responsibilities for monitoring internal financial controls.

For further discussion on our approach to risk management, refer to sections 1.7 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

During the year, the Board conducted reviews of the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and internal controls for the financial year and up to the date of this Annual Report in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (including the Turnbull Guidance) and the Principles and Recommendations published by the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Council. These reviews covered financial, operational and compliance controls and risk assessment. During the year, management presented an assessment of the material business risks facing the Group and the level of effectiveness of risk management over the material business risks. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing the Group, the Board received an assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board committees. The Board is satisfied that the effectiveness of the internal controls has been properly reviewed.Assurance.

Management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting has been evaluated based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Controls – Integrated Framework, issued by the Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 30 June 2014. There were no material weaknesses in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting identified by management.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

BHP Billiton has engaged our independent registered public accounting firms, KPMG and KPMG LLP, to issue an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting for inclusion in the Financial Statements section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during FY2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The CEO and CFO have certified to the Board that the Financial Statements are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating efficiently and effectively in all material respects.

During the year, the RAC reviewed our compliance with the obligations imposed by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including evaluating and documenting internal controls as required by section 404 of the Act.

Management’s assessment of our disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of 30 June 2014. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed by BHP Billiton, including in the reports that it files or submits under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and communicated to BHP Billiton’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing that reasonable assurance.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Further, in the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our management was necessarily required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conductedActivities undertaken during the year

Fair, balanced and understandable

Directors are required to confirm continued compliance with the RAC’s terms of reference. The terms of reference were updated during FY2013, and further updated during FY2014 to reflect the Committee’s role of providing advice to the Board on whetherthat they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, isto be fair, balanced and understandable, and providesare required to provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Group has a substantial governance framework in place for the Annual Report. This includes management representation letters, CEO and CFO certifications, RAC oversight of the Financial Statements and a range of other financial governance procedures focused on the financial section of the Annual Report, together with detailed verification procedures for the narrative reporting section of the Report.

The RAC is required in its terms of reference to provide advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report meets the fair, balanced and understandable requirement. The RAC used the UK Corporate Governance Code provisions to guide its oversight of the project plans that support the preparation of the Annual Report suite, in order to provide the Board with appropriate assurance.

As part of the enhancements to the governance process, which were put in place in FY2014, the following is required:

ensuring all individuals involved in the preparation of any part of the Annual Report are briefed on the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, through training sessions for each content manager that detail the key attributes of ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

employees who have been closely involved in the preparation of the Financial Statements review the entire narrative for the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, and sign off an appropriate sub-certification;

key members of the team preparing the Annual Report confirm they have taken the fair, balanced and understandable requirement into account and that they have raised, with the Annual Report project team, any concerns they have in relation to meeting this requirement;

the Annual Report suite sub-certification incorporates a fair, balanced and understandable declaration;

in relation to the requirement for the auditor to review parts of the narrative report for consistency with the audited Financial Statements, asking the External Auditor to raise any issues of inconsistency at an early stage.

As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The updated terms of reference forprocess above, the RAC, are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.2     Remuneration Committeeand then the Directors, were able to confirm their view that BHP Billiton’s 2015 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board’s statement on the Report is set out in section 5.

Role and focusIntegrity of Financial Statements

The role ofIn addition to the Remuneration Committee isassurance process above, the RAC continues to assist the Board in overseeing:assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with Accounting Standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit. It reviews the half-yearly and annual Financial Statements and makes recommendations on specific actions or decisions (including formal adoption of the Financial Statements and reports) the Board should consider in order to maintain the integrity of the Financial Statements. From time to time, the Board may delegate authority to the RAC to approve the release of the statements to the stock exchanges, shareholders and the financial community.

For the remuneration policyFY2015 full year and its specific application tothe half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that the CEO’s direct reports,Group’s financial records have been properly managed and its general applicationthat the 2015 Financial Statements present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Significant issues

In addition to all employees;the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates set out in note 44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the 2015 Financial Statements, the Committee also considered the following significant issues:

Carrying value of long-term assets

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the US Onshore petroleum assets, including goodwill, and concluded that an impairment charge was appropriate. In undertaking the review, specific consideration was given to the most recent short and long-term prices, geological complexity, expected production volumes and mix, amended development plans, operating and capital costs and discount rates.

In addition, the Committee reviewed the carrying value of the following:

conventional onshore assets in north Louisiana, United States;

 

unconventional gas assets in the adoptionPecos field of annual and longer-term incentive plans;the Permian basin;

 

conventional oil and gas Neptune field in the determinationGulf of levelsMexico,

and concluded that impairment charges on these assets were appropriate given specific consideration of rewardmost recent prices for both oil and gas.

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the Nickel West business when the proposed sale of the business was not achieved. Specific consideration was given to most recent prices and foreign exchange rates as well as anticipated cost savings and potential development options.

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of Cerro Colorado and concluded that an impairment charge was appropriate. Specific consideration was given to the recent foreign exchange and copper price curves together with the likelihood of the extension of environmental permits, which directly impacted the life of the asset.

For further information refer to note 12 ‘Intangible assets’ to the Financial Statements.

Tax and royalty liabilities

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of tax and royalty provisions and contingent liabilities including the following:

transfer pricing estimates impacting taxes and royalties payable in various jurisdictions;

changes in the Chilean Tax law and the repeal of the Minerals Resource Rent Tax in Australia;

other matters where uncertainty exists in the application of the law.

Demerger of South32

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of the demerger of South32. Specific consideration was given to Discontinued operations disclosures and the fair value of the shares issued to effect the demerger. The Committee also considered measurement issues related to the South32 assets prior to demerger, including the recognised gain on loss of control of the Manganese business and subsequent impairments resulting from the demerged assets being held for distribution.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions

The Committee reviewed the various changes in estimates for closure and rehabilitation provisions recognised during the year. Consideration was given to the results of the most recently completed surveying data, current cost estimates and appropriate inclusion of contingency in cost estimates to allow for both known and residual risks.

External Auditor

The RAC manages the relationship with the External Auditor on behalf of the Board. It considers the reappointment of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement, and makes a recommendation to the Board. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the RAC’s capacity to recommend a particular firm for appointment as auditor.

The last audit tender was in 2002, at which time the Group had three external auditors following the completion of the DLC structure. The tender resulted in KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers being appointed as joint auditors for FY2003 and, therefore, a reduction in audit providers. A competitive audit review was undertaken in 2003, which resulted in KPMG being appointed as the External Auditor by the Board on the recommendation of the RAC.

The lead audit engagement partners in both Australia and the United Kingdom have been rotated every five years. The current Australian audit engagement partner was appointed at the start of FY2015. A new UK audit engagement partner was appointed for the CEOFY2013 year-end, and approvaltherefore FY2017 is scheduled to be his last year.

The Committee is satisfied with the External Auditor’s performance and independence and therefore does not believe a tender in the near term is appropriate. Consistent with the UK and EU requirements in regard to audit firm tender and rotation, which were finalised during FY2015, the Committee’s current intention is to conduct an audit firm tender for FY2019.

Evaluation of reward to the CEO’s direct reports;

External Auditor and external audit process

the annual evaluation ofThe RAC evaluates the performance of the CEO, by giving guidanceExternal Auditor during its term of appointment against specified criteria, including delivering value to shareholders and the Group, Chairman;
and also assesses the effectiveness of the external audit process. It does so through a range of means, including:

 

the preparationCommittee considers the External Audit Plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year;

throughout the year, the Committee meets with the audit partners, particularly the lead Australian and UK audit engagement partners, without management present;

following the completion of the Remuneration Report for inclusion inaudit, the Annual Report;Committee considers the quality of the External Auditor’s performance drawing on survey results. The survey is based on a two-way feedback model where the BHP Billiton and KPMG teams assess each other against a range of criteria. The criteria against which the BHP Billiton team evaluates KPMG’s performance include ethics and integrity, insight, service quality, communication and reporting, and responsiveness;

 

compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor;

 

discussing with the review, at least annually,audit engagement partners the skills and experience of remunerationthe broader audit team;

reviewing audit quality inspection reports on KPMG published by gender.the UK Financial Reporting Council;

overseeing (and approving where relevant) non-audit services as described below.

The RAC also reviews the integrity, independence and objectivity of the External Auditor, and assesses whether there is any element of the relationship that impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement of independence. This review includes:

confirming that the External Auditor is, in its judgement, independent of the Group;

obtaining from the External Auditor an account of all relationships between the External Auditor and the Group;

monitoring the number of former employees of the External Auditor currently employed in senior positions within the Group;

considering the various relationships between the Group and the External Auditor;

determining whether the compensation of individuals employed by the External Auditor who conduct the audit is tied to the provision of non-audit services;

reviewing the economic importance of the Group to the External Auditor.

The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.

Non-audit services

Although the External Auditor does provide some non-audit services, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor are safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services. For example, certain types of non-audit services may only be undertaken by the External Auditor with the prior approval of the RAC (as described below), while other services may not be undertaken at all, including services where the External Auditor:

may be required to audit its own work;

participates in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

is remunerated through a ‘success fee’ structure;

acts in an advocacy role for the Group.

The RAC has adopted a policy entitled ‘Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor’, covering the RAC’s pre-approval policies and procedures to maintain the independence of the External Auditor.

Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

In addition to audit services, the External Auditor will be permitted to provide other (non-audit) services that are not, and are not perceived to be, in conflict with the role of the Remuneration CommitteeExternal Auditor. In accordance with the requirements of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act and guidance contained in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Release 2004-001, certain specific activities are listed in our detailed policy that have been ‘pre-approved’ by the RAC.

The categories of ‘pre-approved’ services are as follows:

Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope of the statutory audit and includes the statutory audits of the Group and its entities (including interim reviews). The RAC will monitor the audit services engagements and approve, if necessary, any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.

Audit-related/assurance services – work that is outside the required scope of the statutory audit, but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor. This category includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope, is of an assurance or compliance nature and is work that the External Auditor must or is best placed to undertake.

Tax services – work of a tax nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Other advisory services – work of an advisory nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Activities not listed specifically are therefore not ‘pre-approved’ and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. Additionally, any engagement for other services with a value over US$100,000, even if listed as a ‘pre-approved’ service, can only be approved by the RAC, and all engagements for other services, whether ‘pre-approved’ or not, and regardless of the dollar value involved, are reported quarterly to the RAC.

While not specifically prohibited by BHP Billiton’s policy, any proposed non-audit engagement of the External Auditor relating to internal control (such as a review of internal controls or assistance with implementing the regulatory requirements, including those of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act) must obtain specific prior approval from the RAC. With the exception of the external audit of the Group Financial Statements, any engagement identified that contains an internal control-related element is not considered to be pre-approved. In addition, while the categories shown above include a list of certain pre-approved services, the use of the External Auditor to perform such services shall always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the context ofpolicy.

An exception can be made to the above policy where such an exception is in BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarisedinterests and appropriate arrangements are put in place to ensure the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Remuneration Committee*

LOGO

*The Sustainability, RAC and Finance Committees assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC, financial and capital projects metrics, respectively, to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The Remuneration Committee met seven timesintegrity and independence of the External Auditor. Any such exception requires the specific prior approval of the RAC and must be reported to the Board. No exceptions were approved during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is includedyear ended 30 June 2015.

In addition, the RAC approved no services during the year ended 30 June 2015 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of SEC Regulation S-X.

Fees paid to the Group’s External Auditor during the year for audit and other services were US$30.4 million, of which 51 per cent comprised audit fees, 45 per cent related to legislative requirements (including Sarbanes-Oxley and services in connection with the table in section 3.12.

Full detailsSouth32 demerger) and four per cent was for other services. Details of the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board, including the review of our remuneration structures conducted by the Committee during FY2014,fees paid are set out in note 38 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the Remuneration Report in section 4.Financial Statements.

Remuneration Committee members duringBased on the year

Name

Status

John Buchanan (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Carlos Cordeiro

Member for whole period

Pat Davies

Member for whole period

Carolyn Hewson

Member since 6 January 2014

John Schubert

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted duringby the year to confirm continued compliance withRAC, the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the CommitteeBoard is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.the External Auditor is independent.

The terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.3    Nomination and Governance Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Nomination and Governance Committee is to assist in ensuring that the Board comprises individuals who are best able to discharge the responsibilities of a Director, having regard to the highest standards of governance, the strategic direction of the Group and the diversity aspirations of the Board. It does so by focusing on:

the succession planning process for the Board and its committees, including the identification of the skills, experience, independence and knowledge required on the Board, as well as the attributes required of potential Directors;

the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board, taking into account the skills, experience and diversity required on the Board, and the attributes required of Directors;

the succession planning process for the Chairman;

the succession planning process for the CEO and periodic evaluation of the process;

Board and Director performance evaluation, including evaluation of Directors seeking re-election prior to their endorsement by the Board as set out in sections 3.11 and 3.13;

the provision of appropriate training and development opportunities for Directors;

the independence of Non-executive Directors;

the time required from Non-executive Directors;

the authorisation of situations of actual and potential conflict notified by Directors in accordance with the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc as set out in section 3.10;

the Group’s corporate governance practices;

the preparation of a report by the Committee to be included in the Annual Report.

The Board has an aspirational goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three by the end of 2015. The Nomination and Governance Committee continues to take diversity into account in its deliberations and works continuously to identify future candidates for the Board. The appointment this year focused on upstream oil and gas experience, as part of the ongoing five-year plan for Board succession. However, at the same time the Committee has added further emphasis to the need to appoint a female Non-executive Director and has met a number of potential candidates. We are planning on the basis that an appointment will be made before the end of 2015. The target set for Board diversity, and the approach undertaken by the Nominations and Governance Committee, is set out in more detail in section 3.8.

Information regarding the Board’s policy on diversity and the Committee’s role in this regard is set out in sections 3.8 and 3.18.

The Nomination and Governance Committee also oversaw the Director Training and Development Program for FY2014. The Board believes this enhances the Committee’s ongoing consideration and review in relation to the appropriate skills mix for the Board.

The role of the Nomination and Governance Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Nomination and Governance Committee

LOGO

The Nomination and Governance Committee met six times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

There were changes to the composition of the Board during the year, with the appointment of Mr Brinded as a Non-executive Director with effect from 15 April 2014. This followed a process involving the retained services of external recruitment specialists Heidrick & Struggles and JCA Group, who have assisted in the identification of potential candidates for the Board, as set out in section 3.8.

Aside from conducting external searches, in previous years Heidrick & Struggles Leadership Assessment has provided services in respect of Director performance assessment. This year, JCA Group provided non-executive search services and facilitated the external Board assessment. In both cases, the search and assessment services operate independently, and neither firm has any other connection with the Group. In addition, Lintstock, whose services have been used by the Group in prior years for assessment, also has no other connection with the Group.

Nomination and Governance Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Jac Nasser (Chairman)

Member for whole period

John Buchanan

Member for whole period

John Schubert

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The terms of reference for the Nomination and Governance Committee are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.4    Sustainability Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Sustainability Committee is to assist the Board to take reasonable steps in overseeing the:

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC framework, which consists of:

-the CEO limits, which delegate authority to the CEO, including for HSEC matters;

-the Committee itself and its terms of reference;

-a robust independent assurance and audit process, established by the RAC;

-independent legal and specialist advice on HSEC matters;

-the Group’s HSEC Management System;

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC Management System, which is designed and implemented by management. It incorporates the systems and processes, resources, structures and performance standards for the day-to-day identification, management and reporting of HSEC risks and obligations, which are articulated in Group Level Documents (GLDs);

Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with HSEC matters;

Annual Sustainability Report;

performance, resourcing and leadership of the HSEC function;

Group’s performance in relation to HSEC matters, including the HSEC component of the GMC scorecard.

Our approach to sustainability is reflected inOur Charter, which defines our values, purpose and how we measure success, and in our sustainability performance targets, which define our public commitments to safety, health, environment and community. Further information is set out in the Group’s Sustainability Report 2014.

A copy of the Sustainability Report and further information is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/sustainability/Pages/default.aspx.

The Committee provides oversight of the preparation and presentation of the Sustainability Report by management, including oversight of internal control systems relevant to the preparation of the Sustainability Report.

The role of the Sustainability Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Sustainability Committee

LOGO

Sustainable development governance

Our approach to HSEC and sustainable development governance is characterised by:

the Sustainability Committee overseeing material HSEC matters and risks across the Group;

management having primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective HSEC management system;

management having accountability for HSEC performance;

the HSE and Community functions providing advice and guidance directly, as well as through a series of networks across the Group;

seeking input and insight from external experts such as the BHP Billiton Forum on Corporate Responsibility;

clear links between remuneration and HSEC performance.

The Sustainability Committee met seven times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

During the year, the Sustainability Committee continued to assist the Board in its oversight of HSEC issues and performance. This included consideration of strategic environmental and community issues, HSEC audits and trends, and the findings and action items from accidents and other incidents.

The key areas on which the Committee, management and the HSE and Community functions focus are outlined in the diagram below.

LOGO

In addition to our focus on the health, safety and wellbeing of our people, the Committee spent considerable time considering environment and climate change scenarios and the actions being taken to manage the implications of climate change regulation in light of the Group’s public target for emissions through to FY2017 as set out in section 1.14.2 of this Annual Report.

Climate change

Climate change is treated as a Board-level governance issue with the Sustainability Committee playing a key supporting role. The Committee, along with the Risk and Audit Committee, spends considerable time considering systemic climate change considerations relating to the resilience of, and opportunities for, the Group’s portfolio. The Committee also receives reports on scenarios and sign posts, which point to longer-term directional change and considers actions to manage the implications of climate change on the Company. Further information on our climate change position and how we consider the impacts on our portfolio is set out in section 1.14.2.

Community investment

We also continued to monitor our progress in relation to our community investment, and met our target for investments in community programs, with such investments consisting of cash, in-kind support and administration. This was the equivalent of one per cent of our pre-tax profits, calculated on the average of the previous three years pre-tax profit. During FY2014, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7 million, comprising US$141.7 million of cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and a US$100 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

The Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board the approval of the annual Sustainability Report for publication. The Sustainability Report identifies our targets for HSEC matters and our performance against those targets, with an emphasis on fact-based measurement and quality data in setting targets.

HSEC matters and remuneration

In order to link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance during the year, an increase from 15 per cent in FY2013. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards, and also assists in relation to assessment of performance against those measures. The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance. Further information on the metrics and their assessment is set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4.

Sustainability Committee members during the year

Name

Status

John Schubert (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Brinded

Member from 15 April 2014

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Keith Rumble

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The terms of reference for the Sustainability Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.5    Finance Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Finance Committee is to assist the Board in its consideration for approval and ongoing oversight of matters pertaining to:

capital structure and funding;

capital management planning and initiatives, including capital allocation;

due diligence on acquisitions and investments, including proposals that may have a material impact on the Group’s capital position;

matters the Board may refer to the Committee from time to time in connection with the Group’s capital position.

Recognising that the focus of the Committee’s activities encompasses matters of strategy reserved for the Board, the Committee does not, as a matter of course, have a decision-making role. Instead, its focus is to advise the Board and make recommendations. The Board may, where it considers it appropriate, delegate decision-making power to the Committee in relation to specific matters.

The role of the Finance Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Finance Committee

LOGO

The Committee met 10 times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

During the year, the Finance Committee continued to assist the work of the Board by considering matters relating to capital structure and funding, capital management planning and initiatives, capital expenditure, divestments and other matters referred to the Committee. In addition, the Committee assisted the Board in its consideration of the creation of a new global metals and mining company to accelerate portfolio simplification. The Committee’s considerations resulted in recommendations to the Board on the matters considered.

Finance Committee members during the year

Name

Status

David Crawford (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Lindsay Maxsted

Member for whole period

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The terms of reference for the Finance Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.15    Risk management governance structure

We believe the identification and management of risk is central to achieving the corporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value. Our approach to risk is set out in section 1.7.

The principal aim of the Group’s risk management governance structure and internal control systems is to identify, evaluate and manage business risks, with a view to enhancing the value of shareholders’ investments and safeguarding assets.

Each year, the Board reviews and considers the Group’s risk profile, which covers both operational and strategic risks. The risk profile is assessed to ensure it supports the achievement of the Group’s strategy while maintaining a solid ‘A’ credit rating. The Board’s approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management, and the consideration of risk in that process is set out in sections 1.5.4 and 1.7 and includes a broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio. This process allows us to be able to continually adjust the shape of our portfolio to match energy and commodity demand and meet society’s expectations while maximising shareholder returns.

The Board has delegated the oversight of risk management to the RAC, although the Board retains overall accountability for the Group’s risk profile. In addition, the Board specifically requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose and regularly review their effectiveness. The RAC regularly reports to the Board to enable it to review the Group’s risk framework.

The RAC has established review processes for the nature and extent of material risks taken in achieving our corporate purpose. These processes include the application of materiality and tolerance criteria to determine and assess material risks. Materiality criteria include maximum foreseeable loss and residual risk thresholds and are set at the Group level. Tolerance criteria additionally assess the control effectiveness of material risks.

The diagram below outlines the risk reporting process.

LOGO

Management has put in place a number of key policies, processes, performance requirements and independent controls to provide assurance to the Board and the RAC as to the integrity of our reporting and effectiveness of our systems of internal control and risk management. Some of the more significant internal control systems include Board and management committees, Business RACs and internal audit.

Business Risk and Audit Committees

To assist management in providing the information necessary to allow the RAC to discharge its responsibilities, Business Risk and Audit Committees have been established, covering each Business, and for key functional areas such as Marketing and Treasury. These committees, known as Business RACs, operate as committees of management, but are chaired by members of the RAC. The responsible member of the GMC participates in those meetings. Business RACs perform an important monitoring function in the overall governance of the Group.

Significant financial and risk matters raised at Business RAC meetings are reported to the RAC by the Head of Group Reporting and the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance.

Activities undertaken during the year

Fair, balanced and understandable

Directors are required to confirm that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable, and are required to provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Group has a substantial governance framework in place for the Annual Report. This includes management representation letters, CEO and CFO certifications, RAC oversight of the Financial Statements and a range of other financial governance procedures focused on the financial section of the Annual Report, together with detailed verification procedures for the narrative reporting section of the Report.

The RAC is required in its terms of reference to provide advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report meets the fair, balanced and understandable requirement. The RAC used the UK Corporate Governance Code provisions to guide its oversight of the project plans that support the preparation of the Annual Report suite, in order to provide the Board with appropriate assurance.

As part of the enhancements to the governance process, which were put in place in FY2014, the following is required:

ensuring all individuals involved in the preparation of any part of the Annual Report are briefed on the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, through training sessions for each content manager that detail the key attributes of ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

employees who have been closely involved in the preparation of the Financial Statements review the entire narrative for the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, and sign off an appropriate sub-certification;

key members of the team preparing the Annual Report confirm they have taken the fair, balanced and understandable requirement into account and that they have raised, with the Annual Report project team, any concerns they have in relation to meeting this requirement;

the Annual Report suite sub-certification incorporates a fair, balanced and understandable declaration;

in relation to the requirement for the auditor to review parts of the narrative report for consistency with the audited Financial Statements, asking the External Auditor to raise any issues of inconsistency at an early stage.

As a result of the process above, the RAC, and then the Directors, were able to confirm their view that BHP Billiton’s 2015 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board’s statement on the Report is set out in section 5.

Integrity of Financial Statements

In addition to the assurance process above, the RAC continues to assist the Board in assuring the integrity of the Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with Accounting Standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit. It reviews the half-yearly and annual Financial Statements and makes recommendations on specific actions or decisions (including formal adoption of the Financial Statements and reports) the Board should consider in order to maintain the integrity of the Financial Statements. From time to time, the Board may delegate authority to the RAC to approve the release of the statements to the stock exchanges, shareholders and the financial community.

For the FY2015 full year and the half year, the CEO and CFO have certified that the Group’s financial records have been properly managed and that the 2015 Financial Statements present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Significant issues

In addition to the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates set out in note 44 ‘Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements’ to the 2015 Financial Statements, the Committee also considered the following significant issues:

Carrying value of long-term assets

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the US Onshore petroleum assets, including goodwill, and concluded that an impairment charge was appropriate. In undertaking the review, specific consideration was given to the most recent short and long-term prices, geological complexity, expected production volumes and mix, amended development plans, operating and capital costs and discount rates.

In addition, the Committee reviewed the carrying value of the following:

conventional onshore assets in north Louisiana, United States;

unconventional gas assets in the Pecos field of the Permian basin;

conventional oil and gas Neptune field in the Gulf of Mexico,

and concluded that impairment charges on these assets were appropriate given specific consideration of most recent prices for both oil and gas.

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the Nickel West business when the proposed sale of the business was not achieved. Specific consideration was given to most recent prices and foreign exchange rates as well as anticipated cost savings and potential development options.

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of Cerro Colorado and concluded that an impairment charge was appropriate. Specific consideration was given to the recent foreign exchange and copper price curves together with the likelihood of the extension of environmental permits, which directly impacted the life of the asset.

For further information refer to note 12 ‘Intangible assets’ to the Financial Statements.

Tax and royalty liabilities

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of tax and royalty provisions and contingent liabilities including the following:

transfer pricing estimates impacting taxes and royalties payable in various jurisdictions;

changes in the Chilean Tax law and the repeal of the Minerals Resource Rent Tax in Australia;

other matters where uncertainty exists in the application of the law.

Demerger of South32

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of the demerger of South32. Specific consideration was given to Discontinued operations disclosures and the fair value of the shares issued to effect the demerger. The Committee also considered measurement issues related to the South32 assets prior to demerger, including the recognised gain on loss of control of the Manganese business and subsequent impairments resulting from the demerged assets being held for distribution.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions

The Committee reviewed the various changes in estimates for closure and rehabilitation provisions recognised during the year. Consideration was given to the results of the most recently completed surveying data, current cost estimates and appropriate inclusion of contingency in cost estimates to allow for both known and residual risks.

External Auditor

The RAC manages the relationship with the External Auditor on behalf of the Board. It considers the reappointment of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement, and makes a recommendation to the Board. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the RAC’s capacity to recommend a particular firm for appointment as auditor.

The last audit tender was in 2002, at which time the Group had three external auditors following the completion of the DLC structure. The tender resulted in KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers being appointed as joint auditors for FY2003 and, therefore, a reduction in audit providers. A competitive audit review was undertaken in 2003, which resulted in KPMG being appointed as the External Auditor by the Board on the recommendation of the RAC.

The lead audit engagement partners in both Australia and the United Kingdom have been rotated every five years. The current Australian audit engagement partner was appointed at the start of FY2015. A new UK audit engagement partner was appointed for the FY2013 year-end, and therefore FY2017 is scheduled to be his last year.

The Committee is satisfied with the External Auditor’s performance and independence and therefore does not believe a tender in the near term is appropriate. Consistent with the UK and EU requirements in regard to audit firm tender and rotation, which were finalised during FY2015, the Committee’s current intention is to conduct an audit firm tender for FY2019.

Evaluation of External Auditor and external audit process

The RAC evaluates the performance of the External Auditor during its term of appointment against specified criteria, including delivering value to shareholders and the Group, and also assesses the effectiveness of the external audit process. It does so through a range of means, including:

the Committee considers the External Audit Plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year;

throughout the year, the Committee meets with the audit partners, particularly the lead Australian and UK audit engagement partners, without management present;

following the completion of the audit, the Committee considers the quality of the External Auditor’s performance drawing on survey results. The survey is based on a two-way feedback model where the BHP Billiton and KPMG teams assess each other against a range of criteria. The criteria against which the BHP Billiton team evaluates KPMG’s performance include ethics and integrity, insight, service quality, communication and reporting, and responsiveness;

reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor;

discussing with the audit engagement partners the skills and experience of the broader audit team;

reviewing audit quality inspection reports on KPMG published by the UK Financial Reporting Council;

overseeing (and approving where relevant) non-audit services as described below.

The RAC also reviews the integrity, independence and objectivity of the External Auditor, and assesses whether there is any element of the relationship that impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement of independence. This review includes:

confirming that the External Auditor is, in its judgement, independent of the Group;

obtaining from the External Auditor an account of all relationships between the External Auditor and the Group;

monitoring the number of former employees of the External Auditor currently employed in senior positions within the Group;

considering the various relationships between the Group and the External Auditor;

determining whether the compensation of individuals employed by the External Auditor who conduct the audit is tied to the provision of non-audit services;

reviewing the economic importance of the Group to the External Auditor.

The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.

Non-audit services

Although the External Auditor does provide some non-audit services, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor are safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services. For example, certain types of non-audit services may only be undertaken by the External Auditor with the prior approval of the RAC (as described below), while other services may not be undertaken at all, including services where the External Auditor:

may be required to audit its own work;

participates in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

is remunerated through a ‘success fee’ structure;

acts in an advocacy role for the Group.

The RAC has adopted a policy entitled ‘Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor’, covering the RAC’s pre-approval policies and procedures to maintain the independence of the External Auditor.

Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

In addition to audit services, the External Auditor will be permitted to provide other (non-audit) services that are not, and are not perceived to be, in conflict with the role of the External Auditor. In accordance with the requirements of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act and guidance contained in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Release 2004-001, certain specific activities are listed in our detailed policy that have been ‘pre-approved’ by the RAC.

The categories of ‘pre-approved’ services are as follows:

Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope of the statutory audit and includes the statutory audits of the Group and its entities (including interim reviews). The RAC will monitor the audit services engagements and approve, if necessary, any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.

Audit-related/assurance services – work that is outside the required scope of the statutory audit, but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor. This category includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope, is of an assurance or compliance nature and is work that the External Auditor must or is best placed to undertake.

Tax services – work of a tax nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Other advisory services – work of an advisory nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Activities not listed specifically are therefore not ‘pre-approved’ and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. Additionally, any engagement for other services with a value over US$100,000, even if listed as a ‘pre-approved’ service, can only be approved by the RAC, and all engagements for other services, whether ‘pre-approved’ or not, and regardless of the dollar value involved, are reported quarterly to the RAC.

While not specifically prohibited by BHP Billiton’s policy, any proposed non-audit engagement of the External Auditor relating to internal control (such as a review of internal controls or assistance with implementing the regulatory requirements, including those of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act) must obtain specific prior approval from the RAC. With the exception of the external audit of the Group Financial Statements, any engagement identified that contains an internal control-related element is not considered to be pre-approved. In addition, while the categories shown above include a list of certain pre-approved services, the use of the External Auditor to perform such services shall always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the policy.

An exception can be made to the above policy where such an exception is in BHP Billiton’s interests and appropriate arrangements are put in place to ensure the integrity and independence of the External Auditor. Any such exception requires the specific prior approval of the RAC and must be reported to the Board. No exceptions were approved during the year ended 30 June 2015.

In addition, the RAC approved no services during the year ended 30 June 2015 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of SEC Regulation S-X.

Fees paid to the Group’s External Auditor during the year for audit and other services were US$30.4 million, of which 51 per cent comprised audit fees, 45 per cent related to legislative requirements (including Sarbanes-Oxley and services in connection with the South32 demerger) and four per cent was for other services. Details of the fees paid are set out in note 38 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the Financial Statements.

Based on the review by the RAC, the Board is satisfied that the External Auditor is independent.

Internal Audit

The Internal Audit function is carried out by Group Risk Assessment and Assurance (RAA). The role of RAA is to determine whether risk management, control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit function is independent of the External Auditor. The RAC reviews the mission and charter of RAA, the staffing levels and its scope of work to ensure that it is appropriate in light of the key risks we face. It also reviews and approves the annual internal audit plan and monitors and reviews the overall effectiveness of the internal audit activities.

The RAC also approves the appointment and dismissal of the Head of RAA and assesses his or her performance, independence and objectivity. The role of the Head of RAA includes achievement of the internal audit objectives, risk management policies and insurance strategy. The position was held throughout the year by Alistair Mytton. Mr Mytton reports directly to the RAC with functional oversight by the CFO.

Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management

In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits set out in the Board Governance Document. Limits on the CEO’s authority require the CEO to ensure that there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk in the Group. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose and regularly review their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.

The RAC is responsible for the oversight of risk management and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems. In undertaking this role, the RAC reviews the following:

procedures for identifying business and operational risks and controlling their financial impact on the Group and the operational effectiveness of the policies and procedures related to risk and control;

budgeting and forecasting systems, financial reporting systems and controls;

policies and practices put in place by the CEO for detecting, reporting and preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct and whistle-blowing procedures;

procedures for ensuring compliance with relevant regulatory and legal requirements;

arrangements for protecting intellectual property and other non-physical assets;

operational effectiveness of the Business RAC structures;

overseeing the adequacy of the internal controls and allocation of responsibilities for monitoring internal financial controls.

For further discussion on our approach to risk management, refer to sections 1.7 and 3.15 of this Annual Report. Section 1.7 includes a description of the material risks that could affect BHP Billiton including, but not limited to, economic, environment and social sustainability risks to which the Group has a material exposure. Section 1.7.3 also provides an explanation of how those risks are managed.

During the year, the Board conducted reviews of the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and internal controls for the financial year and up to the date of this Annual Report in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (including the Turnbull Guidance) and the Principles and Recommendations published by the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Council. These reviews covered financial, operational and compliance controls and risk assessment. During the year, management presented an assessment of the material business risks facing the Group and the level of effectiveness of risk management over the material business risks. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing the Group, the Board received an assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board committees. The Board is satisfied that the effectiveness of the internal controls has been properly reviewed.

Management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 1934 Securities Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting has been evaluated based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Controls – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of the Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 30 June 2015. There were no material weaknesses in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting identified by management.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

BHP Billiton has engaged our independent registered public accounting firms, KPMG and KPMG LLP, to issue an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting for inclusion in the Financial Statements section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during FY2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The CEO and CFO have certified to the Board that the Financial Statements for the full year and half year are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating efficiently and effectively.

During the year, the RAC reviewed our compliance with the obligations imposed by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), including evaluating and documenting internal controls as required by section 404 of SOX.

Management’s assessment of our disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of 30 June 2015. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed by BHP Billiton, including in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Securities Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and communicated to BHP Billiton’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing that reasonable assurance.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Further, in the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our management was necessarily required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Committee assessment

An externally facilitated evaluation of the Risk and Audit Committee was conducted for FY2015. The evaluation was designed to draw out views on work, process and overall effectiveness of the Committee. The evaluation indicated that the Committee continues to operate effectively, with potential enhancements including additional consideration to ensure items such as capital management and internal audit are right-sized for the Group following demerger.

The updated terms of reference for the RAC are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

3.14.2    Remuneration Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to assist the Board in overseeing:

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO and the CEO’s direct reports, and its general application to all employees;

the adoption of annual and longer-term incentive plans;

the determination of levels of reward for the CEO and approval of reward to the CEO’s direct reports;

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by giving guidance to the Group Chairman;

the preparation of the Remuneration Report for inclusion in the Annual Report;

compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.

The Sustainability and Risk and Audit Committees assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC and financial and capital projects metrics, respectively, to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The Remuneration Committee met seven times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

Full details of the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board are set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4 of this Annual Report.

Remuneration Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Carolyn Hewson (Chairman)(1)

Member for whole period

John Buchanan (1)

Member for whole period

Carlos Cordeiro

Member for whole period

Pat Davies

Member for whole period

John Schubert

Member until 31 December 2014

Shriti Vadera

Member from 1 January 2015

(1)Carolyn Hewson was appointed as Chairman of the Committee with effect from 1 January 2015. Sir John Buchanan, who was previously the Chairman, continued to be a Committee member for the remainder of FY2015.

Committee assessment

An externally facilitated evaluation of the Remuneration Committee was conducted for FY2015. The evaluation was designed to draw out views on work, process and overall effectiveness of the Committee. The evaluation indicated that the Committee continues to perform strongly with potential enhancements including deeper understanding of the views of investors and the allocation of more time for training in relation to market practice as it develops.

The terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

3.14.3    Nomination and Governance Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Nomination and Governance Committee is to assist in ensuring that the Board comprises individuals who are best able to discharge the responsibilities of a Director, having regard to the highest standards of governance, the strategic direction of the Group and the diversity aspirations of the Board. It does so by focusing on:

the succession planning process for the Board and its committees, including the identification of the skills, experience, independence and knowledge required on the Board, as well as the attributes required of potential Directors;

the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board, taking into account the skills, experience and diversity required on the Board, and the attributes required of Directors;

the succession planning process for the Chairman;

the succession planning process for the CEO and periodic evaluation of the process;

Board and Director performance evaluation, including evaluation of Directors seeking re-election prior to their endorsement by the Board as set out in sections 3.11 and 3.13;

the provision of appropriate training and development opportunities for Directors;

the independence of Non-executive Directors;

the time required from Non-executive Directors;

the authorisation of situations of actual and potential conflict notified by Directors in accordance with the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc as set out in section 3.10; and

the Group’s corporate governance practices.

The process that the Board adopts for its own succession, with the assistance of the Nomination and Governance Committee, is set out in section 3.8.

The Nomination and Governance Committee met five times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

Board policy on diversity

The Board and the Nomination and Governance Committee believe that a range of diversity is required in order to effectively represent shareholders’ interests. This diversity is not restricted to gender but also includes geographic location, nationality, skills, background, knowledge and experience.

The Board is committed to ensuring gender diversity is actively pursued and implemented in terms of Board composition. Diversity is a core consideration in ensuring that the Board and its committees have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge their responsibilities. The right blend of perspectives is critical to ensuring the Board oversees BHP Billiton effectively for shareholders.

For the past three years, two executive search firms, JCA Group and Heidrick & Struggles, have produced all-women short lists focused on the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, which are continually refreshed. The two lists – combined with our skills and experience profile five-year matrix – ensure we maximise the number of female candidates we talk with and consider for appointment. Short-listed candidates are considered by the Nomination and Governance Committee. During FY2015, the Chairman met regularly with potential female candidates who have a range of backgrounds.

The Board believes that critical mass is important for diversity and, as set out in last year’s Annual Report, the Board had a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three by the end of CY2015. This has now been achieved with the appointment of Anita Frew to the Board. She brings extensive board, strategy, marketing, governance and risk management experience in the chemicals, engineering, water and finance industries, along with a strong understanding of shareholder expectations. While the Board has achieved its stated goal, diversity of all types remains a priority as the Board continues to be refreshed and renewed, as set out in section 3.8.

External recruitment specialists

There were changes to the composition of the Board during the year, with the retirement of David Crawford with effect from the 2014 AGMs and Keith Rumble with effect from 22 May 2015. The appointment of Anita Frew

followed a process involving the retained services of external recruitment specialists Heidrick & Struggles and JCA Group, who have assisted in the identification of potential candidates for the Board, as set out in section 3.8.

Aside from conducting external searches, in previous years Heidrick & Struggles Leadership Assessment has provided services in respect of Director performance assessment. JCA Group has also provided non-executive search services and facilitated the external Board assessment. In both cases, the search and assessment services operate independently, and neither firm has any other connection with the Group.

Senior Independent Director

As set out in section 3.7, in August 2015 the Board announced that Shriti Vadera had been appointed as Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc. The Board believes that Shriti Vadera’s skills and attributes, together with her experience with BHP Billiton over the past four years will enable her to support the Chairman and the Board in this important governance role.

Nomination and Governance Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Jac Nasser (Chairman)

Member for whole period

John Buchanan

Member for whole period

John Schubert

Member for whole period

Committee assessment

An externally facilitated evaluation of the Nomination and Governance Committee was conducted for FY2015. The evaluation was designed to draw out views on work, process and overall effectiveness of the Committee. The evaluation indicated that the Committee continues to function strongly. A requirement for additional focus during succession planning on ensuring the Board is the appropriate size, and has the right mix of skills and experience, for a simplified BHP Billiton was noted as a result of the evaluation.

The terms of reference for the Nomination and Governance Committee are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

3.14.4    Sustainability Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Sustainability Committee is to assist the Board to take reasonable steps in overseeing the:

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC framework, which consists of:

the CEO limits, which delegate authority to the CEO, including for HSEC matters;

the Committee itself and its terms of reference;

a robust independent assurance and audit process, established by the RAC;

independent legal and specialist advice on HSEC matters;

the Group’s HSEC Management System;

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC Management System, which is designed and implemented by management. It incorporates the systems and processes, resources, structures and performance standards for the day-to-day identification, management and reporting of HSEC risks and obligations, which are articulated in Group Level Documents;

Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with HSEC matters;

annual Sustainability Report;

performance, resourcing and leadership of the HSE and Community functions;

Group’s performance in relation to HSEC matters, including the HSEC component of the GMC scorecard.

Our approach to sustainability is reflected inOur Charter, which defines our values, purpose and how we measure success, and in our sustainability performance targets, which define our public commitments to safety, health, environment and community. Further information is set out in the Group’s Sustainability Report 2015.

A copy of the Sustainability Report and further information is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

The Committee provides oversight of the preparation and presentation of the Sustainability Report by management.

The Sustainability Committee met six times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

During the year, the Sustainability Committee continued to assist the Board in its oversight of HSEC issues and performance. This included consideration of strategic HSEC issues, audits and trends, and the findings and action items from accidents and other incidents. In relation to incidents, tragically there were five work-related fatalities during FY2015. The Sustainability Committee has been presented with the findings and recommendations of the investigations in each case. This included direct causes, root causes and contributing factors, along with the priority actions and responses of the management and Business teams.

Sustainability Committee members during the year

Name

Status

John Schubert (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Brinded

Member for whole period

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Pat Davies

Member from 1 January 2015

Keith Rumble

Member until 22 May 2015

Sustainable development governance

Our approach to HSEC and sustainable development governance is characterised by:

the Sustainability Committee overseeing material HSEC matters and risks across the Group;

management having primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective HSEC management system;

management having accountability for HSEC performance;

the HSE and Community functions providing advice and guidance directly to the Sustainability Committee and the Board as a whole;

seeking input and insight from external experts, such as the BHP Billiton Forum on Corporate Responsibility;

clear links between remuneration and HSEC performance.

The key areas on which the Committee, management and the HSE and Community functions focus are outlined in the diagram below.

LOGO

In addition to our focus on the health, safety and wellbeing of our people, the Committee spent considerable time considering environment and climate change scenarios and the actions being taken to manage the implications of climate change regulation in light of the Group’s public target for emissions through to FY2017, as set out in section 1.14.2.

Climate change

Climate change is treated as a Board-level governance issue with the Sustainability Committee playing a key supporting role. The Committee, along with the Risk and Audit Committee, spends considerable time considering systemic climate change considerations relating to the resilience of, and opportunities for, the Group’s portfolio. The Committee also receives reports on scenarios and sign posts, which point to longer-term directional change and considers actions to manage the implications of climate change on the Company. Further information on our climate change position and how we consider the impacts on our portfolio is set out in section 1.14.2.

Community investment

We also continued to monitor our progress in relation to our community investment, and met our target for investments in community programs, with such investments consisting of cash, in-kind support and administration. This was the equivalent of one per cent of our pre-tax profits, calculated on the average of the previous three years pre-tax profit. During FY2015, our voluntary community investment totalled US$225 million, comprising US$142 million of cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and a US$83 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

The Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board the approval of the annual Sustainability Report for publication. The Sustainability Report identifies our targets for HSEC matters and our performance against those targets, with an emphasis on fact-based measurement and quality data in setting targets.

HSEC matters and remuneration

In order to link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance during the year. Given the importance placed on safety, the short-term incentive opportunity attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards, and also assists in relation to assessment of performance against those measures. The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance. Further information on the metrics and their assessment is set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4.

Committee assessment

An externally facilitated evaluation of the Sustainability Committee was conducted for FY2015. The evaluation was designed to draw out views on work, process and overall effectiveness of the Committee. The evaluation indicated that the Committee receives high-quality information and uses time effectively. Additional areas of focus for FY2016 are an increased emphasis on community issues and continuing to undertake site visits.

The terms of reference for the Sustainability Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/governance.

3.14.5    Finance Committee Report

In FY2012, the continued evolution of the Board and its committees resulted in the formation of the Finance Committee. At that time, the Board was of the view that the governance structure was enhanced by a committee focused on capital management planning, including capital allocation and funding, as well as due diligence on divestments.

As noted in last year’s Annual Report, the Finance Committee also assisted the Board in its consideration of the creation of South32 as a means of accelerating portfolio simplification. The Committee’s considerations resulted in recommendations to the Board on the matters considered.

Since that work was largely completed, the Board undertook a review of the Finance Committee and it was decided that with effect from 1 January 2015, a separate focused committee was no longer required by the Board. The work around capital management (funding, liquidity, balance sheet management, dividends), which was previously handled by the Finance Committee, has become part of the terms of reference for the Risk and Audit Committee.

The Finance Committee met twice in the period 1 July 2014 to 31 December 2014.

Finance Committee members during the year

Name

Status

David Crawford (Chairman)

Member until 20 November 2014

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period (1)

Lindsay Maxsted

Member for whole period (1)

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period (1)

(1)Refers to whole period of the Committee’s existence during FY2015, being from 1 July 2014 to 31 December 2014.

3.14.6    South32 demerger – Board committees

In August 2014, the Board announced plans to simplify its portfolio by creating an independent global metals and mining company (South32) based on a selection of its high-quality alumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, silver, lead and zinc assets. As part of the Board governance process supporting and overseeing the demerger project, it was considered appropriate to establish two sub-committees of the Board, the Board Assurances Committee and the Document Review Committee.

Board Assurances Committee

Members of the Board Assurances Committee (BAC) were all independent Non-executive Directors of the BHP Billiton Board: Shriti Vadera (Chairman), Malcolm Broomhead, David Crawford, Lindsay Maxsted and Wayne Murdy. The Board Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Document Review Committee attended each of the meetings by invitation.

The BAC was tasked with considering the transaction plans and project execution, including reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on matters such as:

the timetable for the project;

the outcome of external stakeholder engagement and the progress of engagement with regulators;

proposed internal and external communications;

the Transitional Services Agreement, the Separation Deed, the Tax Separation Deed and the Implementation Deed, each between BHP Billiton and South32;

the funding of South32;

the steps required to implement the demerger proposal, including assembly of the various assets.

Project-related matters that would previously have been considered by the Finance Committee were considered by the BAC.

The Committee met five times and also considered some items out of session. The final recommendation of the Committee was to endorse the demerger and to recommend it for Board approval.

Document Review Committee

Members of the Document Review Committee (DRC) were Carolyn Hewson (Chairman), David Crawford, Lindsay Maxsted, Peter Beaven, Geoff Healy, Graham Kerr, Jane McAloon, Karen Wood and Neil Beaumont, as well as certain external advisers.

The role of the DRC included:

reviewing the overall nature and scope of the due diligence investigations undertaken in connection with the demerger;

approving the materiality guidelines to be applied in the preparation of the disclosure documents;

reviewing and where applicable, requesting reports and sign-offs from nominated persons (including BHP Billiton and South32 management and legal, tax, accounting, mineral reserves or other experts) in relation to the content of the disclosure documents;

overseeing and coordinating the preparation and finalisation of the disclosure documents to ensure that they complied with applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

reporting to the Board, prior to dispatch of the disclosure documents, confirming that they comply with the relevant content requirements.

The Committee met nine times and also considered some items out of session.

With the completion of the South32 demerger in May 2015, both the BAC and DRC sub-committees have been dissolved. For further information on the South32 demerger, refer to sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, 2.1.7 of this Annual Report and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements.

3.15    Risk management governance structure

We believe the identification and management of risk are central to achieving the corporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value. Our approach to risk is set out in section 1.7.1.

The principal aim of the Group’s risk management governance structure and internal control systems is to identify, evaluate and manage business risks, with a view to enhancing the value of shareholders’ investments and safeguarding assets.

Each year, the Board reviews and considers the Group’s risk profile, which covers both operational and strategic risks. The Group material risk profile is assessed to ensure it supports the achievement of the Group’s strategy while seeking to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating. The Board’s approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management, and the consideration of risk in that process, is set out in sections 1.6.4 and 1.7 and includes a broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio. This process allows us to be able to continually adjust the shape of our portfolio to match energy and commodity demand and meet society’s expectations, while maximising shareholder returns.

The Board has delegated the oversight of risk management to the RAC, although the Board retains overall accountability for the Group’s risk profile. In addition, the Board specifically requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose, regularly review the effectiveness of those systems and monitor that necessary actions have been taken to remedy any significant failings or weaknesses identified from that review. The RAC regularly reports to the Board to enable it to review the Group’s risk framework.

The RAC has established review processes for the nature and extent of material risks taken in achieving our corporate purpose. These processes include the application of materiality and tolerance criteria to determine and assess material risks. Materiality criteria include maximum foreseeable loss and residual risk thresholds and are set at the Group level. Tolerance criteria additionally assess the control effectiveness of material risks.

The diagram below outlines the risk reporting process.

LOGO

Management has put in place a number of key policies, processes, performance requirements and independent controls to provide assurance to the Board and the RAC as to the integrity of our reporting and effectiveness of our systems of internal control and risk management. Some of the more significant internal control systems include Board and management committees, Business RACs and internal audit.

Business Risk and Audit committees

The Business RACs assist the RAC to monitor the Group’s obligations in relation to financial reporting, internal control structure, risk management processes and the internal and external audit functions.

Board committees

Directors also monitor risks and controls through the RAC, the Remuneration Committee and the Sustainability Committee.

Management committees

Management committees also perform roles in relation to risk and control. Strategic risks and opportunities arising from changes in our business environment are regularly reviewed by the GMC and discussed by the Board. The Financial Risk Management Committee (FRMC) reviews the effectiveness of internal controls relating to commodity price risk, counterparty credit risk, currency risk, financing risk, interest rate risk and insurance. Minutes of the GMC and the FRMC meetings are provided to the Board.Board through the RAC. The Investment Committee (IC) provides oversight for investment processes across the Company and coordinates the investment toll-gating process for major investments. Reports are made to the Board on findings by the Investment CommitteeIC in relation to major capital projects. The Disclosure Committee oversees the Group’s compliance with securities dealing and continuous and periodic disclosure requirements, including reviewing information that may require disclosure through stock exchanges and overseeing processes to ensure information disclosed is timely, accurate and complete.

3.16    Management

Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the GMC, other management committees and individual members of management to whom authority has been delegated.

On 27 August 2013, Mike Fraser was appointed to the GMC as President, Human Resources and on 3 March 2014, Tony Cudmore joined the GMC as President, Corporate Affairs.

On 19 August 2014, the Group announced Graham Kerr’s retirement from the GMC with effect from 1 October 2014, his appointment as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the planned demerged company, his replacement as BHP Billiton CFO by Peter Beaven, currently President, Copper, and the retirement from the GMC of Karen Wood with effect from 19 August 2014. Full details and biographies of the GMC are set out in section 3.2.2.

The diagram below describes the responsibilities of the CEO and four key management committees.

 

LOGOLOGO

Performance evaluation for executives

The performance of executives and other senior employees is reviewed on an annual basis. For the members of the GMC, this review includes their contribution, engagement and interaction at Board level. The annual performance review process that we employ considers the performance of executives against criteria designed to capture both ‘what’ is achieved and ‘how’ it is achieved. All performance assessments of executives consider how effective they have been in undertaking their role; what they have achieved against their specified key performance indicators; how they match up to the behaviours prescribed in our leadership modelmodel; and how those behaviours align withOur Charter values. The assessment is therefore holistic and balances absolute achievement with the way performance has been delivered. Progression within the Group is driven equally by personal leadership behaviours and capability to produce excellent results.

A performance evaluation as outlined above iswas conducted for all members of the GMC annually.during FY2015. For the CEO, the performance evaluation was led by the Chairman of the Board on behalf of all the Non-executive Directors, drawing on guidance from the Remuneration Committee.

3.17    Business conduct

Our Charter and our Code of Business Conduct

We have published theCode of Business Conduct, which reflectsOur Charter is central to our business. It articulates the values particularly those of Integritywe uphold, our strategy and Respect. It provides clear direction and advice on conducting business internationally, interacting with communities, governments and business partners and general workplace behaviour. Thehow we measure success.

Our Code of Business Conduct (the Code) is based onOur Charter values and describes the behaviours that we expect of those who work for or on behalf of BHP Billiton. The Code applies to Directorsemployees, directors, officers and to all employees, regardless of their position or location.controlled entities. Consultants and contractors are also expected to act in accordance with the Code when working for BHP Billiton.

The Code describes the behaviours expected to support a safe, respectful and legally compliant working environment, when interacting with governments and the communities in which we operate, when dealing with third parties and when using company resources.

Working with integrity is a condition of employment with BHP Billiton and in some cases a contractual obligation of many of our contractors and suppliers. All employees are required to undertake annual training in relation to the Code to promote awareness and understanding in the behaviours expected of them. Demonstration of the values described inOur Charter and the Code is part of the annual employee performance review process.

The Code of Business Conduct is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/aboutus/ourcompany/codeofbusconduct.

EthicsPoint, BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service

Where an employee or third party has a concern regarding behaviour that may not be consistent with ourCode of Business Conduct.

The, there are reporting options available, which include BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service, EthicsPoint. EthicsPoint is a worldwide service available to internal and external stakeholders that facilitates the raising, management and resolution of business conduct queries and concerns via a confidential24-hour, multilingual hotline and online case management system. Reports can be made anonymously and without fear of retaliation. Arrangements are in place to investigate all matters appropriately. Levels of activity and support processes for EthicsPoint are monitored, with activity reports presented to the Board. Further information on EthicsPoint can be found in theCode of Business Conduct, available online at www.bhpbilliton.com can be found on our website at.

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/codeofbusconduct.aspx.

Anti-corruption investigation

AsIn May 2015, BHP Billiton announced the resolution of the previously disclosed investigation by the SEC into potential breaches of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). The US Department of Justice has also completed its investigation into BHP Billiton received requests for information in August 2009 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Following that request, the Group commenced an internal investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.without taking any action.

The issues relateinvestigations related primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated minerals exploration and development efforts as well as hospitality provided as partby BHP Billiton at the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games. This concluded the US investigations on all matters.

The matter was resolved with the SEC pursuant to an administrative order, which imposed a US$25 million civil penalty. The SEC order makes no findings of corrupt intent or bribery by BHP Billiton.

The findings announced by the Company’sSEC related to a hospitality program hosted by BHP Billiton that supported its sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolutionOlympic Games. As part of this program, BHP Billiton invited customers, suppliers, business partners, and government officials, along with BHP Billiton employees, to the Olympic Games. While BHP Billiton made efforts at the time to address the risks related to inviting government officials to the Olympics, the controls it relied upon were insufficient to satisfy the civil books and records and internal accounting controls requirements of the matter.FCPA.

AsThe SEC noted the ‘significant cooperation’ BHP Billiton provided during the extensive investigation, which commenced in 2009. It also noted the ‘significant remedial actions’ BHP Billiton has been publicly reported,taken over the past five years to enhance its compliance program.

At the time of its sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics and Paralympics, BHP Billiton had no independent compliance function. Instead, accountability for complying with BHP Billiton’s anti-corruption policies, which were set out in BHP Billiton’s Guide to Business Conduct, was vested in its operating business units. BHP Billiton has since created an independent compliance function that reports to the head of the legal function and the Risk and Audit Committee of the Board. Today, this function would be required to approve any offer of hospitality of this kind to a government official. Under the SEC order, BHP Billiton will self-report on its compliance program to the SEC for a period of 12 months following the date of the SEC order (20 May 2015).

BHP Billiton will continue to cooperate with the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigation, and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

In light of the continuing nature of the investigations, it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes.which was announced in 2013.

Insider trading

We have aSecurities Dealing Group GLDLevel Document that covers dealings by Directors and identified employees, is consistent with the UK Model Code contained in the UK Financial Conduct Authority Listing Rules, and complies with the ASX Listing Rule requirements for a trading policy. TheSecurities Dealing GLDGroup Level Document restricts dealings by Directors and identified employees in shares and other securities during designated prohibited periods and at any time that they are in possession of unpublished price-sensitive information. As part of a regular, planned process, theSecurities Dealing GLDGroup Level Document is reviewed every two years to ensure it remains current, fit for purpose and in line with our broader governance framework.

 

A copy of theSecurities Dealing GLD can be found on our websiteGroup Level Document is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

EthicsPoint, BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service

EthicsPoint, BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service, has been established so that employees, contractors or members of the community can seek guidance or express concerns on how we work with fellow employees, governments, communities, third parties or how we use our Company resources. Reports can be made anonymously and without fear of retaliation. Arrangements are in place to investigate such matters. Where appropriate, investigations are conducted independently. Levels of activity and support processes for EthicsPoint are monitored, with activity reports presented to the Board. Further information on EthicsPoint can be found in theCode of Business Conductgovernance.

Political donations

We maintain a position of impartiality with respect to party politics and do not make political contributions/donations for political purposes to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office. We do, however, contribute to the public debate of policy issues that may affect the Company in the countries in which we operate. As explained in the Directors’ Report, the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) disclosure requirements are broad, such that amounts that are not political donations can be reportable for AEC purposes. For example, where a political party or organisation owns shares in BHP Billiton, the AEC filing requires the political party or organisation to disclose the dividend payments received for their shareholding.

3.18    Diversity and inclusion at BHP Billiton

Our Charter andHuman Resources GLDs guide management on all aspects of human resource management, including diversity and inclusion. Underpinning the GLDs and supporting the achievement of diversity across the Group are principles and measurable objectives that define our approach to diversity and our focus on creating an inclusive work environment.

The Board believes that critical mass is important for diversity and, in relation to gender, has set a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board. See section 3.8 for further details. Alongside Board composition, part of the Board’s role is to consider and approve the Group’s measurable objectives for each financial year, and to oversee the Group’s progress in achieving those objectives. This progress will continue to be disclosed in the Annual Report, along with the proportion of women in our workforce, in senior management positions and on the Board. Further information on diversity, and our employee profile more generally, is set out in section 1.13.

3.19    Market disclosure

We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of disclosure, ensuring that all investors and potential investors have the same access to high-quality, relevant information in an accessible and timely manner to assist them in making informed decisions. The Disclosure Committee manages our compliance with market disclosure obligations and is responsible for implementing reporting processes and controls and setting guidelines for the release of information. As part of our commitment to continuous improvement, we continue to ensure alignment with best practice as it develops in the jurisdictions in which we areBHP Billiton is listed.

Disclosure officers have been appointed in the Group’s Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. These officers are responsible for identifying and providing the Disclosure Committee with referral information about the activities of the Business or functional areas using disclosure guidelines developed by the Committee. The Committee then makes the decision whether a particular piece of information is material and therefore needs to be disclosed to the market.

To safeguard the effective dissemination of information, we have developed a market disclosure and communications document, which outlines how we identify and distribute information to shareholders and market participants.

 

A copy of the Market Disclosuremarket disclosure and Communicationscommunications document is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

Copies of announcements to the stock exchanges on which we are listed, investor briefings, half-yearly Financial Statements, the Annual Report and other relevant information can be found on our websiteonline atwww.bhpbilliton.com.www.bhpbilliton.com. Any person wishing to receive advice by email of news releases can subscribe atwww.bhpbilliton.com.www.bhpbilliton.com.

3.203.19    Remuneration

Details of our remuneration policies and practices, and the remuneration paid to the Directors (Executive and Non-executive) and members of the GMC, are set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4 of this Annual Report. Shareholders will be invited to consider and to approve the Remuneration Report at the 2014 AGMs. The Australian Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules prohibit Directors and members of the GMC from voting on various resolutions relating to Key Management Personnel remuneration, including, for example, the adoption of the Remuneration Report, an increase in the maximum aggregate remuneration payable to the Non-executive Directors and the grant of equity to the Executive Director.

3.213.20    Directors’ share ownership

Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve a shareholding equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration. Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. All dealings by Directors are subject to the Group’sSecurities Dealing Group GLDLevel Document and are reported to the Board and to the stock exchanges.

Information on our policy governing the use of hedge arrangements over shares in BHP Billiton by both Directors and members of the GMC is set out in section 4.4.2 of this Annual Report.4.4.2.

Details of the shares held by Directors are set out in section 4.4.27 of this Annual Report.4.2.27.

3.22    Company secretaries

Jane McAloon is the President, Governance and Group Company Secretary. Ms McAloon’s qualifications and experience are set out in section 3.2.1. The Group Company Secretary is responsible for developing and maintaining the information systems and processes that enable the Board to fulfil its role. The Group Company Secretary is also responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and advising the Board on governance matters. All Directors have access to the Group Company Secretary for advice and services. Independent advisory services are retained by the Group Company Secretary at the request of the Board or Board committees. Other persons appointed to act as company secretary of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, or both are Nicole Duncan (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc); Elizabeth Hobley (BHP Billiton Plc); and Geof Stapledon (BHP Billiton Plc). The Board appoints and removes the company secretaries.

3.233.21    Conformance with corporate governance standards

Our compliance with the governance standards in our home jurisdictions of Australia and the United Kingdom, and with the governance requirements that apply to us as a result of our New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing and our registration with the SEC in the United States, is summarised in this Corporate Governance Statement, the Remuneration Report, the Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements.

The Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UK Financial Conduct Authority require companies listed in the UK to report on the extent to which they comply with the Main Principles and the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (UK Code), and explain the reasons for any non-compliance. In September 2014, the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) issued the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 (2014 Code). The FRC has also published guidance for Boards on risk management and internal control and related financial and business reporting. As the 2014 Code and the guidance apply to financial years beginning on or after 1 October 2014, BHP Billiton has considered the impact of the changes, will comply with the 2014 Code and guidance from 1 July 2015 and will report on compliance in the Annual Report for FY2016. The UK Code is available online atwww.frc.org.uk/corporate/ukcgcode.cfm.ukcgcode.cfm.

The Listing Rules of the ASX require Australian-listedASX-listed companies to report on the extent to which they meet the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations published by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (ASX Principles and Recommendations) and explain the reasons for any non-compliance. The ASX Principles and Recommendations are available online atwww.asxgroup.com.au/corporate-governance-council.htm.corporate-governance-council.htm.

Both the UK Code and the ASX Principles and Recommendations require the Board to consider the application of the relevant corporate governance principles, while recognising that departures from those principles are appropriate in some circumstances. We complied with the provisions set out in the UK Code and with the ASX Principles and Recommendations during the financial period and continue to comply up to the date of this Annual Report.period.

 

A checklistAppendix 4G, summarising our compliance with the UK Code and the ASX Principles and Recommendations areis available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.governance.

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are registrants with the SEC in the United States. Both companies are classified as foreign private issuers and both have American Depositary Shares listed on the NYSE.

We have reviewed the governance requirements currently applicable to foreign private issuers under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (US), including the rules promulgated by the SEC and the rules of the NYSE and are satisfied that we comply with those requirements.

Section 303A of the NYSE-Listed Company Manual contains a broad regime of corporate governance requirements for NYSE-listed companies. Under the NYSE rules, foreign private issuers, such as ourselves, are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the requirements of Section 303A, except for the rule relating to compliance with Rule 10A-3 of the US1934 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (audit committee independence) and certain notification provisions contained in Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual. Section 303A.11 of the Listed Company Manual, however, requires us to disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under the NYSE corporate governance standards. FollowingAfter a comparison of our corporate governance practices with the requirements of Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual followed by US companies, the following significant difference was identified:

 

Rule 10A-3 of the US1934 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires NYSE-listed companies to ensure that their audit committees are directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the external auditor unless the company’s governing law or documents or other home country legal requirements require or permit shareholders to ultimately vote on or approve these matters. While the RAC is directly responsible for remuneration and oversight of the External Auditor, the ultimate responsibility for appointment and retention of the External Auditor rests with our shareholders, in accordance with UK law and our constitutional documents. The RAC does, however, make recommendations to the Board on these matters, which are in turn reported to shareholders.

While the Board is satisfied with its level of compliance with the governance requirements in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States, it recognises that practices and procedures can always be improved, and there is merit in continuously reviewing its own standards against those in a variety of jurisdictions. The Board’s program of review will continue throughout the year ahead.

3.243.22    Additional UK disclosure

The information specified in the UK Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure and Transparency Rules, DTR 7.2.6, is located elsewhere in this Annual Report. The Directors’ Report, atin section 5.9 of this Annual Report, provides cross-references to where the information is located.

This Corporate Governance Statement was approved by the Board on 1110 September 20142015 and signed on its behalf by:

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

1110 September 20142015

4    Remuneration Report

 

Contents of the Remuneration Report

4.1

 Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

4.2

 

Introduction to the Remuneration Report

4.3

 

Remuneration policy report

 

•       Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

 

•       Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

4.4

 

Annual report on remuneration

 

•       Remuneration governance

 

•       Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

 

•       Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

 

•       Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

 

•       Other statutory disclosures

Abbreviation

  

Item

AGM

   Annual General Meeting

CEO

   Chief Executive Officer

DEP

   Dividend Equivalent Payment

EBIT

   Earnings Before Interest and Tax

GIS

   Group Incentive Scheme

GMC

   Group Management Committee

GSTIP

   Group Short TermShort-Term Incentive Plan

HSEC

   Health, Safety, Environment and Community

IFRS

   International Financial Reporting Standards

KMP

   Key Management Personnel

LTI

   Long-Term Incentive

LTIP

   Long-Term Incentive Plan

MAP

   Management Award Plan

MSR

   Minimum Shareholding Requirements

STI

   Short-Term Incentive

STIP

   Short-Term Incentive Plan

TRIF

   Total Recordable Injury Frequency

TSR

   Total Shareholder Return

4.1    Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

Dear Shareholder

WelcomeI am pleased to introduce BHP Billiton’s Remuneration Report for the financial year to 30 June 2014.

2015. This is my first as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, and I am pleasedwant to introducebegin by acknowledging Sir John Buchanan, our esteemed colleague, the former Chairman of the Committee and Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc who passed away on 13 July 2015. Sir John’s many years of experience and perspective underpinned the Committee’s ability to navigate the complexities of executive remuneration, and his intellectual rigour, fairness and judgement served both shareholders and executives well during his decade-long tenure as Committee Chairman. He leaves a revised structurevery strong foundation for BHP Billiton with respect to our report this year. The new look is driven by revised disclosure requirementsremuneration matters and my fellow Committee members and I hold Sir John, and his contribution, in the UK, together with our constant pursuit of more accessible information. I am equally pleasedhighest regard. We will endeavour to report that there has been no change to our underlying remuneration philosophy and no change to how we reflect performance in remuneration outcomes – 2014 marks a decade since the Company introduced its current incentive arrangements.

As BHP Billiton is an Australian / UK dual-listed company, the disclosures in our report must comply with both Australian and UK reporting requirements, which unavoidably leads to a lengthy report. However, the report is intended to be comprehensible as well as comprehensive.

Structure of the 2014 Remuneration Report

This Annual Statement introduces the 2014 Remuneration Report. Following this is the Remuneration Policy Report, which sets out the remuneration policies applicable to Andrew Mackenzie (our CEO and only Executive Director) and our Non-executive Directors.

Our remuneration governance arrangements and the remuneration outcomes for Mr Mackenzie, Non-executive Directors and other members of the GMC are coveredbuild on his legacy in the Annual Report on Remuneration, including the various detailed disclosures required under UK and Australian regulatory regimes.

The new structure of the report allows for a specific binding vote by shareholders in regard to the Remuneration Policy Report for the first time at our 2014 AGMs.years ahead.

Link to strategy

Our BHP Billiton Charter sets out our values, placing health and safety first, upon which the Remuneration Committee places great weight in the determination of performance-based remuneration outcomes for BHP Billiton’s executives.Our Charter also sets out our purpose, our strategy values and how we measure our success. In framing how we remunerateThe Committee is guided by those measures in supporting our executives we are guided by the measures of success contained inOur Charter. They are designed to ensure that executives take taking a long-term approach to decision-making in order to build a sustainable and to minimise activitiesvalue-adding business. Our remuneration policy and strategy is focussed on long-term success and minimising short-term behaviours or results that focus only on short-term results at the expense ofwould jeopardise longer-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’soutcomes.

We want executive remuneration arrangements for all executives, and is satisfied that our approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to short-term and long-term incentive awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration for Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC. The equity component of the short-term incentive award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the long term incentive plan is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period and this is primarily achieved with the equity component of the STI award being deferred for a two-year period, and with TSR under the LTIP being measured over a five-year performance period.

Our approach

Despite the report’s new look, thereWe have beenmade no substantial changes to ourthe underlying approach to remuneration in the last year. It is an approach that BHP Billiton has practised for over 10 years and we ensure thatbelieve it continues to serve our executives and shareholders well. The remuneration outcomes continue to appropriately reflect the performance of the Group, of the Businesses and of individuals. This

While our approach has enjoyed abeen given strong level of support fromby shareholders, with a vote ‘for’ the Remuneration Report in favour for the remuneration reportexcess of 97 per cent at last year’s AGMs.

Our approach to incentive structures has beenAGMs, and indeed over 96 per cent in place for more than a decade and has served both shareholders and participants well, delivering remuneration outcomes to executives aligned to the performanceeach of the Group and of individuals. BHP Billiton adoptedprior five years, the deferral of a substantial portion ofshort-term incentive awards in equity in 2003 and a five-year term for long-term incentive awards in 2004. These approaches, which were then market leading, have since become more prevalent and acknowledged as best practice.

Notwithstanding our stable approach, theRemuneration Committee and the Board will continue to pay closelisten and give attention to shareholders’feedback and views so they can be factored intofrom shareholders on the Group’s future approach.approach to pay.

Our remuneration policy in actionRemuneration outcomes for the CEO

Each year, the Committee makes decisions regarding a range of remuneration matters, including any changes in base salary, fees and benefits, and adjudicating on short-term and long-term incentive outcomes relating to Mr Mackenzie, and other memberson his appointment as CEO in 2013, supported the view of the GMC.

Last year, when Mr Mackenzie was appointed to the CEO role, the Board and Committee believed that some downward rebasing of his remuneration package should be rebased downwards relative to that of the former CEO, was appropriate; a view supported byCEO. Mr Mackenzie.

This year, following the Committee’s annual review process, the FY2015Mackenzie’s base salary of Mr Mackenzie has not been increased. Likewise,increased since then, and again, after review in 2015, it will remain unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum. In addition, the other elementscomponents of Mr Mackenzie’shis total target remuneration (pension contributions, benefits and short-term and long-term incentive targets) will remainare also unchanged since 2013. Mr Mackenzie is the same in FY2015 as in FY2014.only Executive Director.

Mr Mackenzie’s annual short-term incentiveSTI is at risk. Therisk, with a target outcome of 160 per cent of base salary, a maximum outcome of 240 per cent of base salary, and a minimum outcome of zero.

As in past years, the scorecard against which his short-term performance is assessed is made up of a number ofcomprises performance measures including HSEC, financial, performance, capital project management and individual personal measures.elements. For FY2014,FY2015, the Remuneration Committee has assessed the performance of Mr Mackenzie and concluded it was in excess ofbelow target with a bonusSTI outcome of 115.385 per cent against aof target of 100(or 136 per cent of base salary). This outcome was primarily due to the CEO’s overarching accountability for the five fatalities that occurred during FY2015. The Committee takes the Group’s safety record very seriously and concluded, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that a maximumzero outcome was appropriate for the CEO’s FY2015 STI HSEC component, with the decision supported by Mr Mackenzie. While attributable profit fell from US$13.8 billion in FY2014 to US$1.9 billion in FY2015, controllable financial performance was largely in line with targets. The Committee made a discretionary downwards adjustment to the formulaic financial outcomes in light of 150the impairment of Onshore US Assets. Capital project management outcomes were largely in line with expectations. The Committee also considered the CEO’s strong performance against personal objectives, including significant productivity and capital expenditure improvements, together with the successful demerger of South32.

Given the importance the Committee places on safety, the scorecard weighting attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent from 20 per cent in FY2015. The capital project management weighting has been reduced to 10 per cent from 20 per cent reflecting a lower number and value of major capital projects in execution, and the personal component weighting has been increased to 25 per cent from 20 per cent. The financial weighting is unchanged at 40 per cent.

Mr Mackenzie’s LTI is also at risk, and forms an important part of recognising long-term performance.

In relation to the LTI awards granted in 2010, BHP Billiton’s five-year TSR performance was negative 15.2 per cent over the five-year period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2015. This is below the weighted median TSR of peer companies of negative 4.5 per cent and a minimum of zero. This outperformance was mainly due to positive outcomes across a range of HSEC measures, together with above-target production and productivity achievements.

Mr Mackenzie’s long-term incentive is also at risk. BHP Billiton’s business is long term, and decisions are made that are likely to have an impact for many years. It is therefore important that a significant part of senior executives’ pay reflects long-term performance. BHP Billiton’s long-term incentive plan measures performance over five years.

The Committee has now considered performance and vesting outcomes for the long-term incentive award granted in 2009, covering the five years to 30 June 2014. The performance condition benchmarked BHP Billiton’s TSR againstbelow the TSR of a tailored comparator groupthe MSCI World index of resources companies. The five-year TSRpositive 78.6 per cent. This level of performance results in zero vesting for BHP Billiton was 60.6 per cent, exceeding the weighted average TSR of2010 LTIP awards, and accordingly the comparator group by 17.8 per cent, resulting in a 58 per cent vesting.awards have lapsed.

The Committee considered whether there were any circumstances that merited it exercising its discretion to reduce this vesting outcome (as was the case last year where the Committee reduced vesting from 100 per cent to 65 per cent). This discretion is an important safeguard in circumstances where the Committee does not believe that the vesting outcome truly reflects performance.

After carefully considering the relative TSR outcome and both Group and individual performance over the vesting period, the Committee determined that the TSR outcome was a fair reflection of performance.

ConsistentIn line with the approach for Mr Mackenzie, the base salaries and total target remuneration packages will also be held constant in FY2016 for all other GMC membersmembers.

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

Fee levels for the Non-executive Directors and the Chairman, which are reviewed annually, have also been held constant for FY2015. Alignedremained unchanged since 2011. The annual review includes benchmarking, with this,the assistance of external advisers, against peer companies. Based on the review conducted in June 2015 the Board, with support from the Chairman, has decided to reduce the Chairman’s fee by approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million per annum, and the Chairman and the CEO have decided to reduce the Non-executive Director feesbase fee by approximately six per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.

These reductions were again frozen,considered appropriate in light of the challenging external environment and the benchmarking data for peer companies. The different percentage reduction for the third consecutive year.Chairman compared with that for Non-executive Directors reflects the relevant benchmarks for those roles.

A decision was also taken to include mandatory superannuation contributions within the relevant base fee from 1 July 2015, which is more closely aligned to the practices of other companies. This has the effect of further reducing remuneration for those Directors who receive mandatory Australian superannuation contributions. For those Directors, this results in an average reduction of approximately 12 per cent in the aggregate of their base fees and superannuation contributions.

Summary

This year’s Remuneration Report represents a change in format, structure and content from prior years. However, our fundamental philosophies and approaches to remuneration have not changed – we trust that you will agreeThe Committee remains confident that our long held, consistent approachphilosophy and policies on remuneration are appropriate to aligningsupport long-term value creation, and the outcomes for FY2015 continue to demonstrate the alignment between remuneration toand performance has served shareholders well.

As ever, weat BHP Billiton. I would welcome your comments.             any comments you may have.

 

 

 

John BuchananCarolyn Hewson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

1110  September 20142015

4.2    Introduction to the Remuneration Report

The contents of this Remuneration Report are governed by legislation in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The UK Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), which are generally described as UK requirements in this Remuneration Report, require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures in regard to Directors, which for BHP Billiton includes the Non-executive Directors and the Executive Director, being the CEO.Directors.

The Australian Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures for KMP, defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly. For the purposes of this Remuneration Report, it has been determined that the KMP includes the Non-executive Directors, and the members of the GMC including the CEO.

4.2.1    Members of the GMC

The GMC makes key management decisions under the authorities that have been delegated to it by the Board. The composition and structure of the GMC reflects a commitment to a relentless focus on the safe execution of the Group’s strategy, and provides BHP Billiton with the right balance of skills and experience to lead the Group. The members of the GMC during FY2014on 30 June 2015 are shown in the table below.

 

Name

  

Title

Andrew Mackenzie

  Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Peter Beaven

  

Chief Financial Officer since 1 October 2014

President, Copper to 30 September 2014

Tony Cudmore

  

Chief Public Affairs Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Corporate Affairs since 3 March 2014to 30 June 2015

Tim Cutt

  

President, Petroleum since 1 July 2015

President, Petroleum and Potash since 2 July 2013to 30 June 2015

Dean Dalla Valle

  

Chief Commercial Officer since 1 July 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

President, Coal

Mike Fraser to 31 December 2014

President, Human Resources since 27 August 2013

Geoff Healy

  Chief Legal Counsel

Mike Henry

  

President, Coal since 1 January 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology since 5 Mayto 31 December 2014

President, HSEC, Marketing and Technology to 4 May 2014

Graham Kerr

Chief Financial Officer

Jane McAloon

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary

Daniel Malchuk

  

President, Copper since 1 March 2015

President, from 1 February 2015 to 28 February 2015

President, Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel to 31 January 2015

Athalie Williams

Chief People Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

Jimmy Wilson

  President, Iron Ore

Karen Wood

President since 3 March 2014

President, Corporate Affairs from 1 December 2013 to 2 March 2014

President, Public Affairs from 27 August 2013 to 30 November 2013

President, People and Public Affairs to 26 August 2013

 

LOGOSection 3.2.2for dates of appointment of GMC members

In addition to the KMP listed above, Karen Wood (President to 19 August 2014), Graham Kerr (Chief Financial Officer to 30 September 2014), Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014) and Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015) served as KMP during FY2015.

4.2.2    Non-executive Directors

Details of the Non-executive Directors who held office during FY2014FY2015 are set out below. Each Non-executive Director held office for the whole of FY2014FY2015 unless otherwise indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Name

 

Title

Jac Nasser

ChairmanCarolyn HewsonNon-executive Director

Malcolm Brinded(1)

 Non-executive Director Lindsay Maxsted Non-executive Director

Malcolm Broomhead

 Non-executive Director Wayne Murdy Non-executive Director

John Buchanan

 Senior Independent DirectorJac NasserChairman

Carlos Cordeiro

Non-executive Director to 13 July 2015 Keith Rumble Non-executive Director to 22 May 2015

David CrawfordCarlos Cordeiro

 Non-executive Director John Schubert Non-executive Director

Pat DaviesDavid Crawford

 Non-executive Director to 20 November 2014 Shriti Vadera 

Senior Independent Director since 14 August 2015

Non-executive Director to 13 August 2015

Carolyn HewsonPat Davies

 Non-executive Director  

 

(1)Malcolm Brinded joined BHP Billiton as a Non-executive Director from 15 April 2014.

Section 3.2.1for dates of appointment of Non-executive Directors

LOGOSection 3.2.1 for dates of appointment of Non-executive Directors

4.3    Remuneration policy report

This section of the reportReport describes the overarching remuneration policy that guides the Remuneration Committee’s decisions. TheOur remuneration policy report is presentedhas not changed from that approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs and so the remuneration policy as follows.set out in the 2014 Annual Report continues to apply as set out in this section.

 

Contents of the remuneration policy report

4.3.1 to 4.3.8    Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

4.3.9                 Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

 

LOGOSection 4.4.14 for remuneration policy for the GMC (excluding the CEO)

The contentsThis section of this section are determined bythe Report was introduced last year as a result of new UK legislation, under which this policy report iswas required to be put to a binding vote at the Group’s 2014 AGMs. Subject to shareholderShareholder approval was provided at those meetings, and this remuneration policy will becomebecame effective for Directors of BHP Billiton immediately after ourthe final 2014 AGM. Under the UK legislation, thethis policy will beis binding only in regard to the Directors (including the CEO) and not for other members of the GMC. The UK legislation requires BHP Billiton to present the remuneration policy for this vote at least every three years.

Where the remuneration policy report includes cross-references to other sections of the Remuneration Report or the Annual Report, these are solely for the purposes of assisting the reader to locate related information. The referenced information is not part of the remuneration policy report.

Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

BHP Billiton currently has a single Executive Director, being the CEO. Therefore, for simplicity, this section refers only to the CEO. This remuneration policy would, however, apply for any new Executive Director role, in

the event that one were created during the life of this remuneration policy. In that case, references in this section to the CEO should be read as being to each Executive Director.

4.3.1    Overarching principles

The Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supportingOur Charter.

LOGOInside front coverOn page i of the Annual Report:this document:Our Chartersets out our purpose, strategy, values and how we judge our success

The Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for the CEO, taking into account his responsibilities, location, skills, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain a highly skilled CEO, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged, are to:

 

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

 

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

 

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

 

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

 

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

4.3.2    The purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements reinforce the achievement of our success, as set out inOur Charter,, and are designed to ensure that the CEO takes a long-term approach to decision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements for the CEO and all executives, and is satisfied that the approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to STI and LTI awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration. The equity component of any STI award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the LTIP is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by the CEO therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

It is the Committee’s view that this provides an appropriate focus on BHP Billiton’s sustained performance beyond the end of the initial measurement period. This approach also provides a transparent mechanism for clawback or adjustment in the event of a restatement of Group results, through changes to the vesting or non-vesting of deferred awards.

In addition, STI and LTI outcomes are not driven by a purely formulaic approach. The Committee holds discretion to determine that awards are not to be provided or vested in circumstances where it would be inappropriate or would provide unintended outcomes. The Committee has no discretion to allow vesting of equity awards when performance conditions have not been satisfied (other than in the event of death or serious injury, disability, illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement of the CEO).

4.3.3    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration, the link to strategy, how each component operates, how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration, and the maximum opportunity for each component.

 

Remuneration component


and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

 

Maximum (1)

Base salary

A competitive base salary is paid in order to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO, and to provide appropriate remuneration for this important role in the Group.

  

•     Base salary is broadly aligned with salaries for comparable roles in global companies of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects the CEO’s responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.

 

•     Base salary is reviewed annually with effect from 1 September. Reviews are informed, but not led, by benchmarking to comparable roles (as above), changes in responsibility and general economic conditions. Substantial weight is also given to the general base salary increases for employees. Base salary is not subject to separate performance conditions.

 

•     Base salary is denominated in US dollars.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in Australia.

Remuneration component

and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

•     The Remuneration Committee’s discretion in respect of base salary increases applies up to the maximum shown.

 

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in Australia.

Pension

Provides a market-competitive level of post-employment benefit to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

  

•     Pension contributions are benchmarked to comparable roles in global companies.

 

•     Pension contributions are provided, with a choice of funding vehicles: a defined contribution plan, an unfunded retirement savings plan, an international retirement plan or a self-managed superannuation fund. Alternatively, a cash payment may be provided in lieu.

 

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of pension contributions applies up to the maximum shown.

 

25% of base salary.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Benefits

Provides personal insurances and assistance where BHP Billiton’s structure gives rise to tax obligations across multiple jurisdictions, and a market- competitivemarket-competitive level of benefits to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

  

•     Benefits may be provided as determined by the Committee. Currently, this includes such items as the costs of private family health insurance, death and disability insurance, car parking, and personal tax return preparation in the required countries where BHP Billiton has requested that the CEO relocate internationally, or where BHP Billiton’s Dual Listed Company structure requires personal tax returns in multiple jurisdictions.

 

•     The CEO may from time to time be accompanied by his spouse/partner on business related travel, including for Board meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance are met by BHP Billiton. In some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the CEO. In such cases, BHP Billiton reimburses the CEO for this tax cost.

 

•     The CEO is eligible to participate in Shareplus, which is BHP Billiton’s all- employeeall-employee share purchase plan.LOGO  Section 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and the CEO’s participation

 

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of benefits applies up to the maximums shown.

 

•     A relocation allowance and assistance is provided only where a change of location is made at BHP Billiton’s request. The Group’s mobility policies provide ‘one-off’ payments with no trailing entitlements.

 

Benefits as determined by the Committee but to a limit not exceeding 10% of base salary and (if applicable) a one-off taxable relocation allowance up to US$700,000.

Remuneration component


and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

 

Maximum (1)

STI

Setting performance measures and targetsMaximum award

The purpose of STI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on those performance measures and outcomes that are priorities for the Group for the relevant financial year, and to motivate the CEO to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.

 

The performance measures for each year are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short- and long-term impact on the success of the Group.

 

Deferral of a portion of STI awards in deferred equity over BHP Billiton shares encourages a longer-term focus aligned to that of shareholders.

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

 

LOGO  Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

  

Setting performance measures and targets

•     A scorecard of measures is set at the commencement of each financial year.

 

•     The measures and their relative weightings are chosen by the Committee, in their discretion, in order to appropriately drive overall performance for the coming year. Specified financial measures will constitute the largest weighting. The scorecard will also include measures that impact the long-term sustainability of the Group. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC measures and weightings.

 

•     We plan to disclose the weightings of HSEC, financial and individual measures around the beginning of each performance period.

 

•     The target is determined for each performance measure at a level whichthat will motivate the CEO to achieve an appropriately stretching annual performance outcome and whichthat will contribute to the longer-term success of the Group and shareholder wealth. The target for each financial measure is derived from the annual budget as approved by the Board for the relevant financial year.

 

•     For HSEC and for individual measures the target is ordinarily expressed in narrative form and will be disclosed near the beginning of the performance period. For reasons of commercial sensitivity, while we will provide a narrative description of financial target performance in broad terms, the actual target for each financial measure will not be disclosed in advance. However, we plan to disclose the target for each measure retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will seek to explain why and give an indication of when the target may be disclosed.

 

•     Should any other performance measures be added at the discretion of the Committee, we will determine the timing of disclosure of the relevant target with due consideration of commercial sensitivity.

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.6 for details of performance measures and outcomes for 2014FY2015

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.11 for details of performance measures for 2015FY2016

 

Maximum award

240% of base salary (cash 120% and 120% in deferred equity).

 

Target performance

 

160% of base salary (cash 80% and 80% in deferred equity).

 

Threshold performance

 

80% of base salary (cash 40% and 40% in deferred equity).

 

Minimum award

 

Zero

Remuneration component


and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

 

Maximum (1)

  

Assessment of performance

•     At the conclusion of the financial year, the CEO’s achievement against each measure is assessed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, and an STI award determined. If performance is below the Threshold level for any measure, no STI will be provided in respect of that portion of the STI opportunity.

•     The Remuneration Committee is assisted by the Sustainability Committee in relation to assessment of performance against HSEC measures, and considers guidance provided by other Committees in respect of other measures.

•     The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance.

•     In the event that the Remuneration Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any STI award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.

Delivery of award

•     STI awards are provided under the STIP.

•     The value of any STI award is provided half in cash and half in an award of the equivalent value of BHP Billiton equity, which is deferred for two years and may be forfeited if the CEO leaves the Group within the deferral period.

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the CEO is still employed by BHP Billiton at the end of the deferral period(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle STI awards in cash.

•     Both cash and equity STI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

 

Remuneration component


and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

 

Maximum (1)

LTI

 

The purpose of the LTI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).

 

It aligns the CEO’s reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of that of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.

 

The provision of LTIP awards over BHP Billiton shares also encourages long-term share exposure for the CEO, and aligns the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.

 

Demonstration of this alignment between the interests of the CEO and shareholders is seen through the five-year performance period of the LTI, which is consistent with the long-term nature of the resources industry.

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the LTIP

Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

  

Relative TSR performance condition

 

•     The award is subject to a relative TSR performance condition, which must be achieved over a five-year period. Full vesting under the LTIP only occurs where BHP Billiton’s relative TSR(4) significantly outperforms the TSR of the comparator group(s). The comparator group(s) and the weighting between comparator groups will be determined by the Committee in relation to each grant.

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.8 for further detail on LTIP comparator group(s)

 

•     Relative TSR has been chosen as the most appropriate measure as it allows for an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.

 

Level of performance required for vesting

 

•     None of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is below the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR(6) where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and/or below Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World index).

 

•     For each award, the Committee will determine the level of relative TSR outperformance required on a per annum basis, or on a compounded basis over the five-year period, against the peer group and/or market index in order for the whole of the LTI award to vest.

 

LOGO  Section 4.4.8 for details of the outperformance required for recent grants

 

•     25% of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is equal to the Peer Group TSR and/or Index TSR (as applicable), and vesting occurs on a sliding scale between that point and the point of full vesting.

 

•     There is no retesting if the performance condition is not met. In the event that the Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply based on the Group’s achievement of the relative TSR performance condition to be a true reflection of the underlying performance of the Group, or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended vesting outcomes.

 

Normal Maximum Award

 

Face value of 400% of base salary.

 

Exceptional Maximum Award(5)

 

Face value of 488% of base salary.

Remuneration component


and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

 

Maximum (1)

LOGO  Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group  

•     To ensure that the LTI performance conditions continue to support operational excellence, risk management and the execution of the Group’s strategy, the Committee retains discretion to add further performance measures to supplement the existing relative TSR performance condition. Prior to doing so, consultation would be undertaken with key stakeholders. Should this be the case, the vesting of a portion of any LTI award may instead be linked to performance against the new measure(s). The Committee expects that in the event of introducing an additional performance measure(s), the weighting on relative TSR would remain the majority weighting.

Delivery of award

 

•     LTI awards are provided under the LTIP approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs. When considering the value of the award to be provided, the Committee primarily considers the face value of the award, and also considers its fair value which includes consideration of the performance conditions.(7)

 

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle LTI awards in cash.

•     LTI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

 

 

LOGOSection 4.3.5for how the remuneration policy considers other employees

Section 4.3.5for how the remuneration policy considers other employees

 

(1) UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

 

(2)The award may be retained if the CEO has left the Group in certain circumstances.

Section 4.3.8 for payments on loss of office

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for payments on loss of office

 

(3) A DEP is provided when the award vests (or is exercised). The CEO will receive the value of dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from grant to vest (or exercise). The Committee intends that DEP will be provided in the form of shares, although the plan accommodates a cash equivalent. A DEP is not provided in relation to any STI and LTI awards that are forfeited or lapse.

 

(4) BHP Billiton’s TSR is a weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

 

(5) 

The maximum award permitted with the LTIP rules (as approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs) is expressed as a fair value equal to 200 per cent of base salary. A fair value takes into account the probability of meeting the performance condition and other factors. The current plan design (for FY2014 and FY2015produces a fair value of

 awards) produces a fair value of 41 per cent of face value. The maximum fair value of 200 per cent of base salary is therefore currently equivalent to a face value of 488 per cent of base salary (488% x 41% = 200%). This is shown as the Exceptional Maximum Award in the table. However, it is current policy to provide a maximum award of 400 per cent of base salary, which is therefore shown in the table as the Normal Maximum Award. In any case, all LTI awards to the CEO will only be provided with prior approval by shareholders in the relevant AGMs.

 

(6)The weighted median TSR means the median outcome when the companies are listed by their TSR, after weighting by market capitalisation.

 

(7)The fair value is calculated by the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates. It reflects outcomes weighted by probability, taking into account the difficulty of achieving the performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation, together with other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risks. The fair value for the current plan design (current comparator groups, outperformance percentage, etc.) is 41 per cent of the face value of an award. This fair value of 41 per cent may change should the Committee vary elements (such as adding a performance measure or altering the level of relative TSR outperformance) not specified in this remuneration policy report. This fair value is different from the fair value used for IFRS disclosures elsewhere in this report. In particular, the IFRS fair value does not take into account forfeiture conditions on the awards.

Malus and clawback

The STIP and LTIP provisions allow the Committee to reduce or clawback awards in the following circumstances:

 

the participant acting fraudulently or dishonestly or being in material breach of their obligations to the Group;

 

where BHP Billiton becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements of a Group company or the Group; or

 

any circumstances occur that the Committee determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair benefit to the participant.

These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, and whether or not the equity has vested.

Legacy incentive plans under which awards may vest

The remuneration policy approved by shareholders is required to cover awards whichthat were granted under legacy plans and whichthat may vest in the future on their existing terms. Key terms are shown in the table below.

 

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

  

Maximum value on
vesting

STI under the GIS

 

The former GIS was replaced by the STIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the STIP.

  

•     The terms of STI awards provided under the GIS were similar to those provided under the STIP.

 

•     Awards were provided to the CEO for performance in FY2013, and are scheduled to vestvested in August 2015.

 

•    LOGO  Section 4.4.20 for a table of awards held under the GIS

  The face value of the award on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

  

Maximum value on
vesting

LTI under the former LTIP

 

The former LTIP was replaced by the new LTIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the new LTIP.

  

•     The terms of LTI awards provided under the former LTIP were similar to those provided under the new LTIP as described in the previous table, including the performance conditions.

 

•     Awards provided to the CEO in December 2010 did not vest in FY2015, as the performance condition was not met, and lapsed. Awards provided to the CEO in December 2011 and 2012 are due to vest from FY2016FY2017 to FY2018 to the extent that the performance conditions are met.

 

•    LOGO  Section 4.4.7 for details of the 2010 LTIP performance outcomes

Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the former LTIP

  The face value of the awards on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

4.3.4    Approach to recruitment and promotion remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or for another Executive Director should one be appointed, will reflect the remuneration policy as set out in this report. The ongoing components will therefore comprise base salary, pension contributions, benefits, STI and LTI.

A market competitive level of base salary, benefits and pension contributions will be provided to a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or another Executive Director. The same maximum STI and LTI apply as per the remuneration policy for the current CEO. The combined maximum level of STI and LTI that may be provided is 728 per cent of base salary, which is the combination of the maximum 240 per cent of base salary in STI and the exceptional maximum 488 per cent of base salary in LTI as per the remuneration policy for the CEO.

For external appointments, the Remuneration Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited from a former employer. It is anticipated that any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards forgone (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP Billiton’s framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the forgone award. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary.

For any internal CEO (or another Executive Director) appointments, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured according to their existing terms.

4.3.5    Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

When setting remuneration for the CEO, the Remuneration Committee considers the prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP Billiton workforce.

The Committee is briefed regularly about the pay and conditions of the wider employee population, and takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the CEO’s base salary. Salary increases in Australia, where the CEO is located, are particularly relevant, as they reflect the local economic conditions.

The principles that underpin the remuneration policy for the CEO are the same as those that apply to other employees, although the CEO’s arrangements have a greater emphasis on performance-related pay and a higher proportion of the CEO’s total remuneration is variable in the form of STI and LTI. Like those for the CEO, the performance measures used to determine STI outcomes for all employees are linked to achievement of the Group’s strategy and behaviours aligned to the values inOur Charter.

Although BHP Billiton does not consult directly with employees on Directors’ remuneration, the Group conducts regular employee engagement surveys which give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on remuneration matters. Many employees are ordinary shareholders and have the opportunity to vote on AGM resolutions. In FY2014FY2015, more than 27,00014,000 continuing employees were enrolled to purchase BHP Billiton shares under Shareplus, our all-employee share plan.

4.3.6    Consideration of shareholder views

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach we take to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Regular proactive engagement on remuneration and governance matters takes place with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. This is overseen by the Remuneration Committee Chairman (who is also the Senior Independent Director).Chairman.

In addition, shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com.

Feedback from shareholders and investors is shared with the Board and Remuneration Committee through the Chairman and the Remuneration Committee Chairman and is used as input to decision-making by the Board and the Committee, in respect of executive remuneration policy and application. In particular, this feedback has had a direct bearing on the Committee’s decisions in formulating this remuneration policy report content.

The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a good understanding of current shareholder views, and formulate policy and make decisions as appropriate.

4.3.7    Potential remuneration outcomes for the CEO

While the Remuneration Committee recognises that market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices, it strongly believes that the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be business performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be both fair to the individual and commensurate with the expectations of our shareholders.

Accordingly, while target total remuneration is structured to attract and retain a high calibre CEO, the amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on:

 

the achievement of superior business and individual performance;

 

generating sustained shareholder value from relative outperformance;

 

the view of the Committee as to what is fair to the individual and commensurate with shareholder expectations.

STI and LTI are the two components of remuneration that are measured on business performance, with the outcome assessed against pre-determined performance conditions.

The minimum amount the CEO could earn in respect of FY2015FY2016 is US$2.2172.270 million, which is fixed remuneration, and made up of his base salary of US$1.700 million, pension contributions of US$0.425 million and benefits of US$0.0920.145 million.

The maximum is US$13.09713.150 million. This assumes he earns the maximum under the STI of US$4.080 million and the normal maximum under the LTI of US$6.800 million. All of these components are shown in the table below at the minimum, target and maximum levels. The normal maximum amount of the LTI has been calculated on the basis of full vesting at the share price on the date of grant. The normal maximum LTI is 400 per cent of base salary.

Before deciding on the final outcome for the CEO (and for other members of the GMC), the Committee first considers the outcome against the pre-determined performance conditions. It then applies its overarching discretion. It can exercise discretion downwards only (i.e. to reduce remuneration).

When the CEO was appointed in May 2013, the Board advised him that the Committee would exercise its discretion on the basis of what it considered to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced.

To be fair to the individual, remuneration levels need to accurately reflect the CEO’s responsibilities and contributions. To be commensurate with the expectations of shareholders, remuneration levels need to reflect the expectations of our shareholders that their Company’s funds would be used to remunerate our employees in a way that is proportionate to both performance and overall value.

In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO that is sufficient to incentivise him and that is also fair to him and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions. These same considerations led the Committee to set the incoming CEO’s remuneration when he was appointed in 2013 at a lower level than the previous level for this role.

The diagram below shows the relative proportion of each remuneration component for the CEO if the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance were achieved.

 

LOGOLOGO

 

(1) Fixed remuneration comprises base salary (US$1.700 million per annum), pension contributions (25 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (US$0.0920.145 million). The amount included for other benefits is based on FY2014FY2015 actual figures for the CEO, excluding non-recurring items.

 

(2) The STI target amount is based on target performance of 160 per cent of base salary. The STI maximum amount is based on a maximum award of 240 per cent of base salary. The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of deferred STI awards is not included.

 

(3) 

The LTI amount (target and maximum) is based on the CEO’s normal maximum award equal to the face value of 400 per cent of base salary, which is lower than the maximum permissible award size under the plan rules. The ‘target’ value for the LTI award is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value, as this is the expected outcome on the balance of probabilities for the current plan design as calculated by the independent advisoradviser to the Remuneration Committee, Kepler Associates. The minimum value for the LTI award is zero, and applies where the relative TSR of BHP Billiton is lower than the Peer

Group and/or Index TSR (as applicable for each grant). The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of LTI awards is not included.

Section 4.3.3for more information on the components of remuneration for the CEO

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for more information on the components of remuneration for the CEO

4.3.8    Service contracts and policy on loss of office

The terms of employment for the CEO are formalised in his employment contract. Key terms of the current contract and relevant payments on loss of office are shown below. If a new CEO or another Executive Director was appointed, similar contractual terms would apply, other than where the Remuneration Committee determines that different terms should apply for reasons specific to the individual.

The CEO’s contract has no fixed term. It can be terminated by BHP Billiton on 12 months’ notice. BHP Billiton can terminate the contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions for the notice period. The CEO must give six months’ notice for voluntary resignation. The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.

 

   

Leaving reason (1) (2)

    Voluntary
resignation
  

Termination for
cause

  

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

  

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Base salary

  

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

  

•  No payment will be made.

  

•  Base salary will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

  

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Pension

  

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

  

•  No pension contributions will be provided from the date of termination.

  

•  Pension contributions will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

  

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Benefits

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  No benefits will be provided.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided for the relevant year in which employment ceases.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

   

Leaving reason (1) (2)

    Voluntary
resignation
  

Termination for
cause

  

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

  

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Benefits  

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

 

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

  

•  No benefits will be provided.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

  

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided for the relevant year in which employment ceases.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

 

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

STI

Where CEO leaves during the financial year or after the end of the financial year, but before an award is provided.

  

•  No STI will be paid.

  

•  No STI will be paid.

  

•  The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

  

•  The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Unvested STIP equity

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will vest in full.

  

•  Will continue to be held, on the existing terms, for the scheduled deferral period before vesting (subject to a Committee discretion to lapse some or all of the award).

 

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Vested but unexercised STIP equity  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

Unvested GIS equity  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will vest in full.

  

•  Will vest in full, except in the case of a leaving reason not specified in the plan rules, in which case the Committee has discretion to determine the treatment of equity awards.

Vested GIS Options (with a market-based exercise price) previously provided to the CEO – if still held on leaving.  

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

  

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

LTI

Unvested awards

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will lapse.

  

•  Will vest in full.

  

•  A pro rata portion of unvested awards (based on the proportion of the performance period served) will continue to be held subject to the LTIP rules and terms of grant. The balance will lapse.

 

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Vested but unexercised awards  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

  

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

 

(1) If the Committee considers it to be necessary, BHP Billiton may enter into agreements with a CEO which may include the settlement of liabilities in return for payment(s), including reimbursement of legal fees subject to appropriate conditions; or to enter into new arrangements with the departing CEO (for example, entering into consultancy arrangements).

 

(2)In the event of a change in control event (e.g. takeover, compromise or arrangement, winding up of the Company) as defined in the STIP and LTIP rules:

 

base salary, pension contributions and benefits will be paid until the date of the change of control event;

 

the Committee may determine that a cash payment be made in respect of performance during the current financial year and all unvested STI equity awards would vest in full; and

 

the Committee may determine that unvested LTI awards will either vest to the extent that the Committee determines appropriate (with reference to performance against the performance condition up to the date of the change of control event and expectations regarding future performance) or that the awards be lapsed if the Committee determines that the holders will participate in an acceptable alternative employee equity plan as a term of the change of control event.

 

(3)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to death, serious injury, disability or illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement.

 

(4) Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.

Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Our Non-executive Directors are paid in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2012) and the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (3rd Edition).

4.3.9    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors, the link to strategy, how each component operates, and how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration and the maximum opportunity for each component.

 

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

  

Operation and performance
framework

  

Maximum(1)

Fees

•  Competitive base fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

 

•  Committee fees are provided to recognise the additional responsibilities, time and commitment required.

  

•  The Chairman is paid a single fee for all responsibilities.

 

•  Non-executive Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees.

 

•  Committee Chairmen and the Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.

 

•  All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 July.

 

•  Fees are set at a competitive level with advice on benchmark fees in equivalent size companies provided by external advisers. Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the Dual Listed Company structure, the multiple stock exchange listings and the extent of the geographic regions in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.

 

• LOGOSection 4.4.13Section4.4.13 for current fee levels provided to Non- executiveNon-executive Directors

  

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per fee basis.

Pension

•  As required by law.

•  Pension contributions provided on fees only where required by law.

As required by law.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

  

Operation and performance
framework

  

Maximum(1)

Pension

• As required by law.

• Pension contributions provided on fees only where required by law.

As required by law.

Benefits

    

Travel allowances

 

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately compensate for the considerable travel burden.

  

•  Non-executive Directors receive travel allowances on a per tripper-trip basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board as a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure and the resulting Board meetings in Australia and the UK, along with site visits at our multiple geographic locations.

  8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per-trip basis.

Other benefits

 

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

  

•  As a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure, Non-executive Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in both Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).

 

•  Non-executive Directors may from time to time be accompanied by their spouse/partner to business meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at one business meeting per annum are met by BHP Billiton and, in some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the Non-executive Director. In such cases BHP Billiton reimburses the Non-executive Director for this tax cost.

  Up to a limit not exceeding 20% of fees.

STI and LTI

  

•  Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any STI or LTI arrangements.

  

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

  

Operation and performance
framework

  

Maximum(1)

Payments on early termination

  

•  There are no provisions in any of the Non-executive Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship.

  

 

(1) UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised, it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited Non-executive Director will reflect the remuneration policy in place for other Non-executive Directors, as above. The components will therefore comprise fees, pension contributions where required by law and benefits as set out in the table above. No variable remuneration (STI and LTI) will be provided to newly recruited Non-executive Directors.

Letters of appointment and policy on loss of office

The standard letter of appointment for Non-executive Directors is available on our website. The Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Non-executive Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board. As such no Non-executive Directors seeking re-election have an unexpired term in their letter of appointment.

A Non-executive Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to Non-executive Directors on loss of office. A legacy arrangement provides accrued retirement benefits under the now closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited, and this will continue to be honoured.

LOGOSection4.4.30for retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

Considerations when setting Non-executive Director remuneration

When Non-executive Director remuneration is determined, the same considerations in respect of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group and shareholder views, as described in relation to setting remuneration for the CEO, are taken into account.

LOGOSection4.3.5for consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

LOGOSection4.3.6for consideration of shareholder views

4.4    Annual report on remuneration

This section of the reportReport shows the impact of the remuneration policy in FY2014FY2015 and how actual performanceremuneration outcomes are linked to remunerationactual performance outcomes. It is divided as follows:follows.

 

Contents of the annual report on remuneration

4.4.1 to 4.4.4

  Remuneration governance

4.4.5 to 4.4.11

  Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

4.4.12 to 4.4.13

  Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

4.4.14 to 4.4.18

  Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

4.4.19 to 4.4.31

  Other statutory disclosures

Remuneration governance

4.4.1    Board oversight and the Remuneration Committee

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Group’s remuneration arrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP Billiton and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical that the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting remuneration of the CEO, the other members of the GMC and the Group’s employees.

The Board has therefore established a Remuneration Committee to assist it in making such decisions. The Committee is comprised solely of Non-executive Directors, all of whom are independent. In order to ensure that it is fully informed, the Committee regularly invites members of management to attend meetings to provide reports and updates. The Committee can draw on services from a range of external sources, including remuneration consultants.

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration

Committee members

•       Carolyn Hewson (member to 31 December 2014 and Chairman from 1 January 2015)

•       John Buchanan (Chairman to 31 December 2014 and member from 1 January 2015)

•       Carlos Cordeiro

•       Pat Davies

•       John Schubert (to 31 December 2014)

•       Shriti Vadera (from 1 January 2015)

Number of meetings in FY2015

•       Seven

Other Directors and employees who regularly attended meetings(1)

•       Jac Nasser (Chairman)

•       Andrew Mackenzie (CEO)

•       Athalie Williams (President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015 and Chief People Officer from 1 July 2015)

•       Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014)

•       Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President, Group Reward)

•       Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015)

•       Margaret Taylor (Group Company Secretary from 1 June 2015)

•       Geof Stapledon (Vice President, Governance)

(1)These individuals were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

Section 3.14.2 for further information regarding the Committee

The activities of the Remuneration Committee are governed by Terms of Reference (most recently approved by the Board in June 2013), which are available on our website. The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of:

 

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO, the other members of the GMC and its general application to all Group employees;

 

the determination of levels of reward for the CEO and approval of reward to the other members of the GMC;

 

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by providing guidance to the Group Chairman;

 

communication with shareholders on the Group’s remuneration policy and the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board;

 

the Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;

 

the preparation of the Remuneration Report to be included in the Group’s Annual Report;

 

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.

Remuneration

Committee members

•     John Buchanan (Chairman)

•     Carlos Cordeiro

•     Pat Davies

•     John Schubert

•     Carolyn Hewson (appointed 28 January 2014)

Number of meetings in FY2014

•     Seven

Other individuals who

regularly attended

meetings(1)

•     Jac Nasser (Chairman)

•     Andrew Mackenzie (CEO)

•     Karen Wood (President)

•     Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources)

•     Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President, Group Reward)

•     Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary)

•     Geof Stapledon (Vice President, Governance)

(1)These individuals were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

LOGOSection3.14.2for further information regarding the Committee

The use of remuneration consultants

The Committee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisorsadvisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by, and report directly to, the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected, and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP Billiton’s management. The advice and recommendations of external advisers are used as a guide, but do not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration of the issues by each Director.

Kepler Associates was appointed by the Committee to act as an independent remuneration adviser to provide specialist remuneration advice and does not provide other services to the Group. Kepler Associates’ parent Mercer, a member of the MMC Group of companies, currently provides human resources services to the Group. Kepler Associates is a member of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its Code of Conduct. During the year, Kepler Associates provided advice and assistance to the Committee on a wide range of matters, including:

 

advice in regard to remuneration arrangements for the CEO and the members of the GMC;

 

benchmarking of pay of senior executives against comparable roles at a range of relevant comparator groups, including sector and size peers;

 

provision of information and commentary on global trends in executive remuneration;

 

calculation of fair values for accounting and remuneration setting purposes of equity awards and performance analysis for LTI awards;

 

assistance in the determination of the remuneration framework for KMP for South32;

review of, and commentary on, management proposals;

 

other ad-hoc support and advice as requested by the Committee.

Kepler Associates is the only remuneration consultant appointed by the Committee.

Management also appoints external firms from time to time to assist with remuneration benchmarking, data provision and the like. While other external firms did provide certain information to management to assist them in deliberations, no remuneration adviser other than Kepler Associates provided remuneration recommendations during the year in relation to KMP.

Remuneration recommendations

As part of its role, Kepler Associates provided ‘remuneration recommendations’ (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act 2001) to the Committee during the year. Each time Kepler Associates provides a remuneration recommendation, Kepler Associates provides a declaration that the remuneration recommendation was made free from undue influence by the individual to whom the recommendation relates. The Board considered the

processes outlined above, the constraints incorporated into Kepler Associates’ terms of engagement, the implementation of a comprehensive protocol for the engagement of remuneration advisorsadvisers and the receipt of the declaration of no undue influence. It is satisfied that the remuneration recommendations received from Kepler Associates were made free from undue influence by any member of the KMP to whom the recommendations related.

Total fees paid to Kepler Associates for the above services for the period from 1 July 20132014 to 30 June 20142015 were £125,520,£161,000, of which £51,920£63,850 was for attendance at Committee meetings and commentary on management proposals, and a total of £73,600£97,150 for the provision of remuneration recommendations and other technical advice and support on executive remuneration.

Management also appoints external firms from time to time to assist with remuneration benchmarking, data provision and the like. While other external firms did provide certain information to management to assist them in deliberations, no remuneration advisor other than Kepler Associates provided remuneration recommendations during the year in relation to KMP.

4.4.2    Prohibition on hedging of BHP Billiton shares and equity instruments

The CEO and other members of the GMC are not allowed to protect the value of any unvested BHP Billiton equity awards allocated to them under employee programmes,programs, or the value of shares and securities held as part of meeting BHP Billiton’s MSR as described below. The policy also prohibits GMC members from using unvested BHP Billiton equity awards as collateral in any financial transaction, including hedging and margin loan arrangements.

Any securities that have vested and are no longer subject to restrictions or performance conditions may be subject to hedging arrangements or used as collateral, provided that consent is obtained from BHP Billiton in advance of the employee entering into the arrangement. BHP Billiton treats compliance with this policy as a serious issue, and takes appropriate measures to ensure that the policy is adhered to.

4.4.3    Share ownership guidelines and the MSR

The share ownership guidelines and the MSR help to ensure that the interests of directors,Directors, executives and shareholders remain aligned. For FY2014:

the MSR for the CEO was 500 per cent of annual gross pre-tax base salary and he met the MSR as at the date of this report;

the MSR for other members of the GMC was 300 per cent of annual gross pre-tax base salary and they all met the MSR as at the date of this report apart from Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt, Geoff Healy and Daniel Malchuk.

The value of equity awards and any other securities for the purposes of the MSR is the market value of the underlying shares. Unvested employee equity awards do not qualify, and neither do any options with a market-based exercise price.

The CEO and other members of the GMC are expected to grow their holdings to the MSR from the scheduled vesting of their employee awards over time. Under the policy, employees are not required to meet the holding requirement before awards are allocated to them. Rather, the MSR is tested at the time that shares are to be sold. The GMC members are entitled to sell sufficient shares to satisfy tax obligations arising from the granting, holding, vesting, exercise or sale of the employee awards or the underlying shares. However, if a GMC member wishes to sell additional shares, they will be prohibited from doing so unless they will meet the MSR after the sale.

For FY2015:

LOGOSection 4.4.27

the MSR for details ofthe CEO was five times annual gross pre-tax base salary and while he met this requirement last year, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share ownership informationprices (including an impact of the CEO anddemerger of South32) have resulted in Andrew Mackenzie’s shareholding being 4.4 times annual gross pre-tax base salary at the end of FY2015;

the MSR for other members of the GMC

was three times annual gross pre-tax base salary and Peter Beaven, Dean Dalla Valle, Mike Henry and Jimmy Wilson met the MSR at the end of FY2015, while Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt, Geoff Healy, Daniel Malchuk and Athalie Williams have not yet met the MSR.

Subject to securities dealing constraints, Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees) to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve a shareholdingan MSR equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration.remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees). Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. AllEach Non-executive DirectorsDirector met the MSR as at the dateend of this report.FY2015 with the exception of Carlos Cordeiro. Mr Cordeiro met the MSR last year and the level of his shareholding has not changed since. However, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share prices have reduced the value of his shareholding such that he did not meet the MSR at the end of FY2015.

LOGOSection 4.4.27 for details of share ownership information of the CEO, other members of the GMC and the Non-executive Directors

4.4.4    Statement of voting at the 20132014 AGMs

BHP Billiton’s remuneration resolutions have attracted a high level of support by shareholders. Voting in regard to those resolutions put to shareholders at the 20132014 AGMs is shown below, in accordance with UK legislation.below.

 

AGM Resolution

  % vote ‘for’   % vote ‘against’   Votes withheld (1)   

Requirement

  % vote ‘for’   % vote ‘against’   Votes withheld (1) 

Remuneration Report

   97.28     2.72     19,292,876  

Adoption of new LTIP Rules

   97.22     2.78     41,873,567  

Remuneration policy

  UK   97.19     2.81     29,834,918  

Remuneration Report excluding Remuneration Policy

  UK   98.23     1.77     13,161,811  

Remuneration Report (whole report)

  Australia   98.02     1.98     13,127,265  

Leaving entitlements

  Australia   97.97     2.03     13,213,709  

Approval of grants to Executive Director

   97.28     2.72     17,772,663    Australia   97.02     2.98     29,928,012  

 

(1)The sum of votes marked ‘Vote Withheld’ at BHP Billiton Plc’s AGM and votes marked ‘Abstain’ at BHP Billiton Limited’s AGM.

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

The CEO remuneration policy that applied in FY2014FY2015 is the same as set out in the remuneration policy report, and the remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in accordance with that same policy.

LOGOSection 4.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

4.4.5    Single total figure of remuneration

This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration and is not intended to meet IFRS accounting standards.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for the Statutory IFRS Remuneration table

This measure of remuneration is required to be reported only in relation to the performance of the services of an Executive Director. As Andrew Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO and Executive Director in May 2013, the FY2013 figures therefore relate only to a part-year period.

US dollars (’000)

      Base salary   Benefits   STI (1)   LTI   Pension   Total       Base salary   Benefits   STI (1)   LTI   Pension   Total 

Andrew Mackenzie

   FY2014     1,700     92     3,136     2,635     425     7,988     FY2015     1,700     145     2,312     0     425     4,582  
   FY2013     242     702     256     1,208     60     2,468     FY2014     1,700     92     3,136     2,635     425     7,988  

 

(1) Provided half in cash and half in deferred equity as shown in the table below.

For Mr Mackenzie, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated as set out below.

 

   

FY2013 – 10 May to 30 June 2013FY2014

  

FY2014FY2015

Base salary

Base salary earned for the period, based on a full-year base salary in the CEO role of US$1.700 million.  Base salary earned from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2014.Base salary earned from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2015.

Benefits(1)

LOGO  Section 4.3.3 for policy for specific benefits

Personal tax return preparation in required countries, a pro-rated portion of private family health insurance, plus the full amount of the US$0.700 million relocation allowance paid in respect of Mr Mackenzie’s move from the UK to Australia.  The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2014, together with spouse business-related travel.The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2015, together with spouse business-related travel.

STI

LOGO  Section 4.4.6 for how STI is determined

A pro-rated portion of STI awarded for FY2013 performance. Half or US$0.128 million was provided in cash in September 2013, and half or US$0.128 million deferred in an equity award, which is due to vest in FY2016.  STI awarded for FY2014 performance. Half or US$1.568 million will bewas provided in cash in September 2014, and half or US$1.568 million deferred in an equity award, which is due to vest in FY2017.STI awarded for FY2015 performance. Half or US$1.156 million will be provided in cash in September 2015, and half or US$1.156 million deferred in an equity award (subject to shareholder approval at the 20142015 AGMs), which will be due to vest in FY2017.FY2018.

LTI

LOGOSection 4.4.7 for the LTI performance condition

 

LOGOSection 4.4.8 for LTI awarded during FY2014FY2015

A pro-rated portion of the value of 243,126 LTI awards that vested on 22 August 2013, based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2013. The total value of that award (based on a share price on 22 August 2013 of £19.20, converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP (of US$1.017 million) on the date of vesting and exercise was US$8.480 million.  The value of 69,600 LTI awards that vested on 20 August 2014, based on performance duringover the five-year period to 30 June 2014. This value of that award is2014 and valued based on athe share price on 20 August 2014 of £19.65 (converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP of US$0.359 million.Based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2015, the 120,000 LTI awards granted in 2010 did not vest and have lapsed. The value of the awards is zero and no DEP has been paid in respect of these awards.

Pension

  BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plans during the periodplan at 25% of base salary.  BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plansplan at 25% of base salary.

 

(1) Although eligible, the CEO does not currently participate in Shareplus, for reasons of administrative simplicity in terms of stock exchange dealings and announcements.

When the components of remuneration are provided

The following graph illustrates the usual time frame for delivery of the components of remuneration. It shows how STI and LTI outcomes are deferred.

 

LOGOLOGO

4.4.6    FY2014FY2015 STI performance outcomes

The CEO scorecard for the FY2014FY2015 performance year is summarised in the following table. A description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Remuneration Committee, are shown below the table. The performance range is set for each measure with the level of performance determined on a range of Threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), Target (where the performance requirements are met), and Stretch (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).

 

LOGOLOGO

HSEC

The HSEC KPI for the CEO is aligned to the Group’s suite of HSEC Five Year Public Targetsfive-year public targets as set out in BHP Billiton’s Sustainability Report. As it has done for several years, the Remuneration Committee sought guidance from the Sustainability Committee when assessing HSEC performance. The Sustainability Committee reviewed performance against each of the designated measures. Consistent with prior years, the Remuneration Committee then took a holistic view of how the Group had performed in critical areas.

Targets for FY2014FY2015

 

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.

 

TRIF and occupational illness: Improved performance compared with FY2013FY2014 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

Risk management: The GroupEach Business is to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled, andcontrolled. For all material risks Businesses to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owners.owner.

Health, environment and community initiatives: All assets to achieve 100 per cent of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas reductionprojects, local procurement, social investment and local procurement.community complaints targets.

Performance for FY2014FY2015

 

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents:Zero fatalities occurred We tragically lost five of our colleagues in FY2014, withFY2015 and there is no question that this is an unacceptable outcome. As a reduction in the number of potential significant events recorded as well.Company, we need to continue to build our focus on safety and fatality prevention through leadership and effective processes. No significant environmental incidents occurred, and whilehowever, there was awere two significant community protest at Cerro Matoso (Columbia), it was well managed without any material impact.incidents for FY2015, both being collisions on public roads.

 

TRIF and occupational illness: Our TRIF performance forin FY2015 improved compared with FY2014 wasacross BHP Billiton as a significant improvement over FY2013,whole and in most Businesses, with a ninetwo per cent reduction to a TRIF of 4.24.1 for FY2014, partly offset by an increase in occupationalFY2015. Occupational illness outcomesrates increased due to the identification of 14 per cent in FY2014 compared with FY2013.legacy illness cases.

 

Risk management: All material HSEC risks that have been identified are recorded, and critical control assessments have been completed. In addition, critical control execution and critical control verification tasks have been carried out in accordance with requirements.

 

Health, environment and community initiatives: Greenhouse gas reduction targets set at the commencement of the year were materially exceeded, with outperformance observed across BHP Billiton. Targets set for water management, reducing occupational health exposures, for water management and local procurement plan development and implementation, social investment and community compliants were achieved.

Notwithstanding the positive aspects of FY2015 HSEC performance outlined above, as a consequence of the five tragic fatalities, the Board and Remuneration Committee decided, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s FY2015 HSEC STI outcome from 12.3 per cent to zero, reflecting the CEO’s overarching accountability for the safety outcomes of the Company.

Attributable profit

Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group (attributable profit) is the primary measure used by the Board when assessing the Group’s financial performance. For the purposes of assessing the actual reported outcome against a directly comparable target, the attributable profit KPI is adjusted for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements, and exceptional items to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices are ordinarily the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue.

Targets for FY2014FY2015

In respect of FY2014,FY2015, the Board determined a target for attributable profit of US$13.31.7 billion, after the adjustments described above.

Performance for FY2014FY2015

Attributable profit of US$13.81.9 billion was reported by BHP Billiton, which was in excess of the target. The key drivers of this outperformance were higher than expected sales volumes, particularly in Iron Ore and, to a lesser extent, in Coal and Petroleum, together with positive productivity and cost performance across a range of Businesses, particularly in Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel, and in Coal. These gains were partly offset by the impact of non-cash coststhe Olympic Dam mill outage, water constraints and weather conditions in Copper.

The adjustments for exceptional items in FY2015 (described further in Section 7.1.6 Note 2 of this Annual Report) included an impairment of Onshore US Assets (net loss US$2.0 billion), the repeal of the Minerals Resources Rent Tax legislation (net loss US$0.7 billion), and an impairment of Nickel West (net loss US$0.3 billion). The impairment of Onshore US Assets mainly reflected the Hawkville field’s geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans, together with the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition. The acquisition of Petrohawk was made in 2011, prior to the establishment of the GMC in its present form. Accordingly, the impairment had not been taken into account directly for the determination of the FY2015 STI outcomes for the current GMC. However, the impairment and the diminution in the value of Petrohawk assets has directly contributed to a zero vesting outcome under the 2010 LTIP for participants, including the current CEO .

Section 4.4.7 for information on LTIP performance testing

Notwithstanding this, the Board and Committee considers that the CEO should bear a partial impact of the impairment of Onshore US Assets, and decided it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s attributable profit FY2015 STI outcome by 7.5 per cent from 42.8 per cent to 39.6 per cent to reflect this.

Capital project management (cost and schedule)

Capital project management measures based on the cost and the schedule outcomes for major capital projects in execution are considered to be effective measures of the delivery of our project pipeline, and consistent with other companies in our sector. The cost KPI is adjusted for foreign exchange movements to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Consistent with last year, the Committee also considers qualitative factors such as performance on Business level projects, post commissioning performance, capital expenditure efficiency, progress to plan of development projects, relative capital performance against competitors and variations to prior Board approvals.

Targets for FY2014FY2015

In respect of FY2014,FY2015, the Board determined a target for cost of US$23.919.6 billion, after adjusting for foreign exchange movements, and a target for schedule of 36.041.5 months, which are weighted averages of the portfolio of major projects under development.

Performance for FY2014FY2015

The outcome of US$24.019.9 billion on cost was slightly behind the target. Whiletarget, and the performance outcome on schedule of 45.4 months was nominally on target at 36.0 months, the actual outcome was determined to be marginally behind target for the purposes of STI outcomes.between threshold and target. While the majority of major capital projects proceeded in accordance with approved targets, cost budgets were exceeded on certain projects in CopperPetroleum and Iron Ore,Potash and Copper, while favourable cost outcomes were observed in respect of certain other projects in Coal and Iron Ore. Negative impacts on schedule were observed on certain major capital projects in Copper, Iron Ore and Petroleum and Potash, Coal and Iron Ore, while certain other projects progressed ahead of approved schedule in Iron OreCoal and Coal.Copper. This year, performance overall on qualitative factors was assessed as being between target and stretch, with positive performance observed on progress to plan of development projects and relative performance against competitors.

Individual performance measuresRemuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

Fee levels for the Non-executive Directors and the Chairman, which are reviewed annually, have remained unchanged since 2011. The annual review includes benchmarking, with the assistance of external advisers, against peer companies. Based on the review conducted in June 2015 the Board, with support from the Chairman, has decided to reduce the Chairman’s fee by approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million per annum, and the Chairman and the CEO have decided to reduce the Non-executive Director base fee by approximately six per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.

Individual measuresThese reductions were considered appropriate in light of the challenging external environment and the benchmarking data for peer companies. The different percentage reduction for the CEOChairman compared with that for Non-executive Directors reflects the relevant benchmarks for those roles.

A decision was also taken to include mandatory superannuation contributions within the relevant base fee from 1 July 2015, which is more closely aligned to the practices of other companies. This has the effect of further reducing remuneration for those Directors who receive mandatory Australian superannuation contributions. For those Directors, this results in an average reduction of approximately 12 per cent in the aggregate of their base fees and superannuation contributions.

Summary

The Committee remains confident that our philosophy and policies on remuneration are determinedappropriate to support long-term value creation, and the outcomes for FY2015 continue to demonstrate the alignment between remuneration and performance at the commencement of the financial year. The application of personal, qualitative measures remains an important element of effective performance management. These measures seek to provide a balance between the financial and non-financial performance requirements that maintain our position as a leader in our industry.BHP Billiton. I would welcome any comments you may have.

Carolyn Hewson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

10  September 2015

Targets for FY20144.2    Introduction to the Remuneration Report

The CEO’s individual measurescontents of this Remuneration Report are governed by legislation in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The UK Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), which are generally described as UK requirements in this Remuneration Report, require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures in regard to Directors.

The Australian Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures for FY2014 comprised contribution toKMP, defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the overall performanceactivities of the Group, directly or indirectly. For the purposes of this Remuneration Report, it has been determined that the KMP includes the Non-executive Directors, and the management team, and delivery against projects and initiatives within the scopemembers of the CEO role as set outGMC including the CEO.

4.2.1    Members of the GMC

The GMC makes key management decisions under the authorities that have been delegated to it by the Board, including productivity and cost improvement, enhanced stakeholder relations and portfolio optimisation.

Performance for FY2014

Board. The CEO has completed his first full financial year in the role, and is considered by the Committee to have performed well against the individual measures set at the commencementmembers of the year, as set out above. The CEO has contributed positively to the performance of the Company and the GMC significant productivity improvements have been achieved during FY2014, relations with stakeholders have improved, and the Group’s portfolio optimisation efforts are progressing well. Accordingly, the Committee is of the view the CEO has performed ahead of target on individual measures.

4.4.7    LTI performance outcomes

LTI vested based on performance to June 2014

The five-year performance period for the 2009 LTI awards ended on 30 June 2014. The CEO’s 2009 LTI comprised 120,000 awards, subject to achievement of the relative TSR performance condition, and any discretion applied by the Remuneration Committee as described below.

Testing the performance condition

For the award to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period from 1 July 2009 to 30 June 2014.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the definition of Peer Group TSR

In respect of the 2009 LTI, the Peer Group TSR was 42.8 per cent, compared to BHP Billiton’s TSR of 60.6 per cent. Accordingly, BHP Billiton outperformed its peer companies by 17.8 per cent, and therefore 58 per cent of awards vested. As a result, 69,600 of the CEO’s 2009 LTI award (granted under the former LTIP) vested on 20 August 2014. The closing price of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares on the LSE on that date was £19.65 and so the value of the vested award was US$2.635 million, including the associated DEP of US$0.359 million in relation to dividends over the five-year performance period in the form of shares (by applying the net cash DEP towards the purchase of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares for the CEO).

If BHP Billiton’s relative performance had been equal to or less than the Peer Group TSR, then Threshold vesting would not have been achieved, and none of the award would have vested.

LOGOSection 4.4.8 for the 2009 peer group companies

The impact of the TSR outperformance by BHP Billiton was to add US$25 billion of shareholder value from 1 July 2009 to 30 June 2014 over and above the weighted average performance of the comparators, as2015 are shown in the graphstable below. Starting from the LTI award scheduled to vest next year, being the LTI allocated in 2010, relative TSR will be measured against both a peer group, and also a broader market index.

Application of discretion to reduce vesting

The rules of the LTIP and the terms and conditions of the award give the Committee an overarching discretion to reduce the number of awards that will vest, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for partial or full vesting has been met.

In accordance with its overarching discretion, the Committee has considered the TSR outcome in the context of the Group’s performance over the five-year performance period and determined that the recorded TSR outcome is a fair reflection of performance.

This qualitative judgement, which is applied before final vesting is confirmed, is an important risk management aspect to ensure that vesting is not simply driven by a formula that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes. The Committee considers its discretion carefully each year, taking account of the circumstances that are relevant to the five-year period under consideration.

LOGOSection4.4.25for a five-year history of BHP Billiton share prices and dividends

The graphs below show BHP Billiton’s performance under the 2009 LTIP performance condition.

 

LOGOName

  

LOGOTitle

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Peter Beaven

Chief Financial Officer since 1 October 2014

President, Copper to 30 September 2014

Tony Cudmore

Chief Public Affairs Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Corporate Affairs to 30 June 2015

Tim Cutt

President, Petroleum since 1 July 2015

President, Petroleum and Potash to 30 June 2015

Dean Dalla Valle

Chief Commercial Officer since 1 July 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

President, Coal to 31 December 2014

Geoff Healy

Chief Legal Counsel

Mike Henry

President, Coal since 1 January 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology to 31 December 2014

Daniel Malchuk

President, Copper since 1 March 2015

President, from 1 February 2015 to 28 February 2015

President, Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel to 31 January 2015

Athalie Williams

Chief People Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

Jimmy Wilson

President, Iron Ore

Section3.2.2for dates of appointment of GMC members

In addition to the KMP listed above, Karen Wood (President to 19 August 2014), Graham Kerr (Chief Financial Officer to 30 September 2014), Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014) and Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015) served as KMP during FY2015.

4.2.2    Non-executive Directors

Details of the Non-executive Directors who held office during FY2015 are set out below. Each Non-executive Director held office for the whole of FY2015 unless otherwise indicated.

Name

Title

Name

Title

Jac Nasser

ChairmanCarolyn HewsonNon-executive Director

Malcolm Brinded

Non-executive DirectorLindsay MaxstedNon-executive Director

Malcolm Broomhead

Non-executive DirectorWayne MurdyNon-executive Director

John Buchanan

Senior Independent Director to 13 July 2015Keith RumbleNon-executive Director to 22 May 2015

Carlos Cordeiro

Non-executive DirectorJohn SchubertNon-executive Director

David Crawford

Non-executive Director to 20 November 2014Shriti Vadera

Senior Independent Director since 14 August 2015

Non-executive Director to 13 August 2015

Pat Davies

Non-executive Director

Section 3.2.1for dates of appointment of Non-executive Directors

4.3    Remuneration policy report

This section of the Report describes the overarching remuneration policy that guides the Remuneration Committee’s decisions. Our remuneration policy has not changed from that approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs and so the remuneration policy as set out in the 2014 Annual Report continues to apply as set out in this section.

Contents of the remuneration policy report

4.3.1 to 4.3.8    Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

4.3.9                 Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Section 4.4.14 for remuneration policy for the GMC (excluding the CEO)

This section of the Report was introduced last year as a result of new UK legislation, under which this policy report was required to be put to a binding vote at the Group’s 2014 AGMs. Shareholder approval was provided at those meetings, and this remuneration policy became effective for Directors of BHP Billiton immediately after the final 2014 AGM. Under the UK legislation, this policy is binding only in regard to the Directors (including the CEO) and not for other members of the GMC. The UK legislation requires BHP Billiton to present the remuneration policy for this vote at least every three years.

Where the remuneration policy report includes cross-references to other sections of the Remuneration Report or the Annual Report, these are solely for the purposes of assisting the reader to locate related information. The referenced information is not part of the remuneration policy report.

Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

BHP Billiton currently has a single Executive Director, being the CEO. Therefore, for simplicity, this section refers only to the CEO. This remuneration policy would, however, apply for any new Executive Director role, in

the event that one were created during the life of this remuneration policy. In that case, references in this section to the CEO should be read as being to each Executive Director.

4.3.1    Overarching principles

The Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supportingOur Charter.

On page i of this document:Our Chartersets out our purpose, strategy, values and how we judge our success

The Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for the CEO, taking into account his responsibilities, location, skills, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain a highly skilled CEO, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged, are to:

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

4.3.2    The purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements reinforce the achievement of our success, as set out in Our Charter, and are designed to ensure that the CEO takes a long-term approach to decision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements for the CEO and all executives, and is satisfied that the approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to STI and LTI awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration. The equity component of any STI award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the LTIP is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by the CEO therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

It is the Committee’s view that this provides an appropriate focus on BHP Billiton’s sustained performance beyond the end of the initial measurement period. This approach also provides a transparent mechanism for clawback or adjustment in the event of a restatement of Group results, through changes to the vesting or non-vesting of deferred awards.

In addition, STI and LTI outcomes are not driven by a purely formulaic approach. The Committee holds discretion to determine that awards are not to be provided or vested in circumstances where it would be inappropriate or would provide unintended outcomes. The Committee has no discretion to allow vesting of equity awards when performance conditions have not been satisfied (other than in the event of death or serious injury, disability, illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement of the CEO).

4.3.3    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration, the link to strategy, how each component operates, how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration, and the maximum opportunity for each component.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Base salary

A competitive base salary is paid in order to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO, and to provide appropriate remuneration for this important role in the Group.

•     Base salary is broadly aligned with salaries for comparable roles in global companies of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects the CEO’s responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.

•     Base salary is reviewed annually with effect from 1 September. Reviews are informed, but not led, by benchmarking to comparable roles (as above), changes in responsibility and general economic conditions. Substantial weight is also given to the general base salary increases for employees. Base salary is not subject to separate performance conditions.

•     Base salary is denominated in US dollars.

•     The Remuneration Committee’s discretion in respect of base salary increases applies up to the maximum shown.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in Australia.

Pension

Provides a market-competitive level of post-employment benefit to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

•     Pension contributions are benchmarked to comparable roles in global companies.

•     Pension contributions are provided, with a choice of funding vehicles: a defined contribution plan, an unfunded retirement savings plan, an international retirement plan or a self-managed superannuation fund. Alternatively, a cash payment may be provided in lieu.

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of pension contributions applies up to the maximum shown.

25% of base salary.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Benefits

Provides personal insurances and assistance where BHP Billiton’s structure gives rise to tax obligations across multiple jurisdictions, and a market-competitive level of benefits to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

•     Benefits may be provided as determined by the Committee. Currently, this includes such items as the costs of private family health insurance, death and disability insurance, car parking, and personal tax return preparation in the required countries where BHP Billiton has requested that the CEO relocate internationally, or where BHP Billiton’s Dual Listed Company structure requires personal tax returns in multiple jurisdictions.

•     The CEO may from time to time be accompanied by his spouse/partner on business related travel, including for Board meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance are met by BHP Billiton. In some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the CEO. In such cases, BHP Billiton reimburses the CEO for this tax cost.

•     The CEO is eligible to participate in Shareplus, which is BHP Billiton’s all-employee share purchase plan.Section 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and the CEO’s participation

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of benefits applies up to the maximums shown.

•     A relocation allowance and assistance is provided only where a change of location is made at BHP Billiton’s request. The Group’s mobility policies provide ‘one-off’ payments with no trailing entitlements.

Benefits as determined by the Committee but to a limit not exceeding 10% of base salary and (if applicable) a one-off taxable relocation allowance up to US$700,000.

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s comparative performance against the ASX 100, FTSE 100 and the MSCI World index.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

STI

The purpose of STI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on those performance measures and outcomes that are priorities for the Group for the relevant financial year, and to motivate the CEO to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.

The performance measures for each year are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short- and long-term impact on the success of the Group.

Deferral of a portion of STI awards in deferred equity over BHP Billiton shares encourages a longer-term focus aligned to that of shareholders.

Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

Setting performance measures and targets

•     A scorecard of measures is set at the commencement of each financial year.

•     The measures and their relative weightings are chosen by the Committee, in their discretion, in order to appropriately drive overall performance for the coming year. Specified financial measures will constitute the largest weighting. The scorecard will also include measures that impact the long-term sustainability of the Group. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC measures and weightings.

•     We plan to disclose the weightings of HSEC, financial and individual measures around the beginning of each performance period.

•     The target is determined for each performance measure at a level that will motivate the CEO to achieve an appropriately stretching annual performance outcome and that will contribute to the longer-term success of the Group and shareholder wealth. The target for each financial measure is derived from the annual budget as approved by the Board for the relevant financial year.

•     For HSEC and for individual measures the target is ordinarily expressed in narrative form and will be disclosed near the beginning of the performance period. For reasons of commercial sensitivity, while we will provide a narrative description of financial target performance in broad terms, the actual target for each financial measure will not be disclosed in advance. However, we plan to disclose the target for each measure retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will seek to explain why and give an indication of when the target may be disclosed.

•     Should any other performance measures be added at the discretion of the Committee, we will determine the timing of disclosure of the relevant target with due consideration of commercial sensitivity.

Section 4.4.6 for details of performance measures and outcomes for FY2015

Section 4.4.11 for details of performance measures for FY2016

Maximum award

240% of base salary (cash 120% and 120% in deferred equity).

Target performance

160% of base salary (cash 80% and 80% in deferred equity).

Threshold performance

80% of base salary (cash 40% and 40% in deferred equity).

Minimum award

Zero

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Assessment of performance

•     At the conclusion of the financial year, the CEO’s achievement against each measure is assessed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, and an STI award determined. If performance is below the Threshold level for any measure, no STI will be provided in respect of that portion of the STI opportunity.

•     The Remuneration Committee is assisted by the Sustainability Committee in relation to assessment of performance against HSEC measures, and considers guidance provided by other Committees in respect of other measures.

•     The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance.

•     In the event that the Remuneration Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any STI award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.

Delivery of award

•     STI awards are provided under the STIP.

•     The value of any STI award is provided half in cash and half in an award of the equivalent value of BHP Billiton equity, which is deferred for two years and may be forfeited if the CEO leaves the Group within the deferral period.

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the CEO is still employed by BHP Billiton at the end of the deferral period(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle STI awards in cash.

•     Both cash and equity STI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

LTI

The purpose of the LTI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).

It aligns the CEO’s reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of that of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.

The provision of LTIP awards over BHP Billiton shares also encourages long-term share exposure for the CEO, and aligns the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.

Demonstration of this alignment between the interests of the CEO and shareholders is seen through the five-year performance period of the LTI, which is consistent with the long-term nature of the resources industry.

Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the LTIP

Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

Relative TSR performance condition

•     The award is subject to a relative TSR performance condition, which must be achieved over a five-year period. Full vesting under the LTIP only occurs where BHP Billiton’s relative TSR(4) significantly outperforms the TSR of the comparator group(s). The comparator group(s) and the weighting between comparator groups will be determined by the Committee in relation to each grant.

Section 4.4.8 for further detail on LTIP comparator group(s)

•     Relative TSR has been chosen as the most appropriate measure as it allows for an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.

Level of performance required for vesting

•     None of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is below the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR(6) where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and/or below Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World index).

•     For each award, the Committee will determine the level of relative TSR outperformance required on a per annum basis, or on a compounded basis over the five-year period, against the peer group and/or market index in order for the whole of the LTI award to vest.

Section 4.4.8 for details of the outperformance required for recent grants

•     25% of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is equal to the Peer Group TSR and/or Index TSR (as applicable), and vesting occurs on a sliding scale between that point and the point of full vesting.

•     There is no retesting if the performance condition is not met. In the event that the Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply based on the Group’s achievement of the relative TSR performance condition to be a true reflection of the underlying performance of the Group, or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended vesting outcomes.

Normal Maximum Award

Face value of 400% of base salary.

Exceptional Maximum Award (5)

Face value of 488% of base salary.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

•     To ensure that the LTI performance conditions continue to support operational excellence, risk management and the execution of the Group’s strategy, the Committee retains discretion to add further performance measures to supplement the existing relative TSR performance condition. Prior to doing so, consultation would be undertaken with key stakeholders. Should this be the case, the vesting of a portion of any LTI award may instead be linked to performance against the new measure(s). The Committee expects that in the event of introducing an additional performance measure(s), the weighting on relative TSR would remain the majority weighting.

Delivery of award

•     LTI awards are provided under the LTIP approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs. When considering the value of the award to be provided, the Committee primarily considers the face value of the award, and also considers its fair value which includes consideration of the performance conditions.(7)

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle LTI awards in cash.

•     LTI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

 

LOGO

LTI vested during FY2014 based on performance to June 2013

As detailed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the five-year performance period for the 2008 LTIP ended on 30 June 2013. For awards to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR of a by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period. The Peer Group TSR was negative 44.0 per cent, which compared to BHP Billiton’s TSR of negative 9.4 per cent. As a result, BHP Billiton outperformed its peer companies by 34.6 per cent, and therefore met the requisite performance condition for full vesting.

LOGOSection 4.3.34.3.5for how the definition of Peer Group TSRremuneration policy considers other employees

LOGO Section 4.4.8 for the 2008 peer group companies

As described above, the Committee then considered their overarching discretion under the LTIP rules to reduce the number of awards that vested, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for full vesting had been met. The Committee, with the support of the Board, exercised that discretion and reduced vesting by 35 per cent for all participants. Accordingly, 35 per cent of the CEO’s awards did not vest and instead lapsed.

In applying its discretion, the Committee took into account a range of factors, including the negative TSR over the five-year performance period that shareholders have experienced. While the Committee recognised that the TSR was delivered in a difficult business environment, it also felt that more closely aligning the experience of shareholders and executives was important. As always, the Committee also looked at the total remuneration for executives. While the Committee exercised its discretion in respect of the 2008 LTIP vesting, based on its consideration of all relevant factors, this does not imply that the discretion will or will not be exercised to reduce the vesting result in future years.

LOGOSection 4.4.5 for the number and value of vested LTI awards for the CEO

4.4.8    LTI allocated during FY2014

Following shareholder approval at the 2013 AGMs, an LTI award was granted to the CEO on 18 December 2013. The face value and fair value of the award are shown in the table below.

Number of LTI
rights (1)

  

Face value

US$ (‘000) (2)

  

Face value

% of salary

  

Fair value

US$ (‘000) (3)

  

Fair value

% of salary

  

% of max (4)

198,514

  6,800  400  2,788  164  82

 

(1) The numberUK regulations require the disclosure of LTI rightsthe maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is calculated by dividingexpressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised it should not be interpreted that it is the face value byCompany’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the average closing share price over the 12 months up to and including the grant date (being A$35.33) and rounding down to the nearest number of rights.regulations.

(2) The face value ofaward may be retained if the award was determined as 400 per cent of Andrew Mackenzie’s base salary of US$1.700 million.CEO has left the Group in certain circumstances.

Section 4.3.8 for payments on loss of office

 

(3) A DEP is provided when the award vests (or is exercised). The fairCEO will receive the value of dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the awardperiod from grant to vest (or exercise). The Committee intends that DEP will be provided in the form of shares, although the plan accommodates a cash equivalent. A DEP is calculated by multiplying the face value of the award by the fair value factor of 41 per cent (for the current plan design, as determined by Kepler Associates).not provided in relation to any STI and LTI awards that are forfeited or lapse.

 

(4) BHP Billiton’s TSR is a weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

(5)

The allocationmaximum award permitted with the LTIP rules (as approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs) is 82expressed as a fair value equal to 200 per cent of base salary. A fair value takes into account the maximum award that may be provided underprobability of meeting the LTIP rules.performance condition and other factors. The current plan design produces a fair value of

41 per cent of face value. The maximum is a fair value of 200 per cent of base salary oris therefore currently equivalent to a face value of 488 per cent of base salary (488% x 41% = 200%). This is shown as the Exceptional Maximum Award in the table. However, it is current policy to provide a maximum award of 400 per cent of base salary, which is therefore shown in the table as the Normal Maximum Award. In any case, all LTI awards to the CEO will only be provided with prior approval by shareholders in the relevant AGMs.

(6)The weighted median TSR means the median outcome when the companies are listed by their TSR, after weighting by market capitalisation.

(7)The fair value is calculated by the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates. It reflects outcomes weighted by probability, taking into account the difficulty of achieving the performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation, together with other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risks. The fair value for the current plan design (current comparator groups, outperformance percentage, etc.) is 41 per cent of the face value of an award. This fair value of 41 per cent may change should the Committee vary elements (such as adding a performance measure or altering the level of relative TSR outperformance) not specified in this remuneration policy report. This fair value is different from the fair value used for IFRS disclosures elsewhere in this report. In particular, the IFRS fair value does not take into account forfeiture conditions on the awards.

Malus and clawback

The STIP and LTIP provisions allow the Committee to reduce or clawback awards in the following circumstances:

the participant acting fraudulently or dishonestly or being in material breach of their obligations to the Group;

where BHP Billiton becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements of a Group company or the Group; or

any circumstances occur that the Committee determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair benefit to the participant.

These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, and whether or not the equity has vested.

Legacy incentive plans under which awards may vest

The remuneration policy approved by shareholders is required to cover awards that were granted under legacy plans and that may vest in the future on their existing terms. Key terms are shown in the table below.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

STI under the GIS

The former GIS was replaced by the STIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the STIP.

•     The terms of STI awards provided under the GIS were similar to those provided under the STIP.

•     Awards were provided to the CEO for performance in FY2013, and vested in August 2015.

Section 4.4.20 for a table of awards held under the GIS

The face value of the award on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

LTI under the former LTIP

The former LTIP was replaced by the new LTIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the new LTIP.

•     The terms of LTI awards provided under the former LTIP were similar to those provided under the new LTIP as described in the previous table, including the performance conditions.

•     Awards provided to the CEO in December 2010 did not vest in FY2015, as the performance condition was not met, and lapsed. Awards provided to the CEO in December 2011 and 2012 are due to vest from FY2017 to FY2018 to the extent that the performance conditions are met.

Section 4.4.7 for details of the 2010 LTIP performance outcomes

Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the former LTIP

The face value of the awards on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

4.3.4    Approach to recruitment and promotion remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or for another Executive Director should one be appointed, will reflect the remuneration policy as set out in this report. The ongoing components will therefore comprise base salary, pension contributions, benefits, STI and LTI.

A market competitive level of base salary, benefits and pension contributions will be provided to a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or another Executive Director. The same maximum STI and LTI apply as per the remuneration policy for the current CEO. The combined maximum level of STI and LTI that may be provided is 728 per cent of base salary, which is the combination of the maximum 240 per cent of base salary in STI and the exceptional maximum 488 per cent of base salary in LTI as per the remuneration policy for the CEO.

For external appointments, the Remuneration Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited from a former employer. It is anticipated that any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards forgone (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP Billiton’s framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the forgone award. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary.

For any internal CEO (or another Executive Director) appointments, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured according to their existing terms.

4.3.5    Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

When setting remuneration for the CEO, the Remuneration Committee considers the prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP Billiton workforce.

The Committee is briefed regularly about the pay and conditions of the wider employee population, and takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the CEO’s base salary. Salary increases in Australia, where the CEO is located, are particularly relevant, as they reflect the local economic conditions.

The principles that underpin the remuneration policy for the CEO are the same as those that apply to other employees, although the CEO’s arrangements have a greater emphasis on performance-related pay and a higher proportion of the CEO’s total remuneration is variable in the form of STI and LTI. Like those for the CEO, the performance measures used to determine STI outcomes for all employees are linked to achievement of the Group’s strategy and behaviours aligned to the values inOur Charter.

Although BHP Billiton does not consult directly with employees on Directors’ remuneration, the Group conducts regular employee engagement surveys which give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on remuneration matters. Many employees are ordinary shareholders and have the opportunity to vote on AGM resolutions. In FY2015, more than 14,000 continuing employees were enrolled to purchase BHP Billiton shares under Shareplus, our all-employee share plan.

4.3.6    Consideration of shareholder views

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach we take to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Regular proactive engagement on remuneration and governance matters takes place with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. This is overseen by the Remuneration Committee Chairman.

In addition, shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com.

Feedback from shareholders and investors is shared with the Board and Remuneration Committee through the Chairman and the Remuneration Committee Chairman and is used as input to decision-making by the Board and the Committee, in respect of executive remuneration policy and application. In particular, this feedback has had a direct bearing on the Committee’s decisions in formulating this remuneration policy report content.

The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a good understanding of current shareholder views, and formulate policy and make decisions as appropriate.

4.3.7    Potential remuneration outcomes for the CEO

While the Remuneration Committee recognises that market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices, it strongly believes that the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be business performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be both fair to the individual and commensurate with the expectations of our shareholders.

Accordingly, while target total remuneration is structured to attract and retain a high calibre CEO, the amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on:

the achievement of superior business and individual performance;

generating sustained shareholder value from relative outperformance;

the view of the Committee as to what is fair to the individual and commensurate with shareholder expectations.

STI and LTI are the two components of remuneration that are measured on business performance, with the outcome assessed against pre-determined performance conditions.

The minimum amount the CEO could earn in respect of FY2016 is US$2.270 million, which is fixed remuneration, and made up of his base salary of US$1.700 million, pension contributions of US$0.425 million and benefits of US$0.145 million.

The maximum is US$13.150 million. This assumes he earns the maximum under the STI of US$4.080 million and the normal maximum under the LTI of US$6.800 million. All of these components are shown in the table below at the minimum, target and maximum levels. The normal maximum amount of the LTI has been calculated on the basis of full vesting at the share price on the date of grant. The normal maximum LTI is 400 per cent of base salary.

Before deciding on the final outcome for the CEO (and for other members of the GMC), the Committee first considers the outcome against the pre-determined performance conditions. It then applies its overarching discretion. It can exercise discretion downwards only (i.e. to reduce remuneration).

When the CEO was appointed in May 2013, the Board advised him that the Committee would exercise its discretion on the basis of what it considered to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced.

To be fair to the individual, remuneration levels need to accurately reflect the CEO’s responsibilities and contributions. To be commensurate with the expectations of shareholders, remuneration levels need to reflect the expectations of our shareholders that their Company’s funds would be used to remunerate our employees in a way that is proportionate to both performance and overall value.

In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO that is sufficient to incentivise him and that is also fair to him and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions. These same considerations led the Committee to set the incoming CEO’s remuneration when he was appointed in 2013 at a lower level than the previous level for this role.

The diagram below shows the relative proportion of each remuneration component for the CEO if the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance were achieved.

LOGO

(1)Fixed remuneration comprises base salary (US$1.700 million per annum), pension contributions (25 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (US$0.145 million). The amount included for other benefits is based on FY2015 actual figures for the CEO, excluding non-recurring items.

(2)The STI target amount is based on target performance of 160 per cent of base salary. The STI maximum amount is based on a maximum award of 240 per cent of base salary. The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of deferred STI awards is not included.

(3)

The LTI amount (target and maximum) is based on the CEO’s normal maximum award equal to the face value of 400 per cent of base salary, which is lower than the maximum permissible award size under the plan rules. The ‘target’ value for the LTI award is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value, as this is the expected outcome on the balance of probabilities for the current plan design (488% x 41% = 200%)as calculated by the independent adviser to the Remuneration Committee, Kepler Associates. The minimum value for the LTI award is zero, and applies where the relative TSR of BHP Billiton is lower than the Peer

Group and/or Index TSR (as applicable for each grant). The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of LTI awards is not included.

TermsSection 4.3.3for more information on the components of the LTI award

LOGO Section 4.3.3 for the terms of LTI that are set in the remuneration policy for the CEO

In addition to those4.3.8    Service contracts and policy on loss of office

The terms of employment for the CEO are formalised in his employment contract. Key terms of the current contract and relevant payments on loss of office are shown below. If a new CEO or another Executive Director was appointed, similar contractual terms would apply, other than where the Remuneration Committee determines that different terms should apply for reasons specific to the individual.

The CEO’s contract has determined:no fixed term. It can be terminated by BHP Billiton on 12 months’ notice. BHP Billiton can terminate the contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions for the notice period. The CEO must give six months’ notice for voluntary resignation. The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.

 

The performance period will be 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2018.

The share price averaging period of six months will be used in the TSR calculations to account for short-term price fluctuations.

BHP Billiton’s performance relative to peers tends to be counter-cyclical. To provide a fair and balanced outcome, TSR relative to the weighted average TSR of sector peer companies selected by the Committee (Peer Group TSR) determined the vesting of 67 per cent of the award. TSR relative to the broad MCSI World index (Index TSR) will determine the vesting of the remaining 33 per cent of the award.

For the whole of either portion of the award to vest, BHP Billiton’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR or the Index TSR (as applicable) by an average of 5.5 per cent per annum. This equates to exceeding average TSR over the five-year performance period by 30.7 per cent. Threshold vesting of each portion of the award occurs where BHP Billiton’s TSR equals the Peer Group TSR or Index TSR (as applicable).

Peer Group TSR is the weighted median TSR for the companies. Each company in the peer group is weighted by market capitalisation to ensure that it is represented appropriately within the TSR calculation. The maximum weighting for any one company is capped at 15 per cent and the minimum is set at one per cent, to reduce sensitivity to any single peer company.

The sector peer group companies for the FY2014 allocations in December 2013 are below, along with those for prior LTI grants.

   

December
2008 and
2009Leaving reason (1) (2)

    DecemberVoluntary
2010 to
2012resignation
  

DecemberTermination for
2013cause

  

Resources (75%)Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (2)(3)

  

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Base salary  

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

•  No payment will be made.

•  Base salary will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Pension

Alcoa•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

  

Anglo American•  No pension contributions will be provided from the date of termination.

  

Cameco•  Pension contributions will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

  

Consol Energy•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Fortescue Metals

Freeport McMoRan

Glencore Xstrata (3)

Norilsk

Peabody Energy

Rio Tinto

Southern Copper

Teck Cominco

Vale

   

December
2008 and
2009 Leaving reason(1) (2)

    DecemberVoluntary
2010 to
2012resignation
  

DecemberTermination for
2013cause

Oil and Gas (25%)

  

Andarko PetroleumDeath, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

  

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Benefits  

Apache•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

  

BG Group•  No benefits will be provided.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

  

BP•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

  

Canadian Natural Res.

Chevron

ConocoPhillips

Devon Energy

EOG Resources

Exxon Mobil

Occidental Petroleum

Shell

Woodside Petroleum

(1)In 2008 and 2009, the share price averaging period used in the TSR calculations•  Applicable benefits may continue to account for short-term price fluctuations was 3 months. This was extended to 6 months from the December 2010 grants.

(2)This peer group was the only comparator groupbe provided for the 2008 and 2009 LTIP grants. The Index TSR was introduced as a secondary comparator (for 33 per cent of the award) from the December 2010 grant.

(3)GlencoreXstrata has replaced Xstratarelevant year in the peer group for December 2008 to 2012 awards from the merger of Glencore and Xstrata in May 2013.

4.4.9    CEO remuneration and returns to shareholders

Five-year CEO remuneration

The table below shows the total remuneration earned by Andrew Mackenzie and Marius Kloppers over the last five years, along with the proportion of maximum opportunity earned in relation to each type of incentive. As Mr Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO in May 2013, the FY2013 total remuneration shown relates only to the period 10 May to 30 June 2013. The FY2013 total remuneration for Mr Kloppers relates only to the period 1 July 2012 to 10 May 2013.

LOGOSection 4.4.5 for the methodology used to calculate the single total figure of remuneration as used in this table

Financial year

  FY2010   FY2011   FY2012   FY2013   FY2014 

Andrew Mackenzie

          

Total remuneration (single figure, $’000)

                  2,468     7,988  

STI (% of maximum)

                  47     77  

LTI (% of maximum)

                  65     58  

Marius Kloppers

          

Total remuneration (single figure, $’000)

   14,789     15,755     16,092     15,991       

STI (% of maximum)

   71     69     0     47       

LTI (% of maximum)

   100     100     100     65       

Five-year TSR

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s TSR against the performance of relevant indices over the same five-year period. The indices shown in the graph were chosen as being broad market indices which include companies of a comparable size and complexity to BHP Billiton.

LOGO

4.4.10    Change in CEO’s remuneration in FY2014

The table below sets out the CEO’s base salary, benefits and STI amounts earned in respect of FY2014, with the percentage change from FY2013. The table also shows the average change in each element for employees of the Group in Australia (being approximately 26,500 employees). This has been chosen by the Committee as the most appropriate comparison, as the CEO is located in Australia.

      Base salary   Benefits   STI 

CEO

   $’000    1,700     92     3,136  
   % change (1)   0.0     (87.0)     23.2  

Australian employees

   % change (average)    2.3     (10.0)     17.9  

(1)The percentage changes for the CEO have been determined with reference to annualised numbers for FY2013.

4.4.11    Remuneration for the CEO in FY2015

Subject to approval of the remuneration policy by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs, the remuneration for the CEO in FY2015 will be provided in accordance with that policy.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

Base salary increase in September 2014

Base salary is reviewed annually, and increases are applicable from 1 September. The CEO will not receive a base salary increase in September 2014 and it will remain unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum for FY2015.

FY2015 STI performance measures

STI awards will be determined and provided on the same basis as set out for FY2014, and the HSEC, attributable profit, capital project management and individual performance measures are unchanged.

LOGOSection 4.4.6 for a description of STI for FY2014, including the performance measures

The performance measures set out in the table below have been set by the Remuneration Committee for the CEO in FY2015.which employment ceases.

 

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

Performance measureSTI

Weighting

Target performanceWhere CEO leaves during the financial year or after the end of the financial year, but before an award is provided.

HSEC

20%  

•  Fatalities, Environment and Community Incidents:Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.No STI will be paid.

  

•  TRIF and Occupational Illness: Improved performance compared with FY2014 results, with severity and trends toNo STI will be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.paid.

  

•  HSEC Risk Management: Each Business isThe Committee may determine in its discretion to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled. For all material risks Businessespay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

•  The Committee may determine in its discretion to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed bypay an amount in respect of the material risk owner.participant’s performance for that year.

Performance measure

Weighting   

Target performanceLeaving reason (1) (2)

    Voluntary
resignation
  

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Unvested STIP equity

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  Will continue to be held, on the existing terms, for the scheduled deferral period before vesting (subject to a Committee discretion to lapse some or all of the award).

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Vested but unexercised STIP equity

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

Unvested GIS equity

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  Will vest in full, except in the case of a leaving reason not specified in the plan rules, in which case the Committee has discretion to determine the treatment of equity awards.

Vested GIS Options (with a market-based exercise price) previously provided to the CEO – if still held on leaving.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

   

• Health, Environment and Community Initiatives:Leaving reason (1) (2) All assets to achieve 100% of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas projects reduction and local procurement and cultural awareness targets.

Attributable profit

(adjusted for commodity prices foreign exchange movements and exceptional items)

    40%Voluntary
resignation
  

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

LTI

Unvested awards

  

•  For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the target for attributable profit will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent or grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.Will lapse.

Capital project management

(cost and schedule)

20%  

•  For reasonsWill lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  A pro rata portion of commercial sensitivity,unvested awards (based on the targetsproportion of the performance period served) will continue to be held subject to the LTIP rules and terms of grant. The balance will lapse.

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Vested but unexercised awards

•  Will remain exercisable for capital project management cost and schedulethe rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will notlapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

(1)If the Committee considers it to be disclosednecessary, BHP Billiton may enter into agreements with a CEO which may include the settlement of liabilities in advance; however, we planreturn for payment(s), including reimbursement of legal fees subject to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. appropriate conditions; or to enter into new arrangements with the departing CEO (for example, entering into consultancy arrangements).

(2)In the rare instances where thisevent of a change in control event (e.g. takeover, compromise or arrangement, winding up of the Company) as defined in the STIP and LTIP rules:

base salary, pension contributions and benefits will be paid until the date of the change of control event;

the Committee may determine that a cash payment be made in respect of performance during the current financial year and all unvested STI equity awards would vest in full;

the Committee may determine that unvested LTI awards will either vest to the extent that the Committee determines appropriate (with reference to performance against the performance condition up to the date of the change of control event and expectations regarding future performance) or that the awards be lapsed if the Committee determines that the holders will participate in an acceptable alternative employee equity plan as a term of the change of control event.

(3)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to death, serious injury, disability or illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement.

(4)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such other circumstances that do not be prudentconstitute resignation or grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain whytermination for cause.

Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Our Non-executive Directors are paid in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2012) and the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (3rd Edition).

4.3.9    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors, the link to strategy, how each component operates, and how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration and the maximum opportunity for each component.

Remuneration component and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Individual performanceFees

20%

•  Competitive base fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

•  Committee fees are provided to recognise the additional responsibilities, time and commitment required.

  

•  The CEO’s individual measuresChairman is paid a single fee for FY2015 comprise contribution to BHP Billiton’s overall performanceall responsibilities.

•  Non-executive Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees.

•  Committee Chairmen and the management team,Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.

•  All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 July.

•  Fees are set at a competitive level with advice on benchmark fees in equivalent size companies provided by external advisers. Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the Dual Listed Company structure, the multiple stock exchange listings and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scopeextent of the CEO role as set outgeographic regions in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.

Section4.4.13 for current fee levels provided to Non-executive Directors

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per fee basis.

Pension

•  As required by law.

•  Pension contributions provided on fees only where required by law.

As required by law.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Benefits

Travel allowances

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately compensate for the considerable travel burden.

•  Non-executive Directors receive travel allowances on a per-trip basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board including portfolio optimisationas a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure and simplification, capital management, improvementthe resulting Board meetings in leadership capabilitiesAustralia and employee engagement throughout the UK, along with site visits at our multiple geographic locations.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per-trip basis.

Other benefits

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

•  As a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure, Non-executive Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in both Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).

•  Non-executive Directors may from time to time be accompanied by their spouse/partner to business meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at one business meeting per annum are met by BHP Billiton and, in some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the Non-executive Director. In such cases BHP Billiton reimburses the Non-executive Director for this tax cost.

Up to a limit not exceeding 20% of fees.

STI and LTI

•  Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any STI or LTI arrangements.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Payments on early termination

•  There are no provisions in any of the Non-executive Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship.

(1)UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised, it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited Non-executive Director will reflect the remuneration policy in place for other Non-executive Directors, as above. The components will therefore comprise fees, pension contributions where required by law and benefits as set out in the table above. No variable remuneration (STI and LTI) will be provided to newly recruited Non-executive Directors.

Letters of appointment and policy on loss of office

The standard letter of appointment for Non-executive Directors is available on our website. The Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Non-executive Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board. As such no Non-executive Directors seeking re-election have an unexpired term in their letter of appointment.

A Non-executive Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to Non-executive Directors on loss of office. A legacy arrangement provides accrued retirement benefits under the now closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited, and this will continue to be honoured.

Section 4.4.30for retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

Considerations when setting Non-executive Director remuneration

When Non-executive Director remuneration is determined, the same considerations in respect of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group and shareholder views, as described in relation to setting remuneration for the CEO, are taken into account.

Section 4.3.5for consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

Section 4.3.6for consideration of shareholder views

4.4    Annual report on remuneration

This section of the Report shows the impact of the remuneration policy in FY2015 and how remuneration outcomes are linked to actual performance outcomes. It is divided as follows.

Contents of the annual report on remuneration

4.4.1 to 4.4.4

Remuneration governance

4.4.5 to 4.4.11

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

4.4.12 to 4.4.13

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

4.4.14 to 4.4.18

Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

4.4.19 to 4.4.31

Other statutory disclosures

Remuneration governance

4.4.1    Board oversight and the Remuneration Committee

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Group’s remuneration arrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP Billiton and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical that the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting remuneration of the CEO, the other members of the GMC and the Group’s employees.

The Board has therefore established a Remuneration Committee to assist it in making such decisions. The Committee is comprised solely of Non-executive Directors, all of whom are independent. In order to ensure that it is fully informed, the Committee regularly invites members of management to attend meetings to provide reports and updates. The Committee can draw on services from a range of external sources, including remuneration consultants.

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration

Committee members

•       Carolyn Hewson (member to 31 December 2014 and Chairman from 1 January 2015)

•       John Buchanan (Chairman to 31 December 2014 and member from 1 January 2015)

•       Carlos Cordeiro

•       Pat Davies

•       John Schubert (to 31 December 2014)

•       Shriti Vadera (from 1 January 2015)

Number of meetings in FY2015

•       Seven

Other Directors and employees who regularly attended meetings(1)

•       Jac Nasser (Chairman)

•       Andrew Mackenzie (CEO)

•       Athalie Williams (President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015 and Chief People Officer from 1 July 2015)

•       Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014)

•       Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President, Group Reward)

•       Jane McAloon (President, Governance and GMC member development and succession.Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015)

•       Margaret Taylor (Group Company Secretary from 1 June 2015)

•       Geof Stapledon (Vice President, Governance)

FY2015 LTI award

(1)These individuals were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

Section 3.14.2 for further information regarding the Committee

On

The activities of the adviceRemuneration Committee are governed by Terms of Reference (most recently approved by the Board in June 2013), which are available on our website. The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board has proposed an FY2015 LTI awardin its oversight of:

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO, the other members of the GMC and its general application to all Group employees;

the determination of levels of reward for the CEO and approval of reward to the other members of the GMC;

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by providing guidance to the Group Chairman;

communication with shareholders on the Group’s remuneration policy and the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board;

the Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;

the preparation of the Remuneration Report to be included in the Group’s Annual Report;

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.

The use of remuneration consultants

The Committee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by, and report directly to, the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected, and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP Billiton’s management. The advice and recommendations of external advisers are used as a guide, but do not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration of the issues by each Director.

Kepler Associates was appointed by the Committee to act as an independent remuneration adviser to provide specialist remuneration advice and does not provide other services to the Group. Kepler Associates’ parent Mercer, a member of the MMC Group of companies, currently provides human resources services to the Group. Kepler Associates is a member of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its Code of Conduct. During the year, Kepler Associates provided advice and assistance to the Committee on a wide range of matters, including:

advice in regard to remuneration arrangements for the CEO and the members of the GMC;

benchmarking of pay of senior executives against comparable roles at a range of relevant comparator groups, including sector and size peers;

provision of information and commentary on global trends in executive remuneration;

calculation of fair values for accounting and remuneration setting purposes of equity awards and performance analysis for LTI awards;

assistance in the determination of the remuneration framework for KMP for South32;

review of, and commentary on, management proposals;

other ad-hoc support and advice as requested by the Committee.

Kepler Associates is the only remuneration consultant appointed by the Committee.

Management also appoints external firms from time to time to assist with remuneration benchmarking, data provision and the like. While other external firms did provide certain information to management to assist them in deliberations, no remuneration adviser other than Kepler Associates provided remuneration recommendations during the year in relation to KMP.

Remuneration recommendations

As part of its role, Kepler Associates provided ‘remuneration recommendations’ (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act 2001) to the Committee during the year. Each time Kepler Associates provides a remuneration recommendation, Kepler Associates provides a declaration that the remuneration recommendation was made free from undue influence by the individual to whom the recommendation relates. The Board considered the processes outlined above, the constraints incorporated into Kepler Associates’ terms of engagement, the implementation of a comprehensive protocol for the engagement of remuneration advisers and the receipt of the declaration of no undue influence. It is satisfied that the remuneration recommendations received from Kepler Associates were made free from undue influence by any member of the KMP to whom the recommendations related.

Total fees paid to Kepler Associates for the above services for the period from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 were £161,000, of which £63,850 was for attendance at Committee meetings and commentary on management proposals, and a total of £97,150 for the provision of remuneration recommendations and other technical advice and support on executive remuneration.

4.4.2    Prohibition on hedging of BHP Billiton shares and equity instruments

The CEO and other members of the GMC are not allowed to protect the value of any unvested BHP Billiton equity awards allocated to them under employee programs, or the value of shares and securities held as part of meeting BHP Billiton’s MSR as described below. The policy also prohibits GMC members from using unvested BHP Billiton equity awards as collateral in any financial transaction, including hedging and margin loan arrangements.

Any securities that have vested and are no longer subject to restrictions or performance conditions may be subject to hedging arrangements or used as collateral, provided that consent is obtained from BHP Billiton in advance of the employee entering into the arrangement. BHP Billiton treats compliance with this policy as a serious issue, and takes appropriate measures to ensure that the policy is adhered to.

4.4.3    Share ownership guidelines and the MSR

The share ownership guidelines and the MSR help to ensure that the interests of Directors, executives and shareholders remain aligned.

The value of equity awards and any other securities for the purposes of the MSR is the market value of the underlying shares. Unvested employee equity awards do not qualify, and neither do any options with a face valuemarket-based exercise price.

The CEO and other members of US$6.800 million,the GMC are expected to grow their holdings to the MSR from the scheduled vesting of their employee awards over time. Under the policy, employees are not required to meet the holding requirement before awards are allocated to them. Rather, the MSR is tested at the time that shares are to be sold. The GMC members are entitled to sell sufficient shares to satisfy tax obligations arising from the granting, holding, vesting, exercise or sale of the employee awards or the underlying shares. However, if a GMC member wishes to sell additional shares, they will be prohibited from doing so unless they will meet the MSR after the sale.

For FY2015:

the MSR for the CEO was five times annual gross pre-tax base salary and while he met this requirement last year, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share prices (including an impact of the demerger of South32) have resulted in Andrew Mackenzie’s shareholding being 4004.4 times annual gross pre-tax base salary at the end of FY2015;

the MSR for other members of the GMC was three times annual gross pre-tax base salary and Peter Beaven, Dean Dalla Valle, Mike Henry and Jimmy Wilson met the MSR at the end of FY2015, while Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt, Geoff Healy, Daniel Malchuk and Athalie Williams have not yet met the MSR.

Subject to securities dealing constraints, Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees) to the CEO’s base salary. Taking into accountpurchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve an MSR equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees). Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. Each Non-executive Director met the performance condition as represented byMSR at the fair value factorend of 41 per cent,FY2015 with the fairexception of Carlos Cordeiro. Mr Cordeiro met the MSR last year and the level of his shareholding has not changed since. However, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share prices have reduced the value of these awards is US$2.788 million.his shareholding such that he did not meet the MSR at the end of FY2015.

The FY2015 LTI award will use the same performance and service conditions, vesting schedule and peer groups as the FY2014 LTI award.

LOGOSection 4.4.84.4.27 for a descriptiondetails of LTI for FY2014share ownership information of the CEO, other members of the GMC and the Non-executive Directors

If approved4.4.4    Statement of voting at the 2014 AGMs

BHP Billiton’s remuneration resolutions have attracted a high level of support by shareholders, this FY2015 LTI award will be granted following the AGMs (i.e.shareholders. Voting in or around December 2014). The number of awards will be notifiedregard to those resolutions put to shareholders at the 2014 AGMs is shown below.

AGM Resolution

  

Requirement

  % vote ‘for’   % vote ‘against’   Votes withheld (1) 

Remuneration policy

  UK   97.19     2.81     29,834,918  

Remuneration Report excluding Remuneration Policy

  UK   98.23     1.77     13,161,811  

Remuneration Report (whole report)

  Australia   98.02     1.98     13,127,265  

Leaving entitlements

  Australia   97.97     2.03     13,213,709  

Approval of grants to Executive Director

  Australia   97.02     2.98     29,928,012  

(1)The sum of votes marked ‘Vote Withheld’ at BHP Billiton Plc’s AGM and votes marked ‘Abstain’ at BHP Billiton Limited’s AGM.

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

The CEO remuneration policy that applied in FY2015 is the same as set out in the remuneration policy report, and the remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in accordance with that same policy.

Section 4.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

4.4.5    Single total figure of remuneration

This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration and is not intended to meet IFRS accounting standards.

Section 4.4.19 for the Statutory IFRS Remuneration table

US dollars (’000)

      Base salary   Benefits   STI (1)   LTI   Pension   Total 

Andrew Mackenzie

   FY2015     1,700     145     2,312     0     425     4,582  
   FY2014     1,700     92     3,136     2,635     425     7,988  

(1)Provided half in cash and half in deferred equity as shown in the table below.

For Mr Mackenzie, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated as set out below.

FY2014

FY2015

Base salary

Base salary earned from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2014.Base salary earned from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2015.

Benefits (1)

Section 4.3.3 for policy for specific benefits

The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2014, together with spouse business-related travel.The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2015, together with spouse business-related travel.

STI

Section 4.4.6 for how STI is determined

STI awarded for FY2014 performance. Half or US$1.568 million was provided in cash in September 2014, and half or US$1.568 million deferred in an equity award, which is due to vest in FY2017.STI awarded for FY2015 performance. Half or US$1.156 million will be provided in cash in September 2015, and half or US$1.156 million deferred in an equity award (subject to shareholder approval at the 2015 AGMs), which will be due to vest in FY2018.

LTI

Section 4.4.7 for the LTI performance condition

Section 4.4.8 for LTI awarded during FY2015

The value of 69,600 LTI awards that vested on 20 August 2014, based on performance over the five-year period to 30 June 2014 and valued based on the share price on 20 August 2014 of £19.65 (converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP of US$0.359 million.Based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2015, the 120,000 LTI awards granted in 2010 did not vest and have lapsed. The value of the awards is zero and no DEP has been paid in respect of these awards.

Pension

BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plan at 25% of base salary.BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plan at 25% of base salary.

(1)Although eligible, the CEO does not currently participate in Shareplus, for reasons of administrative simplicity in terms of stock exchange dealings and announcements.

When the components of remuneration are provided

The following graph illustrates the usual time frame for delivery of the components of remuneration. It shows how STI and LTI outcomes are deferred.

LOGO

4.4.6    FY2015 STI performance outcomes

The CEO scorecard for the FY2015 performance year is summarised in the following table. A description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Remuneration Committee, are shown below the table. The performance range is set for each measure with the level of performance determined on a range of Threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), Target (where the performance requirements are met), and Stretch (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).

LOGO

HSEC

The HSEC KPI for the CEO is aligned to the Group’s suite of HSEC five-year public targets as set out in BHP Billiton’s Sustainability Report. As it has done for several years, the Remuneration Committee sought guidance from the Sustainability Committee when assessing HSEC performance. The Sustainability Committee reviewed performance against each of the designated measures. Consistent with prior years, the Remuneration Committee then took a holistic view of how the Group had performed in critical areas.

Targets for FY2015

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.

TRIF and occupational illness: Improved performance compared with FY2014 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

Risk management: Each Business is to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled. For all material risks Businesses to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owner.

Health, environment and community initiatives: All assets to achieve 100 per cent of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas projects, local procurement, social investment and community complaints targets.

Performance for FY2015

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: We tragically lost five of our colleagues in FY2015 and there is no question that theythis is an unacceptable outcome. As a Company, we need to continue to build our focus on safety and fatality prevention through leadership and effective processes. No significant environmental incidents occurred, however, there were two significant community incidents for FY2015, both being collisions on public roads.

TRIF and occupational illness: Our TRIF in FY2015 improved compared with FY2014 across BHP Billiton as a whole and in most Businesses, with a two per cent reduction to a TRIF of 4.1 for FY2015. Occupational illness rates increased due to the identification of legacy illness cases.

Risk management: All material HSEC risks that have been identified are provided.recorded, and critical control assessments have been completed. In addition, critical control execution and critical control verification tasks have been carried out in accordance with requirements.

Health, environment and community initiatives: Greenhouse gas reduction targets set at the commencement of the year were materially exceeded, with outperformance observed across BHP Billiton. Targets set for water management, reducing occupational health exposures, local procurement plan development and implementation, social investment and community compliants were achieved.

Notwithstanding the positive aspects of FY2015 HSEC performance outlined above, as a consequence of the five tragic fatalities, the Board and Remuneration Committee decided, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s FY2015 HSEC STI outcome from 12.3 per cent to zero, reflecting the CEO’s overarching accountability for the safety outcomes of the Company.

Attributable profit

Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group (attributable profit) is the primary measure used by the Board when assessing the Group’s financial performance. For the purposes of assessing the actual reported outcome against a directly comparable target, the attributable profit KPI is adjusted for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements, and exceptional items to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices are ordinarily the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue.

Targets for FY2015

In respect of FY2015, the Board determined a target for attributable profit of US$1.7 billion, after the adjustments described above.

Performance for FY2015

Attributable profit of US$1.9 billion was reported by BHP Billiton, which was in excess of the target. The key drivers of this outperformance were higher than expected sales volumes, particularly in Iron Ore and, to a lesser extent, in Coal and Petroleum, together with positive productivity and cost performance across a range of Businesses, particularly in Coal. These gains were partly offset by the impact of the Olympic Dam mill outage, water constraints and weather conditions in Copper.

The adjustments for exceptional items in FY2015 (described further in Section 7.1.6 Note 2 of this Annual Report) included an impairment of Onshore US Assets (net loss US$2.0 billion), the repeal of the Minerals Resources Rent Tax legislation (net loss US$0.7 billion), and an impairment of Nickel West (net loss US$0.3 billion). The impairment of Onshore US Assets mainly reflected the Hawkville field’s geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans, together with the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition. The acquisition of Petrohawk was made in 2011, prior to the establishment of the GMC in its present form. Accordingly, the impairment had not been taken into account directly for the determination of the FY2015 STI outcomes for the current GMC. However, the impairment and the diminution in the value of Petrohawk assets has directly contributed to a zero vesting outcome under the 2010 LTIP for participants, including the current CEO .

Section 4.4.7 for information on LTIP performance testing

Notwithstanding this, the Board and Committee considers that the CEO should bear a partial impact of the impairment of Onshore US Assets, and decided it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s attributable profit FY2015 STI outcome by 7.5 per cent from 42.8 per cent to 39.6 per cent to reflect this.

Capital project management

Capital project management measures based on the cost and the schedule outcomes for major capital projects in execution are considered to be effective measures of the delivery of our project pipeline, and consistent with other companies in our sector. The cost KPI is adjusted for foreign exchange movements to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Consistent with last year, the Committee also considers qualitative factors such as performance on Business level projects, post commissioning performance, capital expenditure efficiency, progress to plan of development projects, relative capital performance against competitors and variations to prior Board approvals.

Targets for FY2015

In respect of FY2015, the Board determined a target for cost of US$19.6 billion, after adjusting for foreign exchange movements, and a target for schedule of 41.5 months, which are weighted averages of the portfolio of major projects under development.

Performance for FY2015

The outcome of US$19.9 billion on cost was slightly behind the target, and the outcome on schedule of 45.4 months was between threshold and target. While the majority of major capital projects proceeded in accordance with approved targets, cost budgets were exceeded on certain projects in Petroleum and Potash and Copper, while favourable cost outcomes were observed in respect of certain other projects in Coal and Iron Ore. Negative impacts on schedule were observed on certain major capital projects in Petroleum and Potash, Coal and Iron Ore, while certain other projects progressed ahead of approved schedule in Coal and Copper. This year, performance overall on qualitative factors was assessed as being between target and stretch, with positive performance observed on progress to plan of development projects and relative performance against competitors.

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

Fee levels for the Non-executive Directors and the Chairman, which are reviewed annually, have remained unchanged since 2011. The annual review includes benchmarking, with the assistance of external advisers, against peer companies. Based on the review conducted in June 2015 the Board, with support from the Chairman, has decided to reduce the Chairman’s fee by approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million per annum, and the Chairman and the CEO have decided to reduce the Non-executive Director base fee by approximately six per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum.

These reductions were considered appropriate in light of the challenging external environment and the benchmarking data for peer companies. The different percentage reduction for the Chairman compared with that for Non-executive Directors reflects the relevant benchmarks for those roles.

A decision was also taken to include mandatory superannuation contributions within the relevant base fee from 1 July 2015, which is more closely aligned to the practices of other companies. This has the effect of further reducing remuneration for those Directors who receive mandatory Australian superannuation contributions. For those Directors, this results in an average reduction of approximately 12 per cent in the aggregate of their base fees and superannuation contributions.

Summary

The Committee remains confident that our philosophy and policies on remuneration are appropriate to support long-term value creation, and the outcomes for FY2015 continue to demonstrate the alignment between remuneration and performance at BHP Billiton. I would welcome any comments you may have.

Carolyn Hewson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

10  September 2015

4.2    Introduction to the Remuneration Report

The contents of this Remuneration Report are governed by legislation in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The UK Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), which are generally described as UK requirements in this Remuneration Report, require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures in regard to Directors.

The Australian Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures for KMP, defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly. For the purposes of this Remuneration Report, it has been determined that the KMP includes the Non-executive Directors, and the members of the GMC including the CEO.

4.2.1    Members of the GMC

The GMC makes key management decisions under the authorities that have been delegated to it by the Board. The members of the GMC on 30 June 2015 are shown in the table below.

Name

Title

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Peter Beaven

Chief Financial Officer since 1 October 2014

President, Copper to 30 September 2014

Tony Cudmore

Chief Public Affairs Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Corporate Affairs to 30 June 2015

Tim Cutt

President, Petroleum since 1 July 2015

President, Petroleum and Potash to 30 June 2015

Dean Dalla Valle

Chief Commercial Officer since 1 July 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

President, Coal to 31 December 2014

Geoff Healy

Chief Legal Counsel

Mike Henry

President, Coal since 1 January 2015

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology to 31 December 2014

Daniel Malchuk

President, Copper since 1 March 2015

President, from 1 February 2015 to 28 February 2015

President, Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel to 31 January 2015

Athalie Williams

Chief People Officer since 1 July 2015

President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015

Jimmy Wilson

President, Iron Ore

Section3.2.2for dates of appointment of GMC members

In addition to the KMP listed above, Karen Wood (President to 19 August 2014), Graham Kerr (Chief Financial Officer to 30 September 2014), Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014) and Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015) served as KMP during FY2015.

4.2.2    Non-executive Directors

Details of the Non-executive Directors who held office during FY2015 are set out below. Each Non-executive Director held office for the whole of FY2015 unless otherwise indicated.

Name

Title

Name

Title

Jac Nasser

ChairmanCarolyn HewsonNon-executive Director

Malcolm Brinded

Non-executive DirectorLindsay MaxstedNon-executive Director

Malcolm Broomhead

Non-executive DirectorWayne MurdyNon-executive Director

John Buchanan

Senior Independent Director to 13 July 2015Keith RumbleNon-executive Director to 22 May 2015

Carlos Cordeiro

Non-executive DirectorJohn SchubertNon-executive Director

David Crawford

Non-executive Director to 20 November 2014Shriti Vadera

Senior Independent Director since 14 August 2015

Non-executive Director to 13 August 2015

Pat Davies

Non-executive Director

Section 3.2.1for dates of appointment of Non-executive Directors

4.3    Remuneration policy report

This section of the Report describes the overarching remuneration policy that guides the Remuneration Committee’s decisions. Our remuneration policy has not changed from that approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs and so the remuneration policy as set out in the 2014 Annual Report continues to apply as set out in this section.

Contents of the remuneration policy report

4.3.1 to 4.3.8    Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

4.3.9                 Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Section 4.4.14 for remuneration policy for the GMC (excluding the CEO)

This section of the Report was introduced last year as a result of new UK legislation, under which this policy report was required to be put to a binding vote at the Group’s 2014 AGMs. Shareholder approval was provided at those meetings, and this remuneration policy became effective for Directors of BHP Billiton immediately after the final 2014 AGM. Under the UK legislation, this policy is binding only in regard to the Directors (including the CEO) and not for other members of the GMC. The UK legislation requires BHP Billiton to present the remuneration policy for this vote at least every three years.

Where the remuneration policy report includes cross-references to other sections of the Remuneration Report or the Annual Report, these are solely for the purposes of assisting the reader to locate related information. The referenced information is not part of the remuneration policy report.

Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

BHP Billiton currently has a single Executive Director, being the CEO. Therefore, for simplicity, this section refers only to the CEO. This remuneration policy would, however, apply for any new Executive Director role, in

the event that one were created during the life of this remuneration policy. In that case, references in this section to the CEO should be read as being to each Executive Director.

4.3.1    Overarching principles

The Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supportingOur Charter.

On page i of this document:Our Chartersets out our purpose, strategy, values and how we judge our success

The Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for the CEO, taking into account his responsibilities, location, skills, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain a highly skilled CEO, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged, are to:

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

4.3.2    The purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements reinforce the achievement of our success, as set out in Our Charter, and are designed to ensure that the CEO takes a long-term approach to decision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements for the CEO and all executives, and is satisfied that the approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to STI and LTI awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration. The equity component of any STI award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the LTIP is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by the CEO therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

It is the Committee’s view that this provides an appropriate focus on BHP Billiton’s sustained performance beyond the end of the initial measurement period. This approach also provides a transparent mechanism for clawback or adjustment in the event of a restatement of Group results, through changes to the vesting or non-vesting of deferred awards.

In addition, STI and LTI outcomes are not driven by a purely formulaic approach. The Committee holds discretion to determine that awards are not to be provided or vested in circumstances where it would be inappropriate or would provide unintended outcomes. The Committee has no discretion to allow vesting of equity awards when performance conditions have not been satisfied (other than in the event of death or serious injury, disability, illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement of the CEO).

4.3.3    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration, the link to strategy, how each component operates, how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration, and the maximum opportunity for each component.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Base salary

A competitive base salary is paid in order to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO, and to provide appropriate remuneration for this important role in the Group.

•     Base salary is broadly aligned with salaries for comparable roles in global companies of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects the CEO’s responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.

•     Base salary is reviewed annually with effect from 1 September. Reviews are informed, but not led, by benchmarking to comparable roles (as above), changes in responsibility and general economic conditions. Substantial weight is also given to the general base salary increases for employees. Base salary is not subject to separate performance conditions.

•     Base salary is denominated in US dollars.

•     The Remuneration Committee’s discretion in respect of base salary increases applies up to the maximum shown.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in Australia.

Pension

Provides a market-competitive level of post-employment benefit to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

•     Pension contributions are benchmarked to comparable roles in global companies.

•     Pension contributions are provided, with a choice of funding vehicles: a defined contribution plan, an unfunded retirement savings plan, an international retirement plan or a self-managed superannuation fund. Alternatively, a cash payment may be provided in lieu.

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of pension contributions applies up to the maximum shown.

25% of base salary.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Benefits

Provides personal insurances and assistance where BHP Billiton’s structure gives rise to tax obligations across multiple jurisdictions, and a market-competitive level of benefits to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

•     Benefits may be provided as determined by the Committee. Currently, this includes such items as the costs of private family health insurance, death and disability insurance, car parking, and personal tax return preparation in the required countries where BHP Billiton has requested that the CEO relocate internationally, or where BHP Billiton’s Dual Listed Company structure requires personal tax returns in multiple jurisdictions.

•     The CEO may from time to time be accompanied by his spouse/partner on business related travel, including for Board meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance are met by BHP Billiton. In some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the CEO. In such cases, BHP Billiton reimburses the CEO for this tax cost.

•     The CEO is eligible to participate in Shareplus, which is BHP Billiton’s all-employee share purchase plan.Section 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and the CEO’s participation

•     The Committee’s discretion in respect of benefits applies up to the maximums shown.

•     A relocation allowance and assistance is provided only where a change of location is made at BHP Billiton’s request. The Group’s mobility policies provide ‘one-off’ payments with no trailing entitlements.

Benefits as determined by the Committee but to a limit not exceeding 10% of base salary and (if applicable) a one-off taxable relocation allowance up to US$700,000.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

STI

The purpose of STI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on those performance measures and outcomes that are priorities for the Group for the relevant financial year, and to motivate the CEO to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.

The performance measures for each year are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short- and long-term impact on the success of the Group.

Deferral of a portion of STI awards in deferred equity over BHP Billiton shares encourages a longer-term focus aligned to that of shareholders.

Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

Setting performance measures and targets

•     A scorecard of measures is set at the commencement of each financial year.

•     The measures and their relative weightings are chosen by the Committee, in their discretion, in order to appropriately drive overall performance for the coming year. Specified financial measures will constitute the largest weighting. The scorecard will also include measures that impact the long-term sustainability of the Group. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC measures and weightings.

•     We plan to disclose the weightings of HSEC, financial and individual measures around the beginning of each performance period.

•     The target is determined for each performance measure at a level that will motivate the CEO to achieve an appropriately stretching annual performance outcome and that will contribute to the longer-term success of the Group and shareholder wealth. The target for each financial measure is derived from the annual budget as approved by the Board for the relevant financial year.

•     For HSEC and for individual measures the target is ordinarily expressed in narrative form and will be disclosed near the beginning of the performance period. For reasons of commercial sensitivity, while we will provide a narrative description of financial target performance in broad terms, the actual target for each financial measure will not be disclosed in advance. However, we plan to disclose the target for each measure retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will seek to explain why and give an indication of when the target may be disclosed.

•     Should any other performance measures be added at the discretion of the Committee, we will determine the timing of disclosure of the relevant target with due consideration of commercial sensitivity.

Section 4.4.6 for details of performance measures and outcomes for FY2015

Section 4.4.11 for details of performance measures for FY2016

Maximum award

240% of base salary (cash 120% and 120% in deferred equity).

Target performance

160% of base salary (cash 80% and 80% in deferred equity).

Threshold performance

80% of base salary (cash 40% and 40% in deferred equity).

Minimum award

Zero

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Assessment of performance

•     At the conclusion of the financial year, the CEO’s achievement against each measure is assessed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, and an STI award determined. If performance is below the Threshold level for any measure, no STI will be provided in respect of that portion of the STI opportunity.

•     The Remuneration Committee is assisted by the Sustainability Committee in relation to assessment of performance against HSEC measures, and considers guidance provided by other Committees in respect of other measures.

•     The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance.

•     In the event that the Remuneration Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply to be a true reflection of the performance of the Group or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any STI award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.

Delivery of award

•     STI awards are provided under the STIP.

•     The value of any STI award is provided half in cash and half in an award of the equivalent value of BHP Billiton equity, which is deferred for two years and may be forfeited if the CEO leaves the Group within the deferral period.

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the CEO is still employed by BHP Billiton at the end of the deferral period(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle STI awards in cash.

•     Both cash and equity STI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

LTI

The purpose of the LTI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).

It aligns the CEO’s reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of that of relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.

The provision of LTIP awards over BHP Billiton shares also encourages long-term share exposure for the CEO, and aligns the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.

Demonstration of this alignment between the interests of the CEO and shareholders is seen through the five-year performance period of the LTI, which is consistent with the long-term nature of the resources industry.

Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the LTIP

Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

Relative TSR performance condition

•     The award is subject to a relative TSR performance condition, which must be achieved over a five-year period. Full vesting under the LTIP only occurs where BHP Billiton’s relative TSR(4) significantly outperforms the TSR of the comparator group(s). The comparator group(s) and the weighting between comparator groups will be determined by the Committee in relation to each grant.

Section 4.4.8 for further detail on LTIP comparator group(s)

•     Relative TSR has been chosen as the most appropriate measure as it allows for an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders.

Level of performance required for vesting

•     None of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is below the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR(6) where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and/or below Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World index).

•     For each award, the Committee will determine the level of relative TSR outperformance required on a per annum basis, or on a compounded basis over the five-year period, against the peer group and/or market index in order for the whole of the LTI award to vest.

Section 4.4.8 for details of the outperformance required for recent grants

•     25% of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is equal to the Peer Group TSR and/or Index TSR (as applicable), and vesting occurs on a sliding scale between that point and the point of full vesting.

•     There is no retesting if the performance condition is not met. In the event that the Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply based on the Group’s achievement of the relative TSR performance condition to be a true reflection of the underlying performance of the Group, or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended vesting outcomes.

Normal Maximum Award

Face value of 400% of base salary.

Exceptional Maximum Award (5)

Face value of 488% of base salary.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

•     To ensure that the LTI performance conditions continue to support operational excellence, risk management and the execution of the Group’s strategy, the Committee retains discretion to add further performance measures to supplement the existing relative TSR performance condition. Prior to doing so, consultation would be undertaken with key stakeholders. Should this be the case, the vesting of a portion of any LTI award may instead be linked to performance against the new measure(s). The Committee expects that in the event of introducing an additional performance measure(s), the weighting on relative TSR would remain the majority weighting.

Delivery of award

•     LTI awards are provided under the LTIP approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs. When considering the value of the award to be provided, the Committee primarily considers the face value of the award, and also considers its fair value which includes consideration of the performance conditions.(7)

•     The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met(2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards(3). The Committee has a discretion to settle LTI awards in cash.

•     LTI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

Section 4.3.5for how the remuneration policy considers other employees

(1)UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

(2)The award may be retained if the CEO has left the Group in certain circumstances.

Section 4.3.8 for payments on loss of office

(3)A DEP is provided when the award vests (or is exercised). The CEO will receive the value of dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from grant to vest (or exercise). The Committee intends that DEP will be provided in the form of shares, although the plan accommodates a cash equivalent. A DEP is not provided in relation to any STI and LTI awards that are forfeited or lapse.

(4)BHP Billiton’s TSR is a weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

(5)

The maximum award permitted with the LTIP rules (as approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs) is expressed as a fair value equal to 200 per cent of base salary. A fair value takes into account the probability of meeting the performance condition and other factors. The current plan design produces a fair value of

41 per cent of face value. The maximum fair value of 200 per cent of base salary is therefore currently equivalent to a face value of 488 per cent of base salary (488% x 41% = 200%). This is shown as the Exceptional Maximum Award in the table. However, it is current policy to provide a maximum award of 400 per cent of base salary, which is therefore shown in the table as the Normal Maximum Award. In any case, all LTI awards to the CEO will only be provided with prior approval by shareholders in the relevant AGMs.

(6)The weighted median TSR means the median outcome when the companies are listed by their TSR, after weighting by market capitalisation.

(7)The fair value is calculated by the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates. It reflects outcomes weighted by probability, taking into account the difficulty of achieving the performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation, together with other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risks. The fair value for the current plan design (current comparator groups, outperformance percentage, etc.) is 41 per cent of the face value of an award. This fair value of 41 per cent may change should the Committee vary elements (such as adding a performance measure or altering the level of relative TSR outperformance) not specified in this remuneration policy report. This fair value is different from the fair value used for IFRS disclosures elsewhere in this report. In particular, the IFRS fair value does not take into account forfeiture conditions on the awards.

Malus and clawback

The STIP and LTIP provisions allow the Committee to reduce or clawback awards in the following circumstances:

the participant acting fraudulently or dishonestly or being in material breach of their obligations to the Group;

where BHP Billiton becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements of a Group company or the Group; or

any circumstances occur that the Committee determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair benefit to the participant.

These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, and whether or not the equity has vested.

Legacy incentive plans under which awards may vest

The remuneration policy approved by shareholders is required to cover awards that were granted under legacy plans and that may vest in the future on their existing terms. Key terms are shown in the table below.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

STI under the GIS

The former GIS was replaced by the STIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the STIP.

•     The terms of STI awards provided under the GIS were similar to those provided under the STIP.

•     Awards were provided to the CEO for performance in FY2013, and vested in August 2015.

Section 4.4.20 for a table of awards held under the GIS

The face value of the award on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

LTI under the former LTIP

The former LTIP was replaced by the new LTIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the new LTIP.

•     The terms of LTI awards provided under the former LTIP were similar to those provided under the new LTIP as described in the previous table, including the performance conditions.

•     Awards provided to the CEO in December 2010 did not vest in FY2015, as the performance condition was not met, and lapsed. Awards provided to the CEO in December 2011 and 2012 are due to vest from FY2017 to FY2018 to the extent that the performance conditions are met.

Section 4.4.7 for details of the 2010 LTIP performance outcomes

Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the former LTIP

The face value of the awards on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

4.3.4    Approach to recruitment and promotion remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or for another Executive Director should one be appointed, will reflect the remuneration policy as set out in this report. The ongoing components will therefore comprise base salary, pension contributions, benefits, STI and LTI.

A market competitive level of base salary, benefits and pension contributions will be provided to a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or another Executive Director. The same maximum STI and LTI apply as per the remuneration policy for the current CEO. The combined maximum level of STI and LTI that may be provided is 728 per cent of base salary, which is the combination of the maximum 240 per cent of base salary in STI and the exceptional maximum 488 per cent of base salary in LTI as per the remuneration policy for the CEO.

For external appointments, the Remuneration Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited from a former employer. It is anticipated that any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards forgone (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP Billiton’s framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the forgone award. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary.

For any internal CEO (or another Executive Director) appointments, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured according to their existing terms.

4.3.5    Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

When setting remuneration for the CEO, the Remuneration Committee considers the prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP Billiton workforce.

The Committee is briefed regularly about the pay and conditions of the wider employee population, and takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the CEO’s base salary. Salary increases in Australia, where the CEO is located, are particularly relevant, as they reflect the local economic conditions.

The principles that underpin the remuneration policy for the CEO are the same as those that apply to other employees, although the CEO’s arrangements have a greater emphasis on performance-related pay and a higher proportion of the CEO’s total remuneration is variable in the form of STI and LTI. Like those for the CEO, the performance measures used to determine STI outcomes for all employees are linked to achievement of the Group’s strategy and behaviours aligned to the values inOur Charter.

Although BHP Billiton does not consult directly with employees on Directors’ remuneration, the Group conducts regular employee engagement surveys which give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on remuneration matters. Many employees are ordinary shareholders and have the opportunity to vote on AGM resolutions. In FY2015, more than 14,000 continuing employees were enrolled to purchase BHP Billiton shares under Shareplus, our all-employee share plan.

4.3.6    Consideration of shareholder views

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach we take to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Regular proactive engagement on remuneration and governance matters takes place with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. This is overseen by the Remuneration Committee Chairman.

In addition, shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com.

Feedback from shareholders and investors is shared with the Board and Remuneration Committee through the Chairman and the Remuneration Committee Chairman and is used as input to decision-making by the Board and the Committee, in respect of executive remuneration policy and application. In particular, this feedback has had a direct bearing on the Committee’s decisions in formulating this remuneration policy report content.

The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a good understanding of current shareholder views, and formulate policy and make decisions as appropriate.

4.3.7    Potential remuneration outcomes for the CEO

While the Remuneration Committee recognises that market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices, it strongly believes that the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be business performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be both fair to the individual and commensurate with the expectations of our shareholders.

Accordingly, while target total remuneration is structured to attract and retain a high calibre CEO, the amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on:

the achievement of superior business and individual performance;

generating sustained shareholder value from relative outperformance;

the view of the Committee as to what is fair to the individual and commensurate with shareholder expectations.

STI and LTI are the two components of remuneration that are measured on business performance, with the outcome assessed against pre-determined performance conditions.

The minimum amount the CEO could earn in respect of FY2016 is US$2.270 million, which is fixed remuneration, and made up of his base salary of US$1.700 million, pension contributions of US$0.425 million and benefits of US$0.145 million.

The maximum is US$13.150 million. This assumes he earns the maximum under the STI of US$4.080 million and the normal maximum under the LTI of US$6.800 million. All of these components are shown in the table below at the minimum, target and maximum levels. The normal maximum amount of the LTI has been calculated on the basis of full vesting at the share price on the date of grant. The normal maximum LTI is 400 per cent of base salary.

Before deciding on the final outcome for the CEO (and for other members of the GMC), the Committee first considers the outcome against the pre-determined performance conditions. It then applies its overarching discretion. It can exercise discretion downwards only (i.e. to reduce remuneration).

When the CEO was appointed in May 2013, the Board advised him that the Committee would exercise its discretion on the basis of what it considered to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced.

To be fair to the individual, remuneration levels need to accurately reflect the CEO’s responsibilities and contributions. To be commensurate with the expectations of shareholders, remuneration levels need to reflect the expectations of our shareholders that their Company’s funds would be used to remunerate our employees in a way that is proportionate to both performance and overall value.

In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO that is sufficient to incentivise him and that is also fair to him and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions. These same considerations led the Committee to set the incoming CEO’s remuneration when he was appointed in 2013 at a lower level than the previous level for this role.

The diagram below shows the relative proportion of each remuneration component for the CEO if the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance were achieved.

LOGO

(1)Fixed remuneration comprises base salary (US$1.700 million per annum), pension contributions (25 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (US$0.145 million). The amount included for other benefits is based on FY2015 actual figures for the CEO, excluding non-recurring items.

(2)The STI target amount is based on target performance of 160 per cent of base salary. The STI maximum amount is based on a maximum award of 240 per cent of base salary. The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of deferred STI awards is not included.

(3)

The LTI amount (target and maximum) is based on the CEO’s normal maximum award equal to the face value of 400 per cent of base salary, which is lower than the maximum permissible award size under the plan rules. The ‘target’ value for the LTI award is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value, as this is the expected outcome on the balance of probabilities for the current plan design as calculated by the independent adviser to the Remuneration Committee, Kepler Associates. The minimum value for the LTI award is zero, and applies where the relative TSR of BHP Billiton is lower than the Peer

Group and/or Index TSR (as applicable for each grant). The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of LTI awards is not included.

Section 4.3.3for more information on the components of remuneration for the CEO

4.3.8    Service contracts and policy on loss of office

The terms of employment for the CEO are formalised in his employment contract. Key terms of the current contract and relevant payments on loss of office are shown below. If a new CEO or another Executive Director was appointed, similar contractual terms would apply, other than where the Remuneration Committee determines that different terms should apply for reasons specific to the individual.

The CEO’s contract has no fixed term. It can be terminated by BHP Billiton on 12 months’ notice. BHP Billiton can terminate the contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions for the notice period. The CEO must give six months’ notice for voluntary resignation. The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Base salary

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

•  No payment will be made.

•  Base salary will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Pension

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

•  No pension contributions will be provided from the date of termination.

•  Pension contributions will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Benefits

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

•  No benefits will be provided.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided for the relevant year in which employment ceases.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

STI

Where CEO leaves during the financial year or after the end of the financial year, but before an award is provided.

•  No STI will be paid.

•  No STI will be paid.

•  The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

•  The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Unvested STIP equity

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  Will continue to be held, on the existing terms, for the scheduled deferral period before vesting (subject to a Committee discretion to lapse some or all of the award).

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Vested but unexercised STIP equity

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

Unvested GIS equity

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  Will vest in full, except in the case of a leaving reason not specified in the plan rules, in which case the Committee has discretion to determine the treatment of equity awards.

Vested GIS Options (with a market-based exercise price) previously provided to the CEO – if still held on leaving.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

LTI

Unvested awards

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  A pro rata portion of unvested awards (based on the proportion of the performance period served) will continue to be held subject to the LTIP rules and terms of grant. The balance will lapse.

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Vested but unexercised awards

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

(1)If the Committee considers it to be necessary, BHP Billiton may enter into agreements with a CEO which may include the settlement of liabilities in return for payment(s), including reimbursement of legal fees subject to appropriate conditions; or to enter into new arrangements with the departing CEO (for example, entering into consultancy arrangements).

(2)In the event of a change in control event (e.g. takeover, compromise or arrangement, winding up of the Company) as defined in the STIP and LTIP rules:

base salary, pension contributions and benefits will be paid until the date of the change of control event;

the Committee may determine that a cash payment be made in respect of performance during the current financial year and all unvested STI equity awards would vest in full;

the Committee may determine that unvested LTI awards will either vest to the extent that the Committee determines appropriate (with reference to performance against the performance condition up to the date of the change of control event and expectations regarding future performance) or that the awards be lapsed if the Committee determines that the holders will participate in an acceptable alternative employee equity plan as a term of the change of control event.

(3)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to death, serious injury, disability or illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement.

(4)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.

Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Our Non-executive Directors are paid in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2012) and the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (3rd Edition).

4.3.9    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors, the link to strategy, how each component operates, and how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration and the maximum opportunity for each component.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Fees

•  Competitive base fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

•  Committee fees are provided to recognise the additional responsibilities, time and commitment required.

•  The Chairman is paid a single fee for all responsibilities.

•  Non-executive Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees.

•  Committee Chairmen and the Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.

•  All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 July.

•  Fees are set at a competitive level with advice on benchmark fees in equivalent size companies provided by external advisers. Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the Dual Listed Company structure, the multiple stock exchange listings and the extent of the geographic regions in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.

Section4.4.13 for current fee levels provided to Non-executive Directors

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per fee basis.

Pension

•  As required by law.

•  Pension contributions provided on fees only where required by law.

As required by law.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Benefits

Travel allowances

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately compensate for the considerable travel burden.

•  Non-executive Directors receive travel allowances on a per-trip basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board as a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure and the resulting Board meetings in Australia and the UK, along with site visits at our multiple geographic locations.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per-trip basis.

Other benefits

•  Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

•  As a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure, Non-executive Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in both Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).

•  Non-executive Directors may from time to time be accompanied by their spouse/partner to business meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at one business meeting per annum are met by BHP Billiton and, in some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the Non-executive Director. In such cases BHP Billiton reimburses the Non-executive Director for this tax cost.

Up to a limit not exceeding 20% of fees.

STI and LTI

•  Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any STI or LTI arrangements.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Payments on early termination

•  There are no provisions in any of the Non-executive Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship.

(1)UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised, it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited Non-executive Director will reflect the remuneration policy in place for other Non-executive Directors, as above. The components will therefore comprise fees, pension contributions where required by law and benefits as set out in the table above. No variable remuneration (STI and LTI) will be provided to newly recruited Non-executive Directors.

Letters of appointment and policy on loss of office

The standard letter of appointment for Non-executive Directors is available on our website. The Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Non-executive Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board. As such no Non-executive Directors seeking re-election have an unexpired term in their letter of appointment.

A Non-executive Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to Non-executive Directors on loss of office. A legacy arrangement provides accrued retirement benefits under the now closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited, and this will continue to be honoured.

Section 4.4.30for retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

Considerations when setting Non-executive Director remuneration

When Non-executive Director remuneration is determined, the same considerations in respect of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group and shareholder views, as described in relation to setting remuneration for the CEO, are taken into account.

Section 4.3.5for consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

Section 4.3.6for consideration of shareholder views

4.4    Annual report on remuneration

This section of the Report shows the impact of the remuneration policy in FY2015 and how remuneration outcomes are linked to actual performance outcomes. It is divided as follows.

Contents of the annual report on remuneration

4.4.1 to 4.4.4

Remuneration governance

4.4.5 to 4.4.11

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

4.4.12 to 4.4.13

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

4.4.14 to 4.4.18

Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

4.4.19 to 4.4.31

Other statutory disclosures

Remuneration governance

4.4.1    Board oversight and the Remuneration Committee

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Group’s remuneration arrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP Billiton and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical that the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting remuneration of the CEO, the other members of the GMC and the Group’s employees.

The Board has therefore established a Remuneration Committee to assist it in making such decisions. The Committee is comprised solely of Non-executive Directors, all of whom are independent. In order to ensure that it is fully informed, the Committee regularly invites members of management to attend meetings to provide reports and updates. The Committee can draw on services from a range of external sources, including remuneration consultants.

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration

Committee members

•       Carolyn Hewson (member to 31 December 2014 and Chairman from 1 January 2015)

•       John Buchanan (Chairman to 31 December 2014 and member from 1 January 2015)

•       Carlos Cordeiro

•       Pat Davies

•       John Schubert (to 31 December 2014)

•       Shriti Vadera (from 1 January 2015)

Number of meetings in FY2015

•       Seven

Other Directors and employees who regularly attended meetings(1)

•       Jac Nasser (Chairman)

•       Andrew Mackenzie (CEO)

•       Athalie Williams (President, Human Resources from 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015 and Chief People Officer from 1 July 2015)

•       Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources to 31 December 2014)

•       Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President, Group Reward)

•       Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary to 31 May 2015)

•       Margaret Taylor (Group Company Secretary from 1 June 2015)

•       Geof Stapledon (Vice President, Governance)

(1)These individuals were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

Section 3.14.2 for further information regarding the Committee

The activities of the Remuneration Committee are governed by Terms of Reference (most recently approved by the Board in June 2013), which are available on our website. The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of:

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO, the other members of the GMC and its general application to all Group employees;

the determination of levels of reward for the CEO and approval of reward to the other members of the GMC;

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by providing guidance to the Group Chairman;

communication with shareholders on the Group’s remuneration policy and the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board;

the Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;

the preparation of the Remuneration Report to be included in the Group’s Annual Report;

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.

The use of remuneration consultants

The Committee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration advisers where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by, and report directly to, the Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected, and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP Billiton’s management. The advice and recommendations of external advisers are used as a guide, but do not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration of the issues by each Director.

Kepler Associates was appointed by the Committee to act as an independent remuneration adviser to provide specialist remuneration advice and does not provide other services to the Group. Kepler Associates’ parent Mercer, a member of the MMC Group of companies, currently provides human resources services to the Group. Kepler Associates is a member of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its Code of Conduct. During the year, Kepler Associates provided advice and assistance to the Committee on a wide range of matters, including:

advice in regard to remuneration arrangements for the CEO and the members of the GMC;

benchmarking of pay of senior executives against comparable roles at a range of relevant comparator groups, including sector and size peers;

provision of information and commentary on global trends in executive remuneration;

calculation of fair values for accounting and remuneration setting purposes of equity awards and performance analysis for LTI awards;

assistance in the determination of the remuneration framework for KMP for South32;

review of, and commentary on, management proposals;

other ad-hoc support and advice as requested by the Committee.

Kepler Associates is the only remuneration consultant appointed by the Committee.

Management also appoints external firms from time to time to assist with remuneration benchmarking, data provision and the like. While other external firms did provide certain information to management to assist them in deliberations, no remuneration adviser other than Kepler Associates provided remuneration recommendations during the year in relation to KMP.

Remuneration recommendations

As part of its role, Kepler Associates provided ‘remuneration recommendations’ (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act 2001) to the Committee during the year. Each time Kepler Associates provides a remuneration recommendation, Kepler Associates provides a declaration that the remuneration recommendation was made free from undue influence by the individual to whom the recommendation relates. The Board considered the processes outlined above, the constraints incorporated into Kepler Associates’ terms of engagement, the implementation of a comprehensive protocol for the engagement of remuneration advisers and the receipt of the declaration of no undue influence. It is satisfied that the remuneration recommendations received from Kepler Associates were made free from undue influence by any member of the KMP to whom the recommendations related.

Total fees paid to Kepler Associates for the above services for the period from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 were £161,000, of which £63,850 was for attendance at Committee meetings and commentary on management proposals, and a total of £97,150 for the provision of remuneration recommendations and other technical advice and support on executive remuneration.

4.4.2    Prohibition on hedging of BHP Billiton shares and equity instruments

The CEO and other members of the GMC are not allowed to protect the value of any unvested BHP Billiton equity awards allocated to them under employee programs, or the value of shares and securities held as part of meeting BHP Billiton’s MSR as described below. The policy also prohibits GMC members from using unvested BHP Billiton equity awards as collateral in any financial transaction, including hedging and margin loan arrangements.

Any securities that have vested and are no longer subject to restrictions or performance conditions may be subject to hedging arrangements or used as collateral, provided that consent is obtained from BHP Billiton in advance of the employee entering into the arrangement. BHP Billiton treats compliance with this policy as a serious issue, and takes appropriate measures to ensure that the policy is adhered to.

4.4.3    Share ownership guidelines and the MSR

The share ownership guidelines and the MSR help to ensure that the interests of Directors, executives and shareholders remain aligned.

The value of equity awards and any other securities for the purposes of the MSR is the market value of the underlying shares. Unvested employee equity awards do not qualify, and neither do any options with a market-based exercise price.

The CEO and other members of the GMC are expected to grow their holdings to the MSR from the scheduled vesting of their employee awards over time. Under the policy, employees are not required to meet the holding requirement before awards are allocated to them. Rather, the MSR is tested at the time that shares are to be sold. The GMC members are entitled to sell sufficient shares to satisfy tax obligations arising from the granting, holding, vesting, exercise or sale of the employee awards or the underlying shares. However, if a GMC member wishes to sell additional shares, they will be prohibited from doing so unless they will meet the MSR after the sale.

For FY2015:

the MSR for the CEO was five times annual gross pre-tax base salary and while he met this requirement last year, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share prices (including an impact of the demerger of South32) have resulted in Andrew Mackenzie’s shareholding being 4.4 times annual gross pre-tax base salary at the end of FY2015;

the MSR for other members of the GMC was three times annual gross pre-tax base salary and Peter Beaven, Dean Dalla Valle, Mike Henry and Jimmy Wilson met the MSR at the end of FY2015, while Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt, Geoff Healy, Daniel Malchuk and Athalie Williams have not yet met the MSR.

Subject to securities dealing constraints, Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees) to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve an MSR equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees). Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. Each Non-executive Director met the MSR at the end of FY2015 with the exception of Carlos Cordeiro. Mr Cordeiro met the MSR last year and the level of his shareholding has not changed since. However, subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates and share prices have reduced the value of his shareholding such that he did not meet the MSR at the end of FY2015.

Section 4.4.27 for details of share ownership information of the CEO, other members of the GMC and the Non-executive Directors

4.4.4    Statement of voting at the 2014 AGMs

BHP Billiton’s remuneration resolutions have attracted a high level of support by shareholders. Voting in regard to those resolutions put to shareholders at the 2014 AGMs is shown below.

AGM Resolution

  

Requirement

  % vote ‘for’   % vote ‘against’   Votes withheld (1) 

Remuneration policy

  UK   97.19     2.81     29,834,918  

Remuneration Report excluding Remuneration Policy

  UK   98.23     1.77     13,161,811  

Remuneration Report (whole report)

  Australia   98.02     1.98     13,127,265  

Leaving entitlements

  Australia   97.97     2.03     13,213,709  

Approval of grants to Executive Director

  Australia   97.02     2.98     29,928,012  

(1)The sum of votes marked ‘Vote Withheld’ at BHP Billiton Plc’s AGM and votes marked ‘Abstain’ at BHP Billiton Limited’s AGM.

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

The CEO remuneration policy that applied in FY2015 is the same as set out in the remuneration policy report, and the remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in accordance with that same policy.

Section 4.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

4.4.5    Single total figure of remuneration

This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration and is not intended to meet IFRS accounting standards.

Section 4.4.19 for the Statutory IFRS Remuneration table

US dollars (’000)

      Base salary   Benefits   STI (1)   LTI   Pension   Total 

Andrew Mackenzie

   FY2015     1,700     145     2,312     0     425     4,582  
   FY2014     1,700     92     3,136     2,635     425     7,988  

(1)Provided half in cash and half in deferred equity as shown in the table below.

For Mr Mackenzie, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated as set out below.

FY2014

FY2015

Base salary

Base salary earned from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2014.Base salary earned from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2015.

Benefits (1)

Section 4.3.3 for policy for specific benefits

The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2014, together with spouse business-related travel.The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2015, together with spouse business-related travel.

STI

Section 4.4.6 for how STI is determined

STI awarded for FY2014 performance. Half or US$1.568 million was provided in cash in September 2014, and half or US$1.568 million deferred in an equity award, which is due to vest in FY2017.STI awarded for FY2015 performance. Half or US$1.156 million will be provided in cash in September 2015, and half or US$1.156 million deferred in an equity award (subject to shareholder approval at the 2015 AGMs), which will be due to vest in FY2018.

LTI

Section 4.4.7 for the LTI performance condition

Section 4.4.8 for LTI awarded during FY2015

The value of 69,600 LTI awards that vested on 20 August 2014, based on performance over the five-year period to 30 June 2014 and valued based on the share price on 20 August 2014 of £19.65 (converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP of US$0.359 million.Based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2015, the 120,000 LTI awards granted in 2010 did not vest and have lapsed. The value of the awards is zero and no DEP has been paid in respect of these awards.

Pension

BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plan at 25% of base salary.BHP Billiton’s contribution to a defined contribution pension plan at 25% of base salary.

(1)Although eligible, the CEO does not currently participate in Shareplus, for reasons of administrative simplicity in terms of stock exchange dealings and announcements.

When the components of remuneration are provided

The following graph illustrates the usual time frame for delivery of the components of remuneration. It shows how STI and LTI outcomes are deferred.

LOGO

4.4.6    FY2015 STI performance outcomes

The CEO scorecard for the FY2015 performance year is summarised in the following table. A description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Remuneration Committee, are shown below the table. The performance range is set for each measure with the level of performance determined on a range of Threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), Target (where the performance requirements are met), and Stretch (where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded).

LOGO

HSEC

The HSEC KPI for the CEO is aligned to the Group’s suite of HSEC five-year public targets as set out in BHP Billiton’s Sustainability Report. As it has done for several years, the Remuneration Committee sought guidance from the Sustainability Committee when assessing HSEC performance. The Sustainability Committee reviewed performance against each of the designated measures. Consistent with prior years, the Remuneration Committee then took a holistic view of how the Group had performed in critical areas.

Targets for FY2015

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.

TRIF and occupational illness: Improved performance compared with FY2014 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

Risk management: Each Business is to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled. For all material risks Businesses to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owner.

Health, environment and community initiatives: All assets to achieve 100 per cent of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas projects, local procurement, social investment and community complaints targets.

Performance for FY2015

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: We tragically lost five of our colleagues in FY2015 and there is no question that this is an unacceptable outcome. As a Company, we need to continue to build our focus on safety and fatality prevention through leadership and effective processes. No significant environmental incidents occurred, however, there were two significant community incidents for FY2015, both being collisions on public roads.

TRIF and occupational illness: Our TRIF in FY2015 improved compared with FY2014 across BHP Billiton as a whole and in most Businesses, with a two per cent reduction to a TRIF of 4.1 for FY2015. Occupational illness rates increased due to the identification of legacy illness cases.

Risk management: All material HSEC risks that have been identified are recorded, and critical control assessments have been completed. In addition, critical control execution and critical control verification tasks have been carried out in accordance with requirements.

Health, environment and community initiatives: Greenhouse gas reduction targets set at the commencement of the year were materially exceeded, with outperformance observed across BHP Billiton. Targets set for water management, reducing occupational health exposures, local procurement plan development and implementation, social investment and community compliants were achieved.

Notwithstanding the positive aspects of FY2015 HSEC performance outlined above, as a consequence of the five tragic fatalities, the Board and Remuneration Committee decided, after taking advice from the Sustainability Committee, that it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s FY2015 HSEC STI outcome from 12.3 per cent to zero, reflecting the CEO’s overarching accountability for the safety outcomes of the Company.

Attributable profit

Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group (attributable profit) is the primary measure used by the Board when assessing the Group’s financial performance. For the purposes of assessing the actual reported outcome against a directly comparable target, the attributable profit KPI is adjusted for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements, and exceptional items to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices are ordinarily the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue.

Targets for FY2015

In respect of FY2015, the Board determined a target for attributable profit of US$1.7 billion, after the adjustments described above.

Performance for FY2015

Attributable profit of US$1.9 billion was reported by BHP Billiton, which was in excess of the target. The key drivers of this outperformance were higher than expected sales volumes, particularly in Iron Ore and, to a lesser extent, in Coal and Petroleum, together with positive productivity and cost performance across a range of Businesses, particularly in Coal. These gains were partly offset by the impact of the Olympic Dam mill outage, water constraints and weather conditions in Copper.

The adjustments for exceptional items in FY2015 (described further in Section 7.1.6 Note 2 of this Annual Report) included an impairment of Onshore US Assets (net loss US$2.0 billion), the repeal of the Minerals Resources Rent Tax legislation (net loss US$0.7 billion), and an impairment of Nickel West (net loss US$0.3 billion). The impairment of Onshore US Assets mainly reflected the Hawkville field’s geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans, together with the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition. The acquisition of Petrohawk was made in 2011, prior to the establishment of the GMC in its present form. Accordingly, the impairment had not been taken into account directly for the determination of the FY2015 STI outcomes for the current GMC. However, the impairment and the diminution in the value of Petrohawk assets has directly contributed to a zero vesting outcome under the 2010 LTIP for participants, including the current CEO .

Section 4.4.7 for information on LTIP performance testing

Notwithstanding this, the Board and Committee considers that the CEO should bear a partial impact of the impairment of Onshore US Assets, and decided it was appropriate to reduce the CEO’s attributable profit FY2015 STI outcome by 7.5 per cent from 42.8 per cent to 39.6 per cent to reflect this.

Capital project management

Capital project management measures based on the cost and the schedule outcomes for major capital projects in execution are considered to be effective measures of the delivery of our project pipeline, and consistent with other companies in our sector. The cost KPI is adjusted for foreign exchange movements to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Consistent with last year, the Committee also considers qualitative factors such as performance on Business level projects, post commissioning performance, capital expenditure efficiency, progress to plan of development projects, relative capital performance against competitors and variations to prior Board approvals.

Targets for FY2015

In respect of FY2015, the Board determined a target for cost of US$19.6 billion, after adjusting for foreign exchange movements, and a target for schedule of 41.5 months, which are weighted averages of the portfolio of major projects under development.

Performance for FY2015

The outcome of US$19.9 billion on cost was slightly behind the target, and the outcome on schedule of 45.4 months was between threshold and target. While the majority of major capital projects proceeded in accordance with approved targets, cost budgets were exceeded on certain projects in Petroleum and Potash and Copper, while favourable cost outcomes were observed in respect of certain other projects in Coal and Iron Ore. Negative impacts on schedule were observed on certain major capital projects in Petroleum and Potash, Coal and Iron Ore, while certain other projects progressed ahead of approved schedule in Coal and Copper. This year, performance overall on qualitative factors was assessed as being between target and stretch, with positive performance observed on progress to plan of development projects and relative performance against competitors.

Individual performance measures for the CEO

Individual measures for the CEO are determined at the commencement of the financial year. The application of personal, qualitative measures remains an important element of effective performance management. These measures seek to provide a balance between the financial and non-financial performance requirements that maintain our position as a leader in our industry.

Targets for FY2015

The CEO’s individual measures for FY2015 comprised a contribution to BHP Billiton’s overall performance and the management team, the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board, including portfolio optimisation and simplification, capital management, improvement in leadership capabilities and employee engagement throughout the Group, and GMC member development and succession.

Performance for FY2015

FY2015 represented the completion of the second full financial year in the role by the CEO. The CEO has contributed positively to the performance of the Company and the GMC, with significant productivity and capital expenditure improvements having been achieved during FY2015. In respect of portfolio optimisation, the successful demerger of South32 in May 2015 was a notable achievement. Accordingly, the Committee is of the view the CEO’s performance has been in excess of the targets for individual measures set at the commencement of the year, as set out above.

4.4.7    LTI performance outcomes

LTI vesting based on performance to June 2015

The five-year performance period for the 2010 LTI awards ended on 30 June 2015. The CEO’s 2010 LTI comprised 129,648 awards (inclusive of an uplift of 9,648 awards as a consequence of the demerger of South32), subject to achievement of the relative TSR performance conditions, and any discretion applied by the Remuneration Committee as described below.

Testing the performance condition

For the award to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR (for 67 per cent of the award) and the Index TSR (for 33 per cent of the award) by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2015. TSR includes returns to BHP Billiton shareholders in the form of share price movements along with dividends paid and reinvested in BHP Billiton (including cash and in-specie dividends).

Section 4.3.3 for the description of Peer Group TSR and Index TSR

In relation to the LTI awards granted in 2010, BHP Billiton’s TSR performance was negative 15.2 per cent over the five-year period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2015. This is below the weighted median Peer Group TSR of negative 4.5 per cent and below the Index TSR of positive 78.6 per cent over the same period. This level of performance results in zero vesting for the 2010 LTIP awards, and accordingly all 129,648 of the CEO’s 2010 LTIP awards have lapsed. No compensation or DEP was paid in relation to the lapsed awards.

Section 4.4.8 for the 2010 LTIP peer group companies

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s performance under the 2010 LTIP performance condition.

LOGO

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s comparative performance against the ASX 100 and the FTSE 100.

LOGO

LTI vested during FY2015 based on performance to June 2014

As detailed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the five-year performance period for the 2009 LTIP ended on 30 June 2014. For awards to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period. The five-year TSR performance for BHP Billiton was 60.6 per cent and BHP Billiton’s TSR exceeded the weighted average TSR achieved by the comparator group by 17.8 per cent. This performance resulted in 58 per cent vesting of the 2009 LTIP award.

Section 4.3.3for the definition of Peer Group TSR

Section 4.4.8for the 2009 peer group companies

The rules of the LTIP and the terms and conditions of the award give the Committee an overarching discretion to reduce the number of awards that will vest, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for partial or full vesting has been met. This qualitative judgement, which is applied before final vesting is confirmed, is an important risk management aspect to ensure that vesting is not simply driven by a formula that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes. The Committee considers its discretion carefully each year, taking account of the circumstances that are relevant to the five-year period under consideration.

As described last year, and in accordance with its overarching discretion, the Committee considered the TSR outcome in the context of the Group’s performance over the five-year performance period for the 2009 LTIP and determined that the recorded TSR outcome was a fair reflection of performance.

Section 4.4.25for a five-year history of BHP Billiton share prices and dividends

Section 4.4.5for the number and value of vested LTI awards for the CEO

4.4.8    LTI allocated during FY2015

Following shareholder approval at the 2014 AGMs, an LTI award was granted to the CEO on 19 December 2014. The face value and fair value of the award are shown in the table below.

Number of LTI
rights (1)

  

Face value

US$ (‘000) (2)

  

Face value

% of salary

  

Fair value

US$ (‘000) (3)

  

Fair value

% of salary

  

% of max (4)

208,879

  6,800  400  2,788  164  82

(1)The number of LTI rights is calculated by dividing the face value by the average closing share price over the 12 months immediately prior to the grant date (being A$36.01) using a US$/A$ exchange rate over the same 12-month period, and rounding down to the nearest number of rights. The number was subsequently uplifted by 15,980 to 224,859 to reflect the demerger of South32.

Section 4.4.19for more information on the treatment of equity awards under the demerger

(2)The face value of the award was determined as 400 per cent of Andrew Mackenzie’s base salary of US$1.700 million.

(3)The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the face value of the award by the fair value factor of 41 per cent (for the current plan design, as determined by Kepler Associates).

(4)The allocation is 82 per cent of the maximum award that may be provided under the LTIP rules. The maximum is a fair value of 200 per cent of base salary, or face value of 488 per cent of base salary, based on the fair value of 41 per cent for the current plan design (488% x 41% = 200%).

Terms of the LTI award

Section 4.3.3for the terms of LTI that are set in the remuneration policy for the CEO

In addition to those LTI terms set in the remuneration policy for the CEO, the Remuneration Committee has determined:

The performance period will be 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2019.

An averaging period of six months will be used in the TSR calculations to account for short-term price fluctuations.

BHP Billiton’s performance relative to peers tends to be counter-cyclical. To provide a fair and balanced outcome, TSR relative to the weighted average TSR of sector peer companies selected by the Committee

(Peer Group TSR) will determine the vesting of 67 per cent of the award. TSR relative to the broad MSCI World index (Index TSR) will determine the vesting of the remaining 33 per cent of the award.

For the whole of either portion of the award to vest, BHP Billiton’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR or the Index TSR (as applicable) by an average of 5.5 per cent per annum. This equates to exceeding average TSR over the five-year performance period by 30.7 per cent. Threshold vesting of each portion of the award occurs where BHP Billiton’s TSR equals the Peer Group TSR or Index TSR (as applicable).

Peer Group TSR is the weighted median TSR for the companies. Each company in the peer group is weighted by market capitalisation to ensure that it is represented appropriately within the TSR calculation. The maximum weighting for any one company is capped at 15 per cent and the minimum is set at one per cent, to reduce sensitivity to any single peer company.

The sector peer group companies for the FY2015 allocations in December 2014 are below, along with those for prior LTI grants.

December
2009
December
2010 to
2012 (1)
December
2013 and
2014

Resources (75%)

Alcoa

Anglo American

Cameco

CONSOL Energy

Fortescue Metals

Freeport-McMoRan

Glencore (2)

MMC Norilsk Nickel

Peabody Energy

Rio Tinto

Southern Copper

Teck Resources

Vale

December
2009
December
2010 to
2012 (1)
December
2013 and
2014

Oil and Gas (25%)

Anadarko Petroleum

Apache

BG Group

BP

Canadian Natural Res.

Chevron

ConocoPhillips

Devon Energy

EOG Resources

ExxonMobil

Occidental Petroleum

Royal Dutch Shell

Woodside Petroleum

(1)In 2009 and 2010, the averaging period used in the TSR calculations to account for short-term price fluctuations was three months. This was extended to six months from the December 2011 grants.

(2)Glencore Xstrata replaced Xstrata in the peer group for December 2009 to 2012 awards after the merger of Glencore and Xstrata in May 2013. Glencore Xstrata was renamed Glencore in May 2014.

4.4.9    CEO remuneration and returns to shareholders

Six-year CEO remuneration

The table below shows the total remuneration earned by Andrew Mackenzie and Marius Kloppers over the last six years, along with the proportion of maximum opportunity earned in relation to each type of incentive.

Section 4.4.5for more detail on, and the methodology used to calculate, the single total figure of remuneration as used in this table

Financial year

  FY2010   FY2011   FY2012   FY2013 (1)   FY2014   FY2015 

Andrew Mackenzie

            

Total remuneration (single figure, US$’000)

                  2,468     7,988     4,582  

STI (% of maximum)

                  47     77     57  

LTI (% of maximum)

                  65     58     0  

Marius Kloppers

            

Total remuneration (single figure, US$’000)

   14,789     15,755     16,092     15,991            

STI (% of maximum)

   71     69     0     47            

LTI (% of maximum)

   100     100     100     65            

(1)As Mr Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO in May 2013, the FY2013 total remuneration shown relates only to the period 10 May to 30 June 2013. The FY2013 total remuneration for Mr Kloppers relates only to the period 1 July 2012 to 10 May 2013.

Six-year TSR

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s TSR against the performance of relevant indices over the same six-year period. The indices shown in the graph were chosen as being broad market indices, which include companies of a comparable size and complexity to BHP Billiton.

LOGO

4.4.10     Change in CEO’s remuneration in FY2015

The table below sets out the CEO’s base salary, benefits and STI amounts earned in respect of FY2015, with the percentage change from FY2014. The table also shows the average change in each element for current employees in Continuing operations during FY2015 in Australia (being approximately 17,000 employees). This has been chosen by the Committee as the most appropriate comparison, as the CEO is located in Australia.

       Base salary   Benefits   STI 

CEO

   $’000     1,700     145     2,312  
   % change     0.0     57.6     (26.3)  

Australian employees

   % change (average)     1.2     (17.0)     (19.6)  

4.4.11     Remuneration for the CEO in FY2016

The remuneration for the CEO in FY2016 will be provided in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs.

Section 4.3.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

Base salary increase in September 2015

Base salary is reviewed annually, and increases are applicable from 1 September. The CEO will not receive a base salary increase in September 2015 and it will remain unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum for FY2016.

FY2016 STI performance measures

STI awards will be determined and provided on the same basis as set out for FY2015, and the HSEC, attributable profit, capital project management and individual performance measures are unchanged. Given the importance the Remuneration Committee places on safety, the scorecard weighting attached to HSEC has been increased for FY2016 to 25 per cent from 20 per cent in FY2015. The capital project management weighting has been reduced to 10 per cent from 20 per cent reflecting a lower number and value of major capital projects in execution, and the individual performance component weighting has been increased to 25 per cent from 20 per cent. The attributable profit weighting is unchanged at 40 per cent.

Section 4.4.6 for a description of STI for FY2015, including the performance measures

The performance measures set out in the table below have been set by the Remuneration Committee for the CEO in FY2016.

Performance measure

Weighting

Target performance

HSEC

25%

•  Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents. Year-on-year improvement in trends for events with potential for such outcomes.

•  TRIF and occupational illness: Improved performance compared with FY2015 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

Performance measure

Weighting

Target performance

•  Risk management: For all material risks, Businesses to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owner and recorded. Year-on-year improvement in trends for potential events associated with identified material risks.

•  Health, environment and community initiatives:All assets to achieve 100% of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas, social investment, quality of life, community perceptions and community complaints.

Attributable profit

(adjusted for commodity prices foreign exchange movements and exceptional items)

40%

•  For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the target for attributable profit will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.

Capital project management

10%

•  For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the targets for capital project management cost and schedule will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.

Individual performance

25%

•  The CEO’s individual measures for FY2016 comprise contribution to BHP Billiton’s overall performance and the management team, and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board, including strategy implementation, consolidation of relationships with key stakeholders, improvement in leadership capabilities and employee engagement throughout the Group, delivery of productivity initiatives, and GMC member development and succession.

FY2016 LTI award

On the advice of the Committee, the Board has proposed an FY2016 LTI award for the CEO with a face value of US$6.800 million, being 400 per cent of the CEO’s base salary. Taking into account the performance condition as represented by the fair value factor of 41 per cent, the fair value of these awards is US$2.788 million.

The FY2016 LTI award will use the same performance and service conditions, vesting schedule and peer groups as the FY2015 LTI award except that Alcoa, Cameco and MMC Norilsk Nickel, have been removed from the

sector peer group of companies primarily as a consequence of the South32 demerger and the capped maximum weighting for any one company has changed from 15 per cent to 20 per cent.

Section 4.4.8 for a description of LTI for FY2015

If approved by shareholders, this FY2016 LTI award will be granted following the AGMs (i.e. in or around December 2015). The number of awards will be notified to shareholders at the time that they are provided.

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

The remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors set out in the remuneration policy report also applied in FY2014,FY2015, and the remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in accordance with that same policy.

LOGOSection 4.3.9 for the remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors

The maximum aggregate fees payable to Non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) waswere approved by shareholders at the 2008 AGMs at US$3.8 million per annum. This sum includes base fees, committee fees and pension contributions. Travel allowances and non-monetary benefits are not included in this limit.

4.4.12    Single total figure of remuneration

This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration. As Non-executive Directors do not receive any equity awards as part of their remuneration, this table also meets the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and relevant accounting standards.

 

US dollars (’000)

      Fees (1)   Benefits (2)   Pension (3)   Total   Financial year   Fees (1)   Benefits (2)   Pensions (3)   Total 

Malcolm Brinded (4)

   2014     42     15          57     FY2015     198     77          275  
   FY2014    42     15          57  

Malcolm Broomhead

   2014     230     75     12     317     FY2015     230     47     13     290  
   2013     230     59     12     301     FY2014    230     75     12     317  

John Buchanan

   2014     263     84   ��      347     FY2015     254     41          295  
   2013     263     67          330     FY2014    263     84          347  

Carlos Cordeiro

   2014     198     103          301     FY2015     198     110          308  
   2013     198     115          313     FY2014    198     103          301  

David Crawford

   2014     230     69     12     311  

David Crawford(5)

   FY2015     90     27     5     122  
   2013     230     88     12     330     FY2014    230     69     12     311  

Pat Davies

   2014     198     88          286     FY2015     211     91          302  
   2013     198     118          316     FY2014    198     88          286  

Carolyn Hewson

   2014     214     48     12     274     FY2015     223     62     12     297  
   2013     203     60     10     273     FY2014    214     48     12     274  

Lindsay Maxsted

   2014     263     53     14     330     FY2015     246     70     14     330  
   2013     263     69     14     346     FY2014    263     53     14     330  

Wayne Murdy

   2014     235     113          348     FY2015     219     136          355  
   2013     235     161          396     FY2014    235     113          348  

Jac Nasser

   2014     1100     114          1214     FY2015     1,100     108          1,208  
   2013     1100     107          1207     FY2014    1,100     114          1,214  

Keith Rumble

   2014     198     129          327  

Keith Rumble(5)

   FY2015     177     103          280  
   2013     198     154          352     FY2014    198     129          327  

John Schubert

   2014     243     45     13     301     FY2015     229     64     13     306  
   2013     243     90     12     345     FY2014    243     45     13     301  

Shriti Vadera

   2014     203     79          282     FY2015     216     46          262  
   2013     203     93          296     FY2014    203     79          282  

 

(1)Fees include the annual base fee, plus additional fees as applicable for the Senior Independent Director, Committee Chairs and Committee memberships.

Section 4.4.13for details of the fee structure for FY2014 and FY2015

LOGOSection4.4.13for details of the fee structure for FY2013 and FY2014

(2)

The majority of the amounts disclosed for benefits are travel allowances for each Non-executive Director: amounts of between US$15,000 and US$112,000105,000 (US$59,00015,000 and US$119,000112,000 for FY2013)FY2014). In addition, amounts of between US$ nil and US$5,000 (US$ nil and US$5,000 for FY2013)FY2014) are included in respect of

tax return preparation; amounts of between US$ nil and US$32,00026,000 (US$ nil and US$25,00032,000 for FY2013)FY2014) are included in respect of costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at a business meeting location; and amounts of between US$ nil and US$19,00011,000 (US$ nil and US$16,00019,000 for FY2013)FY2014) are included in respect of reimbursement of the tax cost associated with the provision of taxable benefits.

 

(3)BHP Billiton Limited made minimum superannuation contributions of 9.259.5 per cent of fees for FY2014FY2015 in accordance with Australian superannuation legislation (increasing to 9.5legislation(increased from 9.25 per cent of fees paid in FY2015)FY2014).

 

(4)The FY2014 remuneration for Malcolm Brinded relates to part of that year only, as he joined the Board on 15 April 2014.

(5)The FY2015 remuneration for David Crawford and Keith Rumble relates to part of the year only, as they left the Board on 20 November 2014 and 22 May 2015, respectively.

4.4.13    Non-executive Directors’ remuneration in FY2015FY2016

Subject to approval of the remuneration policy by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs,In FY2016, the remuneration for the Non-executive Directors in FY2015 will be providedpaid in accordance with that policy.the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs.

LOGOSection 4.3.9 for the remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors

Fees for the Non-executive Directors (other than the Chairman) are determined by the Chairman and the CEO. The Non-executive Directors do not take part in these discussions. Fees for the Chairman are determined by the Board on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.

FeesFee levels for the Non-executive Directors and the Chairman, werewhich are reviewed in June 2014 and benchmarked against peer companies,annually, have remained unchanged since 2011. The annual review includes benchmarking, with the assistance of externally provided benchmark data. As a resultexternal advisers, against peer companies. Based on the review conducted in June 2015:

the Board, with support from the Chairman, has decided to reduce the Chairman’s fee by approximately 13 per cent from US$1.100 million to US$0.960 million per annum, and

the Chairman and the CEO have decided to reduce the Non-executive Director base fee by approximately six per cent from US$0.170 million to US$0.160 million per annum

These reductions were considered appropriate in light of the review, achallenging external environment and the benchmarking data for peer companies. The different percentage reduction for the Chairman compared with that for Non-executive Directors reflects the relevant benchmarks for those roles.

A decision was also taken to keep FY2015include mandatory superannuation contributions within the relevant base fee from 1 July 2015, which is more closely aligned to the practices of other companies. This has the effect of further reducing Non-executive Director remuneration for those Directors who receive Australian superannuation contributions. For those Directors, this results in an average reduction of approximately 12 per cent in the aggregate of their base fees unchanged from FY2014. and superannuation contributions.

The table below sets out the fee levels for FY2015,FY2016, and the changes in fee levels since FY2011.

 

Levels of fees and travel allowances
for Non-executive Directors
(in US dollars)

  From 1 July
2010
   From 1 July
2011
   From 1 July
2012
   From 1 July
2013
   From 1 July
2014
 

Base annual fee

   154,000     170,000     170,000     170,000     170,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus additional fees for:

          

Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc

   35,000     48,000     48,000     48,000     48,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee Chair:

          

Risk and Audit

   55,000     60,000     60,000     60,000     60,000  

Finance(1)

             60,000     60,000     60,000  

Remuneration

   40,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Sustainability

   40,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee membership:

          

Risk and Audit

   30,000     32,500     32,500     32,500     32,500  

Finance(1)

             32,500     32,500     32,500  

Remuneration

   25,000     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Sustainability

   25,000     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Travel allowance: (2)

          

Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours

   7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000  

10 hours or more

   15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Chairman’s remuneration

   1,000,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Levels of fees and travel allowances

for Non-executive Directors

(in US dollars)

  From 1 July
2011
   From 1 July
2012
   From 1 July
2013
   From 1 July
2014
   From 1 July
2015
 

Base annual fee

   170,000     170,000     170,000     170,000     160,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus additional fees for:

          

Senior Independent Director of
BHP Billiton Plc

   48, 000     48,000     48,000     48,000     48,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee Chair:

          

Risk and Audit

   60,000     60,000     60,000     60,000     60,000  

Finance(1)

        60,000     60,000     60,000       

Remuneration

   45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Sustainability

   45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee membership:

          

Risk and Audit

   32,500     32,500     32,500     32,500     32,500  

Finance(1)

        32,500     32,500     32,500       

Remuneration

   27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Sustainability

   27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
   
 
No additional
fees
  
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Travel allowance: (2)

          

Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours

   7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000  

10 hours or more

   15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Chairman’s fee

   1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     960,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Finance Committee was created onexisted from 23 April 2012 to 31 December 2014, and thefees were paid in respect of this period. The fees shown in the table above are annualised and commenced from that date.annualised.

 

(2)In relation to travel for Board business, the time thresholds relate to the flight time to travel to the meeting location (i.e. one way flight time). Until 30 June 2011, the time frames were ‘Greater than 3 but less than 12 hours’ and ‘12 hours or more’.

Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

The information in this section contains details of the remuneration policy that guided the Remuneration Committee’s decisions and resulted in the remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC, other than the CEO (or any other Executive Directors should any be appointed in future).

LOGOSection4.2.1 for members of the GMC

The remuneration policy and structures for the other members of the GMC are essentially the same as those already described for the CEO in previous sections of the Remuneration Report. Where this is the case, to avoid repetition, this section of the report cross referencesReport cross-references that prior content.

4.4.14    Remuneration policy

In designing and determining the remuneration for members of the GMC, the Remuneration Committee applies the Group’s remuneration policy. This contains the key principles that support and reinforce the Group’s strategy and ongoing performance and align activities of management with the interests of shareholders.

LOGOSection 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 for overarching principles and purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

The Remuneration Committee considers the appropriate total remuneration for each member of the GMC by examining the remuneration provided to comparable roles in organisations of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry.

Each year, the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates, sources and consolidates relevant remuneration data for comparable roles, in relevant organisations and markets. The adviser prepares a comparison to current GMC remuneration, but does not make specific recommendations regarding the level of individual executives’ remuneration.

LOGOSection 4.4.1 for more information on services provided by Kepler Associates

From this market comparison, the Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for each individual, taking into account their responsibilities, location, skills, qualifications, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain high quality,high-quality, experienced executives, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

4.4.15    Components of remuneration

The components of remuneration for members of the GMC are the same as the CEO, with any differences described below.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the components of CEO remuneration (including how remuneration links to strategy, how each component operates and how performance is assessed)

Fixed remuneration

As for the CEO, the other members of the GMC receive:

 

A competitive base salary that is appropriate to the role and attracts and retains high qualityhigh-quality executives.

 

Pension contributions to a maximum of 25 per cent of base salary.

 

Relocation allowance and other benefits as determined by the Remuneration Committee, and of a similar nature to those received by the CEO, or as otherwise determined by local policy or practice in the location where the GMC member is located.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for details of significant components of fixed remuneration for each member of the GMC

STI

Members of the GMC are entitled to participate in the STIP on the same basis as the CEO.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for details of the STIP, including the setting of performance measures, assessment of performance, and delivery of awards in cash and deferred equity (including terms in relation to malus and clawback)

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for the terms of STI awards on cessation of employment

The performance measures for members of the GMC are similar to those of the CEO, as determined by the Committee. However, the weighting of each performance measure will vary to reflect the focus required from each GMC role. In particular, there are different weightings for GMC members with specific Business responsibilities. The relevant performance measures and weightings and the performance outcomes for FY2014 (asFY2015

(as assessed by the Committee) are set out in the diagram below. The individual STI outcome for each GMC member has been determined with reference to the time spent in relevant roles during FY2015.

LOGOSection 4.4.6 for a comparable table of performance measures and outcomes for the CEO

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for details of the STI amount provided to each member of the GMC for FY2014FY2015 performance

FY2014 performance measures and outcomes

LOGO

The description of the STI outcomes for the CEO explains the FY2014FY2015 performance outcomes against targets for HSEC, attributable profit, EBIT and capital project management. This includes the material variations from target performance for BHP Billiton and for its separate Businesses, which correspond to the Businessbusiness outcomes shown in the diagram above.below.

Individual measures are determined at the commencement of the financial year. These comprise each individual’s contribution to the GMC, delivery against projects and initiatives within the scope of his or her role, and his or her contribution to the overall performance of the Group. Personal performance of other GMC members was reviewed against these measures by the Committee and, on average, was considered marginally above target, with a range of 21 to 23 per cent against a target of 20 per cent.on target.

LOGO

LTI

Other membersMembers of the GMC receive LTI awards under the LTIP, which are made on the same basis and with the same performance hurdles and vesting conditions as those provided to the CEO.

LTI awards granted to other members of the GMC generally have a maximum face value of 350 per cent of base salary, which is a fair value of 143.5 per cent of base salary under the current plan design (with an expected value of 41 per cent, taking into account the performance condition: 350% x 41% = 143.5%). The exception is for Tony Cudmore, Jane McAloon and Tony Cudmore,Athalie Williams, for whom the maximum face value is 300 per cent of base salary (or a fair value of 123.0 per cent of base salary).

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for details of the LTIP, including the relative TSR performance condition, and the level of performance required for vesting (including terms in relation to malus and clawback)

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for the terms of LTI awards on cessation of employment

LOGOSection 4.4.7 for details of the performance outcomes for the 20092010 LTIP

LOGOSection 4.4.21 for details of LTI awards that vested during FY2015

Transitional GMC awards

Transitional GMC awards are granted to new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton to bridge the gap created by the different timeframes of BHP Billiton’s long-term incentive program for GMC members (LTIP) and for senior management (MAP).

Section 4.4.22 for more information on Transitional GMC awards, the circumstances in which they may be provided, and the applicable performance conditions

Mike Henry was holding 21,533 Transitional GMC awards with a service condition to 30 June 2015. As the service condition was satisfied, a performance assessment for the period 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2015 has been made by the Committee. The Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the relevant performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO).

The Committee considered that since mid-2012 our TSR performance has matched our peers, and that Group performance over FY2013 to FY2015 (to which Mr Henry contributed effectively) has been positive across a range of factors within management’s control, most notably production, costs and capital expenditure across all years and safety performance in FY2014, offset by the five fatalities in FY2015. In addition, the CEO considered Mr Henry had performed well in his role as President HSE, Marketing and Technology until 31 December 2014, and has commenced well in his role as President Coal since 1 January 2015.

As such, and given the service condition had been satisfied, the Committee decided that a vesting outcome of 83 per cent was appropriate (against a target of 80 per cent, with a maximum of 100 per cent and a minimum of zero). Accordingly, 17,872 of the 21,533 Transitional GMC awards held by Mr Henry with a service condition to 30 June 2015 vested on 27 August 2015 and the remainder lapsed.

Shareplus all-employee share purchase plan

Like the CEO, other members of the GMC are also eligible to participate in Shareplus. For administrative simplicity in regard to stock exchange dealings and announcements, the other members of the GMC do not currently participate in Shareplus.

LOGOSection 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and the current holdings of GMC members

Equity awards provided for pre-GMC service

Members of the GMC who were promoted from executive roles within BHP Billiton hold GSTIP and MAP awards that were granted to them in respect of their service in non-GMC roles.

Section 4.4.23 and 4.4.24 for details on these awards, including those which have vested during FY2015

4.4.16    Remuneration mix

The Group approach to remuneration for members of the GMC is that a significant portion should be ‘at risk’ to provide strong alignment between remuneration outcomes and the interests of BHP Billiton shareholders.

The diagram below sets out the relative mix of each remuneration component for other members of the GMC. Each component is determined as a percentage of base salary (at the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance-based remuneration).

 

LOGOLOGO

 

(1) Base salary earned by each member of the GMC is set out in section 4.4.19.4.4.19 of this Annual Report.

 

(2) As for the CEO, the minimum STI award is zero, with an award of 80 per cent of base salary in cash and 80 per cent in deferred equity for target performance, and a maximum award of 120 per cent cash and 120 per cent deferred equity for exceptional performance against KPIs.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for actual cash STI awards for FY2014FY2015 performance, which are shown in the annual cash incentive column of the table

 

(3) Other members of GMC have a maximum LTI award with a face value of 350 per cent of base salary as shown in the chart, with the exception of Tony Cudmore, Jane McAloon and Tony Cudmore,Athalie Williams, who each have a maximum LTI award with a face value of 300 per cent of base salary.

LOGOSection 4.4.21 for actual LTI awards for FY2014,FY2015, which were granted on 1819 December 20132014

4.4.17    Employment contracts

The terms of employment for other members of the GMC are formalised in employment contracts, which have no fixed term. They typically outline the components of remuneration paid to the individual, but do not prescribe how remuneration levels are to be modified from year-to-year. A GMC employment contract may be terminated by BHP Billiton on six months’ notice for all new GMC appointees since March 2014, or up to 12 months’ notice.notice for all other GMC appointees. BHP Billiton can terminate a contract immediately by making a

payment of up to 12 months’ base salary plus pension contributions for the relevant period. The GMC member must give six months’ notice for voluntary resignation.

LOGOSection 4.2.1 for members of the GMC (including the date they commenced in their role if during the current financial year)

4.4.18    Arrangements for a GMC membermembers leaving the Group during and after 30 JuneFY2015 (not previously reported)

The arrangements for GMC members leaving the Group are within the approval provided by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs in regard to Australian termination benefits legislation, including the provision of performance-based remuneration in accordance with the rules of the relevant incentive plans. The arrangements for Graham Kerr and Mike Fraser are in accordance with relevant transaction documentation in relation to the

demerger of South32. The FY2014 Remuneration Report contained details of the arrangements for Karen Wood retiredon her retirement from the Group in August 2014.

Graham Kerr

Graham Kerr stepped down from his role as Chief Financial Officer on the GMC effective 30 September 2014 as a result of the South32 demerger proposed at the time, and exited BHP Billiton on 20 August24 May 2015 as a result of Mr Kerr becoming Chief Executive Officer of South32. Mr Kerr received base salary, pension contributions, STI and applicable benefits up to the date of his exit from BHP Billiton. He received no payments in lieu of notice upon exit, but has been paid, or will receive in the future, the value of pension and superannuation funds that he has accumulated during his service with the Group. His statutory leave entitlements transferred to South32.

Upon Mr Kerr’s exit, the unvested deferred shares allocated to him in respect of the FY2013 GIS award vested to him in full. As a result of the South32 demerger and following approval of the Remuneration Committee, Mr Kerr’s FY2013 GMC Transitional Awards, 2012 LTIP and 2013 LTIP lapsed in full, effective 24 May 2015. South32 has replaced these awards with new awards over South32 shares that have similar terms and conditions as the original awards.

Mike Fraser

Mike Fraser stepped down from his role as President, Human Resources on the GMC effective 31 December 2014 as a result of the South32 demerger proposed at the time, and exited BHP Billiton on 24 May 2015 as a result of Mr Fraser becoming President and Chief Operating Officer Africa of South32. Mr Fraser received base salary, pension contributions, STI and applicable benefits up to the date of his exit from BHP Billiton. He received no payments in lieu of notice upon exit, but will receive in the future the value of pension and superannuation funds that he has accumulated during his service with the Group. His statutory leave entitlements transferred to South32.

Karen WoodUpon Mr Fraser’s exit, the unvested deferred shares allocated to him in respect of the FY2013 GSTIP and FY2013 MAP award vested to him in full. As a result of the South32 demerger and following approval from the Remuneration Committee, Mr Fraser’s FY2014 GMC Transitional Awards and 2013 LTIP lapsed in full, effective 24 May 2015. South32 has replaced these awards with new awards over South32 shares that have similar terms and conditions as the original awards.

Jane McAloon

Jane McAloon retired from her role as President, Governance and Group Company Secretary on the GMC on 19 August 201431 May 2015 and from BHP Billiton on 20 August 2014.1 July 2015. Ms Wood hasMcAloon received base salary, pension contributions, STI and applicable benefits up to the date of her retirement. She received no payments in lieu of notice upon retirement, but has been paidwill receive in the future the value of the pension and superannuation funds that she has accumulated during her service with the Group. She was paid the value of her statutory leave entitlements. When determining the STI awards for GMC members, the Remuneration Committee resolved that Ms WoodMcAloon would receive a FY2014FY2015 short-term incentive award in the form of cash, which was assessed by the Committee, based on her performance. No deferral period will apply in respect of this cash STI award.

Upon herMs McAloon’s retirement, the unvested deferred sharesawards allocated to her in respect of the FY2013 GIS, awardFY2013 GSTIP and FY2013 MAP vested to her in full.full and those in respect of the FY2014 STIP will remain on foot and will not vest until August 2016. In accordance with the Group’s usual practice, Ms Wood’sMcAloon’s unvested LTIP awards and Transitional GMC awards were pro-rated, to reflect the percentage of the performance period that had elapsed to 20 August 2014.1 July 2015. The vesting of the retained pro-rated awards will be determined by the Committee at the relevant time in future years. The LTIP awards will only vest if the performance condition is met at the end of each five-year performance period, subject to the Committee’s ability to reduce vesting through its discretion under the plan rules.

The arrangements for GMC members leaving the Group are within the approval provided by shareholders at the 2011 and 2013 AGMs in regard to Australian termination benefits legislation, including the provision of performance-based remuneration in accordance with the rules of the relevant incentive plans. Ms Wood will continue to provide advice and assistance to the CEO on a consultancy basis.

Other statutory disclosures

This section provides details of any additional statutory disclosures required by Australian or UK regulations that have not been included in the previous sections of the Remuneration Report.

4.4.19    GMC remuneration table

The table below has been prepared in accordance with relevant accounting standards. RemunerationWhere applicable, remuneration data for all members of the GMC are pro-rated for the periods of FY2013FY2014 and FY2014FY2015 that each individualthey served as a member of the GMC. An explanation of the share-based payments terms used in the table is provided following the table and associated footnotes. Comparative FY2013 figures for many of the current members of the GMC therefore relate only to a small portion of the year following their appointment to the GMC. Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt and Mike FraserAthalie Williams joined the GMC during FY2014FY2015 and there is no relevant FY2013FY2014 comparison. Mike Fraser, Graham Kerr, Jane McAloon and Karen Wood left the GMC during FY2015.

More information on the policy and operation of each element of remuneration is provided in prior sections of this report.Report.

 

Share-based payments

The figures included in the shaded columns of the statutory table below for share-based payments were not actually provided to the KMP during FY2013FY2014 or FY2014.FY2015. These amounts are calculated in accordance with accounting standards and are the amortised IFRS fair values of equity and equity-related instruments that have been granted to the executives, either in relation to FY2013FY2014 and FY2014FY2015 performance or that of prior financial years. Please refer to sections 4.4.20 to 4.4.26 of this Annual Report for information on awards allocated during FY2013FY2014 and FY2014.FY2015. A further explanation of the share-based payments terms used in the table is provided following the table and its associated footnotes.

 

      Short-term benefits   Post-
employment
benefits
   Share-based payments (6)   Total       Short-term benefits   Post-
Employment
Benefits
   Share-based payments   Total 

US dollars (’000)

      Base
salary (1)
   Annual cash
incentive (2)
   Non-
monetary
benefits (3)
   Other
benefits (4)
   Retirement
benefits (5)
   Value of STI
and Shareplus
awards (7)
   Value of LTI
awards (8)
     Financial
year
   Base
salary (1)
   Annual cash
incentive(2)
   Non-
monetary
benefits (3)
   Other
benefits (4)
   Retirement
benefits(5)
   Value of STI
and Shareplus
awards(2)(6)
   Value of LTI
awards(7)
   

Executive Directors

                                    

Andrew Mackenzie

   2014     1,700     1,568     92          425     992     2,346     7,123     FY2015     1,700     1,156     145          425     1,163     2,345     6,934  
   2013     1,271     899     10     700     431     902     888     5,101     FY2014    1,700     1,568     92          425     992     2,346     7,123  

Other GMC members

                  

Other GMC Members

                  

Peter Beaven

   2014     1,000     850     17          250     588     1,342     4,047     FY2015     1,000     680     32     700     250     667     1,259     4,588  
   2013     142     77     1          36     69     159     484     FY2014    1,000     850     17          250     588     1,342     4,047  

Tony Cudmore

   2014     247     223               62     30     22     584     FY2015     750     552               188     269     312     2,071  
   FY2014    247     223               62     30     22     584  

Tim Cutt

   2014     1,000     867     12     550     250     525     1,173     4,377     FY2015     1,000     816     5          250     787     1,187     4,045  
   FY2014    1,000     867     12     550     250     525     1,173     4,377  

Dean Dalla Valle

   2014     1,000     936               250     565     1,173     3,924     FY2015     1,000     680          58     250     657     1,187     3,832  
   2013     142     60          100     36     62     119     519     FY2014    1,000     936               250     565     1,173     3,924  

Mike Fraser

   2014     717     656     13          179     284     604     2,453     FY2015     428     290     9          107     242     302     1,378  
   FY2014    717     656     13          179     284     604     2,453  

Geoff Healy

   2014     1,000     914     29          250     294     271     2,758     FY2015     1,000     816     44          250     555     651     3,316  
   2013     77                    19               96     FY2014    1,000     914     29          250     294     271     2,758  

Mike Henry

   2014     1,083     1,015     20          271     816     1,365     4,570     FY2015     1,100     757     16     58     275     830     1,362     4,398  
   2013     1,000     817     11     700     250     687     1,231     4,696     FY2014    1,083     1,015     20          271     816     1,365     4,570  

Graham Kerr

   2014     1,083     1,006     68          271     828     1,383     4,639     FY2015     277     211     21          69     230     244     1,052  
   2013     1,000     897     4          250     642     1,285     4,078  

Jane McAloon

   2014     750     686               188     402     796     2,822  
   2013     106     41               27     42     76     292  

Daniel Malchuk

   2014     871     797     29          218     441     817     3,173  
   2013     121     51     3     475     31     42     64     787  

Jimmy Wilson

   2014     1,000     951               250     647     1,342     4,190  
   2013     142     75               36     77     159     489  

Karen Wood

   2014     1,000     922               250     711     1,542     4,425  
   2013     1,005     741     16          333     740     1,881     4,716  

       Short-term benefits   Post-
Employment
Benefits
   Share-based payments   Total 

US dollars (’000)

  Financial
year
   Base
salary (1)
   Annual cash
incentive(2)
   Non-
monetary
benefits (3)
   Other
benefits (4)
   Retirement
benefits(5)
   Value of STI
and Shareplus
awards(2)(6)
   Value of LTI
awards(7)
   
   FY2014    1,083     1,006     68          271     828     1,383     4,639  

Jane McAloon

   FY2015     688     523               172     1,002     732     3,117  
   FY2014    750     686               188     402     796     2,822  

Daniel Malchuk

   FY2015     1,000     680     33          250     589     1,057     3,609  
   FY2014    871     797     29          218     441     817     3,173  

Athalie Williams

   FY2015     372     294          580     93     57     104     1,500  

Jimmy Wilson

   FY2015     1,000     816               250     739     1,259     4,064  
   FY2014    1,000     951               250     647     1,342     4,190  

Karen Wood

   FY2015     140               665     35     814     182     1,836  
   FY2014    1,000     922               250     711     1,542     4,425  

 

(1)Base salaries shown in this table reflect the amounts paid over the 12-month period from 1 July 20132014 to 30 June 2014.2015 (or for the relevant period that they were KMP, as set out above the table). No changes to salaries occurred during FY2014FY2015 except as follows:for Athalie Williams who was appointed to the GMC during the year on a base salary of US$0.750 million.

Mike Fraser and Tony Cudmore were appointed to the GMC during the year on base salaries of US$0.850 million and US$0.750 million respectively; and

Daniel Malchuk’s base salary increased from US$0.850 million to US$1.000 million (consistent with other Business Presidents) on 10 May 2014, reflecting the development in the role since his appointment on 10 May 2013.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 and 4.4.15 for base salary policy and operation

 

(2)Annual cash incentive is the cash portion of STI awards earned in respect of performance during each financial year.year (or for the relevant period that they were KMP, as set out above the table). For Mike Fraser and Graham Kerr, South32 have assumed the obligation to deliver the whole of FY2015 STI.

LOGOSection 4.3.3, 4.4.6 and 4.4.15 for STI policy and operation and for FY2014FY2015 STI outcomes

STI is provided half in cash and half in deferred equity (which are included in the share-based payments columns of the table). The minimum possible value awarded to each individual is nil. The maximum STI is 240 per cent of base salary (120 per cent in cash and 120 per cent in deferred equity). For FY2014FY2015, GMC members earned the following STI awards as a percentage of the maximum (the remaining portion has not been earned (i.e. has been ‘forfeited’)): Andrew Mackenzie 7757 per cent, Peter Beaven 7157 per cent, Tony Cudmore 7661 per cent, Tim Cutt 7268 per cent, Dean Dalla Valle 7857 per cent, Mike Fraser 7657 per cent, Geoff Healy 7668 per cent, Mike Henry 7757 per cent, Graham Kerr 7663 per cent, Jane McAloon 7663 per cent, Daniel Malchuk 7657 per cent, Jimmy Wilson 7968 per cent, and Athalie Williams 65 per cent. Karen Wood 77 per cent.was not eligible to receive an STI award in FY2015 due to the timing of her departure from the Company.

 

(3)Non-monetary benefits are non-pensionable and include such items as health and other insurances and fees for tax return preparation (if required in multiple jurisdictions). This item also includes the cost of domestic flights for Geoff Healey and for Graham Kerr as part of approved commuting arrangements, and travel for Mrs Mackenzie to accompany the CEO on business-related travel.

 

(4)Other benefits are non-pensionable and included one-off relocation allowances (with no trailing entitlements) provided to Andrew Mackenzie, Mike Henry and Daniel Malchuk in FY2013 and to Tim Cutt in FY2014 and to Peter Beaven and Athalie Williams in FY2015 in regard to their international relocations, and to Dean Dalla Valle and Mike Henry in FY2013FY2015 in regard to histheir domestic relocation.relocations. The amount shown as Other benefits for Karen Wood is the value of statutory annual leave and long service leave entitlements paid at the time of her retirement.

 

(5)Retirement benefits are 25 per cent of base salary for each GMC member.

 

(6)The percentagevalue of STI awards includes the total remuneration for FY2014, which is made upestimated IFRS fair value of STI awards provided as deferred equity awards, ranges from 9 per cent for Tony Cudmore to 51 per cent for Karen Wood.

(7)The amounts shown in this column are described inor cash-settled share-based payments under the section below these notes. TheyGIS, GSTIP and STIP. Awards may include awardsbe paid in the form of cash where the individual ceases employment prior to the scheduled allocation date of the STI awards (in December 20142015 for FY2014FY2015 awards). Footnote (2) shows the percentage of the FY2014 STI award not earned (i.e. ‘forfeited’) as a percentage of the maximum award. These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 4.3.8 and therefore, the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the IFRS fair value used for accounting purposes in this table.

LOGO

The IFRS fair value of the STI awards is estimated at grant date by discounting the total value of the shares that will be issued in the future using the risk-free interest rate for the period to the date of award. Participants who are provided with awards under the GIS are entitled to a DEP in lieu of the dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from the allocation date to the time they receive ordinary shares in BHP Billiton. Prior to FY2011 awards, a similar DEP entitlement applied to GSTIP awards. This is not the case with awards allocated since October 2011. From FY2011, there was a change in accounting policy to account for the DEP from cash-settled to equity-settled. STI awards are granted to

GMC participants following the relevant AGMs (awards to the CEO are subject to shareholder approval). If employment ceases prior to that scheduled allocation of equity awards, the value of the awards may be provided in cash, but would still be included in this column of the table. Once awarded, there is a vesting condition that requires participants to remain in employment for a further two years. Accordingly, the number of securities (if any) that will ultimately vest cannot be determined until the service period has been completed. The IFRS fair value of STI awards is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the expected future service period, which is normally three years (being the performance year in which the STI is earned and the subsequent two-year service period). The vesting of STI awards may be accelerated in the event of leaving the Group, in which case the expected future service period is amended;

The value of Shareplus awards includes the estimated IFRS fair value of rights to Matched Shares acquired during each share purchase period under the Shareplus program. These rights are acquired on each of the quarterly share purchase dates under the program (grant dates), and the IFRS fair value is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the future service period required for the Matched Shares to be allocated (i.e. the vesting date of the rights). Where entitlements to the Matched Shares are accelerated on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

Section 4.4.20,4.4.234.4.20, 4.4.23 and 4.4.26 for the actual numbers of awards allocated to and held by members of the GMC

 

(8)(7)The amounts shown in this columnvalue of LTI awards includes the estimated IFRS fair value of awards provided under the LTIP, MAP and as Transitional GMC awards which are described in the section below these notes.defined as equity-settled share-based payments. These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 4.3.8 and therefore the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the IFRS fair value used for accounting purposes in this table.

LOGO

The amount in respect of each award under the LTIP is the estimated IFRS fair value of the award as determined by Kepler Associates using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology taking account of the performance condition, the term of the award, the share price at grant date, the expected price volatility of the underlying share, the risk-free interest rate for the term of the award and the value of the DEP that will be received on exercise of the award. The IFRS fair value of each award is apportioned to annual remuneration in equal amounts to each of the years in the expected future service period, which is normally five years. Where entitlements to LTI awards are preserved on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

Section 4.4.21, 4.4.22 and 4.4.24 for the actual numbers of awards allocated to and held by members of the GMC

This column also includes an amount allocated to remuneration in FY2013 and in FY2014 and in FY2015 in respect of awards received by Mr Mackenzie on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton, which vested during FY2013. The final value of the awards will be determined at the time that Mr Mackenzie chooses to redeem the award, and this column will incorporate an annual true-up amount until that time. Full details of the award and the relevant terms and conditions were provided in the FY2013 Annual Report.

  

The value of STI and Shareplus awards shown in the table includes:

the estimated IFRS fair value of STI awards provided as deferred equity or cash settled share-based payments under the GIS, GSTIP and STIP;

LOGOSection 4.4.20 and 4.4.23 for awards allocated to each individual

the IFRS fair value of the STI awards is estimated at grant date by discounting the total value of the shares that will be issued in the future using the risk-free interest rate for the period to the date of award. Participants who are provided with awards under the GIS are entitled to a DEP in lieu of the dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from the allocation date to the time they receive ordinary shares in BHP Billiton. Prior to FY2011 awards, a similar DEP entitlement applied to GSTIP awards. This is not the case with awards allocated since October 2011. From FY2011, there was a change in accounting policy to account for the DEP from cash-settled to equity-settled. STI awards are granted to GMC participants following the relevant AGMs (awards to the CEO are subject to shareholder approval). If employment ceases prior to that scheduled allocation of equity awards, the value of the awards may be provided in cash, but would still be included in this column of the table. Once awarded, there is a vesting condition that requires participants to remain in employment for a further two years. Accordingly, the number of securities (if any) that will ultimately vest cannot be determined until the service period has been completed. The IFRS fair value of STI awards is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the expected future service period, which is normally three years (being the performance year in which the STI is earned and the subsequent two-year service period). The vesting of STI awards may be accelerated in the event of leaving the Group, in which case the expected future service period is amended;

the estimated IFRS fair value of rights to Matched Shares acquired during each share purchase period under the Shareplus program. These rights are acquired on each of the quarterly share purchase dates under the program (grant dates), and the IFRS fair value is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the future service period required for the Matched Shares to be allocated (i.e. the vesting date of the rights). Where entitlements to the Matched Shares are accelerated on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

LOGOSection 4.4.26 for awards under Shareplus

The value of LTI awards shown in the table includes:

the estimated IFRS fair value of awards provided under the LTIP, MAP and as Transitional GMC awards which are defined as equity-settled share-based payments;LOGOSection 4.4.21, 4.4.22 and 4.4.24 for awards allocated to each individual

the amount in respect of each award under the LTIP is the estimated IFRS fair value of the award as determined by Kepler Associates using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology taking account of the performance condition, the term of the award, the share price at grant date, the expected price volatility of the underlying share, the risk-free interest rate for the term of the award and the value of the DEP that will be received on exercise of the award. The IFRS fair value of each award is apportioned to annual remuneration in equal amounts to each of the years in the expected future service period, which is normally five years. Where entitlements to LTI awards are preserved on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

Equity awards

The following sections set out the interests held by members of the GMC under the Group’s employee equity plans. Each equity award is a right to acquire one ordinary share in BHP Billiton Limited or in BHP Billiton Plc upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions. The vesting conditions will include performance and/or service requirements as relevant to the purpose of the award and as described in each of the following sections. The value of awards over BHP Billiton Limited shares is shown in Australian dollars and the value of awards over BHP Billiton Plc shares is shown in pounds sterling for awards over shares on the LSE and in South African rand for awards over shares on the JSE. TheSecurities Dealing GLD governs and restricts dealing arrangements and the provision of shares on vesting or exercise of awards.

Dividend Equivalent Payments

The awards are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights. Dividends are not received by the executives during the vesting period. For awards provided under the GIS, STIP and the LTIP, a DEP is provided to cover dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from the allocation date to the time that the holder receives ordinary shares in BHP Billiton in respect of the award (on vesting or on exercise). A DEP is only provided in relation to awards that have vested upon satisfaction of the relevant conditions. This payment is not made in relation to any securities that are forfeited or lapse.

Impact of the demerger of South32 on BHP Billiton employee equity plans

TheSecurities Dealing GLD governs Board and restricts dealing arrangementsRemuneration Committee gave careful consideration as to how the demerger would affect employees who participated in these plans at the time of the demerger. The Board considered it important that any changes to these plans as a result of the demerger were fair to shareholders and at the provisionsame time ensured that employees continued to be appropriately treated.

The treatment of sharesa GMC member’s unvested awards at the time of the demerger is that the numbers of unvested awards under the STIP, GIS, LTIP, MAP and GSTIP and those provided as Transitional GMC awards were adjusted to reflect the reduction in the value of BHP Billiton after South32 demerged. In relation to unvested awards under Shareplus, the GMC members received no adjustment in the number of their previously accumulated holdings.

The new number of unvested awards for each GMC member under the STIP, GIS, LTIP, MAP, GSTIP and those provided as Transitional GMC awards equals the number of awards held before the demerger multiplied by ((BHP Billiton five-day VWAP plus South32 five-day VWAP) divided by BHP Billiton five-day VWAP).

Prices were based on vesting or exercisethe first five trading days following South32’s listing on the relevant exchanges on 18 May 2015. The value of awards.the calculation, the Uplift factor, on each exchange is 1.0765 (ASX), 1.0804 (LSE) and 1.0792 (JSE).

The additional awards are represented in the column headed ‘Uplift’ in the following tables.

Equity awards provided for GMC service

4.4.20    STI awards under the STIP and GIS

Awards under the GIS will not deliver any value to the holder for at least two years from the beginning of the financial year in which they are granted (unless the executive’s employment with the Group ends earlier in specific circumstances, such as on death, serious injury, disability or illness, retirement with the agreement of BHP Billiton and redundancy/retrenchment).

At theIn 2013 AGMs, shareholders approved a new STIP was approved which appliesapplied from FY2014. Awards have not yet beenwere allocated under the STIP.STIP in December 2014. The terms and conditions of the new STIP are largely the same as those of the GIS.

Name

 Date of grant  Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
 

Executive Director

              

Andrew Mackenzie

  18 Dec 2013            28,157                28,157    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        20,023                    20,023    Aug 2014    £19.98                  
  5 Dec 2011        39,230        39,230        39,230        21 Aug 2013    £20.12    £18.73    £18.73    £735    US$88  
  6 Dec 2010   £23.71    30,389                    30,389    2 Oct 2012    £24.40    £19.45              
  16 Dec 2009   £18.68    16,119                16,119        25 Aug 2011    £19.06    £19.44    £18.73    £1    US$64  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    105,761    28,157    39,230        55,349    78,569        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Other members of the GMC

  

             

Peter Beaven

  18 Dec 2013            2,423                2,423    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Dean Dalla Valle

  18 Dec 2013            1,895                1,895    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Mike Henry

  18 Dec 2013            25,594                25,594    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        15,058                    15,058    Aug 2014    £19.98                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    15,058    25,594                40,652        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  18 Dec 2013            28,101                28,101    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        13,230                    13,230    Aug 2014    A$34.29                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    13,230    28,101                41,331        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013            1,270                1,270    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013            1,598                1,598    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013            2,360                2,360    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Karen Wood

  18 Dec 2013            23,231                23,231    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        15,685                    15,685    Aug 2014    A$34.29                  
  5 Dec 2011        28,539        28,539        28,539        21 Aug 2013    A$37.26    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,020    US$64  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    44,224    23,231    28,539        28,539    38,916        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant (1)  Option
Exercise
price
payable (2)
  At
1 July
2014
  Granted  Uplift  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June

2015
  Award
vesting
date (3)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (4)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (5)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (6)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (6)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (7)
 

Andrew Mackenzie

  19-Dec-2014            68,301    5,226                73,527    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       28,157        2,155                30,312    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  05-Dec-2012       20,023            20,023        20,023        20-Aug-2014    £19.98    £19.65    £19.52    £391    US$46  
  06-Dec-2010  £23.71    30,389                        30,389    02-Oct-2012    £24.40    £19.45              
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    78,569    68,301    7,381    20,023        20,023    134,228        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Peter Beaven

  19-Dec-2014            37,006    2,831                39,837    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       2,423        186                2,609    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    2,423    37,006    3,017                42,446        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tony Cudmore

  19-Dec-2014            9,734    745                10,479    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
        9,734    745                10,479        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tim Cutt

  19-Dec-2014            37,772    2,890                40,662    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
        37,772    2,890                40,662        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Dean Dalla Valle

  19-Dec-2014            40,769    3,119                43,888    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       1,895        145                2,040    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    1,895    40,769    3,264                45,928        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Geoff Healy

  19-Dec-2014            39,828    3,047                42,875    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
        39,828    3,047                42,875        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Henry

  19-Dec-2014            44,194    3,381                47,575    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       25,594        1,958                27,552    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  05-Dec-2012       15,058            15,058        15,058        20-Aug-2014    £19.98    £19.65    £19.52    £294    US$35  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    40,652    44,194    5,339    15,058        15,058    75,127        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr(8)

  18-Dec-2013        28,101                        28,101    Aug 2015    A$35.79   ��              
  05-Dec-2012       13,230            13,230        13,230        20-Aug-2014    A$34.29    A$38.13    A$38.34    A$507    US$31  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    41,331            13,230        13,230    28,101        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon (8)

  19-Dec-2014            29,871    2,286                32,157    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       1,270        98                1,368    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    1,270    29,871    2,384                33,525        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  19-Dec-2014            34,735    2,658                37,393    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       1,598        123                1,721    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    1,598    34,735    2,781                39,114        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant (1)  Option
Exercise
price
payable (2)
  At
1 July
2014
  Granted  Uplift  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June

2015
  Award
vesting
date (3)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (4)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (5)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (6)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (6)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (7)
 

Jimmy Wilson

  19-Dec-2014            41,431    3,170                44,601    Aug 2016    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013       2,360        181                2,541    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    2,360    41,431    3,351                47,142        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Karen Wood(8)

  18-Dec-2013        23,231            23,231        23,231        20-Aug-2014    A$35.79    A$38.13    A$38.34    A$886    US$27  
  05-Dec-2012       15,685            15,685        15,685        20-Aug-2014    A$34.29    A$38.13    A$38.34    A$601    US$36  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       
    38,916            38,916        38,916            
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

 

(1)From December 2014 all awards are made under the STIP. Awards made December 2013 and prior were made under the GIS.

(2) Under the GIS, each employee could nominate to receive a portion of their award in the form of options with a market-based exercise price. Where an individual has made this choice, the option exercise price payable is shown. The exercise price is determined by the weighted average price at which BHP Billiton shares were traded over the one week up to and including the date of grant. A greater number of options were allocated if an individual chose this alternative (as opposed to choosing awards with no exercise price).

 

(2)(3)Awards will vest on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the second financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. The expiry date of awards is the day prior to the third anniversary of that vesting date.

 

(3)(4) The market price shown for the December 2013 grantgrants made in FY2015 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 1819 December 2013.2014. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013,2014, and was A$29.01.33.60.

 

(4)(5) The awards granted under the GIS in December 20112012 became fully vested on 2120 August 20132014 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

 

(5)(6) The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their award.

 

(6)(7)The amounts shown in this column are the value of the DEP paid on the awards.

(8)Awards shown as held by Graham Kerr, Jane McAloon and Karen Wood at 30 June 2015 are their balances held at the date they ceased to be KMP. The subsequent treatment of their awards is set out in section 4.4.18 of the FY2014 or FY2015 report as applicable.

4.4.21    LTI awards under the LTIP

Awards under the LTIP will not deliver any value to the holder for at least five years from the beginning of the financial year in which they are granted (unless the executive’s employment with the Group ends earlier in specific circumstances, such as on death, serious injury, disability or illness).

A new LTIP was approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs and was effective for grants from December 2013. The terms and conditions of the new LTIP, including the performance conditions, are described in sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.8 of this Report and are largely the same as the former LTIP. The rules are available on the BHP Billiton website.

 

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
   DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Executive Director

  

             

Andrew Mackenzie

  18 Dec 2013        198,514                198,514    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   
  5 Dec 2012    140,326                    140,326    Aug 2017    £19.98                   
  5 Dec 2011    146,510                    146,510    Aug 2016    £20.12                   
  6 Dec 2010    120,000                    120,000    Aug 2015    £24.40                   
  14 Dec 2009    120,000                    120,000    Aug 2014    £19.06                   
  4 Dec 2008    325,839        211,795    114,044    211,795        21 Aug 2013    £10.60    £18.73    £18.73    £3,967     US$1,017  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Total

   852,675    198,514    211,795    114,044    211,795    725,350         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Other members of the GMC

  

             

Peter Beaven

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Tony Cudmore

  3 Mar 2014        22,273                22,273    Aug 2018    A$37.40                   

Tim Cutt

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Dean Dalla Valle

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Mike Fraser

  18 Dec 2013        86,850                86,850    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Geoff Healy

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Mike Henry

  18 Dec 2013        112,394                112,394    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   
  5 Dec 2012    121,179                    121,179    Aug 2017    £19.98                   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Total

   121,179    112,394                233,573         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Graham Kerr

  18 Dec 2013        112,394                112,394    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   
  5 Dec 2012    108,939                    108,939    Aug 2017    A$34.29                   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Total

   108,939    112,394                221,333         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

        

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
  Granted  Uplift  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2015
  Award
vesting
date (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)(4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Andrew Mackenzie

  19-Dec-2014        208,879    15,980                224,859    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013   198,514        15,187                213,701    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  05-Dec-2012   140,326        11,283                151,609    Aug 2017    £19.98                  
  05-Dec-2011   146,510        11,780                158,290    Aug 2016    £20.12                  
  06-Dec-2010   120,000        9,648                129,648    Aug 2015    £24.40                  
  16-Dec-2009   120,000            69,600    50,400    69,600        20-Aug-2014    £19.06    £19.65    £19.52    £1,377.00    US$359  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   725,350    208,879    63,878    69,600    50,400    69,600    878,107        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Peter Beaven

  19-Dec-2014        107,511    8,225                115,736    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013   102,176        7,817                109,993    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   102,176    107,511    16,042                225,729        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tony Cudmore

  19-Dec-2014        69,114    5,288                74,402    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  03-Mar-2014   22,273        1,704                23,977    Aug 2018    A$37.40                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   22,273    69,114    6,992                98,379        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tim Cutt

  19-Dec-2014        107,511    8,225                115,736    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013   102,176        7,817                109,993    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   102,176    107,511    16,042                225,729        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Dean Dalla Valle

  19-Dec-2014        107,511    8,225                115,736    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013   102,176        7,817                109,993    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   102,176    107,511    16,042                225,729        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Fraser(6)

  18-Dec-2013    86,850                        86,850    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   86,850                        86,850        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Geoff Healy

  19-Dec-2014        107,511    8,225                115,736    Aug 2019    A$28.98                  
  18-Dec-2013   102,176        7,817                109,993    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   102,176    107,511    16,042                225,729        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant At
1 July
2013
 Granted Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2014
 Date award
may vest (1)
 Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
 Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
 Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
 DEP
on
awards
(’000) (5)
  Date of grant At
1 July
2014
 Granted Uplift Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2015
 Award
vesting
date (1)
 Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
 Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
 Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)(4)
 DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013       65,684               65,684    Aug 2018   A$35.79                  

Mike Henry

 19-Dec-2014       118,262   9,048               127,310   Aug 2019   A$28.98                  
 18-Dec-2013  112,394       8,599               120,993   Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
 05-Dec-2012  121,179       9,743               130,922   Aug 2017   £19.98                  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
   233,573    118,262    27,390                379,225        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Graham Kerr(6)

 18-Dec-2013   112,394                       112,394   Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
 05-Dec-2012  108,939                       108,939   Aug 2017   A$34.29                  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
   221,333                        221,333        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013       86,850               86,850    Aug 2018   A$35.79                   19-Dec-2014       107,511   8,225               115,736   Aug 2019   A$28.98                  
 18-Dec-2013  86,850       6,645               93,495   Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
   86,850    107,511    14,870                209,231        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Jane McAloon (6)

 19-Dec-2014       69,114   5,288               74,402   Aug 2019   A$28.98                  
 18-Dec-2013  65,684       5,025               70,709   Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
   65,684    69,114    10,313                145,111        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013       102,176               102,176    Aug 2018   A$35.79                   19-Dec-2014       107,511   8,225               115,736   31-Aug-2019   A$28.98                  

Karen Wood

  18 Dec 2013       102,176               102,176    Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
 18-Dec-2013  102,176       7,817               109,993   31-Aug-2018   A$35.79                  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
   102,176    107,511    16,042                225,729        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Karen Wood(6)

 18-Dec-2013   102,176               78,899       23,277   Aug 2018   A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012   90,234                   90,234    Aug 2017   A$34.29                   05-Dec-2012  90,234               51,640       38,594   Aug 2017   A$34.29                  
  5 Dec 2011   85,027                   85,027    Aug 2016   A$37.26                   05-Dec-2011  85,027               31,647       53,380   Aug 2016   A$37.26                  
  6 Dec 2010   75,000                   75,000    Aug 2015   A$44.53                   06-Dec-2010  75,000               12,898       62,102   Aug 2015   A$44.53                  
  1 Feb 2010   90,000                   90,000    Aug 2014   A$39.20                   16-Dec-2009  90,000           52,200   37,800   48,063   4,137   20-Aug-2014   A$39.20   A$38.13   A$38.34   A$1,843   US$248  
  4 Dec 2008   175,000       113,750   61,250   50,813   62,937    21 Aug 2013   A$27.50   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$1,816   US$244   04-Dec-2008  62,937                   62,937       21-Aug-2013   A$27.50   A$35.74   A$38.34   A$2,413   US$376  
  14 Dec 2007   64,187               64,187        2 Oct 2012   A$42.05   A$33.54   A$35.74   A$2,294   US$344    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

          505,374            52,200    212,884    111,000    181,490        

Total

   579,448    102,176    113,750    61,250    115,000    505,374        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

 

(1) Awards will vest on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the fifth financial year after allocation if the conditions for vesting are met (including if the relevant performance condition is achieved). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. The expiry date of awards is the day prior to the fifth anniversary of that vesting date.

 

(2)The market price shown for the grants made in FY2014FY2015 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the relevant date of grant.19 December 2014. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013,2014, using a Monte Carlo simulation, and was A$12.35.18.70.

 

(3)6558 per cent of the LTIP awards granted in December 20082009 became fully vested on 2120 August 2013,2014, following the performance condition being fully achieved and the Remuneration Committee considering its discretion over the vesting outcome, as described in section 4.3.3. The remaining 3542 per cent of the LTIP awards lapsed and cannot be exercised by the previous holders.exercised. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the vesting date.

(4)The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their LTIP award. No price is payable by the individual for exercising the award.

 

(5)The amounts shown in this column are the value of the DEP paid on awards.

(6)Awards shown as held by Mike Fraser, Graham Kerr, Jane McAloon and Karen Wood at 30 June 2015 are their balances at the date they ceased to be KMP. The subsequent treatment of their awards is set out in section 4.4.18 of the FY2014 or FY2015 Report, as applicable.

4.4.22    Transitional GMC awards

As the MAP awards that are allocated to individuals in their non-GMC management positions have a three-year service condition, and the LTIP awards provided to GMC members have a five-year service and performance condition, as a transitional step, the Remuneration Committee may determine that new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton receive Transitional GMC awards to bridge the gap between the two programs.

Transitional GMC awards have two tranches. Tranche one has a three-year service and performance condition. Tranche two has a four-year service and performance condition. The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the three- or four-year performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO). No DEP is payable on these awards.

The treatment of Transitional GMC awards on cessation of employment will depend on the circumstances and is similar to those for LTIP awards. If the participant’s employment ceases due to dismissal or resignation, any unvested awards will lapse immediately. If the reason for cessation is death, serious injury, disability or illness, then the awards will vest in full on the date of cessation. If the participant retires from the Group with the agreement of BHP Billiton, is made redundant or employment is terminated by mutual agreement, then a proportion of the award (pro-rated to reflect the percentage of the performance period that has elapsed) will continue on foot and vest, subject to the performance condition, on the future vesting date. The remaining portion of the award will lapse. In all other circumstances, the Committee in its absolute discretion will determine the portion of the award that vests (or lapses).

 

Name

 Date of grant At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of

grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of

vesting
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)
 

Peter Beaven

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79��         
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Tim Cutt

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Dean Dalla Valle

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Mike Fraser

 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       31,016                31,016      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Mike Henry

 5 Dec 2012  19,930                    19,930    Aug 2016    £19.98          
 5 Dec 2012  19,930                    19,930    Aug 2015    £19.98          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

   39,860                    39,860      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Graham Kerr

 5 Dec 2012  17,917                    17,917    Aug 2016    A$34.29          
 5 Dec 2012  17,917                    17,917    Aug 2015    A$34.29          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

   35,834                    35,834      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Jane McAloon

 18 Dec 2013      13,684                13,684    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      13,684                13,684    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       27,368                27,368      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Daniel Malchuk

 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       31,016                31,016      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Jimmy Wilson

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Name

  Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   Exercised   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant
   Market
price on
date of
vesting
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)
 

Peter Beaven

  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     36,490          2,792                    39,282          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Tim Cutt

  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     36,490          2,792                    39,282          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Dean Dalla Valle

  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     36,490          2,792                    39,282          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Name

  Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   Exercised   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant
   Market
price on
date of
vesting
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)
 

Mike Fraser (2)

  18-Dec-2013   15,508                              15,508     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   15,508                              15,508     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     31,016                              31,016          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Mike Henry

  05-Dec-2012   19,930          1,603                    21,533     Aug 2016     £19.98            
  05-Dec-2012   19,930          1,603                    21,533     Aug 2015     £19.98            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     39,860          3,206                    43,066          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Graham Kerr(2)

  05-Dec-2012   17,917                              17,917     Aug 2016     A$34.29            
  05-Dec-2012   17,917                              17,917     Aug 2015     A$34.29            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     35,834                              35,834          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Jane McAloon (2)

  18-Dec-2013   13,684          1,047                    14,731     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   13,684          1,047                    14,731     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     27,368          2,094                    29,462          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Daniel Malchuk

  18-Dec-2013   15,508          1,187                    16,695     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   15,508          1,187                    16,695     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     31,016          2,374                    33,390          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Jimmy Wilson

  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2017     A$35.79            
  18-Dec-2013   18,245          1,396                    19,641     Aug 2016     A$35.79            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     36,490          2,792                    39,282          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(1)The holding period for each award ends on 30 June in the year the award ‘may vest’ if the conditions for vesting are met as described above the table. Awards will vest on or as soon as practicable after the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the third financial year after allocation (for tranche one) and the fourth financial year after vesting (for tranche two) if the conditions for vesting are met as described above. The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards and there is no price payable by the individual on vesting. Where performance conditions are not met at vesting, awards will lapse.

 

(2)The market priceAwards shown for the December 2013 grant is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 18 December 2013. No price is payableas held by the individual for acquiring the awardMike Fraser, Graham Kerr, and Jane McAloon are their balances at the timedate they ceased being KMP. The subsequent treatment of grant. The grant date IFRS fair values of thetheir awards are estimated at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013, and were A$28.09 for tranche one, and A$27.20 for tranche two.is set out in section 4.4.18.

Equity awards provided for pre-GMC service

4.4.23     STI awards under the GSTIP

The table below shows GSTIP awards that were held by the executives at the time that they were appointed to the GMC or which were allocated in relation to performance and service before they became GMC members.

Prior to their appointment as members of the GMC, the individuals shown in the table below received STl awards under the GSTIP which has applied for the non-GMC management of BHP Billiton since the awards allocated in FY2009 (in relation to FY2008 performance).

The terms and conditions of the GSTIP awards are essentially the same as those provided under the GIS.GIS and the STIP. Under both plans,each plan, participants must satisfy applicable STl performance conditions in order to be eligible for any award. Due to changes in the GSTIP, which applied to all participants in that plan, no DEP is payable on the GSTIP awards that were allocated in FY2012 (in relation to FY2011 performance) or since that time.

 

Name

 Date of grant Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
 At
1 July
2013
 Granted Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2014
 Date award
may vest (2)
 Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
 Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
 Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
 DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
   Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
   Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (3)
 

Awards under the GSTIP

              

Peter Beaven

 18 Dec 2013           12,082               12,082   Aug 2015   A$35.79                    18-Dec-2013   12,082          925               13,007     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
 31 Oct 2012       13,756                   13,756   Aug 2014   A$34.25                    31-Oct-2012   13,756               13,756               20-Aug-2014     A$34.25     A$38.13     A$525  
 31 Oct 2011       13,256       13,256       13,256       21 Aug 2013   A$37.80   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$474          

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
 29 Oct 2010       10,596               10,596       23 Aug 2012   A$41.92   A$33.41   A$35.74   A$379   US$33       25,838          925     13,756          13,007          
 30 Oct 2009   A$38.41   10,002               10,002       25 Aug 2011   A$37.45   A$38.61   A$37.23   (A$12 US$46      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
 30 Oct 2009       8,335               8,335       25 Aug 2011   A$37.45   A$38.61   A$35.74   A$298   US$33  
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

       

Total

   55,945   12,082   13,256       42,189   25,838        
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

       

Tim Cutt

 18 Dec 2013           10,637               10,637   Aug 2015   A$35.79                    18-Dec-2013   10,637          814               11,451     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
 14 Nov 2012       11,402                   11,402   Aug 2014   A$33.73                    14-Nov-2012   11,402               11,402               20-Aug-2014     A$33.73     A$38.13     A$435  
 31 Oct 2011       10,917       10,917       10,917       21 Aug 2013   A$37.80   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$390          

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

            22,039          814     11,402          11,451          

Total

   22,319   10,637   10,917       10,917   22,039        
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

           

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Dean Dalla Valle

 18 Dec 2013           10,009               10,009   Aug 2015   A$35.79                    18-Dec-2013   10,009          766               10,775     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
 31 Oct 2012       12,407                   12,407   Aug 2014   A$34.25                    31-Oct-2012   12,407               12,407               20-Aug-2014     A$34.25     A$38.13     A$473  
 31 Oct 2011       13,561       13,561       13,561       21 Aug 2013   A$37.80   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$485          

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

            22,416          766     12,407          10,775          

Total

   25,968   10,009   13,561       13,561   22,416        
   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Mike Fraser(4)

  18-Dec-2013   5,020                         5,020     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
  31-Oct-2012   3,831               3,831               20-Aug-2014     £19.86     £19.65     £76  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     8,851               3,831          5,020          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Mike Henry(5)

  22-Aug-2013   5,715               5,715               20-Aug-2014     A$35.37     A$38.13     A$218  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     5,715               5,715                    
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Graham Kerr(5)

  22-Aug-2013   4,501               4,501               20-Aug-2014     A$35.37     A$38.13     A$172  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     4,501               4,501                    
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Jane McAloon (4)

  18-Dec-2013   6,709          514               7,223     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
  14-Nov-2012   8,698               8,698               20-Aug-2014     A$33.73     A$38.13     A$332  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     15,407          514     8,698          7,223          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Daniel Malchuk

  18-Dec-2013   8,577          657               9,234     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
  31-Oct-2012   6,884               6,884               20-Aug-2014     A$34.25     A$38.13     A$262  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     15,461          657     6,884          9,234          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Name

 Date of grant  Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
 

Mike Fraser (7)

  18 Dec 2013            5,020                5,020    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        3,831                    3,831    Aug 2014    £19.86                  
  29 Oct 2010        5,470                5,470        23 Aug 2012    ZAR246.68    ZAR258.16    ZAR303.12    ZAR1,658    US$20  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    9,301    5,020            5,470    8,851        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Henry (8)

  22 Aug 2013        5,715                    5,715    Aug 2014    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011        16,566        16,566        16,566        21 Aug 2013    £19.68                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    22,281        16,566        16,566    5,715        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr (8)

  22 Aug 2013        4,501                    4,501    Aug 2014    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011        11,963        11,963        11,963        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$428      
  30 Oct 2009   A$38.41    17,345                17,345        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$36.80    (A$28  US$79  
  30 Oct 2009        4,818                4,818        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$172    US$19  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    38,627        11,963        34,126    4,501        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013            6,709                6,709    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  14 Nov 2012        8,698                    8,698    Aug 2014    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011        9,119        9,119        9,119        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$326      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    17,817    6,709    9,119        9,119    15,407        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013            8,577                8,577    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        6,884                    6,884    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        8,855        8,855        8,855        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$316      
  29 Oct 2010        4,791                4,791        23 Aug 2012    A$41.92    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$171    US$15  
  30 Oct 2009        5,939          ��     5,939        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$212    US$24  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    26,469    8,577    8,855        19,585    15,461        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013            12,466                12,466    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        16,611                    16,611    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        16,127        16,127        16,127        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$576      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    32,738    12,466    16,127        16,127    29,077        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

  Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
   Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (3)
 

Athalie Williams (6)

  03-Nov-2014   6,692          512               7,204     Aug 2016     A$33.71            
  31-Oct-2013   4,555          349               4,904     Aug 2015     A$37.66            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     11,247          861               12,108          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Jimmy Wilson

  18-Dec-2013   12,466          954               13,420     Aug 2015     A$35.79            
  31-Oct-2012   16,611               16,611               20-Aug-2014     A$34.25     A$38.13    A$633  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     29,077          954     16,611          13,420          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(1)Prior to FY2011, each employee could nominate to receive a portion of their award in the form of options with a market-based exercise price. Where an individual has made this choice, the option exercise price payable is shown. The exercise price is determined by the weighted average price at which BHP Billiton shares were traded over the one week up to and including the date of grant. A greater number of options were allocated if an individual chose this alternative (as opposed to choosing awards with no exercise price to pay).

(2)Awards will vest and become exercisable on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the second financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. Where applicable, the expiry date of awards is the day prior to the third anniversary of that vesting date.

 

(3)(2)The market price shown for grants made during FY2014FY2015 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the relevant date of grant.3 November 2014. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013,2014, and was A$29.0133.60. No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards (as described above the table).

(4)(3)The awards granted under the GSTIP in October 20112012 became fully vested on 2120 August 20132014 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

(5)The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their award.award vested.

 

(6)(4)Awards shown as held by Mike Fraser, Graham Kerr, and Jane McAloon at 30 June 2015 are their balances at the date they ceased being KMP. The amounts shownsubsequent treatment of their awards is set out in this column are the value of the DEP paid on the awards.section 4.4.18.

 

(7)(5)The opening balance shown for Mike Fraser reflects his holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than on 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC.

(8)The awards shown for Mike Henry and Graham Kerr with a grant date of 22 August 2013 had this allocation date due to administrative reasons, but were made on the same basis as if they had been made on 5 December 2012.

(6)The opening balance of awards for Athalie Williams reflects her holdings on the date she commenced being KMP.

4.4.24     LTI awards under the MAP and LTIP

The table below shows awards that were held by the executives at the time that they were appointed to the GMC.

Prior to their appointment as members of the GMC, the individuals listed in the tables below received LTI awards:

 

under the MAP which has applied for the non-GMC management of BHP Billiton since FY2009;

 

prior to that under the LTIP which applied to non-GMC management (as well as to the GMC members) before the MAP was introduced.

LOGO Section 4.4.21 for details of LTIP awards allocated for GMC service

The

As the primary purpose of the MAP is the retention of key senior management employees, the plan has no performance conditions after awards are granted and the vesting of MAP awards is subject to a service condition of continued employment with the Group through to the vesting date as shown in the table. Where a participant resigns or is terminated for cause prior to the vesting date, their unvested MAP awards are forfeited. If a participant’s employment ends due to death, illness or injury, a pro rata number of unvested Restricted Shares will vest based on the portion of the relevant vesting period served. Due to changes in the MAP, which applied to all participants in that plan, noNo DEP is payable on the MAP awards that were allocated in FY2012 or since that time.

 

Name

 Date of grant At
1 July
2013
 Granted Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2014
 Date award
may vest (1)
 Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
 Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
 Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
 DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
   Date of grant   At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
   Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (3)
 

Awards under the MAP

                                   

Peter Beaven

 31 Oct 2012   34,250                   34,250   Aug 2015   A$34.25                     31-Oct-2012     34,250          2,621               36,871     Aug 2015     A$34.25            
 31 Oct 2011   31,700                   31,700   Aug 2014   A$37.80                     31-Oct-2011    31,700               31,700               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$1,209  
 29 Oct 2010   30,500       30,500       30,500       21 Aug 2013   A$41.92   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$1,090   US$101      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
 30 Oct 2009   21,000               21,000       23 Aug 2012   A$37.45   A$33.41   A$35.74   A$751   US$96       65,950          2,621     31,700          36,871          
 19 Nov 2008   21,000               21,000       25 Aug 2011   A$23.20   A$38.61   A$35.74   A$751   US$84      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Total

   138,450        30,500        72,500    65,950        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

       

Tim Cutt

 14 Nov 2012   27,000                   27,000   Aug 2015   A$33.73                     14-Nov-2012     27,000          2,066               29,066     Aug 2015     A$33.73            
 31 Oct 2011   25,000                   25,000   Aug 2014   A$37.80                     31-Oct-2011    25,000               25,000               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$953  
 29 Oct 2010   24,000       24,000       24,000       21 Aug 2013   A$41.92   A$35.74   A$35.74   A$858   US$76      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

            52,000          2,066     25,000          29,066          

Total

   76,000        24,000        24,000    52,000        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

           

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Dean Dalla Valle

   31-Oct-2012     27,000          2,066               29,066     Aug 2015     A$34.25            
   31-Oct-2011    25,000               25,000               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$953  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     52,000          2,066     25,000          29,066          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Mike Fraser(4)

   22-Aug-2013     10,045                         10,045     Aug 2015     A$35.37            
   31-Oct-2011    11,330               11,330               20-Aug-2014     £19.68     £19.65     £224  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     21,375               11,330          10,045          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Mike Henry

   25-Nov-2011     5,900               5,900               20-Aug-2014     £17.60     £19.65     £117  
   31-Oct-2011    29,500               29,500               20-Aug-2014     £19.68     £19.65     £584  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     35,400               35,400                    
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Graham Kerr

   25-Nov-2011     9,750               9,750               20-Aug-2014     A$34.05     A$38.13     A$372  
   31-Oct-2011    20,250               20,250               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$772  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     30,000               30,000                    
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Jane McAloon(4)

   14-Nov-2012     17,900          1,370               19,270     Aug 2015     A$33.73            
   31-Oct-2011    16,600               16,600               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$633  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     34,500          1,370     16,600          19,270          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Daniel Malchuk

   31-Oct-2012     21,900          1,676               23,576     Aug 2015     A$34.25            
   31-Oct-2011    9,600               9,600               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$366  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         
     31,500          1,676     9,600          23,576          
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Dean Dalla Valle

  31 Oct 2012    27,000                    27,000    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    25,000                    25,000    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$697    US$61  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   71,500        19,500        19,500    52,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Fraser (6)

  22 Aug 2013    10,045                    10,045    Aug 2015    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011    11,330                    11,330    Aug 2014    £19.68                  
  29 Oct 2010    9,250        9,250        9,250        21 Aug 2013    ZAR246.68    ZAR301.99    ZAR303.12    ZAR2,804    US$35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   30,625        9,250        9,250    21,375        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Henry

  25 Nov 2011    5,900                    5,900    Aug 2014    £17.60                  
  31 Oct 2011    29,500                    29,500    Aug 2014    £19.68                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    £22.14    £18.73    £18.73    £365    US$61  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   54,900        19,500        19,500    35,400        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  25 Nov 2011    9,750                    9,750    Aug 2014    A$34.05                  
  31 Oct 2011    20,250                    20,250    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$697    US$61  
  19 Nov 2008    21,000                21,000        25 Aug 2011    A$23.20    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$751    US$101  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   70,500        19,500        40,500    30,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  14 Nov 2012    17,900                    17,900    Aug 2015    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011    16,600                    16,600    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    11,000        11,000        11,000        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$393    US$35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   45,500        11,000        11,000    34,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  31 Oct 2012    21,900                    21,900    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    9,600                    9,600    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    9,250        9,250        9,250        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$331    US$34  
  30 Oct 2009    7,000                7,000        23 Aug 2012    A$37.45    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$250    US$29  
  19 Nov 2008    7,000                7,000        25 Aug 2011    A$23.20    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$250    US$28  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   54,750        9,250        23,250    31,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  31 Oct 2012    34,250                    34,250    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    31,700                    31,700    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    30,500        30,500        30,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,090    US$96  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   96,450        30,500        30,500    65,950        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

  Date of grant   At
1 July
2014
   Granted   Uplift   Vested   Lapsed   At
30 June
2015
   Award
vesting
date (1)
   Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
   Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
   Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (3)
 

Athalie Williams(5)

   03-Nov-2014     7,250          555               7,805     Aug 2017     A$33.71            
   31-Oct-2013    7,525          576               8,101     Aug 2016     A$37.66            
   31-Oct-2012    7,300          559               7,859     Aug 2015     A$34.25            
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     22,075          1,690               23,765          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Jimmy Wilson

   31-Oct-2012     34,250          2,621               36,871     Aug 2015     A$34.25            
   31-Oct-2011     31,700               31,700               20-Aug-2014     A$37.80     A$38.13     A$1,209  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         
     65,950          2,621     31,700          36,871          
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Awards under the LTIP

             

Peter Beaven

  14 Dec 2007    40,000                35,000    5,000    23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$1,251    US$252  
  7 Dec 2006    40,000                40,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$1,430    US$230  
  5 Dec 2005    40,000                    40,000    25 Aug 2010    A$22.03    A$37.44              
  3 Dec 2004    40,000                40,000        12 Aug 2009    A$15.28    A$37.99    A$35.74    A$1,430    US$188  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   160,000                115,000    45,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  7 Dec 2006    20,000                20,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.64    A$35.74    A$715    US$115  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   20,000                20,000            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  14 Dec 2007    7,500                7,500        23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$268    US$40  
  7 Dec 2006    5,000                5,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$179    US$30  
  5 Dec 2005    5,000                5,000        25 Aug 2010    A$22.03    A$37.44    A$35.74    A$179    US$29  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   17,500                17,500            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  14 Dec 2007    80,000                22,500    57,500    23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$804    US$121  
  7 Dec 2006    80,000                80,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$2,859    US$460  
  3 Dec 2004    13,400                13,400        12 Aug 2009    ZAR66.00    ZAR207.28    ZAR303.12    ZAR4,062    US$84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   173,400                115,900    57,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2014
  Granted  Uplift  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2015
  Award
vesting
date (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)(5)
  DEP on
awards (6)
 

Awards under the LTIP

              

Peter Beaven

  14-Dec-2007    5,000                    5,000        23-Aug-2012   A$42.05   A$33.41   A$29.46   A$147   US$48  
  05-Dec-2005   40,000                    40,000        25-Aug-2010    A$22.03    A$37.44    A$29.46    A$1,178    US$410  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   45,000                    45,000            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  14-Dec-2007    57,500                    57,500        23-Aug-2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$38.34    A$2,205    US$376  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       
   57,500                    57,500            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

 

(1)Awards will vest on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the third (MAP awards) or fifth (LTIP awards) financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. Where applicable, expiry date of awards is the day prior to the third (MAP awards) or fifth (LTIP awards) anniversary of that vesting date.

 

(2)The market price shown for grants made during FY2014FY2015 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the relevant date of grant.3 November 2014. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013,2014, and was A$28.09.32.46. No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards (as described above the table).

 

(3)The awards granted under the MAP in October 20102011 became fully vested on 2120 August 20132014 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

 

(4) Awards shown as held by Mike Fraser and Jane McAloon at 30 June 2015 are their balances held at the date they ceased to be KMP. The subsequent treatment of their awards is set out in section 4.4.18.

(5)The opening balance of awards for Athalie Williams reflects her holdings on the date she commenced being KMP.

(6)The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award)gain) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their LTIP award. No price is payable by the individual for exercising the award.

 

(5)(7)The amounts shown in this column are the value of the DEP paid on the awards

(6)The opening balance shown for Mike Fraser reflects his holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than on 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC. The awards shown with a grant date of 22 August 2013 hold this allocation date due to administrative reasons, but were made on the same basis as if they had been made on 31 October 2012.awards.

4.4.25     Estimated value range of equity awards

The current face value of STI and LTI awards allocated during FY2014FY2015 and yet to vest (to be disclosed under the Australian Corporations Act 2001) is the number of awards as set out in the previous tables multiplied by the current share price of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc as applicable.

The actual value that may be received by participants in the future cannot be determined as it is dependent on, and therefore fluctuates with, the share prices of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the date that any particular award is exercised. The table below provides five-year share price history for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc, history of dividends paid and the Group’s earnings.

Five-year share price, dividend and earnings history

 

   

FY2010

 

FY2011

 

FY2012

 

FY2013

 

FY2014

    FY2011   FY2012   FY2013   FY2014   FY2015 
BHP Billiton Limited  Share price at beginning of year A$33.96   A$36.94   A$43.97   A$31.72   A$30.94    Share price at beginning of year A$36.94     A$43.97     A$31.72     A$30.94     A$36.00  
  Share price at end of year A$37.65   A$43.80   A$31.45   A$31.37   A$35.90    Share price at end of year A$43.80     A$31.45     A$31.37     A$35.90     A$27.05  
  Dividends paid A$0.95   A$0.95   A$1.03   A$1.10   A$1.29    Dividends paid A$0.95     A$1.03     A$1.10     A$1.29     A$3.72(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

  Share price at beginning of year £13.75   £17.28   £24.39   £18.30   £17.15    Share price at beginning of year £17.28     £24.39     £18.30     £17.15     £19.45  
  Share price at end of year £17.54   £24.47   £18.06   £16.82   £18.90    Share price at end of year £24.47     £18.06     £16.82     £18.90     £12.49  
  Dividends paid £0.53   £0.58   £0.69   £0.73   £0.73    Dividends paid £0.58     £0.69     £0.73     £0.73     £1.95(1) 
BHP Billiton  Attributable profit (US$M) 12,722   23,648   15,473   11,223   13,832    Attributable profit
(US$M, as reported)
 23,648     15,473     11,223     13,832     1,910  

(1)The FY2015 Dividends paid includes A$2.25 or £1.15 in respect of the in-specie dividend associated with the demerger of South32.

The highest share price during FY2014FY2015 was A$39.3839.74 for BHP Billiton Limited shares and £19.95£21.02 for BHP Billiton Plc shares. The lowest share prices during FY2014FY2015 were A$30.9426.50 and £16.67,£12.48, respectively.

4.4.26     Awards of Matched Shares under the Shareplus all-employee share purchase plan

Like all permanent employees, members of the GMC are eligible to participate in Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan. For administrative simplicity in regard to stock exchange dealings and announcements, no GMC members currently participate. This table shows Shareplus holdings previously accumulated by members of the GMC, including during the period before they joined the GMC.GMC are detailed below.

Participants in Shareplus contribute from their post-tax base salary (capped at US$5,000 per year) to acquire shares in BHP Billiton Limited or in BHP Billiton Plc. For each share purchased, the participant receives a right to acquire a Matched Share, which vests provided the participant remains employed by BHP Billiton on the third anniversary of the start of the relevant Shareplus Plan Year.

Differences in exchange rates in relation to the base salaries of the participants in previous financial years and the currencies of each securities exchange result in minor differences in the numbers of shares allocated.

At the beginning of FY2015, members of the GMC were holding rights to Matched Shares which all vested during FY2015 as follows:

Name

  Shareplus
plan year
   Vesting date   At
1 July
2013
   Granted (1)   Vested (2)   At
30 June
2014
 

Executive Director

            

Andrew Mackenzie

   2012     Apr 2015     41               41  
   2011     Aug 2014     170               170  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       211               211  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other members of the GMC

            

Peter Beaven

   2012     Apr 2015     108               108  
   2011     Aug 2014     128               128  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       236               236  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Name

  Shareplus
plan year
   Vesting date   At
1 July
2013
   Granted (1)   Vested (2)   At
30 June
2014
 

Tim Cutt(3)

   2012     Apr 2015     84               84  
   2011     Aug 2014     54               54  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       138               138  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dean Dalla Valle

   2012     Apr 2015     113               113  
   2011     Aug 2014     149               149  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       262               262  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mike Fraser(4)

   2012     Apr 2015     89               89  
   2011     Aug 2014     178               178  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       267               267  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mike Henry

   2012     Apr 2015     39               39  
   2011     Aug 2014     179               179  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       218               218  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Graham Kerr

   2012     Apr 2015     38               38  
   2011     Aug 2014     150               150  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       188               188  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Jane McAloon

   2012     Apr 2015     103               103  
   2011     Aug 2014     138               138  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       241               241  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Jimmy Wilson

   2012     Apr 2015     106               106  
   2011     Aug 2014     150               150  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       256               256  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Karen Wood

   2012     Apr 2015     39               39  
   2011     Aug 2014     149               149  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       188               188  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)No Matched Shares were allocated to GMC members during FY2014.
Shareplus 2011 vested for GMC on 20 August 2014 and Matched Shares were allocated to Andrew Mackenzie (170 shares), Peter Beaven (128 shares), Tim Cutt (54 shares), Dean Dalla Valle (149 shares), Mike Fraser (178 shares), Mike Henry (179 shares), Graham Kerr (150 shares), Jane McAloon (138 shares), Jimmy Wilson (150 shares) and Karen Wood (149 shares).

Shareplus 2012 vested for GMC on 25 May 2015 and Matched Shares were allocated to Andrew Mackenzie (41 shares), Peter Beaven (108 shares), Tim Cutt (66 shares and 18 ADRs), Dean Dalla Valle (113 shares), Mike Henry (39 shares), Jane McAloon (103 shares), Athalie Williams (140 shares) and Jimmy Wilson (106 shares).

Athalie Williams joined the GMC on 1 January 2015 holding 140 rights to Matched Shares under Shareplus 2012 which vested during FY2015 as above. Mike Fraser, Graham Kerr and Karen Wood respectively held 89, 38 and 39 rights to Matched Shares under Shareplus 2012 at the time each ceased to be a member of the GMC which subsequently vested during FY2015.

(2)The scheduled vesting of rights acquired during the 2011 Shareplus Plan Year (i.e. from salary contributions from June 2011 to May 2012) in April 2014 was delayed as members of the GMC were in a prohibited period. These Matched Shares have since vested, on 20 August 2014.

As at 30 June 2015, no GMC member holds any remaining entitlements to receive Matched Shares.

(3)Tim Cutt’s Shareplus awards are held over ADRs on the NYSE. Each ADR is equivalent to two ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited.

(4)Mike Fraser participated in the cash based equivalent of Shareplus during 2011 and 2012 when he was located in Mozambique where local jurisdictional requirements prevent the operation of a share based plan.

Other disclosures

4.4.27     Ordinary share holdings and transactions

The number of ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited or in BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each individual (including shares held in the name of the spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities) are shown in table below as at 30 June 2014.2015. In addition, there have been no changes in the interests of any Directors in the period to 1110 August 20142015 (being one month prior to the date of the notice of the 20142015 AGMs). These are ordinary shares held without performance conditions or restrictions and are

included in MSR calculations for each individual. MSR calculations for members of the GMC (including the CEO) also include any vested but unexercised employee awards as shown in previous sections of the report.Report.

The interests of Directors and members of the GMC in the ordinary shares of each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc as at 30 June 2015 did not exceed, on an individual basis or in the aggregate, one per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s or BHP Billiton Plc’s issued ordinary shares.

 

 BHP Billiton Limited Shares  BHP Billiton Plc Shares  BHP Billiton Limited Shares  BHP Billiton Plc Shares 
 Held at 1
July 2013
 Purchased Received Sold Held at 30
June 2014
  Held at 1
July 2013
 Purchased Received Sold Held at 30
June 2014
  Held at 1
July 2014
 Purchased Received Sold Held at 30
June 2015
  Held at 1
July 2014
 Purchased Received Sold Held at 30
June 2015
 

Executive Director

                      

Andrew Mackenzie

                     72,619       267,144   137,842   201,921                       201,921       96,134   31,809   266,246  

Other members of the GMC

  

          

Other Members of the GMC

Other Members of the GMC

  

          

Peter Beaven

 73,533       229,689   118,621   184,601                       184,601       90,692   63,712   211,581                      

Tony Cudmore

                                                                                

Tim Cutt (1)

 17,466       34,917   16,142   36,241                       36,241       36,612   16,292   56,561                      

Dean Dalla Valle

 109,663       33,061   15,668   127,056                       127,056       37,669   37,705   127,020                      

Mike Fraser (2)(3)

                     148,282       14,720   2,453   160,549                       160,549       15,161   3,014   172,696  

Geoff Healy

 3,000               3,000                       3,000               3,000                      

Mike Henry

 18,696               18,696   75,564       36,066       111,630   18,696       5,894   2,711   21,879   111,630       51,041       162,671  

Graham Kerr(3)

 49,598       94,626   49,640   94,584                       94,584       48,323   23,635   119,272                      

Jane McAloon(3)

 36,070       20,119   9,535   46,654                       46,654       25,539   12,509   59,684                      

Daniel Malchuk

         60,335   7,648   52,687                       52,687       16,484   2,864   66,307                      

Jimmy Wilson

 1,552       149,127   34,564   116,115   59,301       13,400   13,400   59,301  

Karen Wood

 313,013       143,539   88,539   368,013                      

Athalie Williams (2)

 14,912       140       15,052                      

Jimmy Wilson(4)

 116,135       106,067   106,111   116,091   59,301               59,301  

Karen Wood(3)

 368,013               368,013                      

Non-executive Directors

                      

Malcolm Brinded (3)

                     12,000               12,000  

Malcolm Brinded

                     12,000               12,000  

Malcolm Broomhead

 9,000               9,000                       9,000               9,000                      

John Buchanan

                     20,000               20,000                       20,000               20,000  

Carlos Cordeiro (1)

 6,550               6,550                       6,550               6,550                      

David Crawford

 33,127               33,127   6,000               6,000   33,127               33,127   6,000               6,000  

Pat Davies

                     27,170               27,170                       27,170               27,170  

Carolyn Hewson

 7,000   7,000           14,000                      

Lindsay Maxsted

 3,000   3,500           6,500                      

Wayne Murdy (1)

 8,000               8,000   14,000               14,000  

Jac Nasser (1)

 10,400               10,400   81,200               81,200  

Keith Rumble

                     14,500   6,180           20,680  

John Schubert

 23,675               23,675                      

Shriti Vadera

                     9,000               9,000  

  BHP Billiton Limited Shares  BHP Billiton Plc Shares 
  Held at 1
July 2014
  Purchased  Received  Sold  Held at 30
June 2015
  Held at 1
July 2014
  Purchased  Received  Sold  Held at 30
June 2015
 

Carolyn Hewson

  14,000                14,000                      

Lindsay Maxsted

  6,500    5,000            11,500                      

Wayne Murdy(1)

  8,000                8,000    14,000    10,000            24,000  

Jac Nasser(1)

  10,400    10,000            20,400    81,200                81,200  

Keith Rumble

                      20,680                20,680  

John Schubert

  23,675                23,675                      

Shriti Vadera

                      9,000                9,000  

 

(1) The following BHP Billiton Limited shares and BHP Billiton Plc shares are held in the form of American Depositary Shares: Tim Cutt (470 BHP Billiton Limited), Carlos Cordeiro (3,275 BHP Billiton Limited), Wayne Murdy (4,000 BHP Billiton Limited; 7,00012,000 BHP Billiton Plc) and Jac Nasser (5,200 BHP Billiton Limited; 40,600 BHP Billiton Plc).

 

(2) The opening balance shown for Mike FraserAthalie Williams reflects hisher holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC.she became KMP.

 

(3)The closing balances for Mike Fraser, Graham Kerr, Jane McAloon and Karen Wood reflect their shareholdings on the date that each ceased being KMP.

(4)The opening balance shownof ordinary shares for Malcolm Brinded reflects his holdings on 15 April 2014 (rather than 1 July 2013) being the date that he was appointedJimmy Wilson has been corrected to the Board.include 20 shares not previously recorded.

4.4.28     Payments to past Directors

UK regulations require the disclosure of payments to past Directors(1).

As foreshadoweddisclosed in the 2013 Remunerationlast year’s Report, the followingduring FY2015 payments were made to Marius Kloppers (CEO and Executive Director until 10 May 2013):

325,000 LTI awards, granted in 2008, vested on 21 August 2013. The closing pricerelation to the vesting of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares on that date was A$35.74 and so the value of the vested award was US$12.051 million (including the related DEP of US$1.560 million).

123,250 LTI awards granted in 2009, vested on 20 August 2014. The closing price2009. As the LTI awards granted in 2010 did not vest, no further payments have been made to Mr Kloppers. During FY2015, Mr Kloppers was provided tax return preparation services of ordinaryUS$13,000 in respect of his FY2014 tax obligations in multiple jurisdictions in respect of BHP Billiton Limited shares on that date was A$38.13 and so the value of the vested award was US$5.883 million (including the related DEP of US$0.636 million).
employment income in accordance with contractual arrangements.

For the period 10 May to 1 October 2013, base salary, pension contributions and applicable benefits were provided.

There were no payments made for loss of office in FY2014.FY2014 or FY2015.

 

(1)The Remuneration Committee has adopted a de minimis threshold of US$7,500 in relation to disclosure of payments to past Directors under UK requirements.

4.4.29     Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below sets out the total spend on employee remuneration during FY2014FY2015 (and the prior year)years), compared with other significant expenditure items. The table includes items as prescribed in the UK requirements. BHP Billiton has included tax payments and purchases of property, plant and equipment, being the most significant other outgoings in monetary terms.

 

US dollars million

  FY2014   FY2013   FY2015   FY2014 (1)   FY2013 (1) 

Aggregate employee benefits expenseLOGOSection 7.1.6 Note 5

   7,038     7,356  

Aggregate employee benefits expenseSection 7.1.6 Note 3

   5,100     5,545     5,762  

Dividends paid to BHP Billiton shareholdersLOGOSection 7.1.4

   6,387     6,167     6,498     6,387     6,167  

Share buy-backsLOGOSection 7.1.4

                         

Income tax paid and royalty-related taxation paid (net of refunds)LOGOSection 7.1.4

   6,465     8,574     4,025     6,147     7,877  

Purchases of property, plant and equipmentLOGOSection 7.1.4

   15,993     22,243     11,947     15,224     21,104  

(1)The financial information for FY2014 and FY2013 has been restated for the effects of the application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32.

4.4.30     Retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

The following table sets out the accrued retirement benefits under the now-closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited. The Retirement Plan was closed on 24 October 2003 and entitlements that had accumulated in respect of each of the participants were frozen. These will be paid on retirement. An earnings rate equal to the five-year Australian Government Bond Rate is being applied to the frozen entitlements from that date.

 

US dollars (’000)

    Completed service at
30 June 2014 (years)
     Change in lump sum
entitlement during
the year(1)
     Lump sum entitlement at   Completed service at
30 June 2015 (years)
   Change in lump sum
entitlement during
the year(1)(2)
  Lump sum entitlement at 
    30 June 2014     30 June 2013     30 June 2015   30 June 2014 

David Crawford(1)

     20       41       601       560     20.5     (601       601  

John Schubert

     14       20       300       280     15     (41  259     300  

 

(1) David Crawford retired on 20 November 2014 after serving 20.5 years to that date, and received a gross benefit equivalent to US$563,278 (A$653,834). The balance of US$37,942 reflects the earnings rate and foreign exchange rate movement described below.

(2)No further entitlements have accrued since the closure of the Retirement Plan in 2003. The movement reflects the application of the earnings rate and foreign exchange rate (the translation from Australian dollars to US dollars for the Remuneration Report) to the lump sum entitlement at the date of closure.

4.4.31 Transactions with KMP

During the financial year, there were no purchases by KMP from the Group (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2012:2013: US$ nil).

There are no amounts payable at 30 June 2014 (2013:2015 (2014: US$ nil).

Loans with KMP

There are US$ nil loans (2013:(2014: US$ nil) with KMP.

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2013:(2014: US$ nil).

This Remuneration Report was approved by the Board on 1110 September 20142015 and signed on its behalf by:

 

 

John BuchananCarolyn Hewson
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
1110 September 20142015

5    Directors’ Report

The information presented by the Directors in this Directors’ Report relates to BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc and their subsidiaries. Section 1 Strategic Report‘Strategic Report’ (which includes the Chairman’s Review in section 1.31.1 and the Chief Executive Officer’s Report in section 1.4,1.2, and incorporates the operating and financial review), section 2 Our Assets,‘Business overview’, section 3 Corporate‘Corporate Governance Statement,Statement’, section 4 Remuneration Report,‘Remuneration Report’, section 7 Financial Statements7.5 ‘Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration’ and section 9 Shareholder information‘Shareholder information’ of this Annual Report are each incorporated by reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ Report. In addition, for the purposes of UK law, the Strategic Report in section 1 and the Directors’ Remuneration Report in section 4 form separate reports and have been separately approved by the Board for that purpose.

For the purpose of the UK Listing Authority’s (UKLA) Listing Rule 9.8.4C R, the applicable information required to be disclosed in accordance with UKLA Listing Rule 9.8.4 R is set out in the sections below.

Applicable information required by UKLA Listing Rule 9.8.4 R

Section in this Annual Report

(1)  Interest capitalised by group

Section 7, Note 16

(5)   Arrangements to waive emoluments from the company or subsidiary undertakings

Section 4.4.5

(6)  Waiver of future emoluments

Section 4.4.5

(12) Shareholder waivers of dividends

Section 7, Note 25

(13) Shareholder waivers of future dividends

Section 7, Note 25

Paragraphs (2), (4), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (14) of Listing Rule 9.8.4 are not applicable.

The Directors confirm, on the advice of the Risk and Audit Committee, that they consider the Annual Report (including the Financial Statements), taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

5.1    Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs

A review of the operations of the Group during FY2014,FY2015, the results of those operations during FY2014FY2015 and the expected results of those operations in future financial years are set out in section 1, in particular in sections 1.1 to 1.3, to 1.5, 1.11, 1.12 and 1.15 and other material in this Annual Report. Information on the development of the Group and likely developments in future years also appears in those sections of this Annual Report.sections.

Our principal activities during FY2014FY2015 were exploration, development, production, processing and processingmarketing of minerals (in respect of iron ore, metallurgical and energy coal, copper, aluminium, manganese, uranium, nickel, silver and potash), and exploration, development, production and productionmarketing of conventional and unconventional oil and gas. NoWith the exception of the demerger of South32 and the consequent impact on the composition of the BHP Billiton portfolio, no significant changes in the nature of the Group’s principal activities occurred during FY2014.FY2015. Information on the demerger is set out in sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4 and 2.1.7 of this Annual Report.

Information in relation to significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group that occurred during FY2014FY2015 and significant post-balance date events is set out below and in sections 1.12 and 2.1 of this Annual Report.

On 1 July 2013 Mike Yeager retired from the Group Management Committee (GMC) and from his role as Group Executive and Chief Executive – Petroleum and Tim Cutt joined the GMC as President, Petroleum and Potash on 2 July 2013. During FY2014, we made further announcements relating to GMC changes: Mike Fraser joined the GMC as President, Human Resources on 27 August 2013 and Tony Cudmore joined the GMC as President, Corporate Affairs on 3 March 2014.

On 25 July 2013 we announced the investment of US$1.97 billion (BHP Billiton share) to sustain operations at Escondida in Chile by constructing a new 2,500 litre per second seawater desalination plant. On 23 July 2014 we announced the seawater desalination plant was on schedule and budget, with 12 per cent of the overall project complete.

On 20 August 2013 we announced the investment of US$2.6 billion to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project’s production and services shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities. We made further announcements in FY2014 that the investment will be spread over a number of years with the timeframes for both shaft completions being extended with no changes to the budget or long-term development plans. On 19 August 2014 we announced the overall project was 30 per cent complete and on budget.

On 26 September 2013 we announced the pricing of US$5.0 billion Global Bonds (four tranches) under the debt shelf registration statement, which had previously been filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

On 2 January 2014 we announced the redemption of Petrohawk Energy Corporation 10.5 per cent Senior Notes due 2014 and 7.875 per cent Senior Notes due 2015. The total aggregate principal value of the notes redeemed was approximately US$1.4 billion.

On 15 April 2014 Malcolm Brinded was appointed as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. In accordance with the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, Mr Brinded will seek election at the 2014 Annual General Meetings.

 

On 14 July 2014, we announced the redemption of Petrohawk Energy Corporation 7.25 per cent Senior Notes due 2018 and 6.25 per cent Senior Notes due 2019. The total aggregate principal value of the notes to be redeemed was approximately US$1.8 billion.

 

On 19 August 2014, we announced the proposal to create a new global metals and mining company based on a demerger of a selection of the Group’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets to accelerate portfolio simplification. We also announced that shareholders willwould have the opportunity to vote on the proposal once all necessary approvals arewere in place. On 8 December 2014, we announced that the new company would be called South32.

On 19 August 2014, following the announcement in relation to creating a new global metals and mining company,South32, we announced that Graham Kerr, currentlythen Chief Financial Officer, ishad been appointed Chief Executive Officer-designate of the new company.South32. Graham will retireretired from the GMCGroup Management Committee (GMC) on 1 October 2014 and will bewas replaced as Chief Financial Officer by Peter Beaven, currentlypreviously President, Copper. We also announced that David Crawford would retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014 to be the Chairman of the new company, South32.

Between 25 September 2014 and 11 May 2015, we made several announcements related to the composition of the South32 Board of Directors. These announcements included that (a) Keith Rumble would be appointed as a Non-executive Director of South32 effective 27 February 2015 and would retire from the BHP Billiton Board with effect from 22 May 2015, (b) Frank Cooper, Peter Kukielski, Ntombifuthi (Futhi) Mtoba and Wayne Osborn would each be appointed to the Board of Directors of South32 with effect from 7 May 2015 and (c) Xolani Mkhwanazi would be appointed as a Non-executive Director of South32 with effect from 2 July 2015.

On 6 October 2014, we announced plans to cut unit costs at Western Australia Iron Ore by at least 25 per cent and the potential to increase capacity there by 65 million tonnes per year at a very low capital cost.

On 16 October 2014, we confirmed that we would pursue a Standard listing on the UKLA’s Official List and admission to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) for South32. This was in addition to the proposed primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and secondary inward listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE). We also announced on 24 November 2014 that BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited shareholders would be entitled to 100 per cent of the shares in South32 through a pro rata in-specie distribution, and that BHP Billiton would not re-base its dividend as a result of the demerger, implying a higher payout ratio.

On 24 November 2014, we announced that on 1 January 2015 Athalie Williams would join the GMC as President, Human Resources, replacing Mike Fraser who would become President and Chief Operating Officer Elect Africa of South32. We also announced that Mike Henry would move to the role of President, Coal, and that Dean Dalla Valle would become President, HSE, Marketing and Technology. We further announced that Daniel Malchuk would become President, Copper on 1 March 2015, that Jane McAloon had advised of her intention to leave BHP Billiton in July 2015, and that Margaret Taylor would join BHP Billiton in early 2015 as Company Secretary. It was subsequently announced on 1 May 2015 that Margaret Taylor would be appointed Group Company Secretary from 1 June 2015 to coincide with the resignation of Jane McAloon from that position.

On 17 March 2015, we announced that the BHP Billiton Board recommended that shareholders approve the proposed demerger of South32 at shareholder meetings to be held on 6 May 2015. It was also announced that with a more focused portfolio, BHP Billiton would be better placed to achieve further productivity benefits in its core assets. A Shareholder Circular dated 16 March 2015 and listing documentation in respect of the proposed demerger were released to shareholders.

 

On 19 March 2015, we announced the pricing of a five-year A$1.0 billion note issue under the Australian Medium Term Note Program. On 23 April 2015, we announced the pricing of a three tranche EUR2.0 billion bond under the Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

On 6 May 2015, we announced the 2015 General Meeting results, namely that the ordinary resolution to approve the demerger of South32 from BHP Billiton had been passed. On 7 May 2015, we announced that the BHP Billiton Board had resolved to approve the in-specie distribution of South32 shares to shareholders in BHP Billiton, as described in the Shareholder Circular dated 16 March 2015.

On 20 May 2015, we announced the resolution of the previously disclosed investigation by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) into potential breaches of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The SEC order made no findings of corrupt intent or bribery by BHP Billiton but imposed a US$25 million civil penalty relating to books and records and internal accounting controls requirements. We

also announced that the US Department of Justice had completed its investigation into BHP Billiton without taking any action.

On 25 May 2015, we announced that the implementation of the demerger of South32 from BHP Billiton had been completed.

On 14 July 2015, we advised of the passing of Sir John Buchanan, who had served as Non-executive Director from 2003 up until the time of his death, and was the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc.

On 15 July 2015, we announced that we expected to recognise an impairment charge of approximately US$2 billion post-tax (or approximately US$2.8 billion pre-tax) against the carrying value of our Onshore US assets as an exceptional item in the FY2015 results. On 22 July 2015, we announced that we expected underlying attributable profit in the June 2015 half-year to include additional charges in a range of approximately US$350 million to US$650 million.

On 14 August 2014 Karen Wood retired2015, we announced that Anita Frew had been appointed to the BHP Billiton Board as an independent Non-executive Director, effective as of 15 September 2015. We also announced that Carlos Cordeiro, who has been a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton since 2005, would retire from the GMCBoard at the conclusion of the BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting in November 2015 and that Shriti Vadera had been appointed as the Senior Independent Director for BHP Billiton Plc with effect from her role as President, Corporate.14 August 2015.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of FY2014FY2015 that has significantly affected or is expected to significantly affect the operations, the results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in future years.

5.2    Share capital and buy-back programs

On 28 August 2014, BHP Billiton Plc cancelled 24,113,658 ordinary shares of US$0.50 each held in treasury by BHP Billiton Plc. Following the cancellation, no treasury shares are held by BHP Billiton Plc.

At the Annual General Meetings held in 2013,2014, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued share capital at that time. During FY2014,FY2015, we did not make any on-market or off-market purchases of BHP Billiton Limited shares or BHP Billiton Plc shares under any share buy-back program. As at the date of this Directors’ Report, there are no current on-market buy-backs.

Shareholders will be asked at the 20142015 Annual General Meetings to renew this authority. TheAs at the date of this Directors’ Report, the Directors have no present intention to exercise this authority, if granted.

Some of our executives receive rights over BHP Billiton shares as part of their remuneration arrangements. Entitlements may be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares, which are acquired on-market by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts, or in respect of some entitlements, by the issue of new shares.

The number of shares referred to in column ‘A’ below were purchased to satisfy awards made under the various BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc employee share schemes during FY2014.FY2015.

 

Period

 A
Total
number of
shares
purchased
  B
Average
price paid

per share (1)
US$
  C
Total
number of
shares
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced
plans or
programs
  D
Maximum number of shares that
may yet be purchased under the
plans or programs
 
           BHP Billiton
Limited (2)
  

BHP Billiton

Plc

 

1 Jul 2013 to 31 Jul 2013

  717,947    28.76            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Aug 2013 to 31 Aug 2013

  5,203,727    33.22            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Sep 2013 to 30 Sep 2013

  1,716,615    32.17            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Oct 2013 to 31 Oct 2013

  137,549    37.39            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Nov 2013 to 30 Nov 2013

  1,079,604    34.31            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Dec 2013 to 31 Dec 2013

                  213,618,545 (4) 

1 Jan 2014 to 31 Jan 2014

  26,417    30.53            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Feb 2014 to 28 Feb 2014

  4,236    35.41            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Mar 2014 to 31 Mar 2014

  1,037,212    32.30            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Apr 2014 to 30 Apr 2014

                  213,618,545 (4) 

1 May 2014 to 31 May 2014

  30,208    32.43            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Jun 2014 to 30 Jun 2014

  1,231,380    34.35            213,618,545 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  11,184,895    32.96            213,618,545 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period

 A
Total
number of
shares
purchased
  B
Average
price paid
per share (1)

US$
  C
Total
number of
shares
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced
plans or
programs
  D
Maximum number of shares that
may yet be purchased under the
plans or programs
 
           BHP Billiton
Limited (2)
  

BHP Billiton

Plc

 

1 Jul 2014 to 31 Jul 2014

  305    34.55            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Aug 2014 to 31 Aug 2014

  9,565,866    35.31            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Sep 2014 to 30 Sep 2014

                  213,618,545 (3) 

1 Oct 2014 to 31 Oct 2014

                  213,618,545 (3) 

1 Nov 2014 to 30 Nov 2014

  196    31.29            211,207,180 (4) 

1 Dec 2014 to 31 Dec 2014

  3,464    31.09            211,207,180 (4) 

1 Jan 2015 to 31 Jan 2015

                  211,207,180 (4) 

1 Feb 2015 to 28 Feb 2015

                  211,207,180 (4) 

1 Mar 2015 to 31 Mar 2015

                  211,207,180 (4) 

1 Apr 2015 to 30 Apr 2015

                  211,207,180 (4) 

1 May 2015 to 31 May 2015

                  211,207,180 (4) 

1 Jun 2015 to 30 Jun 2015

  852,554    21.21            211,207,180 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  10,422,385    34.15            211,207,180 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchase took place, and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the day of purchase.

 

(2)BHP Billiton Limited is able to buy-back and cancel BHP Billiton Limited shares within the ‘10/12 limit’ without shareholder approval in accordance with section 257B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. Any future on-market share buy-back program will be conducted in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and with the ASX Listing Rules.

 

(3)At the Annual General Meetings held during 2012,2013, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued capital at the time.

 

(4)At the Annual General Meetings held during 2013,2014, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545211,207,180 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued capital at the time.

5.3    Results, financial instruments and going concern

Information about our financial position and financial results is included in the Financial Statements in this Annual Report. The income statementConsolidated Income Statement shows profit attributable to BHP Billiton members of US$13.81.9 billion in FY2015, compared with US$11.213.8 billion in FY2013.FY2014.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are discussed in section 1 of this Annual Report. In addition, sections 1.5 to 1.7 and 3.15, and note 2923 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements detail the Group’s capital management objectives, its approach to financial risk management and exposure to financial risks, liquidity and borrowing facilities.

The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

5.4  Directors

The Directors who served at any time during or since the end of the financial year areor up to 23 September 2015 were Jac Nasser, Andrew Mackenzie, Malcolm Brinded, Malcolm Broomhead, Sir John Buchanan, Carlos Cordeiro, David Crawford, Pat Davies, Carolyn Hewson, Lindsay Maxsted, Wayne Murdy, Keith Rumble, John Schubert, Shriti Vadera and Shriti Vadera.Anita Frew. Further details of the current Directors of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are set out in section 3.2 of this Annual Report. These details include the period for which each Director held office up to the date of this Directors’ Report, their qualifications, experience and particular responsibilities, the directorships held in other listed companies since 1 July 2011,2012 and the period for which each directorship has been held.

Mr BrindedDavid Crawford and Keith Rumble retired as Non-executive Directors of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 20 November 2014 and 22 May 2015, respectively. Sir John Buchanan served as a Non-Executive Director of BHP Billiton from 2003 up until his death on 13 July 2015. Sir John was the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc.

Carlos Cordeiro has announced that he will retire as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the conclusion of the BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting in November 2015.

Anita Frew was appointed as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 15 April 2014September 2015 and, in accordance with the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association, of BHP Billiton Plc, he will seek election at the 20142015 Annual General Meetings.

Shriti Vadera was appointed the Senior Independent Director for BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 14 August 2015.

The number of meetings of the Board and its Committees held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out in section 3.12 of this Annual Report.

5.5    Remuneration and share interests

5.5.1    Remuneration

The policy for determining the nature and amount of emoluments of members of the GMC (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors, and information about the relationship between that policy and our performance, are set out in sections 4.3 and 4.4 of this Annual Report.

The remuneration tables contained in section 4.4 of this Annual Report set out the remuneration of members of the GMC (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors.

5.5.2    Directors

The information contained in sectionSections 4.4.27 and section 5.17 of this Directors’Annual Report setsset out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc of the Directors who held office during FY2014,FY2015, at the beginning and end of FY2014,FY2015, and

in relation to all Directors in office as at the date of this Directors’ Report, their relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Directors’ Report. No rights over shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are held by any of the Non-executive Directors. Interests held by the Executive Director under employee equity plans as at 30 June 20142015 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 4.4 and note 3124 ‘Key Management Personnel’management personnel’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements.

We have not made available to any Director any interest in a registered scheme.

The former Directors of BHP Limited participated in a retirement plan under which they were entitled to receive a payment on retirement calculated by reference to years of service. This plan was closed on 24 October 2003, and benefits accrued to that date are held by BHP Billiton Limited and will be paid on retirement. Further information about this plan and its closure are set out in section 4.4.30 of this Annual Report.

5.5.3    GMC members

The information contained in sectionSections 4.4.27 and section 5.18 of this Directors’Annual Report setsset out the relevant interests held by those senior executives who were members of the GMC (other than the Executive Director) during FY2014FY2015 in shares of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the beginning and end of FY2014,FY2015, and at the date of this Directors’ Report. Interests held by members of the GMC under employee equity plans as at 30 June 20142015 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 4.4 and note 3124 ‘Key Management Personnel’management personnel’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements.

5.6    Secretaries

Jane McAloonMargaret Taylor is the Group Company Secretary. Details of her qualifications and experience are set out in section 3.2 of this Annual Report. The following people also act, or have acted during the financial year, as company secretaries of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc or both (as indicated): Jane McAloon, BEc (Hons), LLB, GDipGov, FCIS (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc) (resigned 1 June 2015), Nicole Duncan, BA (Hons), LLB (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc) (resigned 12 December 2014), Rachel Agnew, BComm (Economics), LLB (Hons) (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc) (appointed 12 December 2014), Kathryn Griffiths, BA, LLB (Hons), GDipACG, FCIS, FGIA, GAICD (BHP Billiton Limited) (appointed 12 December 2014), Megan Pepper, BA (Hons), LLB (Hons), GradDipACG, FCIS, FGIA (BHP Billiton Limited) (appointed 12 December 2014), Geof Stapledon, BEc, LLB (Hons), DPhil, FCIS (BHP Billiton Plc) and Elizabeth Hobley, BA (Hons), ACIS (BHP Billiton Plc). Each such individual has experience in a company secretariat role or other relevant fields arising from time spent in such roles within BHP Billiton, large listed companies or other relevant entities.

5.7    Indemnities and insurance

Rule 146 of the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and Article 146 of the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association require each Company to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Director, Secretary or Executive Officer of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc respectively against liability incurred in, or arising out of, the conduct of the business of the Company or the discharge of the duties of the Director, Secretary and Executive Officer. The Directors named in section 3.2 of this Annual Report, the Executive Officers and the Company Secretaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have the benefit of this requirement, as do individuals who formerly held one of those positions.

In accordance with this requirement, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Access and Insurance (Deeds of Indemnity) with each of their respective Directors. The Deeds of Indemnity are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006.2006 and each of these qualifying third party indemnities was in force as at the date of this Directors’ Report.

We have a policy that we will, as a general rule, support and hold harmless an employee, including an employee appointed as a Director of a subsidiary, who, while acting in good faith, incurs personal liability to others as a result of working for us.

In addition, as part of the arrangements to effect the demerger of South32, we have agreed to indemnify certain former Directors, Secretaries and Executive Officers of BHP Billiton, who have transitioned to South32, from certain claims and liabilities incurred in their capacity as Directors or Officers of South32.

From time to time, we engage our External Auditor, KPMG, to conduct non-statutory audit work and provide other services in accordance with our policy on the provision of other services by the External Auditor. The terms of engagement typicallyin the UK include an indemnity in favour of KPMG:

that we must compensate and reimburse KPMG LLP, and protect KPMG LLP against all losses, claims, costs, expenses, actions, demands, damages, liabilitiesany loss, damage, expense, or any proceedings (liabilities)liability incurred by KPMG LLP in respect of third party claims arising from a breach by the Group of any obligation under the engagement terms;

terms.

for all liabilities KPMG has to the Group or any third party as a result of reliance on information provided by the Group that is false, misleading or incomplete.

We have insured against amounts that we may be liable to pay to Directors, Company Secretaries or certain employees (including former Officers) pursuant to Rule 146 of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and Article 146 of the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc or that we otherwise agree to pay by way of indemnity. The insurance policy also insures Directors, Company Secretaries and some employees (including former Officers) against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur in carrying out their duties for us.duties.

We have paid premiums for this Directors’ and Officers’ insurance of US$2,088,3522,068,352 net during FY2014.FY2015.

No indemnity in favour of a current or former officer of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, or in favour of the External Auditor, has been called on during FY2014.FY2015.

5.8    Employee policies

WeOur people are committedfundamental to open, honest and productive relationships with our employees.success. At BHP Billiton, we recognise the most important ingredient for success isare committed to shaping a culture where our talentedemployees are provided with opportunities to develop, are valued and motivated workforce, whose members demonstrate behavioursare encouraged to contribute toward making work safer, simpler and more productive. We strongly believe that having employees who are engaged and connected to our organisation, reinforces our shared purpose aligned toOur BHP Billiton Chartervalues. and will result in a more harmonious workplace.

Further information in relation to employee engagement and employee policies, including communications and disabilities, can be found in section 1.13.2.

5.9    Corporate governance

The UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 7.2) require that certain information be included in a corporate governance statement set out in the Directors’ Report. BHP Billiton has an existing practice of issuing a separate corporate governance statement as part of its Annual Report. The information required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 9.8.6) is located in section 3, of this Annual Report, with the exception of the information referred to in LR 9.8.6 (1), (3) and (4) and DTR 7.2.6, which is located in sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.17 and 5.20 of this Annual Report.

5.10    Dividends

A final dividend of 62 US cents per share will be paid on 2329 September 2014,2015, resulting in total dividends in respect of FY2014FY2015 of 121124 US cents per share. Details of the dividends paid are set out in sections 1.6.3 and note 19 ‘Dividends’ to the Financial Statements and details of the dividend policy are set out in sections 1.6.3 and 9.7 of this Annual Report.

5.11    Auditors

A resolution to reappoint KPMG LLP as the auditor of BHP Billiton Plc will be proposed at the 20142015 Annual General Meetings in accordance with section 489 of the UK Companies Act 2006.

During FY2014 MrFY2015, Lindsay Maxsted was the only officer of BHP Billiton who previously held the role of director or partner of the Group’s External Auditor at a time when the Group’s External Auditor conducted an audit of the Group. Mr Maxsted’sHis prior relationship with KPMG is set outoutlined in section 3.10 of this Annual Report. MrLindsay Maxsted was not part of the KPMG audit practice after 1980 and, while at KPMG, was not in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP Billiton.

Each person who held the office of Director at the date the Board resolved to approve this Directors’ Report makes the following statements:

 

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s External Auditor is unaware; and

 

the Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make him or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s External Auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given pursuant to Sectionsection 418 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in accordance with and subject to these provisions.

5.12    Non-audit services

Details of the non-audit services undertaken by our External Auditor, including the amounts paid for non-audit services, are set out in note 3538 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements. All non-audit services were approved in accordance with the process set out in the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor, and no non-audit services were carried out whichthat were specifically excluded by the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. Based on advice provided by the Risk and Audit Committee, the Directors have formed the view that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors, and that the nature of non-audit services means that auditor independence was not compromised.

Further information about our policy in relation to the provision of non-audit services by the auditor is set out in section 3.14.1 of this Annual Report.

5.13    Political donations

No political contributions/donations for political purposes were made by the Group to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office during FY2014.FY2015.(1)

 

(1)Note that Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) disclosure requirements are broad, such that amounts that are not political donations can be reportable for AEC purposes. For example, where a political party or organisation owns shares in BHP Billiton, the AEC filing requires the political party or organisation to disclose the dividend payments received for their shareholding.

5.14    Exploration, research and development

Companies within the Group carry out exploration and research and development necessary to support their activities. Further details are provided in sections 1.6.3, 1.12, 1.15.1, 2.1 and 2.3.2 of this Annual Report.

5.15    Class order

BHP Billiton Limited is a company of a kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Class Order No. 98/100 dated 10 July 1998. Amounts in this Directors’ Report and the Financial

Statements, except estimates of future expenditure or where otherwise indicated, have been rounded to the nearest million dollars in accordance with that Class Order.

5.16    Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

No proceedings have been brought on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited, nor any application made, under section 237 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

5.17    Directors’ shareholdings

Except for Mr MaxstedMalcolm Brinded and MrAndrew Mackenzie, as at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by Directors is the same as set out in the table in section 4.4.27. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.

As at the date of this Directors’ Report, Mr MaxstedMalcolm Brinded indirectly holds 8,00032,000 shares in BHP Billiton LimitedPlc and MrAndrew Mackenzie holds (either directly, indirectly or beneficially) 266,164266,246 shares in BHP Billiton Plc.Plc and 16,575 shares in BHP Billiton Limited. Andrew Mackenzie holds rights and options over 340,288 shares in BHP Billiton Plc and 512,087 shares in BHP Billiton Limited as at the date of this Directors’ Report.

5.18    GMC members’ shareholdings (other than Directors)

As at 30 June 2014,2015, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by those senior executives who were members of the GMC during FY2014FY2015 (other than the Executive Director) is set out in the table in section 4.4.27. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.

As at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by those senior executives who were members of the GMC during FY2014FY2015 (other than the Executive Director) is as follows and, where applicable, the information also includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities:

 

GMC Member (1) (2)

  

BHP Billiton entity

  As at date of
Directors’ Report
 

Peter Beaven

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

184,473238,085

  

  

Tony Cudmore

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 


  

  

Tim Cutt(3)

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

56,45979,507

  

  

Dean Dalla Valle

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

126,907148,164


Mike Fraser

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc



172,696

  

  

Geoff Healy

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

3,000

  

  

Mike Henry

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

21,87938,039

162,632


Graham Kerr

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


119,272


Jane McAloon

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


59,581

180,543

  

  

Daniel Malchuk

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

66,30786,927


Athalie Williams

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


21,457

  

  

Jimmy Wilson

  

BHP Billiton Limited


BHP Billiton Plc

   

 

115,965142,763

59,301

  

  

 

(1)New membersmember appointed to the GMC during FY2014: Tim CuttFY2015 was Athalie Williams (appointed 2 July 2013), Mike Fraser (appointed 26 August 2013) and Tony Cudmore (appointed 151 January 2014)2015).

(2)Karen Wood, Graham Kerr, Mike Fraser and Jane McAloon ceased to be a membermembers of the GMC on 19 August 2014.2014, 1 October 2014, 1 January 2015 and 1 June 2015, respectively. The disclosed holdings as at 30 June 20142015 set out in section 4.4.27 of the Annual Report reflect herthe holdings as at the date of the individual ceasing to be a member of the GMC.

 

(3)736940 BHP Billiton Limited shares are held in the form of 368470 American Depositary Shares.

5.19    Performance in relation to environmental regulation

A significantBHP Billiton seeks to be compliant with all applicable environmental incidentlaws and regulations relevant to its operations. We monitor compliance on a regular basis, including through external and internal means, to ensure that the risk of non-compliance is one with a severity rating of four and above based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to seven by increasing severity). An environmental incident with a severity level four is one that causes a major impact/s to land, biodiversity, ecosystem services, water resources or air, with effects lasting greater than one year. There were no significant environmental incidents reported at our operated assets in FY2014.minimised.

Fines and prosecutions

In FY2014,FY2015, BHP Billiton received nine13 fines at our operated assets, with a total value of US$128,898.32,454.

ATwo fines totalling US$17,963 were received in respect of the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine for contravention of permit conditions at the port facility. One fine was for particulates from a dust collector baghouse stack being above release limit, and the other fine was for failure to notify the event in the timeframe required. Actions including real-time monitoring and process interlocks were implemented to prevent such an incident recurring.

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance received two fines totalling US$11,371 for separate non-compliances at the Caval Ridge Mine and Saraji Mine. Both incidents were related to uncontrolled releases of US$94,455 was levied at Energy Coal South Africa’s Khutala Colliery, which self-reported a non-compliance against its environmental impact assessment requirements definedmine-affected water that did not meet the conditions of each operation’s Environmental Authority governed by the NationalQueensland Environmental Management Act. As a result, the asset has appointed an independent Environmental Control OfficerProtection Act (1994). Corrective and introduced a strengthened land disturbance permit procedure.

NSW Energy Coal incurred three fines totalling US$6,971 at its Mt Arthur Operations for blasting penalty infringements outside the manufacturer’s recommended sleep time, failure to comply with the approved erosion and sediment control plan and carrying out dumping operations on an elevated and exposed area during adverse weather conditions. Actions are in placepreventative actions have been implemented to prevent these infringements occurring again.events recurring.

The fivenine other fines, totalling US$27,472,3,120, were levied in North America and South America,Africa where our operations were cited for activities in relationincluding exceeding discharge quality levels, unauthorised land disturbance, failure to regulatory breaches against permit requirementsupdate facility contact information and for loss of containment.a delinquent mechanical integrity test. The impacted assets are reviewing measures, or have implemented actions, to prevent these incidents from occurring in the future.

Greenhouse gas emissions

The UK Companies Act 2006 requires the Company, to the extent practicable, the Company to obtain relevant information on the Company’s annual quantity of greenhouse gas emissions, which is reported in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. The Company’s total 2014FY2015 greenhouse gas emissions and intensity are set out in sections 1.10 and 1.14.4 of this Annual Report.

Further information in relation to environmental performance, including environmental regulation, can be found in section 1.14.41.14 of this Annual Report and in the Sustainability Report, which is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

5.20    Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

Information relating to BHP Billiton Plc’s share capital structure, restrictions on the holding or transfer of its securities or on the exercise of voting rights attaching to such securities, certain agreements triggered on a change of control and the existence of branches of BHP Billiton outside of the United Kingdom, is set out in the following sections of this Annual Report:

 

Section 1.21.4 (BHP Billiton locations)

 

Section 5.2 (Share capital and buy-back programs)

Section 9.3 (Organisational structure)

 

Section 9.4 (Material contracts)

 

Section 9.5 (Constitution)

 

Section 9.6 (Share ownership)

 

Section 9.11 (Government regulations)

 

Note 1917 ‘Share capital’ and note 3325 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements.

Further details of all unvested equity awards as at the date of this Directors’ Report, including shares issued upon exercise of equity awards, are set out in note 3325 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements. Details of movements in share capital during and since the end of the financial year are set out in note 1917 ‘Share capital’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.Statements.

The Directors’ Report is madeapproved in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: 1110 September 20142015

6    Legal proceedings

We are involved from time to time in legal proceedings and governmental investigations of a character normally incidental to our business, including claims and pending actions against us seeking damages or clarification of legal rights and regulatory inquiries regarding business practices. In many cases, insurance or other indemnification protection afforded to us relates to such claims and may offset the financial impact on the Group of a successful claim.

This section summarises the significant legal proceedings and investigations in which we are currently involved.involved or have finalised since the last Annual Report.

Rio Algom Pension Plan

In June 2003, Alexander E Lomas, a retired member of the Rio Algom Limited Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (Pension Plan), filed a Notice of Application in a representative capacity in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice Commercial List against Rio Algom Limited (RAL) and the Plan Trustee alleging certain improprieties in their administration of the Pension Plan and use of Pension Plan funds from January 1966 onward.

Mr Lomas sought relief, both quantified and unquantified, for himself and those Pension Plan members he purported to represent in respect of a number of alleged breaches committed by RAL, including allegations of breach of employment contracts, breach of trust, and breach of the Trust Agreement underlying the Pension Plan. In particular:

Mr Lomas sought US$117 million (C$125 million) on account of monies alleged to have been improperly paid out or withheld from the Pension Plan, together with compound interest calculated from the date of each alleged wrongdoing; and

punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages in the sum of US$1.9 million (C$2 million).

Mr Lomas purported to represent members of the defined benefits portion of the Pension Plan. In 2005, the defined contribution members of the Pension Plan were included as parties to this action.

Between October 2006 and March 2010, various motions and appeals were argued by the parties. Among other things, these motions and appeals resulted in an order that the portion of the Application seeking an order directing RAL to apply for a wind-up of the Pension Plan be struck out of the Application.

In January 2014, the Court ordered that Ray Larson be substituted for Mr Lomas as the applicant in the Application. This motion was not opposed by RAL.

On 11 March 2014, RAL entered into a settlement with Mr Larson and other members of a committee of retired members of the Pension Plan. Subject to certain conditions being satisfied or waived, the settlement agreement provides for termination of the Pension Plan, the dismissal of the Application and releases from liability and subject to regulatory approval, the sharing of the surplus remaining in the Pension Plan upon wind-up between RAL and Pension Plan members and other persons entitled to benefits from the Pension Plan as at 11 March 2014, and those persons who had an entitlement under the Pension Plan at any time after 11 June 2003, but received payment of the commuted value of their entitlement under the Pension Plan prior to 11 March 2014. Court approval of the settlement agreement was granted on 25 June 2014.

Class actionsActions concerning Cerrejón privatisation

TheAs disclosed in last year’s Annual Report, three actions were commenced by the non-government organisation, Corporación Colombia Transparente (CCT), brought three separate class actions (Popular Actions 1,029, 1,032 and 1,048) against various defendants, including Billiton Investment 3 BV and Billiton Investment 8 BV, in connection with the privatisation of 50 per cent of the Cerrejón Zona Norte (CZN) mining complex in Colombia in 2002. The mining complex is

currently owned by CZN2002 (i.e. Popular Actions 1,029, 1,032 and Carbones del Cerrejón Limited (CDC)1,048). Our subsidiary Billiton Investment 3 BV owns a 33 per cent shareThese actions are now at an end, with the Court finding against CCT in CDC, and our subsidiariesfavour of the defendants, including Billiton Investment 3 BV and Billiton Investment 8 BV (BHP Billiton Shareholders) collectively own a 33.33 per cent share in CZN.

CCT alleges, in part, that the defendants failed to comply with the privatisation process, and that the offer price for shares in CZN between Stages 1 and 2 of the privatisation process was not correctly adjusted for inflation.

Our share of the alleged adjustment of the CZN share price would be approximately US$4.41 million. In the alternative, CCT seeks declaration that the privatisation is null and void and forfeiture of the transfer price paid, of which our share would be approximately US$147.14 million. In both instances, CCT also seeks unquantified sanctions, including payment of stamp taxes, an award of 15 per cent of all monies recovered by the defendants, together with interest on all amounts at the maximum rate authorised by law.

Popular Action 1,048 was dismissed in December 2008. Popular Action 1,032, the CZN action, was originally dismissed on 18 February 2011, the Court determining that there were no irregularities in the privatisation of the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex.

CCT’s request for a reconsideration of the judgment was denied. In March 2011, CCT filed an appeal against the dismissal. This appeal was dismissed in February 2013 and the plaintiff filed for a revision of the judgment. Revision of judgment is a new avenue of review introduced by the Columbian Administrative Code that applies to the last instance judgments and may be used when the plaintiff believes certain issues were not considered in the decision. In January 2014, the request for revision was denied and the action is therefore concluded. Popular Action 1,029 was dismissed in December 2008. Despite the fact that this dismissal was final, the plaintiff filed a tutela action at the Council of State challenging the dismissal and obtained from the Council of State a decision ordering the first instance judge to continue with the action. Neither CZN nor BHP Billiton shareholders were informed of this action. In August 2013, at the request of the defendants, the Council of State annulled the steps that had been taken in the proceeding and the defendants filed a reply to the action. The tutela action was then subsequently dismissed; however, an appeal has been filed against the dismissal.BV.

A separate class action referred to in last year’s Annual Report arising out of the privatisation of the CZN mining complex has been brought by Mr Martín Nicolás Barros Choles against various defendants, including CDC.

Carbones del Cerrejón Limited (which is 33 per cent owned by Billiton Investment 3 BV) has also come to an end with the Court finding against Mr Choles claims that the transfer of rights by CDC to CZN was ineffective because it only involved a transfer of shares and not the transferin favour of the underlying rights indefendants, including Carbones del Cerrejón Limited.

Anti-corruption investigation

In May 2015, the properties and assets used inGroup announced the CZN mining complex. Consequently, he is seeking orders that CDC pays for the use and leaseresolution of the properties and assets until November 2009, and that from that date the properties and assets of the Cerrejón project revert to the State. This action remains in the discovery phase.

Investigations

As previously disclosed BHP Billiton received requests for information in August 2009 frominvestigation by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) into potential breaches of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). Following that request, the Group commenced an internalThe US Department of Justice has also completed its investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.into BHP Billiton without taking any action.

The issues relateinvestigations related primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated minerals exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided as partby BHP Billiton at the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games. The US investigations have now been concluded on all matters.

The matter was resolved with the SEC pursuant to an administrative order, which imposed a US$25 million civil penalty. The SEC order made no findings of the Company’scorrupt intent or bribery by BHP Billiton.

The SEC’s findings related to a hospitality program hosted by BHP Billiton that supported its sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolutionOlympic Games. As part of this program, BHP Billiton invited customers, suppliers, business partners, and government officials, along with BHP Billiton employees, to the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games. While BHP Billiton made efforts at the time to address the risks related to inviting government officials to the 2008 Beijing Olympics, the controls it relied upon were insufficient to satisfy the civil books and records and internal accounting controls requirements of the matter.FCPA.

The SEC noted the ‘significant cooperation’ BHP Billiton provided during the extensive investigation, which commenced in 2009. It also noted the ‘significant remedial actions’ BHP Billiton has taken over the past five years to enhance its compliance program.

At the time of its sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics and Paralympics, BHP Billiton had no independent compliance function. Instead, accountability for complying with BHP Billiton’s anti-corruption policies, which were set out in BHP Billiton’s Guide to Business Conduct, was vested in its operating business units. BHP

Billiton has since created an independent compliance function that reports to the head of the legal function and the Risk and Audit Committee of the BHP Billiton Board. Today, this compliance function would be required to approve any offer of hospitality of this kind to a government official. Under the SEC order, BHP Billiton will self-report on its compliance program to the SEC for a period of 12 months following the date of the SEC order (20 May 2015).

As has been publicly reported,previously disclosed, an investigation by the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigation(AFP) is ongoing and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

co-operate. In light of the continuing nature of the investigationsAFP investigation, it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes.

7    Financial Statements

Refer to the pages beginning on page F-1 in this annual report.

8    Glossary

8.1    Mining, oil and gas-related terms

 

Term

  

Definition

2D

  Two dimensional.dimensional seismic.

3D

  Three dimensional.dimensional seismic.

Alumina

  Aluminium oxide (Al2O3). Alumina is produced from bauxite in the refining process. Alumina is then converted (reduced) in an electrolysis cell to produce aluminium metal.

Ash

  Inorganic material remaining after combustion.

AusIMM

  The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Bauxite

  The chief ore of aluminium.

Beneficiation

  The process of physically separating ore from gangue (waste material) prior to subsequent processing of the beneficiated ore.

Brownfield

  An exploration or development project located within an existing mineral province, which can share infrastructure and management with an existing operation.

Butane

A component of natural gas that occurs in two isomeric forms. Where sold separately, is largely butane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 14 thousand cubic feet of gas.

Coal Reserves

  The same meaning as Ore Reserves, but specifically concerning coal.

Coking coal

  Used in the manufacture of coke, which is used in the steelmaking process by virtue of its carbonisation properties. Coking coal may also be referred to as metallurgical coal.

Competent Person

A minerals industry professional who is a Member or Fellow of The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, or of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists, or of a ‘Recognised Professional Organisation’ (RPO), as included in a list available on the JORC and ASX websites. These organisations have enforceable disciplinary processes, including the powers to suspend or expel a member. A Competent Person must have a minimum of five years’ relevant experience in the style of mineralisation or type of deposit under consideration and in the activity that the person is undertaking (JORC Code, 2012).

Condensate

  A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in gaseous form in natural underground reservoirs, but which condense to form a liquid at atmospheric conditions.

Copper cathode

  Electrolytically refined copper that has been deposited on the cathode of an electrolytic bath of acidified copper sulphate solution. The refined copper may also be produced through leaching and electrowinning.

Conventional Petroleum Resources

Hydrocarbon accumulations that can be produced by a well drilled into a geologic formation in which the reservoir and fluid characteristics permit the hydrocarbons to readily flow to the wellbore without the use of specialised extraction technologies.

Crude oil

  A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in liquid form in natural underground reservoirs, and remain liquid at atmospheric pressure after being produced at the well head and passing through surface separating facilities.

Cut-off grade

  A nominated grade above which is defined an Ore Reserve or Mineral Resource.Reserve. For example, the lowest grade of mineralised material that qualifies as economic for estimating an Ore Reserve.

Term

  

Definition

CQCA

Central Queensland Coal Associates.
Dated Brent

  A benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.

Electrowinning/electrowon

  An electrochemical process in which metal is recovered by dissolving a metal within an electrolyte and plating it onto an electrode.

Energy coal

  Used as a fuel source in electrical power generation, cement manufacture and various industrial applications. Energy coal may also be referred to as steaming or thermal coal.

Ethane

  A component of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely ethane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 26.827.9 thousand cubic feet of gas.

FAusIMM

  Fellow of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Field

  An area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. There may be two or more reservoirs in a field that are separated vertically by intervening impervious strata, or laterally by local geologic barriers, or by both. Reservoirs that are associated by being in overlapping or adjacent fields may be treated as a single or common operational field. The geological termsstructural feature ‘structural feature’ andstratigraphic condition ‘stratigraphic condition’ are intended to identify localised geological features as opposed to the broader terms of basins, trends, provinces, plays, areas-of-interest, etc. (per SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-10).

Flotation

  A method of selectively recovering minerals from finely ground ore using a froth created in water by specific reagents. In the flotation process, certain mineral particles are induced to float by becoming attached to bubbles of froth and the unwanted mineral particles sink.
FPSO (Floating, production, storage andoff-take)  A floating vessel used by the offshore oil and gas industry for the processing of hydrocarbons and for storage of oil. An FPSO vessel is designed to receive hydrocarbons produced from nearby platforms or subsea templates, process them and store oil until it can be offloaded onto a tanker.

Grade

  Any physical or chemical measurement of the characteristics of the material of interest in samples or product.

Greenfield

  The development or exploration located outside the area of influence of existing mine operations/infrastructure.

GSSA

  Geological Society of South AfricaAfrica.

Heap leach(ing)

  A process used for the recovery of metals such as copper, nickel, uranium and gold from low-grade ores. The crushed material is laid on a slightly sloping, impermeable pad and leached by uniformly trickling (gravity fed) a chemical solution through the beds to ponds. The metals are recovered from the solution.

Term

  

Definition

Hypogene Sulphide

Hypogene mineralisation is formed by fluids at high temperature and pressure derived from magmatic activity. Hypogene sulphide consists predominantly of chalcopyrite and is not amenable to leaching technology.
ICSID (International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes)  ICSID is an autonomous international institution that provides facilities and services to support conciliation and arbitration of international investment disputes between investors and States. ICSID was established under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States (the ICSID Convention), with over 140 member States.

JORC Code

A set of minimum standards, recommendations and guidelines for public reporting in Australasia of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves. The guidelines are defined by the Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee (JORC), which is sponsored by the Australian mining industry and its professional organisations.

Kriging

  A geostatistical method of estimating resources based on a mathematical function known as a semivariogram.

Leaching

  The process by which a soluble metal can be economically recovered from minerals in ore by dissolution.

LNG (Liquefied natural gas)

  Consists largely of methane that has been liquefied through chilling and pressurisation. One tonne of LNG is approximately equivalent to 45.9 thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

LOI (Loss on ignition)

  A measure of the percentage of volatile matter (liquid or gas) contained within a mineral or rock. LOI is determined to calculate loss in mass during pyroprocessing.

LPG (Liquefied petroleum gas)

  Consists of propane and butane and a small amount (less than two per cent) of ethane that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of LPG is approximately equivalent to 11.6 barrels of oil.

MAIG

  Member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists.

Marketable Coal Reserves

  Represents beneficiated or otherwise enhancedTonnes of coal product where modifications due to mining, dilutionavailable, at specified moisture content and processing have been considered, must be publicly reported in conjunction with, but not instead of, reportsair-dried qualities, for sale after the beneficiation of Coal Reserves. The basis of the predicted yield to achieve Marketable Coal Reserves must be stated (JORC Code, 2012).

MAusIMM

  Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Metallurgical coal

  A broader term than coking coal, which includes all coals used in steelmaking, such as coal used for the pulverised coal injection process.

Metocean

A term that is commonly used in the offshore oil and gas industry to describe the physical environment and surrounds (i.e. an environment near an offshore oil and gas working platform).

Mineralisation

  Any single mineral or combination of minerals occurring in a mass, or deposit, of economic interest.

Modifying Factors

Considerations used to convert Mineral Resources to Ore Reserves. These include, but are not restricted to, mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors.

NGL (Natural gas liquids)

  Consists of propane, butane and ethane – individually or as a mixture.

Term

Definition

OC/OP (Open-cut/open-pit)

  Surface working in which the working area is kept open to the sky.

Ore Reserves

  The economically mineable

That part of a Measured and/mineral deposit that can be economically and legally extracted or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at Pre-Feasibility or Feasibility

Term

Definition

level as appropriate that include application of Modifying Factors. Such studies demonstrate that,produced at the time of reporting,the reserves determination. To establish this, studies appropriate to the type of mineral deposit involved have been carried out to estimate the quantity, grade and value of the ore mineral(s) present. In addition, technical studies have been completed to determine realistic assumptions for the extraction could reasonablyof the minerals including estimates of mining, processing, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors. The degree of these studies is sufficient to demonstrate the technical and economic feasibility of the project and depends on whether or not the project is an extension of an existing project or operation. The estimates of minerals to be justified.produced include allowances for ore losses and the treatment of unmineralised materials which may occur as part of the mining and processing activities. Ore Reserves are sub-divided in order of increasing confidence into Probable Ore Reserves and Proven Ore Reserves.

PEGNL

  Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of Newfoundland and Labrador.

Probable Ore Reserves

  

Ore Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves,Proven Ore Reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves,Proven Ore Reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Propane

A component of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely propane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 19 thousand cubic feet of gas.

Proved oil and gas reserves

  Those quantities of oil, gas, and natural gas liquids, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation (from SEC Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, 2009)2009, 17 CFR Parts 210, 211, 229 and 249).

Proven Ore Reserves

  

Ore Reserves for which (a) quantity andis computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves, butthe results of detailed sampling and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are farther apart orspaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.well established.

Term

Definition

Qualified petroleum reserves and resources evaluator  A qualified petroleum reserves and resources evaluator, as defined in Chapter 19 of the ASX Listing Rules.

Reserve life

  Current stated Ore Reserves estimate divided by the current approved nominated production rate as at the end of the financial year.

ROM

Run of mine product

Product mined in the course of regular mining activities.

SACNASP

  South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions.

SAIMM

  The Southern African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

SME reg’d member

Registered member of the Society of Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration.

Solvent extraction

  A method of separating one or more metals from a leach solution by treating with a solvent that will extract the required metal, leaving the others. The metal is recovered from the solvent by further treatment.

Spud

  Commence drilling of an oil or gas well.

SP (Stockpile)

  An accumulation of ore or mineral built up when demand slackens or when the treatment plant or beneficiation equipment

Term

Definition

is incomplete or temporarily unable to process the mine output; any heap of material formed to create a buffer for loading or other purposes or material dug and piled for future use.

Supergene Sulphide

Supergene is a term used to describe near-surface processes and their products, formed at low temperature and pressure by the activity of descending water. Supergene sulphide is mainly formed of chalcocite and covellite and is amenable to heap leaching.

Tailings

  Those portions of washed or milled ore that are too poor to be treated further or remain after the required metals and minerals have been extracted.

TLP (Tension leg platform)

  A vertically moored floating facility for production of oil and gas.

Total Coal Reserves

  Run of mine reservesCoal Reserves as outputs from the mining activities.

Total Ore Reserves

  Proven Ore Reserves plus Probable Ore Reserves.

Unconventional Petroleum Resources

Hydrocarbon accumulations which are generally pervasive in nature and may be continuous throughout a large area requiring specialised(1) extraction technologies to produce or recover. Examples include, but are not limited to coalbed methane, basin-centred gas, shale gas, gas hydrates, natural bitumen (tar sands), and oil shale deposits.

Yield

The percentage of material of interest that is extracted during mining and/or processing.

(1)Examples of specialised technologies include: dewatering of coalbed methane, massive fracturing programs for shale gas, steam and/or solvents to mobilise bitumen for in-situ recovery, and, in some cases, mining activities.

8.2    Non-mining, oil and gas terms

 

Term

  

Definition

1SAP

1SAP is a business-led initiative to achieve Company-wide alignment of our business critical data and processes, supported by one integrated system (SAP). This single system provides us access to common data and streamlines common processes.

A$

  Australian dollars being the currency of the Commonwealth of Australia.

ADR (American Depositary Receipt)

  Instruments that trade on the NYSE.

ADS (American Depositary Share)

  A share issued under a deposit agreement that has been created to permit US-resident investors to hold shares in non-US companies and trade them on the stock exchanges in the United States. One ADS is equal to two BHP Billiton Limited shares. Similarly one ADS is equal to two BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares. ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, which are the instruments that trade on the NYSE.
ASIC (Australian Securities and Investments Commission)  The Australian Government agency that enforces laws relating to companies, securities, financial services and credit in order to protect consumers, investors and creditors.

ASX (Australian Securities Exchange)

  ASX is a multi-asset class vertically integrated exchange group that functions as a market operator, clearing house and payments system facilitator. It oversees compliance with its operating rules, promotes standards of corporate governance among Australia’s listed companies and helps educate retail investors.

Australian Tax Treaty

  A tax convention between Australia and the United States as to the avoidance of double taxation.

BHP Billiton

  Being both companies in the Dual Listed Company structure, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Limited share

  A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Limited.

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders

  The holders of BHP Billiton Limited shares.

BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share

  A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited on Joint Electorate Actions.

BHP Billiton Plc equalisation share

A share that has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger.

Term

Definition

BHP Billiton Plc 5.5 per cent preference shareShares that have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up.

BHP Billiton Plc share

  A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders

  The holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares.

BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share

  A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions.

Board

  The Board of Directors of BHP Billiton.

Business

  Refers to one of BHP Billiton’s Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; Coal; Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business Groups formed in May 2013. Collectively, they are referred to as the Businesses.

CEO

  Chief Executive Officer.

Term

Definition

CFR (Cost and freight... named port of destination)  The seller must pay the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port of destination, but the risk of loss of, or damage to the goods, as well as any additional costs due to events occurring after the time the goods have been delivered on board the vessel, is transferred from the seller to the buyer when the goods pass the ship’s rail in the port of shipment. The CFR term requires the seller to clear the goods for shipment.

Community investment

  Contributions made to support communities in which we operate or have an interest. Our contributions to community programs comprise cash, in-kind support and administration costs. Our targeted level of contribution is one per cent of pre-tax profit calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit as reported.

Continuing operations

Assets/operations/entities that were owned and/or operated by BHP Billiton during FY2015 and were not included in the demerger of South32.

CSG (Customer Sector Group)

  Prior to 10 May 2013, referred to as a BHP Billiton product-based global business unit.

CY20XX

  Refers to the calendar year ending 31 December 20XX, where XX is the two-digit number of the year.

Discontinued operations

Assets/operations/entities that were owned and/or operated by BHP Billiton during FY2015 and demerged into a new company (South32) on 25 May 2015.

Dividend Record Date

  The date, determined by a company’s board of directors, by when an investor must be recorded as an owner of shares in order to qualify for a forthcoming dividend.

DLC

  Dual Listed Company.

DLC merger

  The Dual Listed Company merger between BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on 29 June 2001.

DLC structure

  The corporate structure resulting from the DLC merger.

EBIT

  Earnings before net finance costs and taxation.
EITI (Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative)  An international initiative dedicated to the enhancement of transparency around the payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource development.

TermEqualisation Share

  

Definition

A share that has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by the BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group or by the BHP Billiton Limited Group to the BHP Billiton Plc Group (as applicable) should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger.
FOB (Free on board...board ... named port of shipment)  The seller delivers when the goods pass the ship’s rail at the named port of shipment. This means that the buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss of, or damage to the goods from that point. The FOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export. This term can be used only for sea or inland waterway transport.

Term

Definition

FPIC (Free prior informed consent)

  A principle requiring that individuals and communities should be informed – in appropriate, accessible language – about projects that might take place on their land. It also guarantees that they are given the opportunity to give or withhold their consent to a project before it commences.

FY20XX

  Refers to the financial year ending 30 June 20XX, where XX is the two-digit number for the year.

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles.

Gearing

  The ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.

GHG (Greenhouse gas)

  For BHP Billiton reporting purposes, these are the aggregate anthropogenic carbon dioxide equivalent emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6).

Group

  BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their subsidiaries.

Group Function

  

Group Functions act as agents of the Group Management Committee (GMC). They operate under a defined set of mandates that relate to:

 

•   the governance of BHP Billiton;

 

•   the CEO limits established by the BHP Billiton Board;

 

•   the activities necessary to improve the effectiveness of the Group.

GLD (Group Level Document)

  The documents that give effect to the mandatory requirements arising from the BHP Billiton Operating Model as approved by the GMC. They describe the mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities for definitive business obligations, processes, functions and activities across BHP Billiton.

GMC (Group Management Committee)

  The executive management group within BHP Billiton as determined by the CEO. Its role is defined by the GMC Terms of Reference.
IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)  Accounting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Implementation Deed

The Implementation Deed entered into on 17 March 2015 between BHP Billiton Ltd, BHP Billiton Plc and South32 Limited.

JSE

  Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

JV

  Joint venture.

KMP (Key Management Personnel)

  Persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly (including Executive Directors), and Non-executive Directors. For BHP Billiton it includes the GMC.

Term

Definition

KPI (Key Performance Indicator)

  Used to measure the performance of the Group, individual businesses and executives in any one year.

LME

  London Metal Exchange.

Term

Definition

LSE

  London Stock Exchange.

Major capital projects

  Projects where the investment commitment exceeds the Group approval threshold, or complexity or associated reputational risk or exposure necessitates review at a Group level (and within the Group investment process).

Marketing

  Refers to the BHP Billiton staff, processes and activities that provide marketing services to the whole organisation.

NYMEX (New York Mercantile Exchange)

  A New York physical futures exchange that trades energy commodities (i.e. crude oil and natural gas) and precious metals in futures and options markets.

NYSE

  New York Stock Exchange.

OEL (Occupational exposure limit)

The concentration of a substance or agent, exposure to which, according to current knowledge, should not cause adverse health effects nor cause undue discomfort to nearly all workers.

Occupational illness

  An illness that occurs as a consequence of work-related activities or exposure. It includes acute or chronic illnesses or diseases, which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact.

OEL (Occupational exposure limit)

The concentration of a substance or agent, exposure to which, according to current knowledge, should not cause adverse health effects nor cause undue discomfort to nearly all workers.

OSHA

  United States Government Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Platts

  Platts is a global provider of energy, petrochemicals, metals and agriculture information, and a premier source of benchmark price assessments for those commodity markets.

Project investment

  Total budgeted capital expenditure on growth projects under development at year-end. Refer to section 2.4 Major projects,of this Annual Report, for a full listing of these growth projects.

Quality-of-life indicators

  Measures of people’s overall wellbeing, including material well-being (standard of living) and non-material components such as the quality of the environment, national security, personal safety, and political and economic freedoms.

Quoted

  In the context of American Depositary Shares (ADS) and listed investments, the term ‘quoted’ means ‘traded’ on the relevant exchange.

REi (Resource Endowment initiative)

  An initiative of the International Council on Mining and Metals to enhance industry’s socio-economic contribution to the countries and communities where organisations such as BHP Billiton operate, by better understanding the factors that either inhibit or promote social and economic development linked to large-scale mining projects.

ROCE (Return on capital employed)

  Calculated as earnings from operations, excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after tax), divided by average capital

Term

Definition

employed. Average capital employed is calculated as net assets less net debt.
SEC (United States Securities and Exchange Commission)  United States regulatory commission that aims to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly and efficient markets and facilitate capital formation.

Term

Definition

Senior manager

  An employee who has responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the entity or a strategically significant part of it. In the Strategic Report, senior manager includes senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders.

Shareplus

  All-employee share purchase plan.

Shareholder Circular

The Shareholder Circular dated 16 March 2015 relating to the demerger of South32 Limited from BHP Billiton.

South32

South32 Limited.

South32 share

A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of South 32 Limited.

Strate

  South Africa’s Central Securities Depositary for the electronic settlement of financial instruments.

TRIF (Total recordable injury frequency)

  The sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) x 1,000,000 ÷ actual hours worked. Stated in units of per million hours worked. BHP Billiton adopts the US Government Occupational Safety and Health Administration guidelines for the recording and reporting of occupational injury and illnesses. Excludes non-operated assets.

TSR (Total shareholder return)

  TSR measures the return delivered to shareholders over a certain period through the change in share price and any dividends paid. It is the measure used to compare BHP Billiton’s performance to that of other relevant companies under the LTIP.

UKLA (United Kingdom Listing Authority)

  Term used when the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) acts as the competent authority under Part VI of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act (FSMA).

Underlying EBIT

  Calculated as earnings before net finance costs, taxation, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items.

Underlying EBIT margin

  Calculated as Underlying EBIT excluding third party EBIT,product profit from operations, divided by revenue net of third party product revenue.

US$

  The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar, as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

WTI (West Texas Intermediate)

  

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exists in liquid phase in natural underground reservoirs and remains liquid at atmospheric pressure after passing through surface separating facilities. Crude oil is refined to produce a wide array of petroleum products, including heating oils; gasoline, diesel and jet fuels; lubricants; asphalt; ethane, propane, and butane; and many other products used for their energy or chemical content.

West Texas Intermediate refers to a crude stream produced in Texas and southern Oklahoma that serves as a reference or ‘marker’ for pricing a number of other crude streams and which is traded in the domestic spot market at Cushing, Oklahoma.

8.3    Terms used in reserves and resources

 

Term

  

Definition

A.Al2O3

available alumina

Ag

  Silver

Al2O3

Alumina

Anth

Anthracitesilver

Au

  Goldgold

Cu

  Coppercopper

CV

  calorific value

Fe

  Ironiron

Fe2O3

  iron oxide

Insol

  Insolublesinsolubles

K2OLOI

  potassium oxide

KCl

potassium chlorideloss on ignition

Met

  metallurgical coal

MgO

magnesium oxide

Mn

manganese

Mo

  molybdenum

Ni

  nickel

P

  phosphorous

Pb

  lead

Pc

  phosphorous in concentrate

R.SiO2PPCc

  reactive silicaLOI in concentrate

S

  sulphur

SCu

  soluble copper

SiO2

  silica

TCu

  total copper

Th

  thermal coal

U3O8

  uranium oxide

VM

  volatile matter

Zn

  zinc

8.4    Units of measure

 

Abbreviation

  

Description

%

  percentage or per cent

bbl/d

  barrels per day

boe

  barrels of oil equivalent – 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe

dmt

  dry metric tonne

dmtu

  dry metric tonne unit

g/t

  grams per tonne

ha

  hectare

kcal/kg

  kilocalories per kilogram

kg/tonne or kg/t

  kilograms per tonne

km

  kilometre

koz

  kilo-ounce

kV

  kilovolt

kt

  kilotonnes

ktpa

  kilotonnes per annum

ktpd

  kilotonnes per day

kdwt

  thousand deadweight tonnes

m

  metre

ML

  megalitre

mm

  millimetre

MMboe

  million barrels of oil equivalent

MMBtu

  million British thermal units – 1 scf of natural gas equals 1,010 Btu

MMcf/d

  million cubic feet per day

Mbbl/d

  thousand barrels per day

MMbbl/d

  million barrels per day

MMcm/d

  million cubic metres per day

Mscf

  thousand standard cubic feet

Mt

  million tonnes

Mtpa

  million tonnes per annum

MW

  megawatt

psi

  pounds per square inch

ppm

  parts per million

scf

  standard cubic feet

t

  tonne

TJ

  terajoule

TJ/d

  terajoules per day

tpa

  tonnes per annum

tpd

  tonnes per day

tph

  tonnes per hour

wmt

  wet metric tonnes

9    Shareholder information

9.1    History and development

BHP Billiton Limited (formerly BHP Limited and, before that, The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited) was incorporated in 1885 and is registered in Australia with ABN 49 004 028 077. BHP Billiton Plc (formerly Billiton Plc) was incorporated in 1996 and is registered in England and Wales with registration number 3196209. Successive predecessor entities to BHP Billiton Plc have operated since 1860.

Since 29 June 2001, we have operated under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure. Under the DLC structure, the two parent companies, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc, operate as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and management team. More details of the DLC structure can be found in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the United Kingdom and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade onhave each retained their separate corporate identities and maintained their separate stock exchange listings, but they are operated and managed as a single unified economic entity, with their boards and senior executive management comprising the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United  States.same people.

9.2    Markets

As at the date of this Annual Report, BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia and BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE). BHP Billiton Plc also has a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa.

In addition, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United States. Trading on the NYSE is via American Depositary Shares (ADSs), each representing two ordinary shares which are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). Citibank N.A. (Citibank) is the Depositary for both ADRADS programs. BHP Billiton Limited’s ADSs have been listed for trading on the NYSE (ticker BHP) since 28 May 1987 and BHP Billiton Plc’s since 25 June 2003 (ticker BBL).

9.3    Organisational structure

9.3.1    General

The BHP Billiton Group consists of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group, operating as a combined enterprise, following the completion of the Dual Listed Company (DLC)DLC merger in June 2001. Refer to note 26‘Subsidiaries’30 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements for a full list of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc significant subsidiaries.

The BHP Billiton DLC merger was designed to place shareholders of both companies in a position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets, and is subject to the liabilities, of both companies. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each retained their separate corporate identities and maintain separate stock exchange listings, but they are operated and managed as if they are a single unified economic entity, with their Boards and senior executive management comprising the same people.

9.3.2    DLC structure

The principles of the BHP Billiton DLC are reflected in the BHP BillitonDLC Structure Sharing Agreement and include the following:

 

the two companies are to operate as if they are a single unified economic entity, through Boards of Directors that comprise the same individuals and a unified senior executive management;management team;

the Directors of both companies will, in addition to their duties to the company concerned, have regard to the interests of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders as if the two companies were a single unified economic entity and, for that purpose, the Directors of each company take into account in the exercise of their powers the interests of the shareholders of the other;

companies were a single unified economic entity and, for that purpose, the Directors of each company take into account in the exercise of their powers the interests of the shareholders of the other;

 

certain DLC equalisation principles must be observed. These are designed to ensure that for so long as the Equalisation Ratio between a BHP Billiton Limited share and a BHP Billiton Plc share is 1:1, the economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group resulting from the holding of one BHP Billiton Limited share are equivalent to that resulting from the holding of one BHP Billiton Plc share. Further details are set out in the sub-section ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ below.

Additional documents that affect the DLC include:

 

BHP Billiton Limited Constitution

 

BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association

 

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

 

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

 

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

Australian Foreign Investment Review Board (FIRB) conditions

The Treasurer of Australia approved the DLC merger subject to certain conditions, the effect of which was to require that, among other things, BHP Billiton Limited continues to:

 

be an Australian company, which is managed fromheadquartered in Australia;

 

ultimately manage and control the companies conducting the business that was conducted by itits subsidiaries at the time of the merger for as long as those businesses form part of the BHP Billiton Group.

The conditions also require the global headquarters of the BHP Billiton Group to be in Australia.

The conditions have effect indefinitely, subject to amendment of the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 or any revocation or amendment by the Treasurer of Australia. If BHP Billiton Limited no longer wishes to comply with these conditions, it must obtain the prior approval of the Treasurer. Failure to comply with the conditions attracts substantial penalties under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.

Equalisation of economic and voting rights

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders have economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group. The economic and voting interests represented by a share in one company relative to the economic and voting interests of a share in the other company are determined by reference to a ratio known as the Equalisation Ratio. Presently, the economic and voting interests attached to each BHP Billiton Limited share and each BHP Billiton Plc share are the same, since the Equalisation Ratio is 1:1. The Equalisation Ratio would change if either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc returned value to only its respective shareholders and no matching action was taken.

This means that the amount of any cash dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited in respect of each BHP Billiton Limited share is normally matched by an equivalent cash dividend by BHP Billiton Plc in respect of each BHP Billiton Plc share, and vice versa. If one company has insufficient profits or is otherwise unable to pay the agreed dividend, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will, as far as practicable, enter into such transactions as are necessary to enable both companies to pay the agreed amount of pre-tax dividends per share.

Joint Electorate Actions

Under the terms of the DLC agreements, the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association have implemented special voting arrangements so that the shareholders of both companies vote together as a single decision-making body on matters affecting the shareholders of each company in similar ways (such matters are referred to as Joint Electorate Actions). For so long as the Equalisation Ratio remains 1:1, each BHP Billiton Limited share will effectively have the same voting rights as each BHP Billiton Plc share on Joint Electorate Actions.

A Joint Electorate Action requires approval by ordinary resolution (or special resolution if required by statute, regulation, applicable listing rules or other applicable requirements) of BHP Billiton Limited and also of BHP Billiton Plc. Both the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share vote as a single class and, in the case of BHP Billiton Plc, the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share vote as a single class.

Class Rights Actions

In the case of certain actions in relation to which the two bodies of shareholders may have divergent interests (referred to as Class Rights Actions), the company wishing to carry out the Class Rights Action requires the prior approval of the shareholders in the other company voting separately and, where appropriate, the approval of its own shareholders voting separately. Depending on the type of Class Rights Action undertaken, the approval required is either an ordinary or special resolution of the relevant company.

These voting arrangements are secured through the constitutional documents of the two companies, the BHP BillitonDLC Structure Sharing Agreement, the BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed and rights attaching to a specially created Special Voting Share issued by each company and held in each case by a Special Voting Company. The shares in the Special Voting Companies are held legally and beneficially by Law Debenture Trust Corporation Plc.

Cross guarantees

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each executed a Deed Poll Guarantee, pursuant to which creditors entitled to the benefit of the BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee and the BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee will, to the extent possible, be placed in the same position as if the relevant debts were owed by both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on a combined basis.

Restrictions on takeovers of one company only

The BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association have been drafted to ensure that, except with the consent of the Board, a person cannot gain control of one company without having made an equivalent offer to the shareholders of both companies on equivalent terms. Sanctions for breach of these provisions would include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and the compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

9.4    Material contracts

DLC agreements

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (then known as BHP Limited) and BHP Billiton Plc (then known as Billiton Plc) merged by way of a DLC structure. To effect the DLC, BHP Limited and Billiton Plc (as they were then known) entered into the following agreements designed to place the shareholders of both companies in a

position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets, and is subject to all the liabilities, of both companies:

 

BHP Billiton DLC Structure Sharing Agreement

 

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

 

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

 

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

The effect of each of these agreements and the manner in which they operate are described in section 9.3 of this Annual Report.

Demerger Implementation Deed

BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and South32 Limited entered into an Implementation Deed on 17 March 2015 to facilitate the demerger of South32 Limited from the BHP Billiton Group.

The Implementation Deed sets out:

the conditions to the demerger; and

certain steps required to be taken by each of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and South32 Limited to implement the demerger.

Implementation of the demerger was completed on 25 May 2015 and resulted in the formation of an independent listed company, South32 Limited, with a portfolio of assets producing alumina, aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel, silver, lead and zinc.

In accordance with the Implementation Deed, the demerger was effected through a distribution of South32 shares to eligible shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc by way of an in-specie dividend by each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. Each eligible shareholder of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc received one South32 share for each share in BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc (as applicable) that it held as at the applicable record date for the demerger.

9.5    Constitution

The following text summarises the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc. The effect of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc is, so far as possible, identical. Where the term ‘BHP Billiton’ is used in this description of the Constitution and Articles of Association, it can be read to mean either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc.

Certain provisionsProvisions of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc can only be amended only where such amendment is approved by special resolution either:

 

by approval as a Class Rights Action, where the amendment results in a change to an ‘Entrenched Provision’; or

 

otherwise, as a Joint Electorate Action.

A description of Joint Electorate Actions and Class Rights Actions is contained under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

9.5.1    Directors

The management and control of the business and affairs of BHP Billiton are vested in the Board of Directors, which may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton, other than those which are required to be exercised or done by BHP Billiton in a general meeting.

9.5.2    Power to issue securities

BHP Billiton may, pursuant to the Constitution and Articles of Association, issue any shares or other securities (including redeemable shares) with preferred, deferred or other special rights, obligations or restrictions as and when the DirectorsBoard may determine and on any other terms the Directors considerBoard considers appropriate, provided that:

 

any such issue does not affect any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares;

 

any such issue is subject to the provisions regarding shareholder approval in the Constitution and Articles of Association;

 

the rights attaching to a class other than ordinary shares are expressed at the date of issue.

9.5.3    Restrictions on voting by Directors

A Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he or she has a material personal interest. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

In addition, under the UK Companies Act 2006, a Director has a duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has (or can have) a direct or indirect interest that conflicts (or may conflict) with the interests of the company. The duty is not infringed, if among other things, the situation is authorised by non-interested Directors. The Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc enable the Board to authorise a matter that might otherwise involve a Director breaching his or her duty to avoid conflicts of interest. An interested Director may not vote or be counted towards a quorum for a resolution authorising such a situation. Where the Board gives such authorisation, the Board may prohibit, or may establish regulations which prohibit, the relevant Director from voting on any matter relating to the conflict. The Board has adopted procedures to manage these voting restrictions.

Subject to applicable laws, a Director is entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters, namely where the material personal interest:

 

arises because the Director is a shareholder of BHP Billiton and is held in common with the other shareholders of BHP Billiton;

 

arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of BHP Billiton;

 

relates to a contract BHP Billiton is proposing to enter into that is subject to approval by the shareholders and will not impose any obligation on BHP Billiton if it is not approved by the shareholders;

 

arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan, or proposed loan, to BHP Billiton;

 

arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to above;

 

relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of BHP Billiton, but only if the contract does not make BHP Billiton or a related body corporate the insurer;

 

relates to any payment by BHP Billiton or a related body corporate in respect of an indemnity permitted by law, or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

 

is in a contract, or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a director of a related body corporate.

9.5.4    Loans by Directors

Any Director may lend money to BHP Billiton at interest with or without security or may, for a commission or profit, guarantee the repayment of any money borrowed by BHP Billiton and underwrite or guarantee the

subscription of shares or securities of BHP Billiton or of any corporation in which BHP Billiton may be interested without being disqualified as a Director and without being liable to account to BHP Billiton for any commission or profit.

9.5.5    Appointment and retirement of Directors

Appointment of Directors

The Constitution and Articles of Association provide that a person may be appointed as a Director of BHP Billiton by the existing Directors of BHP Billiton or elected by the shareholders in a general meeting.

Any person appointed as a Director of BHP Billiton by the existing Directors will hold office only until the next general meeting at which the Board proposes, or the Constitution or Articles require that, an election of Directors be held.

A person may be nominated by shareholders as a Director of BHP Billiton if:

a shareholder of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc provides a valid notice of the nomination; and

the person nominated by the shareholder consents to his or her nomination as Director,

in each case, at least 40 business days before the earlier of the date of the general meeting of BHP Billiton Plc and the corresponding general meeting of BHP Billiton Limited. The person nominated as a Director may be elected to the Board by ordinary resolution passed in a general meeting.

Under the Articles of Association if a person is validly nominated for election as a Director at a general meeting of BHP Billiton Limited, the Directors of BHP Billiton must nominate that person as a Director at the corresponding general meeting of BHP Billiton Plc. An equivalent requirement is included in the Constitution which requires any person validly nominated for election as a Director of BHP Billiton Plc to be nominated as a Director of BHP Billiton Limited.

Retirement of Directors

In 2011, the Board adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Directors must, if they wish to remain on the Board, seek re-election by shareholders annually. This policy took effect at the 2011 Annual General Meetings (AGMs), and replaced the previous system, as set out in the Constitution and Articles of Association, under which Directors were required to submit themselves to shareholders for re-election at least every three years.

A Director may be removed by BHP Billiton in accordance with applicable law and must vacate his or her office as a Director in certain circumstances as set out in the Constitution and Articles of Association. There is no requirement for a Director to retire on reaching a certain age.

9.5.6    Rights attaching to shares

Dividend rights

Under English law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of profits available for distribution. Under Australian law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of net assets, provided that the payment is fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders as a whole and the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice the company’s ability to pay its creditors. The Constitution and Articles of Association provide that payment of any dividend may be made in any manner, by any means and in any currency determined by the Board.

All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise used by the Board for the benefit of whichever of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc declareddetermined that dividend, until claimed or, in the case of BHP Billiton Limited, otherwise disposed of according to law. In the case of BHP Billiton Plc, any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date on which such dividend was declareddetermined or became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to BHP Billiton Plc.

Voting rights

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders can, in the first instance, be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following (except in relation to the election of a chairman of a meeting or, unless the Chairman otherwise determines, the adjournment of a meeting), or is otherwise required (as outlined below):

 

the Chairman;

 

any shareholder under the law; or

 

the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share.

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Plc shareholders can, in the first instance, be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following (except in relation to the election of a chairman of a meeting or, unless the Chairman otherwise determines, the adjournment of a meeting) or is otherwise required (as outlined below):

 

the Chairman;

 

not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

 

a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than five per cent of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share.

As described under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report, certain matters may be decided as Joint Electorate Actions or Class Rights Actions. Any matterMatters considered by shareholders at an AGM of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc constitutes aconstitute Joint Electorate ActionActions and shall therefore be decided on a poll. Therefore, in practice, generally all items of business at AGMs are decided by way of a poll.

In addition, at any general meeting a resolution, other than a procedural resolution, put to the vote of the meeting on which the holder of the relevant BHP Billiton Special Voting Share is entitled to vote shall be decided on a poll.

For the purposes of determining which shareholders are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited, and how many votes such shareholder may cast, the relevant company will specify

in any notice of meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, by which a shareholder must be entered on the Register of Shareholders in order to have the right to attend or vote at the relevant meeting.

Shareholders who wish to appoint a proxy to attend, vote or speak at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited (as appropriate) on their behalf must deposit the relevant form appointing a proxy in accordance with the instructions contained in any notice of meeting, so as to be received in the specified manner not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting to which the appointment of a proxy relates.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Limited’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Limited, as regards the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

 

The holders of any preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to a preferred right to participate as regards dividends up to but not beyond a specified amount in distribution.

 

Subject to the special rights attaching to any preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share (if any) shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as are declared or paid thereon.

 

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares and the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share in equal amounts per share.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Plc’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Plc, in relation to the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

 

The holders of the cumulative preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to be paid a fixed cumulative preferential dividend (Preferential Dividend) at a rate of 5.5 per cent per annum, to be paid annually in arrears on 31 July in each year or, if any such date shall be a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England, on the first business day following such date in each year. Payments of Preferential Dividends shall be made to holders on the register at any date selected by the Directors up to 42 days prior to the relevant fixed dividend date.

 

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share shall be entitled to be paid a fixed dividend of US$0.01 per annum, payable annually in arrears on 31 July.

 

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares and the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as the Board may decide to pay thereon.

 

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share.

9.5.7    RightRights on a return of assets on liquidation

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Limited, the assets of BHP Billiton Limited remaining available for distribution among shareholders, after giving effect to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to all creditors and holders of preference shares, and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, shall be applied in paying to the holders of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share

(if (if any) an amount of up to A$2.00 on each such share, on an equal priority with any amount paid to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares, and any surplus remaining shall be applied in making payments solely to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares in accordance with their entitlements.

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Plc, subject to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to the creditors of BHP Billiton Plc and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, the assets of BHP Billiton Plc to be distributed on a winding-up shall be distributed to the holders of shares in the following order of priority:

 

To the holders of the cumulative preference shares, the repayment of a sum equal to the nominal capital paid up or credited as paid up on the cumulative preference shares held by them and accrual, if any, of the Preferential Dividend, whether such dividend has been earned or declared or not, calculated up to the date of commencement of the winding-up.

Preferential Dividend, whether such dividend has been earned or declared or not, calculated up to the date of commencement of the winding-up.

 

To the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares and to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share, the payment out of surplus, if any, remaining after the distribution above of an equal amount for each BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share, the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share, if issued, subject to a maximum in the case of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share of the nominal capital paid up on such shares.

9.5.8    Redemption of preferencepreferences shares

If BHP Billiton Limited at any time proposes to create and issue any preference shares, the preference shares may be issued on the terms that they are to be redeemed or, at the option of either or both BHP Billiton Limited and the holder, are liable to be redeemed, whether out of share capital, profits or otherwise.

The preference shares confer on the holders the right to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares if, and on the basis, the Board determines at the time of issue of the preference shares.

The preference shares are to confer on the holders:

 

the right (on redemption and on a winding-up) to payment in cash in priority to any other class of shares of (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on each of the preference shares; (ii) the amount, if any, equal to the aggregate of any dividends accrued but unpaid and of any arrears of dividends; and

 

the right, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares, to the preferential dividend.

There is no equivalent provision in the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, although as noted above in section 9.5.2 above,of this Annual Report, BHP Billiton can issue preference shares which are subject to a right of redemption on terms the Board considers appropriate.

9.5.9    Capital calls

Subject to the terms on which any shares may have been issued, the Board may make calls on the shareholders in respect of all monies unpaid on their shares. BHP Billiton has a lien on every partly paid share for all amounts payable in respect of that share. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time and at the place specified by the Board (subject to receiving at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time and place for payment). A call is considered to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.

9.5.10    Borrowing powers

Subject to relevant law, the Directors may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (both present and future) and all uncalled capital or any part or parts

thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of BHP Billiton or of any third party.

9.5.11    Changes to rights of shareholders

Rights attached to any class of shares issued by either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc can only be varied (whether as a Joint Electorate Action or a Class Rights Action) where such variation is approved both:

 

by the Company that issued the relevant shares, as a special resolution; and

 

by the holders of the issued shares of the affected class, either by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of the class affected, or with the written consent of members with at least 75 per cent of the votes of that class.

9.5.12    Conditions governing general meetings

All provisions relating to general meetings apply with any necessary modifications to any special meeting of any class of shareholders that may be held. Therefore, the following information relates equally to general meetings and any special meeting of any class of shareholders.

The Board may and shall on requisition in accordance with applicable laws call a general meeting of the shareholders at the time and place or places and in the manner determined by the Board. No shareholder may convene a general meeting of BHP Billiton except where entitled under law to do so. Any Director may convene a general meeting whenever the Director thinks fit. General meetings can also be cancelled, postponed or adjourned, where permitted by law or the Constitution or Articles of Association. Notice of a general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and such notice of meeting must be given in the form and manner in which the Board thinks fit. Five shareholders of the relevant company present in person or by proxy constitute a quorum for a meeting. A shareholder who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a general meeting of BHP Billiton may appoint a person as a proxy to attend and vote for the shareholder in accordance with theapplicable law.

9.5.13    Limitations onof rights to own securities

Neither the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited nor the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc impose any limitations on the rights to own securities other than restrictions that reflect the takeovers codes under relevant Australian and UK law. In addition, the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 imposes a number of conditions that restrict foreign ownership of Australian-based companies.

Share control limits imposed by the Constitution and the Articles of Association, as well as relevant laws, are described in sections 9.11.2 and 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

9.5.14    Documents on display

You can consult reports and other information about BHP Billiton Limited that it has filed pursuant to the rules of the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) atwww.asx.com.au.www.asx.com.au. You can consult reports and other information filed for publication by BHP Billiton Plc pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority at the Authority’s document viewing facility (the National Storage Mechanism) atwww.morningstar.co.uk/uk/NSM. Information filed on the ASX, or pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. The documents referred to in this Annual Report as being available on our website,www.bhpbilliton.com, are not incorporated by reference and do not form part of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc both file annual and special reports and other information with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These filings are available on the SEC website atwww.sec.gov.

You may also read and copy any document that either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc files at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SECat 1-800-SEC-0330 or access the SEC website atwww.sec.gov for further information on the public reference room.

9.6    Share ownership

Share capital

The details of the share capital for both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are presented in Note 19note 17 ‘Share capital’ into the Financial Statements of this Annual Report and remain current as at 2221 August 2014.2015.

Major shareholders

The tables in section 4.4.27 and the information set out in sections 5.17 and 5.18 of this Annual Report present information pertaining to the shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held by Directors and members of the Group Management Committee (GMC).

Neither BHP Billiton Limited nor BHP Billiton Plc is directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any government. Other than as described in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report, no major shareholder possesses voting rights that differ from those attaching to all of BHP Billiton Limited’sLimited and BHP Billiton Plc’s voting securities.

Substantial shareholders in BHP Billiton Limited

As at 22 August 2014, there are no substantial shareholders in BHP Billiton Limited. A substantial shareholder is a person who (together with associates) has a relevant interest inThe following table shows holdings of five per cent or more of voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited. NotificationsLimited’s shares as notified to BHP Billiton Limited under section 671B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, indicate that no person (together with their associates) beneficially owned more than five per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities.Section 671B as at 30 June 2015. (1)

Title of class

 

Identity of person
or group

 Date of last notice   Percentage of
total voting rights (2)
 
  Date
received
  Date of
change
  Number owned   2015  2014  2013 

Ordinary shares

 BlackRock Group  
 
24 March
2015
  
  
  
 
20 March
2015
  
  
  163,140,603     5.08  <5.0  5.02

(1)No changes in the holdings of five per cent or more of the voting rights in BHP Billiton Limited’s shares have been notified to BHP Billiton Limited between 1 July 2015 and 21 August 2015.

(2)The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited as at 21 August 2015 of 3,211,691,105.

Substantial Shareholdersshareholders in BHP Billiton Plc

The following table shows holdings of three per cent or more of voting rights conferred by BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares as notified to BHP Billiton Plc under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5.5 as at 30 June 2015.(1)

 

Title of class

 

Identity of person
or group

 Date of last notice Number owned   Percentage of
total voting rights (2)
  

Identity of person
or group

 Date of last notice   Percentage of
total voting rights (2)
 
 Date
received
 Date of
change
   2014 2013 2012   Date
received
 Date of
change
 Number owned   2015 2014 2013 

Ordinary shares

 Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited 30 June
2014
 31 March
2014
  133,883,328     6.34         Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited  
 
13 March
2015
  
  
  N/A (3)   127,971,161     6.06  6.34  <3.0

Ordinary shares

 BlackRock, Inc. 3 December
2009
 1 December
2009
  213,014,043     10.08  10.08  10.08 BlackRock, Inc.  
 
3 December
2009
  
  
  
 
1 December
2009
  
  
  213,014,043     10.08  10.08  10.08

 

(1) There has been no changeNo changes in the holdings of three per cent or more of the voting rights in BHP Billiton Plc’s shares have been notified to BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Annual Report.between 1 July 2015 and 21 August 2015.

 

(2)The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Plc as at the date21 August 2015 of the Annual Report each year of 2,112,071,796 (2014) and 2,112,071,796 (2012 and 2013).

The following table shows holdings of Directors and members of the GMC of BHP Billiton Plc who were in office as at 30 June 2014, as a group, of BHP Billiton Plc’s voting securities as at that date.(1)

Title of class

  

Identity of person or group

  Number owned   

Percentage of
total voting rights
at 30 June 2014 (2)

 

Ordinary shares

  Directors and Executives as a group   723,451     0.03

(1)As at the date of this Annual Report, the Directors and members of the GMC who were in office at 30 June 2014 held 0.04 per cent of the total ordinary share voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (Number owned: 850,843).2,112,071,796.

 

(2)(3)The percentages quoted are basedThis was a clarification of the number of voting right shares held by the Aberdeen Asset Management PLC Group, in its capacity as discretionary asset manager. Previous notifications have been submitted on an all share capital basis (inclusive of shares held without voting powers being delegated to Aberdeen Asset Management PLC Group). This notification did not reflect any changes in shareholdings, and was purely a clarification exercise to confirm the total voting rights of ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Plc of 2,112,071,796.held.

Twenty largest shareholders as at 2221 August 20142015 (as named on the Register of Shareholders)(1)

 

BHP Billiton LimitedBHP Billiton Limited Number of fully
paid shares
 % of issued
capital
 BHP Billiton Limited Number of fully
paid shares
 % of issued
capital
 
1. HSBC Australia Nominees Pty Limited  580,069,546    18.06   HSBC Australia Nominees Pty Limited 609,196,602   18.97  
2. JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited  493,708,553    15.38   JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 442,160,195   13.77  
3. National Nominees Ltd  279,035,779    8.69   National Nominees Ltd 256,763,649   7.99  
4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <BHP Billiton ADR Holders A/C>  200,154,676    6.23   Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd <BHP Billiton ADR holders A/C> 173,245,830   5.39  
5. Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd  144,522,993    4.50   Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd 173,045,019   5.39  
6. BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  66,415,472    2.07   BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP> 63,024,802   1.96  
7. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>  36,766,575    1.14   Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C> 32,011,884   1.00  
8. Aust Mutual Prov Society  24,144,150    0.75   Aust Mutual Prov Society 18,975,067   0.59  
9. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited  13,990,941    0.44   HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C> 17,026,653   0.53  
10. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C>  13,984,916    0.44   Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited 13,990,941   0.44  
11. UBS Wealth Management  13,138,628    0.41   UBS Wealth Management 11,788,417   0.37  
12. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>  9,275,120    0.29   Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C> 10,798,351   0.34  
13. Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C>  8,586,884    0.27   HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited-GSCO ECA 8,907,391   0.28  
14. Argo Investments Limited  8,065,004    0.25   BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C> 8,872,728   0.28  
15. RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <PI Pooled A/C>  7,073,914    0.22   Argo Investments Limited 8,265,004   0.26  
16. National Nominees Limited <DB A/C>  6,926,358    0.22   RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <BK Cust A/C> 7,027,804   0.22  
17. Computershare Trustees Jey Ltd < RE 3000101 A/C>  6,843,005    0.21   RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <PI Pooled A/C> 6,220,635   0.19  
18. RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <BK Cust A/C>  6,550,059    0.20   Navigator Australia Ltd <MLC Investment Settlement A/C> 5,887,759   0.18  
19. Bond Street Custodians Limited  5,884,026    0.18   Bond Street Custodians Limited 5,524,829   0.17  
20. Navigator Australia Ltd <MLC Investment Settlement A/C>  5,776,473    0.18   Computershare Trustees Jey Ltd <RE 3000101 A/C> 4,138,531   0.13  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   1,930,913,072    60.14    1,876,872,091   58.44  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

BHP Billiton PlcBHP Billiton Plc Number of fully
paid shares
 % of issued
capital
 BHP Billiton Plc Number of fully
paid shares
 % of issued
capital
 
1. PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited (2)  363,932,699    17.04   PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(2) 306,389,299   14.51  
2. State Street Nominees Limited <OM02>  96,811,610    4.53   Chase Nominees Limited 88,930,438   4.21  
3. Chase Nominees Limited  90,836,599    4.25   State Street Nominees Limited <OM02> 87,924,735   4.16  
4. The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited  82,462,791    3.86   The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited 85,677,001   4.06  
5. Chase Nominees Limited <LEND>  73,705,274    3.45   National City Nominees Limited 82,282,683   3.90  
6. State Street Nominees Limited <OM04>  70,118,416    3.28   State Street Nominees Limited <OM04> 76,558,072   3.62  
7. GEPF Equity  67,947,072    3.18   Government Employees Pension Fund 52,049,124   2.46  
8. Nortrust Nominees Limited  58,025,085    2.72   Nortrust Nominees Limited 49,927,964   2.36  
9. Vidacos Nominees Limited <CLRLUX2>  49,220,595    2.30   Lynchwood Nominees Limited <2006420> 49,763,639   2.36  
10. National City Nominees Limited  45,555,961    2.13   Vidacos Nominees Limited <CLRLUX2> 47,909,286   2.27  
11. State Street Nominees Limited <OD64>  38,827,954    1.82   Vidacos Nominees Limited <13559> 43,668,225   2.07  
12. Lynchwood Nominees Limited <2006420>  38,310,348    1.79   State Street Nominees Limited <OD64> 42,711,532   2.02  
13. HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited <357206>  36,209,783    1.70   HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited <357206> 33,846,871   1.60  
14. Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa  33,804,582    1.58   Industrial Development Corporation 33,804,582   1.60  
15. BNY Mellon Nominees Limited <BSDTGUSD>  30,735,445    1.44   BNY Mellon Nominees Limited <BSDTGUSD> 29,927,404   1.42  
16. Nutraco Nominees Limited <492762>  23,979,189    1.12   Nutraco Nominees Limited <492762> 24,846,195   1.18  
17. Nutraco Nominees Limited <781221>  22,930,000    1.07   Vidacos Nominees Limited <FGN> 23,526,334   1.11  
18. Nortrust Nominees Limited <SLEND>  22,760,910    1.07   Nutraco Nominees Limited <781221> 22,500,000   1.07  
19. Roy Nominees Limited <999999>  21,097,861    0.99   Euroclear Nominees Limited <EOC01> 21,448,827   1.02  
20. Computershare Nominees Pty Ltd  16,865,810    0.79   The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited <UKREITS> 21,437,964   1.02  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 
   1,284,137,984    60.11    1,225,130,175   58.02  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The largest holder on the South African register of BHP Billiton Plc, is the Strate nominee in which the majority of shares in South Africa (including some of the shareholders included in this list) are held in dematerialised form.

(2)Many of the twenty20 largest shareholders shown for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc hold shares as a nominee or custodian. In accordance with the reporting requirements, the tables reflect the legal ownership of shares and not the details of the underlying beneficial holders.

(2)The largest holder on the South African register of BHP Billiton Plc is the Strate nominee in which the majority of shares in South Africa (including some of the shareholders included in this list) are held in dematerialised form.

United States share ownership as at 30 June 201421 August 2015

 

 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc  BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 %  Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % 

Classification of holder

        

Classification of holder

  

       

Registered holders of voting securities

  1,728    0.30    4,752,247    0.14    66    0.30    103,209    0.01   1,693   0.28   4,528,151   0.14   73   0.32   110,251   0.01  

ADR holders

  1,202    0.23    195,937,364 (1)   6.1    184    0.93    47,399,620 (2)   2.24   1,279   0.21    173,200,830 (1)  5.39   238   1.02    82,212,682 (2)  3.89  

 

(1)These shares translate to 97,968,68286,600,415 ADRs.

 

(2)These shares translate to 23,699,81041,106,341 ADRs.

Geographical distribution of shareholders and shareholdings as at 2221 August 20142015

 

 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc  BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 %  Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares
 % 

Registered address

                

Australia

  554,637    96.25    3,138,694,670    97.73    481    2.04    1,244,093    0.06   578,952   96.54   3,142,288,795   97.84   565   2.43   1,335,621   0.06  

New Zealand

  13,079    2.27    34,571,262    1.08    40    0.17    112,343    0.01   12,159   2.03    31,731,801   0.99   35   0.15    109,179   0.01  

United Kingdom

  2,994    0.52    8,485,842    0.26    20,098    85.44    1,749,491,835    81.89   2,950   0.49   8,079,289   0.25   19,535   84.03   1,782,267,371   84.38  

United States

  1,737    0.30    4,748,562    0.15    69    0.29    97,393    0.01   1,693   0.28    4,528,151   0.14   73   0.32    110,251   0.01  

South Africa

  131    0.02    234,160    0.01    1,502    6.39    382,755,922    17.92   141   0.02   271,909   0.01   1,570   6.75   325,969,113   15.43  

Other

  3,642    0.63    24,956,609    0.78    1,333    5.67    2,483,868    0.11   3,776   0.63    24,791,160   0.77   1,470   6.32    2,280,261   0.11  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00   599,671   100.00   3,211,691,105   100.00   23,248   100.00   2,112,071,796   100.00  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Distribution of shareholdings by size as at 2221 August 20142015

 

 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc  BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares(1)
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares(1)
 %  Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares (1)
 % Number of
Shareholders
 % Number of
shares (1)
 % 

Size of holding

                

1 – 500 (2)

  257,655    44.71    58,549,553    1.82    12,883    54.77    3,203,269    0.15   263,477   43.94   60,117,311   1.87   12,401   53.34   3,070,258   0.14  

501 – 1,000

  111,769    19.40    85,968,746    2.68    4,794    20.38    3,520,204    0.16   117,596   19.61    90,919,657   2.83   4,872   20.96    3,595,497   0.17  

1,001 – 5,000

  160,931    27.93    360,013,381    11.21    3,858    16.40    7,751,488    0.36   170,667   28.46   383,245,394   11.93   3,997   17.19   7,971,008   0.38  

5,001 – 10,000

  26,521    4.60    187,271,116    5.83    437    1.86    3,083,295    0.14   27,974   4.66    198,026,181   6.17   465   2.00    3,330,386   0.16  

10,001 – 25,000

  14,375    2.49    216,472,195    6.74    349    1.48    5,586,860    0.26   14,915   2.49   224,665,307   7.00   355   1.53   5,627,817   0.27  

25,001 – 50,000

  3,209    0.56    110,083,509    3.43    193    0.82    7,031,471    0.33   3,275   0.54    112,381,204   3.50   202   0.87    7,330,685   0.35  

50,001 – 100,000

  1,137    0.20    77,910,360    2.43    234    0.99    16,747,258    0.78   1,129   0.19   77,441,091   2.41   220   0.95   15,906,721   0.75  

100,001 – 250,000

  453    0.08    65,223,012    2.03    284    1.21    44,975,481    2.11   465   0.08    67,141,068   2.09   242   1.04    38,763,268   1.83  

250,001 – 500,000

  82    0.01    27,095,771    0.84    145    0.62    52,250,236    2.45   86   0.01   28,239,563   0.88   151   0.65   54,730,393   2.59  

500,001 – 1,000,000

  35    0.01    24,713,833    0.77    117    0.50    80,650,327    3.78   36   0.01    23,920,028   0.74   121   0.52    86,132,163   4.08  

1,000,001 and over

  53    0.01    1,998,389,629    62.22    229    0.97    1,911,385,565    89.48   51   0.01   1,945,594,301   60.58   222   0.95   1,885,613,600   89.28  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00   599,671   100.00    3,211,691,105   100.00   23,248   100.00    2,112,071,796   100.00  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)One ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote.

 

(2)Number of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel (A$500) based on the market price of A$37.8024.10 as at 2221 August 20142015 was 4,870.11,523.

 

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  % 

Classification of holder

        

Corporate

  156,647    27.19    2,252,285,413    70.13    13,816    58.73    2,122,547,470    99.36  

Private

  419,573    72.81    959,405,692    29.87    9,707    41.27    13,637,984    0.64  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  % 

Classification of holder

        

Corporate

  168,459    28.09    2,404,676,029    74.87    13,611    58.55    2,101,006,271    99.48  

Private

  431,212    71.91    807,015,076    25.13    9,637    41.45    11,065,525    0.52  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  599,671    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,248    100.00    2,112,071,796    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

9.7    Dividends

Policy

We have a progressive dividend policy that seeks to steadily increase or at least to maintain the dividend in US dollars at each half-yearly payment.

We declare our dividends and other distributions in US dollars as it is our main functional currency. BHP Billiton Limited pays its dividends in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars or US dollars, depending on the country of residence of the shareholder.dollars. BHP Billiton Plc pays its dividends in UK pounds sterling (or US dollars, if elected) to shareholders registered on its principal register in the United Kingdom and in South African rand to shareholders registered on its branch register in South Africa. If shareholders on the United Kingdom register wish to receive dividends in US dollars, they must complete the appropriate election form and return it to the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the United Kingdom no later than close of business on the Dividend Record Date.

Currency conversions will be based on the foreign currency exchange rates on the Record Date, except for the conversion into South African rand which will take place on the last day to trade (cum dividend) on the JSE.

Aligning the currency conversion date with the Record Date (for all currencies except the conversion into South African rand, which takes place on and is aligned to the last day to trade on the JSE as explained above) enables a high level of certainty around the currency required to pay the dividend and helps to eliminate the Group’s exposure to movements in exchange rates since the number of shares on which dividends are payable (and the elected currency) is final at close of business on the Record Date.

Aligning the final date to receive currency elections (currency election date) with the Record Date further simplifies the process.

Payments

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into their bank account in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars or US dollars, provided that they have submitted direct credit details and if required, a nominated bank, building society or credit union, dependingvalid currency election nominating a financial institution to the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in Australia no later than close of business on the shareholder’s country of residence as shown below.

Country where shareholder is resident

Financial institution

Australia

Bank, building society, credit union

United Kingdom

Bank, building society

New Zealand

Bank

United States

Bank

Shareholders from the abovementioned locationsDividend Record Date. BHP Billiton Limited shareholders who do not provide their direct credit details and shareholders with registered addresses outside Australia, the United Kingdom, New Zealand and the United States will receive dividend payments by way of a cheque in Australian dollars.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders on the United Kingdom register who wish to receive their dividends in US dollars must complete the appropriate election form and return it to the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the United Kingdom no later than close of business on the Dividend Record Date. BHP Billiton Plc shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a bank or building society by completing a dividend mandate form, which is available from the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the United Kingdom or South Africa.

9.8    Share price information

The following tables show the share prices for the period indicated for ordinary shares and ADSs for each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The share prices are the highest and lowest closing market quotations for ordinary shares reported on the Daily Official List of the ASX and LSE respectively, and the highest and lowest closing prices for ADSs quoted on the NYSE, adjusted to reflect stock dividends.

BHP Billiton Limited

 

     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

FY2009

   44.40     21.10     82.86     24.62  

FY2010

   44.63     32.14     82.86     49.54  

FY2011

   49.55     36.98     102.68     62.42  

FY2012

   44.95     30.60     96.80     60.87  

FY2013

 First quarter   34.22     30.18     72.28     61.84  
 Second quarter   37.40     32.93     78.44     67.78  
 Third quarter   39.00     32.76     80.46     68.43  
 Fourth quarter   35.27     30.65     71.09     57.38  

FY2014

 First quarter   37.33     30.94     70.02     56.32  
 Second quarter   38.24     34.62     72.81     63.73  
 Third quarter   39.38     35.20     70.82     62.76  
 Fourth quarter   38.40     35.28     72.40     66.38  
     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

Month of January 2014

   38.20     35.93     68.20     62.99  

Month of February 2014

   39.38     35.28     70.82     62.76  

Month of March 2014

   37.80     35.20     68.58     63.86  

Month of April 2014

   38.40     37.05     72.40     69.16  

Month of May 2014

   38.30     37.01     71.97     67.88  

Month of June 2014

   36.59     35.28     69.26     66.38  

Month of July 2014

   39.10     36.00     73.50     69.20  

Month of August 2014

   39.68     36.67     72.76     68.23  
     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

FY2011

   49.55     36.98     102.68     62.42  

FY2012

   44.95     30.60     96.80     60.87  

FY2013

   39.00     30.18     80.46     57.38  

FY2014

 First quarter   37.33     30.94     70.02     56.32  
 Second quarter   38.24     34.62     72.81     63.73  
 Third quarter   39.38     35.20     70.82     62.76  
 Fourth quarter   38.40     35.28     72.40     66.38  

FY2015

 First quarter   39.68     33.72     73.50     58.88  
 Second quarter   34.68     27.42     59.88     45.15  
 Third quarter   34.12     26.90     52.55     44.16  
 Fourth quarter   33.35     26.95     52.27     40.71  

     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

Month of January 2015

   29.54     26.90     47.54     44.16  

Month of February 2015

   33.65     29.60     52.55     47.31  

Month of March 2015

   34.12     29.40     52.30     44.55  

Month of April 2015

   32.57     29.12     52.27     43.90  

Month of May 2015

   33.35     28.82     52.16     44.57  

Month of June 2015

   29.19     26.95     45.04     40.71  

Month of July 2015

   27.10     25.27     41.29     36.30  

Month of August 2015

   26.69     22.89     39.72     32.18  

 

(1) Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Limited at 30 June 201421 August 2015 was A$115.377.4 billion (US$108.356.8 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 7.535.06 per cent of the total market capitalisation of the ASX All Ordinaries Index. The closing price for BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares on the ASX on that date was A$35.90.24.10.

BHP Billiton Plc

 

     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

FY2009

  1,841.00    752.50    74.18    21.16  

FY2010

  2,334.50    1,287.50    70.95    41.88  

FY2011

  2,631.50    1,684.50    85.47    51.61  

FY2012

  2,521.50    1,667.00    80.69    51.30  

FY2013

  First quarter  2,049.00    1,751.00    66.19    54.76  
  

Second quarter

  2,156.50    1,873.00    70.37    60.10  
  

Third quarter

  2,236.00    1,915.00    72.07    58.06  
  

Fourth quarter

  2,001.00    1,673.00    60.15    51.27  

FY2014

  First quarter  1,994.50    1,666.50    62.80    50.29  
  

Second quarter

  1,983.00    1,754.50    63.79    56.84  
  

Third quarter

  1,979.00    1,759.00    65.78    57.24  
  

Fourth quarter

  1,995.00    1,850.00    66.73    62.35  
     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

Month of January 2014

  1,890.00    1,772.00    62.12    58.36  

Month of February 2014

  1,979.00    1,759.00    65.78    57.24  

Month of March 2014

  1,927.00    1,778.50    64.18    58.61  

Month of April 2014

  1,961.00    1,882.00    65.60    62.90  

Month of May 2014

  1,995.00    1,868.00    66.73    62.65  

Month of June 2014

  1,938.00    1,850.00    66.06    62.35  

Month of July 2014

  2,096.00    1,944.50    71.02    66.39  

Month of August 2014

  2,067.00    1,891.00    69.52    63.04  
     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

FY2011

  2,631.50    1,684.50    85.47    51.61  

FY2012

  2,521.50    1,667.00    80.69    51.30  

FY2013

  2,236.00    1,673.00    72.07    51.27  

FY2014

  First quarter  1,994.50    1,666.50    62.80    50.29  
  

Second quarter

  1,983.00    1,754.50    63.79    56.84  
  

Third quarter

  1,979.00    1,759.00    65.78    57.24  
  

Fourth quarter

  1,995.00    1,850.00    66.73    62.35  

FY2015

  First quarter  2,096.00    1,715.00    71.02    55.53  
  

Second quarter

  1,690.50    1,276.00    54.84    39.88  
  

Third quarter

  1,643.50    1,285.00    51.13    39.66  
  

Fourth quarter

  1,610.50    1,249.00    49.27    39.56  
     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

Month of January 2015

  1,452.00    1,285.00    44.07    39.66  

Month of February 2015

  1,643.50    1,473.50    51.13    45.07  

Month of March 2015

  1,598.50    1,389.50    49.40    41.64  

Month of April 2015

  1,589.50    1,416.00    48.84    41.32  

Month of May 2015

  1,610.50    1,375.00    49.27    42.31  

Month of June 2015

  1,383.50    1,249.00    43.14    39.56  

Month of July 2015

  1,272.50    1,123.50    39.87    34.93  

Month of August 2015

  1,209.00    967.50    38.12    30.50  

 

(1) Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Plc at 30 June 201421 August 2015 was £41.4£22.5 billion (US$70.535.3 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 1.801.1 per cent of the total market capitalisation of the FTSEAll-Share Index. The closing price for BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares on the LSE on that date was £18.90.£10.655.

9.9    American Depositary Receipts fees and charges

We have American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programs for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

Depositary fees

Citibank serves as the depositary bank for both of our ADR programs. ADR holders agree to the terms in the deposit agreement filed with the SEC for depositing ADSs or surrendering the ADSs for cancellation and for certain services as provided by Citibank. Holders are required to pay all fees for general depositary services provided by Citibank in each of our ADR programs, as set forth in the tables below.

Standard depositary fees:

 

Depositary service

  

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares

  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued

Delivery of Deposited Securities against surrender of ADSs

  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered

Distribution of Cash Distributions

  No fee

Corporate actions depositary fees:

 

Depositary service

  

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Cash Distributions (i.e. sale of rights, other entitlements, return of capital)

  Up to US$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs. Excludes stock dividends and stock splits

  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares)

  Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to an ADR ratio change in which shares are not distributed

  No fee

Fees payable by the Depositary to the Issuer

Citibank has provided BHP Billiton net reimbursement of US$1.41.7 million in FY2014FY2015 for ADR program-related expenses for both of BHP Billiton’s ADR programs (FY2013(FY2014 US$1.61.4 million). ADR program-related expenses include legal and accounting fees, listing fees, expenses related to investor relations in the United States, fees payable to service providers for the distribution of material to ADR holders, expenses of Citibank as administrator of the ADS Direct Plan and expenses to remain in compliance with applicable laws.

Citibank has further agreed to waive other ADR program-related expenses for FY2014,FY2015, amounting to less than US$0.03 million, which are associated with the administration of the ADR programs (FY2013(FY2014 less than US$0.03 million).

Our ADR programs trade on the NYSE under the stock tickers BHP and BBL for the BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc programs, respectively. As of 30 June 2014,21 August 2015, there were 97,994,43486,600,415 ADRs on issue and outstanding in the BHP Billiton Limited ADR program and 23,715,93341,106,341 ADRs on issue and outstanding in the BHP Billiton Plc ADR program. Both of the ADR programs have a 2:1 ordinary shares to ADR ratio.

9.10    Taxation

The taxation discussion below describes the material Australian, UK and US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. The discussion below also outlines the potential South African tax issues for US holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares that are listed on the JSE.

The following discussion is not relevant to non-US holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. By its nature, the commentary below is of a general nature and we recommend that holders of ordinary shares or ADSs consult their own tax advisers regarding the Australian, UK, South African and US federal, state and local tax and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances.

For purposes of this commentary, a US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is, for US federal income tax purposes:

 

a citizen or resident alien of the US;

 

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) that is created or organised under the laws of the US or any political subdivision thereof;

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust:

 

 (a)if a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more US persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions; or

 

 (b)that has made a valid election to be treated as a US person for tax purposes.

This discussion of material tax consequences for US holders is based on the Australian, UK, US and South African laws currently in effect, the published practice of tax authorities in those jurisdictions and the double taxation treaties and conventions currently in existence. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

US holders in BHP Billiton Limited

(a) Australian taxation

Dividends

Dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder that is not an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes will generally not be subject to Australian withholding tax if they are fully franked (broadly, where a dividend is franked, tax paid by BHP Billiton Limited is imputed to the shareholders).

Dividends paid to such US holders, which are not fully franked, will generally be subject to 15 per cent Australian withholding tax only to the extent (if any) that the dividend is neither:

 

franked; nor

 

declared by BHP Billiton Limited to be conduit foreign income. (Broadly, this means that the relevant part of the dividend is declared to have been paid out of foreign source amounts received by BHP Billiton Limited that are not subject to tax in Australia, such as dividends remitted to Australia by foreign subsidiaries).

Limited that are not subject to tax in Australia, such as dividends remitted to Australia by foreign subsidiaries).

The Australian withholding tax outcome described above applies to US holders who are eligible for benefits under the Tax Convention between Australia and the US as to the Avoidance of Double Taxation (the Australian Tax Treaty). Otherwise, the rate of Australian withholding tax may be 30 per cent.

In contrast, dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder may instead be taxed by assessment in Australia if the US holder:

 

is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes (although the tax will generally be limited to 15 per cent where the US holder is eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and any franking credits may be creditable against their Australian income tax liability); or

 

carries on business through a permanent establishment in Australia and the dividend is effectively connected with that permanent establishment (in which case any franking credits may be creditable against their Australian income tax liability); or

 

performs independent personal services from a ‘fixed base’ situated in Australia and the dividend is effectively connected with that ‘fixed base’.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be taxed in Australia.

However, the precise Australian tax treatment of gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs generally depends on whether or not the gain is an Australian sourced gain of an income nature for Australian income tax purposes.

Where the gain is Australian sourced and of an income nature, a US holder will generally only be liable to Australian income tax on an assessment basis (whether or not they are also an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes) if:

 

they are not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty; or

 

they are eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty but the gain constitutes any of the following:

 

  business profits of an enterprise attributable to a permanent establishment situated in Australia through which the enterprise carries on business in Australia; or

 

  income or gains from the alienation of property that form part of the business property of a permanent establishment of an enterprise that the US holder has in Australia, or pertain to a fixed base available to the US holder in Australia for the purpose of performing independent personal services; or

 

  income derived from the disposition of shares in a company, the assets of which consist wholly or principally of real property (which includes rights to exploit or to explore for natural resources) situated in Australia, whether such assets are held directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.

Where the gain is either not Australian sourced or is not of an income nature, the US holder will generally only be liable to Australian capital gains tax on an assessment basis if they acquired (or are deemed to have acquired) their shares or ADSs after 19 September 1985 and one or more of the following applies:

 

the US holder is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes; or

 

the ordinary shares or ADSs have been used by the US holder in carrying on a business through a permanent establishment in Australia; or

the US holder (either alone or together with associates) directly or indirectly owns or owned 10 per cent or more of the issued share capital of BHP Billiton Limited at the time of the disposal or throughout a

12-month period during the two years prior to the time of disposal and, at the time of the disposal, the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets that are taxable Australian real property (held directly or through interposed entities) exceeds the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets (held directly or through interposed entities) that are not taxable Australian real property at that time (which, for these purposes currently includes mining, quarrying or prospecting rights in respect of minerals, petroleum or quarry materials situated in Australia – and may be extended to associated information and goodwill); or

12-month period during the two years prior to the time of disposal and, at the time of the disposal, the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets that are taxable Australian real property (held directly or through interposed entities) exceeds the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets (held directly or through interposed entities) that are not taxable Australian real property at that time (which, for these purposes, includes mining, quarrying or prospecting rights in respect of minerals, petroleum or quarry materials situated in Australia – and the Government has announced that it may be extended to associated information and goodwill); or

 

the US holder is an individual who is not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and elected on becoming a non-resident of Australia to continue to have the ordinary shares or ADSs subject to Australian capital gains tax.

The comments above on the sale of ordinary shares and ADSs do not apply:

 

to temporary residents of Australia who should seek advice that is specific to their circumstances;

 

if the proposed Investment Management Regime (IMR) applies to the US holder. In this regard, the Australian Government has announced proposalspassed legislation to exempt from Australian income tax and capital gains tax gains made on disposals by certain categories of non-resident funds – called IMR foreign fundsentities – of (relevantly) portfolio interests in Australian public companies.companies (subject to a number of conditions). The IMR exemptions wouldbroadly apply to widely held IMR entities in relation to their direct investments and indirect investments made through an independent Australian fund manager. The exemptions apply to gains made by IMR foreign fundsentities that are treated as companies for Australian tax purposes as well as gains made by non-resident investors in IMR foreign fundsentities that are treated as trusts and partnerships for Australian tax purposes. These reforms are not yet lawThe IMR exemptions will apply for the 2015-16 income year and if enacted, their start date is uncertain.later income years (but an entity may choose for the provisions to apply to certain earlier income years).

Stamp duty, gift, estate and inheritance tax

Australia does not impose any stamp duty, gift, estate or inheritance taxes in relation to transfers or gifts of shares or ADSs or upon the death of a shareholder.

(b) US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Limited, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the Passive Foreign Investment Company (PFIC) rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) plus any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment even though the holder does not receive it. The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Australian Treaty and paid over to Australia will be creditable against an individual’s US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available to a US holder under Australian law or under the Australian Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against the holder’s US federal income tax liability. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian income tax withheld, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the

US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Limited were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Limited were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

US Holdersholders in BHP Billiton Plc

(a) UK taxation

Dividends

Under UK law, no UK tax is required to be withheld at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

US holders will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

 

they are resident in the UK; or

 

they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency for the year in which the disposal occurs and the shares or ADSs have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade (or profession or vocation), branch or agency. In the case of a trade, the term ‘branch’ includes a permanent establishment.

An individual who ceases to be a resident in the UK for tax purposes while owning shares or ADSs and then disposes of those shares or ADSs while not a UK resident may become subject to UK tax on capital gains if he/she:

 

had sole UK residence in the UK tax year preceding his/her departure from the UK;

had sole UK residence at any time during at least four of the seven UK tax years preceding his/her year of departure from the UK; and

 

subsequently becomes treated as having sole UK residence again before five complete UK tax years of non-UK residence have elapsed from the date he/she left the UK.

In this situation US holders will generally be entitled to claim US tax paid on such a disposition as a credit against any corresponding UK tax payable.

UK inheritance tax

Under the current UK – UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty, ordinary shares or ADSs held by a US holder who is domiciled for the purposes of the UK – UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty in the US, and is not for the purposes of the UK – UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty a national of the UK, will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a chargeable gift of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the individual’s lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the UK. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor who, at the time of settlement, was a US resident shareholder, the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax unless the settlor, at the time of settlement, was not domiciled in the US and was a UK national. In the exceptional case where the ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal gift or estate tax, the UK – UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty generally provides for double taxation to be relieved by means of credit relief.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Under applicable legislation, UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) is, subject to certain exemptions, payable on any issue or transfer of shares to the Depositary or their nominee where those shares are for inclusion in the ADR program at a rate of 1.5 per cent of their price (if issued), the amount of any consideration provided (if transferred on sale) or their value (if transferred for no consideration). However, from 1 October 2009, this 1.5 per cent charge has generally ceased to apply to issues of shares into European Union (EU) depositary receipt systems and into EU clearance systems. Further, the First-tier Tribunal has held that the 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on a transfer of shares to an issuer of American Depositary ReceiptsADRs (as an integral part of a fresh capital raising) was incompatible with European UnionEU law. Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has confirmed that it will no longer seek to impose the 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on the issue of shares (or, where it is integral to the raising of new capital, the transfer of shares) to a depositary receipt issuer or a clearance service, wherever located. The law in this area may still be susceptible to change. We recommend advice should be sought in relation to paying the 1.5 per cent SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.

No SDRT would be payable on the transfer of an ADS. No UK stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the UK. Transfers of ordinary shares to persons other than the Depositary or their nominee will give rise to stamp duty or SDRT at the time of transfer. The relevant rate is currently 0.5 per cent of the amount payable for the shares. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty or SDRT.

Special rules apply to transactions involving intermediates and stock lending.

(b) US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This

section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities who elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Plc, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Plc out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Plc were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Plc were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

(c) South African taxation

Dividends

As from 1 April 2012, it is possible that US holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs that remain South African residents may be subject to South African Dividends Tax, at a maximum rate of 15 per cent, on any dividends received from shares listed on the JSE. The South African Dividends Tax will be withheld from the gross amount of the dividend paid to the shareholder.

No South African Dividends Tax is required to be withheld from cash dividends provided the dividends are paid to, inter alia, non-South African tax resident shareholders or South African tax resident corporate shareholders (including South African pension, provident, retirement annuity and benefit funds). However, these dividends will only be exempt from South African Dividends Tax if these types of shareholders provide the requisite exempt declarations to the regulated intermediaries making the cash dividend payments.

Dividends Tax is nevertheless required to be withheld on dividends paid on ordinary shares and ADSs of BHP Billiton Plc listed on the JSE, where such dividends are paid to South African tax resident shareholders who are natural persons (individuals) or trusts, other than closure rehabilitation trusts.

Except for certain exclusions, generally speaking such dividends paid to South African tax resident natural persons or trusts are exempt from South African income tax and as such, the Dividends Tax may be considered as a final and non-creditable levy.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

A US holder who or which is tax resident in South Africa would be liable for income tax on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, or capital gains tax on any gain on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, depending on whether the shares and ADSs are held on revenue or capital account.

Income tax is payable on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs held by a non-resident US holder where the profit is of a revenue nature and sourced in South Africa unless relief is afforded under the Double Tax Agreement concluded between South Africa and the US. In such a case, the profit would only be taxed in South Africa if it is attributable to a permanent establishment of that US holder in South Africa.

Where the ordinary shares or ADSs are not held on revenue account, non-resident US holders will not be liable for South African tax on capital gains realised on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

 

such US Holdersholders are tax resident in South Africa;

 

the shares or ADSs are held in a company, where 80 per cent or more of the market value of those shares or ADSs is attributable (at the time of disposal of those shares or ADSs) directly or indirectly to immovable property situated in South Africa, held otherwise than as trading stock; or

 

the US holder’s interest (the shares or ADSs in BHP Billiton Plc) is attributable to a permanent establishment which the US holder has in South Africa.

A US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs connected to a permanent establishment in South Africa will recognise a capital gain or loss for South African income tax purposes equal to the difference between the Rand value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in Rand, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The holder’s tax basis will generally be equal to the cost that was incurred to acquire the shares, if such shares were acquired after 1 October 2001. The capital gain of a non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa will be taxed at an effective rate of 18.6 per cent.

Securities Transfer Tax

South African Securities Transfer Tax is levied at 0.25 per cent in respect of the transfer of ordinary shares or ADSs. The tax is levied on the amount of consideration at which the ordinary share or ADS is transferred or, where no value is declared, the closing price of the ordinary shares or ADSs. The tax is ultimately borne by the person to whom that ordinary share or ADS is transferred.

Certain US federal income tax consequences of the demerger of South32 to US holders in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc

This section describes certain US federal income tax consequences of the demerger of South32 (the ‘demerger’) to US beneficial owners of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs who hold their shares or ADSs as capital assets for US federal income tax purposes, and who have as their functional currency the US dollar. This section does not apply to a holder of shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market

method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, a person that holds shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or a person that purchases or sells shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes. For additional information on the demerger, refer to sections 1.3.7, 1.6.4, 2.1.7, and note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

A US beneficial owner of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs who received a distribution of shares or ADSs of South32 pursuant to the demerger (a ‘Participating US holder’) will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution for an amount equal to the US dollar fair market value at the time of the distribution of the South32 shares or South32 ADSs distributed as part of the demerger. The distribution by BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will be treated as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) of BHP Billiton Limited (in the case of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Limited ADS holders) or of BHP Billiton Plc (in the case of BHP Billiton Plc shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc ADS holders). Any excess will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the Participating US holder’s tax basis in BHP Billiton shares or BHP Billiton ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc do not maintain calculations of their earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles; therefore, Participating US holders should assume that the entire distribution will be taxed as a dividend.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, a non-corporate Participating US holder of shares in BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc (or their ADSs) will generally be subject to tax on the distribution at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc (as applicable) are not PFICs in their current taxable year and were not PFICs for their most recently ended taxable year. Based on their audited annual Financial Statements, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc do not believe they are PFICs or were PFICs for their most recently ended taxable years. However, this is a factual determination that is based upon regulations and guidance the interpretation of which is not entirely clear, and accordingly there can be no assurances in this regard.

In the case of a corporate Participating US holder, the distribution will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally available in receipt of dividends from US domestic corporations. If taxable as a dividend, the distribution will be income from sources outside the United States, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income under the rules for computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a Participating US holder.

A Participating US holder will have a tax basis in the South32 shares or South32 ADSs equal to the amount of dividend income recognised in respect of the distribution. The holding period for the South32 shares or South32 ADSs will begin on the day after the South32 shares or ADSs were distributed.

In general, dividends and payments of the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares, paid within the United States or through certain US-related financial intermediaries to a US person are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder establishes that it is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a US person and that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. A holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules in excess of such holder’s US federal income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

9.11    Government regulations

Government regulations touch all aspects of our operations. However, the geographical diversity of our operations reduces the risk that any one set of government regulations would have a material effect on our business, taken as a whole.

The ability to extract minerals, oil and natural gas is fundamental to BHP Billiton. In most jurisdictions, the rights to undeveloped mineral or petroleum deposits are owned by the state. In those jurisdictions, we rely upon

the rights granted to us by the government that owns the mineral, oil or natural gas. These rights usually take the form of a lease or licence, which gives us the right to access the land and extract the product. The terms of the lease or licence, including the time period for which it is effective, are specific to the laws of the relevant government. Generally, we own the product we extract and royalties or similar taxes are payable to the government. In certain jurisdictions in which we operate, such as Trinidad and Tobago, a production sharing contract (PSC) governs the relationship between the government and companies concerning how much of the oil and gas extracted from the country each will receive. In production sharing contractsPSCs, the government awards rights for the execution of exploration, development and production activities to the company. The company bears the financial risk of the initiative and explores, develops and ultimately produces the field as required.

When successful, the company is permitted to use the money from a certain set percentage of produced oil and gas to recover capital and operational expenditures, known as ‘cost oil’. The remaining production is known as ‘profit oil’ and is split between the government and the company at a rate determined by the government and set out in the PSC.

Related to the ability to extract is the ability to process the minerals, oil or natural gas. Again, we rely upon the relevant government to grant the rights necessary to transport and treat the extracted material in order to ready it for sale.

Underlying our business of extracting and processing natural resources is the ability to explore for those natural resources. Typically, the rights to explore for minerals, oil and natural gas are granted to us by the government that owns those natural resources that we wish to explore. Usually, the right to explore carries with it the obligation to spend a defined amount of money on the exploration or to undertake particular exploration activities.

Although onshore oil and gas rights in the United States can be derived from government (state and federal) mineral rights, they are primarily derived from private ownership of the rights, which is the case for our onshore oil and gas rights. Oil and gas rights primarily take the form of a lease, but also can be owned onshore outright in fee. If the rights granted are by lease, we are afforded the rights to access, explore, extract, produce and market the oil and gas for a period of years and then generally so long thereafter as there is oil or gas production or operations on the leased lands.

Governments also impose obligations on us in respect of environmental protection, land rehabilitation, occupational health and safety, and the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with which we must comply in order to continue to enjoy the right to conduct our operations within that jurisdiction. These obligations often require us to make substantial expenditures to minimise or remediate the environmental impact of our operations, to ensure the safety of our employees and contractors and the like. Environmental protection, land rehabilitation and occupational health and safety onshore in the United States are principally regulated by the government and to a lesser degree, if applicable, by the lease contract with the landowner. For further information on these types of obligations, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Of particular note are the following regulatory regimes:

9.11.1    Uranium production in Australia

To mine, process, transport and sell uranium from within Australia, we are required to hold possession and export permissions, which are also subject to regulation by the Australian Government or bodies that report to the Australian Government.

To possess nuclear material, such as uranium, in Australia, a Permit to Possess Nuclear Materials (Possession Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Nuclear Non-Proliferation (Safeguards) Act 1987 (Non-Proliferation Act). A Possession Permit is issued by the Australian Safeguards and Non-Proliferation Office, an office established under the Non-Proliferation Act, which administers Australia’s domestic nuclear safeguards requirements and reports to the Australian Government.

To export uranium from Australia, a Permit to Export Natural Uranium (Export Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Customs (Prohibited Exports) Regulations 1958. The Export Permit is issued by the Minister with responsibility for Resources and Energy.

A special permit to transport permitnuclear material is required under the Non-Proliferation Act by a party that transports nuclear material from one specified location to another specified location. As we engage service providers to transport uranium, each of those service providers areis required to hold a specialpermit to transport permit.nuclear material issued by the Australian Safeguards and Non-Proliferation Office.

9.11.2    Exchange controls and shareholding limits

BHP Billiton Plc

There are no laws or regulations currently in force in the United Kingdom that restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Plc’s shares, although the Group does operate in some other jurisdictions where remittances of funds could be affected as they are subject to exchange control approvals. There are certain sanctions adopted by the UK Government whichthat implement resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations and sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) against certain countries, entities and individuals and may restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to certain non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Plc’s shares. Any enforcement of financial sanctions by the UK Government would be initiated by HM Treasury. Such sanctions may be in force from time to time and include those against:

(i) certain entities and/or individuals associated with Afghanistan, Belarus, the Central African Republic, Cote d’Ivoire, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), the Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Eritrea, the Republic of Guinea, the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Lebanon, Liberia, the Russian Federation, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Yemen, Zimbabwe and the previous regimes of Iraq Libya and Yugoslavia;

Libya; (ii) individuals indicted by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia;

(iii) entities and individuals linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and other terrorist organisations.

There are no restrictions under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association or (subject to the effect of any sanctions) under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote BHP Billiton Plc’s shares.

There are certain restrictions on shareholding levels under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association described under the heading ‘BHP Billiton Limited’ below.

BHP Billiton Limited

From time to time, the United Nations Security Council and the Australian Government impose international sanctions on certain countries and organisations. The countries and organisations that are currently subject to United Nations sanctions are certain individuals or entities linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and associated individuals and entities, other designated individuals and entities associated with terrorism, certain entities and individuals associated with the Central African Republic, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Cote d’Ivoire, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Eritrea, Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Sudan, Somalia and Yemen. The countries currently subject to the Australian Government’s autonomous sanctions are Myanmar, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Fiji, the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, Iran, Libya, Syria, Russia, Crimea and Sevastopol, Ukraine and Zimbabwe. The controls impose certain approval and reporting requirements on transactions involving such countries, entities and individuals and/or assets controlled or owned by them. Certain transfers into or out of Australia of amounts greater than A$10,000 in any currency may also be subject to reporting requirements. In addition, under the Australian Banking (Foreign Exchange) Regulations 1959, the Reserve Bank of Australia may impose restrictions on certain financial transactions and require the consent of the Reserve Bank of Australia for the movement of funds into and out of Australia. No such restrictions are currently in place.

Remittances of any dividends, interest or other payments by BHP Billiton Limited to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Limited’s securities are not restricted by exchange controls or other limitations, save that, in certain circumstances, BHP Billiton may be required to withhold Australian taxes.

There are no limitations, either under the laws of Australia or under the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited, on the right of non-residents to hold or vote BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares other than as set out below.

The Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the FATA) restricts certain acquisitions of interests in shares in BHP Billiton. Generally, under the FATA, the prior approval of the Australian Treasurer must be obtained for proposals by a foreign person (either alone or together with associates) to acquire control of 15 per cent or more of the voting power or issued shares in BHP Billiton Limited.

The FATA also empowers the Treasurer to make certain orders prohibiting acquisitions by foreign persons in BHP Billiton Limited (and requiring divestiture if the acquisition has occurred) where he considers the acquisition to be contrary to the national interest and the 15 per cent threshold referred to above would be exceeded as a result. Such orders may also be made in respect of acquisitions by foreign persons where two or more foreign persons (and their associates) in aggregate already control 40 per cent or more of the issued shares or voting power in BHP Billiton Limited.

There are certain other statutory restrictions, and restrictions under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, that apply generally to acquisitions of shares in BHP Billiton (i.e. the restrictions are not targeted at foreign persons only). These include restrictions on a person (and associates) breaching a voting power threshold of:

 

20 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Limited on a ‘stand-alone’ basis i.e.(i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Share and only counting BHP Billiton Limited’s ordinary shares.shares);

 

30 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc. This is the threshold for a mandatory offer under Rule 9 of the UK takeover code and this threshold applies to all voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (therefore including voting rights attached to the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share).;

 

30 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Plc on a ‘stand-alone’ basis i.e.(i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Share and only counting BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.shares);

 

20 per cent in relation to the BHP Billiton Group, calculated having regard to all the voting power on a joint electorate basis i.e.(i.e. calculated on the aggregate of BHP Billiton Limited’s and BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.shares).

Under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, sanctions for breach of any of these thresholds, other than by means of certain ‘permitted acquisitions’, include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

9.12    Ancillary information for our shareholders

Information for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders is provided in the BHP Billiton Group Annual Report 2014 and the Summary Review 2014.

This Annual Report provides the detailed financial data and information on the BHP Billiton Group’s performance required to comply with the reporting regimes in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States. There are no specific disclosure requirements for the Summary Review, which is published as a communication for shareholders.

Shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will receive a copy of the Annual Report or the Summary Review if they have requested a copy. Shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc will receive the Annual Report if they have requested a copy. ADR holders may view all documents online atwww.bhpbilliton.com or opt to receive a hard copy by application toaccessinghttp://pir.orderannualreports.com/v5/index.asp?cp_code=A548 or calling Citibank Shareholder Services during normal business hours using the details as listed on the inside back cover of thethis Annual Report.

Change of shareholder details and enquiries

Shareholders wishing to contact BHP Billiton on any matter relating to their shares or ADR holdings are invited to telephone the appropriate office of the BHP Billiton Share Registrar or Transfer Office listed on the inside back cover of thethis Annual Report.

Any change in shareholding details should be notified by the shareholder to the relevant Registrar in a timely manner.

Shareholders can also access their current shareholding details and change many of those details online atwww.bhpbilliton.com. The website requires shareholders to quote their Shareholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN) in order to access this information.

Alternative access to the Annual Report and Summary Review

We offer an alternative for all shareholders who wish to be advised of the availability of the Annual Report and Summary Review through our website via an email notification. By providing an email address through our website, shareholders will be notified by email when the Annual Report and Summary Review havehas been released. Shareholders will also receive notification of other major BHP Billiton announcements by email. Shareholders requiring further information or wishing to make use of this service should visit our websitewww.bhpbilliton.com.

ADR holders wishing to receive a hard copy of the Annual Report 20142015 can do so by accessingcitibank.ar.wilink.comhttp://pir.orderannualreports.com/v5/index.asp?cp_code=A548 or by calling Citibank Shareholder Services during normal business hours. ADR holders may also contact the adviser that administers their investments. Holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares dematerialised into Strate should liaise directly with their Central Securities Depository Participant (CSDP) or broker.

Key dates for shareholders

The following table sets out future dates in the next financial and calendar year of interest to our shareholders. If there are any changes to these dates, all relevant stock exchanges (refer to(see section 9.2)9.2 of this Annual Report) will be notified.

 

Date

  

Event

2329 September 20142015

  Final Dividend Payment Date

2322 October 20142015

  

BHP Billiton Plc Annual General Meeting in London

Venue:

The Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre

Broad Sanctuary

Westminster

London SW1P 3EE

United Kingdom

Time: 11.00 am11.00am (local time)

Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting

2019 November 20142015

  

BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting in AdelaidePerth

Venue:

Adelaide EntertainmentPerth Convention and Exhibition Centre

Corner Port21 Mounts Bay Road and Adam Street

Hindmarsh

South Australia

Perth, Western Australia

Time: 10.00 am10.00am (local time)

Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting

24Date

Event

23 February 20152016

  Interim Results Announced

1311 March 20152016

  Interim Dividend Record Date

31 March 20152016

  Interim Dividend Payment Date

2516 August 20152016

  Annual Results Announced

Corporate Directory

BHP Billiton Group Registered Offices

BHP Billiton Limited

Australia

BHP Billiton Centre

171 Collins Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Telephone 1300 554 757 (within Australia)

+61 3 9609 3333 (outside Australia)

Facsimile +61 3 9609 3015

BHP Billiton Plc

United Kingdom

Neathouse Place

London SW1V 1LH

Telephone +44 20 7802 4000

Facsimile +44 20 7802 4111

Group Company Secretary

Jane McAloonMargaret Taylor

BHP Billiton Corporate Centres

South Africa

6 Hollard Street

Marshalltown

Johannesburg 2107

Telephone +27 11 376 9111

Facsimile +27 11 838 4716

Chile

Cerro El Plomo 6000

Piso 18

Las Condes 7560623

Santiago

Telephone +56 2 2579 5000

Facsimile +56 2 2207 6517

United States

Our agent for service in the United States is Maria Isabel Reuter at:

1360 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 150

Houston, TX 77056-3020

Telephone +1 713 961 8500

Facsimile +1 713 961 8400

Marketing Offices

Singapore

10 Marina Boulevard,#50-01

Marina Bay Financial Centre, Tower 2

Singapore 018983

Telephone +65 6421 6000

Facsimile +65 6421 7000

Share Registrars and Transfer Offices

Australia

BHP Billiton Limited Registrar

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited

Yarra Falls, 452 Johnston Street

Abbotsford VIC 3067

Postal Address – GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3001

Telephone 1300 656 780 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4020 (outside Australia)

Facsimile +61 3 9473 2460

Email enquiries:

www.investorcentre.com/bhp

United Kingdom

BHP Billiton Plc Registrar

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS13 8AE

Postal Address (for general enquiries) –

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Telephone +44 844 472 7001

Facsimile +44 870 703 6101

Email enquiries:

www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

South Africa

BHP Billiton Plc Branch Register

and Transfer Secretary

Computershare Investor Services

(Pty) Limited

70 Marshall Street

Johannesburg 2001

Postal Address – PO Box 61051

Marshalltown 2107

Telephone +27 11 373 0033

Facsimile +27 11 688 5217

Email enquiries:

web.queries@computershare.co.za

Holders of shares dematerialised

into Strate should contact their

CSDP or stockbroker.

New Zealand

Computershare Investor Services Limited

Level 2/159 Hurstmere Road

Takapuna Auckland 0622

Postal Address – Private Bag 92119

Auckland 1142

Telephone +64 9 488 8777

Facsimile +64 9 488 8787

United States

Computershare Trust Company N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Postal Address – PO Box 43078

Providence, RI 02940-3078

Telephone +1 888 404 6340

(toll-free within US)

Facsimile +1 312 601 4331

ADR Depositary, Transfer Agent and Registrar

Citibank Shareholder Services

PO Box 43077

Providence, RI 02940-3077

Telephone +1 781 575 4555 (outside of US) +1 877 248 4237(+1-877-CITIADR)

(toll-free within US)

Facsimile +1 201 324 3284

Email enquiries:

citibank@shareholders-online.com

Website: www.citi.com/dr

BHP Billiton is a Dual Listed Company comprising BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The two entities continue to exist as separate companies but operate as a combined Group known as BHP Billiton.

The headquarters of BHP Billiton Limited and the global headquarters of the combined BHP Billiton Group are located in Melbourne, Australia. BHP Billiton Plc is located in London, United Kingdom. Both companies have identical Boards of Directors and are run by a unified management team. Throughout this publication, the Boards are referred to collectively as the Board. Shareholders in each company have equivalent economic and voting rights in the BHP Billiton Group as a whole.

Throughout this Annual Report, the terms BHP Billiton, the Company and the Group refer to the combined group, including both BHP Billiton Limited and subsidiary companies and BHP Billiton Plc and subsidiary companies.

10    Exhibits

Exhibits marked “*” have been filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F. Remaining exhibits have been incorporated by reference as indicated.

Exhibit 1    Constitution

 

1.1Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited(1)

 

1.2Memorandum and Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc.Plc(1)

Exhibit 4    Material Contracts

 

4.1DLC Structure Sharing Agreement, dated 29 June 2001, between BHP Limited and Billiton Plc.Plc(2)

 

4.2SVC Special Voting Shares Deed, dated 29 June 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (2)

 

4.3SVC Special Voting Shares Amendment Deed, dated 13 August 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (2)

 

4.4Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of BHP Limited (2)

 

4.5Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of Billiton Plc (2)

 

4.6Form of Service Agreement for Specified Executive (referred to in this Annual Report as the Key Management Personnel)(3)

 

4.7BHP Billiton Ltd Group Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008(4)

 

4.8BHP Billiton Ltd Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010(1)

 

4.9BHP Billiton Plc Group Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008(4)

 

4.10BHP Billiton Plc Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010 (1)

 

4.11Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Petroleum (North America) Inc., North America Holdings II Inc. and Petrohawk Energy Corporation, dated 14 July 2011.2011 (5)

*4.12Implementation Deed entered into on 17 March 2015 between BHP Billiton Ltd, BHP Billiton Plc and South32 Limited

Exhibit 8    List of Subsidiaries

 

*8.1List of subsidiaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc

Exhibit 12    Certifications (section 302)

 

*12.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Andrew Mackenzie, dated 2523 September 20142015

 

*12.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Graham Kerr,Peter Beaven, dated 2523 September 20142015

Exhibit 13    Certifications (section 906)

 

*13.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Andrew Mackenzie, dated 2523 September 20142015

 

*13.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Graham Kerr,Peter Beaven, dated 2523 September 20142015

Exhibit 15    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

*15.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms KPMG and KPMG Audit Plc for incorporation by reference of audit reports in registration statements on Form F-3 and Form S-8

Exhibit 95    Mine Safety Health Administration

 

*95.1Disclosure of Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) Safety Data.Data

 

Footnotes

 

(1) Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2011 on 21 September 2011.

 

(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2001 on 19 November 2001.

 

(3) Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2013 on 25 September 2013.

 

(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 on 15 September 2008.

 

(5)Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton Limited’s tender offer statement on schedule TO on 15 July 2011.

SIGNATURE

The registrants hereby certify that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that they have duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on their behalf.

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc

/s/ Graham KerrPeter Beaven

Graham KerrPeter Beaven

Chief Financial Officer

Date: 2523 September 20142015

7    Financial Statements

 

Contents of Financial Statements

  

7.1 Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

7.1.1 Consolidated Income Statement

  F-1

7.1.2 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

  F-2

7.1.3 Consolidated Balance Sheet

  F-3

7.1.4 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

  F-4

7.1.5 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

  F-5

7.1.6 Notes to Financial Statements

 F-7

7.2 Performance

1.Segment reportingF-7
2.Exceptional itemsF-13
3.ExpensesF-16
4.Income tax expenseF-17
5.Other incomeF-19
6.Earnings per shareF-20

Working capital

7.Cash and cash equivalentsF-21
8.Trade and other receivablesF-22
9.Trade and other payablesF-23
10.InventoriesF-23

Resource assets

11.Property, plant and equipmentF-24
12.Intangible assetsF-26
13.Deferred tax balancesF-29
14.Closure and rehabilitation provisionsF-31

Capital structure

15.Interest bearing liabilitiesF-32
16.Net finance costsF-33
17.Share capitalF-34
18.Other equityF-36
19.DividendsF-39
20.Provision for dividends and other liabilitiesF-40

Financial risk management

21.Other financial assetsF-41
22.Other financial liabilitiesF-42
23.Financial risk managementF-42

Employee matters

24.Key management personnelF-56
25.Employee share ownership plansF-57
26.Employee benefits, restructuring and post-retirement employee benefits provisionsF-69
27.Pension and other post-retirement obligationsF-70
28.EmployeesF-71

Group and related party information

29.Discontinued operationsF-72
30.SubsidiariesF-76


Group and related party information continued

31.Investments accounted for using the equity methodF-78
32.Interests in joint operationsF-82
33.Related party transactionsF-83

Unrecognised items and uncertain events

34.CommitmentsF-85
35.Contingent liabilitiesF-86
36.Subsequent eventsF-87

Other items

37.Notes to the consolidated cash flow statementF-87
38.Auditor’s remunerationF-89
39.Not required for US reportingF-90

Presentation and policies

  F-123

7.3 Directors’ declaration

40.
  F-123Reporting entityF-90

41.

Basis of preparation and measurementF-91
42.Functional and presentation currencyF-92
43.Significant accounting policiesF-93
44.Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgementsF-105
7.2Not required for US reportingF-108
7.3Directors’ declarationF-108
7.4Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

  F-124F-109

7.5

7.5 Not required for US reporting

  F-125F-110

7.6

7.6 ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  F-126F-111

7.7

7.7 Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

F-130

Notes to Financial Statements   
1F-115  Accounting policiesF-7
2Segment reportingF-25
3Exceptional itemsF-30
4Other incomeF-34
5ExpensesF-35
6Net finance costsF-36
7Income tax and deferred taxF-37
8Earnings per shareF-41
9DividendsF-41
10Trade and other receivablesF-43
11Other financial assetsF-44
12InventoriesF-45
13Property, plant and equipmentF-46
14Intangible assetsF-48
15Trade and other payablesF-51
16Interest bearing liabilitiesF-51
17Other financial liabilitiesF-52
18ProvisionsF-52
19Share capitalF-54
20Other equityF-56
21Contingent liabilitiesF-59
22CommitmentsF-60
23Notes to the consolidated cash flow statementF-61
24Business combinationsF-63
25Assets and liabilities held for saleF-64
26SubsidiariesF-65
27Investments accounted for using the equity methodF-68
28Interests in joint operationsF-72
29Financial risk managementF-73
30Pension and other post-retirement obligationsF-90
31Key management personnelF-97
32Related party transactionsF-97
33Employee share ownership plansF-99
34EmployeesF-110
35Auditor’s remunerationF-111
36Subsequent eventsF-111
37Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policiesF-113


7.1    Consolidated Financial Statements

Comparative information for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 has been restated for the effects of the application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for these periods are not required to be restated.

7.1.1    Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 20142015

 

  Notes   2014 2013 2012   Notes 2015 2014 2013 
      US$M 

US$M

Restated

 

US$M

Restated

     US$M 

US$M

Restated

 

US$M

Restated

 

Continuing operations

     

Revenue

           

Group production

     64,227    63,067    66,969      43,457   55,045   52,637  

Third party products

   2     2,979    2,886    3,508     1    1,179   1,717   1,223  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Revenue

   2     67,206    65,953    70,477     1    44,636   56,762   53,860  

Other income

   4     1,524    3,947    898     5    496   1,225   3,804  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   5     (46,513  (50,040  (48,644   3    (37,010 (36,523 (36,829

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   27     1,195    1,142    1,869     31    548   1,185   1,142  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit from operations

     23,412    21,002    24,600      8,670   22,649   21,977  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprising:

           

Group production

     23,368    20,875    24,466      8,656   22,634   21,913  

Third party products

     44    127    134      14   15   64  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 
     23,412    21,002    24,600      8,670   22,649   21,977  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Financial expenses

     (1,273  (1,384  (836    (702 (995 (1,229

Financial income

     97    108    168      88   81   80  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance costs

   6     (1,176  (1,276  (668   16    (614 (914 (1,149
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit before taxation

     22,236    19,726    23,932      8,056   21,735   20,828  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax expense

     (6,538  (5,714  (7,053    (2,762 (6,266 (5,646

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

     (474  (1,192  (262    (904 (514 (1,050
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total taxation expense

   7     (7,012  (6,906  (7,315   4    (3,666 (6,780 (6,696
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit after taxation

     15,224    12,820    16,617  

Profit after taxation from Continuing operations

    4,390   14,955   14,132  
   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Discontinued operations

     

(Loss)/profit after taxation from Discontinued operations

   29    (1,512 269   (1,312
   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations

    2,878   15,224   12,820  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,392    1,597    1,144      968   1,392   1,597  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     13,832    11,223    15,473      1,910   13,832   11,223  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   8     260.0    210.9    290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   8     259.1    210.2    289.4  

Basic earnings from Continuing and Discontinued operations per ordinary share (cents)

   6    35.9   260.0   210.9  

Diluted earnings from Continuing and Discontinued operations per ordinary share (cents)

   6    35.8   259.1   210.2  

Basic earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)

   6    65.5   256.5   238.6  

Diluted earnings from Continuing operations per ordinary share (cents)

   6    65.3   255.7   237.8  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

   9     118.0    114.0    110.0     19    124.0   118.0   114.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

   9     121.0    116.0    112.0     19    124.0   121.0   116.0  
    

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.2    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 20142015

 

 Notes 2014 2013 2012   Notes   2015 2014 2013 
   US$M 

US$M

Restated

 US$M
Restated
       US$M US$M US$M 

Profit after taxation

   15,224    12,820    16,617  

Profit after taxation from Continuing and Discontinued operations

     2,878   15,224   12,820  

Other comprehensive income

          

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:

          

Available for sale investments:

          

Net valuation losses taken to equity

   (15  (101  (32     (21 (15 (101

Net valuation gains transferred to the income statement

   (14  (1  (2     (115 (14 (1

Cash flow hedges:

          

Gains/(losses) taken to equity

   681    223    (320

(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

   (678  73    205  

(Losses)/gains taken to equity

     (1,797 681   223  

Losses/(gains) transferred to the income statement

     1,815   (678 73  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

   (1  2    19       (2 (1 2  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

  7    3    (76  23     4     29   3   (76
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

   (24  120    (107     (91 (24 120  
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

          

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes

   57    61    (250

Remeasurement (losses)/gains on pension and medical schemes

     (28 57   61  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

  7    12    (16  66     4     (17 12   (16
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

   69    45    (184     (45 69   45  
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

   45    165    (291

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (136 45   165  
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   15,269    12,985    16,326       2,742   15,269   12,985  
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   1,392    1,599    1,146       973   1,392   1,599  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   13,877    11,386    15,180       1,769   13,877   11,386  
  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.3    Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 20142015

 

  Notes   2014 2013   Notes   2015 2014 
      US$M 

US$M

Restated

       US$M US$M 

ASSETS

          

Current assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   23     8,803   5,677     7     6,753   8,803  

Trade and other receivables

   10     6,741   6,310     8     4,321   6,741  

Other financial assets

   11     87   161     21     83   87  

Inventories

   12     6,013   5,821     10     4,292   6,013  

Assets classified as held for sale

   25        286  

Current tax assets

     318   267       658   318  

Other

     334   431       262   334  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

     22,296   18,953       16,369   22,296  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Non-current assets

          

Trade and other receivables

   10     1,867   1,998     8     1,499   1,867  

Other financial assets

   11     2,349   1,719     21     1,159   2,349  

Inventories

   12     463   619     10     466   463  

Property, plant and equipment

   13     108,787   100,565     11     94,072   108,787  

Intangible assets

   14     5,439   5,496     12     4,292   5,439  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

   27     3,664   3,675     31     3,712   3,664  

Deferred tax assets

   7     6,396   6,069     13     2,861   6,396  

Other

     152   84       150   152  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current assets

     129,117   120,225       108,211   129,117  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total assets

     151,413   139,178       124,580   151,413  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES

          

Current liabilities

          

Trade and other payables

   15     10,145   10,860     9     7,389   10,145  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     4,262   5,088     15     3,201   4,262  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   25        220  

Other financial liabilities

   17     16   210     22     251   16  

Current tax payable

     919   1,158       207   919  

Provisions

   18     2,504   2,372     14, 20, 26     1,676   2,504  

Deferred income

     218   231       129   218  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

     18,064   20,139       12,853   18,064  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Non-current liabilities

          

Trade and other payables

   15     113   286     9     29   113  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     30,327   28,099     15     27,969   30,327  

Other financial liabilities

   17     303   582     22     1,031   303  

Deferred tax liabilities

   7     7,066   6,312     13     4,542   7,066  

Provisions

   18     9,891   8,178     14, 20, 26     7,306   9,891  

Deferred income

     267   291       305   267  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     47,967   43,748       41,182   47,967  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

     66,031   63,887       54,035   66,031  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Net assets

     85,382   75,291       70,545   85,382  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

EQUITY

          

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   19     1,186   1,186     17     1,186   1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   19     1,069   1,069     17     1,057   1,069  

Treasury shares

   19     (587 (540   17     (76 (587

Reserves

   20     2,927   1,970     18     2,557   2,927  

Retained earnings

   20     74,548   66,982     18     60,044   74,548  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     79,143   70,667       64,768   79,143  

Non-controlling interests

   20     6,239   4,624     18     5,777   6,239  
    

 

  

��

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total equity

     85,382   75,291       70,545   85,382  
    

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 1110 September 20142015 and signed on its behalf by:

 

Jac Nasser AO

  Andrew Mackenzie

Chairman

  Chief Executive Officer

7.1.4    Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 20142015

 

  Notes   2014 2013 2012   Notes   2015 2014 2013 
      US$M 

US$M

Restated

 US$M
Restated
       US$M 

US$M

Restated

 US$M
Restated
 

Operating activities

            

Profit before taxation

     22,236   19,726   23,932  

Profit before taxation from Continuing operations

     8,056   21,735   20,828  

Adjustments for:

            

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

     (551 1,893   3,417       3,196   (551 (331

Depreciation and amortisation expense

     8,701   7,031   6,431       9,158   7,716   6,067  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

     (95 (46 (118     (9 (73 (17

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

     797   330   100       828   478   344  

Employee share awards expense

     247   210   270       247   247   210  

Net finance costs

     1,176   1,276   668       614   914   1,149  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

     (1,195 (1,142 (1,869     (548 (1,185 (1,142

Other

     (83 (21 (376     265   (79 5  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

            

Trade and other receivables

     (252 1,037   1,755       1,431   (349 904  

Inventories

     (54 (70 16       151   (158 (276

Trade and other payables

     77   (767 (187     (990 238   (239

Net other financial assets and liabilities

     (49 119   (27     (8 (90 89  

Provisions and other liabilities

     429   (783 (1,025     (771 475   (565
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     31,384   28,793   32,987       21,620   29,318   27,026  

Dividends received

     34   11   10       17   14   6  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

     1,250   710   712       723   1,250   710  

Interest received

     136   140   221       86   120   112  

Interest paid

     (975 (926 (633     (627 (915 (960

Income tax refunded

     852       530       348   848      

Income tax paid

     (6,445 (7,618 (7,492     (3,225 (6,123 (6,921

Royalty-related taxation refunded

     216                  216      

Royalty-related taxation paid

     (1,088 (956 (1,076     (1,148 (1,088 (956
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Continuing operations

     17,794   23,640   19,017  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows from Discontinued operations

     1,502   1,724   1,137  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net operating cash flows

     25,364   20,154   25,259       19,296   25,364   20,154  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Investing activities

            

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (15,993 (22,243 (18,637     (11,947 (15,224 (21,104

Exploration expenditure

     (1,010 (1,351 (2,493     (816 (986 (1,321

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

     716   1,047   1,644       670   698   1,026  

Purchase of intangibles

     (192 (400 (219     (98 (192 (380

Investment in financial assets

     (1,193 (475 (471     (15 (1,168 (455

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

            (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

     (44 (84 (83     (71 (44 (84
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

     (17,716 (23,506 (32,815     (12,277 (16,916 (22,318

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     114   2,338   146       66   66   2,274  

Proceeds from sale of intangibles

     8          

Proceeds from financial assets

     956   240   178       445   904   221  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

     812   502   6       256   812   502  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

        1,700                  1,700  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Continuing operations

     (11,502 (15,134 (17,621
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows from Discontinued operations

     (1,066 (700 (1,105
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

     (586        
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net investing cash flows

     (15,834 (18,726 (32,485     (13,154 (15,834 (18,726
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Financing activities

            

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

     6,251   9,157   12,817       3,440   6,000   9,143  

Proceeds/(settlements) from debt related instruments

     37   14   (180

(Settlements)/proceeds from debt related instruments

     (33 37   14  

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

     (7,198 (2,014 (3,993     (4,135 (7,048 (1,902

Proceeds from ordinary shares

     14   21   21       9   14   12  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

     1,435   73   101       53   1,435   73  

Purchase of shares by Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts

     (368 (445 (424     (355 (368 (445

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Plc

            (83

Dividends paid

     (6,387 (6,167 (5,877     (6,498 (6,387 (6,167

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (252 (837 (343     (554 (119 (778
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Continuing operations

     (8,073 (6,436 (50
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows from Discontinued operations

     (203 (32 (148
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net financing cash flows

     (6,468 (198 2,039       (8,276 (6,468 (198
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,062   1,230   (5,187

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from Continuing operations

     (1,781 2,070   1,346  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations

     233   992   (116

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

     5,667   4,454   9,671       8,752   5,667   4,454  

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

     (586        

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     23   (17 (30     (5 23   (17
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

   23     8,752   5,667   4,454     7     6,613   8,752   5,667  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.5    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 30 June 20142015

 

  Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group      Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group 
  Share capital              Share capital Treasury
shares
 Reserves Retained
earnings
 Total equity
attributable
to members
of BHP
Billiton
Group
 Non-
controlling
interests
 Total
equity

US$M

  BHP
Billiton
Limited
   BHP
Billiton

Plc
   Treasury
shares
 Reserves Retained
earnings
 Total Non-
controlling
interests
 Total
equity
  BHP
Billiton
Limited
 BHP
Billiton

Plc
 

Balance as at 1 July 2013

   1,186     1,069     (540  1,970    66,982    70,667    4,624    75,291  

Balance as at 1 July 2014

 1,186 1,069 (587) 2,927 74,548 79,143 6,239 85,382

Total comprehensive income

                 (24  13,901    13,877    1,392    15,269          –        –    –    (96)   1,865   1,769    973   2,742

Transactions with owners:

                 

Shares cancelled

        –      (12) 501      12      (501)           –       –         –

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

             (368          (368      (368        –        – (355)       –         –       (355)       –   (355)

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

   . –          321    (221  (91  9        9  

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions and other adjustments

        –        – 363   (461)      101           3       –        3

Employee share awards forfeited

                 (32  32                      –        –    –    (13)       13           –       –        –

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                 247        247        247          –        –    –   247         –       247       –    247

Distribution to option holders

                 (2      (2  (2  (4        –        –    –       (1)         –          (1)       (1)        (2)

Dividends

                     (6,276  (6,276  (252  (6,528        –        –    –       –  (6,596)   (6,596)   (639) (7,235)

In-specie dividend on demerger – refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’

        –        –    –       –  (9,445)   (9,445)       – (9,445)

Equity contributed

                 989        989    477    1,466          –        –    –       1         –           1     52       53

Transfers within equity on demerger

        –        –    –    (59)         59           –       –         –

Conversion of controlled entities to equity accounted investments

        –        –    2       –         –           2   (847)     (845)
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2014

   1,186     1,069     (587  2,927    74,548    79,143    6,239    85,382  

Balance as at 30 June 2015

 1,186 1,057 (76) 2,557 60,044 64,768 5,777 70,545
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restated

           

Balance as at 1 July 2012

   1,186     1,069     (533  1,912    61,892    65,526    3,789    69,315  

Total comprehensive income

                 77    11,309    11,386    1,599    12,985  

Transactions with owners:

           

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

             (445          (445      (445

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

             438    (243  (178  17        17  

Employee share awards forfeited

                 (17  17              

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                 210        210        210  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

                 49        49        49  

Dividends

                     (6,076  (6,076  (837  (6,913

Equity contributed

                             73    73  

Divestment of equity accounted investment

                 (18  18              
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2013

   1,186     1,069     (540  1,970    66,982    70,667    4,624    75,291  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

   Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group       
   Share capital                

US$M

  BHP
Billiton
Limited
   BHP
Billiton

Plc
  Treasury
shares
  Reserves  Retained
earnings
  Total  Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 

Restated

          

Balance as at 1 July 2011

   1,183     1,070    (623  2,001    52,731    56,362    2,825    59,187  

Total comprehensive income

                (163  15,343    15,180    1,146    16,326  

Transactions with owners:

          

Proceeds from the issue of shares

   3                     3        3  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

        (1  83    1    (83            

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

            (424          (424      (424

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

            431    (189  (213  29        29  

Employee share awards forfeited

                (8  8              

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                270        270        270  

Dividends

                    (5,894  (5,894  (343  (6,237

Equity contributed

                            161    161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2012

   1,186     1,069    (533  1,912    61,892    65,526    3,789    69,315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group    
  Share capital Treasury
shares
 Reserves Retained
earnings
 Total equity
attributable
to members
of BHP
Billiton
Group
 Non-
controlling
interests
 Total
equity

US$M

 BHP
Billiton
Limited
 BHP
Billiton

Plc
      

Balance as at 1 July 2013

 1,186 1,069 (540) 1,970 66,982 70,667 4,624 75,291

Total comprehensive income

        –        –    –      (24) 13,901 13,877 1,392 15,269

Transactions with owners:

      

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

        –        – (368)       –         –      (368)       –      (368)

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

        –        – 321    (221)        (91)         9       –         9

Employee share awards forfeited

        –        –    –      (32)        32         –       –         –

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

        –        –    –    247         –      247       –      247

Distribution to option holders

        –        –    –       (2)         –          (2)        (2)         (4)

Dividends

        –        –    –       –  (6,276)  (6,276)    (252)  (6,528)

Equity contributed

        –        –    –    989         –     989    477   1,466
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2014

 1,186 1,069 (587) 2,927 74,548 79,143 6,239 85,382
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

Balance as at 1 July 2012

 1,186 1,069 (533) 1,912 61,892 65,526 3,789 69,315

Total comprehensive income

        –        –    –      77 11,309 11,386 1,599 12,985

Transactions with owners:

       

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

        –        – (445)       –         –      (445)       –      (445)

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

        –        – 438    (243)      (178)        17       –        17

Employee share awards forfeited

        –        –    –      (17)        17         –       –         –

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

        –        –    –    210         –     210       –     210

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

        –        –    –      49         –        49       –        49

Dividends

        –        –    –       –  (6,076)  (6,076)    (837)  (6,913)

Equity contributed

        –        –    –       –         –         –      73        73

Divestment of equity accounted investment

        –        –    –      (18)        18         –       –         –
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2013

 1,186 1,069 (540) 1,970 66,982 70,667 4,624 75,291
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.6    Notes to Financial Statements

1    Accounting policiesPerformance

Dual Listed Companies’ structure and basis of preparation of financial statements

Merger terms

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (previously known as BHP Limited), an Australian-listed company, and BHP Billiton Plc (previously known as Billiton Plc), a United Kingdom (UK) listed company, entered into a Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger. This was effected by contractual arrangements between the Companies and amendments to their constitutional documents.

The effect of the DLC merger is that BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Limited Group) and BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Plc Group) operate together as a single for-profit economic entity (the Group). Under the arrangements:

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common economic interest in both Groups;

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc take key decisions, including the election of Directors, through a joint electoral procedure under which the shareholders of the two Companies effectively vote on a joint basis;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common Board of Directors, a unified management structure and joint objectives;

dividends and capital distributions made by the two Companies are equalised;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc each executed a deed poll guarantee, guaranteeing (subject to certain exceptions) the contractual obligations (whether actual or contingent, primary or secondary) of the other incurred after 29 June 2001 together with specified obligations existing at that date.

If either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc proposes to pay a dividend to its shareholders, then the other Company must pay a matching cash dividend of an equivalent amount per share to its shareholders. If either Company is prohibited by law or is otherwise unable to declare, pay or otherwise make all or any portion of such a matching dividend, then BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc will, so far as it is practicable to do so, enter into such transactions with each other as the Boards agree to be necessary or desirable so as to enable both Companies to pay dividends as nearly as practicable at the same time.

The DLC merger did not involve the change of legal ownership of any assets of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, any change of ownership of any existing shares or securities of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, the issue of any shares or securities or any payment by way of consideration, save for the issue by each Company of one special voting share to a trustee company which is the means by which the joint electoral procedure is operated.

Accounting for the DLC merger

The basis of accounting for the DLC merger was established under Australian and UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), pursuant to the requirements of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Practice Note 71 ‘Financial Reporting by Australian Entities in Dual Listed Company Arrangements’, an order issued by ASIC under section 340 of the Corporations Act 2001 on 2 September 2002, and in accordance with the UK Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1/AASB 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, the same basis of accounting is applied under International Financial Reporting Standards. Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate the Group as follows:

Assets and liabilities of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group were consolidated at the date of the merger at their existing carrying amounts.

Results for the years ended 30 June 2014, 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 are of the consolidated entity comprising the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group.

Basis of preparation

This general purpose financial report for the year ended 30 June 2014 has been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance with the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, the UK Companies Act 2006 and with:

Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) effective for the year ended 30 June 2014;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as adopted by the European Union (EU) effective as of 30 June 2014;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board effective as of 30 June 2014.

The above accounting standards and interpretations are collectively referred to as ‘IFRS’ in this report.

The principal accounting standards or interpretations that have been adopted for the first time in these financial statements are:

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ which is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ which is a replacement of IAS 31 ‘Joint Ventures’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’;

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’.

In addition, the Group has early-adopted amendments to IAS 36/AASB 136 ‘Impairment of Assets’. The amendment has been adopted early in conjunction with the initial adoption of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, as it reverses the unintended requirement in that standard to disclose the recoverable amount of every cash-generating unit to which significant goodwill has been allocated. Under the amendment, the recoverable amount of cash-generating units to which significant goodwill has been allocated is required to be disclosed only when an impairment loss has been recognised or reversed.

The Group has also changed its Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure policy from 1 July 2013 such that all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible exploration assets or tangible exploration assets based on the nature of the assets acquired.

The impact of the above changes on the financial statements is described in detail in note 37 ‘Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies’.

The following new accounting standard and interpretation are not yet effective but may have an impact on the Group in financial years commencing from 1 July 2014:

Amendments to IAS 32/AASB 132 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ clarify the criteria for offsetting financial assets and liabilities.

IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’ confirms that a liability to pay a levy is only recognised when the activity that triggers the payment occurs.

The Group is currently in the process of determining the potential impact of adopting the above standard and interpretation. The standard and interpretation are available for early adoption in the 30 June 2014 financial year as permitted by the Australian Corporations Act 2001, but have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. Both the standard and interpretation have been endorsed by the EU and hence are available for early adoption in the EU.

The following new accounting standards are not yet effective but may have an impact on the Group in financial years commencing from 1 July 2015 or later:

IFRS 15/AASB 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ which modifies the determination of when to recognise revenue and how much revenue to recognise. The core principle is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to the customer of an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ modifies the classification and measurement of financial assets. It includes a single, principles-based approach for the classification of financial assets, which is driven by cash flow characteristics and the business model in which an asset is held. It also introduces a new expected loss impairment model requiring expected losses to be recognised when financial instruments are first recognised. The new standard also modifies hedge accounting to align the accounting treatment with risk management practices of an entity.

The Group is currently in the process of determining the potential impact of adopting the above standards. These standards have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. Neither of these standards have been endorsed by the EU or issued by the AASB and hence are not available for early adoption in the EU or under the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements are drawn up on the basis of historical cost principles, except for derivative financial instruments and certain other financial assets, which are carried at fair value.

Rounding of amounts

Amounts in these financial statements have, unless otherwise indicated, been rounded to the nearest million dollars.

Currency of presentation

All amounts are expressed in millions of US dollars, unless otherwise stated, consistent with the predominant functional currency of the Group’s operations.

Consistent application of accounting policies

The accounting policies have been consistently applied by all entities included in the Group consolidated financial statements and are consistent with those applied in all prior years presented.

Comparatives

Where applicable, comparatives have been adjusted to measure or present them on the same basis as current period figures.

Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group include the consolidation of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their respective subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by either parent entity. Control exists where

either parent entity is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. A parent entity has power over the subsidiary, when it has existing rights to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary. The relevant activities are those which significantly affect the subsidiary’s returns. The ability to approve the operating and capital budget of a subsidiary and the ability to appoint key management personnel are decisions that demonstrate that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of a subsidiary. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial report from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Where the Group’s interest is less than 100 per cent, the interest attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling interests. The effects of all transactions between entities within the Group have been eliminated.

Joint arrangements

The Group undertakes a number of business activities through joint arrangements. Joint arrangements exist when two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Group’s joint arrangements are of two types:

Joint operations

Joint operations are joint arrangements in which the parties with joint control have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The activities of a joint operation are primarily designed for the provision of output to the parties to the arrangement, indicating that:

the parties have the rights to substantially all the economic benefits of the assets of the arrangement; and

all liabilities are satisfied by the joint participants through their purchases of that output. This indicates that, in substance, the joint participants have an obligation for the liabilities of the arrangement.

The financial statements of the Group include its share of the assets in joint operations, together with its share of the liabilities, revenues and expenses arising jointly or otherwise from those operations and its revenue derived from the sale of its share of output from the joint operation. All such amounts are measured in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the joint operation.

Joint ventures

Joint ventures are joint arrangements in which the parties with joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. A separate vehicle, not the parties, will have the rights to the assets and obligations to the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. More than an insignificant share of output from a joint venture is sold to third parties which indicates that the joint venture is not dependent on the parties to the arrangement for funding and that the parties to the arrangement have no obligation for the liabilities of the arrangement.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method the joint venture is recorded initially at cost to the Group, including the value of any goodwill on acquisition. In subsequent periods, the carrying amount of the joint venture is adjusted to reflect the Group’s share of its post-acquisition profit or loss and other comprehensive income. After application of the equity method, including recognising the Group’s share of the joint ventures’ results, the value of the investment will be assessed for impairment if there is objective evidence that an impairment of the investment may have occurred. Where the Group’s investment in a joint venture is nil after having applied equity accounting principles (and the Group has no legal or constructive obligation to make further payments, nor has made payments on behalf of the joint venture), dividends received from the joint venture will be recognised in the Group’s result as a ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’.

Associates

Associates are entities in which the Group holds significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity but is not control or joint control. If the Group holds 20 per cent or more of the voting power of an entity, it is presumed that the Group has significant influence, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case. Significant influence can also arise when the Group has less than 20 per cent of voting power but it can be demonstrated that the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the associate.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method as described above. The Group uses the term ‘equity accounted investments’ to refer to associates and joint ventures collectively.

Business combinations

Business combinations that occurred between 1 July 2004 and 30 June 2009 were accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration of the combination is allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired. Business combinations prior to 1 July 2004 have been accounted for in accordance with the Group’s previous policies under Australian GAAP and UK GAAP and have not been restated.

Business combinations undertaken from 1 July 2010 are accounted for by applying the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) are measured on the basis of fair value at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill

Where the fair value of consideration paid for a business combination exceeds the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Where the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition, the difference is immediately recognised in the income statement. The recognition and measurement of goodwill attributable to a non-controlling interest in a business combination is determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Goodwill is not amortised, however, its carrying amount is assessed annually against its recoverable amount as explained below under ‘Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets’. On the subsequent disposal or termination of a previously acquired business, any remaining balance of associated goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal or termination.

Intangible assets

Amounts paid for the acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, such as software and licences, are capitalised at the fair value of consideration paid and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Identifiable intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life, which is typically no greater than eight years. The Group has no identifiable intangible assets for which the expected useful life is indefinite.

Foreign currencies

The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies (currencies other than the functional currency of an operation) are recorded using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the underlying transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange prevailing at year-end and

the gains or losses on retranslation are included in the income statement, with the exception of foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for site closure and rehabilitation, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment for operating sites.

Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in each subsidiary, joint arrangement and associate, arising after 1 July 2004, are accounted for in accordance with the policy stated below. Exchange variations arising before this date were transferred to retained earnings on 1 July 2004, being the date of transition to IFRS.

Subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates that have functional currencies other than US dollars are foreign operations and translate their income statement items to US dollars using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of each transaction. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates prevailing at year-end. Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in foreign operations, together with differences between their income statement items translated at actual and closing rates, are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve. For the purpose of foreign currency translation, the net investment in a foreign operation is determined inclusive of foreign currency intercompany balances for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. The balance of the foreign currency translation reserve relating to a foreign operation that is disposed of, or partially disposed of, is recognised in the income statement at the time of disposal.

Share-based payments

The fair value at grant date of equity-settled share awards is charged to the income statement over the period for which the benefits of employee services are expected to be derived. The corresponding accrued employee entitlement is recorded in the employee share awards reserve. The fair value of awards is calculated using an option pricing model which considers the following factors:

exercise price;

expected life of the award;

current market price of the underlying shares;

expected volatility;

expected dividends;

risk-free interest rate;

market-based performance hurdles;

non-vesting conditions.

Where awards are forfeited because non-market based vesting conditions are not satisfied, the expense previously recognised is proportionately reversed. Where shares in BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc are acquired by on-market purchases prior to settling vested entitlements, the cost of the acquired shares is carried as treasury shares and deducted from equity. Where awards are satisfied by delivery of acquired shares, any difference between their acquisition cost and the remuneration expense recognised is charged directly to retained earnings. The tax effect of awards granted is recognised in income tax expense, except to the extent that the total tax deductions are expected to exceed the cumulative remuneration expense. In this situation, the excess of the associated current or deferred tax is recognised in other comprehensive income and forms part of the employee share awards reserve.

Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods and disposal of other assets is recognised when persuasive evidence (usually in the form of an executed sales agreement) of an arrangement exists and;

there has been a transfer of risks and rewards to the customer;

no further work or processing is required by the Group;

the quantity and quality of the goods has been determined with reasonable accuracy;

the price is fixed or determinable;

collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenue is therefore generally recognised when title passes. In the majority of sales for most commodities, sales agreements specify that title passes on the bill of lading date, which is the date the commodity is delivered to the shipping agent. For these sales, revenue is recognised on the bill of lading date. For certain sales (principally coal sales to adjoining power stations and diamond sales), title passes and revenue is recognised when the goods have been delivered.

In cases where the terms of the executed sales agreement allow for an adjustment to the sales price based on a survey of the goods by the customer (for instance an assay for mineral content), recognition of the sales revenue is based on the most recently determined estimate of product specifications.

For certain commodities, the sales price is determined on a provisional basis at the date of sale and adjustments to the sales price subsequently occurs based on movements in quoted market or contractual prices up to the date of final pricing. The period between provisional invoicing and final pricing is typically between 60 and 120 days. Revenue on provisionally priced sales is recognised based on the estimated fair value of the total consideration receivable. The revenue adjustment mechanism embedded within provisionally priced sales arrangements has the character of a commodity derivative. Accordingly, the fair value of the final sales price adjustment is re-estimated continuously and changes in fair value are recognised as an adjustment to revenue. In all cases, fair value is estimated by reference to forward market prices.

Revenue is not reduced for royalties and other taxes payable from the Group’s production.

The Group separately discloses sales of Group production from sales of third party products because of the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral and petroleum resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

researching and analysing historical exploration data;

gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;

exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;

determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;

surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements;

conducting market and finance studies.

Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income statement. Initial payments for the acquisition of intangible lease assets are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure (including amortisation of capitalised licence and lease costs) is charged to the income statement as incurred except in the following circumstances, in which case the expenditure may be capitalised:

In respect of minerals activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest which was previously acquired as an asset acquisition or in a business combination and measured at fair value on acquisition; or

The existence of a commercially viable mineral deposit has been established.

In respect of petroleum activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest for which it is expected that the expenditure will be recouped by future exploitation or sale; or

Exploration and evaluation activity has not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of commercially recoverable reserves.

Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure considered to be a tangible asset is recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less impairment charges. Otherwise, it is recorded as an intangible asset (such as certain licence and lease arrangements). In determining whether the purchase of an exploration licence or lease is an intangible asset or a component of property, plant and equipment, consideration is given to the substance of the item acquired not its legal form. Licences or leases purchased which allow exploration over an extended period of time meet the definition of an intangible exploration lease asset where they cannot be reasonably associated with a known resource (minerals) or reserves (petroleum). All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. When a potential impairment is indicated, assessment is performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operating assets (representing a cash-generating unit) to which the exploration is attributed. Exploration areas in which reserves have been discovered but require major capital expenditure before production can begin, are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is under way or planned. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.

Development expenditure

When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified as assets under construction, and is disclosed as a component of property, plant and equipment. All subsequent development expenditure is capitalised and classified as assets under construction, provided commercial viability conditions continue to be satisfied. Development expenditure is net of proceeds from the sale of ore extracted during the development phase. On completion of development, all assets included in assets under construction are reclassified as either plant and equipment or other mineral assets.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost is the fair value of consideration given to acquire the asset at the time of its acquisition or construction and includes the direct cost of bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for operation and the estimated future cost of closure and rehabilitation of the facility.

Other mineral assets

Other mineral assets comprise:

capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure (including development stripping) for properties now in production;

mineral rights and petroleum interests acquired;

capitalised production stripping (as described below in ‘Overburden removal costs’).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are depreciated to their estimated residual value over the estimated useful lives of the specific assets concerned, or the estimated life of the associated mine, field or lease, if shorter. Estimates of residual values and useful lives are reassessed annually and any change in estimate is taken into account in the determination of remaining depreciation charges. Depreciation commences on the date of commissioning. The major categories of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a unit of production and/or straight-line basis using estimated lives indicated below. However, where assets are dedicated to a mine, field or lease and are not readily transferable, the below useful lives are subject to the lesser of the asset category’s useful life and the life of the mine, field or lease:

•       Buildings

25 to 50 years

•       Land

not depreciated

•       Plant and equipment

3 to 30 years straight-line

•       Mineral rights and petroleum interests

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

•       Capitalised exploration, evaluation and development  expenditure

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

Leased assets

Assets held under lease, which result in the Group receiving substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset (finance leases), are capitalised at the lower of the fair value of the property, plant and equipment or the estimated present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding finance lease obligation is included within interest bearing liabilities. The interest component is charged to financial expenses over the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the obligation.

Operating lease assets are not capitalised and rental payments are included in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Provision is made for the present value of future operating lease payments in relation to surplus lease space, when it is first determined that the space will be of no probable future benefit. Operating lease incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets

Formal impairment tests are carried out annually for goodwill. In addition, formal impairment tests for all assets are performed when there is an indication of impairment. The Group conducts an internal review of asset values annually, which is used as a source of information to assess for any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. External factors, such as changes in expected future prices, costs and other market factors, are also monitored to assess for indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is calculated, being the higher of fair value less direct costs of disposal and the asset’s value in use.

If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is impaired and an impairment loss is charged to the income statement so as to reduce the carrying amount in the balance sheet to its recoverable

amount. A reversal of a previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit.

Fair value is determined as the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value for mineral assets is generally determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate to arrive at a net present value of the asset.

Value in use is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal. Value in use is determined by applying assumptions specific to the Group’s continued use and cannot take into account future development. These assumptions are different to those used in calculating fair value and consequently the value in use calculation is likely to give a different result (usually lower) to a fair value calculation.

In testing for indications of impairment and performing impairment calculations, assets are considered as collective groups and referred to as cash-generating units. Cash-generating units are the smallest identifiable group of assets, liabilities and associated goodwill that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The impairment assessments are based on a range of estimates and assumptions, including:

Estimates/assumptions:Basis:

•       Future production

•  proved and probable reserves, resource estimates and, in  certain cases, expansion projects

•       Commodity prices

forward market and contract prices, and longer-term price  protocol estimates

•       Exchange rates

current (forward) market exchange rates

•       Discount rates

cost of capital risk-adjusted appropriate to the resource

Overburden removal costs

The process of removing overburden and other mine waste materials to access mineral deposits is referred to as stripping. In open-pit mining, stripping costs are accounted for separately for each component of an ore body. A component is a specific section within an ore body that is made more accessible by the stripping activity. The identification of components is dependent on the mine plan and will often comprise a separate pushback or phase identified in the plan.

There are two types of stripping activity:

Development stripping is the initial overburden removal during the development phase to obtain access to a mineral deposit that will be commercially produced.

Production stripping is the interburden removal during the normal course of production activity. Production stripping commences after the first saleable minerals have been extracted from the component.

Development stripping costs are capitalised as a development stripping asset when:

It is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity; and

The costs can be measured reliably.

Production stripping can give rise to two benefits being the extraction of ore in the current period and improved access to the ore body component in future periods. To the extent that the benefit is the extraction of ore the stripping costs are recognised as an inventory cost. To the extent the benefit is improved access to future ore, the stripping costs are recognised as a production stripping asset if the following criteria are met:

It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to ore) will flow to the entity;

The component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be identified; and

The costs relating to the stripping activity can be measured reliably.

Production stripping costs are allocated between the inventory produced and the production stripping asset using a life-of- component waste to ore (or mineral contained) strip ratio. When the current strip ratio is greater than the life-of-component ratio a portion of the stripping costs is capitalised to the production stripping asset.

The development and production stripping assets are depreciated on a units of production basis based on the proven and probable reserves of the relevant components. Stripping assets are classified as other mineral assets in property, plant and equipment.

Inventories

Inventories, including work in progress, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined primarily on the basis of average costs. For processed inventories, cost is derived on an absorption costing basis. Cost comprises cost of purchasing raw materials and cost of production, including attributable mining and manufacturing overheads. In respect of minerals inventory, quantities are assessed primarily through surveys and assays. In respect of petroleum inventory, quantities are derived through flow rate or tank volume measurement; volume calculation and composition is derived via sample analysis.

Finance costs

Finance costs are expensed as incurred except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use, in which case finance costs are capitalised up to the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. The amount of finance costs capitalised (before the effects of income tax) for the period is determined by applying the interest rate applicable to appropriate borrowings outstanding during the period, to the average amount of capitalised expenditure for the qualifying assets during the period.

Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end, and includes any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax assessment or deduction purposes. Where an asset has no deductible or depreciable amount for income tax purposes, but has a deductible amount on sale or abandonment for capital gains tax purposes, that amount is included in the determination of temporary differences. The tax effect of certain temporary differences is not recognised, principally with respect to: goodwill; temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities (other than those arising in a business combination or in a manner that initially impacted

accounting or taxable profit); and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates to the extent that the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner and timing of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, with the exception of items that have a tax base solely derived under capital gains tax legislation, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end. To the extent that an item’s tax base is solely derived from the amount deductible under capital gains tax legislation, deferred tax is determined as if such amounts are deductible in determining future assessable income.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and amended to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group has both the right and the intention to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net or simultaneous basis.

Royalties and resource rent taxes are treated as taxation arrangements when they have the characteristics of a tax. This is considered to be the case when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is calculated by reference to revenue derived (net of any allowable deductions) after adjustment for temporary differences. For such arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as described above for other forms of taxation. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised as current provisions and included in expenses.

Provision for employee benefits

Provision is made in the financial statements for all employee benefits, including on costs. In relation toindustry-based long service leave funds, the Group’s liability, including obligations for funding shortfalls, is determined after deducting the fair value of dedicated assets of such funds.

Liabilities for unpaid wages and salaries are recognised in sundry creditors. Current entitlements to annual leave and accumulating sick leave accrued for services up to the reporting date are recognised in provision for employee benefits and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid. Entitlements to non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken.

The current liability for long service leave (for which settlement within 12 months of the reporting date cannot be deferred) is recognised in the current provision for employee benefits and is measured in accordance with annual leave described above. The non-current liability for long service leave is recognised in the non-current provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Superannuation, pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group operates or participates in a number of pension (including superannuation) schemes throughout the world. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards.

For defined contribution schemes or schemes operated on an industry-wide basis where it is not possible to identify assets attributable to the participation by the Group’s employees, the pension charge is calculated on the basis of contributions payable.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing pensions is charged to the income statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, interest cost on defined benefit obligations, and the effect of any curtailments or settlements, net of returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. An asset or liability is consequently recognised in the balance sheet based on the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets, except that any such asset cannot exceed the present value of expected refunds from and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Defined benefit obligations are estimated by discounting expected future payments using market yields at the reporting date on high-quality corporate bonds in countries that have developed corporate bond markets. However, where developed corporate bond markets do not exist, the discount rates are selected by reference to national government bonds. In both instances, the bonds are selected with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash flows.

Certain Group companies provide post-retirement medical benefits to qualifying retirees. In some cases the benefits are provided through medical care schemes to which the Group, the employees, the retirees and covered family members contribute. In some schemes there is no funding of the benefits before retirement. These schemes are recognised on the same basis as described above for defined benefit pension schemes.

Closure and rehabilitation

The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site closure or rehabilitation. Closure and rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling; removal or treatment of waste materials; site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required and the associated costs are dependent on the requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

Provisions for the cost of each closure and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time that environmental disturbance occurs. When the extent of disturbance increases over the life of an operation, the provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass all closure and rehabilitation activity expected to occur progressively over the life of the operation and at or after the time of closure, for disturbance existing at the reporting date. Routine operating costs that may impact the ultimate closure and rehabilitation activities, such as waste material handling conducted as an integral part of a mining or production process, are not included in the provision. Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation which is probable and capable of reliable estimation.

The timing of the actual closure and rehabilitation expenditure is dependent upon a number of factors such as the life and nature of the asset, the operating licence conditions, the principles of Our BHP Billiton Charter and the environment in which the mine operates. Expenditure may occur before and after closure and can continue for an extended period of time dependent on closure and rehabilitation requirements. The majority of the expenditure is expected to be paid over periods of up to 50 years with some payments into perpetuity.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows, discounted to their present value and determined according to the probability of alternative estimates of cash flows occurring for each operation. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is located. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming expectations of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Those expectations are formed based on existing environmental and regulatory requirements or, if more stringent, Group environmental policies which give rise to a constructive obligation.

When provisions for closure and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation. The capitalised cost of closure and rehabilitation activities is recognised in property, plant and equipment and depreciated accordingly. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, creating an expense recognised in financial expenses.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates. Those adjustments are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the undepreciated capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the capitalised cost is reduced to nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the income statement. In the case of closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement. Changes to the capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future depreciation. Adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future closure and rehabilitation cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the significant judgements and estimates involved. Factors influencing those changes include:

revisions to estimated reserves, resources and lives of operations;

developments in technology;

regulatory requirements and environmental management strategies;

changes in the estimated extent and costs of anticipated activities, including the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates;

movements in interest rates affecting the discount rate applied.

Financial instruments

All financial assets are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid. Subsequently, financial assets are carried at fair value or amortised cost less impairment. Where non-derivative financial assets are carried at fair value, gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised directly in equity unless the financial assets have been designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss, in which case the gains and losses are recognised directly in the income statement. Financial assets are designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss where this is necessary to reduce measurement inconsistencies for related assets and liabilities. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are initially recognised at fair value of consideration received net of transaction costs as appropriate (initial cost) and, with the exception of financial liabilities which have been designated in fair value hedging relationships, are subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Derivatives, including those embedded in other contractual arrangements but separated for accounting purposes because they are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss on remeasurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The measurement of fair value is based on quoted market prices. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling credit and other risks implicit in such estimates.

Forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes are accounted for as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Derivatives embedded within other contractual arrangements and the majority of commodity-based transactions executed through derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference between the change in fair value of the derivative and the hedged risk constitutes ineffectiveness of the hedge and is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, plant and equipment purchases) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge ceases to meet the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a hedged forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative hedge gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Available for sale and trading investments

Available for sale and trading investments are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of trading investments are recognised directly in the income statement. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of available for sale investments are recognised directly in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement when realised by sale or redemption, or when a reduction in fair value is judged to represent an impairment.

Application of critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Reserve estimates

Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, estimates are required for a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or fields to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements to interpret the data.

The Group determines and reports ore reserves in Australia and the United Kingdom under the principles incorporated in the Australasian Code for Reporting Exploration Results of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves December 2012 known as the JORC Code, and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules 2012 for minerals. The JORC Code requires the use of reasonable investment assumptions when reporting reserves. As a result, management will form a view of forecast sales prices, based on current and long-term historical average price trends. For example, if current prices remain above long-term historical averages for an extended period of time, management may assume that lower prices will prevail in the future and as a result, those lower prices are used to estimate reserves under the JORC Code. Lower price assumptions generally result in lower estimates of reserves.

Reserve reporting requirements for SEC (United States of America) filings are specified in Industry Guide 7, which requires economic assumptions to be based on current economic conditions (which may differ from assumptions based on reasonable investment assumptions). Accordingly, for SEC filings, we test our reserve estimates derived under JORC against assumed ‘current economic conditions’. ‘Current economic conditions’ are based on the three-year average of historical contract and market prices for commodities such as iron ore and coal, and the three-year average of historical market prices for commodities that are traded on the London Metal Exchange, such as copper and nickel. However, we only report a different reserve in the United States if, based on the United States SEC pricing assumptions test, the reserve will be lower than that reported under JORC in Australia and the United Kingdom.

Oil and gas reserves reported in Australia and the United Kingdom, and the United States for SEC filing purposes, are based on the average of prices prevailing on the first day of each month for the past 12 months as required under the SEC Rules ‘Modernisation of Oil & Gas Reporting’.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. Changes in reported reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including the following:

Asset recoverable amounts may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows.

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation charged in the income statement may change where such charges are determined on the units of production basis, or where the useful economic lives of assets change.

Overburden removal costs recorded on the balance sheet or charged to the income statement may change due to changes in stripping ratios or the units of production basis of depreciation.

Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in estimated reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax benefits.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

The Group’s accounting policy for exploration and evaluation expenditure results in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where it is considered likely to be recoverable by future exploitation or sale or where the activities have not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of reserves. This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular whether an economically viable extraction operation can be established. Any such

estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, a judgement is made that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to the income statement.

Development expenditure

Development activities commence after project sanctioning by the appropriate level of management. Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable. In exercising this judgement, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions similar to those described above for capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the development activity, a judgement is made that a development asset is impaired, the appropriate amount will be written off to the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment and Intangible assets – recoverable amount

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, each asset or cash-generating unit is evaluated every reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, a formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed. Where carrying amount exceeds recoverable amount an impairment loss is recognised. A reversal of previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the increased carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating group of assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.

The determination of fair value and value in use requires management to make estimates and assumptions about expected production and sales volumes, commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), reserves (see ‘Reserve estimates’ above), operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditure. These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter these projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of the assets. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired or the impairment charge reduced with the impact recorded in the income statement.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group’s accounting policy for defined benefit pension schemes requires management to make judgements as to the nature of benefits provided by each scheme and thereby determine the classification of each scheme. For defined benefit schemes, management is required to make annual estimates and assumptions about future returns on classes of scheme assets, future remuneration changes, employee attrition rates, administration costs, changes in benefits, inflation rates, exchange rates, life expectancy and expected remaining periods of service of employees. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries. Where actual experience differs to these estimates, actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. Refer to note 30 ‘Pension and other post-retirement obligations’ for details of the key assumptions.

Provision for closure and rehabilitation

The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires significant estimates and assumptions such as: requirements of the relevant legal and regulatory framework; the magnitude of possible contamination; and the timing, extent and costs of required closure and rehabilitation activity. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided.

The provision recognised for each site is periodically reviewed and updated based on the facts and circumstances available at the time. Changes to the estimated future costs for operating sites are recognised in the balance sheet by adjusting both the closure and rehabilitation asset and provision. For closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement.

In addition to the uncertainties noted above, certain closure and rehabilitation activities are subject to legal disputes and depending on the ultimate resolution of these issues, the final liability for these matters could vary.

Taxation

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation, including royalty-related taxation, requires management’s judgement as to the types of arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost. Judgement is also required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unrecouped tax losses, capital losses, foreign tax credits and temporary differences, are recognised only where it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments, caused principally by retained earnings held in foreign tax jurisdictions, are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings can be controlled and are not expected to occur in the foreseeable future.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future production and sales volumes, commodity prices, reserves, operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs, capital expenditure, dividends and other capital management transactions. Judgements are also required about the application of income tax legislation and its interaction with income tax accounting principles. These judgements and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the income statement.

Exchange rates

The following exchange rates relative to the US dollar have been applied in the financial statements:

   Average
year ended
30 June 2014
   Average
year ended
30 June 2013
   Average
year ended
30 June 2012
   As at
30 June 2014
   As at
30 June 2013
   As at
30 June 2012
 

Australian dollar(a)

   0.92     1.03     1.03     0.94     0.92     1.00  

Brazilian real

   2.29     2.04     1.78     2.20     2.18     2.08  

Canadian dollar

   1.07     1.00     1.00     1.07     1.05     1.03  

Chilean peso

   532     479     492     551     504     510  

Colombian peso

   1,935     1,814     1,825     1,881     1,923     1,807  

Euro

   0.74     0.77     0.75     0.73     0.77     0.80  

South African rand

   10.39     8.84     7.77     10.60     10.00     8.41  

UK pound sterling

   0.62     0.64     0.63     0.59     0.66     0.64  

(a)Displayed as US$ to A$1 based on common convention.

21.    Segment reporting

Business segments

The Group operates fivefour Businesses aligned with the commodities which we extract and market, reflecting the structure used by the Group’s management to assess the performance of the Group.

 

Reportable segment

  

Principal activities

Petroleum and Potash  

Exploration, development and production of oil and gas

gas; Potashpre-development

Copper  Mining of copper, silver, lead, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold
Iron Ore  Mining of iron ore
Coal  Mining of metallurgical coal and thermal (energy) coal
Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

Mining of bauxite, refining of bauxite into alumina and smelting of alumina into aluminium metal

Unless otherwise noted, the segment reporting information excludes Discontinued operations demerged with South32, being the Group’s former interests in its integrated Aluminium business, Energy Coal South Africa, Illawarra metallurgical coal, the Manganese business, the Cerro Matoso nickel operation and the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine.

Mining of manganese ore and production of manganese metal and alloys

Mining and production of nickel products

Group and unallocated items representincludes Group centre functions,Functions, other unallocated operations including Nickel West (previously disclosed in the former Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business demerged with South32) and consolidation adjustments.

Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.

It is the Group’s policy that inter-segment sales are made on a commercial basis.

  Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
 Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
   Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
 

Year ended 30 June 2015

       
US$M                       

Year ended 30 June 2014

        

Revenue

               

Group production

   14,022   12,838   20,882   8,659   7,583       63,984     10,912   10,500   14,438   5,878   1,395   43,123  

Third party products

   437   1,030   130   456   823   103   2,979     69   953   76   7   74   1,179  

Rendering of services

   112       131               243     199       135           334  

Inter-segment revenue

   262       213       5   (480       267       104       (371    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   14,833    13,868    21,356    9,115    8,411    (377  67,206     11,447    11,453    14,753    5,885    1,098    44,636  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   9,615    6,586    13,531    1,717    1,029    (119  32,359     7,023    5,205    8,648    1,242    (266  21,852  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,951  (1,418  (1,464  (1,039  (670  (159  (8,701   (4,744 (1,545 (1,698 (875 (296 (9,158

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (377  (88  35    (292  (52  (23  (797

Impairment losses

   (477 (307 (18 (19 (7 (828
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,287    5,080    12,102    386    307    (301  22,861     1,802    3,353    6,932    348    (569  11,866  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprising:

               

Group production

   5,288    4,634    11,498    218    289    (305  21,622     1,801   3,155   6,571   347   (570 11,304  

Third party products

   3    8    (3  18    18        44     1   23   (10         14  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   (4  438    607    150        4    1,195        175   371   1   1   548  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,287    5,080    12,102    386    307    (301  22,861     1,802    3,353    6,932    348    (569  11,866  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (1,176       (614

Exceptional items(d)

         551         (3,196
        

 

        

 

 

Profit before taxation

         22,236          8,056  
        

 

        

 

 

Capital expenditure

   6,423    3,757    2,949    2,345    498    21    15,993     5,359    3,822    1,930    729    107    11,947  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method (e)

   115    1,386    1,069    1,089        5    3,664     287    1,422    1,044    956    3    3,712  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets (e)

   47,046    24,690    27,412    18,863    12,713    20,689    151,413     43,183    26,340    26,808    14,182    14,067    124,580  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities (e)

   7,532    2,459    4,022    4,563    3,391    44,064    66,031     6,896    2,639    2,854    2,413    39,233    54,035  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
 Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
   Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
 

Year ended 30 June 2014

       
US$M                       

Year ended 30 June 2013

        

Revenue

               

Group production

   12,951   13,837   18,331   9,310   8,093   326   62,848     14,022   11,759   20,883   6,536   1,603   54,803  

Third party products

   175   700   86   585   1,165   175   2,886     437   1,030   130   27   93   1,717  

Rendering of services

   98       121               219     112       130           242  

Inter-segment revenue

          55       20   (75       262       213       (475    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   13,224    14,537    18,593    9,895    9,278    426    65,953     14,833   12,789   21,356   6,563   1,221   56,762  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   8,910    6,885    12,113    1,480    915    5    30,308     9,615   6,127   13,531   1,258   (239 30,292  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,068  (1,197  (917  (885  (772  (192  (7,031   (3,951 (1,371 (1,464 (683 (247 (7,716

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (206  (49  (87      15    (20  (347   (377 (88 35       (48 (478
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,636    5,639    11,109    595    158    (207  22,930     5,287   4,668   12,102   575   (534 22,098  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprising:

               

Group production

   5,616    5,181    10,565    410    120    (231  21,661     5,288   4,222   11,498   435   (545 20,898  

Third party products

   11    3    31    44    38        127     3   8   (3)       7   15  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   9    455    513    141        24    1,142     (4 438   607   140   4   1,185  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,636    5,639    11,109    595    158    (207  22,930     5,287   4,668   12,102   575   (534 22,098  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (1,276       (914

Exceptional items(d)

         (1,928       551  
        

 

        

 

 

Profit before taxation

         19,726         21,735  
        

 

        

 

 

Capital expenditure

   7,675    3,930    5,979    3,626    893    140    22,243     6,423   3,697   2,949   1,971   184   15,224  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method(e)

   130    1,351    1,044    1,150            3,675     115   1,386   1,069   1,079   15   3,664  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets(e)

   44,383    22,623    25,877    17,568    12,092    16,635    139,178     47,046   24,255   27,412   14,919   37,781   151,413  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities(e)

   6,858    2,549    3,751    4,343    3,283    43,103    63,887     7,532   2,258   4,022   3,010   49,209   66,031  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
 Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
   Petroleum
and Potash
 Copper Iron Ore Coal Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
 BHP
Billiton
Group
 

Year ended 30 June 2013

       
US$MUS$M        

Year ended 30 June 2012

        

Revenue

               

Group production

   12,617   13,090   20,171   11,638   8,334   706   66,556     12,951   12,472   18,331   6,566   2,098   52,418  

Third party products

   230   463   86   856   1,563   310   3,508     175   700   86   8   254   1,223  

Rendering of services

   86       309   18           413     98       121           219  

Inter-segment revenue

          39       14   (53              55       (55    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   12,933    13,553    20,605    12,512    9,911    963    70,477     13,224   13,172   18,593   6,574   2,297   53,860  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   9,097    6,203    14,815    3,340    809    353    34,617     8,910   6,239   12,113   950   (103 28,109  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,045  (960  (771  (730  (811  (114  (6,431   (3,068 (1,157 (917 (526 (399 (6,067

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (19  70        2    (22  (131  (100

Impairment losses

   (206 (49 (87     (20 (362
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   6,033    5,313    14,044    2,612    (24  108    28,086     5,636   5,033   11,109   424   (522 21,680  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprising:

               

Group production

   6,023    4,800    13,104    2,195    (43  4    26,083     5,616   4,575   10,565   281   (563 20,474  

Third party products

   3    (9  31    90    19        134     11   3   31   2   17   64  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   7    522    909    327        104    1,869     9   455   513   141   24   1,142  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   6,033    5,313    14,044    2,612    (24  108    28,086     5,636   5,033   11,109   424   (522 21,680  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (668       (1,149

Exceptional items(d)

         (3,486       297  
        

 

        

 

 

Profit before taxation

         23,932         20,828  
        

 

        

 

 

Capital expenditure

   5,488    3,518    4,458    3,103    1,941    129    18,637     7,675   3,891   5,979   3,136   423   21,104  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method (e)

   129    1,073    876    1,103            3,181     130   1,351   1,044   1,150       3,675  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets (e)

   39,937    20,417    21,214    15,635    16,759    15,239    129,201     44,383   22,214   25,877   13,589   33,115   139,178  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities(e)

   6,354    3,696    3,839    4,972    3,632    37,393    59,886     6,858   2,346   3,751   2,957   47,975   63,887  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Revenue not attributable to reportable segments comprises the sale of freight and fuel to third parties, as well as revenues from unallocated operations described in footnote (f).

 

(b) Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation expense, Discontinued operations and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT is reported net of the Group’s share of net finance costs and taxation expense of equity accounted investments. Underlying EBITDA is Underlying EBIT before depreciation, impairments and amortisation.

(c) Refer to note 6 Net16 ‘Net finance costs.costs’.

 

(d) Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(e) Total segment assets and liabilities of businesses representBusinesses represents operating assets andnet of operating liabilities including the carrying amount of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances. The carrying amountvalue of investments accounted for using the equity method represents the balance of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investments, with no adjustment for any cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances of the equity accounted investment.

 

(f) Includes the Group’s diamonds business (divested effective 10 April 2013), interestother unallocated operations including Nickel West (previously disclosed in titanium minerals (divested effective 3 September 2012), non-Potash corporate costs incurred by the former DiamondsAluminium, Manganese and Specialty Products business,Nickel Business) and consolidation adjustmentsadjustments. Total assets, total liabilities and unallocated items.investments accounted for using the equity method include Discontinued operation’s balances for the year ended 30 June 2014 and for the year ended 30 June 2013.

 

 

Geographical information

 

  Revenue by location of customer   Revenue by location of customer 
  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   3,957     4,591     5,300     2,205     3,106     3,556  

United Kingdom

   1,284     1,598     378     230     979     1,244  

Rest of Europe

   4,767     5,609     6,649     2,235     2,457     2,843  

China

   23,287     20,079     21,670     16,337     21,873     18,759  

Japan

   7,143     8,147     9,095     4,863     6,305     7,143  

India

   2,798     2,581     3,751     1,680     2,009     1,692  

South Korea

   4,789     4,483     5,773     2,688     4,104     3,751  

Rest of Asia

   5,137     6,176     5,605     4,734     3,816     4,343  

North America

   10,149     8,510     7,896     7,990     9,607     7,984  

South America

   2,212     2,181     2,165     1,342     1,994     1,791  

Southern Africa

   1,143     1,311     1,415     10          67  

Rest of world

   540     687     780     322     512     687  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   67,206     65,953     70,477     44,636     56,762     53,860  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  Non-current assets by location of assets   Non-current assets by location of assets 
  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   60,408     56,173     53,809     52,109     60,408     56,173  

United Kingdom

   516     436     359     172     516     436  

North America

   35,845     33,844     28,094     33,091     35,845     33,844  

South America

   15,926     13,695     11,003     15,831     15,926     13,695  

Southern Africa

   4,570     5,081     6,316     11     4,570     5,081  

Rest of world

   3,107     3,208     4,335     2,977     3,107     3,208  

Unallocated assets(a)

   8,745     7,788     6,358     4,020     8,745     7,788  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   129,117     120,225     110,274     108,211     129,117     120,225  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Unallocated assets comprise deferred tax assets and other financial assets.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (d), (e), (g), (r), (x) and (y).

32.    Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those items where their nature and amount is considered material to the financial statements. Such items included within the Group’s profit for the year from Continuing operations are detailed below. Exceptional items attributable to Discontinued operations are detailed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

Year ended 30 June 2015

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Onshore US assets

   (2,787  829    (1,958

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (409  119    (290

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation (a)

       (698  (698
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,196  250    (2,946
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(12) million.

Impairment of Onshore US assets

The Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1,958 million (after tax benefit) in relation to its Onshore US assets. The gas focused Hawkville field accounts for the substantial majority of this charge reflecting its geological complexity, product mix, acreage relinquishments and amended development plans. The remainder relates to the impairment of goodwill associated with the Petrohawk acquisition.

Impairment of Nickel West assets

On 12 November 2014, the Group announced that the review of its Nickel West business was complete and the preferred option, the sale of the business, was not achieved on an acceptable basis. As a result of operational decisions made subsequent to the conclusion of this process, an impairment charge of US$290 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation

The legislation to repeal the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) in Australia took effect on 30 September 2014. As a result, the Group derecognised a MRRT deferred tax asset of US$809 million and corresponding taxation charges of US$698 million related to Continuing operations and US$111 million related to Discontinued operations were recognised in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

     

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Sale of
assets
   Gross 
   US$M   US$M 

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   551     551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of Pinto Valley:Valley

On 11 October 2013, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Gross Tax Net   Gross Tax Net 
 US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Exceptional items by category

       

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

  420        420     420       420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

  1,212    (183  1,029     1,212   (183 1,029  

Sale of diamonds business

  (97  (42  (139   (97 (42 (139

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

  1,539    (188  1,351     1,539   (188 1,351  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

  (1,698  454    (1,244   (1,698 454   (1,244

Impairment of Worsley assets

  (2,190  559    (1,631

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

  (266  99    (167   (266 99   (167

Other impairments arising from capital project review

  (1,006  291    (715   (971 291   (680

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

  158    (47  111     158   (47 111  
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  (1,928  943    (985   297   384   681  
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Sale of
assets
  Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
  Gross 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

  420                420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

  1,212                1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

      (97          (97

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

  1,539                1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

      (1,698          (1,698

Impairment of Worsley assets

      (2,190          (2,190

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

      (266          (266

Other impairments arising from capital project review

      (898  (108      (1,006

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

              158    158  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  3,171    (5,149  (108  158    (1,928
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

US$M

 Sale of
assets
  Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
  Gross 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

  420                420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

  1,212                1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

      (97          (97

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

  1,539                1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

      (1,698          (1,698

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

      (266          (266

Other impairments arising from capital project review

      (863  (108      (971

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

              158    158  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  3,171    (2,924  (108  158    297  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit:deposit

On 27 August 2012, the Group announced the sale of its wholly owned Yeelirrie uranium deposit and the transaction was completed on 19 December 2012. A gain on sale of US$420 million was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013, while the associated tax expense was offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$126 million.

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals:Minerals

On 7 September 2012, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its 37.76 per cent effective interest in Richards Bay Minerals. A gain on sale of US$1,029 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Sale of diamonds business:business

On 13 November 2012, the Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations. The transaction was completed on 10 April 2013 for an aggregate cash consideration of US$553 million (after adjustments). An impairment charge of US$139 million (after tax expense) was recognised based on the final consideration.

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures:Ventures

On 12 December 2012, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture. A gain on sale of US$1,539 million was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013. The associated tax expense of US$462 million was partly offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$241 million and the derecognition of deferred tax liabilities of US$33 million. The transaction was completed on 7 June 2013.

Impairment of Nickel West assets:assets

As a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak nickel prices, the Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1,244 million (after tax benefit) in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Impairment of Worsley assets:

The Group recognised an impairment of assets at Worsley as a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak alumina prices. A total impairment charge of US$1,631 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Impairment of Permian Basin assets:assets

An impairment charge of US$167 million (after tax benefit) was recognised as the performance of specific evaluation wells in certain areas of the Permian Basin (US) do not support economic development.

Other impairments arising from capital project review:review

In the year ended 30 June 2013, WAIOWestern Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) refocused its attention on the capital-efficient expansion opportunity that exists within the Port Hedland inner harbour and all early works associated with the outer harbour development option were suspended. This revision to the WAIO development sequence and the change in status of other minor capital projects across the Group has resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$639604 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$76 million (after tax benefit) in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation:rehabilitation

The Group recognised a decrease of US$158 million (before tax expense) to its rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). This followed the completion of the Hunter River Remediation Project and reaching agreement with the Environment Protection Authority in March 2013 regarding the necessary scope of work to repeal the Environmental Classification at Steel River.

Year ended 30 June 2012

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835  996    (1,839

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (449  94    (355

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects(a)

   (502  108    (394

Settlement of insurance claims(a)

   300    (90  210  

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia

       637    637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,486  1,745    (1,741
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes gross amounts attributable to non-controlling interest of US$(34) million (US$7 million tax expense).

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2012

 Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Idle capacity
costs and
inventory
write-downs
  Restructuring
costs
  Insurance
recoveries
  Gross 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

  (2,835              (2,835

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

  (406  (43          (449

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects

  (422  (40  (40      (502

Settlement of insurance claims

              300    300  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (3,663  (83  (40  300    (3,486
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets:

As a result of the fall in United States domestic gas prices and the Company’s decision to adjust its development plans, the Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets in relation to its Fayetteville shale gas assets. A total impairment charge of US$1,839 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets:

The Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets at Nickel West as a result of the continued downturn in the nickel price and margin deterioration. A total impairment charge of US$355 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects:

As part of our regular portfolio review, various operations and projects around the Group were either suspended, closed early or changed in status. These included the change in status of the Olympic Dam expansion project; the temporary suspension of production at TEMCO and the permanent closure of the Metalloys South Plant in South Africa; the indefinite cessation of production at Norwich Park; and the suspension of other minor capital projects. As a result, impairment charges of US$338 million (after tax benefit), idle capacity costs and inventorywrite-down of US$28 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$28 million (after tax benefit) were recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Settlement of insurance claims:

During 2008, extreme weather across the central Queensland coalfields affected production from the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) operations. The Group settled insurance claims in respect of the lost production and insurance claim income of US$210 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia:

The Australian Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) and Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (PRRT) extension legislation was enacted in March 2012. Under the legislation, the Group is entitled to a deduction against future MRRT and PRRT liabilities based on the market value of its coal, iron ore and petroleum assets. A deferred tax asset, and an associated net income tax benefit of US$637 million, was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012 to reflect the future deductibility of these market values for MRRT and PRRT purposes, to the extent they were considered recoverable.

4    Other income3.    Expenses

 

   2014  2013   2012 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Dividend income

   31    16     10  

Royalties

   18    35     28  

(Losses)/gains on sale of property, plant and equipment (a)

   (35  1,984     101  

Gains/(losses) on sale of investments

   8    9     (2

Gains on divestment of equity accounted investments (b)

       1,212       

Gains on divestment of subsidiaries and operations(c)

   673         19  

Commission income

   85    93     131  

Insurance recoveries (d)

   41    16     304  

Other income

   703    582     307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

   1,524    3,947     898  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   139    (134  (8

Raw materials and consumables used

   4,667    5,540    5,407  

Employee benefits expense

   4,971    5,413    5,578  

External services (including transportation)(a)

   8,928    9,899    10,202  

Third party commodity purchases

   1,165    1,702    1,158  

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

   (469  168    (187

Research and development costs before crediting related grants

   13    27    46  

Fair value change on derivatives(b)

   124    (122  63  

Impairment of available for sale financial assets

   15    6    1  

Reversal of previously impaired financial assets

   (6        

Government royalties paid and payable

   1,708    2,412    2,179  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   9,158    7,716    6,067  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period

   670    698    1,026  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure previously capitalised, written off as unsuccessful or abandoned(c)

   48    167    1,099  

Reversal of previously written off capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure

   (20  (56    

Impairment of property, plant and equipment(d)

   3,449    344    2,246  

Reversal of previously impaired property, plant and equipment

   (4      (67

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(e)

   542    17    7  

Operating lease rentals

   636    665    679  

All other operating expenses(f)

   1,276    2,061    1,333  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   37,010    36,523    36,829  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Aggregate employee benefits expense

    

Wages, salaries and redundancies

   4,537    4,799    5,195  

Employee share awards(g)

   203    214    188  

Social security costs

   2    3    2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Pension and other post-retirement obligations

   358    529    377  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   5,100    5,545    5,762  

Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure above

   (129  (132  (184
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense

   4,971    5,413    5,578  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$1,947 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(b)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$1,212 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(c)Includes exceptional items of US$551 million (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2012:2013: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(d)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$30096 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

5    Expenses

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   (128  180    317  

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,842    8,926    8,128  

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035  

External services (including transportation) (a)

   11,736    12,478    14,293  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,935    2,759    3,402  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   100    (284  (571

Research and development costs before crediting related grants

   43    64    75  

Fair value change on derivatives(b)

   (120  79    (141

Impairment of available for sale financial assets

       1    1  

Reversal of previously impaired financial assets

   (2        

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,760    2,562    2,880  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   8,701    7,031    6,431  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period

   716    1,047    1,644  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure previously capitalised, written off as unsuccessful or abandoned(c)

   167    1,099    144  

Reversal of previously written off capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure

   (56        

Impairment of property, plant and equipment(d)

   623    4,456    3,114  

Reversal of previously impaired property, plant and equipment

       (67  (71

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (e)

   65    7    575  

Operating lease rentals

   759    776    658  

All other operating expenses (f)

   2,469    1,758    1,730  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   46,513    50,040    48,644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Aggregate employee benefits expense

    

Wages, salaries and redundancies

   6,143    6,625    5,564  

Employee share awards(g)

   239    214    258  

Social security costs

   7    7    12  

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations – refer to note 30

   649    510    456  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,038    7,356    6,290  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure above

   (135  (188  (255
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$96 million; 2012: US$ nil)2 ‘Exceptional items’. Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

 

(b) Fair value change on derivatives includesinclude realised gainslosses of US$49107 million (2013:(2014: US$5131 million realised gains; 2012:2013: US$12628 million realised losses)gains) and unrealised gainslosses of US$7117 million (2013:(2014: US$13092 million unrealised losses; 2012:gain; 2013: US$26792 million unrealised gains)losses).

(c) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$832 million; 2012: nil; 2013: US$ nil)797 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

(d) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:2,696 million (2014: US$4,310 million; 2012: nil; 2013: US$3,0882,120 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(e) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:500 million (2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$7 million; 2012: US$575 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(f) Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: decrease of US$158 million; 2012: US$ nil)million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(g) Employee share awards expense is US$238.544202.955 million (2013:(2014: US$213.671213.841 million; 2012:2013: US$257.583188.413 million).

Refer to notes 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ and 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (e), (f), (g), (h), (s), (t) and (v).

6    Net finance costs4.    Income tax expense

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial expenses

    

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts(a)

   14    13    19  

Interest on all other borrowings(a) (b)

   708    965    641  

Finance lease and hire purchase interest

   55    11    37  

Dividends on redeemable preference shares

             

Discounting on provisions and other liabilities

   475    478    485  

Net interest expense on post-retirement employee benefits

   22    19    26  

Interest capitalised(c)

   (182  (290  (272

Fair value change on hedged loans

   328    (505  345  

Fair value change on hedging derivatives

   (292  489    (381

Fair value change on non-hedging derivatives(b)

   101    183    (11

Exchange variations on net debt

   44    21    (53
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,273    1,384    836  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial income

    

Interest income(d)

   (97  (108  (168
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (97  (108  (168
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   1,176    1,276    668  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Interest on bank loans and overdrafts, and other borrowings, relates to financial liabilities carried at amortised cost.

(b)Interest on all other borrowings includes financial income of US$52 million of realised fair value changes on non-hedging derivatives used to manage interest rate exposure on debt securities (2013: expense of US$97 million; 2012: US$ nil). The fair value change on non-hedging derivatives includes the unrealised fair value changes on similar instruments. The total fair value changes on non-hedging derivatives amounted to an expense of US$49 million (2013: expense of US$280 million; 2012: gain of US$11 million).

(c)Interest has been capitalised at the rate of interest applicable to the specific borrowings financing the assets under construction or, where financed through general borrowings, at a capitalisation rate representing the average interest rate on such borrowings. For the year ended 30 June 2014, the capitalisation rate was 1.82 per cent (2013: 2.24 per cent; 2012: 2.83 per cent).

(d)Interest income relates to financial assets carried at amortised cost.
   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Total taxation expense comprises:

    

Current tax expense

   3,168    6,353    6,816  

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

   498    427    (120
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,666    6,780    6,696  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation (benefit)/expense attributed to geographical jurisdictions:

    

United Kingdom

   (38  (43  83  

Australia

   3,548    4,712    4,394  

Rest of world

   156    2,111    2,219  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,666    6,780    6,696  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

7    Income tax and deferred tax

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Total taxation expense comprises:

    

Current tax expense

   6,586    7,399    7,889  

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

   426    (493  (574
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,012    6,906    7,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense attributed to geographical jurisdiction:

    

UK

   (44  84    (70

Australia

   4,871    4,512    5,837  

Rest of world

   2,185    2,310    1,548  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,012    6,906    7,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  % US$M % US$M % US$M   % US$M % US$M % US$M 

Factors affecting income tax expense for the period

              

Income tax expense differs to the standard rate of corporation tax as follows:

              

Profit before taxation

    22,236     19,726     23,932      8,056    21,735    20,828  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax on profit at standard rate of 30 per cent

   30.0    6,671    30.0    5,918 ��  30.0    7,180     30.0    2,417   30.0   6,521   30.0   6,248  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax on remitted and unremitted foreign earnings

   0.8    169    0.6    109    0.8    181     0.7    58   0.8   169   0.5   102  

Non-deductible depreciation, amortisation and exploration expenditure (a)

   0.3    84    1.1    222    0.6    150     0.4    34   0.1   46   0.6   117  

Non-tax-effected operating losses and capital gains

   0.1    28    (0.3  (56  0.7    169     1.8    143   0.1   11   (1.1 (221

Tax rate changes

   0.1    20    0.4    68             1.7    137   0.1   20   0.4   90  

Tax rate differential on foreign income

   0.1    15    (0.4  (74  (1.2  (287   (3.7  (301 0.2   49   (0.3 (56

Exchange variations and other translation adjustments

   (0.1  (24  1.2    245    1.4    347     4.2    339   (0.2 (34 0.6   134  

Initial recognition of tax assets(b)

   (0.2  (45  (1.9  (370  (0.6  (136   (2.6  (212 (0.2 (45 (1.7 (370

Amounts (over)/under provided in prior years

   (0.4  (81  (0.2  (36  0.3    72  

Amounts under/(over) provided in prior years

   1.7    138   (0.7 (147 (0.1 (11

Investment and development allowance

   (1.0  (225  (1.3  (260  (0.9  (224   (2.4  (190 (1.0 (223 (1.2 (257

Tax effect of share of profits of equity accounted investments (c)

   (1.6  (359  (1.7  (343  (2.3  (561   (2.0  (164 (1.6 (356 (1.6 (342

Other

   1.3    285    1.5    291    0.7    162     4.5    363   1.2   255   1.0   212  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax expense

   29.4    6,538    29.0    5,714    29.5    7,053     34.3    2,762   28.8   6,266   27.1   5,646  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit) (d)

   2.1    474    6.0    1,192    1.1    262     11.2    904   2.4   514   5.0   1,050  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total taxation expense

   31.5    7,012    35.0    6,906    30.6    7,315     45.5    3,666   31.2   6,780   32.1   6,696  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Includes exceptional expense of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$152 million; 2012: nil; 2013: US$ nil)55 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(b) Includes exceptional benefit of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$367 million; 2012: US$ nil)million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

(c) The share of profits of equity accounted investments is net of income tax. This item removes the prima facie tax effect on such profits.

(d) Includes exceptional expense of US$698 million (2014: US$ nil; 2013: benefit of US$ nil (2013: US$33 million; 2012: US$637 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.2 ‘Exceptional items’.

Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income is as follows:

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Income tax effect of:

        

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:

        

Available for sale investments:

        

Net valuation losses/gains taken to equity

   2    13    (12

Net valuation losses taken to equity

   1   2   13  

Net valuation gains transferred to the income statement

   2             34   2      

Cash flow hedges:

        

Gains/losses taken to equity

   (204  (67  96  

Gains/losses transferred to the income statement

   203    (22  (61

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

             

Losses/gains taken to equity

   539   (204 (67

Losses/gains transferred to the income statement

   (545 203   (22
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax credit/(charge) relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

   3    (76  23     29   3   (76
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

        

Actuarial gains/losses on pension and medical schemes

   (6  (23  76  

Remeasurement losses/gains on pension and medical schemes

   14   (6 (23

Employee share awards transferred to retained earnings on exercise

   18    49    46     (31 18   49  

Net accrued employee entitlement for share awards

       (42  (56          (42
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax credit/(charge) relating to items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

   12    (16  66  

Income tax (charge)/credit relating to items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

   (17 12   (16
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total income tax credit/(charge) relating to components of other comprehensive income(a)

   15    (92  89     12   15   (92
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Included within total income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income is US$(1)43 million relating to deferred taxes, of which US$9 million relates to Continuing operations and US$1634 million relates to Discontinued operations, and US$(31) million relating to current taxes (2013:of Continuing operations (2014: US$(1) million and US$16 million; 2013: US$(139) million and US$47 million; 2012: US$44 million and US$45 million).

The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (i).

5.    Other income

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   (243  (611  1,766  

Income tax (charge)/credit recorded in the income statement

   (426  493    574  

Income tax (charge)/credit recorded directly in equity

   (1  (139  44  

Acquisition and divestment of subsidiaries and operations

           (2,996

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       60      

Exchange variations and other movements

       (46  1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   (670  (243  (611
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The composition of the Group’s net deferred tax asset and liability recognised in the balance sheet and the deferred tax expense charged/(credited) to the income statement is as follows:

   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Dividend income

   17    14    4  

Royalties

   13    18    35  

(Losses)/gains on sale of property, plant and equipment(a)

   (7  (55  1,952  

Gains on sale of investments

   1    6    12  

Gains on divestment of equity accounted investments(b)

           1,212  

Gains on divestment of subsidiaries and operations(c)

   15    673      

Commission income

   54    85    93  

Insurance recoveries

       41    16  

Other income (d)

   403    443    480  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other income

   496    1,225    3,804  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  Deferred
tax assets
  Deferred tax
liabilities
  Charged/(credited)
to the income statement
 
      2014          2013          2014          2013          2014          2013          2012     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Type of temporary difference

       

Depreciation

  (514  606    6,375    7,000    495    532    (100

Exploration expenditure

  669    662    (102  (105  (4  (14  (101

Employee benefits

  389    355    (173  (176  (32  23    31  

Closure and rehabilitation

  1,658    1,513    (794  (589  (353  (72  (31

Resource rent tax

  1,580    1,028    1,907    1,861    (506  484    (335

Other provisions

  433    59    (59  (22  (411  34    43  

Deferred income

  (32  (22  (11  (13  12    (74  178  

Deferred charges

  (575  (374  307    282    226    302    326  

Investments, including foreign tax credits

  1,906    1,859    1,765    1,420    298    133    127  

Foreign exchange gains and losses

  (261  (431  76    64    (158  (239  (16

Non tax-depreciable fair value adjustments, revaluations and mineral rights

  (5  (11  89    76    8    (25  (63

Tax-effected losses

  1,159    961    (2,192  (3,001  605    (1,588  (762

Other

  (11  (136  (122  (485  246    11    129  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  6,396    6,069    7,066    6,312    426    (493  (574
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(a)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$1,947 million). Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’.

The composition of the Group’s unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

(b)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$1,212 million). Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

    

Tax losses and tax credits

   1,572     1,484  

Deductible temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

   19,528     19,419  

Other deductible temporary differences

   3,395     3,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

   24,495     24,253  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

    

Taxable temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax asset for MRRT and PRRT

   5,858     5,826  

Investments in subsidiaries

   2,153     2,174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

   8,011     8,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax losses

At 30 June 2014, the Group had income and capital tax losses with a tax benefit of US$1,053 million (2013: US$1,021 million) which are not recognised as deferred tax assets. The Group recognises the benefit of tax losses only to the extent of anticipated future taxable income or gains in relevant jurisdictions. The gross amount of tax losses carried forward that have not been tax effected expire as follows:

(c)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2014: US$551 million; 2013: US$ nil). Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’.

 

Year of expiry

  Australia   UK   Rest of
world
   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Income tax losses

        

Later than two years and not later than five years

             2,443     2,443  

Later than five years and not later than ten years

             40     40  

Later than ten years and not later than twenty years

             339     339  

Unlimited

   3     436     252     691  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3     436     3,074     3,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital tax losses

        

Later than two years and not later than five years

             239     239  

Unlimited

   1,797     26     26     1,849  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount of tax losses not recognised

   1,800     462     3,339     5,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax effect of total losses not recognised

   540     95     418     1,053  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax credits

At 30 June 2014, the Group had US$519 million of tax credits that have not been recognised (2013: US$463 million). Of the US$519 million of tax credits, US$383 million expires later than five years and not later than ten years, US$41 million expires later than ten years and not later than twenty years. The remainder of the tax credits do not have an expiration date.

Temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

At 30 June 2014, the Group had US$19,528 million of unrecognised deductible temporary differences (2013: US$19,419 million) relating to the Australian MRRT and PRRT with a corresponding unrecognised deferred tax liability for income tax purposes of US$5,858 million (2013: US$5,826 million). Recognition of a deferred tax asset for MRRT and PRRT depends on benefits expected to be obtained from the deduction against MRRT and PRRT liabilities.

Other deductible temporary differences

At 30 June 2014, the Group had deductible temporary differences for which deferred tax assets of US$3,395 million (2013: US$3,350 million) have not been recognised because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.

Temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries

At 30 June 2014, deferred tax liabilities of US$2,153 million (2013: US$2,174 million) associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries have not been recognised because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is not probable that such differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.

(d)Other income is derived from transactions outside the course of the Group’s ordinary activities, such as management fees from non-controlling interests and joint venture arrangements.

86.    Earnings per share

 

   2014   2013   2012 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   260.0     210.9     290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   259.1     210.2     289.4  

Basic earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   520.0     421.8     581.4  

Diluted earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   518.2     420.4     578.8  

Basic earnings (US$M)

   13,832     11,223     15,473  

Diluted earnings (US$M)

   13,832     11,223     15,473  
   2015 
   Continuing
operations
   Discontinued
operations
  Total 

Basic earnings/(losses) per ordinary share (US cents)

   65.5     (29.6  35.9  

Diluted earnings/(losses) per ordinary share (US cents)

   65.3     (29.5  35.8  

Basic earnings/(losses) per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   131.0     (59.2  71.8  

Diluted earnings/(losses) per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   130.6     (59.0  71.6  

Basic earnings/(losses) (US$M)

   3,483     (1,573  1,910  

Diluted earnings/(losses) (US$M)

   3,483     (1,573  1,910  

   2014 
   Continuing
operations
   Discontinued
operations
   Total 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   256.5     3.5     260.0  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   255.7     3.4     259.1  

Basic earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   513.0     7.0     520.0  

Diluted earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   511.4     6.8     518.2  

Basic earnings (US$M)

   13,648     184     13,832  

Diluted earnings (US$M)

   13,648     184     13,832  

   2013 
   Continuing
operations
   Discontinued
operations
  Total 

Basic earnings/(losses) per ordinary share (US cents)

   238.6     (27.7  210.9  

Diluted earnings/(losses) per ordinary share (US cents)

   237.8     (27.6  210.2  

Basic earnings/(losses) per American Depositary Share (US cents) (a)

   477.2     (55.4  421.8  

Diluted earnings/(losses) per American Depositary Share (US cents) (a)

   475.6     (55.2  420.4  

Basic earnings/(losses) (US$M)

   12,698     (1,475  11,223  

Diluted earnings/(losses) (US$M)

   12,698     (1,475  11,223  

The weighted average number of shares used for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share reconciles to the number used to calculate basic earnings per share as follows:

 

Weighted average number of shares

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 
  Million   Million   Million   Million   Million   Million 

Basic earnings per ordinary share denominator (b)

   5,321     5,322     5,323     5,318     5,321     5,322  

Shares and options contingently issuable under employee share ownership plans (c)

   17     18     23     15     17     18  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share denominator (d)

   5,338     5,340     5,346     5,333     5,338     5,340  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares.

 

(b) The calculation of the number of ordinary shares used in the computation of basic earnings per share is the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc outstanding during the period after deduction of the number of shares held by the Billiton share repurchase scheme, the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust, the BHP Bonus Equity Plan Trust, the BHP Billiton Limited Executive Incentive Scheme Trust and the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Equity Trust.

 

(c) Included in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share are shares contingentlysubject to certain conditions issuable under Employee Share Ownership Plans.

 

(d) Diluted earnings per share calculation excludes 183,181160,116 of instruments (2013: 357,498; 2012: 711,751)(2014: 183,181; 2013: 357,498) which are considered antidilutive.

9    DividendsWorking capital

7.    Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash and with a maturity of less than 90 days, bank overdrafts and interest bearing liabilities at call.

 

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Dividends paid/payable during the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,793    3,662    3,559  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,483    2,404    2,335  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,276    6,066    5,894  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,887    3,721    3,621  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,555    2,446    2,376  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,442    6,167    5,997  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  2014  2013  2012 
  US cents  US cents  US cents 

Dividends paid during the period (per share)

   

Prior year final dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  

Interim dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  118.0    114.0    110.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period (per share)

   

Interim dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  

Final dividend

  62.0    59.0    57.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  121.0    116.0    112.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends are determined after period end in the announcement of the results for the period. Interim dividends are determined in February and paid in March. Final dividends are determined in August and paid in September. Dividends determined are not recorded as a liability at the end of the period to which they relate. Subsequent to year-end, on 19 August 2014, BHP Billiton determined a final dividend of 62.0 US cents per share (US$3,301 million), which will be paid on 23 September 2014 (30 June 2013: final dividend of 59.0 US cents per share – US$3,147 million; 30 June 2012: final dividend of 57.0 US cents per share – US$3,049 million).

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Dividends determined on each ADS represent twice the dividend determined on BHP Billiton ordinary shares.

BHP Billiton Limited dividends for all periods presented are, or will be, fully franked based on a tax rate of 30 per cent.

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Franking credits as at 30 June

  13,419    10,516    7,494  

Franking (debits)/credits arising from the (refund)/payment of current tax

  (29  824    2,547  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total franking credits available(b)

  13,390    11,340    10,041  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:

    

Cash

   931    1,726    2,521  

Short-term deposits

   5,822    7,077    3,156  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents (a) (b) (c)

   6,753    8,803    5,677  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings – refer to note 15 ‘Interest bearing liabilities’

   (140  (51  (10
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts

   6,613    8,752    5,667  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a) 5.5 per cent dividend on 50,000 preference shares of £1 each determinedCash and paid annually (30 Junecash equivalents include US$493 million (2014: US$738 million; 2013: 5.5 per cent; 30 June 2012: 5.5 per cent).US$674 million) which is restricted by legal or contractual arrangements.

 

(b) The paymentCash and cash equivalents include US$50 million (2014: US$600 million; 2013: US$794 million), which is subject to restrictions imposed by governments where approval is required to repatriate cash out of the final 2014 dividend determined after 30 June 2014 will reduce the franking account balance bya country.

(c)Cash and cash equivalents include US$853 million.6,553 million denominated in USD, US$58 million denominated in CAD, US$33 million denominated in GBP, US$17 million denominated in AUD and US$92 million denominated in other currencies (2014: US$8,360 million denominated in USD, US$48 million denominated in CAD, US$26 million denominated in GBP, US$100 million denominated in AUD and US$269 million denominated in other currencies; 2013: US$5,205 million denominated in USD, US$71 million denominated in CAD, US$18 million denominated in GBP, US$125 million denominated in AUD and US$258 million denominated in other currencies).

108.    Trade and other receivables

 

  2014 2013   2015 2014 
  US$M US$M   US$M US$M 

Current

      

Trade receivables

   4,735    4,531     2,988   4,735  

Provision for doubtful debts

   (115  (116   (6 (115
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total trade receivables

   4,620    4,415     2,982   4,620  

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   4    2        4  

Loans to equity accounted investments

   284    13     104   284  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   3    30        3  

Other receivables

   1,830    1,850     1,235   1,830  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current receivables(b)

   6,741    6,310     4,321   6,741  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Non-current

      

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   2    9     1   2  

Loans to equity accounted investments

   921    1,196     891   921  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   334    278        334  

Other receivables

   610    515     607   610  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total non-current receivables(b)

   1,867    1,998     1,499   1,867  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

  2014 2013   2015 2014 
  US$M US$M   US$M US$M 

Movement in provision for doubtful debts

      

At the beginning of the financial year

       116        121         115       116  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

   

Underlying charge to the income statement

       2  

Credit for the year:

   

Released to the income statement

   (1          (1

Utilisation

       (7   (109    
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   115    116     6   115  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Under the terms of the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Share Plan, shares have been issued to employees for subscription at the weighted average market price less a discount not exceeding 5five per cent. Interest free employee loans are full recourse and are available to fund the purchase of such shares for a period of up to 20 years, repayable by application of dividends or an equivalent amount. Refer to note 33 Employee25 ‘Employee share ownership plans.plans’.

 

(b) Disclosures relating to receivables from related parties are set out in note 32 Related33 ‘Related party transactions.transactions’.

11    Other financial assets9.    Trade and other payables

 

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   12     64  

Forward exchange contracts

        1  

Commodity contracts

   18     30  

Other derivative contracts

   57     29  

Shares – available for sale

        37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial assets

   87     161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   1,471     898  

Commodity contracts

   7     19  

Other derivative contracts

   214     166  

Shares – available for sale

   512     497  

Other investments – available for sale(a)

   145     139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial assets

   2,349     1,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes investments held by BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Rehabilitation Trust Fund. The future realisation of this investment is intended to fund environmental obligations relating to the closure of the South African coal operations, and consequently this investment, while under the Group’s control, is not available for the general purposes of the Group. Any income from this investment is reinvested or applied to meet these obligations. The Group retains responsibility for these environmental obligations until such time as the former mine sites have been rehabilitated in accordance with the relevant environmental legislation. These obligations are therefore included under non-current provisions. Refer to note 18 Provisions.

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Trade creditors

   4,857     6,973  

Other creditors

   2,532     3,172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current payables

   7,389     10,145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Other creditors

   29     113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current payables

   29     113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

1210.    Inventories

 

     2014   2013      2015   2014 
     US$M   US$M      US$M   US$M 

Current

            

Raw materials and consumables

  – at net realisable value(a)   39     5    – at net realisable value(a)        39  
  – at cost   2,161     1,993    – at cost   1,453     2,161  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     2,200     1,998       1,453     2,200  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Work in progress

  – at net realisable value(a)   185     322    – at net realisable value(a)   260     185  
  – at cost   2,269     2,033    – at cost   1,913     2,269  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     2,454     2,355       2,173     2,454  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Finished goods

  – at net realisable value(a)   239     220    – at net realisable value(a)   29     239  
  – at cost   1,120     1,248    – at cost   637     1,120  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     1,359     1,468       666     1,359  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Total current inventories

Total current inventories

   6,013     5,821  

Total current inventories

   4,292     6,013  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Non-current

            

Raw materials and consumables

  – at net realisable value(a)        47    – at net realisable value(a)          
  – at cost   225     436    – at cost   230     225  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     225     483       230     225  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Work in progress

  – at net realisable value(a)   4     7    – at net realisable value(a)   6     4  
  – at cost   130     112    – at cost   118     130  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     134     119       124     134  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Finished goods

  – at net realisable value(a)            – at net realisable value(a)   33       
  – at cost   104     17    – at cost   79     104  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 
     104     17       112     104  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

Total non-current inventories

Total non-current inventories

   463     619  

Total non-current inventories

   466     463  
    

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

(a) US$95182 million of inventory write-downs were recognised during the year (2013:(2014: US$6295 million; 2012:2013: US$5662 million). Inventory write-downs of US$6942 million made in previous periods were reversed during the year (2013:(2014: US$69 million; 2013: US$18 million; 2012: US$ nil)million).

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (j).

13Resource assets

11.    Property, plant and equipment

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

 Land and
buildings
 Plant and
equipment
 Other
mineral
assets
 Assets
under
construction
 Exploration
and
evaluation
 Total 

Year ended 30 June 2015

 Land and
buildings
 Plant and
equipment
 Other
mineral
assets
 Assets
under
construction
 Exploration
and
evaluation
 Total 
 US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M  US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Cost

            

At the beginning of the financial year

  10,446    81,304    32,117    23,560    2,823    150,250    13,660    100,291    32,822    15,326    2,819    164,918  

Additions(a)

  5    2,564    1,424    14,028    99    18,120        (563  921    10,788    215    11,361  

Disposals

  (78  (521  (253      (80  (932  (136  (1,520  (85      (145  (1,886

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

  (9  (1,882  (247          (2,138

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (2  (27      24        (5
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations  (2,811  (17,104  (3,172  (1,001  (40  (24,128

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      4        2        6        (66              (66

Transfers and other movements

  3,298    18,849    (219  (22,288  (23  (383  976    9,533    328    (10,611  (219  7  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  13,660    100,291    32,822    15,326    2,819    164,918    11,689    90,571    30,814    14,502    2,630    150,206  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

            

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,950    37,138    8,171        1,426    49,685    3,679    42,865    8,112    15    1,460    56,131  

Charge for the year

  584    6,653    1,203        3    8,443    659    7,443    1,607        1    9,710  

Impairments for the year

  153    397    73        167    790    76    2,636    1,328        20    4,060  

Reversal of impairments

                  (56  (56      (4          (20  (24

Disposals

  (14  (459  (230      (80  (783  (126  (1,440  (85      (144  (1,795

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

      (1,699  (215          (1,914

Transferred to assets held for sale

                        
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations  (1,352  (9,401  (1,608          (12,361

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      7                7        (58              (58

Transfers and other movements

  6    828    (890  15        (41  (9  169    391    (15  (65  471  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  3,679    42,865    8,112    15    1,460    56,131    2,927    42,210    9,745        1,252    56,134  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2014

  9,981    57,426    24,710    15,311    1,359    108,787  

Total property, plant and equipment

  8,762    48,361    21,069    14,502    1,378    94,072  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Land and
buildings
 Plant and
equipment
 Other
mineral
assets
 Assets
under
construction
 Exploration
and
evaluation
 Total 

Year ended 30 June 2014

 Land and
buildings
 Plant and
equipment
 Other
mineral
assets
 Assets
under
construction
 Exploration
and
evaluation
 Total 
 US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M  US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Cost

            

At the beginning of the financial year

  8,749    68,062    32,986    20,286    2,219    132,302   10,446   81,304   32,117   23,560   2,823   150,250  

Additions(a)

  45    123    1,707    19,861    496    22,232   5   2,564   1,424   14,028   99   18,120  

Disposals

  (178  (717  (35      (54  (984 (78 (521 (253     (80 (932

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

                         (9 (1,882 (247         (2,138

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (224  (1,404  (1,044  (175  (42  (2,889 (2 (27     24       (5

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      (75      (3      (78     4       2       6  

Transfers and other movements

  2,054    15,315    (1,497  (16,409  204    (333 3,298   18,849   (219 (22,288 (23 (383
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  10,446    81,304    32,117    23,560    2,823    150,250   13,660   100,291   32,822   15,326   2,819   164,918  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

            

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,488    29,629    7,273    58    621    40,069   2,950   37,138   8,171       1,426   49,685  

Charge for the year

  445    4,419    1,953        4    6,821   584   6,653   1,203       3   8,443  

Impairments for the year

  356    3,246    854        1,099    5,555   153   397   73       167   790  

Reversal of impairments

  (12  (55              (67                 (56 (56

Disposals

  (156  (647  (28      (4  (835 (14 (459 (230     (80 (783

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

                             (1,699 ��(215         (1,914

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (193  (796  (845          (1,834

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      (68              (68     7               7  

Transfers and other movements

  22    1,410    (1,036  (58  (294  44   6   828   (890 15       (41
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  2,950    37,138    8,171        1,426    49,685   3,679   42,865   8,112   15   1,460   56,131  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2013

  7,496    44,166    23,946    23,560    1,397    100,565  

Total property, plant and equipment

 9,981   57,426   24,710   15,311   1,359   108,787  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(a)Includes net foreign exchange gains/losses related to the closure and rehabilitation provisions. Refer to note 14 ‘Closure and rehabilitation provisions’.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (e), (f), (g), (h), (k), (l), (m) and (n).

1412.    Intangible assets

 

 2014 2013   2015 2014 
 Goodwill Other
intangibles
 Total Goodwill Other
intangibles
 Total   Goodwill Other
intangibles
 Total Goodwill Other
intangibles
 Total 
 US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Cost

             

At the beginning of the financial year

  4,105    2,246    6,351    4,105    2,132    6,237     4,034    2,517    6,551   4,105   2,246   6,351  

Additions

      291    291        119    119         82    82       291   291  

Disposals

      (3  (3      (13  (13       (123  (123     (3 (3

Divestments of subsidiaries and operations

  (23      (23            
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations   (218  (312  (530 (23     (23

Impairments for the year

  (48      (48               (542      (542 (48     (48

Transfers and other movements

      (17  (17      8    8         98    98       (17 (17
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  4,034    2,517    6,551    4,105    2,246    6,351     3,274    2,262    5,536   4,034   2,517   6,551  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Accumulated amortisation and impairments

             

At the beginning of the financial year

      855    855        651    651         1,112    1,112       855   855  

Disposals

      (3  (3      (13  (13       (115  (115     (3 (3
Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations       (122  (122            

Charge for the year

      258    258        210    210         243    243       258   258  

Impairments for the year

      17    17        7    7         28    28       17   17  

Transfers and other movements

      (15  (15                   98    98       (15 (15
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

      1,112    1,112        855    855         1,244    1,244       1,112   1,112  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total intangible assets

  4,034    1,405    5,439    4,105    1,391    5,496     3,274    1,018    4,292   4,034   1,405   5,439  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to the cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs, as follows:

 

Cash-generating units

  2014 2013   2015   2014 
  US$M US$M   US$M   US$M 

Onshore US

   3,568    3,591     3,026     3,568  

Other

   466    514     248     466  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   4,034    4,105     3,274     4,034  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Impairment testing of goodwill

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of theprevious business combinationcombinations and which represent the level at which management will monitor and manage the goodwill.

Onshore US

The goodwill of US$3,591 million that arose from the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation in 2011 has been allocated to the Onshore US group of CGUs which(Onshore US) comprises the Eagle Ford, the Permian, Basin, Haynesville, Fayetteville, Black Hawk and FayettevilleHawkville CGUs. During the period, the Group disposed its interest in South Midland (within the Permian Basin). Goodwill of US$23 million was allocated to South Midland to calculate the loss on disposal. Accordingly, goodwill allocated to the Onshore US group of CGUs is US$3,568 million.

The Onshore US group of CGUs comprises the natural gas and liquid reserves and resources, production wells and associated infrastructure including gathering systems and processing facilities in the Eagle Ford,Permian, Haynesville,

Black Hawk and the PermianHawkville areas in Texas and Louisiana (US) and the Fayetteville area in Arkansas (US). The Onshore US group of CGUs is part of the Petroleum and Potash reportable segment. The Onshore US group of CGUs was tested for impairment after testing each of the individual CGUs that it comprises.

The recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs was determined based on fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD). FVLCD was determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows (expressed in real terms) expected to arise from the continued use of the assets (life of asset), including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows were discounted using a real after taxpost-tax discount rate that reflected current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to Onshore US. The fair value measurement is categorised as a Level 3 fair value based on the CGU.inputs used in the valuation (refer to note 23 ‘Financial risk management’ for explanation of the valuation hierarchy).

The determination of FVLCD was most sensitive to the following assumptions:

 

Production volumes

 

Crude oil prices

Natural and natural gas prices

 

Discount rate

Production volumes – estimated production volumes were based on detailed data for the fields and took into account development plans for the fields established by management as part of the long-term planning process. Production volumes are dependent on variables, such as the recoverable quantities of hydrocarbons, the production profile of the hydrocarbons, the cost of the development of the infrastructure necessary to recover the hydrocarbons, the production costs and the contractual duration of the production leases and the selling price of the hydrocarbons produced.leases. As each producing field has specific reservoir characteristics and economic circumstances, the cash flows of the fields were computed using appropriate individual economic models and key assumptions established by management. The production profiles used were consistent with the resource volumes approved as part of the Group’s process for the estimation of proved reserves and total resources.

Crude oil and natural gas prices – key assumptions for oil and gas prices were derived from forward price curves and long-term views of global supply and demand, building upon past experience of the industry and consistent with external sources. These prices were adjusted to arrive at appropriate consistent price assumptions for different qualities of oil and gas, or where appropriate, contracted oil and gas prices were applied.

The long-term crude oil and natural gas prices used in the FVLCD determinations were either lower or within the following range of prices published by market commentators:

 

  2014 2013   2015   2014 

Crude oil price (US$/bbl)

   88.00 – 107.79    71.00 – 125.00  

Crude oil price (a) (US$/bbl)

   57.00 – 86.00     88.00 – 107.79  

Natural gas price (US$/MMBtu)

   3.84 – 5.84    4.45 – 6.51     3.54 – 5.80     3.84 – 5.84  

(a)West Texas Intermediate (WTI).

Discount rate – in arriving at the FVLCD, a real post-tax discount rate of 6.05.5 per cent (2013: 5.9(2014: 6.0 per cent) was applied to the post-tax cash flows expressed in real terms. This discount rate was derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC), with appropriate adjustments made to reflect the risks specific to the CGU.

Year ended 30 June 20142015

TheDuring the period the Group disposed of its interest in conventional petroleum assets in North Louisiana and unconventional gas assets in the Pecos field in the Delaware Basin resulting in an impairment to Onshore US goodwill of US$42 million. At the time of the annual goodwill impairment test the Onshore US goodwill was US$3,526 million (2014: US$3,568 million).

Onshore US was tested for impairment after testing each of the individual CGUs that it comprises. With the exception of Hawkville, the impairment tests for the individual CGUs indicated that no impairments or reversal of prior impairments were required. In prior periods Black Hawk and Hawkville have been tested for impairment as a single CGU, Eagle Ford,Ford. As a result of structural, operational, and marketing changes completed in FY2015 management has determined that Black Hawk and Hawkville represent separate CGUs. An impairment of US$2,287 million has been recognised in relation to Hawkville and allocated to property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ for further discussion.

The impairment test of Onshore US was performed after the Permian Basin, HaynesvilleHawkville assets were written down to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of Onshore US was determined to be US$19,793 million and Fayettevilleresulted in a goodwill impairment loss of US$500 million. Refer to note 2 ‘Exceptional items’ for further discussion.

Following the recognition of the goodwill impairment loss, the recoverable amount of Onshore US is equal to the carrying amount. Accordingly, any adverse movement in a key assumption would lead to further impairment.

Year ended 30 June 2014

At the time of the annual goodwill impairment test the Onshore US goodwill was US$3,568 million.

Onshore US was tested for impairment after testing each of the individual CGUs that it comprises. The impairment tests for individual CGUs indicated that no impairments or reversal of prior impairments were required. The impairment test of the Onshore US group of CGUs indicated that the recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs exceeded its carrying amount by US$598 million and no impairment was required.

The table below shows the key assumptions used in the FVLCD as well as the amount by which each key assumption must change in isolation in order for the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs, including goodwill. Owing to the complexity of the analysis caused by relationships between each key assumption, such that a change in one would cause a change in several other inputs to the calculation, the analysis below was performed for each assumption individually.

Assumptions used in
FVLCD
Change required for the carrying
amount to equal the recoverable
amount

Production volumes

Management’s long-term plandecrease of 1.2

Crude oil prices (US$/bbl)

79.42 – 92.83decrease of 5.1

Natural gas prices (US$/MMBtu)

4.07– 5.57decrease of 3.5

Discount rate

6.0increase of 20 basis points

Year ended 30 June 2013

The impairment tests for the individual Eagle Ford, Haynesville and Fayetteville CGUs indicated that no impairments were required. However, an impairment of US$266 million was recognised in relation to the Permian Basin. In the prior year, the Permian Basin had been identified as one CGU. However, the current development plan identifies two distinct regions that would have to be developed independently: North Reeves/Pecos region (Delaware Basin) and South Midland (Midland Basin) region. Management also noted that each region has a separate and distinctive basin; they are geographically distant; and they do not share common infrastructure. Accordingly, management determined that each region represents a separate CGU. The US$266 million impairment relates to the South Midland CGU and was recognised against property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for further discussion.

The impairment test of the Onshore US group of CGUs was therefore performed after the Permian assets were written down to their recoverable amount (which was based on FVLCD measured using discounted cash flow projections). The result indicated that the recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs exceeded its carrying amount including goodwill by US$4,104 million and no further impairment was required.

The table below shows the key assumptions used in the FVLCD as well as the amount by which each key assumption must change in isolation in order for the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs, including goodwill. Owing to the complexity of the analysis caused by relationships between each key assumption, such that a change in one would cause a change in several other inputs to the calculation, the analysis below was performed for each assumption individually.

Assumptions used in
FVLCD
Change required for the carrying
amount to equal the recoverable
amount

Production volumes

Management’s long-term plandecrease of 7

Crude oil prices (US$/bbl)

82.50 – 91.54decrease of 23

Natural gas prices (US$/MMBtu)

4.14 – 5.66decrease of 18

Discount rate

5.9increase of 160 basis points

Other

Goodwill held by other CGUs is US$248 million (2014: US$466 million). As a result of the South32 demerger US$218 million (2013: US$514 million), representingof goodwill relating to the South32 businesses was derecognised. The remaining goodwill represents less than one per cent of net assets at 30 June 2014 (2013:2015 (2014: less than one per cent). The goodwill has been allocated across a number of CGUs in different reportable segments, with no CGU accounting for more than US$200190 million of total goodwill.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (e), (g), (o) and (p).

15    Trade and other payables13.    Deferred tax balances

The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

 

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Trade creditors

   6,973     7,601  

Other creditors

   3,172     3,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current payables

   10,145     10,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Other creditors

   113     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current payables

   113     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16    Interest bearing liabilities

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Unsecured bank loans (a)

   81     74  

Notes and debentures(a)

   4,002     3,531  

Commercial paper

        1,330  

Secured bank loans (a) (b)

        20  

Finance leases

   93     29  

Unsecured other

   35     94  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

   51     10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current interest bearing liabilities

   4,262     5,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Unsecured bank loans (a)

   1,381     1,012  

Notes and debentures (a)

   27,245     26,728  

Redeemable preference shares(c)

        15  

Finance leases

   1,291     108  

Unsecured other(a)

   410     236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current interest bearing liabilities

   30,327     28,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net deferred tax liability

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   (670  (243  (611

Income tax (charge)/credit recorded in the income statement

   (864  (426  493  

Income tax credit/(charge) recorded directly in equity

   9    (1  (139

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

           60  

Exchange variations and other movements (a)

   (156      (46
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   (1,681  (670  (243
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes deferred tax assets divested as part of the demerger of South32. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

The composition of the Group’s net deferred tax asset and liability recognised in the balance sheet and the deferred tax expense charged/(credited) to the income statement is as follows:

   Deferred tax
assets
  Deferred tax
liabilities
  Charged/(credited) to the
income statement
 
   2015  2014  2015  2014  2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Type of temporary difference

        

Depreciation

   (1,101  (514  5,689    6,375    204    495    532  

Exploration expenditure

   563    669    (91  (102  117    (4  (14

Employee benefits

   279    389    (120  (173  58    (32  23  

Closure and rehabilitation

   1,383    1,658    (584  (794  41    (353  (72

Resource rent tax relating to MRRT and PRRT

   679    1,580    1,931    1,907    925    (506  484  

Other provisions

   143    433    (12  (59  103    (411  34  

Deferred income

   (51  (32  (13  (11  17    12    (74

Deferred charges

   (419  (575  362    307    66    226    302  

Investments, including foreign tax credits

   838    1,906    639    1,765    (58  298    133  

Foreign exchange gains and losses

   (383  (261  160    76    210    (158  (239

Non-tax-depreciable fair value adjustments, revaluations and mineral rights

   (13  (5  4    89    277    8    (25

Tax-effected losses

   1,069    1,159    (3,129  (2,192  (945  605    (1,588

Other

   (126  (11  (294  (122  (151  246    11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   2,861    6,396    4,542    7,066    864    426    (493
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The composition of the Group’s unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

    

Tax losses and tax credits

   2,006     1,572  

Investments in subsidiaries

   1,130       

Deductible temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

   2,014     19,528  

Mineral rights

   1,958     2,727  

Other deductible temporary differences

   373     668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

   7,481     24,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

    

Taxable temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax asset for MRRT and PRRT

   604     5,858  

Investments in subsidiaries

   2,553     2,153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

   3,157     8,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax losses

At 30 June 2015, the Group had income and capital tax losses with a tax benefit of US$1,501 million (2014: US$1,053 million) which are not recognised as deferred tax assets. The Group recognises the benefit of tax losses only to the extent of anticipated future taxable income or gains in relevant jurisdictions. The gross amount of tax losses carried forward that have not been tax effected expire as follows:

Year of expiry

  Australia   UK   Rest of
world
   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Income tax losses

        

Later than one year and not later than two years

             4     4  

Later than two years and not later than five years

             2,921     2,921  

Later than five years and not later than ten years

             20     20  

Later than ten years and not later than twenty years

             360     360  

Unlimited

        215     410     625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        215     3,715     3,930  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital tax losses

        

Later than two years and not later than five years

             246     246  

Unlimited

   3,211     26     22     3,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount of tax losses not recognised

   3,211     241     3,983     7,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax effect of total losses not recognised

   963     48     490     1,501  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax credits

At 30 June 2015, the Group had US$505 million of tax credits that have not been recognised (2014: US$519 million). Of the US$505 million of tax credits, US$371 million expires later than five years and not later than ten years, US$39 million expires later than ten years and not later than twenty years. The remainder of the tax credits do not have an expiration date.

Temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries

At 30 June 2015, deferred tax assets of US$1,130 million (2014: US$ nil) and deferred tax liabilities of US$2,553 million (2014: US$2,153 million) associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries have not been recognised because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is not probable that such differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.

Temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

At 30 June 2015, the Group had US$2,014 million of unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to Australian PRRT (2014: US$19,528 million relating to Australian PRRT and MRRT), with a corresponding unrecognised deferred tax liability for income tax purposes of US$604 million (2014: US$5,858 million). Recognition of a deferred tax asset for PRRT depends on benefits expected to be obtained from the deduction against PRRT liabilities. The MRRT legislation in Australia was repealed in September 2014.

Mineral rights

At 30 June 2015, the Group had deductible temporary differences relating to Mineral rights for which deferred tax assets of US$1,958 million (2014: US$2,727 million) have not been recognised because it is not probable that future capital gains will be available, against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.

Other deductible temporary differences

At 30 June 2015, the Group had deductible temporary differences for which deferred tax assets of US$373 million (2014: US$668 million) have not been recognised because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (i).

14.    Closure and rehabilitation provisions

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Closure and rehabilitation(a)

   193     368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provisions

   193     368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Closure and rehabilitation(a)

   6,508     8,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

   6,508     8,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

Movement in closure and rehabilitation provisions

   

At the beginning of the financial year

   9,295    7,617  

Amounts capitalised (b)

   (733  1,194  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

   

Underlying

   74    413  

Discounting

   442    465  

Exchange variations

   (104  (17

Released during the year

   (93  (35

Exchange variations taken to reserve

   (7  10  

Utilisation

   (180  (219

Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations

   (1,993  (145

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       (2

Transfers and other movements

       14  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   6,701    9,295  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Total closure and rehabilitation provisions include provisions for closed sites of US$1,046 million (2014: US$1,514 million).

(b)Includes net foreign exchange gains of US$1,009 million (2014: net foreign exchange losses of US$38 million) capitalised to property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 11 ‘Property, plant and equipment’.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (q).

Capital structure

15.    Interest bearing liabilities

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Bank loans(a)

   664     81  

Notes and debentures(a)

   2,205     4,002  

Finance leases

   94     93  

Other

   98     35  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

   140     51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current interest bearing liabilities(b)

   3,201     4,262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Bank loans(a)

   931     1,381  

Notes and debentures(a)

   26,520     27,245  

Finance leases

   344     1,291  

Other(a)

   174     410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current interest bearing liabilities(b)

   27,969     30,327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Balance for 2014 includes US$75 million (2013: US$66 million) share of bank loans and other borrowings arranged by joint operations to fundfinance the financing of joint operations. While the Group chose to finance the joint operations directly and not to participate in the external borrowing programs arranged by the joint operations, it recognises its share of those borrowings in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to

the Group’s interest in the joint operation. A corresponding amount is recognised in interest bearing loans receivables.receivable. Refer to note 10 Trade8 ‘Trade and other receivables,receivables’, reflecting the direct funding of the Group’s contribution to each joint operation.

(b)Secured bank loans for 2013 includes US$20 million secured by a pledge over the assets These arrangements were divested as part of the Mozal SARL joint operation. The bank loan was repaid during the 2014 financial year. As at 30 June 2014, the pledge over the assets has not yet been released.

(c)Redeemable preference sharesdemerger of South32, hence there are no balances for 2013 comprised 150 Series A preferred shares issued by BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. at US$100,000 each fully paid, cumulative and non-participating. The shares were redeemed at par at the option of BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. during the 2014 financial year.

17    Other financial liabilities

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

        173  

Forward exchange contracts

        1  

Commodity contracts

        20  

Other derivative contracts

   16     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial liabilities

   16     210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   273     553  

Commodity contracts

   9     8  

Other derivative contracts

   21     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial liabilities

   303     582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

18    Provisions

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   1,727     1,621  

Restructuring(b)

   26     46  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   368     370  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   23     6  

Other

   360     329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provisions

   2,504     2,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   247     260  

Restructuring(b)

        1  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   8,927     7,247  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   519     548  

Other

   198     122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

   9,891     8,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)The expenditure associated with total employee benefits will occur in a pattern consistent with when employees choose to exercise their entitlement to benefits.2015.

 

(b) Total restructuring provisionsinterest bearing liabilities include provisionsUS$16,563 million denominated in USD, US$8,926 million denominated in EUR, US$2,011 million denominated in AUD and US$3,670 million denominated in other currencies (2014: US$33,013 million denominated in USD, US$ nil denominated in EUR, US$1,336 million denominated in AUD and US$240 million denominated in other currencies). All interest bearing liabilities, excluding finance leases, are unsecured.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (h) and (s).

16.    Net finance costs

   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial expenses

    

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

   9    11    12  

Interest on all other borrowings(a)

   517    657    954  

Finance lease and hire purchase interest

   25    19    7  

Discounting on provisions and other liabilities

   333    338    335  

Net interest expense on post-retirement employee benefits

   15    11    7  

Interest capitalised(b)

   (148  (182  (290

Fair value change on hedged loans

   372    328    (505

Fair value change on hedging derivatives

   (358  (292  489  

Fair value change on non-hedging derivatives(c)

       101    183  

Exchange variations on net debt (d)

   (63  4    37  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   702    995    1,229  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial income

    

Interest income

   (88  (81  (80
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (88  (81  (80
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   614    914    1,149  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Interest on all other borrowings includes net interest income of US$67 million (2014: expense of US$116 million; 2013: expense of US$172 million) with respect to Petrohawk Senior Notes, which included gains of US$80 million on the early redemption of notes in August 2014 (2014: gains of US$24 million on the early redemption of notes in February 2014; 2013: US$ nil).

(b)Interest has been capitalised at the rate of interest applicable to the specific borrowings financing the assets under construction or, where financed through general borrowings, at a capitalisation rate representing the average interest rate on such borrowings. For the year ended 30 June 2015, the capitalisation rate was 1.94 per cent (2014: 1.82 per cent; 2013: 2.24 per cent). Tax relief for business terminations and office closures.capitalised interest is approximately US$42 million (2014: US$53 million; 2013: US$86 million).

 

(c) Total closure and rehabilitation provisions include provisions for closed sitesFair value change on non-hedging derivatives in the year ended 30 June 2014 includes unrealised fair value changes of US$1,514101 million on non-hedging derivatives used to manage interest rate risk (2013: US$1,075183 million). No such derivatives existed in the current period.

(d) The provision for post-retirement employee benefits includes pension liabilitiesExchange variations on net debt predominantly comprises revaluations of US$117109 million (2013:on non-USD finance leases (2014: US$139 million) and post-retirement medical benefit liabilities of24 million; 2013: US$425 million (2013: US$415 million). Refer to note 30 Pension and other post-retirement obligations. The non-current provision includes Non-executive Directors’ retirement benefits of US$1 million (2013: US$1 million) nil).

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (r).

  Employee
benefits
  Restructuring  Closure and
rehabilitation
  Post-retirement
employee
benefits
  Other  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

  1,881    47    7,617    554    451    10,550  

Amounts capitalised

          1,194            1,194  

Dividends determined

                  6,276    6,276  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

      

Underlying

  1,602    48    413    183    388    2,634  

Discounting

  7        465            472  

Net interest expense

              22        22  

Exchange variations

  (14      (17  (2  77    44  

Released during the year

  (21  (16  (35  (1  (141  (214

Actuarial gains taken to retained earnings

              (57      (57

Exchange variations taken to reserve

          10    (1      9  

Utilisation

  (1,455  (69  (219  (151  (85  (1,979

Dividends paid

                  (6,387  (6,387

Divestments of subsidiaries and operations

          (145          (145

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

  3        (2  1        2  

Transfers and other movements

  (29  16    14    (6  (21  (26
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  1,974    26    9,295    542    558    12,395  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

1917.    Share capital

 

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Share capital

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  1,186    1,186    1,183    1,069    1,069    1,070  

Shares bought back and cancelled(a)

                      (1

Proceeds from the issue of shares

          3              
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  1,186    1,186    1,186    1,069    1,069    1,069  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Treasury shares

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  (8  (8  (1  (532  (525  (622

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (290  (330  (318  (78  (115  (106

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  247    330    311    74    108    120  

Shares bought back(a)

                        

Shares cancelled(a)

                      83  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year(b)

  (51  (8  (8  (536  (532  (525
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc(c) 
  2014
Shares(d)
  2013
Shares(d)
  2012
Shares (d)
  2014
Shares(d)
  2013
Shares(d)
  2012
Shares (d)
 

Share capital issued

      

Ordinary shares fully paid

  3,211,691,105    3,211,691,105    3,211,691,105    2,136,185,454    2,136,185,454    2,136,185,454  

Comprising:

      

– Shares held by the public

  3,210,206,876    3,211,448,985    3,211,448,985    2,110,945,784    2,111,078,268    2,111,273,967  

– Treasury shares

  1,484,229    242,120    242,120    25,239,670    25,107,186    24,911,487  

Special Voting Share of no par value(e)

  1    1    1     

5.5% Preference shares of £1 each(f)

     50,000    50,000    50,000  

Special Voting Share of US$0.50 par value(e)

     1    1    1  

 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 
 US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Share capital

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  1,186   1,186   1,186    1,069   1,069   1,069  

Shares cancelled (a)

              (12        
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  1,186   1,186   1,186    1,057   1,069   1,069  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Treasury shares

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  (51 (8 (8  (536 (532 (525

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (232 (290 (330  (123 (78 (115

Employee share awards exercised following vesting, net of employee contributions and other adjustments

  264   247   330    99   74   108  

Shares cancelled (a)

              501          

Conversion of controlled entity to equity accounted investment(b)

              2          
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  (19 (51 (8  (57 (536 (532
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc(c) 
 2015
Shares(d)
 2014
Shares(d)
 2013
Shares (d)
 2015
Shares(d)
 2014
Shares(d)
 2013
Shares (d)
 

Share capital issued

      

Ordinary shares fully paid

  3,211,691,105   3,211,691,105   3,211,691,105    2,112,071,796   2,136,185,454   2,136,185,454  

Comprising:

      

Shares held by the public

  3,210,852,008   3,210,206,876   3,211,448,985    2,110,333,783   2,110,945,784   2,111,078,268  

Treasury shares

  839,097   1,484,229   242,120    1,738,013   25,239,670   25,107,186  

Special Voting Share of no par value (e)

  1   1   1              

5.5% Preference shares of £1 each(f)

              50,000   50,000   50,000  

Special Voting Share of US$0.50 par value(e)

              1   1   1  
 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc  BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2012
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2012
Shares
  2015
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2015
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 

Movement in shares held by the public

            

Opening number of shares

  3,211,448,985   3,211,448,985   3,211,607,567    2,111,078,268   2,111,273,967   2,110,963,849    3,210,206,876   3,211,448,985   3,211,448,985    2,110,945,784   2,111,078,268   2,111,273,967  

Shares issued on the exercise of Group Incentive Scheme awards

         36,418              

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (8,621,160 (9,545,296 (8,077,647  (2,563,735 (3,761,193 (3,055,030  (6,798,803 (8,621,160 (9,545,296  (3,623,582 (2,563,735 (3,761,193

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  7,379,051   9,545,296   7,882,647    2,431,251   3,565,494   3,365,148    7,443,935   7,379,051   9,545,296    2,945,980   2,431,251   3,565,494  

Conversion of controlled entity to equity accounted investment (b)

              65,601          
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Closing number of shares(g)

  3,210,206,876   3,211,448,985   3,211,448,985    2,110,945,784   2,111,078,268   2,111,273,967    3,210,852,008   3,210,206,876   3,211,448,985    2,110,333,783   2,110,945,784   2,111,078,268  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc  BHP Billiton Limited BHP Billiton Plc 
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2012
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2012
Shares
  2015
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 2015
Shares
 2014
Shares
 2013
Shares
 

Movement in Treasury shares

            

Opening number of shares

  242,120   242,120   47,120    25,107,186   24,911,487   27,403,342    1,484,229   242,120   242,120    25,239,670   25,107,186   24,911,487  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  8,621,160   9,545,296   8,077,647    2,563,735   3,761,193   3,055,030    6,798,803   8,621,160   9,545,296    3,623,582   2,563,735   3,761,193  

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  (7,379,051 (9,545,296 (7,882,647  (2,431,251 (3,565,494 (3,365,148  (7,443,935 (7,379,051 (9,545,296  (2,945,980 (2,431,251 (3,565,494

Shares cancelled(a)

                     (2,181,737              (24,113,658        

Conversion of controlled entity to equity accounted investment (b)

              (65,601        
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Closing number of shares

  1,484,229   242,120   242,120    25,239,670   25,107,186   24,911,487    839,097   1,484,229   242,120    1,738,013   25,239,670   25,107,186  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) On 15 November 2010, BHP Billiton announced the reactivation of the remaining US$4.2 billion component of its previously suspended US$13 billion buy-back program and subsequently announced an expanded US$10 billion capital management program on 16 February 2011. This expanded program was completed on 29 June 2011 through a combination of on-market and off-market buy-backs. In accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the resolutions passed at the 2010 Annual General Meetings, BHP Billiton Limited purchased fully paid shares in28 August 2014, BHP Billiton Plc on-market and then transferred thosecancelled 24,113,658 ordinary shares to BHP Billiton Plc for nil consideration and cancellation. BHP Billiton Plc shares bought back as part of this program prior to 29 June 2011 but cancelled after 30 June 2011 were accounted forUS$0.50 each held as Treasury shares within the share capital of BHP Billiton Plc.shares.

 

(b)TreasuryDuring the year, subsidiaries holding treasury shares includeof US$ nil and US$2 million held by subsidiaries in respect of ESOP Trusts for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc respectively (2013: US$ nil and US$1 million; 2012: US$ nil and US$ nil).were converted to equity accounted investments, resulting in a transfer of these shares from Treasury shares to shares held by the public.

 

(c) An Equalisation Share (US$0.50 par value) has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger. The Directors have the ability to issue the Equalisation Share if required under those terms. The Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited allows the Directors of that Company to issue a similar Equalisation Share. There has been no movement in this class of share.

 

(d) The total number of BHP Billiton Limited shares of all classes is 3,211,691,106 of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares fully paid (2013:(2014: 3,211,691,106, 99.99 per cent; 2012:2013: 3,211,691,106, 99.99 per cent). The total number of BHP Billiton Plc shares of all classes is 2,136,235,4552,112,121,797 of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares of US$0.50 par value (2013:(2014: 2,136,235,455, 99.99 per cent; 2012:2013: 2,136,235,455, 99.99 per cent). Any profit remaining after payment of preferred distributions is available for distribution to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per share.

 

(e) Each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc issued one Special Voting Share to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions. There has been no movement in these shares.

 

(f) Preference shares have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up. The holders of preference shares have limited voting rights if payment of the preference dividends are six months or more in arrears or a resolution is passed changing the rights of the preference shareholders. There has been no movement in these shares, all of which are held by JP Morgan Limited.

 

(g) During the period 1 July 20142015 to 1110 September 2014,2015, no fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Billiton were issued on the exercise of Group Incentive Scheme awards.

2018.    Other equity

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Reserves

        

Share premium account(a)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   518    518    518     518   518   518  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   518    518    518     518   518   518  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve(b)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   55    53    34     54   55   53  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

   (1  2    19     (2 (1 2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   (1  2    19     (2 (1 2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   54    55    53     52   54   55  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Employee share awards reserve(c)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   605    697    680     599   605   697  

Net deferred tax arising on accrued employee entitlement for share awards

       (42  (56          (42
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

       (42  (56          (42

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

   (221  (243  (189

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions and other adjustments

   (461 (221 (243

Employee share awards forfeited

   (32  (17  (8   (13 (32 (17

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

   247    210    270     247   247   210  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   599    605    697     372   599   605  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges(d)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   127    (80       129   127   (80

Gains/(losses) taken to equity

   681    223    (320

(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

   (678  73    205  

(Losses)/gains taken to equity

   (1,797 681   223  

Losses/(gains) transferred to the income statement

   1,815   (678 73  

Deferred tax relating to cash flow hedges

   (1  (89  35     (6 (1 (89
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   2    207    (80   12   2   207  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   129    127    (80   141   129   127  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Financial assets reserve(e)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   140    230    276     115   140   230  

Net valuation losses on available for sale investments taken to equity

   (15  (103  (32   (27 (15 (103

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments transferred to the income statement

   (14  (1  (2   (115 (14 (1

Deferred tax relating to revaluation gains and losses

   4    14    (12   36   4   14  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   (25  (90  (46   (106 (25 (90
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   115    140    230     9   115   140  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Share buy-back reserve(f)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   165    165    164     165   165   165  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

           1     12          
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   165    165    165     177   165   165  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-controlling interest contribution reserve(g)

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   360    329    329     1,347   360   329  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

       49                49  

Distribution to option holders

   (2           (1 (2    

Equity contributed

   989             1   989      

Divestment of equity accounted investment

       (18    

Divestment of equity accounted investments

          (18

Transfers within equity on demerger

   (59        
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,347    360    329     1,288   1,347   360  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total reserves

   2,927    1,970    1,912     2,557   2,927   1,970  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Retained earnings

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   66,982    61,892    52,731     74,548   66,982   61,892  

Profit after taxation

   13,832    11,223    15,473     1,910   13,832   11,223  

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes

   57    60    (253

Remeasurement (losses)/gains on pension and medical schemes

   (28 57   60  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

   12    26    123     (17 12   26  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   13,901    11,309    15,343     1,865   13,901   11,309  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled – refer to note 19 Share capital

           (83

Employee share awards exercised, net of employee contributions and forfeitures

   (59  (161  (205

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled – refer to note 17 ‘Share capital’

   (501        

Employee share awards exercised, net of employee contributions, forfeitures and other adjustments

   114   (59 (161

Dividends

   (6,276  (6,076  (5,894   (6,596 (6,276 (6,076

Divestment of equity accounted investment

       18      

In-specie dividend on demerger – refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’

   (9,445        

Divestment of equity accounted investments

          18  

Transfers within equity on demerger

   59          
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   74,548    66,982    61,892     60,044   74,548   66,982  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Non-controlling interests

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   4,624    3,789    2,825     6,239   4,624   3,789  

Profit after taxation

   1,392    1,597    1,144     968   1,392   1,597  

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments taken to equity

       2         6       2  

Actuarial gains on pension and medical schemes

       1    3  

Remeasurement gains on pension and medical schemes

          1  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

       (1  (1   (1     (1
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   1,392    1,599    1,146     973   1,392   1,599  

Distribution to option holders

   (2           (1 (2    

Dividends

   (252  (837  (343   (639 (252 (837

Equity contributed

   477    73    161     52   477   73  

Conversion of controlled entities to equity accounted investments

   (847        
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   6,239    4,624    3,789     5,777   6,239   4,624  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The share premium account represents the premium paid on the issue of BHP Billiton Plc shares recognised in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006.

 

(b) The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange differences arising on the translation of non-US dollar functional currency operations within the Group into US dollars.

 

(c) The employee share awards reserve represents the accrued employee entitlements to share awards that have been charged to the income statement and have not yet been exercised.

 

(d) The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts the income statement, or is recognised as an adjustment to the cost of non-financial hedged items.

 

(e) The financial assets reserve represents the revaluation of available for sale financial assets. Where a revalued financial asset is sold or impaired, the relevant portion of the reserve is transferred to the income statement. Net valuation gains transferred to the income statement in the current year of US$(115) million relate to Discontinued operations.

(f) The share buy-back reserve represents the par value of BHP Billiton Plc shares which were purchased and subsequently cancelled. The cancellation of the shares creates a non-distributable reserve.

 

(g) The non-controlling interest contribution reserve represents the excess of consideration received over the book value of net assets attributable to the equity instruments when acquired by non-controlling interests.

Summarised financial information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries with non-controlling interests (NCI) that are material to the Group, before any intra-group eliminations is shown below:

 

2014

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd (a)
 Minera
Escondida
Limitada
 Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited
 Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd
 Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
 Intra-group
eliminations
 Total 

2015

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd (a)
 Minera
Escondida
Limitada
 Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
 Intra-group
eliminations
 Total 

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  85.0    57.5    60.0    60.0       85.0    57.5     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

    

Current assets(b)

  626    2,793    17    154     

Non-current assets(b)

  4,006    10,803    1,175    1,178     

Current assets(c)

  319    2,542     

Non-current assets(c)

  3,893    13,060     

Current liabilities

  (495  (1,034  (7  (125     (199  (1,973   

Non-current liabilities

  (1,481  (2,075      (225     (1,316  (2,209   
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

    

Net assets

  2,656    10,487    1,185    982       2,697    11,420     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets attributable to NCI

  388    4,457    474    393    529    (2  6,239    403    4,854    520        5,777  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Revenue

  994    8,706        990       914    8,092     

Profit after taxation

  204    3,007    (1  261       169    2,194     

Other comprehensive income

                              
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

    

Total comprehensive income

  204    3,007    (1  261       169    2,194     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

  22    1,278        104    (9  (3  1,392    19    932    17        968  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                                      5        5  

Dividends paid to NCI

      74        120    58        252    4    536    99        639  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2013

US$M

               

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  100.0    57.5    60.0    60.0     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

Current assets(b)

      2,597    18    635     

Non-current assets(b)

      8,361    1,175    1,085     

Current liabilities

      (1,384  (6  (543   

Non-current liabilities

      (1,911      (156   
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

Net assets

      7,663    1,187    1,021     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets attributable to NCI

      3,253    475    408    486    2    4,624  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Revenue

      8,826        935     

Profit after taxation

      3,309    (5  349     

Other comprehensive income

                   
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

Total comprehensive income

      3,309    (5  349     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

      1,406    (2  108    70    15    1,597  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                  2        2  

Dividends paid to NCI

      782        32    23        837  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2014

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd (a)
  Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited (b)
  Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd (b)
  Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
  Intra-group
eliminations
  Total 

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  85.0    57.5    60.0    60.0     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Current assets(c)

  626    2,793    17    154     

Non-current assets(c)

  4,006    10,803    1,175    1,178     

Current liabilities

  (495  (1,034  (7  (125   

Non-current liabilities

  (1,481  (2,075      (225   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Net assets

  2,656    10,487    1,185    982     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets attributable to NCI

  388    4,457    474    393    529    (2  6,239  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  994    8,706        990     

Profit after taxation

  204    3,007    (1  261     

Other comprehensive income

                   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total comprehensive income

  204    3,007    (1  261     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

  22    1,278        104    (9  (3  1,392  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                            

Dividends paid to NCI

      74        120    58        252  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd(a)
 Minera
Escondida
Limitada
 Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited
 Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd
 Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
 Intra-group
eliminations
 Total 

2013

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd (a)
 Minera
Escondida
Limitada
 Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited (b)
 Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd (b)
 Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
 Intra-group
eliminations
 Total 

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  100.0    57.5    60.0    60.0      100.0   57.5   60.0   60.0     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

Revenue

      7,155        798          8,826       935     

Profit after taxation

      2,506    (21  186          3,309   (5 349     

Other comprehensive income

                                      
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

    

Total comprehensive income

      2,506    (21  186          3,309   (5 349     
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

      1,065    (11  74    5    11    1,144       1,406   (2 108   70   15   1,597  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                  2        2                   2       2  

Dividends paid to NCI

      287        48    8        343       782       32   23       837  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, however by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, the Group’s interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent which is consistent with the other respective contractual arrangements at Western Australia Iron Ore.

(b)On 2 March 2015, BHP Billiton ceased consolidation of its 60 per cent interest in Samancor Holdings (Proprietary) Limited and Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd and accounted for its 60 per cent interest in those entities as equity accounted joint ventures. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

(c)While the Group controls these subsidiaries, the non-controlling interests hold certain protective rights which restrict the Group’s ability to sell assets held by these subsidiaries, or use the assets in other subsidiaries and operations owned by the Group. These subsidiaries are also restricted from paying dividends without the approval of the non-controlling interests.

Refer to note 42 ‘Functional and presentation currency’ and note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (c), (s) and (t).

19.    Dividends

  2015  2014  2013 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Dividends paid/payable during the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,983    3,793    3,662  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,613    2,483    2,404  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,596    6,276    6,066  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,982    3,887    3,721  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,617    2,555    2,446  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,599    6,442    6,167  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  2015  2014  2013 
  US cents  US cents  US cents 

Dividends paid during the period (per share)

   

Prior year final dividend

  62.0    59.0    57.0  

Interim dividend

  62.0    59.0    57.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  124.0    118.0    114.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period (per share)

   

Interim dividend

  62.0    59.0    57.0  

Final dividend

  62.0    62.0    59.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  124.0    121.0    116.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends are determined after period end in the announcement of the results for the period. Interim dividends are determined in February and paid in March. Final dividends are determined in August and paid in September. Dividends determined are not recorded as a liability at the end of the period to which they relate. Subsequent to year-end, on 25 August 2015, BHP Billiton determined a final dividend of 62.0 US cents per share (US$3,301 million), which will be paid on 29 September 2015 (30 June 2014: final dividend of 62.0 US cents per share – US$3,301 million; 30 June 2013: final dividend of 59.0 US cents per share – US$3,147 million).

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Dividends determined on each ADS represent twice the dividend determined on BHP Billiton ordinary shares.

BHP Billiton Limited dividends for all periods presented are, or will be, fully franked based on a tax rate of 30 per cent.

   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Franking credits as at 30 June

   11,295    13,419    10,516  

Franking (debits)/credits arising from the (refund)/payment of current tax

   (428  (29  824  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total franking credits available(b)

   10,867    13,390    11,340  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)5.5 per cent dividend on 50,000 preference shares of £1 each determined and paid annually (30 June 2014: 5.5 per cent; 30 June 2013: 5.5 per cent).

(b)The payment of the final 2015 dividend determined after 30 June 2015 will reduce the franking account balance by US$853 million.

20.    Provision for dividends and other liabilities

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Dividends and other liabilities

   159     360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provision for dividends and other liabilities

   159     360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Other liabilities

   205     198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provision for dividends and other liabilities

   205     198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

Movement in provision for dividends and other liabilities

   

At the beginning of the financial year

   558    451  

Dividends determined during the year

   6,596    6,276  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

   

Underlying

   400    388  

Discounting

   1      

Exchange variations

   (131  77  

Released during the year

   (138  (141

Utilisation

   (359  (85

Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations

   (65    

Dividends paid during the year

   (6,498  (6,387

Transfers and other movements

       (21
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   364    558  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial risk management

21.    Other financial assets

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   53     12  

Forward exchange contracts

   1       

Commodity contracts

   6     18  

Other derivative contracts

   23     57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial assets

   83     87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   939     1,471  

Commodity contracts

        7  

Other derivative contracts

   198     214  

Shares – available for sale

   21     512  

Other investments – available for sale(a)

   1     145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial assets

   1,159     2,349  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes investments held by BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Rehabilitation Trust Fund as at 30 June 2014. The future realisation of this investment is intended to fund environmental obligations relating to the closure of the South African coal operations, and consequently this investment, while under the Group’s control, is not available for the general purposes of the Group. Any income from this investment was reinvested or applied to meet these obligations. These investments were divested as part of the demerger of South32. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (s).

22.    Other financial liabilities

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   243       

Commodity contracts

   3       

Other derivative contracts

   5     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial liabilities

   251     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   1,024     273  

Commodity contracts

   1     9  

Other derivative contracts

   6     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial liabilities

   1,031     303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (s).

23.    Financial risk management

Financial risk management strategy

The financial risks arising from the Group’s operations comprise market, liquidity and credit risk. These risks arise in the normal course of business, and the Group manages its exposure to them in accordance with the Group’s portfolio risk management strategy. The objective of the strategy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting its future financial security and flexibility by taking advantage of the natural diversification provided by the scale, diversity and flexibility of the Group’s operations and activities.

A Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework is used to measure the aggregate and diversified impact of financial risks upon the Group’s financial targets. The principal measurement of risk is CFaR measured on a portfolio basis, which is defined as the worst expected loss relative to projected business plan cash flows over a one-year horizon under normal market conditions at a confidence level of 90 per cent.

Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it to market risks associated with movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity prices. Under the strategy outlined above, the Group seeks to achieve financing costs, currency impacts, input costs and commodity prices on a floating or index basis. This strategy gives rise to a risk of variability in earnings which is measured under the CFaR framework.

In executing the strategy, financial instruments are potentially employed in three distinct but related activities. The following table summarises these activities and the key risk management processes:

Activity

Key risk management processes

1       Risk mitigation

On an exception basis, hedging for the purposes of mitigating risk related to specific and significant expenditure on investments or capital projects will be executed if necessary to support the Group’s strategic objectives.Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

2       Economic hedging of commodity sales, operating costs and debt instruments

Where Group commodity production is sold to customers on pricing terms that deviate from the relevant index target, and where a relevant derivatives market exists, financial instruments may be executed as an economic hedge to align the revenue price exposure with the index target.

Where debt is issued in a currency other than the US dollar and/or at a fixed interest rate, fair value and cash flow hedges may be executed to align the debt exposure with the Group’s functional currency of US dollars and/or to swap to a floating interest rate.

Measuring and reporting the exposure in customer commodity contracts and issued debt instruments.

Executing hedging derivatives to align the total group exposure to the index target.

3       Strategic financial transactions

Opportunistic transactions may be executed with financial instruments to capture value from perceived market over/under valuations.Exposures managed within value at risk and stop loss limits.
Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks, including authorising and monitoring the use of financial instruments for the above activities and stipulating policy thereon, rests with the Financial Risk Management Committee under authority delegated by the Group Management Committee.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and investments from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed interest rate financial instruments. Interest rate risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

The majority of the Group’s debt is issued at fixed interest rates. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to convert most of its fixed interest rate exposure to floating US dollar interest rate exposure. As at 30 June 2015, 89 per cent of Group borrowings were exposed to floating interest rates inclusive of the effect of swaps (2014: 84 per cent). The Group’s earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group’s net borrowings.

The fair value of interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps in hedge relationships used to hedge both interest rate and foreign currency risks are shown in the fair values section of this note.

Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2015, taking into account interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will decrease the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$149 million (2014: decrease of US$126 million). This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant over the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.

Currency risk

The US dollar is the functional currency of most operations within the Group and as a result currency exposures arise from transactions and balances in currencies other than the US dollar. The Group’s potential currency exposures comprise:

translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items; and

transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues.

The Group’s foreign currency risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items

Monetary items, including financial assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an operation are periodically restated to US dollar equivalents, and the associated gain or loss is taken to the income statement. The exception is foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency denominated provisions for closure and rehabilitation at operating sites, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment.

The following table shows the foreign currency risk arising from financial assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar:

Net financial (liabilities)/assets – by currency of denomination  2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

Australian dollars

   (2,239  (4,684

Chilean peso

   (665  (267

Other

   (5  6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   (2,909  (4,945
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The principal non-functional currencies to which the Group is exposed are the Australian dollar and Chilean peso. Based on the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2015, a weakening of the US dollar against these currencies as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, would (decrease)/increase profit after taxation and equity as follows:

   2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

Currency movement against US$

  Profit
after taxation
  Equity  Profit
after taxation
  Equity 

1 cent strengthening in Australian dollar

   (12  (12  (31  (31

10 pesos strengthening in Chilean peso

   (7  (7  (3  (3

The Group’s financial asset and liability profile may not remain constant and therefore these sensitivities should be used with care.

Transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues

Certain operating and capital expenditure is incurred in currencies other than their functional currency. To a lesser extent, certain sales revenue is earned in currencies other than the functional currency of operations, and certain exchange control restrictions may require that funds be maintained in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. These currency risks are managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. When required under this strategy the Group enters into forward exchange contracts.

The net fair value of forward exchange contracts outstanding to manage short-term foreign currency cash flows relating to operating activities is an asset of US$1 million and a liability of US$ nil (2014: an asset of US$ nil and a liability of US$ nil).

Commodity price risk

Contracts for the sale and physical delivery of commodities are executed whenever possible on a pricing basis intended to achieve a relevant index target. While the Group has succeeded in transitioning the majority of Group commodity production sales to market-based index pricing terms, derivative commodity contracts may from time-to-time be used to align realised prices with the relevant index. Contracts for the physical delivery of commodities are not typically financial instruments and are carried in the balance sheet at cost (typically at nil); they are therefore excluded from the fair value and sensitivity tables below. Accordingly, the financial instrument exposures set out in the tables below do not represent all of the commodity price risks managed according to the Group’s objectives. Movements in the fair value of contracts included in the tables below are offset by movements in the fair value of the physical contracts, however only the former movement is recognised in the Group’s income statement prior to settlement. The risk associated with commodity prices is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Financial instruments with commodity price risk included in the following tables are primarily derivatives embedded in physical commodity purchase and sales contracts.

All such instruments are carried in the balance sheet at fair value.

Forward commodity and other derivative contracts

   2015   2014 
   Fair value
of asset
   Fair value
of liability
   Fair value
of asset
   Fair value
of liability
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Aluminium

             54     7  

Copper

   22     6     7     16  

Nickel

             17     5  

Coal

                  1  

Petroleum

                  6  

Gas

   205     9     218     11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   227     15     296     46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

        

Current

   29     8     75     16  

Non-current

   198     7     221     30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provisionally priced commodity sales and purchases contracts

Not included in the above table are provisionally priced sales or purchases volumes for which price finalisation, referenced to the relevant index, is outstanding at the reporting date. Provisional pricing mechanisms embedded

within these sales and purchases arrangements have the character of a commodity derivative and are carried at fair value through profit and loss as part of trade receivables or trade payables. The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2015 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon provisionally invoiced sales and purchases volumes is set out in the following table:

    2015  2014 
  

Units of exposure

 Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
US$M
  Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
US$M
 

Provisionally priced commodity sales contracts

  

   

Copper

 Tonnes (’000s)  (363  173    (350  246  

Zinc

 Tonnes (’000s)  (4  1    (11  2  

Lead

 Tonnes (’000s)          (29  6  

Gold

 Ounces  (23,975  2    (19,401  2  

Silver

 Ounces (’000s)  (1,231  2    (5,072  10  

Nickel

 Tonnes (’000s)  (4  4    (3  5  

Iron Ore

 Tonnes (’000s)  (2,876  14    (588  5  
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provisionally priced commodity purchases contracts

  

   

Copper

 Tonnes (’000s)  32    (18  24    (17

Zinc

 Tonnes (’000s)  4    (1  4    (1

Silver

 Ounces (’000s)  850    (1  526    (1
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The sensitivities in the above tables have been determined as the absolute impact on fair value of a 10 per cent increase in commodity prices at each reporting date, while holding all other variables, including foreign currency and exchange rates, constant.

The relationship between commodity prices and foreign currencies is complex and movements in foreign exchange rates can impact commodity prices. The sensitivities should therefore be used with care.

Liquidity risk

The Group’s liquidity risk arises from the possibility that it may not be able to settle or meet its obligations as they fall due and is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. Operational, capital and regulatory requirements are considered in the management of liquidity risk, in conjunction with short-term and long-term forecast information.

Additional liquidity risk arises on debt related derivatives due to the possibility that a market for derivatives might not exist in some circumstances. To counter this risk the Group only uses derivatives in highly liquid markets.

The Group’s strong credit profile, diversified funding sources and committed credit facilities ensure that sufficient liquid funds are maintained to meet its daily cash requirements. The Group’s policy on counterparty credit exposure ensures that only counterparties of an investment grade standing are used for the investment of any excess cash.

During the year ended 30 June 2015, Moody’s Investors Service made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A1 (the short-term credit rating is P-1). Standard & Poor’s also affirmed the Group’s long-term credit rating of A+ (the short-term credit rating is A-1); however, revised their outlook from stable to negative.

There were no defaults on loans payable during the period.

Standby arrangements and unused credit facilities

Details of major standby and support arrangements are as follows:

   2015   2014 

US$M

  Facility
available
   Drawn   Undrawn   Facility
available
   Drawn   Undrawn 

Revolving credit facility (a)

   6,000          6,000     6,000          6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000          6,000     6,000          6,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)The Group’s committed US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility operates as a back-stop to the Group’s uncommitted commercial paper program. The combined amount drawn under the facility or as commercial paper will not exceed US$6.0 billion. As at 30 June 2015, US$ nil commercial paper was drawn (2014: US$ nil), therefore US$6.0 billion of committed facility was available to use (2014: US$6.0 billion). The revolving credit facility has a five-year maturity with one remaining one-year extension option. A commitment fee is payable on the undrawn balance and an interest rate comprising an interbank rate plus a margin applies to any drawn balance. The agreed margins are typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating.

Maturity profile of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual amounts, taking into account the derivatives related to debt, is as follows:

2015

US$M

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other  Total 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  3,070    664    214    8    105    6,807    10,868  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  3,385    865    44    3    61    20    4,378  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  960    781    379    1    57    2    2,180  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  3,927    760    314    1    52    2    5,056  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  1,598    608    157    1    48    3    2,415  

In more than five years

  16,952    7,092    1,495    1    165    2    25,707  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  29,892    10,770    2,603    15    488    6,836    50,604  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  30,732        1,267    15    438    6,836    39,288  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014

US$M

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other  Total 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  4,165    665    (180  16    167    9,747    14,580  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  3,107    1,034    (122  9    164    94    4,286  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  3,390    897    (32  1    164    3    4,423  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  1,066    807    128    6    151    3    2,161  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  4,169    784    70    11    152    3    5,189  

In more than five years

  16,857    7,949    485    3    1,708    10    27,012  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  32,754    12,136    349    46    2,506    9,860    57,651  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  33,205        273    46    1,384    9,860    44,768  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The amounts presented in the tables above comprise the contractual undiscounted cash flows, and therefore will not always agree with the amounts presented in the balance sheet. The Group holds derivatives related to net debt, commodities and currencies that are classified as other financial assets when they are expected to generate cash inflows. Refer to note 21 ‘Other financial assets’.

Credit risk

Credit risk can arise from the non-performance by counterparties of their contractual financial obligations towards the Group. To manage credit risk, the Group maintains Group-wide procedures covering the application for credit approvals, granting and renewal of counterparty limits, proactive monitoring of exposures against these limits and requirements triggering secured payment terms. As part of these processes, the credit exposures to all counterparties are regularly monitored and assessed on a timely basis. The maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the total carrying amount of relevant financial assets on the balance sheet, as at the reporting date.

The Group’s credit risk exposures are categorised under the following headings:

Counterparties

The Group conducts transactions with the following major types of counterparties:

Receivables counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers are made on open terms.

Secured payment counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers occur via secured payment mechanisms.

Derivative counterparties

Counterparties to derivative contracts consist of a diverse number of financial institutions and industrial counterparties in the relevant markets.

Cash investment counterparties

As part of managing cash flow and liquidity, the Group holds short-term cash investments with a range of approved financial institutions.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty.

Geographic

The Group trades in all major geographic regions. Countries in which the Group has significant revenue exposures include Australia, the United States, Europe, China, Japan, India and South Korea. Where appropriate, secured payment mechanisms and other risk mitigation instruments are used to protect revenues from credit risk losses.

Industry

In line with our asset portfolio, the Group sells into a diverse range of industries and customer sectors. This diversity means that the Group is not dominantly exposed to any individual industry or customer.

The following table shows the Group’s receivables at the reporting date that are exposed to credit risk and the ageing and impairment profile thereon:

2015

US$M

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 

Trade receivables

   2,988     6     2,972     8     2            

Other receivables

   2,849     11     2,653     66     11     30     78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5,837     17     5,625     74     13     30     78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014

US$M

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 

Trade receivables

   4,735     115     4,562     46               12  

Other receivables

   4,005     17     3,761     9     26     33     159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,740     132     8,323     55     26     33     171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables are deemed to be past due or impaired with reference to the Group’s normal terms and conditions of business. These terms and conditions are determined on a case-by-case basis with reference to the customer’s credit quality and prevailing market conditions. Receivables that are classified as ‘past due’ in the above tables are those that have not been settled within the payments terms that have been agreed with that customer. For an analysis of movements in impaired trade receivables, refer to note 8 ‘Trade and other receivables’.

The credit quality of the Group’s customers is monitored on an ongoing basis and assessed for impairment where indicators of such impairment exist. The solvency of each debtor and their ability to repay the receivable is considered in assessing receivables for impairment. In certain circumstances the Group may seek collateral as security for the receivable. Where receivables have been impaired, the Group actively seeks to recover the amounts in question and enforce compliance with credit terms.

An impairment of US$15 million was recognised during the year ended 30 June 2015 (2014: US$ nil) relating to other financial assets, refer to note 3 ‘Expenses’.

Fair values

All financial assets and liabilities, other than derivatives, are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid or received, net of transaction costs as appropriate, and subsequently carried at fair value or amortised cost, as indicated in the tables below. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value.

The financial assets and liabilities are presented by class in the tables below at their carrying amounts, which generally approximate to fair value. In the case of US$3,321 million (2014: US$5,337 million) of fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate, the fair value at 30 June 2015 was US$3,538 million (2014: US$5,665 million).

Financial assets and liabilities

2015

US$M

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit

or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets

and
liabilities

at
amortised
cost
  Total 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  7    6,753                    6,753  

Trade and other receivables(a)

  8    3,534        952            4,486  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  21            858    134        992  

Forward exchange contracts

  21            1            1  

Commodity contracts

  21            6            6  

Other derivative contracts

  21            221            221  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  8    995                    995  

Shares

  21        21                21  

Other investments

  21        1                1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   11,282    22    2,038    134        13,476  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        111,104  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        124,580  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables(b)

  9            176        6,660    6,836  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  22            (62  1,329        1,267  

Commodity contracts

  22            4            4  

Other derivative contracts

  22            11            11  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings(c)

  15                    140    140  

Bank loans(c)

  15                    1,595    1,595  

Notes and debentures(c)

  15                    28,725    28,725  

Finance leases(c)

  15                    438    438  

Other(c)

  15                    272    272  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           129    1,329    37,830    39,288  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        14,747  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        54,035  
       

 

 

 

2014

US$M

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit

or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets and
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
  Total 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  7    8,803                    8,803  

Trade and other receivables (a)

  8    5,431        1,071            6,502  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  21            846    637        1,483  

Commodity contracts

  21            25            25  

Other derivative contracts

  21            271            271  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  8    1,205                    1,205  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  8    337                    337  

Shares

  21        512                512  

Other investments

  21        145                145  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   15,776    657    2,213    637        19,283  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        132,130  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        151,413  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables (b)

  9            300        9,560    9,860  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  22            221    52        273  

Commodity contracts

  22            9            9  

Other derivative contracts

  22            37            37  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings (c)

  15                    51    51  

Bank loans(c)

  15                    1,462    1,462  

Notes and debentures(c)

  15                    31,247    31,247  

Finance leases(c)

  15                    1,384    1,384  

Other(c)

  15                    445    445  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           567    52    44,149    44,768  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        21,263  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        66,031  
       

 

 

 

(a)Excludes input taxes of US$339 million (2014: US$564 million) included in other receivables. Refer to note 8 ‘Trade and other receivables’.

(b)Excludes input taxes of US$582 million (2014: US$398 million) included in other payables. Refer to note 9 ‘Trade and other payables’.

(c)All interest bearing liabilities, excluding finance leases are unsecured.

Valuation hierarchy

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is principally calculated with reference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. The inputs used in fair value calculations are determined by the relevant Group Function. Our Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee. Movements in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities may be recognised through the income statement or in other comprehensive income. The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value with reference to the nature of valuation inputs used:

2015

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        952         952  

Trade and other payables

        (176       (176

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        (275       (275

Forward exchange contracts

        1         1  

Commodity contracts

        2         2  

Other derivative contracts

        12    198     210  

Investments – available for sale

   1         21     22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1     516    219     736  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,071         1,071  

Trade and other payables

        (300       (300

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        1,210         1,210  

Commodity contracts

        16         16  

Other derivative contracts

        (13  247     234  

Investments – available for sale

   5     145    507     657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     2,129    754     2,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities.

(b)Valuation is based on inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are observable for the financial asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

(c)Valuation is based on inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The following table shows the movements in the Group’s level 3 financial assets and liabilities:

   2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   754    690  

Additions

   16    66  

Disposals

   (407  (47

Realised gains recognised in the income statement(a)

   9    6  

Unrealised gains recognised in the income statement(a)

   33    77  

Unrealised losses recognised in other comprehensive income(b)

   (9  (19

Impairment

   (15    

Transfers(c)

   (162  (19
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   219    754  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Realised and unrealised gains and losses recognised in the income statement are recorded in expenses. Refer to note 3 ‘Expenses’.

(b)Unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are recorded in the financial assets reserve. Refer to note 18 ‘Other equity’.

(c)Transfers comprise US$162 million relating to Marine Well Containment Company now classified as an equity accounted investment.

Sensitivity of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities that are valued using inputs other than observable market data are calculated using appropriate valuation models, including discounted cash flow modelling, with inputs such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and inflation. The potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in these models, based on a change in the most significant input by 10 per cent while holding all other variables constant, is shown in the following table. Significant inputs are assessed individually for each financial asset and liability.

     Profit after taxation  Equity 

2015

US$M

 Carrying
amount
  10% increase
in input
  10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
  10% decrease
in input
 

Financial assets and liabilities

     

Other derivative contracts

  198    45    (45  45    (45

Investments – available for sale

  21            2    (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  219    45    (45  47    (47
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

     Profit after taxation  Equity 

2014

US$M

 Carrying
amount
  10% increase
in input
  10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
  10% decrease
in input
 

Financial assets and liabilities

     

Other derivative contracts

  247    67    (67  67    (67

Investments – available for sale

  507            72    (39
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  754    67    (67  139    (106
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet where the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The Group also entered into master netting arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but allow for the related amounts to be set-off in certain circumstances, such as the event of default.

The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements but not offset, as at 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014. The column ‘Net amount’ shows the impact on the Group’s balance sheet if all set-off rights were exercised.

     Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet  Related amounts not offset 

2015

US$M

 Notes  Gross
amounts
  Gross amounts
set-off in
the balance
sheet
  Net amounts
presented in
the balance
sheet
  Amounts
subject to
master netting
arrangements
  Net amount 

Financial assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents (a)

  7    6,753        6,753    (326  6,427  

Trade receivables

  8    2,949    33    2,982        2,982  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

  21    992        992    (740  252  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   10,694    33    10,727    (1,066  9,661  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

      

Trade creditors

  9    4,890    (33  4,857        4,857  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

  22    1,267        1,267    (1,066  201  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   6,157    (33  6,124    (1,066  5,058  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014

US$M

                  

Financial assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents (a)

  7    8,803        8,803    (59  8,744  

Trade receivables

  8    4,639    (19  4,620        4,620  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

  21    1,483        1,483    (214  1,269  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   14,925    (19  14,906    (273  14,633  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

      

Trade creditors

  9    6,992    (19  6,973        6,973  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

  22    273        273    (273    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   7,265    (19  7,246    (273  6,973  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

The Group enters into money market deposits and derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements. Under the terms of these arrangements, only

where certain events occur such as default, the net position owing/receivable to a single counterparty will be taken as owing and all the relevant arrangements terminated. As the Group does not presently have a legally enforceable right of set-off, these amounts have not been offset in the balance sheet, but have been presented separately in the table above.

Capital management

The Group’s long-term strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. The Group will invest capital in assets where they fit its strategy. The Group’s priorities for cash flow are underpinned by:

reinvestment in projects that carry attractive rates of return regardless of the economic climate;

seeking to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating; and

returning excess capital to shareholders firstly with its progressive dividend policy and thereafter via capital management initiatives (for example share buy-backs).

Further information relevant to the actions and outcomes of the Group’s capital management strategy is contained in section 7.1.4 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, note 17 ‘Share capital’, note 18 ‘Other equity’ and note 19 ‘Dividends’.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, being the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets. Our policy is for net gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent.

   2015  2014 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents

   (6,753  (8,803

Current debt

   3,201    4,262  

Non-current debt

   27,969    30,327  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net debt

   24,417    25,786  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   70,545    85,382  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gearing

   25.7  23.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (s).

Employee matters

24.    Key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation comprises:

   2015   2014   2013 
   US$   US$   US$ 

Short-term employee benefits

   26,663,069     29,302,029     24,959,049  

Post-employment benefits

   2,920,007     3,176,079     3,446,910  

Share-based payments

   20,783,959     21,300,632     26,297,032  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   50,367,035     53,778,740     54,702,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with key management personnel

During the financial year, there were no purchases by key management personnel from the Group (2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$ nil).

There are no amounts payable by key management personnel at 30 June 2015 (2014: US$ nil).

Loans with key management personnel

There are no loans receivable from or payable to key management personnel (2014: US$ nil).

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2014: US$ nil).

25.    Employee share ownership plans

Awards were provided under the following employee share ownership plans for the year ended 30 June 2015: the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP), Management Award Plan (MAP), Group Short Term Incentive Plan (GSTIP), Transitional GMC awards and the all-employee share plan, Shareplus. In prior years, awards were also made under the Group Incentive Scheme (GIS) and the Kgatelo Pele Employee Share Ownership Plan.

These awards take the form of rights to receive ordinary shares in either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Awards made are subject to performance conditions (LTIP and Transitional GMC) and service conditions (all plans). Subject to the performance conditions and service conditions being met and the extent to which they are met, the awards will vest and the participant will become entitled to the appropriate number of ordinary shares or, if relevant, entitled to exercise options over the relevant number of ordinary shares. Awards under the plans do not confer any rights to participate in a share issue; however, there is discretion under each of the plans to adjust the awards in response to a variation of BHP Billiton’s share capital.

As a result of the demerger of South32, adjustments were made to unvested awards to ensure that participants continue to be appropriately treated. At the time of the demerger, unvested awards under the LTIP, STIP, MAP, GSTIP, those provided as Transitional GMC awards and GIS were adjusted to reflect the reduction in the value of BHP Billiton after South32 demerged. During the year ended 30 June 2015, no new awards were granted under either of the GIS – deferred shares or Transitional GMC awards, except for the adjustments as described above. In relation to unvested awards under Shareplus, compensatory awards were granted to reflect the reduction in the value of BHP Billiton after South32 demerged. The new number of unvested awards for each participant (when taken together with the compensatory awards referred to above) equals the number of awards held before the demerger multiplied by ((BHP Billiton five-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) plus South32 five-day VWAP) divided by BHP Billiton five-day VWAP). Prices were based on the first five trading days following South32’s listing on the relevant exchanges on 18 May 2015.

All LTIP, STIP and GIS awards and all MAP and GSTIP awards granted prior to 1 July 2011 are eligible to receive a payment equal to the dividend amount that would have been earned on the underlying shares awarded to those participants (the Dividend Equivalent Payment or DEP). The DEP is provided to the participants once the underlying shares are allocated or transferred to them. No DEP is provided in respect of any awards that lapse. All Transitional GMC awards and awards granted after 1 July 2011 under GSTIP and MAP are not eligible for a DEP.

A description of these plans is as follows:

(i)STIP, GIS and GSTIP

The STIP (which replaced GIS in FY2014) is a plan for the GMC and the GSTIP is a plan for senior management employees other than the GMC (being first introduced during the year ended 30 June 2009). The plans allow a portion of short-term incentive amounts (being a percentage of base salary) to be deferred. Half of the short-term incentive is paid in cash. The remaining half is provided in the form of STIP, GIS or GSTIP awards – being a grant of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The rights are subject to a two-year vesting period before they vest or can be exercised. If, during the vesting period, an individual resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent, or is dismissed for cause, their rights are forfeited. Awards in respect of the year ended 30 June 2015 will be granted during the year ending 30 June 2016.

(ii)LTIP and MAP

The LTIP is a plan for the GMC, and awards are granted annually. The performance condition applicable to the awards requires the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a five-year performance period to be greater than the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies). For awards granted from December 2010 onwards, performance relative to this Peer Group TSR performance condition determines the vesting of 67 per cent of the LTIP awards, while performance relative to the Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World) performance condition determines the vesting of 33 per cent of the LTIP awards. To the extent that the performance condition is not achieved, awards are forfeited. There is no retesting. For the awards to vest in full, the Group’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR and Index TSR (if applicable) by a specified percentage per year, determined for each grant by the Remuneration Committee. Since the establishment of the LTIP in 2004, this percentage has been set at 5.5 per cent per year. The vesting scale is determined for each grant by the Committee. For awards granted prior to December 2013, vested awards were able to be exercised for up to five years following the date that vesting is determined, with an expiry date prior to the fifth anniversary of vesting. From December 2013 onwards, vested awards will be transferred to individuals as soon as practicable after the relevant vesting date.

The MAP is a plan for management employees other than the GMC. Under the MAP, participants receive an award of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The number of rights is determined by role, performance and organisational level. There are no performance conditions attached to the awards and awards will vest at the end of three years providing participants remain in employment over that time.

(iii)Transitional GMC awards

The Remuneration Committee may determine that these awards are provided to new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton as a transitional measure to bridge the time-based gap between the vesting of MAP awards that were granted to these individuals in their non-GMC management positions (with a three-year service condition) and the LTIP awards provided to GMC members (with a five-year service and performance condition). Transitional GMC awards have two tranches. Tranche one has athree-year service and performance condition. Tranche two has a four-year service and performance condition. The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the three- or four-year performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO).

(iv)Shareplus

Shareplus is an all-employee share purchase plan which commenced in April 2007. Employees may contribute up to US$5,000 to acquire shares (Acquired Shares) in any Plan year. On the third anniversary of the start of a Plan year, the Company will match the number of Acquired Shares held by the employee at that time with Matched Shares. The employees have no beneficial entitlement to the Matched Shares until they are awarded. Acquired Shares are purchased on a quarterly basis. Employees can sell their Acquired Shares at any time. If, prior to the third anniversary, an individual sells their Acquired Shares, resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent or is dismissed for cause, their entitlement to Matched Shares is forfeited.

(v)Kgatelo Pele ESOP

The Kgatelo Pele ESOP commenced in June 2013 with a three-year vesting period. All eligible employees are entitled to awards to the value of ZAR8,667 each year. Beneficiaries must be permanently employed by Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd as at 1 May (effective date) of each year to qualify for the allocation for that particular year. Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd will contribute the necessary amount to the Kgatelo Pele Trust by way of donation to enable the purchase of shares, which will be held until the end of the vesting period. During this period, beneficiaries will be entitled to dividends declared by BHP Billiton. At the end of each vesting period, eligible employees will be given the opportunity to create a portfolio by having the shares transferred into their own names or to sell their entitlements and receive the cash benefit. In May 2015, BHP Billiton’s interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd was divested as part of South32, and the Kgatelo Pele Trust is no longer part of the Group. The Group will not make future contributions to the Kgatelo Pele Trust.

Employee share awards – current plans

2015

 Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number
of
awards
issued
during
the year
  Number
of
awards
vested
and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number
of awards
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

STIP awards

      412,994            412,994      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  143,544    4,846    80,247        68,143      

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,178,334    1,840,479    1,328,634    66,026    2,624,153    52,190  

GSTIP awards – options

  110,319        23,065        87,254    87,254  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  41.08        38.41        41.78    41.78  

– weighted average share price – A$

    38.07     

LTIP awards

  4,346,180    1,271,634    1,131,593    719,790    3,766,431    707,600  

Transitional GMC awards

  271,194    15,636        66,850    219,980      

MAP awards

  7,706,995    3,230,752    2,885,862    325,246    7,726,639    228,827  

Shareplus

  3,460,805    2,888,178    1,997,843    322,748    4,028,392      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  35,081        35,081              

GIS awards – options

  30,389                30,389    30,389  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  23.71                23.71    23.71  

– weighted average share price – £

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  447,157    285,418    405,095    5,872    321,608    18,132  

GSTIP awards – options

  42,473                42,473    42,473  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  22.08                22.08    22.08  

– weighted average share price – £

         

LTIP awards

  1,435,123    42,454    375,983    97,380    1,004,214    281,857  

Transitional GMC awards

  39,860    3,206            43,066      

MAP awards

  2,263,206    671,375    1,222,078    140,420    1,572,083    162,851  

Shareplus

  757,466    485,747    929,771    68,648    244,794      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2015

 Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
  Risk-free
interest
rate (b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
  Share
price at
grant
date
  Estimated
volatility
of share
price (c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

STIP awards

  30.16    n/a    3 years    A$36.00    n/a    3.39

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  28.15    n/a    3 years    A$36.00    n/a    3.39

LTIP awards

  15.67    1.70  5 years    A$36.00    27.0  3.39

MAP awards

  27.20    n/a    3 years    A$36.00    n/a    3.39

Shareplus

  20.22    2.27  3 years    A$30.27    n/a    3.36
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  28.20    n/a    3 years    £19.45    n/a    4.00

LTIP awards

  15.90    1.70  5 years    £19.45    27.0  4.00

MAP awards

  27.07    n/a    3 years    £19.45    n/a    4.00

Shareplus

  23.49    2.76  3 years    £15.00    n/a    3.90
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2014

 Number of
awards at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  244,868    114,629    215,953        143,544      

GIS awards – options

  90,389        90,389              

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  29.15        29.15              

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.80     

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,388,298    1,256,041    1,414,934    51,071    2,178,334    46,839  

GSTIP awards – options

  284,636        116,876    57,441    110,319    110,319  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.44        38.41    38.41    41.08    41.08  

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.82     

LTIP awards

  6,066,035    1,298,015    1,688,386    1,329,484    4,346,180    1,512,567  

Transitional GMC awards

  35,834    235,360            271,194      

MAP awards

  7,981,682    2,921,588    2,481,689    714,586    7,706,995    486,850  

Shareplus

  3,092,062    2,010,066    1,339,097    302,226    3,460,805      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  136,632        101,551        35,081      

GIS awards – options

  109,792        79,403        30,389    30,389  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  15.58        12.47        23.71    23.71  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.31     

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  700,770    242,715    485,820    10,508    447,157    13,228  

GSTIP awards – options

  54,960        12,487        42,473    42,473  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.80        17.43        22.08    22.08  

– weighted average share price – £

    18.72     

LTIP awards

  2,638,166        726,863    476,180    1,435,123    541,220  

Transitional GMC awards

  39,860                39,860      

MAP awards

  2,418,076    724,685    728,298    151,257    2,263,206    231,746  

Shareplus

  702,203    434,461    296,186    83,012    757,466      

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

      66,064            66,064      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2014

  Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
   Risk-free
interest
rate(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
   Share
price at
grant
date
   Estimated
volatility
of share
price (c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   29.24     n/a   3 years     A$30.94     n/a    3.17

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   26.62     n/a    3 years     A$30.94     n/a    3.17

LTIP awards

   13.25     1.42  5 years     A$30.94     31.0  3.17

Transitional GMC awards

   25.37     n/a    3-4 years     A$30.94     n/a    3.17

MAP awards

   25.78     n/a    3 years     A$30.94     n/a    3.17

Shareplus

   31.37     2.55  3 years     A$36.78     n/a    3.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   24.24     n/a    3 years     £17.15     n/a    3.65

MAP awards

   23.35     n/a    3 years     £17.15     n/a    3.65

Shareplus

   28.61     2.05  3 years     £18.91     n/a    3.49

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

   30.14     n/a    3 years     £18.91     n/a    n/a  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2013

 Number of
awards at
the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards at
the end of
the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  614,335    53,854    407,847    15,474    244,868    23,167  

GIS awards – options

  764,318        359,098    314,831    90,389    90,389  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  34.44        29.15    41.99    29.15    29.15  

– weighted average share price – A$

    34.15     

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,234,410    1,248,794    1,024,623    70,283    2,388,298    194,382  

GSTIP awards – options

  335,160            50,524    284,636    284,636  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.29            38.41    39.44    39.44  

– weighted average share price – A$

         

LTIP awards

  10,047,354    693,628    4,621,864    53,083    6,066,035    2,367,453  

Transitional GMC awards

      35,834            35,834      

MAP awards

  7,841,674    3,142,398    2,196,959    805,431    7,981,682    687,175  

Shareplus

  2,436,201    1,966,016    1,015,575    294,580    3,092,062      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  253,076    54,268    170,712        136,632    4,195  

GIS awards – options

  297,042        172,704    14,546    109,792    109,792  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  12.94        10.96    16.51    15.58    15.58  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.29     

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  890,553    281,561    412,558    58,786    700,770    65,838  

GSTIP awards – options

  96,012        21,030    20,022    54,960    54,960  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.35        17.53    22.08    20.80    20.80  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.37     

LTIP awards

  3,941,270    401,831    1,684,852    20,083    2,638,166    912,476  

Transitional GMC awards

      39,860            39,860      

MAP awards

  2,837,040    797,840    860,119    356,685    2,418,076    250,305  

Shareplus

  588,356    439,800    241,642    84,311    702,203      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2013

 Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year 
(a)
US$
  Risk-free
interest
rate 
(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
  Share
price at
grant
date
  Estimated
volatility
of share
price 
(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  32.40    n/a    3 years    A$31.45    n/a    2.78

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  29.84    n/a    3 years    A$31.45    n/a    2.78

LTIP awards

  16.41    0.73  5 years    A$31.45    35.0  2.78

Transitional GMC awards

  28.61    n/a    3-4 years    A$31.45    n/a    2.78

MAP awards

  29.01    n/a    3 years    A$31.45    n/a    2.78

Shareplus

  32.55    3.34  3 years    A$33.74    n/a    2.50
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  28.91    n/a    3 years    £18.06    n/a    3.31

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  26.22    n/a    3 years    £18.06    n/a    3.31

LTIP awards

  14.59    0.73  5 years    £18.06    35.0  3.31

Transitional GMC awards

  24.94    n/a    3-4 years    £18.06    n/a    3.31

MAP awards

  25.37    n/a    3 years    £18.06    n/a    3.31

Shareplus

  28.80    2.24  3 years    £19.49    n/a    2.89
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – past plans

2015

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   2,177,028          1,635,765          541,263     541,263  

2014

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   3,950,536          1,773,508          2,177,028     2,177,028  

Employee share awards – past plans

2013

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   5,447,321          1,496,785          3,950,536     3,950,536  

Employee share awards – summary(e) (f)

  Awards outstanding at:       

Month of issue

 30 June 2015  10 September 2015  Exercise price (d)  Exercise period/release date 

BHP Billiton Limited

    

Employee Share Plan shares

    

October 1997

  541,263    541,263        Oct 1997 – Oct 2017  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  541,263    541,263    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

STIP awards

    

December 2014

  412,994    412,994        Aug 2016  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  412,994    412,994    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GIS awards

    

Deferred shares

    

December 2013

  68,143            Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  68,143        
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

November 2014

  1,594,188    1,512,185        Aug 2016  

October 2013

  1,029,965            Aug 2015  

Options

    

October 2010

  87,254       A$41.78    Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,711,407    1,512,185    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2014

  1,195,389    1,195,389        Aug 2019  

December 2013

  1,096,117    1,096,117        Aug 2018  

December 2012

  154,433    154,433        Aug 2017 – Aug 2022  

December 2011

  255,721    255,721        Aug 2016 – Aug 2021  

December 2010

  357,171            Aug 2015 – Aug 2020  

December 2009

  4,137            Aug 2014 – Aug 2019  

December 2007

  396,227    396,227        Aug 2012 – Aug 2017  

December 2006

  288,027    282,127        Aug 2011 – Aug 2016  

December 2005

  19,209            Aug 2010 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,766,431    3,380,014    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

  Awards outstanding at:       

Month of issue

 30 June 2015  10 September 2015  Exercise price (d)  Exercise period/release date 

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2013

  109,990    109,990    ��   Aug 2017  

December 2013

  109,990    109,990        Aug 2016  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  219,980    219,980    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

November 2014 and April 2015

  2,853,667    2,743,310        Aug 2017  

October 2013 and April 2014

  2,600,096    2,467,410        Aug 2016  

October 2012 and March 2013

  2,141,153            Aug 2015  

October 2011 and March 2012

  2,423            Aug 2014 – Aug 2015  

October 2010 and March 2011

  124,300    108,900        Aug 2013 – Aug 2016  

October 2009 and March 2010

  5,000            Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  7,726,639    5,319,620    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2014 to June 2015

  2,587,969    2,480,019        Apr 2017  

September 2013 to June 2014

  1,440,423    1,392,343        Apr 2016  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  4,028,392    3,872,362    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

BHP Billiton Plc

    

GIS awards

    

Options

    

December 2010

  30,389    30,389   £23.71    Aug 2012 – Oct 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  30,389    30,389    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

November 2014

  227,687    210,952        Aug 2016  

October 2013

  93,921            Aug 2015  

Options

    

October 2010

  42,473       £22.08    Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  364,081    210,952    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2012

  308,257    308,257        Aug 2017 – Aug 2022  

December 2011

  214,452    214,452        Aug 2016 – Aug 2021  

December 2010

  199,648            Aug 2015 – Aug 2020  

December 2007

  146,376    133,876        Aug 2012 – Aug 2017  

December 2006

  75,064    63,064        Aug 2011 – Aug 2016  

December 2005

  60,417            Aug 2010 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,004,214    719,649    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2012

  21,533    21,533        Aug 2016  

December 2012

  21,533            Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  43,066    21,533    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

November 2014 and April 2015

  581,580    537,694        Aug 2017  

October 2013 and April 2014

  591,489    543,427        Aug 2016  

  Awards outstanding at:       

Month of issue

 30 June 2015  10 September 2015  Exercise price (d)  Exercise period/release date 

October 2012 and March 2013

  317,914            Aug 2015  

October 2010 and March 2011

  68,100    55,450        Aug 2013 – Aug 2016  

October 2009 and March 2010

  13,000            Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,572,083    1,136,571    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2014 to June 2015

  153,098    146,998        Apr 2017  

September 2013 to June 2014

  91,696    88,749        Apr 2016  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  244,794    235,747    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

(a)The fair value of awards as presented in the tables above represents the fair value at grant date. The fair values of awards granted were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, Black-Scholes option pricing technique and net present value technique.

(b)The risk-free interest rate used is an applicable government bond rate.

(c)Historical volatility has been used to estimate the volatility of the share price.

(d)Exercise price on awards issued is equal to the exercise price as per awards outstanding.

(e)Shares issued on exercise of BHP Billiton’s employee share ownership plans include shares purchased on-market.

(f)In respect of employee share awards, the Group utilises the following trusts:

(i)The Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries. The trustee is an independent company, resident in Jersey. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Plc and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, STIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Plc from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust receives dividends on shares held to meet future awards under the plans.

(ii)The BHP Billiton Employee Equity Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries. The trustee is an independent company, resident in Jersey. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Limited and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, STIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held to meet future awards under the plans.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (t).

26.Employee benefits, restructuring and post-retirement employee benefits provisions

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   1,185     1,727  

Restructuring(b)

   104     26  

Post-retirement employee benefits(c)

   35     23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provisions

   1,324     1,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   199     247  

Post-retirement employee benefits(c)

   394     519  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

   593     766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Employee
benefits
  Restructuring  Post-
retirement
employee
benefits
  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   1,974    26    542    2,542  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

     

Underlying

   1,531    277    59    1,867  

Discounting

   7            7  

Net interest expense

           24    24  

Exchange variations

   (212  (2  (24  (238

Released during the year

   (37  (17      (54

Remeasurement losses taken to retained earnings

           28    28  

Utilisation

   (1,621  (174  (66  (1,861

Divestment and demerger of subsidiaries and operations

   (241  (7  (146  (394

Transfers and other movements

   (17  1    12    (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,384    104    429    1,917  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The expenditure associated with total employee benefits will occur in a pattern consistent with when employees choose to exercise their entitlement to benefits.

(b)Total restructuring provisions include provisions for business terminations and office closures.

(c)The provision for post-retirement employee benefits includes pension liabilities of US$160 million (2014: US$117 million) and post-retirement medical benefit liabilities of US$269 million (2014: US$425 million). Refer to note 27 ‘Pension and other post-retirement obligations’.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (u) and (v).

27.    Pension and other post-retirement obligations

The Group operates the following pension and post-retirement medical schemes:

Defined contribution pension schemes and multi-employer pension schemes

The Group contributed US$462 million (2014: US$467 million; 2013: US$456 million) to defined contribution plans and multi-employer defined contribution plans. These contributions are expensed as incurred.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has closed all defined benefit schemes to new entrants. Defined benefit pension schemes remain operating in Australia, the US, Canada and Europe for existing members. During the 2015 financial year, as part of the demerger of South32, the Group transferred its defined benefit pension schemes in South Africa, South America and some schemes in Australia to South32. Full actuarial valuations are prepared and updated annually to 30 June by local actuaries for all schemes. The Group operates final salary schemes that provide final salary benefits only, non-salary related schemes that provide flat dollar benefits and mixed benefit schemes that consist of a final salary defined benefit portion and a defined contribution portion.

Defined benefit post-retirement medical schemes

The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical schemes in the US, Canada and Europe. During the 2015 financial year, as part of the demerger of South32, the Group transferred its defined benefit medical schemes in South Africa to South32. Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries for all schemes. All of the post-retirement medical schemes in the Group are unfunded.

Risk

The Group’s defined benefit pension schemes and post-retirement medical schemes expose the Group to a number of risks including asset value volatility, interest rate and inflation risk.

Recognising this, the Group has adopted an approach of moving away from providing defined benefit pensions. The majority of Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes have been closed to new entrants for many years. Existing benefit schemes, and the terms of employee participation in these schemes, are reviewed on a regular basis.

Fund Assets

The Group follows a coordinated strategy for the funding and investment of its defined benefit pension schemes (subject to meeting all local requirements). The Group’s aim is for the value of defined benefit scheme assets to be maintained at close to the value of the corresponding benefit obligations, allowing for some short-term volatility.

Scheme assets are invested in a diversified range of asset classes, predominantly comprising bonds and equities.

The Group’s aim is to progressively shift defined benefit pension scheme assets towards investments that match the anticipated profile of the benefit obligations, as funding levels improve, and as benefit obligations mature. Over time, this is expected to result in a further reduction in the total exposure of pension scheme assets to equity markets. For pension schemes that pay lifetime benefits, the Group may consider and support the purchase of annuities to back these benefit obligations if it is commercially sensible to do so.

Net Liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

The net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is as follows:

  Defined benefit pension
schemes
  Post-retirement medical
schemes
 
  2015  2014  2015  2014 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

  868    1,297          

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

  113    103    269    425  

Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets

  (822  (1,319        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Scheme deficit

  159    81    269    425  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unrecognised surplus

      33          

Unrecognised past service credits

                

Adjustment for employer contributions tax

  1    3          
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

  160    117    269    425  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Group has no legal obligation to settle these liabilities with any immediate contributions or additional one-off contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to each defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with the latest recommendations of each scheme actuary.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (v).

28.    Employees

   2015   2014   2013 

Average number of employees(a)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,224     4,207     4,449  

Copper

   9,138     9,414     9,765  

Iron Ore

   7,483     8,035     6,883  

Coal

   5,579     6,160     6,006  

Group and unallocated

   3,246     3,687     4,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees from Continuing operations

   29,670     31,503     31,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees from Discontinued operations

   13,159     15,541     15,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   42,829     47,044     46,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Average employee numbers include the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies and our share of employees of joint operations. Employees of equity accounted investments are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

Group and related party information

29.    Discontinued operations

On 25 May 2015, the Group announced that it completed the demerger of a selection of its aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver-lead-zinc assets to create an independent metals and mining company, South32. This included the Group’s interests in its integrated Aluminium business, Energy Coal South Africa, Illawarra metallurgical coal, the Manganese business, the Cerro Matoso nickel operation and the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine.

Significant subsidiaries, joint operations, equity accounted investments and investments that were divested as part of the demerger of South32 are listed below:

Effective interest

Significant subsidiaries, joint operations, equity accounted
investments and investments

Country of incorporation

At date of
demerger

%

Alumar (aluminium refining)

Brazil36

Alumar (aluminium smelting)

Brazil40

BHP Billiton Aluminium (RAA) Pty Ltd

Australia100

BHP Billiton Aluminium (Worsley) Pty Ltd

Australia100

BHP Billiton Cannington Pty Ltd

Australia100

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa (Pty) Ltd

South Africa100

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Rehabilitation Trust

South AfricaN/A

BHP Billiton Metais SA

Brazil100

BHP Billiton SA Investments Ltd

United Kingdom100

BHP Billiton SA Ltd

South Africa100

Billiton Aluminium SA (Pty) Ltd

South Africa100

Billiton Investment 12 BV

The Netherlands100

Cerro Matoso SA

Colombia99.9

Dendrobium Coal Pty Ltd

Australia100

Endeavour Coal Pty Ltd

Australia100

Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd

Australia60

Hillside Aluminium (Pty) Ltd

South Africa100

Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd

South Africa54.6

Illawarra Coal Holdings Pty Ltd

Australia100

Illawarra Services Pty Ltd

Australia100

Mozal SARL

Mozambique47.1

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd

South Africa50

Samancor AG

Switzerland60

Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd

South Africa60

South32 Limited

Australia100

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd

Australia60

Worsley

Australia86

The contribution of Discontinued operations included within the Group’s profit until the loss of control is detailed below:

Income statement – Discontinued operations

   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Revenue

    

Group production

   7,007    9,182    10,430  

Third party products

   624    1,262    1,663  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   7,631    10,444    12,093  

Other income

   225    299    143  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   (6,582  (9,990  (13,211

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   (24  10      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

   1,250    763    (975
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

    

Group production

   1,213    734    (1,038

Third party products

   37    29    63  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,250    763    (975
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

   (74  (278  (155

Financial income

   26    16    28  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   (48  (262  (127
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before taxation

   1,202    501    (1,102
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   (464  (272  (68

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

   (96  40    (142
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

   (560  (232  (210
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after taxation from operating activities

   642    269    (1,312
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss on demerger of South32 after taxation

   (2,154        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit after taxation

   (1,512  269    (1,312
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   61    85    163  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   (1,573  184    (1,475
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic (losses)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   (29.6  3.5    (27.7

Diluted (losses)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   (29.5  3.4    (27.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The total comprehensive income attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group from Discontinued operations was a loss of US$1,685 million (2014: profit of US$164 million; 2013: loss of US$1,569 million).

Cash flows from Discontinued operations

   2015  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net operating cash flows

   1,502    1,724    1,137  

Net investing cash flows

   (1,066  (700  (1,105

Net financing cash flows

   (203  (32  (148
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations   233    992    (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash disposed on demerger of South32

   (586        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents from Discontinued operations   (353  992    (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss on demerger of Discontinued operations

Details of the net loss on demerger are described below:

2015
US$M

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

586

Trade and other receivables

1,198

Other financial assets

470

Investments accounted for using the equity method

1,643

Inventories

1,073

Property, plant and equipment

9,622

Intangible assets

328

Deferred tax assets

142

Other

66

Total assets

15,128

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

811

Interest bearing liabilities

1,085

Provisions

1,916

Other

6

Total liabilities

3,818

Net assets demerged

11,310

Less non-controlling interest share of net liabilities disposed

1

BHP Billiton share of net assets demerged

11,311

Fair value of South32 shares – in-specie dividend

9,445
Reclassification of financial asset and foreign currency translation reserves of South32 to the income statement71

Loss on demerger

(1,795

Transaction costs

(586

Loss on demerger net of transaction costs before taxation

(2,381

Income tax benefit on transaction costs

62

Loss on demerger net of transaction costs after taxation

(2,319

Gain on loss of control of Manganese business

2,146

Impairment of South32 assets upon classification as held for distribution (after tax benefit)

(1,749

Derecognition of deferred tax assets

(232

Net loss on demerger of South32

(2,154

Exceptional items – Discontinued operations

Exceptional items are those items where their nature and amount is considered material to the financial statements. Items related to Discontinued operations included within the Group’s profit are detailed below:

Year ended 30 June 2015

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Gain on loss of control of Manganese business

   2,146        2,146  

Impairment of South32 assets upon classification as held for distribution

   (1,897  148    (1,749

Loss on demerger net of transaction costs

   (2,381  62    (2,319

Derecognition of deferred tax assets

       (232  (232

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation

       (111  (111
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (2,132  (133  (2,265
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain on loss of control of Manganese business

In contemplation of the demerger, the Group and Anglo American agreed to make certain changes to the agreement which governs their interests in the Manganese business. The changes resulted in the Group and Anglo American agreeing to share joint control of the Manganese business. On 2 March 2015, the Group ceased consolidation of the Manganese business and accounted for its 60 per cent interest as an equity accounted joint venture. The remeasurement to fair value at that date gave rise to a gain of US$2,146 million. There were no tax consequences arising from the remeasurement of the Manganese business.

Impairment of South32 assets upon classification as held for distribution

As the fair value of South32 shares, determined by reference to the Australian Securities Exchange volume weighted average price over the first five days of trading, was less than the book value of the assets distributed, the Group considered whether any of the assets within South32 were impaired at the time they became held for distribution. The Group recognised an impairment of US$1,358 million (after tax benefit) for its Manganese business due to the fall in the price of manganese and an impairment of US$391 million (after tax benefit) at the Wolvekrans Middelburg complex within Energy Coal South Africa due to a decline in export prices and a new rail agreement negatively impacting volumes.

Loss on demerger net of transaction costs

The Group recognised the demerger in the financial statements as a dividend, reducing retained earnings by the fair value of South32’s shares. The US$1,795 million loss on demerger is the difference between the fair value of South32’s shares and the book value of the assets distributed and the reclassification of reserves relating to South32 to the income statement. Transaction costs of US$524 million (after tax benefit) comprised stamp duty, professional fees and separation and establishment costs.

Derecognition of deferred tax assets

The Group derecognised deferred tax assets as a result of internal structuring transactions of South32 assets into the demerged entity.

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax legislation

The legislation to repeal the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) in Australia took effect on 30 September 2014. As a result, the Group derecognised an MRRT deferred tax asset (net of income tax consequences) of which US$111 million related to South32 assets. A corresponding taxation charge of US$111 million was recognised in the period.

There were no exceptional items related to Discontinued operations for the year ended 30 June 2014.

Items related to Discontinued operations included within the Group’s profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 are detailed below:

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Gross  Tax   Net 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Impairment of Worsley assets

   (2,190  559     (1,631

Other impairments

   (35       (35
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (2,225  559     (1,666
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment of Worsley assets

The Group recognised an impairment of assets at Worsley as a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak alumina prices. A total impairment charge of US$1,631 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Other impairments

The Group reviewed the status of a minor capital project at the Cerro Matoso nickel operation, which resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$35 million (after tax benefit) in the year ended 30 June 2013.

30.    Subsidiaries

Significant subsidiaries of the Group, which are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are listed in the table below. Significant subsidiaries that were divested as part of the demerger of South32 are listed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries (a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2015
%
  2014
%
 

BHP Billiton Canada Inc.

 Canada Potash development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance BV

 The
Netherlands
 Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance Limited

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd (b)

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Freight Singapore Pte Limited

 Singapore Freight Services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Group Operations Pty Ltd

 Australia Administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Innovation Pty Ltd

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Services Ltd

 UK Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

 China Marketing and logistic services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Iron Ore Pty Ltd

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing AG

 Switzerland Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Asia Pte. Ltd

 Singapore Marketing support and services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Inc.

 US Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton MetCoal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Minerals Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore, coal, silver, lead and zinc mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  80    80  

BHP Billiton New Mexico Coal Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Nickel West Pty Ltd

 Australia Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd

 Australia Copper and uranium mining  100    100  

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries (a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2015
%
  2014
%
 

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Americas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Arkansas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Australia) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Bass Strait) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Deepwater) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration, development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Eagle Ford Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  75    75  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Fayetteville) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (International Exploration) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (KCS Resources) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (New Ventures) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (North West Shelf) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Sabah) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Tx Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Victoria) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Great Britain Limited

 UK Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Properties (N.A.) LP

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Shared Services Malaysia Sdn Bhd

 Malaysia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton SSM Development Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton (Trinidad-2C) Ltd

 Canada Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Chile Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

BHP Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

BHP Copper Inc.

 US Copper mining, development and reclamation  100    100  

BHP Escondida Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

BHP Navajo Coal Company(d)

 US Coal mining        

BHP Petroleum (Pakistan) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Queensland Coal Investments Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

Broken Hill Proprietary (USA) Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

Compania Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Minera Escondida Limitada (e)

 Chile Copper mining  57.5    57.5  

Minera Spence SA

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Petrohawk Energy Corporation

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

PT Lahai Coal

 Indonesia Coal exploration  75    75  

Rio Algom Limited

 Canada Holding Company  100    100  

San Juan Coal Company

 US Coal mining  100    100  

UMAL Consolidated Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

WMC Finance (USA) Limited

 Australia Finance  100    100  

(a)For a complete list of the Group’s subsidiaries refer to Exhibit 8 List of Subsidiaries.

(b)BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd is 100 per cent owned by BHP Billiton Limited. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each fully and unconditionally guaranteed BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd’s debt securities.

(c) The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, however by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, our interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent which is consistent with the other respective joint operationscontractual arrangements at Western Australia Iron Ore.

 

(b)(d) WhilstThe Group divested its 100 per cent effective interest in BHP Navajo Coal Company in October 2013 but will remain as the Group controls these subsidiaries,manager and operator of Navajo Mine through to 2016. As BHP Billiton will retain control of the non-controlling interests hold certain protective rights which restrictmine until full consideration is received from the Group’s abilitybuyer, the financial results of the Navajo mine will continue to sell assets held by these subsidiaries, or use the assets in other subsidiaries and operations ownedbe consolidated by the Group. These subsidiaries are also restricted from paying dividends without

(e)As the approvalGroup has the ability to direct the relevant activities at Minera Escondida Limitada, it has control over the entity. The assessment of the non-controlling interests.most relevant activity in this contractual arrangement is subject to judgement. The Group establishes the mine plan and the operating budget and has the ability to appoint the key management personnel, demonstrating that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of Minera Escondida Limitada.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (c).

21    Contingent liabilities31.    Investments accounted for using the equity method

Contingent liabilities at balance date, not otherwise provided forThe Group’s interests in equity accounted investments with the financial statements,most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets are categorised as arising from:listed below:

 

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Associates and joint ventures

    

Bank guarantees(a)

          

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   1,651     1,390  

Other

   11     8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total associates and joint ventures

   1,662     1,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsidiaries and joint operations

    

Bank guarantees(a)

   23     24  

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   1,602     1,313  

Other

   89     48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total subsidiaries and joint operations

   1,714     1,385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

   3,376     2,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholdings in
associates and joint
ventures(a) (b)

 

Country of
incorporation /
principal place
of business

 

Associate or

joint venture

 

Principal activity

 Reporting
date(c)
  Ownership
interest(c)
 
     2015
%
  2014
%
 

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC (Caesar) (d)

 US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    25    25  

Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC (Cleopatra) (d)

 US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    22    22  

Compañía Minera Antamina SA (Antamina)(d)

 Peru Associate Copper and zinc mining  31 December    33.75    33.75  

Samarco Mineração SA (Samarco)

 

Brazil

 

Joint venture

 

Iron ore mining

  31 December    50    50  

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC (Cerrejón)(d)

 Anguilla/ Colombia Associate Coal mining in Colombia  31 December    33.33    33.33  

NCIG Holdings Pty Ltd(d)

 

Australia

 

Associate

 

Coal export terminal

  30 June    35.5    35.5  

 

(a) The Group has entered into various counter-indemnitiesFor a complete list of bank and performance guarantees relatedthe Group’s interests in equity accounted investments refer to its own future performance in the normal courseExhibit 8 List of business.Subsidiaries.

 

(b) 

ActualThe Group is restricted in its ability to make dividend payments from its investments in associates and joint ventures as any such payments require the approval of all investors in the associates and joint ventures.

(c)The ownership interest at the Group’s and the associates’ or potential litigation, including tax-related amounts, predominantly relatejoint ventures’ reporting dates are the same. When the annual financial reporting date is different to a numberthe Group’s, financial information is obtained as at 30 June in order to report on an annual basis consistent with the Group’s reporting date.

(d)Voting in relation to relevant activities, determined to be the approval of actions againstthe operating and capital budgets, does not require unanimous consent of all participants to the arrangement, therefore joint control does not exist. Instead, because the Group nonehas the power to participate in the financial and operating policies of the investee, these investments are accounted for as associates.

Year ended 30 June 2015

US$M

 Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,595    1,069    3,664  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments (a)

  179    345    524  

Investment in equity accounted investments (b)

  71    3,357    3,428  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments (c)

  (327  (738  (1,065

Impairments(d)

      (1,358  (1,358

Divestment and demerger of equity accounted investments(e)

  (12  (1,631  (1,643

Other (f)

  162        162  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  2,668    1,044    3,712  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

US$M

  Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 

At the beginning of the financial year

   2,631    1,044    3,675  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments(a)

   588    607    1,195  

Investment in equity accounted investments

   44        44  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments (c)

   (669  (581  (1,250

Other

   1    (1    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   2,595    1,069    3,664  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes share of operating losses of equity accounted investments from Discontinued operations of US$24 million (2014: operating profit of US$10 million; 2013 US$ nil). Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

(b)Investment in joint ventures mainly relates to initial recognition at fair value of the Manganese business as an equity accounted investment upon loss of control. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

(c)Includes dividends received from equity accounted investments from Discontinued operations of US$342 million (2014: US$ nil).

(d)Relates to impairment of the Manganese business upon classification of South32 as held for distribution. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

(e)Includes divestment of South32 assets as part of the South32 demerger. Refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

(f)Related to the reclassification of an investment which are individuallywas previously accounted as an available for sale investment.

The following table summarises the financial information relating to each of the Group’s significant equity accounted investments:

  Associates  Joint ventures  Total 

2015

US$M

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  

Current assets

  958    907     1,256 (a)   

Non-current assets

  4,245    2,933     6,102    

Current liabilities

  (278  (192   (2,006) (b)   

Non-current liabilities

  (846  (1,082   (4,090) (c)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – 100%

  4,079    2,566     1,262    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

  1,377    855     631    

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

  2    91     413    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method (e)

  1,379    946    343    1,044        3,712  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

  2,530    2,156     2,810    

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

  765    (62   1,283 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments(e)

  229    (20  (30  371    (26  524  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Comprehensive income – 100%

  765    (62   1,283    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  229    (20  (30  371    (26  524  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  191    99    37    396    342    1,065  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Associates  Joint ventures    

2014

US$M

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 

Current assets

  953    1,030     1,216 (a)   

Non-current assets

  4,060    2,992     5,937    

Current liabilities

  (465  (268   (1,637) (b)   

Non-current liabilities

  (668  (812   (4,310) (c)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – 100%

  3,880    2,942     1,206   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

  1,309    981     603   

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

  32    84     466    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method

  1,341   1,065    189    1,069        3,664  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

  3,736   2,444     3,269   

Profit from operations – 100%

  1,414   373     1,337 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments(e)

  476   115    (3)  607      1,195  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,414   373     1,337   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  476   115    (3)  607      1,195  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  446   187    36   581      1,250  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Associates  Joint ventures    

2013

US$M

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 

Revenue – 100%

  3,836   2,482     3,219    

Profit after tax from Continuing operations – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments(e)

  531    117    (32  513    13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of comprehensive income/(loss) – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  531    117    (32  513    13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  261    69    33    345    2    710  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes cash and where the liability is not probablecash equivalents of US$711 million (2014: US$571 million).

(b)Includes current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$993 million (2014: US$369 million).

(c)Includes non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$3,844 million (2014: US$3,961 million).

(d) Includes depreciation and amortisation of US$236 million (2014: US$113 million; 2013: US$121 million), interest income of US$86 million (2014: US$6 million; 2013: US$3 million), interest expense of US$227 million (2014: US$181 million; 2013: US$54 million) and income tax expense of US$275 million (2014: US$207 million; 2013: US$317 million).

(e)The unrecognised share of profit for the period was US$5 million (2014: loss of US$66 million; 2013: profit of US$52 million) which decreased the cumulative losses to US$194 million (2014: increase to US$199 million; 2013: decrease to US$133 million).

   Group share 
   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Share of commitments relating to joint ventures

   1,272     2,024  

Share of contingent liabilities relating to joint ventures

   1,201     1,547  

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (x) and (y).

32.    Interests in joint operations

Significant joint operations of the Group, which are those with the most significant contributions to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are listed in the below table. Significant joint operations that were divested as part of the South32 demerger are listed in note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’.

      Effective interest 

Significant joint
operations(a)

 

Country of
operation

 

Principal activity

 2015
%
  2014
%
 

Bass Strait

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  50    50  

Greater Angostura

 Trinidad and Tobago Hydrocarbons production  45    45  

Eagle Ford(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  2 – 100    2 – 100  

Fayetteville(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  <0.1 – 100    <0.1 – 100  

Gulf of Mexico

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  23.9 – 44    23.9 – 44  

Haynesville(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  <0.1 – 100    <0.1 – 100  

Macedon(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  71.43    71.43  

Minerva(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  90    90  

North West Shelf

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  8.33 – 16.67    8.33 – 16.67  

Permian(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  37.5 – 100    37.5 – 100  

Pyrenees(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  40 – 71.43    40 – 71.43  

ROD Integrated Development

 Algeria Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38 – 45    38 – 45  

Stybarrow

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  50    50  

Zamzama

 Pakistan Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38.5    38.5  

Mt Goldsworthy(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Mt Newman(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Yandi(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Central Queensland Coal Associates

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

Gregory

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

(a)For a complete list of the Group’s investments in joint operations refer to section Exhibit 8 List of Subsidiaries.

(b)While the Group holds a greater than 50 per cent interest in these joint operations, all the participants in these joint operations approve the operating and capital budgets and therefore the Group has joint control over the relevant activities of these arrangements.

(c)These contractual arrangements are controlled by the Group and do not provided for such amountsmeet the definition of joint operations. However, as they are formed by contractual arrangement and are not entities, the Group recognises its share of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses arising from these arrangements.

(d)Assets held in joint operations subject to significant restrictions are as follows:

   Group share 
   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Current assets

   6,039     6,112  

Non-current assets

   64,896     77,341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(i)

   70,935     83,453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)While the Group is unrestricted in its ability to sell a share of its interest in these financial statements. Additionally, therejoint operations, it does not have the right to sell individual assets which are a numberused in these joint operations without the unanimous consent of legal claims or potential claims against the other participants. The assets in these joint operations are also restricted to the extent that they are only available to be used by the joint operation itself and not by other operations of the Group.

Refer to note 43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (x).

33.    Related party transactions

Subsidiaries

The percentage of ordinary shares held in significant subsidiaries is disclosed in note 30 ‘Subsidiaries’.

Joint operations

The percentage interest held in significant joint operations is disclosed in note 32 ‘Interests in joint operations’.

Joint ventures

The percentage interest held in significant joint ventures is disclosed in note 31 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Associates

The percentage interest held in significant associates is disclosed in note 31 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 24 ‘Key management personnel’.

Transactions with related parties(a)

  Joint operations(b)  Joint ventures  Associates 
      2015          2014          2015          2014          2015          2014     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Sales of goods/services

  198.341    252.911            6.666    3.781  

Purchases of goods/services

  33.745    37.782            936.868    978.186  

Interest income

  1.340    1.753    2.192    5.405    53.458    65.039  

Interest expense

  0.004    0.003            0.148      

Dividends received

          738.384    581.086    326.529    668.880  
Net (repayments from)/loans made to related parties  (69.198  (6.183  (150.101  (0.115  (30.899  121.173  

(a)Includes transactions with related parties of Discontinued operations up to the date of demerger. There were no other related party transactions in the year ended 30 June 2015 (2014: US$ nil), other than those with post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Group employees. These are shown in note 27 ‘Pension and other post-retirement obligations’.

(b)Disclosures in respect of transactions with joint operations represent the outcome of which cannot be foreseen at present, andamount for which no amounts have been included in the table above.legal right of set-off does not exist.

In additionTransactions between each parent company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of that company, are eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Outstanding balances with related parties(a)

  Joint operations(b)  Joint ventures  Associates 
      2015          2014          2015          2014          2015          2014     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Trade amounts owing to related parties

      13.329            193.775    117.672  

Loan amounts owing to related parties

  103.431    44.298            32.097    41.427  
Trade amounts owing from related parties      17.385                  

Loan amounts owing from related parties

  13.945    75.413        150.101    1,015.300    1,087.890  

(a)There were no other related party balances as at 30 June 2015 (2014: US$ nil).

(b)Disclosures in respect of amounts owing to/from joint operations represent the amount owing to the joint operation entity or from the joint operation third party participants for which legal right of set-off does not exist.

Terms and conditions

Sales to theand purchases from related parties of goods and services are made in arm’s length transactions at normal market prices and on normal commercial terms.

Outstanding balances at year-end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash.

Loan amounts reported above, following requestsowing from related parties represent secured loans made to joint operations, associates and joint ventures under co-funding arrangements. Such loans are made on an arm’s length basis with interest charged at market rates and are due to be repaid between 15 September 2015 and 31 August 2031.

No guarantees are provided or received for information in August 2009 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Group commenced an internal investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.any related party receivables or payables.

The issues relate primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided as part of the Company’s sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolution of the matter.

AsNo provision for doubtful debts has been publicly reported, the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigationrecognised in relation to any outstanding balances and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

In light of the continuing nature of the investigations it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes, and therefore no amountexpense has been includedrecognised in the contingent liabilities above.respect of bad or doubtful debts due from related parties.

22Unrecognised items and uncertain events

34.    Commitments

 

  2014 2013   2015 2014 
  US$M US$M   US$M US$M 

Capital expenditure commitments

   4,798    5,175     2,276   4,798  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Lease expenditure commitments

      

Finance leases(a)

      

Due not later than one year

   203    59     138   203  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   195    56     64   195  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   193    50     58   193  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   163    47     52   163  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   153    19     48   153  

Due later than five years

   1,709    36     166   1,709  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total commitments under finance leases

   2,616    267     526   2,616  

Future financing charges

   (1,174  (57   (57 (1,174

Right to reimbursement from joint operations partner

   (58  (73   (31 (58
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Finance lease liability

   1,384    137     438   1,384  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Operating leases(b)

      

Due not later than one year

   833    973     606   833  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   560    774     366   560  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   433    561     201   433  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   227    406     160   227  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   202    211     137   202  

Due later than five years

   1,272    1,466     898   1,272  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total commitments under operating leases

   3,527    4,391     2,368   3,527  
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(a)(a) Finance leases include leases of power generation and transmission assets. Lease payments are subject to inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. The leases contain extension and renewal options.

 

(b) Operating leases include leases of property, plant and equipment. Rental payments are generally fixed, but with inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. Certain leases contain extension and renewal options.

2335.    Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities at balance date, not otherwise provided for in the financial statements, are categorised as arising from:

   2015   2014 
   US$M   US$M 

Associates and joint ventures

    

Tax and other matters(a)

   1,313     1,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total associates and joint ventures

   1,313     1,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsidiaries and joint operations

    

Bank guarantees(b)

   3     23  

Tax and other matters(a)

   1,947     1,691  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total subsidiaries and joint operations

   1,950     1,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

   3,263     3,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Tax and other matters include actual or potential litigation and tax-related amounts, predominantly relating to a number of actions against the Group, none of which are individually significant and where the liability is not probable and therefore the Group has not provided for such amounts in these financial statements. Additionally, there are a number of legal claims or potential claims against the Group, the outcome of which cannot be foreseen at present, and for which no amounts have been included in the table above.

(b)The Group has entered into various counter-indemnities of bank and performance guarantees related to its own future performance in the normal course of business.

The Separation Deed between BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc and South32 Limited (South32) deals with certain commercial, transitional and legal issues arising from the separation of South32 from the Group. A key part of the Separation Deed is the agreement between the parties in relation to the ‘Demerger Principle’. The fundamental underlying principle of the demerger is that:

(i)South32 has the entire economic benefit, commercial risk and liabilities of the South32 Businesses (and former South32 Businesses) as if South32 and not the Group had owned those Businesses at all times; and

(ii)the Group has the entire economic benefit, commercial risk and liabilities of the BHP Billiton Businesses (including the entire risk in former BHP Billiton Businesses), as if the Group and not South32 had owned those Businesses at all times.

To give effect to the principle, subject to certain exceptions, BHP Billiton Limited indemnifies South32 against all claims and liabilities relating to the BHP Billiton Businesses and former BHP Billiton Businesses and South32 indemnifies the Group against all claims and liabilities relating to the South32 Businesses and former South32 Businesses. The Separation Deed also contains specific indemnities with respect to certain matters. No amounts have been claimed or provided for as at 30 June 2015 pursuant to the Separation Deed.

In May 2015, the Group announced the resolution of the previously disclosed investigation by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) into potential breaches of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). The US Department of Justice has also completed its investigation into BHP Billiton without taking any action.

The investigations related primarily to previously terminated minerals exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided by BHP Billiton at the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games. The US investigations have now been concluded on all matters.

The matter was resolved with the SEC pursuant to an administrative order, which imposed a US$25 million civil penalty. The SEC order made no findings of corrupt intent or bribery by BHP Billiton.

As previously disclosed, an investigation by the Australian Federal Police (AFP) is ongoing and the Group continues to cooperate. In light of the continuing nature of the AFP investigation, it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes.

36.    Subsequent events

Other than the matters outlined elsewhere in this report, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in subsequent accounting periods.

Other items

37.    Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash and with a maturity of less than 90 days, bank overdrafts and interest bearing liabilities at call.

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:

   

Cash

  1,726    2,521    1,206  

Short-term deposits

  7,077    3,156    3,268  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents(a) (b)

  8,803    5,677    4,474  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings – refer to note 16 Interest bearing liabilities

  (51  (10  (20
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts

  8,752    5,667    4,454  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Cash and cash equivalents include US$738 million (2013: US$674 million; 2012: US$326 million) which is restricted by legal or contractual arrangements. This amount includes contributions made during the period of US$100 million (2013: US$106 million) to the BHP Billiton Foundation and US$ nil to BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities Trust (2013: US$ nil). These trusts hold US$342 million of cash and cash equivalents that can only be used to fund community development programmes and is not available for use by the wider Group (2013: US$284 million).

(b)Cash and cash equivalents include US$600 million (2013: US$794 million) which is subject to restrictions imposed by governments where approval is required to repatriate cash out of a country.

Significant non-cash investing and financing transactions

Property, plant and equipment of US$1,26810 million (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2012:501 million; 2013: US$28 million) nil) was acquired under finance leases.

Property, plant and equipment of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$49 million; 2012: US$ nil)million) was acquired under vendor financing arrangements.

Divestment of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments

TheExcluding those divested as part of the South32 demerger (refer to note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’), the Group disposed of the following subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments during the year ended:

30 June 2015

North Louisiana conventional onshore assets

Pecos field

30 June 2014

 

Pinto Valley and San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company

 

Liverpool Bay

 

South Midland (Onshore US – Midland Basin)

 

Kelar SA

30 June 2013

 

Richards Bay Minerals

 

EKATI

30 June 2012

Gulf of Mexico assets – West Cameron, Starlifter and Mustang

Details of the divestment of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments are as follows:

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

       51                51  

Trade and other receivables

   2    1         2   2   1  

Other financial assets

   2                2      

Investments accounted for using the equity method

             

Inventories

   74    209         15   74   209  

Property, plant and equipment

   452    668    1     261   452   668  

Intangible assets

   23                23      

Deferred tax assets

   3    77            3   77  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

   556    1,006    1     278   556   1,006  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

   (62  (10          (62 (10

Current tax payable

   (2  (3          (2 (3

Provisions

   (320  (302  (14   (37 (320 (302

Deferred tax liabilities

       (138              (138

Deferred income

   (27              (27    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   (411  (453  (14   (37 (411 (453
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets/(liabilities) disposed

   145    553    (13

Net assets disposed

   241   145   553  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Less non-controlling interest share of net assets disposed

                          
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

BHP Billiton share of net assets/(liabilities) disposed

   145    553    (13

BHP Billiton share of net assets disposed

   241   145   553  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross cash consideration

   812    2,253    6     256   812   2,253  

Less cash and cash equivalents disposed

       (51              (51
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash consideration received

   812    2,202    6     256   812   2,202  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Less repayment of intercompany loan(a)

       (488              (488

Add deferred consideration

   6                6      
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gains on sale of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments

   673    1,212    19     15   673   1,212  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Repayment of intercompany financing facilities which became external upon transition to IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.

Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations

In addition to the business combinations described in note 24 ‘Business combinations’, the Group acquired the following subsidiaries and operations during the year ended:

30 June 2014

There were no acquisitions of subsidiaries or operations.

30 June 2013

There were no acquisitions of subsidiaries or operations.

30 June 2012

CEU Hawkville LLC

Details of the acquisitions of subsidiaries and operations, excluding those acquired through business combinations, refer to note 24 ‘Business combinations’, are as follows:

   2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Assets

      

Trade and other receivables

             3  

Other current assets

             3  

Property, plant and equipment

             89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired

             95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid

       –         –     95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of non-controlling interest in subsidiary

30 June 2015

There were no sales of interests in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests.

30 June 2014

On 20 June 2013, BHP Billitonthe Group announced an extension of its long-term WAIO joint venture relationshipcontractual arrangement with ITOCHU Corporation (ITOCHU) and Mitsui & Co., Ltd. (Mitsui). The transaction was completed on 10 July 2013 and aligned interests across the WAIO supply chain. Under the terms of the agreement, ITOCHU and Mitsui purchased shares in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd providing them with an eight per cent and seven

per cent non-controlling interest (NCI), respectively, in the Jimblebar mining hub and resource. The equity proceeds of US$1,337 million isare included in the ‘Contributions from non-controlling interests’ item of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement. The difference of US$971 million between the equity proceeds and the initial measurement of NCI of US$366 million is included in the non-controlling interestNCI contribution reserve.

30 June 2013

There were no sales of interests in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests.

30 June 2012

There were no sales of interests in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests.

24    Business combinations

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2014

There were no major business combinations.

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2013

There were no major business combinations.

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2012

The following business combinations were completed during the year.

Petrohawk Energy Corporation

In August 2011, the Group acquired all of the issued shares and outstanding shares of Petrohawk Energy Corporation Inc. (Petrohawk) for total consideration of US$12,005 million.

Petrohawk is an oil and natural gas company based in the United States. It owns a number of shale gas assets in Texas and Louisiana and associated midstream pipeline systems. This acquisition provides the Group with operated positions in the resource areas of the Eagle Ford, the Permian Basin and Haynesville.

Goodwill of US$3,591 million has been recognised in respect of the acquisition. The goodwill is attributable to the expected synergies to be realised through managing the portfolio of both the acquired assets and the Group’s existing assets, and to the measurement of deferred income taxes based on nominal amounts rather than fair value.

HWE Mining

On 30 September 2011, the Group acquired the HWE mining services business (HWE Mining) for total consideration of US$449 million.

The acquisition relates to the mining equipment and related assets that serviced the Area C, Yandi and Orebody 23/25 operations and is consistent with the Group’s previously stated intention to move the WAIO business from contract mining to owner-operator mining.

Goodwill of US$187 million has been recognised in respect of the acquisition. The goodwill is attributable to the skilled workforce and the expected synergies to result from an in-house mining workforce, improved safety and the management of costs.

25    Assets and liabilities held for sale

The Group classified the following subsidiaries and operations as held for sale during the year ended:

30 June 2014

There were no assets or liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2014.

30 June 2013

Pinto Valley

On 29 April 2013, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its Pinto Valley mining operation (Pinto Valley) and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company (SMARRCO) to Capstone Mining Corp. The sale completed on 11 October 2013 for a total cash consideration of US$653 million.

Diamonds business

On 13 November 2012, the Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations to Dominion Diamond Corporation (formerly Harry Winston Diamond Corporation). The sale completed on 10 April 2013 for a total amount paid of US$553 million, comprising of a purchase price of US$500 million plus purchase price adjustments of US$53 million.

East and West Browse Joint Ventures

On 12 December 2012, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture to PetroChina International Investment (Australia) Pty Ltd. The sale completed on 7 June 2013 for a total cash consideration of US$1.70 billion, comprising of a purchase price of US$1.63 billion and purchase price adjustments of US$0.07 billion.

The remaining assets and liabilities classified as current assets and liabilities held for sale are presented in the table below:

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Assets

    

Trade and other receivables

        17  

Inventories

        43  

Property, plant and equipment

        223  

Deferred tax assets

        3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

       –     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Trade and other payables

        41  

Current tax payable

        2  

Provisions

        177  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no assets or liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2014. Amounts presented for 30 June 2013 represented the assets and liabilities of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company.

26    Subsidiaries

Significant subsidiaries of the Group, which are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are as follows:

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Billiton Aluminium Australia Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (RAA) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (Worsley) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Canada Inc.

 Canada Diamond mining and potashpre-development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Direct Reduced Iron Pty Ltd

 Australia Hot briquette iron plant (closed)  100    100  

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Proprietary Limited (b)

 South Africa Coal mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance BV

 Netherlands Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance Ltd

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd (c)

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Freight Singapore Pte Limited

 Singapore Freight services  100    100  

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Billiton Group Operations Pty Ltd

 Australia Administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Services Limited

 UK Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 China Marketing and logistic services  100    100  

BHP Billiton IO Mining Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Iron Ore Pty Ltd

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing AG

 Switzerland Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Asia Pte Ltd.

 Singapore Marketing support and services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Inc.

 US Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Metais SA

 Brazil Alumina refining and aluminium smelting  100    100  

BHP Billiton MetCoal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Minerals Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore, coal, silver, lead and zinc mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  80    80  

BHP Billiton New Mexico Coal Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Nickel West Pty Ltd

 Australia Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd

 Australia Copper and uranium mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Americas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Arkansas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Australia) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Bass Strait) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Deepwater) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration, development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Eagle Ford Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  75    75  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Fayetteville) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (International Exploration) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (KCS Resources), LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (New Ventures) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (North West Shelf) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Sabah) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Tx Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Victoria) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Great Britain Limited

 UK Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Properties (N.A.) LP

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton SA Limited

 South Africa Holding and service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Shared Services Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

 Malaysia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton SSM Development Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton (Trinidad – 2C) Ltd

 Canada Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Chile Inc.

 Chile Service company  100    100  

BHP Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

BHP Copper Inc.

 US Copper mining, development and reclamation  100    100  

BHP Escondida Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd (d)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    100  

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Navajo Coal Company (e)

 US Coal mining      100  

BHP Petroleum (Pakistan) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Queensland Coal Investments Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

Billiton Aluminium SA (Pty) Limited

 South Africa Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Broken Hill Proprietary (USA) Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

Cerro Matoso SA

 Colombia Nickel mining and ferronickel smelting  99.9    99.9  

Compania Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Dendrobium Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Endeavour Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese mining  60    60  

Hillside Aluminium (Pty) Limited

 South Africa Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited (b)

 South Africa Manganese ore mining and processing  54.6    54.6  

Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Coal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Services Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Minera Escondida Limitada(f)

 Chile Copper mining  57.5    57.5  

Minera Spence SA

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Petrohawk Energy Corporation

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

PT Lahai Coal

 Indonesia Coal exploration  75    75  

Rio Algom Limited

 Canada Holding Company  100    100  

Samancor AG

 Switzerland Marketing  60    60  

Samancor Manganese (Proprietary) Limited

 South Africa Manganese mining and manganese alloys  60    60  

San Juan Coal Company

 US Coal mining  100    100  

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese alloys  60    60  

UMAL Consolidated Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

Winwell Resources LLC

 US Holding company  100    100  

WMC Finance (USA) Limited

 Australia Finance  100    100  

(a)A complete list of the Group’s subsidiaries will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

(b)The Group’s effective interest in BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Proprietary Limited will reduce to 90 per cent and effective interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited will reduce to 44.4 per cent pursuant to Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transactions in South Africa.

(c)The BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd is 100 per cent owned by BHP Billiton Limited. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each fully and unconditionally guaranteed BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd’s debt securities.

(d)The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, however by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, our interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent which is consistent with the other respective joint operations at Western Australia Iron Ore.

(e)The Group divested its 100 per cent effective interest in BHP Navajo Coal Company in October 2013 but will remain as the manager and operator of Navajo Mine through to 2016. As BHP Billiton will retain control of the mine until full consideration is received from the buyer, the financial results of the Navajo mine will continue to be consolidated by the Group.

(f)

As the Group has the ability to direct the relevant activities at Minera Escondida Limitada, it has control over the entity. The assessment of the most relevant activity in this contractual arrangement is subject to

judgement. The Group establishes the mine plan and the operating budget and has the ability to appoint the key management personnel, demonstrating that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of Minera Escondida Limitada.

27    Investments accounted for using the equity method

The Group’s interests in equity accounted investments with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets are listed below:

                

Shareholdings in
associates and joint
ventures(a) (b)

 

Country of
incorporation
/principal place
of business

 Associate or
joint venture
 

Principal activity

 Reporting
date(c)
  Ownership
interest(c)
 
     2014
%
  2013
%
 

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC (Caesar)(d)

 US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    25    25  
Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC (Cleopatra)(d) US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    22    22  

Compañía Minera Antamina SA (Antamina)(d)

 Peru Associate Copper and zinc mining  30 June    33.75    33.75  

Samarco Mineração SA (Samarco)

 Brazil Joint venture Iron ore mining  31 December    50    50  

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC (Cerrejón)(d)

 Anguilla/ Colombia Associate Coal mining in Colombia  31 December    33.33    33.33  
Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Pty Limited (NCIG)(d) Australia Associate Coal export terminal  30 June    35.5    35.5  

Richards Bay Minerals(e)

 South Africa Joint venture Minerals sands mining processing  31 December          

(a)A complete list of investments in associates and joint ventures will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

(b)The Group is restricted in its ability to make dividend payments from its investments in associates and joint ventures as any such payments require the approval of all investors in the associates and joint ventures.

(c)The ownership interest at the Group’s and the associates’ or joint ventures’ reporting dates are the same. When the annual financial reporting date is different to the Group’s, financial information is obtained as at 30 June in order to report on an annual basis consistent with the Group’s reporting date.

(d)Voting in relation to relevant activities, determined to be the approval of the operating and capital budgets, does not require unanimous consent of all participants to the arrangement, therefore joint control does not exist. Instead, because the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policies of the investee, these investments are accounted for as associates.

(e)Richards Bay Minerals comprises two legal entities, Richards Bay Mining (Proprietary) Limited and Richards Bay Titanium (Proprietary) Limited, in each of which the Group had a 50 per cent interest and which function as a single economic entity. After deducting non-controlling interests in subsidiaries of Richards Bay Minerals, the Group’s effective interest in the operations of Richards Bay Minerals was 37.76 per cent up to the date of its effective disposal on 3 September 2012.

Year ended 30 June 2014

 Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,631    1,044    3,675  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

  588    607    1,195  

Investment in equity accounted investments

  44        44  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  (669  (581  (1,250

Other

  1    (1    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  2,595    1,069    3,664  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   2,305    876    3,181  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   616    526    1,142  

Investment in equity accounted investments

   84        84  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

   (363  (347  (710

Other

   (11  (11  (22
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   2,631    1,044    3,675  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarises the financial information relating to each of the Group’s significant equity accounted investments:

   Associates  Joint ventures   Total 

2014

  Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
   
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M 

Current assets

   953    1,030     1,216 (a)    

Non-current assets

   4,060    2,992     5,937     

Current liabilities

   (465  (268   (1,637) (b)    

Non-current liabilities

   (668  (812   (4,310) (c)    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Net assets – 100%

   3,880    2,942     1,206    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

   1,309    981     603    

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

   32    84     466     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method

   1,341   1,065    189    1,069        –     3,664  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

   3,736   2,444     3,269    

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

   1,414   373     1,337 (d)    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments (e)

   476   115    (3)  607       1,195  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

   1,414   373     1,337    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

   476   115    (3)  607       1,195  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

   446   187    36   581       1,250  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Associates  Joint ventures    

2013

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Current assets

  1,108    1,166     883(a)   

Non-current assets

  3,596    2,886     4,997    

Current liabilities

  (350  (239   (1,558) (b)   

Non-current liabilities

  (569  (682   (3,134) (c)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – 100%

  3,785    3,131     1,188    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

  1,277    1,043     594    

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

  34    94     450    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method

  1,311    1,137    183   1,044        3,675  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

  3,836    2,482     3,219    

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments(e)

  531    117    (32)  513   13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  531   117    (32)  513   13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  261   69    33   345   2    710  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Associates  Joint ventures    

2012

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Revenue – 100%

  3,656   3,256    3,963   

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

  1,618   906    1,783 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments

  614   294   (35)  909   87   1,869 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,618   906    1,783   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  614   294   (35  909   87   1,869 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  203   107   39   338   25   712 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes cash and cash equivalents of US$571 million (2013: US$212 million).

(b)Includes current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$369 million (2013: US$1,359 million).

(c)Includes non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$3,961 million (2013: US$2,939 million).

(d)Includes depreciation and amortisation of US$113 million (2013: US$121 million; 2012: US$110 million), interest income of US$6 million (2013: US$3 million; 2012: US$ nil), interest expense of US$181 million (2013: US$54 million; 2012: US$53 million) and income tax expense of US$207 million (2013: US$317 million; 2012: US$472 million).

(e)The unrecognised share of losses for the period was US$66 million (2013: profit of US$52 million) which increased the cumulative losses to US$199 million (2013: decrease to US$133 million).

   Group share 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Share of contingent liabilities relating to joint ventures

   1,547     1,299  

Share of commitments relating to joint ventures

   2,024     2,095  

28    Interests in joint operations

Significant joint operations of the Group, which are those with the most significant contributions to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are as follows:

      Effective interest 

Significant joint
operations

 

Country of
operation

 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

Atlantis

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  44    44  

Bass Strait

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  50    50  

Greater Angostura

 Trinidad and Tobago Hydrocarbons production  45    45  

Liverpool Bay(a)

 UK Hydrocarbons production      46.1  

Macedon(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  71.43    71.43  

Mad Dog

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  23.9    23.9  

Minerva(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  90    90  

Neptune

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  35    35  

North West Shelf

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  8.33 – 16.67    8.33 – 16.67  

Onshore US(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  <0.1 – 100    <0.1 – 100  

Pyrenees(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  40 – 71.43    40 – 71.43  

ROD Integrated Development

 Algeria Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38 – 45    38 – 45  

Shenzi

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  44    44  

Stybarrow

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  50    50  

Zamzama

 Pakistan Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38.5    38.5  

Mt Goldsworthy(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Mt Newman(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Yandi(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Central Queensland Coal Associates

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

Gregory

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd(d)

 South Africa Coal handling and processing plant  50    50  

Alumar

 Brazil Alumina refining  36    36  
  Aluminium smelting  40    40  

Mozal SARL(d)

 Mozambique Aluminium smelting  47.1    47.1  

Worsley(b)

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  86    86  

EKATI(e)

 Canada Diamond mining        

(a)The Group divested its 46.1 per cent interest in Liverpool Bay effective 31 March 2014.

(b)Whilst the Group holds a greater than 50 per cent interest in these joint operations, all the participants in these joint operations approve the operating and capital budgets and therefore the Group has joint control over the relevant activities of these arrangements.

(c)These contractual arrangements are controlled by the Group and do not meet the definition of joint operations. However, as they are formed by contractual arrangement and are not entities, the Group recognises its share of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses arising from these arrangements.

(d)These joint arrangements are separate vehicles however they are classified as joint operations as the participants to the arrangements are entitled to receive output, not dividends, from the arrangements.

(e)The Group divested its 80 per cent interest in EKATI effective 10 April 2013.

(f)Assets held in joint operations subject to significant restrictions are as follows:

   Group share 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current assets

   6,112     3,899  

Non-current assets

   77,341     78,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(i)

   83,453     82,262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)Whilst the Group is unrestricted in its ability to sell a share of its interest in these joint operations, it does not have the right to sell individual assets which are used in these joint operations without the unanimous consent of the other participants. The assets in these joint operations are also restricted to the extent that they are only available to be used by the joint operation itself and not by other operations of the Group.

29    Financial risk management

Financial risk management strategy

The financial risks arising from the Group’s operations comprise market, liquidity and credit risk. These risks arise in the normal course of business, and the Group manages its exposure to them in accordance with the Group’s portfolio risk management strategy. The objective of the strategy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting its future financial security and flexibility by taking advantage of the natural diversification provided by the scale, diversity and flexibility of the Group’s operations and activities.

A Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework is used to measure the aggregate and diversified impact of financial risks upon the Group’s financial targets. The principal measurement of risk is CFaR measured on a portfolio basis, which is defined as the worst expected loss relative to projected business plan cash flows over a one-year horizon under normal market conditions at a confidence level of 95 per cent.

Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it to market risks associated with movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity prices. Under the strategy outlined above, the Group seeks to achieve financing costs, currency impacts, input costs and commodity prices on a floating or index basis. This strategy gives rise to a risk of variability in earnings which is measured under the CFaR framework.

In executing the strategy, financial instruments are potentially employed in three distinct but related activities. The following table summarises these activities and the key risk management processes:

Activity

Key risk management processes

1       Risk mitigation

On an exception basis, hedging for the purposes of mitigating risk related to specific and significant expenditure on investments or capital projects will be executed if necessary to support the Group’s strategic objectives.Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

2       Economic hedging of commodity sales, operating costs and debt instruments

Where Group commodity production is sold to customers on pricing terms that deviate from the relevant index target, and where a relevant derivatives market exists, financial instruments may be executed as an economic hedge to align the revenue price exposure with the index target.Measuring and reporting the exposure in customer commodity contracts and issued debt instruments.
Where debt is issued in a currency other than the US dollar and/or at a fixed interest rate, fair value and cash flow hedges may be executed to align the debt exposure with the Group’s functional currency of US dollars and/or to swap to a floating interest rate. As part of this strategy swaptions may also be used.Executing hedging derivatives to align the total group exposure to the index target.

3       Strategic financial transactions

Opportunistic transactions may be executed with financial instruments to capture value from perceived market over/under valuations.Exposures managed within value at risk and stop loss limits.
Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks, including authorising and monitoring the use of financial instruments for the above activities and stipulating policy thereon, rests with the Financial Risk Management Committee under authority delegated by the Group Management Committee.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and investments from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed interest rate financial instruments. Interest rate risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

The majority of the Group’s debt is raised under central borrowing programs. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to convert most of the centrally managed debt into US dollar floating interest rate exposures. As at 30 June 2014, the Group holds US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of centrally managed fixed interest rate borrowings as well as US$2,018 million (2013: US$3,533 million) of other fixed interest rate borrowings that have not been swapped to floating interest rates, arising from debt raised during the financial year ended 30 June 2014, debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation and debt raised prior to the DLC merger. The Group’s earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group��s net borrowings.

The fair value of interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps in hedge relationships used to hedge both interest rate and foreign currency risks are as follows:

   Fair value 
   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Interest rate swaps

   

US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

   12    36  

Later than one year but not later than two years

   114    14  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   202    307  

Later than five years

   60    (56

US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive floating

   

Not later than one year

       1  

Later than one year but not later than two years

   3      

Later than two years but not later than five years

   8    15  

Later than five years

   198    365  

Australian dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive floating

   

Later than two years but not later than five years

       2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

   

UK pound sterling to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   (7  (136

UK pound sterling to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   131    (22

Australian dollar to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Later than two years but not later than five years

   (80  (117

Canadian dollar to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   (36  (31

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

       27  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   169      

Later than five years

   327    33  

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than one year but not later than two years

   20      

Later than two years but not later than five years

       (45

Later than five years

   89    16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Swaptions

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

       (173
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total fair value of derivatives

   1,210    236  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2014, taking into account interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps and swaptions, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will decrease the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$126 million (2013: decrease of US$128 million). This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant over the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.

Currency risk

The US dollar is the functional currency of most operations within the Group and as a result currency exposures arise from transactions and balances in currencies other than the US dollar. The Group’s potential currency exposures comprise:

translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items; and

transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues.

The Group’s foreign currency risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items

Monetary items, including financial assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an operation are periodically restated to US dollar equivalents, and the associated gain or loss is taken to the income statement. The exception is foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency denominated provisions for closure and rehabilitation at operating sites, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment.

The following table shows the foreign currency risk arising from financial assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar:

Net financial (liabilities)/assets – by currency of denomination

  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Australian dollars

   (4,684  (4,104

Chilean peso

   (267  113  

South African rand

   62    251  

Other

   (56  109  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   (4,945  (3,631
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The principal non-functional currencies to which the Group is exposed are the Australian dollar, Chilean peso and South African rand. Based on the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2014, a weakening of the US dollar against these currencies as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, would (decrease)/increase profit after taxation and equity as follows:

   2014 US$M  2013 US$M 

Currency movement

  Profit
after taxation
  Equity  Profit
after taxation
  Equity 
     

1 cent movement in Australian dollar

   (31  (31  (27  (27

10 pesos movement in Chilean peso

   (3  (3  1    1  

0.2 rand movement in South African rand

   (3  1    (2  3  

The Group’s financial asset and liability profile may not remain constant and therefore these sensitivities should be used with care.

Transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues

Certain operating and capital expenditure is incurred by some operations in currencies other than their functional currency. To a lesser extent, certain sales revenue is earned in currencies other than the functional currency of operations, and certain exchange control restrictions may require that funds be maintained in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. These currency risks are managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. When required under this strategy the Group enters into forward exchange contracts.

The net fair value of forward exchange contracts outstanding to manage short-term foreign currency cash flows relating to operating activities is an asset of US$ nil and a liability of US$ nil (2013: an asset of US$1 million and a liability of US$1 million).

Commodity price risk

Contracts for the sale and physical delivery of commodities are executed whenever possible on a pricing basis intended to achieve a relevant index target. Where pricing terms deviate from the index, derivative commodity contracts may be used when available to return realised prices to the index. Contracts for the physical delivery of commodities are not typically financial instruments and are carried in the balance sheet at cost (typically at nil); they are therefore excluded from the fair value and sensitivity tables below. Accordingly, the financial instrument exposures set out in the tables below do not represent all of the commodity price risks managed according to the Group’s objectives. Movements in the fair value of contracts included in the tables below are offset by movements in the fair value of the physical contracts, however only the former movement is recognised in the Group’s income statement prior to settlement. The risk associated with commodity prices is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Financial instruments with commodity price risk included in the following tables are those entered into for the following activities:

economic hedging of prices realised on commodity contracts as described above;

purchases and sales of physical contracts that can be cash-settled; and

derivatives embedded within other supply contracts.

All such instruments are carried in the balance sheet at fair value.

Forward commodity and other derivative contracts

   2014   2013 
   Fair value
of asset
   Fair value
of liability
   Fair value
of asset
  Fair value
of liability
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Aluminium

   54     7     71    6  

Copper

   7     16     14    10  

Zinc

                 1  

Silver

                 1  

Nickel

   17     5     17    6  

Iron ore

                 9  

Energy coal

        1         7  

Petroleum

        6         19  

Gas

   218     11     142      

Freight

                 6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   296     46     244    65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

       

Current

   75     16     59    36  

Non-current

   221     30     185    29  

The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2014 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon the financial instruments, other than those designated as embedded derivatives, is set out in the following table:

     2014   2013 
  

Units of exposure

  Net
exposure

receive/
(deliver) (a)
   Impact on equity
and profit after

taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
   Net
exposure

receive/
(deliver)
  Impact on
equity and
profit after

taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
 
         US$M      US$M 

Aluminium

 Tonnes (’000s)             2      

Copper

 Tonnes (’000s)             (12  8  

Lead

 Tonnes (’000s)             (2    

Nickel

 Tonnes (’000s)             (1  1  

Iron ore

 Tonnes (’000s)             (44  1  

Energy coal

 Tonnes (’000s)             255    (2

Freight

 Time charter days             (4,863  7  

(a)Exposures on volumes are nil for 30 June 2014 as long and short positions are equal.

Provisionally priced commodity sales contracts

Not included in the above tables are provisionally priced sales volumes for which price finalisation, referenced to the relevant index, is outstanding at the reporting date. Provisional pricing mechanisms embedded within these sales arrangements have the character of a commodity derivative and are carried at fair value through profit and loss as part of trade receivables. The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2014 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon provisionally invoiced sales volumes is set out in the following table.

      2014   2013 
   

Units of exposure

  Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
   Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
 
         US$M      US$M 

Copper

  Tonnes (’000s)   (350  246     (329  155  

Zinc

  Tonnes (’000s)   (11  2     (7  1  

Lead

  Tonnes (’000s)   (29  6     (59  12  

Gold

  Ounces   (19,401  2     (8,976  1  

Silver

  Ounces (’000s)   (5,072  10     (8,340  15  

Nickel

  Tonnes (’000s)   (3  5     (6  8  

Iron Ore

  Tonnes (’000s)   (588  5           

The sensitivities in the above tables have been determined as the absolute impact on fair value of a 10 per cent increase in commodity prices at each reporting date, while holding all other variables, including foreign currency and exchange rates, constant.

The relationship between commodity prices and foreign currencies is complex and movements in foreign exchange rates can impact commodity prices. The sensitivities should therefore be used with care.

Liquidity risk

The Group’s liquidity risk arises from the possibility that it may not be able to settle or meet its obligations as they fall due and is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. Operational, capital and regulatory requirements are considered in the management of liquidity risk, in conjunction with short-term and long-term forecast information.

Additional liquidity risk arises on debt related derivatives due to the possibility that a market for derivatives might not exist in some circumstances. To counter this risk the Group only uses derivatives in highly liquid markets.

The Group’s strong credit profile, diversified funding sources and committed credit facilities ensure that sufficient liquid funds are maintained to meet its daily cash requirements. The Group’s policy on counterparty credit exposure ensures that only counterparties of a high credit standing are used for the investment of any excess cash.

During the year ended 30 June 2014, Moody’s Investors Service made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A1 (the short-term credit rating is P-1). Standard & Poor’s made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A+ (the short-term credit rating is A-1).

There were no defaults on loans payable during the period.

Standby arrangements and unused credit facilities

Details of major standby and support arrangements are as follows:

   Facility
available
2014
   Used
2014
   Unused
2014
   Facility
available
2013
   Used
2013
  Unused
2013
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Commercial paper program(a)

   6,000          6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000       –     6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The Group has a US$6.0 billion commercial paper program backed by US$6.0 billion of revolving credit facilities. In May 2014 the US$5.0 billion and US$1.0 billion revolving credit facilities expiring in December 2015 and December 2014 were replaced by a US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility. The new facility has a five-year maturity with two one-year extension options. The facility is used for general corporate purposes and as backup for the commercial paper programs. The interest rates under these facilities are based on an interbank rate plus a margin. The applicable margin is typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating. The Group had US$ nil US commercial paper outstanding in the market at the end of the financial year (2013: US$1.3 billion).

Maturity profile of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual amounts, taking into account the derivatives related to debt, is as follows:

2014

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other
financial
liabilities (a)
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  4,165    665    (180  16    167    9,747    14,580  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  3,107    1,034    (122  9    164    94    4,286  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  3,390    897    (32  1    164    3    4,423  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  1,066    807    128    6    151    3    2,161  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  4,169    784    70    11    152    3    5,189  

In more than five years

  16,857    7,949    485    3    1,708    10    27,012  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  32,754    12,136    349    46    2,506    9,860    57,651  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  33,205        273    46    1,384    9,860    44,768  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other
financial
liabilities (a)
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  5,015    813    13    37    36    10,613    16,527  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  2,751    978    (138  3    46    57    3,697  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  3,606    889    9    4    28    27    4,563  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  2,878    744    74    2    24    11    3,733  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  1,038    658    266    16    9    7    1,994  

In more than five years

  17,608    4,889    1,232    4    25    199    23,957  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  32,896    8,971    1,456    66    168    10,914    54,471  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  33,035        726    66    137    10,914    44,878  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes trade and other payables of US$ nil (2013: US$41 million) included in liabilities held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

The amounts presented in the tables above comprise the contractual undiscounted cash flows, and therefore will not always agree with the amounts presented in the balance sheet. The Group holds derivatives related to net debt, commodities and currencies that are classified as other financial assets when they are expected to generate cash inflows. Refer to note 11 ‘Other financial assets’.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the non-performance by counterparties of their contractual financial obligations towards the Group. To manage credit risk the Group maintains Group-wide procedures covering the application for credit approvals, granting and renewal of counterparty limits and daily monitoring of exposures against these limits. As part of these processes, the financial viability of all counterparties is regularly monitored and assessed. The maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the total carrying amount of relevant financial assets on the balance sheet as at the reporting date.

The Group’s credit risk exposures are categorised under the following headings:

Counterparties

The Group conducts transactions with the following major types of counterparties:

Receivables counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers are made on open terms.

Payment guarantee counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers occur via secured payment mechanisms.

Derivative counterparties

Counterparties to derivative contracts consist of a diverse number of financial institutions and industrial counterparties in the relevant markets.

Cash investment counterparties

As part of managing cash flow and liquidity, the Group holds short-term cash investments with a range of approved financial institutions.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty or group of counterparties.

Geographic

The Group trades in all major geographic regions. Countries in which the Group has a significant credit risk exposure include South Africa, Australia, the United States, Japan and Singapore. Where appropriate, secured payment mechanisms and other risk mitigation instruments are used to protect revenues from credit risk losses.

Industry

In line with our asset portfolio, the Group sells into a diverse range of industries and customer sectors. This diversity means that the Group is not materially exposed to any individual industry or customer.

The following table shows the Group’s receivables at the reporting date that are exposed to credit risk and the ageing and impairment profile thereon:

2014

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   4,735     115     4,562     46               12  

Other receivables

   4,005     17     3,761     9     26     33     159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,740     132     8,323     55     26     33     171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   4,531     116     4,367     24     1          23  

Other receivables

   3,904     11     3,468     103     34     49     239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,435     127     7,835     127     35     49     262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables are deemed to be past due or impaired with reference to the Group’s normal terms and conditions of business. These terms and conditions are determined on a case-by-case basis with reference to the customer’s

credit quality and prevailing market conditions. Receivables that are classified as ‘past due’ in the above tables are those that have not been settled within the terms and conditions that have been agreed with that customer. For an analysis of movements in impaired trade receivables, refer to note 10 ‘Trade and other receivables’.

The credit quality of the Group’s customers is monitored on an ongoing basis and assessed for impairment where indicators of such impairment exist. The solvency of each debtor and their ability to repay the receivable is considered in assessing receivables for impairment. In certain circumstances the Group may seek collateral as security for the receivable. Where receivables have been impaired, the Group actively seeks to recover the amounts in question and enforce compliance with credit terms.

No other financial assets were past due or impaired at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: nil).

Fair values

All financial assets and liabilities, other than derivatives, are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid or received, net of transaction costs as appropriate, and subsequently carried at fair value or amortised cost, as indicated in the tables below. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value.

The financial assets and liabilities are presented by class in the tables below at their carrying amounts, which generally approximate to the fair values. In the case of US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of centrally managed fixed rate debt and other fixed interest borrowings of US$2,018 million (2013: US$3,533 million) not swapped to floating rate, the fair values at 30 June 2014 were US$3,718 million (2013: US$5,309 million) and US$1,947 million (2013: US$3,454 million) respectively.

Financial assets and liabilities

2014

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit
or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets
and
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
  Total 
     US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  23    8,803                    8,803  

Trade and other receivables(a) (b)

  10    5,431        1,071            6,502  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  11            846    637        1,483  

Commodity contracts

  11            25            25  

Other derivative contracts

  11            271            271  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  10    1,205                    1,205  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  10    337                    337  

Shares

  11        512                512  

Other investments

  11        145                145  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   15,776    657    2,213    637        19,283  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        132,130  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        151,413  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables(c) (d)

  15            300        9,560    9,860  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

  17            221    52        273  

Commodity contracts

  17            9            9  

Other derivative contracts

  17            37            37  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

  16                    51    51  

Unsecured bank loans

  16                    1,462    1,462  

Notes and debentures(e)

  16                    31,247    31,247  

Finance leases

  16                    1,384    1,384  

Unsecured other

  16                    445    445  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           567    52    44,149    44,768  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        21,263  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        66,031  
       

 

 

 

2013

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit
or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets and
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
  Total 
     US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  23    5,677                    5,677  

Trade and other receivables(a) (b)

  10    5,212        1,059            6,271  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  11            879    83        962  

Forward exchange contracts

  11            1            1  

Commodity contracts

  11            49            49  

Other derivative contracts

  11            195            195  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  10    1,209                    1,209  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  10    308                    308  

Shares

  11        534                534  

Other investments

  11        139                139  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   12,406    673    2,183    83        15,345  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        123,833  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        139,178  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables(c) (d)

  15            248        10,651    10,899  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

  17            555    171        726  

Forward exchange contracts

  17            1            1  

Commodity contracts

  17            28            28  

Other derivative contracts

  17            37            37  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

  16                    10    10  

Unsecured bank loans

  16                    1,086    1,086  

Commercial paper

  16                    1,330    1,330  

Notes and debentures(e)

  16                    30,259    30,259  

Secured bank and other loans

  16                    20    20  

Redeemable preference shares

  16                    15    15  

Finance leases

  16                    137    137  

Unsecured other

  16                    330    330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           869    171    43,838    44,878  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        19,009  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        63,887  
       

 

 

 

(a)Excludes input taxes of US$564 million (2013: US$537 million) included in other receivables. Refer to note 10 Trade and other receivables.

(b)Includes trade and other receivables of US$ nil (2013: US$17 million) included in assets held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

(c)Excludes input taxes of US$398 million (2013: US$288 million) included in other payables. Refer to note 15 Trade and other payables.

(d)Includes trade and other payables of US$ nil (2013: US$41 million) included in liabilities held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

(e)Includes US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate, US$1,998 million (2013: US$3,491 million) of fixed rate debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation and US$25,930 million (2013: US$21,391 million) of other debt swapped to floating rate under fair value hedges that is fair valued for interest rate risk.

Valuation hierarchy

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is principally calculated with reference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. The inputs used in fair value calculations are determined by the relevant Group Function. Our Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee. Movements in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities may be recognised through the income statement or in other comprehensive income. The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value with reference to the nature of valuation inputs used:

2014

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,071         1,071  

Trade and other payables

        (300       (300

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        1,210         1,210  

Commodity contracts

        16         16  

Other derivative contracts

        (13  247     234  

Investments – available for sale

   5     145    507     657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     2,129    754     2,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,059         1,059  

Trade and other payables

        (248       (248

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

        236         236  

Commodity contracts

        21         21  

Other derivative contracts

        (5  163     158  

Investments – available for sale

   5     141    527     673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     1,204    690     1,899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities.

(b)Valuation is based on inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are observable for the financial asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

(c)Valuation is based on inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The following table shows the movements in the Group’s level 3 financial assets and liabilities:

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   690    820  

Additions

   66    36  

Disposals

   (47  (8

Realised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement(a)

   6    (13

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement(a)

   77    (54

Unrealised losses recognised in other comprehensive income(b)

   (19  (91

Transfers(c)

   (19    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   754    690  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Realised and unrealised gains and losses recognised in the income statement are recorded in expenses. Refer to note 5 Expenses.

(b)Unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are recorded in the financial assets reserve. Refer to note 20 Other equity.

(c)Transfers comprise US$19 million related to an available for sale investment now classified as an equity accounted investment due to the adoption of IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.

Sensitivity of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities that are valued using inputs other than observable market data are calculated using appropriate valuation models, including discounted cash flow modelling, with inputs such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and inflation. The potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in these models, based on a change in the most significant input by 10 per cent while holding all other variables constant, is shown in the following table. Significant inputs are assessed individually for each financial asset and liability.

       Profit after taxation  Equity 

2014

  Carrying
amount
   10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

         

Other derivative contracts

   247     67     (67  67     (67

Investments – available for sale

   507              72     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   754     67     (67  139     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

       Profit after taxation  Equity 

2013

  Carrying
amount
   10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

         

Other derivative contracts

   163     42     (41  42     (41

Investments – available for sale

   527              71     (67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   690     42     (41  113     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet where BHP Billiton currently has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. BHP Billiton also entered into master netting arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but allow for the related amounts to be set-off in certain circumstances, such as the event of default.

The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements but not offset, as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013. The column ‘Net amount’ shows the impact on the Group’s balance sheet if all set-off rights were exercised.

       Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet   Related amounts not offset 

2014

US$M

  Notes   Gross
amounts
   Gross amounts
set-off in
the balance
sheet
  Net amounts
presented in
the balance
sheet
   Amounts
subject to
master netting
arrangements
  Net amount 

Financial assets

          

Trade receivables

   10     4,639     (19  4,620         4,620  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   11     1,483         1,483     (214  1,269  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     6,122     (19  6,103     (214  5,889  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

          

Trade creditors

   15     6,992     (19  6,973         6,973  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   17     273         273     (214  59  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     7,265     (19  7,246     (214  7,032  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

       Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet   Related amounts not offset 

2013

US$M

  Notes   Gross
amounts
   Gross amounts
set-off in
the balance
sheet
  Net amounts
presented in
the balance
sheet
   Amounts
subject to
master netting
arrangements
  Net amount 

Financial assets

          

Trade receivables

   10     4,417     (2  4,415         4,415  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   11     962         962     (352  610  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     5,379     (2  5,377     (352  5,025  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

          

Trade creditors

   15     7,603     (2  7,601         7,601  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions(a)

   17     726         726     (352  374  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     8,329     (2  8,327     (352  7,975  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)BHP Billiton enters into derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements. Under the terms of these arrangements, only where certain events occur such as default, the net position owing/receivable to a single counterparty will be taken as owing and all the relevant arrangements terminated. As BHP Billiton does not presently have a legally enforceable right of set-off, these amounts have not been offset in the balance sheet, but have been presented separately in the table above.

Capital management

The Group’s long-term strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. The Group will invest capital in assets where they fit its strategy. The Group’s priorities for cash flow are:

reinvestment in projects that carry attractive rates of return regardless of the economic climate;

commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating; and

returning excess capital to shareholders firstly with its progressive dividend policy and thereafter via capital management initiatives (for example share buy-backs).

Further information relevant to the actions and outcomes of the Group’s capital management strategy is contained in section 7.1.4 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, note 9 ‘Dividends’, note 19 ‘Share capital’ and note 20 ‘Other equity’.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, being the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets. Our policy is for net gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent.

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents

   (8,803  (5,677

Current debt

   4,262    5,088  

Non-current debt

   30,327    28,099  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net debt

   25,786    27,510  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   85,382    75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gearing

   23.2  26.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

30    Pension and other post-retirement obligations

The Group operates the following pension and post-retirement medical schemes:

Defined contribution pension schemes and multi-employer pension schemes

The Group contributed US$467 million (2013: US$456 million; 2012: US$388 million) to defined contribution plans and multi-employer defined contribution plans. These contributions are expensed as incurred.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has closed all defined benefit schemes to new entrants. Defined benefit pension schemes remain operating in Australia, the US, Canada, South America, Europe and South Africa for existing members. Full actuarial valuations are prepared and updated annually to 30 June by local actuaries for all schemes. The Projected Unit Credit valuation method is used. The Group operates final salary schemes that provide final salary benefits only, non-salary related schemes that provide flat dollar benefits and mixed benefit schemes that consist of a final salary defined benefit portion and a defined contribution portion.

Defined benefit post-retirement medical schemes

The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical schemes in the US, Canada, Europe and South Africa. Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries for all schemes. All of the post-retirement medical schemes in the Group are unfunded.

The Group’s defined benefit pension schemes and post-retirement medical schemes expose the Group to a number of risks:

Risk

Description

Volatility in asset values

The Group is exposed to changes in the value of assets held in funded pension schemes to meet future benefit payments.

Uncertainty in benefit payments

The cost to the Group of meeting future benefit obligations will depend on the value of the benefits paid in the future. To the extent these payments are dependent on future experience, there is some uncertainty. Some of the schemes’ benefit obligations are linked to inflation or to salaries, and some schemes provide benefits that are paid for the life of the member. If future experience varies from the assumptions used to value these obligations, the cost of meeting the obligations will vary.

Uncertainty in future funding requirements

Movement in the value of benefit obligations and scheme assets will impact the contributions that the Group will be required to make to the schemes in the future. In many cases, pension schemes are managed under trust, and the Group does not have full control over the rate of funding or investment policy for scheme assets. In addition, the Group is exposed to changes in the regulations applicable to benefit schemes.

Recognising this, the Group has adopted an approach of moving away from providing defined benefit pensions. The majority of Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes have been closed to new entrants for many years. Existing benefit schemes, and the terms of employee participation in these schemes, are reviewed on a regular basis.

The Group follows a coordinated strategy for the funding and investment of its defined benefit pension schemes (subject to meeting all local requirements). The Group’s aim is for the value of defined benefit scheme assets to be maintained at close to the value of the corresponding benefit obligations, allowing for some short-term volatility.

The following tables set out details of the Group’s defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes.

Balance sheet disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
       2014          2013      2014   2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

   1,297    1,839           

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

   103    112    425     410  

Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets

   (1,319  (1,891         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheme deficit

   81    60    425     410  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised surplus

   33    70           

Unrecognised past service credits

                5  

Adjustment for employer contributions tax

   3    9           
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

   117    139    425     415  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group has no legal obligation to settle these liabilities with any immediate contributions or additional one-off contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to each defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with the latest recommendations of each scheme actuary.

Income statement disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Current service cost

   44    62    57    11    12    8  

Net interest expense/(income) on net defined benefit liability/(asset)

   (1  (5  1    23    24    25  

Past service costs

       2            (7  7  

Curtailment and settlement losses/(gains) and other adjustments(a)

   128    (15  (4  (1        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

   171    44    54    33    29    40  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

– Recognised in employee benefits expense

   172    49    53    10    5    15  

– Recognised in net finance costs

   (1  (5  1    23    24    25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the Group settled defined benefit pension schemes held in the UK and the Netherlands. The settlement gave rise to a loss of US$150 million, being the difference between assets transferred to insurance companies of US$640 million in exchange for them taking on the obligations under the schemes of US$490 million. This was partially offset by gains of US$22 million relating to curtailments and plan amendments of schemes in the UK and US due to the removal of salary and future service accrual linkage from benefits.

Statement of Comprehensive Income (SOCI) disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2012  2014   2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M  US$M 

Actuarial (gains)/losses(a)

   (22  (65  221    5     (14  47  

Limit on net assets and other adjustments(b)

   (40  18    (18             
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total amount recognised in the SOCI

   (62  (47  203    5     (14  47  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cumulative amount recognised in the SOCI(c)

   407    469    516    158     153    167  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the US$5 million loss on post-retirement medical schemes includes a US$5 million gain due to the removal of prior period unrecognised past service credits.

(b)Includes a gain of US$41 million recognised during the 2014 financial year which resulted from the settlement of a defined benefit pension scheme in the Netherlands and the subsequent release of the asset ceiling restriction. The corresponding entry is recognised as a loss in the income statement.

(c)Cumulative amounts are calculated from the transition to IFRS on 1 July 2004.

The change in the net defined benefit liability is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net defined benefit liability at the beginning of the financial year

   139    349    415    450  

Amount recognised in the income statement

   171    44    33    29  

Remeasurement (gain)/loss recognised in other comprehensive income

   (62  (47  5    (14

Disbursements and settlements paid directly by employer

   (23  (16  (20  (22

Employer contributions

   (108  (174        

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   6    (3  (9  (28

Other adjustments

   (6  (14  1      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net defined benefit liability at the end of the financial year

   117    139    425    415  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial year

   1,951    2,215    410    446  

Current service cost

   44    62    11    12  

Interest cost

   71    87    23    24  

Contributions by scheme participants

   2    2          

Actuarial (gains)/losses due to experience

   (39  3    (12    

Actuarial losses/(gains) due to changes in financial assumptions

   19    (32  19    (9

Actuarial losses/(gains) due to changes in demographic assumptions

   2    2    3    (5

Benefits paid to participants

   (166  (239  (20  (22

Past service costs

       2        (7

Settlements(a)

   (490            

Curtailments

   (22  (15  (1    

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   27    (67  (9  (28

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       (69  1    (1

Other adjustments

   1              
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at the end of the financial year

   1,400    1,951    425    410  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The change in the fair value of scheme assets for defined benefit pension schemes is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
 
   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the financial year

   1,891    1,935  

Interest income on scheme assets(b)

   74    92  

Return on scheme assets greater than the discount rate(b)

   4    38  

Employer contributions

   131    190  

Contributions by scheme participants

   2    2  

Benefits paid to participants

   (166  (239

Settlements(a)

   (640    

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

   22    (72

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       (55

Other adjustments

   1      
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the financial year

   1,319    1,891  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the Group settled defined benefit pension schemes held in the UK and the Netherlands. The settlement gave rise to a loss of US$150 million, being the difference between assets transferred to insurance companies of US$640 million in exchange for them taking on the obligations under the schemes of US$490 million.

(b)In the 2013 financial year, the US$92 million of interest income and the actuarial gain of US$38 million were calculated in accordance with the previous version of IAS19/AASB19 ‘Employee Benefits’.

The change in the unrecognised surplus (the effect of the asset ceiling) for defined benefit pension schemes is as follows:

Defined benefit
pension schemes
2014
US$M

Unrecognised surplus at the beginning of the financial year

70

Interest cost on unrecognised surplus

2

Change in unrecognised surplus in excess of interest

(40

Foreign exchange losses

1

Unrecognised surplus at the end of the financial year

33

The effect of the asset ceiling for the year ended 30 June 2014 relates to one scheme in Canada and was determined as the unrecognised surplus in the scheme arising from ongoing legal proceedings with respect to ownership of this surplus.

The fair value of defined benefit pension scheme assets by major asset class is as follows:

   Fair value 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Asset class

    

Bonds(a)

   1,084     1,154  

Equities

   132     231  

Cash and cash equivalents

   67     259  

Property(b)

   11     17  

Other(c)

   25     230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1,319     1,891  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)The bonds asset class as at 30 June 2014 includes Fixed Interest Government Bonds of US$305 million, Index linked Government Bonds of US$304 million and Corporate bonds of US$475 million.

(b)Property is the only asset class that does not have a quoted market price in an active market.

(c)Scheme assets classified as ‘Other’ as at 30 June 2014 primarily comprise insured annuities in South Africa and Canada.

The fair value of scheme assets includes no amounts relating to any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any of the property occupied by or other assets used by the Group.

Scheme assets are invested in a diversified range of asset classes, predominantly comprising bonds and equities. In some locations, scheme trustees and other bodies have legal responsibility for the investment of scheme assets and decisions on investment strategy are taken in consultation with the Group.

The Group monitors its exposure to changes in equity markets, interest rates and inflation, and measures its balance sheet pension risk using a risk-based approach. Asset-liability studies are carried out periodically for the major pension schemes and the suitability of investment strategies for all defined benefit pension schemes are also reviewed periodically.

The Group’s aim is to progressively shift defined benefit pension scheme assets towards investments that match the anticipated profile of the benefit obligations, as funding levels improve, and as benefit obligations mature. Over time, this is expected to result in a further reduction in the total exposure of pension scheme assets to equity markets. For pension schemes that pay lifetime benefits, the Group may consider and support the purchase of annuities to back these benefit obligations if it is commercially sensible to do so.

Weighted average maturity profile of defined benefit obligation

  Defined benefit pension
schemes
  Post-retirement medical
schemes
 
  2014  2013  2014  2013 

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation (years)

  8    10    13    12  

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

   Australia   Americas   Europe   South Africa 
   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013 
   %   %   %   %   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   3.3     3.0     4.3     4.3     4.1     4.4     9.4     8.6  

Future salary increases

   3.9     4.0     4.8     4.6     n/a     5.1     9.0     8.3  

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Americas   South Africa 
   2014   2013   2014   2013 
   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   3.9     4.3     9.2     8.7  

Medical cost trend rate (ultimate)

   4.4     4.4     8.7     7.9  

Assumptions regarding future mortality can be material depending upon the size and nature of the scheme liabilities. Post-retirement mortality assumptions in the Americas, Europe and South Africa are based on post-retirement mortality tables that are standard in these regions.

For the main schemes, these tables imply the following expected future lifetimes (in years) for employees aged 65 as at the balance sheet date: US males 19.9 (2013: 19.8), US females 21.6 (2013: 21.6); Canadian males 21.0 (2013: 19.8), Canadian females 23.9 (2013: 22.2); UK males 24.6 (2013: 23.6), UK females 25.6 (2013: 26.2); South African males 19.2 (2013: 19.0), South African females 23.6 (2013: 23.4).

Estimated contributions for the defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
   Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   US$M   US$M 

Estimated employer contributions for the year ending 30 June 2015

   33       

Estimated benefits paid to participants directly by employer for the year ending 30 June 2015

   2     22  

Estimated contributions by scheme participants for the year ending 30 June 2015

   1       

Sensitivity to assumptions

The Group’s defined benefit obligation at the reporting date has been determined using actuarial calculations that require assumptions about future events. The estimated sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to each significant assumption shown below has been determined at an individual scheme level if each assumption were changed in isolation. In practice, the schemes are subject to multiple external experience items which may vary the defined benefit obligation over time. The methods and assumptions used in preparing these sensitivity results remain consistent with those used in previous reporting periods.

The estimated effects of variations in the principal actuarial assumptions on the Group’s defined benefit obligation at the reporting date are as follows:

   Increase/(decrease) in defined benefit
obligation
 
   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   US$M  US$M 

Discount rate

   

Increase of 1%

   (89  (48

Decrease of 1%

   105    59  

Future salary increases

   

Increase of 1%

   18    n/a  

Decrease of 1%

   (17  n/a  

Mortality

   

Increase in life expectancy at age 65 of 1 year

   20    17  

Decrease in life expectancy at age 65 of 1 year

   (20  (16

Medical cost trend rate (initial and ultimate)

   

Increase of 1%

   n/a    52  

Decrease of 1%

   n/a    (42

31    Key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation comprises:

   2014   2013   2012 
   US$   US$   US$ 

Short-term employee benefits

   29,302,029     24,959,049     19,889,528  

Post-employment benefits

   3,176,079     3,446,910     3,586,477  

Share-based payments

   21,300,632     26,297,032     26,645,312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   53,778,740     54,702,991     50,121,317  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with key management personnel

During the financial year, there were no purchases from the Group (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil).

There are no amounts payable at 30 June 2014 (2013: US$ nil).

Loans with key management personnel

There are no loans (2013: US$ nil) with key management personnel.

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2013: US$ nil).

32    Related party transactions

Subsidiaries

The percentage of ordinary shares held in significant subsidiaries is disclosed in note 26 ‘Subsidiaries’.

Joint operations

The percentage interest held in significant joint operations is disclosed in note 28 ‘Interests in joint operations’.

Joint ventures

The percentage interest held in significant joint ventures is disclosed in note 27 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Associates

The percentage interest held in significant associates is disclosed in note 27 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 31 ‘Key management personnel’.

Transactions with related parties

  Joint operations(a)  Joint ventures  Associates  Other related parties (b) 
      2014          2013          2014      2013          2014          2013          2014          2013     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Sales of goods/services

  252.911    259.880            3.781    0.060          

Purchases of goods/services

  37.782    40.827            978.186    729.400          

Interest income

  1.753    0.175    5.405    13.935    65.039    38.195          

Interest expense

  0.003    0.021                          

Dividends received

          581.086    347.031    668.880    363.277          

Loans made to related parties

  (6.183  (42.561  (0.115  (546.278  121.173    246.760          

(a)Disclosures in respect of transactions with joint operations represent the amount for which legal right of set-off does not exist.
(b)Excludes transactions with post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Group employees. These are shown in note 30 Pension and other post-retirement obligations.

Transactions between each parent company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of that company, are eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Outstanding balances with related parties

  Joint operations (a)  Joint ventures  Associates  Other related parties 
      2014          2013          2014          2013          2014      2013          2014          2013     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Trade amounts owing to related parties

  13.329    24.510            117.672    96.578          

Loan amounts owing to
related parties

  44.298    37.315            41.427    152.631          

Trade amounts owing from related parties

  17.385    19.403                0.061          

Loan amounts owing from related parties

  75.413    74.613    150.101    150.216    1,087.890    1,077.921          

(a)Disclosures in respect of amounts owing to/from joint operations represent the amount owing to the joint operation entity or from the joint operation third party participants for which legal right of set-off does not exist.

Terms and conditions

Sales to and purchases from related parties of goods and services are made in arm’s length transactions at normal market prices and on normal commercial terms.

Outstanding balances at year-end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash.

Other amounts owing from related parties represent secured loans made to joint operations, associates and joint ventures under co-funding arrangements. Such loans are made on an arm’s length basis with interest charged at market rates and are due to be repaid between 31 July 2014 and 31 August 2031.

No guarantees are provided or received for any related party receivables or payables.

No provision for doubtful debts has been recognised in relation to any outstanding balances and no expense has been recognised in respect of bad or doubtful debts due from related parties.

33    Employee share ownership plans

Awards were provided under the following employee share ownership plans for the year ended 30 June 2014: the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Group Incentive Scheme (GIS), Management Award Plan (MAP), Group Short Term Incentive Plan (GSTIP), Transitional GMC awards, the all-employee share plan, Shareplus and the Kgatelo Pele Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP). These awards take the form of rights to receive ordinary shares in either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Awards made are subject to performance hurdles (LTIP and Transitional GMC) and service conditions (all plans). Subject to the performance conditions and service conditions being met and the extent to which they are met, the awards will vest and the participant will become entitled to the appropriate number of ordinary shares or, if relevant, entitled to exercise options over the relevant number of ordinary shares. Awards under the plans do not confer any rights to participate in a share issue; however, there is discretion under each of the plans to adjust the awards in response to a variation of BHP Billiton’s share capital.

All awards issued prior to 1 July 2011 are eligible to receive a payment equal to the dividend amount that would have been earned on the underlying shares awarded to those participants (the Dividend Equivalent Payment). The Dividend Equivalent Payment is made to the participants once the underlying shares are issued or transferred to them. No Dividend Equivalent Payment is made in respect of awards that lapse. Awards issued after 1 July 2011 under GSTIP and MAP are no longer eligible to receive the Dividend Equivalent Payment.

A description of these plans is as follows:

(i)GIS and GSTIP

The GIS is a plan for the GMC and the GSTIP is a plan for management employees other than the GMC (being first introduced during the year ended 30 June 2009). The GIS and GSTIP awards are split equally between a cash award (being a percentage of base salary) and a grant of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The rights are subject to a two-year vesting period before they vest or can be exercised. If, during the vesting period, an individual resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent, or is dismissed for cause, their rights are forfeited. Awards in respect of the year ended 30 June 2014 will be awarded during the year ending 30 June 2015.

(ii)LTIP and MAP

The LTIP is a plan for the GMC. The LTIP awards are awarded annually. The performance hurdle applicable to the awards requires the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a five-year performance period to be greater than a combination of the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and, for awards from December 2010 onwards, the Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World). To the extent that the performance hurdle is not achieved, awards are forfeited. There is no retesting. For awards to vest in full, the Group’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR and Index TSR (if applicable) by a specified percentage per year, determined for each grant by the Remuneration Committee. Since the establishment of the LTIP in 2004, this percentage has been set at 5.5 per cent per year. The vesting scale is determined for each grant by the Committee.

The MAP is a plan for management employees other than the GMC. Under the MAP, participants receive an award of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The number of rights is determined by role, performance and organisational level. There are no performance conditions attached to the awards and awards will vest at the end of three years providing participants remain in employment over that time.

(iii)Transitional GMC awards

As the MAP awards that are allocated to individuals in their non-GMC management positions have a three-year service condition and the LTIP awards provided to GMC members have a five-year service and

performance condition, as a transitional step, the Committee may determine that new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton receive Transitional GMC awards to bridge the gap between the two programs.

Transitional GMC awards have two tranches. Tranche one has a three-year service and performance condition. Tranche two has a four-year service and performance condition. The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the three-year or four-year performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO). No Dividend Equivalent Payment is payable on these awards.

(iv)Shareplus

Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan, commenced in April 2007. Employees may contribute up to US$5,000 to acquire shares (Acquired Shares) in any Plan year. On the third anniversary of the start of a Plan year, the Company will match the number of Acquired Shares held by the employee at that time with Matched Shares. The employees have no beneficial entitlement to the Matched Shares until they are awarded. Acquired Shares are purchased on a quarterly basis. Employees can sell their Acquired Shares at any time. If, prior to the third anniversary, an individual sells their Acquired Shares, resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent or is dismissed for cause, their entitlement to Matched Shares is forfeited.

(v)Kgatelo Pele ESOP

The Kgatelo Pele ESOP commenced in June 2013 with a three-year vesting period. All eligible employees are entitled to awards to the value of ZAR8,667 each year, with the last tranche to be granted in June 2015. Beneficiaries must be permanently employed by Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited as at 1 May (effective date) of each year to qualify for the allocation for that particular year. Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited will contribute the necessary amount to the Kgatelo Pele Trust by way of donation to enable the purchase of shares, which will be held until the end of the vesting period. During this period, beneficiaries will be entitled to dividends declared by BHP Billiton. At the end of each vesting period, eligible employees will be given the opportunity to create a portfolio by having the shares transferred into their own names or to sell their entitlements and receive the cash benefit.

Employee share awards – current plans

2014

 Number
of awards
on issue

at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number
of
awards
issued
during

the year
  Number
of
awards
vested
and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number
of awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  244,868    114,629    215,953        143,544      

GIS awards – options

  90,389        90,389              

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  29.15        29.15              

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.80     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,388,298    1,256,041    1,414,934    51,071    2,178,334    46,839  

GSTIP awards – options

  284,636        116,876    57,441    110,319    110,319  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.44        38.41    38.41    41.08    41.08  

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.82     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  6,066,035    1,298,015    1,688,386    1,329,484    4,346,180    1,512,567  

Transitional GMC awards

  35,834    235,360            271,194      

MAP awards

  7,981,682    2,921,588    2,481,689    714,586    7,706,995    486,850  

Shareplus

  3,092,062    2,010,066    1,339,097    302,226    3,460,805      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  136,632        101,551        35,081      

GIS awards – options

  109,792        79,403        30,389    30,389  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  15.58        12.47        23.71    23.71  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.31     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  700,770    242,715    485,820    10,508    447,157    13,228  

GSTIP awards – options

  54,960        12,487        42,473    42,473  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.80        17.43        22.08    22.08  

– weighted average share price – £

    18.72     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  2,638,166        726,863    476,180    1,435,123    541,220  

Transitional GMC awards

  39,860                39,860      

MAP awards

  2,418,076    724,685    728,298    151,257    2,263,206    231,746  

Shareplus

  702,203    434,461    296,186    83,012    757,466      

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

      66,064            66,064      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2014

 Weighted
average

fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
  Risk-free
interest
rate (b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
  Share
price at
grant
date
  Estimated
volatility
of share
price 
(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  29.24    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

GIS awards – options

                        

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  26.62    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

GSTIP awards – options

                        

LTIP awards

  13.25    1.42  5 years    A$30.94    31.0  3.17

Transitional GMC awards

  25.37    n/a    3-4 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

MAP awards

  25.78    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

Shareplus

  31.37    2.55  3 years    A$36.78    n/a    3.11
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

                        

GIS awards – options

                        

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  24.24    n/a    3 years    £17.15    n/a    3.65

GSTIP awards – options

                        

LTIP awards

                        

Transitional GMC awards

                        

MAP awards

  23.35    n/a    3 years    £17.15    n/a    3.65

Shareplus

  28.61    2.05  3 years    £18.91    n/a    3.49

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

  30.14    n/a    3 years    £18.91    n/a    n/a  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2013

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  614,335    53,854    407,847    15,474    244,868    23,167�� 

GIS awards – options

  764,318        359,098    314,831    90,389    90,389  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  34.44        29.15    41.99    29.15    29.15  

– weighted average share price – A$

    34.15     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,234,410    1,248,794    1,024,623    70,283    2,388,298    194,382  

GSTIP awards – options

  335,160            50,524    284,636    284,636  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.29            38.41    39.44    39.44  

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  10,047,354    693,628    4,621,864    53,083    6,066,035    2,367,453  

Transitional GMC awards

      35,834            35,834      

MAP awards

  7,841,674    3,142,398    2,196,959    805,431    7,981,682    687,175  

Shareplus

  2,436,201    1,966,016    1,015,575    294,580    3,092,062      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  253,076    54,268    170,712        136,632    4,195  

GIS awards – options

  297,042        172,704    14,546    109,792    109,792  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  12.94        10.96    16.51    15.58    15.58  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.29     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  890,553    281,561    412,558    58,786    700,770    65,838  

GSTIP awards – options

  96,012        21,030    20,022    54,960    54,960  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.35        17.53    22.08    20.80    20.80  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.37     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  3,941,270    401,831    1,684,852    20,083    2,638,166    912,476  

Transitional GMC awards

      39,860            39,860      

MAP awards

  2,837,040    797,840    860,119    356,685    2,418,076    250,305  

Shareplus

  588,356    439,800    241,642    84,311    702,203      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2013

  Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
   Risk-free
interest
rate(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
   Share
price at
grant
date
   Estimated
volatility
of share
price(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   32.40     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   29.84     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   16.41     0.73  5 years     A$31.45     35.0  2.78

Transitional GMC awards

   28.61     n/a    3-4 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

MAP awards

   29.01     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

Shareplus

   32.55     3.34  3 years     A$33.74     n/a    2.50
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   28.91     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   26.22     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   14.59     0.73  5 years     £18.06     35.0  3.31

Transitional GMC awards

   24.94     n/a    3-4 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

MAP awards

   25.37     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

Shareplus

   28.80     2.24  3 years     £19.49     n/a    2.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2012

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  979,532    200,295    560,080    5,412    614,335    306,199  

GIS awards – options

  935,360        163,268    7,774    764,318    764,318  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  33.47        29.10    30.12    34.44    34.44  

– weighted average share price – A$

    35.37     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  1,649,522    1,246,167    600,778    60,501    2,234,410    191,704  

GSTIP awards – options

  335,160                335,160    247,906  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.29                39.29    38.41  

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      14   

LTIP awards

  13,531,419    550,954    3,747,840    287,179    10,047,354    2,250,843  

MAP awards

  6,207,609    3,287,253    1,334,130    319,058    7,841,674    554,150  

Shareplus

  2,154,184    1,620,551    1,113,270    225,264    2,436,201      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  358,741    78,169    175,749    8,085    253,076    121,712  

GIS awards – options

  490,143        169,287    23,814    297,042    266,653  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  12.51        11.20    16.51    12.94    11.71  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.43     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      5   

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  715,310    489,703    309,737    4,723    890,553    117,071  

GSTIP awards – options

  96,012                96,012    29,457  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.35                20.35    16.44  

– weighted average share price – £

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      37   

LTIP awards

  5,461,373    293,020    1,637,984    175,139    3,941,270    859,016  

MAP awards

  2,358,080    1,084,015    540,306    64,749    2,837,040    257,500  

Shareplus

  516,791    400,855    259,884    69,406    588,356      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2012

  Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year 
(a)
US$
   Risk-free
interest
rate
(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
   Share
price at
grant
date
   Estimated
volatility
of share
price
(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   47.77     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   44.77     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   27.61     1.82  5 years     A$43.77     33.0  2.19

MAP awards

   43.79     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

Shareplus

   30.47     4.38  3 years     A$33.80     n/a    2.25
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   40.38     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   37.52     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   23.27     1.82  5 years     £24.60     33.0  2.47

MAP awards

   36.59     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

Shareplus

   25.57     2.76  3 years     £18.53     n/a    2.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – past plans(d)

2014

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   3,950,536          1,773,508          2,177,028     2,177,028  

2013

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   5,447,321          1,496,785          3,950,536     3,950,536  

2012

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan options

   284,850          242,010     42,840            

– weighted average exercise price – A$

   8.30          8.30     8.30            

Employee Share Plan shares

   6,960,419          1,513,098          5,447,321     5,447,321  

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

   58,563          58,563                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

            

Co-Investment Plan (CIP)

   2,245          2,245                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee share awards – summary(f) (g)

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

BHP Billiton Limited

    

Employee Share Plan shares

    

October 1997

  826,659    806,008       Oct 1997 – Oct 2017

May 1995

  1,350,369    1,305,763       May 1995 – May 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,177,028    2,111,771    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GIS awards

    

Deferred shares

    

December 2013

  114,629    91,398       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

December 2012

  28,915           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  143,544    91,398    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

October 2013

  1,189,309    1,147,144       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2012

  942,186           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

October 2010

  46,839    46,839       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

Options

    

October 2010

  87,254    87,254    A$41.78   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

October 2009

  23,065        A$38.41   Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,288,653    1,281,237    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2013

  1,298,015    1,219,116       Aug 2018 – Aug 2023

December 2012

  315,012    263,372       Aug 2017 – Aug 2022

December 2011

  287,368    255,721       Aug 2016 – Aug 2021

December 2010

  370,069    357,171       Aug 2015 – Aug 2020

December 2009

  563,149    62,214       Aug 2014 – Aug 2019

December 2008

  216,264           Aug 2013 – Aug 2018

December 2007

  625,780    544,030       Aug 2012 – Aug 2017

December 2006

  455,899    392,716       Aug 2011 – Aug 2016

December 2005

  197,349    188,516       Aug 2010 – Aug 2015

December 2004

  17,275           Aug 2009 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  4,346,180    3,282,856    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2013

  117,680    117,680       Aug 2017

December 2013

  117,680    117,680       Aug 2016

December 2012

  17,917    17,917       Aug 2016

December 2012

  17,917    17,917       Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  271,194    271,194    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

October 2013 and April 2014

  2,705,673    2,689,976       Aug 2016 – Aug 2019

October 2012 and March 2013

  2,530,705    2,433,349       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2011 and March 2012

  1,983,767    9,467       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010 and March 2011

  318,725    286,075       Aug 2013 – Aug 2016

October 2009 and March 2010

  168,125    160,125       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  7,706,995    5,578,992    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2013 to June 2014

  1,878,199    1,803,854       Apr 2016

September 2012 to June 2013

  1,582,606    1,525,478       Apr 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,460,805    3,329,332    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

BHP Billiton Plc

    

GIS awards

    

Deferred shares

    

December 2012

  35,081           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

Options

    

December 2010

  30,389    30,389    £23.71   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  65,470    30,389    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

October 2013

  213,706    208,032       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2012

  220,223    5,489       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010

  13,228    13,228       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

Options

    

October 2010

  42,473    42,473    £22.08   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  489,630    269,222    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2012

  287,231    287,231       Aug 2017 – Aug 2022

December 2011

  202,672    202,672       Aug 2016 – Aug 2021

December 2010

  190,000    190,000       Aug 2015 – Aug 2020

December 2009

  214,000           Aug 2014 – Aug 2019

December 2007

  240,644    232,744       Aug 2012 – Aug 2017

December 2006

  171,610    171,027       Aug 2011 – Aug 2016

December 2005

  121,466    114,883       Aug 2010 – Aug 2015

December 2004

  7,500           Aug 2009 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,435,123    1,198,557    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2012

  19,930    19,930       Aug 2016

December 2012

  19,930    19,930       Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  39,860    39,860    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

October 2013 and April 2014

  678,815    658,963       Aug 2016 – Aug 2019

October 2012 and March 2013

  681,930    661,029       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2011 and March 2012

  670,715    37,935       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010 and March 2011

  153,426    131,550       Aug 2013 – Aug 2016

October 2009 and March 2010

  77,320    74,820       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

November 2008 and March 2009

  1,000           Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,263,206    1,564,297    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2013 to June 2014

  404,974    387,077       Apr 2016

September 2012 to June 2013

  352,492    342,306       Apr 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  757,466    729,383    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

    

June 2014

  30,208    30,208       Jun 2017

June 2013

  35,856    35,856       Jun 2016
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  66,064    66,064    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

(a)The fair value of awards as presented in the tables above represents the fair value at grant date. The fair values of awards granted were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, Black-Scholes option pricing technique and net present value technique.

(b)The risk-free interest rate used is an applicable government bond rate.

(c)Historical volatility has been used to estimate the volatility of the share price.

(d)Awards issued under these plans occurred before 7 November 2002 and as such are exempt from the provisions of IFRS 2/AASB 2 ‘Share-based Payment’. Details of these plans have been provided for information purposes only.

(e)Exercise price on awards issued is equal to the exercise price as per awards outstanding.

(f)Shares issued on exercise of BHP Billiton’s employee share ownership plans include shares purchased on-market.

(g)In respect of employee share awards, the Group utilises the following trusts:

(i)The Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries. The trustee is an independent company, resident in Jersey. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Plc and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, CIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Plc from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held to meet future awards under Shareplus.

(ii)The BHP Billiton Limited Executive Incentive Scheme Trust is a discretionary trust established for the purpose of holding shares in BHP Billiton Limited to satisfy exercises made under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time. During the 2014 financial year, this Trust was closed and any remaining shares were used to satisfy employee awards.

(iii)The BHP Billiton Employee Equity Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Limited and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held.

(iv)Kgatelo Pele Trust is a discretionary trust established for the benefit of the Hotazel Manganese Mines employees. The Trust uses funds provided by Hotazel Manganese mines to acquire shares in BHP Billiton Plc until such time that they vest in the employees.

34    Employees

   2014   2013   2012 

Average number of employees(a)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,207     4,449     4,067  

Copper

   10,070     10,435     9,445  

Iron Ore

   8,035     6,883     4,711  

Coal

   12,318     12,240     11,679  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   10,775     11,115     11,388  

Group and unallocated

   1,639     1,770     1,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   47,044     46,892     43,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Average employee numbers include the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies and our share of employees of joint operations. Employees of equity accounted investments are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

3538.    Auditor’s remuneration

 

  2014   2013   2012   2015   2014   2013 
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for assurance services

            

Audit of the Group’s annual report(a)

   4.093     3.953     4.577     4.299     4.093     3.953  

Audit of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates(b)

   13.201     15.197     17.927     11.185     13.201     15.197  

Audit-related assurance services(c)

   5.635     5.779     6.317     5.377     5.635     5.779  

Other assurance services(d)

   2.133     3.844     3.637     1.557     2.133     3.844  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assurance services

   25.062     28.773     32.458     22.418     25.062     28.773  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for other services

            

Other services relating to corporate finance(e)

   1.820     0.393     2.378     6.871     1.820     0.393  

All other services(f)

   1.302     1.372     1.407     1.093     1.573     1.372  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total other services

   3.122     1.765     3.785     7.964     3.393     1.765  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total fees

   28.184     30.538     36.243     30.382     28.455     30.538  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

All amounts were paid to KPMG or KPMG affiliated firms. Fees are determined in local currencies and are predominantly billed in US dollars based on the exchange rate at the beginning of the relevant financial year.

 

(a)Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the Group’s financial statements.

 

(b)Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, as well as audit fees of US$ nil (2013:(2014: US$ nil; 2013: US$0.204 million; 2012: US$0.051 million) for pension funds. For UK purposes, fees for the audit of pension funds would be classified as a separate component of ‘other services’.

 

(c)Mainly comprisesComprises review of half-year reports and audit work in relation to compliance with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(d)Mainly comprisesComprises assurance in respect of the Group’s sustainability reporting.

 

(e)Mainly comprisesComprises services in connection with acquisitions, divestments, the South32 demerger and debt raising transactions.

 

(f)Mainly comprisesComprises non-statutory assurance based procedures, advice on accounting matters, andas well as tax compliance services. Tax compliance services amounted toof US$ nil (2014: US$0.008 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012:million; 2013: US$ nil).

36    Subsequent events39.    Not required for US reporting

Proposed demerger of assetsPresentation and policies

40.    Reporting entity

Dual Listed Companies’ structure

Merger terms

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (previously known as BHP Limited), an Australian-listed company, and BHP Billiton Plc (previously known as Billiton Plc), a United Kingdom (UK) listed company, entered into a Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger. This was effected by contractual arrangements between the Companies and amendments to their constitutional documents.

The Group announcedeffect of the DLC merger is that BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Limited Group) and BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Plc Group) operate together as a single for-profit economic entity (the Group). Under the arrangements:

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common economic interest in both Groups;

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc take key decisions, including the election of Directors, through a joint electoral procedure under which the shareholders of the two Companies effectively vote on 19 August 2014a joint basis;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common Board of Directors, a unified management structure and joint objectives;

dividends and capital distributions made by the two Companies are equalised;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc each executed a deed poll guarantee, guaranteeing (subject to certain exceptions) the contractual obligations (whether actual or contingent, primary or secondary) of the other incurred after 29 June 2001, together with specified obligations existing at that date.

If either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc proposes to pay a dividend to its shareholders, then the other Company must pay a matching cash dividend of an equivalent amount per share to its shareholders. If either Company is prohibited by law or is otherwise unable to declare, pay or otherwise make all or any portion of such a matching dividend, then BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc will, so far as it plansis practicable to demergedo so, enter into such transactions with each other as the Boards agree to be necessary or desirable, so as to enable both Companies to pay dividends as nearly as practicable at the same time.

The DLC merger did not involve the change of legal ownership of any assets of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, any change of ownership of any existing shares or securities of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, the issue of any shares or securities or any payment by way of consideration, save for the issue by each Company of one special voting share to a selectiontrustee company which is the means by which the joint electoral procedure is operated.

Accounting for the DLC merger

The basis of its aluminium, coal, manganese, nickelaccounting for the DLC merger was established under Australian and silver assetsUK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), pursuant to create an independent metals and mining company. This includes BHP Billiton’s interests in its integrated Aluminium business, Manganese business and the Cerro Matoso nickel operation, Energy Coal South Africa, Illawarra metallurgical coal and the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine.

It is intended that the new company would be listed onrequirements of the Australian Securities Exchangeand Investments Commission (ASIC) Practice Note 71 ‘Financial Reporting by Australian Entities in Dual Listed Company Arrangements’, an order issued by ASIC under section 340 of the Corporations Act 2001 on 2 September 2002, and in accordance with a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. A final Board decision will only be made onceUK Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the necessary government, taxation, regulatorytransitional provisions of

IFRS 1/AASB 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, the same basis of accounting is applied under International Financial Reporting Standards. Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate the Group as follows:

Assets and other third party approvals are secured on satisfactory terms. Onceliabilities of the necessary approvals are in place, shareholders will haveBHP Billiton Limited Group and the opportunity to vote onBHP Billiton Plc Group were consolidated at the proposed demerger.

As numerous steps are required to enabledate of the demerger to proceed,merger at their existing carrying amounts.

Results for the relevant businesses have not been classified as held for sale or distribution as atyears ended 30 June 2014. Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be completed in the first half of the 2015, calendar year.

Summarised financial information as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 are of the consolidated entity comprising the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group.

41.    Basis of preparation and measurement

Basis of preparation

This general purpose financial report for the year ended 30 June 20142015, has been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance with the requirements of the businesses included inAustralian Corporations Act 2001, and the proposed demerger is provided below:UK Companies Act 2006 and with:

 

2014
US$M

Current assets

2,860

Non-current assets

14,619

Current liabilities

1,897

Non-current liabilities

3,950

Net assets

11,632

Attributable to non-controlling interests

867

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

10,765

Revenue

10,444

Depreciation and amortisation

1,303

Profit before interest and taxation

764

Net operating cash inflows

1,658

Net investing cash outflows

700

Transaction costs incurred

45

The demerger will be recognised

Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as a reduction in equity atissued by the fair value of the shares in the demerged company distributed to shareholders. A gain or loss will arise on the difference between the fair value of those shares and the net assets of the demerged businesses determined at the date of the demerger, which will include the fair value step-up on the Manganese business described below, less any transaction costs. Transaction costs will mainly comprise stamp duty, professional fees and separation and establishment costs.

In contemplation of the proposed demerger, BHP Billiton and Anglo American have agreed to make certain changes to the agreement which governs their interests in the Manganese business. BHP Billiton manages and owns 60 per cent of the Manganese business with Anglo American owning the remaining 40 per cent.

Subject to obtaining the required approvalsAustralian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) effective for the agreement, the changes will result in BHP Billiton and Anglo American agreeing to share joint control of the Manganese business. BHP Billiton will discontinue consolidation of the Manganese business and account for its 60 per cent interest as an equity accounted joint venture. BHP Billiton will therefore derecognise the existing carrying amounts of all assets, liabilities and the non-controlling interest in the Manganese business attributed to Anglo American and initially record its retained 60 per cent interest at fair value. The remeasurement at fair value will give rise to an estimated gain of approximately US$2 billion.

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT)

On 2 September 2014, legislation to repeal the MRRT in Australia received the support of both Houses of Parliament. The MRRT will continue to apply until 30 September 2014. Atyear ended 30 June 2014, the Group carried an MRRT deferred tax asset (net of income tax consequences) of US$698 million. An income tax charge approximating this amount is expected to be recognised in the 2015 financial year.2015;

Chilean tax reform

Subsequent to the finalisation of the financial statements, the lower house of the newly elected Chilean Government passed a tax reform bill that will be retroactively applied to all entities operating in Chile starting from 1 January 2014. While the reform is yet to be signed

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as adopted by the PresidentEuropean Union (EU) effective as of Chile,30 June 2015;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the reform reflects the

underlying principles that the government presented to Congress earlier this year and is therefore takenInternational Accounting Standards Board effective as substantively enacted with lower house approval. The reform allows entities to elect into one of two new taxation systems with both systems progressively increasing the first category tax rate over a 4 to 5 year period. BHP Billiton is currently assessing the impacts of this reform before making any election. The impacts of this reform will be reflected in the year ending 30 June 2015.

Other than the matters outlinedThe above no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in subsequent accounting periods.

37    Impact of new accounting standards and changeinterpretations are collectively referred to as ‘IFRS’ in accounting policiesthis report.

Comparative financial information for the years ended 30 June 20122014 and 30 June 2013 has been restated for the effects of the application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32. The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for these periods are not required to be restated.

The principal accounting standards or interpretations that have been adopted for the first time in these financial statements are:

Amendments to IAS 32/AASB 132 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ clarify the criteria for offsetting financial assets and liabilities; and

IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’ confirms that a liability to pay a levy is only recognised when the activity that triggers the payment occurs.

The adoption of IFRIC 21 and the amendments to IAS 32 did not have a material impact on the BHP Billiton Group and therefore no restatements have been made to the prior year financial statements related to these changes.

There are no new accounting standards andor interpretations which came into effectimpacting the Group in the financial yearyears commencing from 1 July 2013;2015. The following new accounting standards are not yet effective, but may have an impact on the Group in financial years commencing from 1 July 2016 or later:

IFRS 15/AASB 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, which modifies the determination of when to recognise revenue and how much revenue to recognise. The core principle is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to the customer of an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ modifies the classification and measurement of financial assets. It includes a single, principles-based approach for the classification of financial assets, which is driven by cash flow characteristics and the business model in which an asset is held. It also introduces a new expected loss impairment model requiring expected losses to be recognised when financial instruments are first recognised. The new standard also modifies hedge accounting to align the accounting treatment with risk management practices of an entity.

The Group is currently in the process of determining the potential impact of adopting the above standards. These standards have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. IFRS 9 has not been endorsed by the EU and hence is not available for early adoption in the EU.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements are drawn up on the basis of historical cost principles, except for derivative financial instruments and certain other financial assets, which are carried at fair value. Any non-current assets or disposal groups which are classified as held- for-sale or held-for-distribution are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Rounding of amounts

Amounts in these financial statements have, unless otherwise indicated, been rounded to the nearest million dollars.

42.    Functional and presentation currency

Currency of presentation

All amounts are expressed in millions of US dollars, unless otherwise stated, consistent with the predominant functional currency of the Group’s operations.

Foreign currencies

The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies (currencies other than the functional currency of an operation) are recorded using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the underlying transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange prevailing at year-end and the gains or losses on retranslation are included in the income statement, with the exception of foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for site closure and rehabilitation, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment for operating sites.

Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in each subsidiary, joint arrangement and associate, arising after 1 July 2004, are accounted for in accordance with the policy stated below. Exchange variations arising before this date were transferred to retained earnings on 1 July 2004, being the date of transition to IFRS.

Subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates that have functional currencies other than US dollars are foreign operations and translate their income statement items to US dollars using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of each transaction. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates prevailing at year-end. Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in foreign operations, together with differences between their income statement items translated at actual and closing rates, are recognised in the

foreign currency translation reserve. For the purpose of foreign currency translation, the net investment in a foreign operation is determined inclusive of foreign currency intercompany balances for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. The balance of the foreign currency translation reserve relating to a foreign operation that is disposed of, or partially disposed of, is recognised in the income statement at the time of disposal.

Exchange rates

The following exchange rates relative to the US dollar have been applied in the financial statements:

  Average
year ended
30 June 2015
  Average
year ended
30 June 2014
  Average
year ended
30 June 2013
  As at
30 June 2015
  As at
30 June 2014
  As at
30 June 2013
 

Australian dollar (a)

  0.84    0.92    1.03    0.77    0.94    0.92  

Brazilian real

  2.68    2.29    2.04    3.14    2.20    2.18  

Canadian dollar

  1.17    1.07    1.00    1.24    1.07    1.05  

Chilean peso

  604    532    479    635    551    504  

Colombian peso

  2,257    1,935    1,814    2,585    1,881    1,923  

Euro

  0.84    0.74    0.77    0.89    0.73    0.77  

South African rand

  11.45    10.39    8.84    12.24    10.60    10.00  

UK pound sterling

  0.64    0.62    0.64    0.64    0.59    0.66  

(a)Displayed as US$ to A$1 based on common convention.

43.    Significant accounting policies

(a) Consistent application of accounting policies

The accounting policies have been consistently applied by all entities included in the Group consolidated financial statements and are consistent with those applied in all prior years presented.

(b) Comparatives

Where applicable, comparatives have been adjusted to measure or present them on the same basis as current period figures.

The financial statements for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 have been restated for the effects of other voluntary changes in accounting policy. The changes described below resulted in changesthe application of IFRS 5/AASB 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ following the demerger of South32. Refer to assets and liabilities reported for each segment. The segments impacted are identified below for each asset affected.note 29 ‘Discontinued operations’. The nature of each change reflected in the restated comparative informationfinancial statements is as follows:

 

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’All income and expense items relating to South32 have been removed from the individual line items in the income statement. The post-tax profit/(loss) of South32 is presented as a replacementsingle amount in the line item entitled ‘(Loss)/profit after taxation from Discontinued operations’; and

All cash flows and other items relating to South32 have been removed from the individual line items in the cash flow statement. The net cash flows attributable to the operating, investing and financing activities of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘ConsolidatedSouth32 are each disclosed in single amount in each section of the consolidated cash flow statement.

The balance sheet, the statement of comprehensive income and Separate Financial Statements’the statement of changes in equity for these periods are not required to be restated.

(c) Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group include the consolidation of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their respective subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by either parent entity. Control exists where either parent entity is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. A parent entity has power over the subsidiary, when it has existing rights to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary. The relevant activities are those which significantly affect the subsidiary’s returns. The ability to approve the operating and capital budget of a subsidiary and the ability to appoint key management personnel are decisions that demonstrate that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of a subsidiary. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial report from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Where the Group’s interest is less than 100 per cent, the interest attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling interests. The effects of all transactions between entities within the Group have been eliminated.

(d) Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods and disposal of other assets is recognised when persuasive evidence (usually in the form of an executed sales agreement) of an arrangement exists and:

there has been a transfer of risks and rewards to the customer;

no further work or processing is required by the Group;

the quantity and quality of the goods has been determined with reasonable accuracy;

the price is fixed or determinable;

collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenue is therefore generally recognised when title passes. In the majority of sales for most commodities, sales agreements specify that title passes on the bill of lading date, which is the date the commodity is delivered to the shipping agent. For these sales, revenue is recognised on the bill of lading date. For certain sales (principally coal sales to adjoining power stations), title passes and revenue is recognised when the goods have been delivered.

In cases where the terms of the executed sales agreement allow for an adjustment to the sales price based on a survey of the goods by the customer (for instance an assay for mineral content), recognition of the sales revenue is based on the most recently determined estimate of product specifications.

For certain commodities, the sales price is determined on a provisional basis at the date of sale and adjustments to the sales price subsequently occurs based on movements in quoted market or contractual prices up to the date of final pricing. The period between provisional invoicing and final pricing is typically between 60 and 120 days. Revenue on provisionally priced sales is recognised based on the estimated fair value of the total consideration receivable. The revenue adjustment mechanism embedded within provisionally priced sales arrangements has the character of a commodity derivative. Accordingly, the fair value of the final sales price adjustment is re-estimated continuously and changes in fair value are recognised as an adjustment to revenue. In all cases, fair value is estimated by reference to forward market prices.

Revenue is not reduced for royalties and other taxes payable from the Group’s production.

The Group separately discloses sales of Group production from sales of third party products because of the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales.

(e) Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are depreciated to their estimated residual value over the estimated useful lives of the specific assets concerned, or the estimated life of the associated mine, field or lease, if shorter. Estimates of residual values and useful lives are reassessed annually and any change in estimate is

taken into account in the determination of remaining depreciation charges. Depreciation commences on the date of commissioning. The major categories of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a unit of production and/or straight-line basis using estimated lives indicated below. However, where assets are dedicated to a mine, field or lease and are not readily transferable, the below useful lives are subject to the lesser of the asset category’s useful life and the life of the mine, field or lease:

•       Buildings

25 to 50 years

•       Land

not depreciated

•       Plant and equipment

3 to 30 years straight-line

•       Mineral rights and petroleum interests

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

•       Capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

(f) Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral and petroleum resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

researching and analysing historical exploration data;

gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;

exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;

determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;

surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements;

conducting market and finance studies.

Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income statement. Initial payments for the acquisition of intangible lease assets are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure (including amortisation of capitalised licence and lease costs) is charged to the income statement as incurred except in the following circumstances, in which case the expenditure may be capitalised:

In respect of minerals activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest which was previously acquired as an asset acquisition or in a business combination and measured at fair value on acquisition; or

The existence of a commercially viable mineral deposit has been established.

In respect of petroleum activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest for which it is expected that the expenditure will be recouped by future exploitation or sale; or

Exploration and evaluation activity has not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of commercially recoverable reserves.

Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure considered to be a tangible asset is recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less impairment charges. Otherwise, it is recorded as an intangible asset

(such as certain licence and lease arrangements). The revised standard introduces a modified single concept of control that applies to all entities. It changes the requirements forIn determining whether the purchase of an entityexploration licence or lease is consolidated by revisingan intangible asset or a component of property, plant and equipment, consideration is given to the substance of the item acquired not its legal form. Licences or leases purchased, which allow exploration over an extended period of time, meet the definition of an intangible exploration lease asset where they cannot be reasonably associated with a known resource (minerals) or reserves (petroleum). All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. When a potential impairment is indicated, assessment is performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operating assets (representing a cash-generating unit) to which the exploration is attributed. Exploration areas in which reserves have been discovered but require major capital expenditure before production can begin, are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is under way or planned. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.

(g) Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets

Formal impairment tests are carried out annually for goodwill. In addition, formal impairment tests for all assets are performed when there is an indication of impairment. The Group conducts an internal review of asset values annually, which is used as a source of information to assess for any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. External factors, such as changes in expected future prices, costs and other market factors, are also monitored to assess for indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is calculated, being the higher of fair value less direct costs of disposal and the asset’s value in use.

If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is impaired and an impairment loss is charged to the income statement so as to reduce the carrying amount in the balance sheet to its recoverable amount. A reversal of a previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit.

Fair value is determined as the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value for mineral assets is generally determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate to arrive at a net present value of the asset.

Value in use is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal. Value in use is determined by applying assumptions specific to the Group’s continued use and cannot take into account future development. These assumptions are different to those used in calculating fair value and consequently the value in use calculation is likely to give a different result (usually lower) to a fair value calculation.

In testing for indications of impairment and performing impairment calculations, assets are considered as collective groups and referred to as cash-generating units. Cash-generating units are the smallest identifiable group of assets, liabilities and associated goodwill that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The impairment assessments are based on a range of estimates and assumptions, including:

Estimates/assumptions:

Basis:

•       Future production

proved and probable reserves, resource estimates and, in certain cases, expansion projects

•       Commodity prices

forward market and contract prices, and longer-term price protocol estimates

•       Exchange rates

current (forward) market exchange rates

•       Discount rates

cost of capital risk-adjusted appropriate to the resource

(h) Leased assets

Assets held under lease, which result in the Group receiving substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset (finance leases), are capitalised at the lower of the fair value of the property, plant and equipment or the estimated present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding finance lease obligation is included within interest bearing liabilities. The interest component is charged to financial expenses over the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the obligation.

Operating lease assets are not capitalised and rental payments are included in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Provision is made for the present value of future operating lease payments in relation to surplus lease space, when it is first determined that the space will be of no probable future benefit. Operating lease incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

(i) Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end, and includes any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax assessment or deduction purposes. Where an asset has no deductible or depreciable amount for income tax purposes, but has a deductible amount on sale or abandonment for capital gains tax purposes, that amount is included in the determination of temporary differences. The tax effect of certain temporary differences is not recognised, principally with respect to: goodwill; temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities (other than those arising in a business combination or in a manner that initially impacted accounting or taxable profit); and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates to the extent that the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and adding further guiding principles. Under IFRS 10, Minera Escondida Limitada (Escondida – Copper Segment)it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner and timing of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, with the exception of items that have a tax base solely derived under capital gains tax legislation, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end. To the extent that an item’s tax base is solely derived from the amount deductible under capital gains tax legislation, deferred tax is determined as if such amounts are deductible in determining future assessable income.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and amended to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group has both the right and the intention to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net or simultaneous basis.

Royalties and resource rent taxes are treated as taxation arrangements when they have the characteristics of a tax. This is considered to be the case when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is calculated by reference to revenue derived (net of any allowable deductions) after adjustment for temporary differences. For such arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as described above for other forms of taxation. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised as current provisions and included in expenses.

(j) Inventories

Inventories, including work in progress, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined primarily on the basis of average costs. For processed inventories, cost is derived on an absorption costing basis. Cost comprises cost of purchasing raw materials and cost of production, including attributable mining and manufacturing overheads. In respect of minerals inventory, quantities are assessed primarily through surveys and assays. In respect of petroleum inventory, quantities are derived through flow rate or tank volume measurement; volume calculation and composition is derived via sample analysis.

(k) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost is the fair value of consideration given to acquire the asset at the time of its acquisition or construction and includes the direct cost of bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for operation and the estimated future cost of closure and rehabilitation of the facility.

(l) Other mineral assets

Other mineral assets comprise:

capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure (including development stripping) for properties now in production;

mineral rights and petroleum interests acquired;

capitalised production stripping (as described below in ‘Overburden removal costs’).

(m) Overburden removal costs

The process of removing overburden and other mine waste materials to access mineral deposits is referred to as stripping. In open-pit mining, stripping costs are accounted for separately for each component of an ore body. A component is a specific section within an ore body that is made more accessible by the stripping activity. The identification of components is dependent on the mine plan and will often comprise a separate pushback or phase identified in the plan.

There are two types of stripping activity:

Development stripping is the initial overburden removal during the development phase to obtain access to a mineral deposit that will be commercially produced.

Production stripping is the interburden removal during the normal course of production activity. Production stripping commences after the first saleable minerals have been extracted from the component.

Development stripping costs are capitalised as a development stripping asset when:

It is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity; and

The costs can be measured reliably.

Production stripping can give rise to two benefits being the extraction of ore in the current period and improved access to the ore body component in future periods. To the extent that the benefit is the extraction of ore the stripping costs are recognised as an inventory cost. To the extent the benefit is improved access to future ore, the stripping costs are recognised as a production stripping asset if the following criteria are met:

It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to ore) will flow to the entity;

The component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be identified; and

The costs relating to the stripping activity can be measured reliably.

Production stripping costs are allocated between the inventory produced and the production stripping asset using a life-of-component waste to ore (or mineral contained) strip ratio. When the current strip ratio is greater than the life-of-component ratio a portion of the stripping costs is capitalised to the production stripping asset.

The development and production stripping assets are depreciated on a units of production basis based on the proven and probable reserves of the relevant components. Stripping assets are classified as other mineral assets in property, plant and equipment.

(n) Development expenditure

When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified as assets under construction, and is disclosed as a component of property, plant and equipment. All subsequent development expenditure is capitalised and classified as assets under construction, provided commercial viability conditions continue to be satisfied. Development expenditure is net of proceeds from the sale of ore extracted during the development phase. On completion of development, all assets included in assets under construction are reclassified as either plant and equipment or other mineral assets.

(o) Goodwill

Where the fair value of consideration paid for a business combination exceeds the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Where the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition, the difference is immediately recognised in the income statement. The recognition and measurement of goodwill attributable to a non-controlling interest in a business combination is determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Goodwill is not amortised, however, its carrying amount is assessed annually against its recoverable amount as explained below under ‘Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets’. On the subsequent disposal or termination of a previously acquired business, any remaining balance of associated goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal or termination.

(p) Intangible assets

Amounts paid for the acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, such as software and licences, are capitalised at the fair value of consideration paid and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Identifiable intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life, which is typically no greater than eight years. The Group has no identifiable intangible assets for which the expected useful life is indefinite.

(q) Closure and rehabilitation

The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site closure or rehabilitation. Closure and rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling; removal or treatment of waste materials and site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required and the associated costs are dependent on the requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

Provisions for the cost of each closure and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time that environmental disturbance occurs. When the extent of disturbance increases over the life of an operation, the provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass all closure and rehabilitation activity expected to occur progressively over the life of the operation and at or after the time of closure, for disturbance existing at the reporting date. Routine operating costs that may impact the ultimate closure and rehabilitation activities, such as waste material handling conducted as an integral part of a mining or production process, are not included in the provision. Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation which is probable and capable of reliable estimation.

The timing of the actual closure and rehabilitation expenditure is dependent upon a number of factors such as the life and nature of the asset, the operating licence conditions, the principles ofOur BHP Billiton Charter and the environment in which the mine operates. Expenditure may occur before and after closure and can continue for an extended period of time dependent on closure and rehabilitation requirements. The majority of the expenditure is expected to be paid over periods of up to 50 years, with some payments into perpetuity.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows, discounted to their present value and determined according to the probability of alternative estimates of cash flows occurring for each operation. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is located. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming expectations of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Those expectations are formed based on existing environmental and regulatory requirements or, if more stringent, Group environmental policies which give rise to a constructive obligation.

When provisions for closure and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation. The capitalised cost of closure and rehabilitation activities is recognised in property, plant and equipment and depreciated accordingly. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, creating an expense recognised in financial expenses.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates. Those adjustments are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the undepreciated capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the capitalised cost is reduced to nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the income statement. In the case of closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement. Changes to the capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future depreciation. Adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future closure and rehabilitation cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the significant judgements and estimates involved. Factors influencing those changes include:

revisions to estimated reserves, resources and lives of operations;

developments in technology;

regulatory requirements and environmental management strategies;

changes in the estimated extent and costs of anticipated activities, including the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates; and

movements in interest rates affecting the discount rate applied.

(r) Finance costs

Finance costs are expensed as incurred except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use, in which case finance costs are capitalised up to the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. The amount of finance costs capitalised (before the effects of income tax) for the period is determined by applying the interest rate applicable to appropriate borrowings outstanding during the period, to the average amount of capitalised expenditure for the qualifying assets during the period.

(s) Financial instruments

All financial assets are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid. Subsequently, financial assets are carried at fair value or amortised cost less impairment. Where non-derivative financial assets are carried at fair value, gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised directly in equity unless the financial assets have been designated as being controlledheld at fair value through profit or loss, in which case the gains and losses are recognised directly in the income statement. Financial assets are designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss where this is necessary to reduce measurement inconsistencies for related assets and liabilities. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are initially recognised at fair value of consideration received net of transaction costs as appropriate (initial cost) and, with the exception of financial liabilities which have been designated in fair value hedging relationships, are subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Derivatives, including those embedded in other contractual arrangements but separated for accounting purposes because they are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss on remeasurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The measurement of fair value is based on quoted market prices. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling credit and other risks implicit in such estimates.

Forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes are accounted for as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Derivatives embedded within other contractual arrangements and the majority of commodity-based transactions executed through derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference between the change in fair value of the derivative and the hedged risk constitutes ineffectiveness of the hedge and is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, plant and equipment purchases) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge ceases to meet the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a hedged forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative hedge gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Available for sale and trading investments

Available for sale and trading investments are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of trading investments are recognised directly in the income statement. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of available for sale investments are recognised directly in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement when realised by sale or redemption, or when a reduction in fair value is judged to represent an impairment.

(t) Share-based payments

The fair value at grant date of equity-settled share awards is charged to the income statement over the period for which the benefits of employee services are expected to be derived. The corresponding accrued employee entitlement is recorded in the employee share awards reserve. The fair value of awards is calculated using an option pricing model which considers the following factors:

exercise price;

expected life of the award;

current market price of the underlying shares;

expected volatility;

expected dividends;

risk-free interest rate;

market-based performance hurdles; and

non-vesting conditions.

Where awards are forfeited because non-market-based vesting conditions are not satisfied, the expense previously recognised is proportionately reversed. Where shares in BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc are acquired by on-market purchases prior to settling vested entitlements, the cost of the acquired shares is carried as treasury shares and deducted from equity. Where awards are satisfied by delivery of acquired shares, any difference between their acquisition cost and the remuneration expense recognised is charged directly to retained earnings. The tax effect of awards granted is recognised in income tax expense, except to the extent that the total tax deductions are expected to exceed the cumulative remuneration expense. In this situation, the excess of the associated current or deferred tax is recognised in other comprehensive income and forms part of the employee share awards reserve.

(u) Provision for employee benefits

Provision is made in the financial statements for all employee benefits, including on costs. In relation to industry-based long service leave funds, the Group’s liability, including obligations for funding shortfalls, is determined after deducting the fair value of dedicated assets of such funds.

Liabilities for unpaid wages and salaries are recognised in sundry creditors. Current entitlements to annual leave and accumulating sick leave accrued for services up to the reporting date are recognised in provision for employee benefits and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid. Entitlements to non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken.

The current liability for long service leave (for which settlement within 12 months of the reporting date cannot be deferred) is recognised in the current provision for employee benefits and is measured in accordance with annual leave described above. The non-current liability for long service leave is recognised in the non-current provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

(v) Superannuation, pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group operates or participates in a number of pension (including superannuation) schemes throughout the world. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards.

For defined contribution schemes or schemes operated on an industry-wide basis where it is not possible to identify assets attributable to the participation by the Group. Under IAS 27, BHP Billiton didGroup’s employees, the pension charge is calculated on the basis of contributions payable.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing pensions is charged to the income statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, interest cost on defined benefit obligations, and the effect of any curtailments or settlements, net of returns on plan assets. Remeasurement gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. An asset or liability is consequently recognised in the balance sheet based on the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets, except that any such asset cannot exceed the present value of expected refunds from and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Defined benefit obligations are estimated by discounting expected future payments using market yields at the reporting date on high-quality corporate bonds in countries that have developed corporate bond markets. However, where developed corporate bond markets do not control Escondidaexist, the discount rates are selected by reference to national government bonds. In both instances, the bonds are selected with terms to maturity and itcurrency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash flows.

Certain Group companies provide post-retirement medical benefits to qualifying retirees. In some cases the benefits are provided through medical care schemes to which the Group, the employees, the retirees and covered family members contribute. In some schemes there is no funding of the benefits before retirement. These schemes are recognised on the same basis as described above for defined benefit pension schemes.

(w) Business combinations

Business combinations that occurred between 1 July 2004 and 30 June 2009 were accounted for Escondida as a jointly controlled entityby applying the purchase method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration of the combination is allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired. Business combinations prior to 1 July 2004 have been accounted for in accordance with the Group’s previous IAS 31 ‘Interest in Joint Ventures’. As a result,policies under Australian GAAP and UK GAAP and have not been restated.

Business combinations undertaken from 1 July 2010 are accounted for by applying the Group recognised its 57.5 per cent shareacquisition method of Escondida’s revenue, expenses,accounting, whereby the identifiable assets, liabilities and cash flows in its financial statements.

contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) are measured on the basis of fair value at the date of acquisition.

(x) Joint arrangements

The restated comparative information presents 100 per centGroup undertakes a number of Escondida’s revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows and a 42.5 per cent non-controlling interest in Escondida’s profit and net assets. Upon transition to IFRS 10 effective on 1 July 2011, an increase to Total Equity of US$2,226 million was recorded, representing the recognition of the non-controlling interests as at that date.

No other entities which were previously not consolidated under IAS 27business activities through joint arrangements. Joint arrangements exist when two or more parties have been determined to be controlled under IFRS 10.

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’joint control. Joint control is a replacement of IAS 31/AASB131 ‘Interest in Joint Ventures’ and modifies the accounting for joint arrangements in two ways:

it changes the definition of joint control with reference to the definition of unanimous consent being the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Group’s joint arrangements are of two types:

Joint operations

Joint operations are joint arrangements in which the parties with referencejoint control have rights to voting on relevant activities. Arrangements which do not fall within this definitionthe assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The activities of a joint operation are beyondprimarily designed for the scopeprovision of IFRS 11 and are accounted for under other IFRS;output to the parties to the arrangement, indicating that:

the parties have the rights to substantially all the economic benefits of the assets of the arrangement; and

 

all liabilities are satisfied by the joint participants through their purchases of that output. This indicates that, in substance, the joint participants have an obligation for those entities within the scopeliabilities of IFRS 11, a distinction is made between joint ventures andthe arrangement.

The financial statements of the Group include its share of the assets in joint operations, based on the rights and obligationstogether with its share of the partiesliabilities, revenues and expenses arising jointly or otherwise from those operations and its revenue derived from the sale of its share of output from the joint operation. All such amounts are measured in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the normal course of business. Entitiesjoint operation.

Joint ventures

Joint ventures are joint arrangements in which the Group hasparties with joint control of the arrangement have rights only to the net assets of the arrangement are classified as ‘joint ventures’ and are equity accounted underarrangement. A separate vehicle, not the modified IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’. Entities in whichparties, will have the Group has rights to the underlying assets and obligations to the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. More than an insignificant share of output from a joint venture is sold to third parties which indicates that the joint venture is not dependent on the parties to the arrangement for funding and that the parties to the arrangement have no obligation for the liabilities of the arrangementarrangement.

Joint ventures are classified as ‘joint operations’. Accordingly, the Group recognises its share of the jointly held assets and liabilities, its proportionate share of revenue or output from the joint operation and its share of any expenses incurred jointly.

Entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities now accounted for as equity accounted investments

The following entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 no longer meet the definition of joint control with reference to the definition of unanimous consent and are now considered associates that are equity accounted under the revised IAS 28:

Compañía Minera Antamina SA (Copper Segment);

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC (Coal Segment);

Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Pty Limited (Coal Segment);

Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC (Petroleum and Potash Segment); and

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC (Petroleum and Potash Segment).

The following entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 are now classified as joint ventures under IFRS 11 and are equity accounted under the requirements of the revised IAS 28:

Samarco Mineração SA (Iron Ore Segment); and

Richards Bay Minerals (Group and Unallocated) comprising two legal entities, Richards Bay Mining (Proprietary) Limited and Richards Bay Titanium (Proprietary) Limited.

As a result of these changes, the Group no longer recognises its proportionate share of the revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows of each of the above entities. Instead the Group recognises:

its interest in the joint venture on a single line, ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’, inmethod. Under the Consolidated Balance Sheet;

its share of net profit on a single line, ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’, inmethod the Consolidated Income Statement;

cash flows as ‘Dividends received from equity accounted investments’ in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement; and

equity accounted investments are now considered to be related partiesjoint venture is recorded initially at cost to the Group.

TransitionGroup, including the value of any goodwill on acquisition. In subsequent periods, the carrying amount of the joint venture is adjusted to IFRS 11 and the revised IAS 28 effective on 1 July 2011 has resulted in an increase in net assets of US$480 million asreflect the Group’s share of lossesits post-acquisition profit or loss and other comprehensive income. After application of the equity accounted investments exceededmethod, including recognising the carrying amountGroup’s share of its interests in those equity accounted investments on transition date. Sharesthe joint ventures’ results, the value of subsequent profits earned by these loss-making equity accounted investments (for which the investment balance has been reduced to nil)will be assessed for impairment if there is objective evidence that an impairment of the investment may have not been recognised in the restated comparative information (and will not be recognised in the future) until the previously unrecognised losses have been recouped.occurred. Where the Group’s investment in an equity accounted investmenta joint venture is nil after having applied equity accounting principles (and there isthe Group has no legal or constructive obligation or the Groupto make further payments, nor has not made paymentpayments on behalf of the associate or joint venture), dividends received from the equity accounted investment have beenjoint venture will be recognised in the Group’s result as a ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’ for.

(y) Associates

Associates are entities in which the period ratherGroup holds significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity but is not control or joint control. If the Group holds 20 per cent or more of the voting power of an entity, it is presumed that the Group has significant influence, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case. Significant influence can also arise when the Group has less than being eliminated as a consolidation adjustment.20 per cent of voting power but it can be demonstrated that the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the associate.

Entities previouslyInvestments in associates are accounted for using the equity method as jointly controlled entities now classified asdescribed above. The Group uses the term ‘equity accounted investments’ to refer to associates and joint operationsventures collectively.

44.    Application of accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements

Application of critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following entities previously accountedcritical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Reserve estimates

Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, estimates are required about for a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or fields to be determined by analysing geological data such as jointly controlled entitiesdrilling samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements to interpret the data.

The Group determines and reports ore reserves in Australia and the United Kingdom under IAS 31 have been classifiedthe principles incorporated in the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves December 2012 known as joint operations under IFRS 11the JORC Code, and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules 2014 for minerals. The JORC Code requires the use of reasonable investment assumptions when reporting reserves. As a result, management will form a view of forecast sales prices, based on current and long-term historical average price trends. For example, if current prices remain above long-term historical averages for an extended period of time, management may assume that lower prices will prevail in the future and as a result, there is no impactthose lower prices are used to estimate reserves under the JORC Code. Lower price assumptions generally result in lower estimates of reserves.

Reserve reporting requirements for SEC (United States of America) filings are specified in Industry Guide 7, which requires economic assumptions to be based on current economic conditions (which may differ from assumptions based on reasonable investment assumptions). Accordingly, for SEC filings, we test our reserve estimates derived under JORC against assumed ‘current economic conditions’. ‘Current economic conditions’ are based on the comparative informationthree-year average of historical contract and market prices for commodities such as iron ore and coal, and the Groupthree-year average of historical market prices for commodities that are traded on the London Metal Exchange, such as copper and nickel. However, we only report a different reserve in the United States of America if, based on the United States SEC pricing assumptions test, the reserve will continuebe lower than that reported under JORC in Australia and the United Kingdom.

Oil and gas reserves reported in Australia, the United Kingdom, and the United States of America for SEC filing purposes, are based on the average of prices prevailing on the first day of each month for the past 12 months as required under the SEC Rules ‘Modernisation of Oil & Gas Reporting’.

Because the economic assumptions used to recognise its shareestimate reserves change from period to period, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of assets, liabilities, revenues, expensesoperations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. Changes in reported reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and cash flows:financial position in a number of ways, including the following:

 

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd (Coal Segment); andAsset recoverable amounts may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows.

 

Mozal SARL (Aluminium, ManganeseDepreciation, depletion and Nickel Segment).

Contractual Arrangements previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets now classified as joint operations

The following contractual arrangements, previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets under IAS 31 have been classified as joint operations and, as a result, there is no impact on the comparative information as the Group has continued to recognise its share of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows:

Petroleum Joint arrangements including Atlantis, Bass Strait, Greater Angostura, Liverpool Bay, Macedon, Mad Dog, Minerva, Neptune, North West Shelf, Onshore US, Pyrenees, ROD Integrated Development, Shenzi, Stybarrow and Zamzama;

Central Queensland Coal Associates;

Gregory;

Alumar; and

Worsley.

Contractual Arrangements previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets now accounted for under other IFRS

The following contractual arrangements, previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets under IAS 31 do not fall within the scope of either IFRS 10 or IFRS 11 and as a result these arrangements have been accounted for under other IFRS. This has not resulted in a change to the comparative information as the Group has continued to recognise its share of revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows:

Mt Goldsworthy;

Mt Newman;

Yandi; and

EKATI.

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costsamortisation charged in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’ applies to waste removal (stripping) costs incurred duringincome statement may change where such charges are determined on the production phase of a surface mine; it does not deal with stripping costs in the development phase of a surface mine nor stripping costs in an underground mine. IFRIC 20 modifies the accounting for production stripping as follows:

requires an entity to recognise a production stripping asset only when the following criteria are met:

it is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated with the stripping activity will flow to the entity;

the entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and

the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured reliably.

mandates that stripping activity assets be depreciated on a systematic basis, over the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that becomes more accessible as a result of the stripping activity. The units of production method shall be applied unless another method is more appropriate; andbasis, or where the useful economic lives of assets change.

 

provides principles to follow in the determination of the adjustmentOverburden removal costs recorded on transition.

The Group has determined a component to be that part of the ore body that is directly accessible as a result of the stripping activity. Depending on the ore body and associated mine plan, each pushback or phase identified in the mine plan will generally constitute a separate component.

Before the introduction of IFRIC 20, the Group’s accounting for production stripping costs was based on common industry practice in compliance with IFRS principles as follows:

when the ratio of waste material to ore extracted (for an area of interest) was expected to be constant throughout its estimated life, the production stripping costs for the period were charged directly to the income statement as operating costs; and

when the ratio of waste to ore extracted (for an area of interest) was not expected to be constant throughout its estimated life, strip accounting was applied as follows:

in periods when the current ratio of waste to ore (current strip ratio) was greater than the estimated life-of-mine ratio of waste to ore (life-of-mine strip ratio), the cost of removal of the excess portion of waste (inclusive of an allocation of relevant overhead expenditure) was capitalised to the balance sheet in ‘Other mineral assets’; and

in subsequent periods when the current strip ratio was less than the estimated life-of-mine strip ratio, a portion of previously capitalised stripping costs (representing the difference between the amount of waste actually removed and the average amount of waste removed per period) wasor charged to the income statement as operating costs.may change due to changes in stripping ratios or the units of production basis of depreciation.

IFRIC 20 has impacted

Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in estimated reserves affect expectations about the accounting for production stripping at Escondida, Western Australia Iron Ore, Nickel West and EKATI. At the Group’s transition datetiming or cost of 1 July 2011, the net book value of deferred stripping balances for all surface mines was US$2,125 million, after adjusting for the impact of IFRS 10 and 11 as set out above. Application of IFRIC 20 to the Group has resulted in a transition adjustment to reduce the deferred stripping asset by US$1,797 million with a corresponding decrease in opening total equity of US$1,797 million (US$1,273 million after tax).

these activities.

 

The Group has changed its carrying amount of deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax benefits.

Exploration and Evaluation Expenditureevaluation expenditure

The Group’s accounting policy for exploration and evaluation expenditure results in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where it is considered likely to be recoverable by future exploitation or sale or where the activities have not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of reserves. This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular whether an economically viable extraction operation can be established. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, a judgement is made that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to the income statement.

Development expenditure

Development activities commence after project sanctioning by the appropriate level of management. Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable. In exercising this judgement, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions similar to those described above for capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the development activity, a judgement is made that a development asset is impaired, the appropriate amount will be written off to the income statement.

Taxation

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation, including royalty-related taxation, requires management’s judgement as to the types of arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost. Judgement is also required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from 1 July 2013unrecouped tax losses, capital losses, foreign tax credits and temporary differences, are recognised only where it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments, caused principally by retained earnings held in foreign tax jurisdictions, are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings can be controlled and are not expected to occur in the foreseeable future.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future production and sales volumes, commodity prices, reserves, operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs, capital expenditure, dividends and other capital management transactions. Judgements are also required about the application of income tax

legislation and its interaction with income tax accounting principles. These judgements and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment and Intangible assets – recoverable amount

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, each asset or cash-generating unit is evaluated every reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, a formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed. Where carrying amount exceeds recoverable amount an impairment loss is recognised. A reversal of previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the increased carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating group of assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.

The determination of fair value and value in use requires management to make estimates and assumptions about expected production and sales volumes, commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), reserves (see ‘Reserve estimates’ above), operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditure. These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter these projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of the assets. In such circumstances, some or all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible explorationthe carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired or tangible exploration assetsthe impairment charge reduced with the impact recorded in the income statement.

Provision for closure and rehabilitation

The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires significant estimates and assumptions such as: requirements of the relevant legal and regulatory framework; the magnitude of possible contamination; and the timing, extent and costs of required closure and rehabilitation activity. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided.

The provision recognised for each site is periodically reviewed and updated based on the nature offacts and circumstances available at the assets acquired. Only acquired exploration leases which can be reasonably associated with known resources (for mineral leases) or known reserves (for petroleum leases) are now classified as a tangible asset (component of ‘Property, plant and equipment’). All other exploration leases acquired are now classified as an intangible asset (‘Other intangible asset’). This has resulted in reclassification of exploration assets from ‘Property, plant and equipment’ to ‘Intangible assets’. Prior period comparative information has been restated for consistent presentation with the current period.

In additiontime. Changes to the above newly applicable accounting standards, interpretationsestimated future costs for operating sites are recognised in the balance sheet by adjusting both the closure and rehabilitation asset and provision. For closed sites, changes in policy which have required restatement of comparative information, the following new or revised accounting standards have been applied commencing 1 July 2013, but have not had sufficient impact to warrant any restatements:

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ replaces fair value measurement guidance in individual IFRSs with a single source of fair value measurement guidance; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’. These amendments require:

all actuarial gains and losses to beestimated costs are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income (consistent with current Group policy);

the expected return on plan assets (recognised in the income statement) must be calculated based on the rate used to discount the defined benefit obligation;

statement.

the definition of short term benefits (e.g. annual leave) has changed from a focus on when such benefits are due to be settled to when they are expected to be settled requiring a best estimate of the timing of expected future cash flows; and

‘Expected return on pension scheme assets’ and ‘Discounting on post-retirement employee benefits’ previously reported as separate components of ‘Financial income’ and ‘Financial expenses’ respectively are now being replaced by a single item ‘Net interest expense/(income) on post-retirement employee benefits’.

Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2013

  Year ended
30 June 2013

As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2013

Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M              US$M 

Revenue

      

Group production

  63,203    3,744    (3,880          63,067  

Third party products

  2,765    (108  229            2,886  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  65,968    3,636    (3,651          65,953  

Other income

  4,130    10    (193          3,947  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

  (50,873  (1,889  1,909    813        (50,040

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          1,065    77        1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

  19,225    1,757    (870  890        21,002  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

  19,104    1,755    (874  890        20,875  

Third party products

  121    2    4            127  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  19,225    1,757    (870  890        21,002  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

  (1,522  (14  60        92    (1,384

Financial income

  169        31        (92  108  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

  (1,353  (14  91            (1,276
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

  17,872    1,743    (779  890        19,726  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  (5,641  (384  518    (207      (5,714

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

  (1,156  (85  55    (6      (1,192
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

  (6,797  (469  573    (213      (6,906
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

  11,075    1,274    (206  677        12,820  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  199    1,274    (8  132        1,597  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

  10,876        (198  545        11,223  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  204.4        (3.7  10.2        210.9  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  203.7        (3.7  10.2        210.2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

  114.0                    114.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

  116.0                    116.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2013

   As at
30 June 2013
As published
  Restatements  As at
30 June 2013

Restated
 
    IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
   US$M              US$M 

ASSETS

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6,060    95    (478          5,677  

Trade and other receivables

   6,728    280    (698          6,310  

Other financial assets

   159    1    1            161  

Inventories

   5,822    522    (296  (227      5,821  

Assets classified as held for sale

   286                    286  

Current tax assets

   327        (60          267  

Other

   404    44    (17          431  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   19,786    942    (1,548  (227      18,953  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       

Trade and other receivables

   1,579    (4  423            1,998  

Other financial assets

   1,698    1    20            1,719  

Inventories

   622        (3          619  

Property, plant and equipment

   102,927    3,793    (5,452  (430  (273  100,565  

Intangible assets

   5,226    1    (4      273    5,496  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

           3,545    130        3,675  

Deferred tax assets

   6,136        (147  80        6,069  

Other

   135        (51          84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

   118,323    3,791    (1,669  (220      120,225  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   138,109    4,733    (3,217  (447      139,178  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

   10,881    280    (301          10,860  

Interest bearing liabilities

   5,303    28    (243          5,088  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   220                    220  

Other financial liabilities

   217    2    (9          210  

Current tax payable

   1,148    25    (15          1,158  

Provisions

   2,395    65    (88          2,372  

Deferred income

   208    22    1            231  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   20,372    422    (655          20,139  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

   293        (7          286  

Interest bearing liabilities

   29,862    424    (2,187          28,099  

Other financial liabilities

   582                    582  

Deferred tax liabilities

   6,469    323    (346  (134      6,312  

Provisions

   8,237    123    (182          8,178  

Deferred income

   259        32            291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   45,702    870    (2,690  (134      43,748  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   66,074    1,292    (3,345  (134      63,887  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   72,035    3,441    128    (313      75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   1,186                    1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   1,069                    1,069  

Treasury shares

   (540                  (540

Reserves

   1,970                    1,970  

Retained earnings

   66,979        128    (125      66,982  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   70,664        128    (125      70,667  

Non-controlling interests

   1,371    3,441        (188      4,624  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   72,035    3,441    128    (313      75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2013

  Year ended
30 June 2013
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2013
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M              US$M 

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

  17,872    1,743    (779  890        –    19,726  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

  1,867        161    (135      1,893  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

  6,945    223    (202  65        7,031  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

  (46                  (46

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

  311    19                330  

Employee share awards expense

  210                    210  

Net finance costs

  1,353    14    (91          1,276  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          (1,065  (77      (1,142

Other

  (344  35    30    258        (21

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

  780    118    139            1,037  

Inventories

  (47  (116  17    76        (70

Trade and other payables

  (557  (164  (46          (767

Net other financial assets and liabilities

  122    (4  1            119  

Provisions and other liabilities

  (817  8    26            (783
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

  27,649    1,876    (1,809  1,077        28,793  

Dividends received

  13        (2          11  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

          710            710  

Interest received

  79        61            140  

Interest paid

  (963  (11  48            (926

Income tax refunded

                        

Income tax paid

  (7,589  (360  331            (7,618

Royalty-related taxation paid

  (937  (78  59            (956
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

  18,252    1,427    (602  1,077        20,154  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (21,573  (940  1,347    (1,077      (22,243

Exploration expenditure

  (1,326  (32  7            (1,351

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

  1,022    32    (7          1,047  

Purchase of intangibles

  (400                  (400

Investment in financial assets

  (338      (137          (475

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

                        

Investment in equity accounted investments

          (84          (84
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

  (22,615  (940  1,126    (1,077      (23,506

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  2,338                    2,338  

Proceeds from financial assets

  204    (11  47            240  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  2,202        (1,700          502  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

          1,700            1,700  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

  (17,871  (951  1,173    (1,077      (18,726
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

  9,961    245    (1,049          9,157  

Proceeds from debt related instruments

  14                    14  

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

  (2,580  (28  594            (2,014

Proceeds from ordinary shares

  21                    21  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

  73                    73  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (445                  (445

Dividends paid

  (6,167                  (6,167

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

  (55  (782              (837
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

  822    (565  (455          (198
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  1,203    (89  116            1,230  

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

  4,881    186    (613          4,454  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (34  (2  19            (17
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

  6,050    95    (478          5,667  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2012

  Year ended
30 June 2012
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2012
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M        US$M  

Revenue

      

Group production

  68,747    3,157    (4,935          66,969  

Third party products

  3,479    (116  145            3,508  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  72,226    3,041    (4,790          70,477  

Other income

  906    9    (17          898  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

  (49,380  (1,733  2,143    326        (48,644

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          1,815    54        1,869  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

  23,752    1,317    (849  380        24,600  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

  23,626    1,311    (851  380        24,466  

Third party products

  126    6    2            134  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  23,752    1,317    (849  380        24,600  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

  (955  (4  20        103    (836

Financial income

  225    2    44        (103  168  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

  (730  (2  64            (668
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

  23,022    1,315    (785  380        23,932  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  (7,238  (251  529    (93      (7,053

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

  (252  (53  46    (3      (262
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

  (7,490  (304  575    (96      (7,315
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

  15,532    1,011    (210  284        16,617  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  115    1,011    (36  54        1,144  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

  15,417        (174  230        15,473  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  289.6        (3.3  4.4        290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  288.4        (3.3  4.3        289.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

  110.0                    110.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

  112.0                    112.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2012

   As at
30 June 2012

As published
  Restatements  As at
30 June 2012

Restated
 
    IFRS10   IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
   US$M         US$M  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   4,781    186     (492          4,475  

Trade and other receivables

   7,704    359     (634          7,429  

Other financial assets

   282    13                 295  

Inventories

   6,233    389     (287  (166      6,169  

Assets classified as held for sale

   848         (848            

Current tax assets

   137         (49          88  

Other

   466    35     (30          471  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   20,451    982     (2,340  (166      18,927  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Trade and other receivables

   1,475    1     893            2,369  

Other financial assets

   1,881    4     30            1,915  

Inventories

   424    16     (3          437  

Property, plant and equipment

   95,247    3,108     (4,341  (1,304  (477  92,233  

Intangible assets

   5,112    1     (4      477    5,586  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

            3,128    53        3,181  

Deferred tax assets

   4,525         (202  120        4,443  

Other

   158    1     (49          110  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

   108,822    3,131     (548  (1,131      110,274  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   129,273    4,113     (2,888  (1,297      129,201  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

   12,024    414     (247          12,191  

Interest bearing liabilities

   3,531    37     (539          3,029  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   433         (433            

Other financial liabilities

   200    18     (11          207  

Current tax payable

   2,811    6     (71          2,746  

Provisions

   2,784    66     (99          2,751  

Deferred income

   251    11                 262  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   22,034    552     (1,400          21,186  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

   509         (12          497  

Interest bearing liabilities

   24,799    198     (1,343          23,654  

Other financial liabilities

   317    2                 319  

Deferred tax liabilities

   5,287    311     (237  (307      5,054  

Provisions

   8,914    101     (196          8,819  

Deferred income

   328         29            357  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   40,154    612     (1,759  (307      38,700  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   62,188    1,164     (3,159  (307      59,886  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   67,085    2,949     271    (990      69,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

        

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   1,186                     1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   1,069                     1,069  

Treasury shares

   (533                   (533

Reserves

   1,912                     1,912  

Retained earnings

   62,236         326    (670      61,892  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   65,870         326    (670      65,526  

Non-controlling interests

   1,215    2,949     (55  (320      3,789  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   67,085    2,949     271    (990      69,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2012

  Year ended
30 June 2012
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2012
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M        US$M  

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

  23,022    1,315    (785  380        –    23,932  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

  3,417                    3,417  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

  6,408    204    (182  1        6,431  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

  (116      (2          (118

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

  100                    100  

Employee share awards expense

  270                    270  

Net finance costs

  730    2    (64          668  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          (1,815  (54      (1,869

Other

  (481      15    90        (376

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

  1,464    52    239            1,755  

Inventories

  (208  5    53    166        16  

Trade and other payables

  (288  95    6            (187

Net other financial assets and liabilities

  (18  4    (13          (27

Provisions and other liabilities

  (1,026  (4  5            (1,025
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

  33,274    1,673    (2,543  583        32,987  

Dividends received

  25        (15          10  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

          712            712  

Interest received

  127    2    92            221  

Interest paid

  (715  (9  91            (633

Income tax refunded

  530                    530  

Income tax paid

  (7,842  (272  622            (7,492

Royalty-related taxation paid

  (1,015  (61              (1,076
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

  24,384    1,333    (1,041  583        25,259  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (18,385  (869  1,200    (583      (18,637

Exploration expenditure

  (2,452  (44  3            (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

  1,602    45    (3          1,644  

Purchase of intangibles

  (220      1            (219

Investment in financial assets

  (341      (130          (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  (12,556                  (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

          (83          (83
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

  (32,352  (868  988    (583      (32,815

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  159        (13          146  

Proceeds from financial assets

  151    (14  41            178  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  6                    6  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

                        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

  (32,036  (882  1,016    (583      (32,485
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

  13,287        (470          12,817  

Settlements from debt related instruments

  (180                  (180

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

  (4,280  (44  331            (3,993

Proceeds from ordinary shares

  21                    21  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

  101                    101  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (424                  (424

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Plc

  (83                  (83

Dividends paid

  (5,877                  (5,877

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

  (56  (287              (343
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

  2,509    (331  (139          2,039  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (5,143  120    (164          (5,187

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

  10,080    65    (474          9,671  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (56  1    25            (30
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

  4,881    186    (613          4,454  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

7.2    Not required for US reporting

7.3    Directors’ declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the BHP Billiton Group, the Directors declare that:

 

(a)in the Directors’ opinion and to the best of their knowledge the financial statements and notes, set out in sections 7.1 and 7.2, are in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the Australian Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

 (i)Complying with the applicable Accounting Standards; and

 

 (ii)Giving a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of each of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc, the BHP Billiton Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole as at 30 June 20142015 and of their performance for the year ended 30 June 2014;2015;

 

(b)the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards, as disclosed in note 1;41 ‘Basis of preparation and measurement’;

 

(c)to the best of the Directors’ knowledge, the management report (comprising the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group faces; and

 

(d)in the Directors’ opinion there are reasonable grounds to believe that each of the BHP Billiton Group, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2014.2015.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

Dated this 11th10th day of September 20142015

7.4Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. References to the ‘Group and parent company financial statements’ are made in relation to the Group and individual parent company financial statements of BHP Billiton Plc.

UK company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

The Group financial statements must, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law, present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group; references in the UK Companies Act 2006 to such financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

The parent company financial statements must, in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss of the parent company for the financial year.

In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

 

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU;

 

for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial statements; and

 

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the UK Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

7.5Not required for US reporting

7.6    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

 

LOGOLOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) as of 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the yearyears then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Billiton Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. The accompanying consolidated financial statementsincome statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2013 and for each of the years in the two-year periodyear ended 30 June 2013 were audited by other auditors (KPMG Audit Plc) whose report thereon dated 25 September 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements, before the restatement described in note 3743 to the consolidated financial statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 20142015 and 2013,2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in thethree-year period ended 30 June 2014,2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited the adjustments described in notes 1 and 37note 43 that were applied to restate the 20132014 and 20122013 consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. KPMG LLP was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2013 consolidated financial statements of the BHP Billiton Group other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2013 or 2012 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated 2523 September 20142015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

2523 September 20142015

  

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

2523 September 20142015

KPMG, an Australian partnership, and KPMG LLP, a UK limited liability partnership, are member firms of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (‘KPMG International’), a Swiss entity.KPMG Australia’s liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

LOGOLOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changechanges in accounting described in note 43, and in note 37 of the 2014 financial statements, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) as of 30 June 2013, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for each of the years in the two-year periodyear ended 30 June 2013.2013 of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) (‘the 2013 financial statements’). The 2013 and 2012 financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in note 43, and in note 37 of the 2014 financial statements are not presented herein. The 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Billiton Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.audit.

We conducted our auditsaudit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provideaudit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 2013 and 2012 financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in notes 1note 43, and in note 37 of the 2014 financial statements, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial positionresults of the operations and cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2013 of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended 30 June 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

KPMG Audit Plc was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in notes 1note 43, and in note 37 of the 2014 financial statements, and accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by a successor auditor.

 

/s/ KPMG Audit Plc

KPMG Audit Plc

London, United Kingdom

25 September 2013

  

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

25 September 2013

KPMG, an Australian partnership, and KPMG Audit Plc, a UK entity, are member firms of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (‘KPMG International’), a Swiss entityKPMG Australia’s liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

LOGOLOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the BHP Billiton Group’s (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The BHP Billiton Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying section 3.14.1 Risk and Audit Committee Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the BHP Billiton Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheetsheets of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the yeartwo years then ended, and our report dated 2523 September 20142015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. We have also audited the adjustments described in notes 1 and 37note 43 that were applied to restate the 20132014 and 20122013 consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

2523 September 20142015

  

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

2523 September 20142015

KPMG, an Australian partnership, and KPMG LLP, a UK limited liability partnership, are member firms of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (‘KPMG International’), a Swiss entity.KPMG Australia’s liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

7.7    Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

In accordance with the requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification ‘Extractive Activities-Oil and Gas’ (Topic 932) and SEC requirements set out in Subpart 1200 of Regulation S-K, the Group is presenting certain disclosures about its oil and gas activities. These disclosures are presented below as supplementary oil and gas information, in addition to information disclosed in section 1.12.2 ‘Petroleum and Potash Business’, section 2.1.1 ‘Petroleum and Potash Business’, section 2.2.1 ‘Production – Petroleum’ and section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’.

The information set out in this section is referred to as unaudited as it is not included in the scope of the audit opinion of the independent auditor on the Consolidated Financial Statements, refer section 7.6 Reports of Independent Auditors’ reports.Registered Public Accounting Firms.

Reserves and production

Proved oil and gas reserves and net crude oil and condensate, natural gas, LNG and NGL production information is included in section 2.2.1 ‘Production – Petroleum’ and section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’ of this Annual Report.

Capitalised costs relating to oil and gas production activities

The following table shows the aggregate capitalised costs relating to oil and gas exploration and production activities and related accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances.

 

  Australia United
States
 Other (b) Total  Australia United
States
 Other (b) Total 
  US$M US$M US$M US$M  US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Capitalised cost

         

2015

    

Unproved properties

  385    8,117    99    8,601  

Proved properties

  15,125    37,341    2,443    54,909  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total costs

  15,510    45,458    2,542    63,510  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

  (7,727  (19,100  (2,094  (28,921
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net capitalised costs

  7,783    26,358    448    34,589  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2014

         

Unproved properties

   344    7,355    200    7,899   344   7,355   200   7,899  

Proved properties

   14,801    34,963    2,388    52,152   14,801   34,963   2,388   52,152  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total costs

   15,145    42,318    2,588    60,051   15,145   42,318   2,588   60,051  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (7,135  (13,269  (2,021  (22,425 (7,135 (13,269 (2,021 (22,425
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   8,010    29,049    567    37,626   8,010   29,049   567   37,626  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2013(a)

         

Unproved properties

   279    7,875    154    8,308   279   7,875   154   8,308  

Proved properties

   13,870    29,781    3,871    47,522   13,870   29,781   3,871   47,522  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total costs

   14,149    37,656    4,025    55,830   14,149   37,656   4,025   55,830  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (6,512  (10,258  (3,314  (20,084 (6,512 (10,258 (3,314 (20,084
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   7,637    27,398    711    35,746   7,637   27,398   711   35,746  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2012(a)

     

Unproved properties

   363    11,800    155    12,318  

Proved properties

   12,572    19,850    3,846    36,268  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total costs

   12,935    31,650    4,001    48,586  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (5,973  (7,413  (3,211  (16,597
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   6,962    24,237    790    31,989  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Comparative information for 2013 and 2012 has been restated on account of adoption of IFRS 10 and 11. The impact to net capitalised costs was a reduction of US$121 million in 2013 and US$124 million in 2012.2013.

 

(b)Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Brazil, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities

The following table shows costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities (whether charged to expense or capitalised). Amounts shown include interest capitalised.

 

  Australia   United States   Other (c)   Total   Australia   United States   Other (c)   Total 
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

2015

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                    

Acquisitions of unproved property

        37          37  

Exploration(a)

   127     281     248     656  

Development

   429     4,036     52     4,517  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total costs(b)

   556     4,354     300     5,210  
  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

2014

                

Acquisitions of proved property

                                        

Acquisitions of unproved property

   35     217     42     294     35     217     42     294  

Exploration(a)

   185     242     97     524     185     242     97     524  

Development

   949     5,034     75     6,058     949     5,034     75     6,058  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,169     5,493     214     6,876     1,169     5,493     214     6,876  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

2013

        

2013 (d)

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                                        

Acquisitions of unproved property

        123          123          123          123  

Exploration(a)

   125     373     221     719     125     373     221     719  

Development

   1,410     5,698     66     7,174     1,410     5,698     66     7,174  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,535     6,194     287     8,016     1,535     6,194     287     8,016  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

2012

        

Acquisitions of proved property

        4,746          4,746  

Acquisitions of unproved property

   5     10,366          10,371  

Exploration(a)

   251     690     331     1,272  

Development

   1,663     4,460     102     6,225  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,919     20,262     433     22,614  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Represents gross exploration expenditure, including capitalised exploration expenditure, in addition to exploration and evaluation costs charged to income as incurred.

 

(b)Total costs include US$4,603 million (2014: US$6,387 million (2013:million; 2013: US$7,393 million; 2012: US$6,905 million) capitalised during the year.

 

(c) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

(d)Comparative information for 2013 has been restated on account of adoption of IFRS 10 and 11.

Results of operations from oil and gas producing activities

The following information is similar to the disclosures in note 21 ‘Segment reporting’ of the BHP Billiton Group financial statements, but differs in several respects as to the level of detail and geographic information. Amounts shown in the following table exclude financial income, financial expenses, and general corporate overheads.

Income taxes were determined by applying the applicable statutory rates to pre-tax income with adjustments for permanent differences and tax credits.

 

 Australia United States Other (g) Total  Australia United States Other (g) Total 
 US$M US$M US$M US$M 

2015

    

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  4,184    6,334    661    11,179  

Production costs

  (662  (2,220  (168  (3,050

Exploration expenses

  (124  (242  (241  (607

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision (b)

  (651  (6,597  (170  (7,418

Production taxes(c)

  (232      (8  (240
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  2,515    (2,725  74    (136

Income taxes

  (608  1,080    (146  326  

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (388      4    (384
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  1,519    (1,645  (68  (194
 US$M US$M US$M US$M  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2014

        

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  5,722    7,517    1,045    14,284   5,722   7,517   1,045   14,284  

Production costs

  (740  (2,129  (246  (3,115 (740 (2,129 (246 (3,115

Exploration expenses

  (157  (233  (99  (489 (157 (233 (99 (489

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (617  (3,465  (172  (4,254 (617 (3,465 (172 (4,254

Production taxes(c)

  (340      (29  (369 (340     (29 (369
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  3,868    1,690    499    6,057   3,868   1,690   499   6,057  

Income taxes

  (1,025  (353  (413  (1,791 (1,025 (353 (413 (1,791

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (662      8    (654 (662     8   (654
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  2,181    1,337    94    3,612   2,181   1,337   94   3,612  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2013(f)

        

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  5,794    5,807    1,332    12,933   5,794   5,807   1,332   12,933  

Production costs

  (753  (1,693  (256  (2,702 (753 (1,693 (256 (2,702

Exploration expenses

  (122  (278  (223  (623 (122 (278 (223 (623

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (561  (2,809  (141  (3,511 (561 (2,809 (141 (3,511

Production taxes(c)

  (362      1    (361 (362     1   (361
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  3,996    1,027    713    5,736   3,996   1,027   713   5,736  

Income taxes

  (1,265  (162  (637  (2,064 (1,265 (162 (637 (2,064

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (822      8    (814 (822     8   (814
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  1,909    865    84    2,858   1,909   865   84   2,858  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2012(f)

    

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  6,233    4,889    1,580    12,702  

Production costs

  (684  (1,225  (354  (2,263

Exploration expenses

  (156  (275  (304  (735

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (707  (4,961  (218  (5,886

Production taxes(c)

  (342      (30  (372
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  4,344    (1,572  674    3,446  

Income taxes

  (1,332  745    (534  (1,121

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (641      (3  (644
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  2,371    (827  137    1,681  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Includes sales to affiliated companies of US$267 million (2014: US$262 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012:million; 2013: US$ nil).

 

(b) Includes a valuation provision of US$2,681 million (2014: US$309 million (2013:million; 2013: US$447 million; 2012: US$2,986 million).

(c) Includes royalties and excise duty.

(d) Includes petroleum resource rent tax and petroleum revenue tax where applicable.

 

(e) Amounts shown exclude financial income, financial expenses and general corporate overheads and, accordingly, do not represent all of the operations attributable to the Petroleum and Potash segment presented in note 2 Segment reporting1 ‘Segment reporting’ to the financial statements.

 

(f) Comparative information for 2013 and 2012 has been restated on account of adoption of IFRS 10 and 11. The impact to net results of operations was negative US$2 million in 2013 and US$ nil in 2012.2013.

 

(g) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure)

The purpose of this disclosure is to provide data with respect to the estimated future net cash flows from future production of proved developed and undeveloped reserves of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas.

The Standardised measure is based on the Group’s estimated proved reserves (as presented in section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’) and this data should be read in conjunction with that disclosure, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this section. The Standardised measure is prepared on a basis which presumes that year-end economic and operating conditions will continue over the periods in which year-end proved reserves would be produced. The effects of future inflation, future changes in exchange rates, expected future changes in technology, taxes, operating practices and any regulatory changes have not been included.

The Standardised measure is prepared by projecting the estimated future annual production of proved reserves owned at period end and pricing that future production to derive future cash inflows. Estimates of future cash flows for 2015, 2014 2013 and 20122013 are computed using the average first-day-of-the-monthfirst day of the month price during the 12-month period. Future price increases for all periods presented are considered only to the extent that they are provided by fixed and determinable contractual arrangements in effect at year-end and are not dependent upon future inflation or exchange rate changes.

Future cash inflows for all periods presented are then reduced by future costs of producing and developing the year-end proved reserves based on costs in effect at year-end without regard to future inflation or changes in technology or operating practices. Future development costs include the costs of drilling and equipping development wells and construction of platforms and production facilities to gain access to proved reserves owned at year-end. They also include future costs, net of residual salvage value, associated with the abandonment of wells, dismantling of production platforms and rehabilitation of drilling sites. Future cash inflows are further reduced by future income taxes based on tax rates in effect at year-end and after considering the future deductions and credits applicable to proved properties owned at year-end. The resultant annual future net cash flows (after deductions of operating costs including resource rent taxes, development costs and income taxes) are discounted at 10 per cent per annum to derive the Standardised measure.

There are many important variables, assumptions and imprecisions inherent in developing the Standardised measure, the most important of which are the level of proved reserves and the rate of production thereof. The Standardised measure is not an estimate of the fair market value of the Group’s oil and gas reserves. An estimate of fair value would also take into account, among other things, the expected recovery of reserves in excess of proved reserves, anticipated future changes in prices, costs and exchange rates, anticipated future changes in secondary tax and income tax rates and alternative discount factors representing the time value of money and adjustments for risks inherent in producing oil and gas.

  Australia United States Other (a) Total   Australia United States Other (a) Total 
  US$M US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M US$M 

Standardised measure

          

2015

     

Future cash inflows

   35,660    39,088    2,668    77,416  

Future production costs

   (9,617  (15,303  (526  (25,446

Future development costs

   (5,952  (7,694  (413  (14,059

Future income taxes

   (7,879  (3,009  (959  (11,847
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Future net cash flows

   12,212    13,082    770    26,064  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (4,236  (4,384  (200  (8,820
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Standardised measure

   7,976    8,698    570    17,244  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2014

          

Future cash inflows

   47,633    70,958    3,820    122,411     47,633   70,958   3,820   122,411  

Future production costs

   (11,355  (19,732  (717  (31,804   (11,355 (19,732 (717 (31,804

Future development costs

   (5,772  (12,953  (516  (19,241   (5,772 (12,953 (516 (19,241

Future income taxes

   (12,240  (10,527  (1,394  (24,161   (12,240 (10,527 (1,394 (24,161
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Future net cash flows

   18,266    27,746    1,193    47,205     18,266   27,746   1,193   47,205  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (6,880  (10,866  (295  (18,041   (6,880 (10,866 (295 (18,041
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Standardised measure

   11,386    16,880    898    29,164     11,386   16,880   898   29,164  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2013

          

Future cash inflows

   48,862    71,836    5,194    125,892     48,862   71,836   5,194   125,892  

Future production costs

   (12,818  (19,194  (1,147  (33,159   (12,818 (19,194 (1,147 (33,159

Future development costs

   (6,801  (11,946  (473  (19,220   (6,801 (11,946 (473 (19,220

Future income taxes

   (11,321  (12,185  (1,913  (25,419   (11,321 (12,185 (1,913 (25,419
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Future net cash flows

   17,922    28,511    1,661    48,094     17,922   28,511   1,661   48,094  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (6,176  (12,785  (360  (19,321   (6,176 (12,785 (360 (19,321
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Standardised measure

   11,746    15,726    1,301    28,773     11,746   15,726   1,301   28,773  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2012

     

Future cash inflows

   52,777    67,811    6,293    126,881  

Future production costs

   (12,646  (17,582  (1,339  (31,567

Future development costs

   (8,612  (13,212  (450  (22,274

Future income taxes

   (11,882  (10,414  (2,345  (24,641
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Future net cash flows

   19,637    26,603    2,159    48,399  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (7,363  (13,090  (469  (20,922
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Standardised measure

   12,274    13,513    1,690    27,477  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Changes in the Standardised measure are presented in the following table. The beginning of the year and end of the year totals are shown after reduction for income taxes and these, together with the changes in income tax amounts, are shown as discounted amounts (at 10 per cent per annum). All other items of change represent discounted amounts before consideration of income tax effects.

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Changes in the Standardised measure

        

Standardised measure at the beginning of the year

   28,773    27,477    19,920     29,164   28,773   27,477  

Revisions:

        

Prices, net of production costs

   4,366    189    4,132     (15,186 4,366   189  

Changes in future development costs

   (841  940    (987   3   (841 940  

Revisions of quantity estimates(a)

   (3,871  (4,396  5,265     (5,996 (3,871 (4,396

Accretion of discount

   4,564    4,323    3,134     4,438   4,564   4,323  

Changes in production timing and other

   (1,170  260    426     761   (1,170 260  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   31,821    28,793    31,890     13,184   31,821   28,793  

Sales of oil and gas, net of production costs

   (10,800  (9,876  (10,093   (7,889 (10,800 (9,876

Acquisitions of reserves-in-place

           5,661               

Sales of reserves-in-place

   (107      (16   (83 (107    

Previously estimated development costs incurred

   2,683    3,710    3,416     3,169   2,683   3,710  

Extensions, discoveries, and improved recoveries, net of future costs

   3,946    7,272    946     1,877   3,946   7,272  

Changes in future income taxes

   1,621    (1,126  (4,327   6,986   1,621   (1,126
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Standardised measure at the end of the year

   29,164    28,773    27,477     17,244   29,164   28,773  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Changes in reserves quantities are shown in the Petroleum reserves tables in section 2.3.1.

Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs

Refer to note 1 ‘Accounting43 ‘Significant accounting policies’ (Exploration and evaluation expenditure)(f) of the BHP Billiton Group financial statements for a discussion of the accounting policy applied to the cost of exploratory wells. Suspended wells are also reviewed in this context.

The following tables providetable provides the changes to capitalised exploratory well costs that were pending the determination of proved reserves for the three years ended 30 June 2014,2015, 30 June 20132014 and 30 June 2012.2013.

 

  2014 2013 2012   2015 2014 2013 
  US$M US$M US$M   US$M US$M US$M 

Movement in capitalised exploratory well costs

        

At the beginning of the year

   603    703    550     388   603   703  

Additions to capitalised exploratory well costs pending the determination of proved reserves

   28    97    455     121   28   97  

Capitalised exploratory well costs charged to expense

   (194  (99  (144   (21 (194 (99

Capitalised exploratory well costs reclassified to wells, equipment, and facilities based on the determination of proved reserves

   (48  (56  (158   (4 (48 (56

Other

   (1  (42          (1 (42
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the year

   388    603    703     484   388   603  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table provides an ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs, based on the date the drilling was completed, and the number of projects for which exploratory well costs have been capitalised for a period greater than one year since the completion of drilling.

 

 2014 2013 2012  2015 2014 2013 
 US$M US$M US$M  US$M US$M US$M 

Ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs

      

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period of one year or less

  31    96    340    44   31   96  

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period greater than one year

  357    507    363    440   357   507  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At the end of the year

  388    603    703    484   388   603  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
    2015 2014 2013 
 2014 2013 2012 

Number of projects that have been capitalised for a period greater than one year

  17    15    10    14   17   15  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Drilling and other exploratory and development activities

The number of crude oil and natural gas wells drilled and completed for each of the last three years was as follows:

 

  Net Exploratory Wells   Net Development Wells       Net Exploratory Wells   Net Development Wells     
  Productive   Dry   Total   Productive   Dry   Total   Total 

Year ended 30 June 2015

              

Australia

                  3          3     3  

United States(a)

                  304     1     305     305  

Other(b)

                                   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

                  307     1     308     308  
  Productive   Dry   Total   Productive   Dry   Total   Total   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

                            

Australia

   1     2     3     3          3     6     1     2     3     3          3     6  

United States(a)

        2     2     401     15     416     418          2     2     401     15     416     418  

Other(b)

                  1          1     1                    1          1     1  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   1     4     5     405     15     420     425     1     4     5     405     15     420     425  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

                            

Australia

        1     1                    1          1     1                    1  

United States(a)

        1     1     352     16     368     369          1     1     352     16     368     369  

Other(b)

                  2          2     2                    2          2     2  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

        2     2     354     16     370     372          2     2     354     16     370     372  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2012

              

Australia

                  1          1     1  

United States

 �� 4     3     7     190     1     191     198  

Other(b)

        1     1     2     1     3     4  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   4     4     8     193     2     195     203  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Dry net development wells include fournil net wells (2013:(2014: 4 net wells; 2013: 13 net wells) that encountered problems during drilling and/or completion and were not pursued further.

 

(b) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

The number of wells drilled refers to the number of wells completed at any time during the respective year, regardless of when drilling was initiated. Completion refers to the installation of permanent equipment for production of oil or gas, or, in the case of a dry well, to reporting to the appropriate authority that the well has been abandoned.

An exploratory well is a well drilled to find oil or gas in a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir. A development well is a well drilled within the limits of a known oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

A productive well is an exploratory, development or extension well that is not a dry well. A dry well (hole) is an exploratory, development, or extension well that proves to be incapable of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify completion as an oil or gas well.

Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage

The following tables show the number of gross and net productive crude oil and natural gas wells and total gross and net developed and undeveloped oil and natural gas acreage as at 30 June 2014.2015. A gross well or acre is one in which a working interest is owned, while a net well or acre exists when the sum of fractional working interests owned in gross wells or acres equals one. Productive wells are producing wells and wells mechanically capable of production. Developed acreage is comprised of leased acres that are within an area by or assignable to a productive well. Undeveloped acreage is comprised of leased acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of economic quantities of oil and gas, regardless of whether such acres contain proved reserves.

The number of productive crude oil and natural gas wells in which we held an interest at 30 June 20142015 was as follows:

 

  Crude Oil Wells   Natural Gas Wells   Total   Crude Oil Wells   Natural Gas Wells   Total 
  Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net 

Australia

   354     176     127     48     481     224     349     175     130     48     479     223  

United States

   391     214     7,362     2,431     7,753     2,645     646     370     6,758     2,029     7,404     2,399  

Other(a)

   60     24     46     10     106     34     55     22     46     10     101     32  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   805     414     7,535     2,489     8,340     2,903     1,050     567     6,934     2,087     7,984     2,654  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Of the productive crude oil and natural gas wells, 2529 (net: 10)11) operated wells had multiple completions.

Developed and undeveloped acreage (including both leases and concessions) held at 30 June 20142015 was as follows:

 

  Developed Acreage   Undeveloped Acreage   Developed Acreage   Undeveloped Acreage 

Thousands of acres

  Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net 

Australia

   2,072     811     7,125     4,463     2,092     814     5,900     3,363  

United States

   1,157     674     2,220     1,510     1,130     655     1,635     1,142  

Other(a)

   307     115     13,825     9,955     307     115     12,480     9,325  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total(b)

   3,536     1,600     23,170     15,928     3,529     1,584     20,015     13,830  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(a) UndevelopedOther is undeveloped acreage primarily consistsconsisting of acreage in Brazil, India, Trinidad and Tobago, South Africa Philippines and Malaysia.

 

(b) Approximately 1,470,8071,474,774 gross acres (1,276,339(1,004,045 net acres), 1,937,7295,173,015 gross acres (1,110,992(4,885,193 net acres) and 5,196,9533,142,520 gross acres (4,914,905(1,796,237 net acres) of undeveloped acreage will expire in the years ending 30 June 2015, 2016, 2017 and 20172018 respectively, if the Company does not establish production or take any other action to extend the terms of the licenses and concessions.

 

F-137F-122